Bes eas on THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE Pinitzah SOCIERY OF ag New SOUTH WALES FOR THE YEAR 1922 Vol. XLVIL. WITH FIFTY-EIGHT PLATES. and 268 Text-figures. SYpNBY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD. 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1922-1923. CONMENUSHOR EKOCESDINGS, 1OZZ PART I. (No. 185.) (Issued 21st April, 1922.) Pages. Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-seventh Annual Meeting, 29th March, 1922, by G. A. ray ee B.Se., B.E., F.E.S. (Plates 1.111.) . ooMno Golda) Gay Od toe: cis eb CEOGE A Aine 1.-XVIl. Elections and Acrawwmagennats Boi ere. <6 Be cGre ceed aibtiee: Gh RRO Ua enn er anne rence xvii. Isa, Wigs bee SES soca 56 G6 oo G60 bo G0 6o 60 bo oo 2Amioe PART II. (No. 186.) (Issued 16th June, 1922.) The Loranthaceae of Austraha. Parti. By W. F. Blakely .. .. 1-25 A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales! Part i. Cladocera. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates iv.-vii.; four Text-figures.) .. 26-52 Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to those parasitic in Reptiles. Part ii. A review of the Physaloptera of Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc. F.L.S., Linnean ee Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (One Text- face! ina 60 po Gny BER A New Genus of Australian Cixiidae. By F. Mui... .. 63-64 Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. By H. J. Omens BAS F.E.S. (Fourteen Text-figures.) . 65-82 New Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Mectralran chest Mepetie an | a reclassification of the Superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. By T. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. Tiegs, M.Se. (Plates ix.-xxii.; one Text-figure.) .. ... Sa nd lho. 00 aoe Bayon ene A Second Bird Census. iy i, ‘B. ‘Cleland, MD. Me isa 5 5086 132-141 Descriptions and Biology of some North iene ition Mermites: By G.- F Hill. (Plates xxiii.-xxy.; forty-one Text-figures.) . 59 40 oo JER EIGW The pean and Peimomncyalny of the Giaausiannieaieason District. : y G. D. Osborne, B.Sc. (Plate xxvi.; six Text-figures.) .. .. 161-198 iv. CONTENTS. PART III. (No. 187.) (Issued 15th September, 1922 The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. ay W. F. peta (Plates XXVii.-XxXxlil.) . Description of new | iets Selanidaae ene a ie otal on ane Blattid Coxa. By A. Eland ake M.R.C.S., F.E.S. (Seven Text- WIATRES)) Beco o Poenen oer Gre Oa boa GON DS Notes on Nematodes of the etn) Prisuioniens Part ii. The Physalop- tera of Australian Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S. Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Thirty-eight Text-figures) . 3 lene eRe ed, ie: era ene ee eee Notes on ieesantbera iiabanidael Part ii. By Eustace W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., and G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Ten Text-figures) . A remarkable new Gall-thrips from Australia. By H. H. Kea Ph. D. (Communicated by W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.). (Six Text-figures) . A new Australian Termite. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Four Text-figures) A new Gasteropod (fam. Euomphalidae) from the Lower Marine Series of New South Wales. By John Mitchell. (Plate xxxv.) .. . Some new Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W., in the Collection of Mr. John Mitchell. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., D. ae F.LS., F.E.S. (Plates XXXili.-xxxiv.; six Text-figures) .. .. A 6 Studies in Symbiosis. By John McLuckie, M.A., D. Sal i. 'Lhe’ Mycorhiza of aan punctatum R.Br. (Twenty-six Text-figures) . : uu. The eeeeotronich Rents of ideracemnn peach oad “ohate physiological significance. (Fourteen Text-figures). A new Nematode Parasite of a Lizard. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B. Ses F.L.S., Linnean caer! Fellow of the oe in Zoology. (Seven- (ean Wainy Ee ORO) foo On Astacocroton, a new eae of ase, By, W. i Haswell, ee D.Se., F.R.S. (Plates xxxvi.-xxxvii.) ae Description of a new Phasma belonging to rel genus Siearatesoral ‘By W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. (Plate. XXXViil.) . A new Species of Mordellistena (Coleoptera, Mordellidae) Demet on Termites. By G. F. Hill, F.E.S. (Iwo Text-figures) . Revision of Australian Lepidoptera : Saturniadae, Boalietiiog, Euptero- tidae, Notodontidae. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. PART IV. (No. 188.) (Issued 15th December, 1922. The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. By W. F. Blakely. (Plates XXXix.-xlvii.) . suas SP eoNat YO) sciojatice leleeurccos 5 Notes of Nemarodes! of the genus 3 Felbvetoratcaa, ieart iv. The Physalop- tera of Australian Lizards (contd.). By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Thirty- eight Dext=figures:))|i 715 ctor pacihec rere neckeurte, ee rte eS ceeMisiserony ates Pages. 199-222 223-231 232-244 245-265 266-274 275-277 278 279-292 293-310 319-328 311-318 329-343 344-345 346-347 348-390 391-414 415-427 CONTENTS. : y. Pages. The Occurrence of Oil Glands in the Barks of Certain a By M. B. Welch, B.Se., A.I.C. (Plates xlviii.-xlix.) .. 428-438 Some Australian Moths from Lord Howe Island. 25 he J. Tomer, NED INIDYSL Ga ooo at ie iepeniee ra (400-440 Chemical Notes—General. By 7. ‘Sicak (Plate L) site 441-446 Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Part ix. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A, Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se., (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.LS., F.E.S. (Plates li.-lii., and eighteen Text-figures.) .. . .. .. 447-470 On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera). By A. M. They FE. s. .. .. 471-512 A Note on Protein Precipitation in Grasses. By eo H. O’Dwyer, 1 BS Coe ea Bye esa 513-515 Further Report on ihe INEEGtine Value of Gavnka Aerie ‘Cine. IBhy Wikiesereds le Oda, IBIS 66 66 G5 65 of 66 6000 04 36 516-518 The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson miseries Part ii. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se. (Four Text-figures.) .. .. .. 519-534 Descriptions of two new Trilobites and Note on Griffithides convexicau- datus Mitchell. By John Mitchell. (Plate liv.) . 2 sb ae-540 The Phylogenetic Significance of the ee Autantomlacenta: By Professor T. T. Flynn, D.Se. ..-.. . 541-544 The Effect of Suspended Respiration on the ‘Composition oe ‘Alveciar Air. By H. 8. Halero Wardlaw, D.Se. .... . 545-550 A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of Naw eonth iwalest Part i. Copepoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates Tipit) 56 Saas ao 7 Males) A Contribution to the Parasitism of Notothixos incanus (Oliv.) var. subaureus. By J. Meluckie, M.A., D.Se. (Eleven Text-figures.) . 571-580 New or little-known Species of Australian Tipulidae (Diptera). By C. P. Alexander, Ph.D. (Communicated by Dr. E. W. Ferguson.) 581-590 PART V. (No. 189.) (Issued 15th February, 1923.) INSHeE OF IPROEEREIES oo Go 00 06 00 de bo 60 do ab Ohad oo 0 oo *Stldogh Domne GraGl IPERS o5 Go 56 56 60 vo ao 50 Gece a5 96 96 on 2oodileodhy IDR. Git INIGAEES oo nog! oa 6s oc ac oe Go oo wumens ed odlon fo oo, edhubadibg A]iryel GX Mee yer y emma cseeters GreusheereN ral Wecletikeres ereuange eta!) 75)", sia unl oa aten es kevopsha okey ]i.-}xxi. V1. CONTENTS. LIST OF NEW SUPERFAMILY, FAMILY, SUBFAMILY, GENERIC AND SUBGENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME (1922). Page. Acleotrema (Lepidotreminae) ... 110 Anchylodiscus (Tetraonchinae) .. 93 Apheloscyta (Scytinopteridae) ... 458 Astacocroton (Acaridae) .. .. ... 330 Bathymeria (Cixiidae) .. .. . 63 Cathariotrema (2? Calceostominae) . 122 Daitreosoma (Tetraonchinae) .. . 98 Dionchinae (Calceostomidae) .. .. 122 Dionchotrema (Dionchinae) .. .. 123 Diplectanotrema (Aneyrocephalus) 96 Empleurodiscus (Lepidotreminae) . 109 Empleurosoma (Tetraonchinae) .. 100 Empruthotrema (Merizocotylinae) 114 Eucistela (Cistelidae) .. .. .. . 179 Flabellodiscus (Lepidotrema) .. . 105 Gastridiota (Bombycidae) .. .. .. 359 Gyrodactyloidea (Trematoda Heterocotylea) .. .. Maitre 250 Halotrema (‘Tetraonchinae) so oo §=6 Ipsviciopsis (Ipsviciidae) .. .. .. 464 Lamellodiscus .(Lepidotreminae) . 112 Lepidotes (Lepidotreminae) .. .. 107 Lepidotrema (Lepidotreminae) .. 102 Lepidotreminae (Gyrodactylidae) . 101 Mallodeta (Bombyeidae) .. . 359 Merizocotylinae (Gyrodactylidae) 114 Mesociziodes (Cixiidae) . 462 Parabelmontia (Parabelmontiidae) 285 Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page. Parabelmontiidae (Paramecoptera) 284 Paragymnastes (Tipulidae) .. .. . 583 Permithone (Permithonidae) .. .. 289 Permithonidae (Planipennia) .. . 289 Pincombea (Pincombeidae) .. ... 282 Pincombeidae (Sternorrhyncha) . 282 Polycytella (Seytinopteridae) .. . 460 Protogyrodactylidae (Gyrodactyloidea) 87 Protogyrodactylus (Protogyrodactylidae) 87 Protomicrocotyle (Protomicrocétylinae) 125 Protomicrocotylinae (Gyrodactyloidea) 125 Sthenadelpha (Cnethocampinae) . 370 Tanystola (Cnethocampinae) .. 370 Thaumatothrips (Kladothripinae) 267 Triassagrion (Triassagrionidae) . 455 Triassagrionidae (Anisozygoptera) 454 Triassocoridae (Cryptocerata) .. . 466 Triassocoris (Triassocoridae) .. . 466 Triassolocusta (Locustopsidae) .. . 451 Triassomantidae (Orthoptera) .. 449 Triassomantis (Triassomantidae) . 450 Triassophlebia (Mesophlepiidae) . 454 Triassopsychops (Psychopsidae) .. 467 Trivitellina (Protogyrodactylidae) 89 CORRIGENDA. xi, line 7, for forewing, read hindwing. 429, lines alae for FE. Gullicki Baker, read E. Gullicki Baker and Smith. 431, line 2, for ero read to. line 5, for 2 mm., read 0.3 mm. line 6, for averaged 0.015 mm., read measured 0.06 mm. 433, 3rd line from bottom, for Section, read Sections. 539, line 47 (5th from bottom).—The name Ptychoparia merrotski must lapse, being a synonym of P. alroiensis, under which name the speci- men has already been described by Etheridge (Trans. Roy. Soe. 8S. Aust., xliii., 1919, 385). [Ed.] 452, line 14—for Archizygoptera, read Anisozygoptera: 454, line 11 from bottom—for Anisozygoptera, read Arehizygoptera. 469. Text-figure 89 is printed upside down. CONTENTS. Vu. LIST OF PLATES. PROCEEDINGS, 1922. ¢ 1—Map showing the distribution of subspecies of Tisiphone. ii—Variations of Tisiphone abeona joanna. ui—Fust, second, and third generation hybrids of Tisiphone. .iv.-vili— Cladocera from New South Wales. ix.-xxiil.—Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. xxiil.-xxv.—Termitaria of North Australian Termites. xxvi— Geological Map of Clarencetown-Paterson District. XXVil.-xxxll.— Loranthaceae of New South Wales. XXXill.-xxxiv.—Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W. xxxv.—Platyschisma allandalensis, n.sp. XXXV1.-Xxxvil.—Astacocroton molle, n.g. et sp. xxxvill—Hxtatosoma elongatum, n.sp. xxxix.-xlvii—Loranthaceae of New South Wales. xlviii!-xlix.—Oil-glands in barks of Eucalyptus Macarthuri and E. Smithii. 1—Ferruginous stalagmites, and coatings on twigs, fruits and leaf. li.-lii.—Mesozoie Insects from Queensland. liv.—Trilobites from N.S.W. and N.W. Queensland. ly.-lviii—Copepoda from New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE I. So. aN hie Te Camden a i f foe a) \ ] Soy } . 4 f te . & Wy iy ae, Map PeeaT ON) te wt’ showing the distribution ae ro a A + ee of the subspecies of Ttsiphone abeona. cm ; oe eit PLATE il. N.S.W., 1922. Soc. Proc. Linn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE iil. Approximately four-fifths natural size. THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA. Part 1. By W. F. Buaxety, First Botanical Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney. [Read 29th March, 1922.| Introduction. During the ordinary course of my work in the National Herbarium, I be- came aware of the fact that the genus Loranthus was badly in need of revision, so I set to work to straighten out what appeared to me to be the most com- posite species. After considerable investigation I found that nothing less than a thorough examination would prove satisfactory, consequently I decided to re- vise the Family as a whole. I am deeply indebted to the Director, Mr. J. H. Maiden, for the encourage- ment and whole-hearted assistance he has given me throughout, particularly the unreserved use of the Herbarium, together with the free access to communications and reference to specimens and information from other herbaria, which enabled me to examine types and material much more satisfactorily than relying upon descriptions only. I take this opportunity to thank him for his generous assist- ance; also Professor Ewart of the Melbourne Herbarium; Professor Osborn of the University of Adelaide; Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, Queensland; Mr. J. M. Black, South Australia and Mr. Herbert Mann, of Western Australia, all of whom, at Mr. Maiden’s request on my behalf, very kindly placed the whole of their material at my service. I wish also to extend my appreciation to Mr. O. Staf, of Kew, and to the official artist, Miss M. Smith, for portion of the types, and drawings of rare specimens. To Professor Le Comte, Professor of Botany, Museum D’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, I am very grateful for informa- tion relating to Van Tieghem’s, Lehmann’s, and Miquel’s species. To Mr. George Weir, Forest Pathologist-in-Charge, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, U.S. Department of Agriculture, my sincere thanks are due for a copy of Martius ‘Flora Braziliensis,” dealing with CEichler’s classification of the Loranthaceae of Brazil; also to Major C. C. Calder, of the Caleutta Herbarium, for the loan and gift of several specimens of the Loranthaceag of Ceylon, and to Dr. B. L. Robinson, Curator, Gray Herbarium, United States, for a sketch of L. Cunninghami A. Gray (Ll. congener Sieber). I also wish to express my sincere thanks and appreciation to Miss Margaret Floeckton, artist, National Herbarium; Mr. A. H. S. Lueas, Headmaster, Sydney Grammar School; Mr. E. Cheel; Mr. A. A. Hamilton; Mr. J. C. von Hagen; Messrs. D. W. C. and R. Shiress; Mr. H. Bott; and Mr. D. Gorman. With the aid of the additional material from nearly all parts of the Com- monwealth I have been able to make a more complete examination of almost every species, which enabled me to describe more fully the imperfectly known species and to define their affinity. 2 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1., The classification adopted is that of Engler’s “Pflanzenfamilien,” which is closely followed with slight modifications. It is obvious from my investigations that Engler did not himself examine some of the Australian species. The genera affected by my review are Atkinsonia, which is superseded by Gavaden- dron; the species belonging to the versatile section of Loranthus, which are trans- ferred to Phrygilanthus; and two species of Visewm, which have been placed in Korthalsella. In the genus Loranthus, I propose to restore 5 old species, and shall offer: as new 13 species and a similar number of varieties. The additions will bring the total number of species to 40, with 20 varieties, an increase of 21 species and 17 varieties since the publication of the “Flora Australiensis” in 1866. They are distributed among the undermentioned sections as follows: Amyema, 25 sp., 12 vars.; Diplatia, 1 sp.; Trewbella, 4 sp.; Lysiana, 4+ sp., 6 vars.; Amylotheca, 1 sp.; Dendrophthoe, 4 sp., 2 vars.; Benthamina, 1 sp. In depicting the various species, two characters impressed ‘me as being valuable aids to classification, namely, the inflorescence and the buds. Both are singularly constant, and form a ready means of discrimination. The venation of the leaves is also valuable for the same purpose, as the species with parallel venation in Loranthus, with one exception, belong to the section Amyema, as also. do nearly all the terete-leaved species, while those with penninerved leaves, with one exception, are absorbed in the closely allied sections. I have also paid some attention to the embryonie cotyledons and _ their manner of growth, with a view to ascertaining whether certain characters were sufficiently constant for taxonomic purposes. | find that in the various sections of Loranthus there is, im some species, a corresponding similarity in the structure of the embryo and its mode of growth and differential development, which, taken in conjunction with other characters, is to some extent helpful in their separation and classification. Other characters discussed are parasitism, adventitious roots, union or at- tachment, mimicry, dispersal and distribution, and agents of dissemination. Al Brief Botanical History. The first purely Australian member of the family Loranthaceae, Loranthus floribundus Labill. (Nuytsia floribunda R. Br.,) was deseribed by Labillardiére (Novae Hollandiae Plantarum, i., 1804, p. 87, fig. 113). Twenty-three years after, Sieber (Sprengel Cur. Poster, 1827, p. 139) deseribed Loranthus pendulus, and two years later (in Roemer et Schultz, System Vegetabilium, vii., 163) he described L. celastroides and L. eucalyptifolius. In 1830 A. P. De Candolle, in his classification of the Loranthaceae (Pro- dromus Syst. Veg., iv., 259) redeseribed L. pendulus Sieb. under section Stylosi and published for the first time a description of L. congener Sieber. On page 316 he quotes Labillardiére’s description of L. floribundus (Nuytsia floribunda . R. Br.), placing it in section Taguanae DC, along with some Chilian species, and on page 318, under Vix noti numero nempe floris ignoto, refers to Sieber’s L. celastroides and L. eucalyptifolius. Tn the same year he gave a description and figure of L. pendulus Sieb. and L. congener Sieb. in his Mémoire sur la Famille des Loranthacées. Robert Brown (Journ. Geogr. Soe., 1, 1831, 17) removed Loranthus flori- bundus Labill. from the genus Loranthus, mainly on the winged fruits, and pro- posed the genus Nuytsia. In his Botanical works (vol. 1., 1832, 308) he refers again to Nuytsia floribunda in “A general view of the botany of the vicinity of Swan River.” f BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 3 In 1834, G. Don (General History of the Dichlamydeous Plants, ii, 419) reproduced the descriptions of L. pendulus Sieber, L. congener Sieber, and L. Gaudichaudi DC. under the generie name of Dendrophthoe, and on page 431 quotes L. eucalyptoides DC. (L. eucalyptifolius Sieber), while on page 432 ap- pears a description of Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. The latter is also redeseribed by Endlicher (Genera Plantarum, 1836-40, p. 803), and a reference to it will be found in Meisner (Plantarum Vascularium Genera, ii., 1836-43, p. 110). In 1837 Fenzl described Loranthus linophyllus (Hugel Enumeratio Plantarum Novae Hollandiae, p. 56), and Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. is redeseribed by Hugel. In the following year Hooker (Icones Plantarum, p. 13, t. 73) described Viseum incanwm (Notothixos ineanus Oliv.), and Lindley (Mitchell’s Three Ex- peditions, ii., 1838, 69) described L. Quandang. A year later (Appendix to Bot. Mag., 4) he figured Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. and refers to its habit, ete., on page XXXIXx. Walpers appears to be the next writer, for in his Repertorum Botanices Systematicae, ii., 1843, 438) he gives a description of Viscwm incanum Hook. (Notothixos incanus Oliv.) and JV. distichum Endl. from Norfolk Island. On page 443, he reproduces a deseription of JL. linophyllus Fenzl, and Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. is mentioned on p. 446, while ZL. Quwandang Lindl., is. re- deseribed on p. 940. In 1844 Miquel (Plantae Preissianae, 1., 281-2) contributed the followmge species: L. miraculosus Miq., L. Casuarinae Miq., L. scoparia Miq., L. Miquelii Lehm., L. Melaleuca Lehm., and L. Preissii Lehm. The following year these species and Nuytsia floribunda KR. Br. were redescribed by Walpers (Rep. Bot. Syst., v., 938, 940). Three years later Dr. Behr (Sch. Linnaea, xx., 624) described L. Hxocarpi; Lindley (Vegetable Kingdom, 1847, p. 791) mentions Nuytsia ligustrina A. Cunn. (Gaiadendron ligustrina Cunn. Engl.), bis remarks being really a repeti- tion of those in Botanical Mag., 1839. In 1848 Hooker (Mitchell’s Tropical Australia) described the following species :—L. aurantiacus A. Cunn. MS. (p. 101), Z. linearifolius Hook (p. 102), L. nutans A.C. (L. Quandang Lindley) (p. 158), Z. subfalcatus Hook. (L. Exo- carpi Behr.) (p. 224). These species are also described by Walpers (Annal. Bot. Syst., 1., 1851-52). Hooker (Icon. Pl., 1852, Plate 880) also described and figured Loranthus longifolius Hook. (L. pendulus Sieb.). To A. Gray (Botany of the American Exploring Expedition, 1854, 739-41) we are indebted for a full description and a figure of ZL. celastroides Sieb. (Phrygilanthus celastroides Hichl.), together with a reference to L. eucalyptifolius Sieb. (L. eucalyptoides DC., P. eucalyptifolius), L. pendulus Sieb., L. nutans Gray non Cunn., L. Cunninghamii A. Gray, L. congener Sieber, and a deserip- tion and figure of L. maytenifolius A. Gray, a doubtful Australian species. In 1856 Miquel (Ned. Kruidk. Arech., iv., 105) contributed a short paper, probably on behalf of Baron von Mueller, in which appears a description of L. Exocarpi Behr. var. (a) flavescens F. v. M. and var. (b) coccineus F. v. M. He also refers to L. miraculosus Miq., L. Melaleweae Lehm., L. pendulus Sieb. and L. awrantiacus A. Cunn. Mueller (Report Burdekin Expedition, 1860) gave a short aecount of the Australian species known to him at the time and furnished a description of L. vitellinus F. v. M.; L. signatus F. vy. M. under 2. insularum A. Gray. L. alyxi- folius F. vy. M. is also deseribed under L. maytenifolius Gray, while L. dictyo- phlebus F. v. M. and L. grandibracteus F. vy. M. are described for the first time. 4 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1., In 1860-61 Mueller (Fragmenta, ii, 130) described Nuytsia ligustrina A. Cunn. (Gaiadendron ligustrina A. Cunn. Hichl.). Perhaps the most important revision of the Australian Loranthaceae is “Notes on the Loranthaceae, ete.,” by Daniel Oliver (Journ. Linn. Soe., vil., 1864, 90), which afterwards formed the basis of Bentham’s classification of the Family in his Flora Australiensis, 11., 1866, 386. Oliver did not deal exclusively with the Australian genera, but with a classification of the family generally, incidentally embracing the Australian members of the family. His most notable contribution affecting the Australian section is the segregation of Notothixos from Viscum. In 1864-5 Mueller (Plants indigenous to the colony of Victoria, t. 30) ficured L. celastroides Sieber and L. eucalyptoides DC. (L. eucalyptifolius Sieber). With the advent of Bentham’s Flora Australiensis, Vol. iii, 1866, appeared the first sequential classification of the Australian Loranthaceae, which comprised five genera and twenty-seven species, namely Nuytsia (1 species), Atkinsonia (1) Loranthus (19), Visewm (3), and Notothixos (3). Since then various Australian botanists, when dealing with the family, very largely followed Bentham’s classi- fication. -Hichler (Martius’ Flora Brazil, 1868, p. 21) included Nuytsia, Gava- dendron and Phrygilanthus in his classifieation of the Loranthaceae, which has since been accepted by Engler. In 1880, Hooker (Icones Plantarum, p. 13, Plate 1319) deseribed Loranthus Atkinsoniae (Atkinsonia ligustrina F. v. M.). In their classification of the Loranthaceae (Genera Plantarum, 1880) Bent- ham and Hooker partly accepted Eichler’s basis of classification pertaining to Gaiadendron and Phrygilanthus which were noted by them as distinct sections of Loranthus. Bentham (Hooker’s Ieones, 1880-82, p. 13, Plate 1319) described and figured Loranthus Atkinsoniae (Gaiadendron ligustrina). F. M. Bailey (Synop., Queensland FI., 1883, p. 449) briefly redescribed the species recorded for that State. In the same year, Professor Tate and Baron von Mueller (Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., vi., 109) described L. Murrayi. Professor Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., viii., 1885, 71) added L. gibberulus to the list of species. Mueller (IXey to the System of Victorian Plants, ii., 1885, plate 66) figured L. celastroides Sieb. and L. eucalyptifolius Sieb. The upper figure on the plate is the former and the lower figure is that of the latter. In 1889 Engler and Prantl (Pflanzenfamilien, iii., 177) followed Hichler’s classification and recognized Gaiadendron G. Don, and Phrygilanthus Kichler ; they also recognized Bentham and Hooker’s decisions in regard to Loranthus, Notothixos and Visewm. Moore and Betehe (Handbook of the Flora of New South Wales, 1893, pp. 226-8) briefly described the eastern species as defined by Bentham (B. Fl, iii.). The following year R. T. Baker (These Proceedings, (2), 1x., 1894, 158) illustrated the genus Notothixos, and drew attention to what appeared to him intermediate forms of N. subaureus. it In 1894-5 Van Tieghem (Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France, vol. xhi.) published a new classification which included all the Australian genera and species, and in addition, the names of eight species were published, but apparent- ly without description. The author appears to have used the names only in connection with his classification, which is most regrettable as no doubt some of them formed the basis of the new genera and sections he established. A. 12%, C. Ashworth (Victorian Naturalist, 12, 1895, p. 51) contributed a most interesting article on the dispersal of the mistletoe, claiming that the Swal- low Dicaeum is the exclusive agent in Victoria in the dispersal of the mistletoe. An pres Milnaeaun Das Systane 6 5 7 ; F. Turner (These Proceedings, (2), ix., 1895, 559) recorded 27 species of BY W. F. BLAKELY. & exotic trees and shrubs growing in New South Wales, the host plants of three species, namely L. celastroides Sieber, L. pendulus Sieber and Viscum articulatum Burm. © In 1897 Engler (Pflanzenfamilien, ii.-iv., p. 127) published a revised classi- fication of the Loranthaceae, and accepted Van Tieghem’s classification in regard to Elytranthe and other sections of Loranthus, but in some cases he reduced several of Van Tieghem’s genera to Sections and Series. Spencer Moore (Journ. Bot., xxxv., 1897, pp. 161-72) deseribed LZ. Nestor and L. miniatus as additions to the flora of Western Australia. Professor Tate (Austr. Assoe. Ady. Sei, vu., 1898, 553) rendered a similar service to that of Turner in systematically recording all the known host plants of the various species. The next work of importance is that of F. M. Bailey in his Queensland Flora, y., 1902, pp. 1376-83, wherein he redescribed for Queensland, 16 species of Loranthus, 3 species of Viseum, and 3 species of Notothixos, besides depicting L. Bidwillii Bth., L. myrtifolia A. Cunn. and L. grandibracteus. Mr. J. H. Maiden in a lengthy article in the “Sydney Morning Herald” dated 20.9.1902 drew attention to the destruction caused by the Loranthus, and mentioned that favourable reports had been received as to its fodder value. Johneock (Proc. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxvi., 1902, p. 7, and xxvii., 1903, p. 253) contributed two interesting papers on the Loranthaceae of the Willochra Valley, in which are some useful notes on the distribution cf Loranthus. Dr. A. Morrison in the Western Australian Year Book (1903, p. 204) enumerates the following species for that State: L. Murrayi F. v. M. et ‘Tate, L. Exocarpi Behr., L. acacioides A. Cunn., L. linophyllus Fenzl, L. gibberulus Tate, L. pen- dulus Sieber, L. Quandang Lindl., L. grandibracteus F. y. M., and L. Nestor S. Moore, also Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. Mr. A. G. Hamilton (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxx., 1905) recorded the host plants of the Loranthaceae tound at Mt. Kembla. In the same Journal Mr. J. J. Fletcher recorded 54 host plants for three species, namely, L. longi- folius Desr. (ZL. vitellinus F. v. M.), L. celastroides Sieb. and L. miraculosus Miq. He also drew attention to the double parasitism of these three species. James Britten (Botany of Cook’s First Voyage, Part iii., 1905, p. 86, Figs. 274-6) rendered a special service in describing and depicting three species of Loranthus collected by Banks and Solander during Captain Cook’s voyage in the “En- deavour” in 1778. Dr. Diels (Die Pflanzenwelt von West Australien, 1906) dis- cusses the doubtful parasitism, ete., of Nuytsia floribunda R. Br., and on p. 109 an excellent figure of the plant is given, together with a photograph of the tree (Taf. vi.). A photograph of L. Quandang Lindley parasitic on Acacia acuminata also appears on page 302 (Taf. xxvil.). L. linifolius (L. linophyllus is probably intended) is also mentioned. In 1908 (These Proceedings, xxxill., pp. 344-376) Mr. J. J. Fletcher con- tributed an interesting paper on the cotyledons of Atkinsonia ligustrina and Nuytsia floribunda. Mr. C. C. Brittlebank in the same journal (p. 650) pub- lished the “Life History of Loranthus Exocarpi,’ illustrated by a number of valuable photographs. M. Em de Wildeman (Plantae Norti Thenensis, 1909, Pl. Ixxvi., p. 61) figures and deseribes L. linophyllus Fenzl (L. Preissii Miq.). F. M. Bailey (Queensland Agric. Journ., xxvii., 1911, p. 198) deseribed and figured L. conspicuus Bail. He also placed on record a new species of Viseum, V. australe Bail. In the same year Professor Ewart (Proce. Roy. Soe. 6 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, Tey Vie., xxiv., (N.S.), 1911, p. 69) deseribed L. signatus F. v. M. var. pulchea Ewart from Western Australia. In 1912 F. M. Bailey (Queensland Ag. Journ., xxix., p. 190) deseribed and figured L. Quandang var. Bancrofti Bail. In his ‘Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants” he enumerated 17 species of Loranthus, and also figured L. Quandang var. Bancrofti Bail. L. conspicuus Bail., L. (Beawverdiana) dictyo- phlebus F. v. M., Viscum angulatum Hey., V. orientale, V. australe Bail. and V. articulatum. Three species of Notothixos were also recorded by hin. W. V. Fitzgerald (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A., iii., 1916-17, 35) described two new species, L. ferruginiflorus and L. biangulatus. He also recorded L. signatus F. vy. M., L. longiflorus Desr., L. acacioides A. Cunn. and Viscum articulatum Burm. C. H. Ostenfeld in a “Contribution to West Australian Botany,” (Dansk ‘Botanisk Arkiv., Bd. 2, No. 8, Pt. 11, 1908, p. 14) published several species under Enegler’s revised classification. Professor Ewart (Flora Northern Territory, 1917, p. 88) recorded 14 species for the Territory. Mr. D. A. Herbert recently contributed a noteworthy paper on Nuytsia floribunda R. Br. (Journ. Proe. Roy. Soe. W.A., v., 1918-19, p. 72) in which he definitely settles the question of parasitism of Nuytsia. Range and Origin. If we take into consideration the range of the Family Loranthaceae, we are impressed with the fact that it is very largely represented in the warmer parts of the globe and readily draw deductions that it had its origin in the tropics and gradually extended to the cooler temperatures north and south of the equator. What its origin was, it is difficult to explain. Perhaps the most feasible explanation is that intimated by Meyen when discussing tropical vege- tation (Geography of Plants, p. 164): “But not only do the trunks of trees serve as the support of so luxuriant a vegetation, but high amongst the foliage are seen the scarlet flowers of Loranthus, shining Tillandsiae, Pitcarniae, and a whole host of climbing plants, which, taking root in the ground, at first twine up the trunks and branches, but afterwards forsake their parent soil, and continue to grow as parasites. Von Martius, during his long abode in Brazil, has traced with extraordinary acuteness the manner in which these singular plants grow, and his deseription will give the best idea of it.” (Reise, ete., ii. 32). Keeble (Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd Ser., v., 1896, 101) describing the adven- titious roots of a seedling plant of Loranthus loniceroides, says, “I cannot but think that this early putting out of the aerial root is a phenomenon of heredity and throws light on the course by which the Loranthaceae become parasites; the seeds, originally sticky, often lodged on the trees, and, as in many species of Ficus, these seeds, germinating, threw out roots which rapidly reached the ground or the earth which collects in the forks of trees.” Synopsis of the Family. The family Loranthaceae, according to Engler’s classification, comprises 25 genera and 811 species. It is reasonable to suppose: that since the publication of Engler’s classification the number has greatly increased, and it is highly pro- hable there are now upward. of about 30 genera and 1,000 species. Fur- ther additions are evident when the tropical and sub-tropical floras are syste- 7 BY W. F. BLAKELY. matically worked, and also when a more intimate knowledge is attained of the already known genera and species. Of the 25 genera represented under Engler’s classification, only seven are represented in Australia, namely:—Nuytsia R. Br., Gaiadendron G. Don, Phry- gilanthus Wichl., Loranthus L., Notothixos Oliver, Viscum L. and Korthalsella van ‘Tiegh. Nuytsia is the only genus strictly Australian. Gaiadendron and Phrygilanthus are found in Brazil and Chili; the latter is also endemic to the Philippines. Notothixos is indigenous to Ceylon, Philippine Islands and New Guinea, while Loranthus and Visewm are very widely distributed over the temperate and tropical zones. Korthalsella appears to be limited to India, Japan, Java, New Zealand, Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, and also to some of the larger islands of the Pacific. Nuytsia is confined to Western Australia; Gaiadendron to New South Wales; 4 species of Phrygilanthus are endemic to New South Wales and Queensland, and two species extend to Victoria. Loranthus is dispersed as follows:—Victoria 9 species, South Australia 9, Northern Territory 15, New South Wales 20, Wes- tern Australia 23, and Queensland 28 species. L. Exocarpi, L. Miquelii, L. Preissii and L. Quandang are the only species disseminated over the whole of Australia. Korthalsella is represented by 2 species each in Queensland and Nor- folk Island respectively, and 1 species each in New South Wales and Lord Howe Island. Notothixos has 3 representatives in New South Wales and 4 in Queens- land. Three species of Viscum are also endemic to the latter State, while New South Wales and Western Australia have each a single species. The genus Elytranthe Blume, a native of Java and India, according to Eng- ler, embraces some of the Australian species of the sub-genus Dendrophthoe. In this respect I cannot follow Engler, as they appear to me to have more of the characters of Dendrophthoe than Elytranthe, consequently the latter genus is excluded. There has been much confusion in the genus owing to the lack of knowledge on the part of collectors. Many collectors have committed the error of mixing what they probably thought were forms of the same species, but in reality they were different. Many so-called types are unreliable, owing to mixed material. We have examples of this on the type sheet of L. Quandang Lindl., and in many of Dr. Leichhardt’s specimens. Mistakes have also arisen through imper- fect material, as in the case quoted by Bentham when referrmg to a specimen from the Howick Group, thought by him to be referable to L. odontocalyx, which afterwards proved to be quite a different species, No. 18. The ordinary layman is apt to regard all the Loranthus he sees under more favourable cireumstances than those which surrounded the early collectors, as belonging to the same species. When experienced persons make mistakes concerning them, there is little wonder that others are sometimes in error, and their information should on all oceasions, unless backed up by actual specimens, be interpreted with the greatest caution. It so happens that, with a large quantity of material which appears to be all the same, there is often a mixture of other species. The distribution of this material has, in some instances, been left to unqualified persons, consequently what is sent out as purporting to be a specimen of the type is something totally different. i & THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1., Seeds and Germination. The seeds of all the Australian Loranthus are surrounded by viscin, enclosed in a thin membranous sac, strengthened by 4 to 6 longitudinal flaccid appen- dages, rising from the somewhat spongy base, and extending 2 to 4 mm. beyond the seed. The viscin sac varies in length according to the size of the fruit. The spongy base is also very variable; in some species it is a mere speck, in others it is 5 mm. long, and about as broad. When the visein is exposed to the air it hardens somewhat, and changes in appearance, until it appears like gum or resin. In Phrygilanthus celastroides and P. eucalyptifolius, it becomes quite gummy. If soaked in formalin mixture it turns white, like hard mutton fat, and can be separated from the seed without diffieulty, but if placed in the same mixture fresh from the epicarp, it remains soft and gelatinous. James Drummond (Hooker’s Jour. Bot., v., 1853, p. 406) contributed the following interesting notes on the seeds of a Western Australian Loranthus :— “Some months ago, when I was dissolving some Acacia gum, which had been for three-quarters of a year in my possession, I noticed that it contained seeds of the beautiful Loranthus which grows on our Acacia. They seemed so fresh that I placed them on the bark of a tree in the neighbourhood, where they quickly germinated.” The seeds of the Loranthus appear to need a fair amount of moisture to ensure successful germination, and consequently the humid conditions prevailing during portion of the summer are more favourable than the hot dry periods for the suecessful development of the young seedlings. I have repeatedly noticed that on germination the hypocotyl does not favour a strong light, particularly the light from the side. In all the experiments carried out by me on-the various species, the hypocotyl turned away from the light; even when the hypocotyl was so placed that if it grew forward it would come in contact with the host, instead it turned away. Experiments conducted against a window subjected to strong sunlight are not altogether favourable for the successful development of the young plants, for they rarely grow beyond the attachment stage. In the natural surroundings the light is often more uniform and the humidity more favourable than that of a closed room, hence the young seedlings possess greater vitality, and readily adapt themselves with vigour to the host, if it be a favourable one. On examining some ripe fruits of L. miraculosus var. (b), I noticed that the seed had already germinated, but the suctoral dise was unable to penetrate the thick epicarp, and therefore was compelled to turn down towards the base of the seed in some, while in others, the hypocotyl was spirally twisted and, when re- leased, was too far gone to recover, having exhausted the supply of food from the endosperm. In nearly all eases when germination takes place the hypocotyl and embryonic cotyledons show strong traces of chlorophyll, either a green or purple pigment. In some seeds that contain but little albumen the embryo is quite green before the fruit is fully ripe and, therefore, the irritability set up by germination can- not altogether be a factor in the assimilation of chlorophyll within the embryo. The first pair of leaves that make their appearance in the germinating seed of most species are not truly the cotyledons but the primary leaves. They are sometimes rudimentary, acicular, linear, spathulate, oblong, lanceolate and elliptie in form, besides developing to a considerable thickness; they remain for a period of a few months to four years on the young plants before they fall off. In sueh species as P, celastroides and P. eucalyptifolius they are markedly large for the BY W. IF. BLAKELY. 9 small hypocotyl, and appear to carry out the function of photosynthesis for the young plant to a considerable extent. The Embryonic Cotyledons, The term embryonic cotyledons applies to the cotyledons when enclosed in the endosperm, or when withdrawn from it. In many species they are not withdrawn, but remain imbedded within it, apparently absorbing, for the benefit of the hypocotyl and suctoral disc, the food stored therein. In some species the cementing of the viscin acts as a deterrent to the withdrawal of the cotyledons, and in such cases an early penetration or attachment of the dise takes place, thus reducing the need for the withdrawal of the cotyledons from the endosperm. The enclosed cotyledons appear to generate viscin, for they are saturated with it in a growing seedling, and almost free from it in a dormant seed. This ap- pears to confirm the suggestion that the cotyledons act as suckers to absorb food from the endosperm until the radicle has established itself. In all the species that I have investigated, the embryonic cotyledons are not withdrawn from the endosperm when germination takes place: they are L- congener, L. Gaudichaudi, L. miraculosus var. (b), L. No. 15, n.sp., P. celas- troides, P. eucalyptifolius, L. Miquelii, and L. bifurcatus. Griffith, studying the development of the ovules of Loranthus and Viscum (Trans. Linn. Soe., xviii., part i., p. 78) observed that, “The cotyledons in all the species I have examined remain inclosed in the albumen, which substance begins to disappear as soon as the plumula commences to be developed.” Brittlebank, in the “Life History of L. Exocarpi’’ (These Proc., xxxiii., 1908, 650), distinctly depicts (Plate xx., figs. 2-4) the embryonic cotyledons withdrawn from the endosperm. Fig. 2 shows the hypocotyl in its early stages, and two opposite obovate cotyledons, followed by a pair of elongated lanceolate sessile leaves, and the first internodes with two small broad lanceolate leaves. Fig. 3 shows a young seedling slightly more advanced, without the cotyledons, but with the first pair of leaves, also two internodes, and above them four somewhat closely imbricate leaves. I have not seen the seedling of this species beyond the germinating stage. In L. biangulatus W. V. Fitz. the cotyledons are withdrawn. A young seed- ling on the type specimen shows a terete and slightly tubereulate hypocotyl, 6 mm. long; cotyledons linear-lanceolate, 5 mm. long; suctoral dise broad, smooth, 4 mm. in diameter. There is a photograph of this species in the “Western Mail,” Perth, W.A., 9th June, 1906, showing a much larger seedling. Double Embryos. The irregularity of the cotyledons of various species of Loranthus is ac- counted for by the fact that some seeds possess a double embryo which, on ger- mination, gives rise to four cotyledons (or primary leaves) instead of two. Tt sometimes happens that one or more are suppressed by the cementing or harden- ing of the visein and appear beneath the resinous mass in amorphous chlorophyll forms. The appearance of the double embryo opens up the question as to whether they are the result of the seed being two-celled. The evidence seems to point in that direction, as I have found two indistinet cells in some fruits of L. congener Sieb. and L. miraculosus var. (b). Bower (Origin of a Land Flora, 1908, p. 127) draws attention to “the decrease in the number of sporangia, by fusion of sporangia which previously in the race were separate. This has been 10 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1., assumed as an explanation of synangial states by various writers, but it can only rarely be proved on grounds of comparison that fusion of sporangia has actually taken place, and the best evidence of it comes from the Angiosperms. Thus the fusion of the ovules, leading indeed to obliteration of their identity, occurs in certain species of Loranthus, and comparison leaves little doubt that the sunken embryo-saes represent the individual ovules, the identity of which is lost as re- gards external forms.” On this same subject Worsdell (Principles of Plant Teratology, i., p. 93) quotes Treube, who “describes a case in which Loranthus sphaerocarpus, the fer- tilized ovum divides by a vertical wall, but the sister-cells develop together into a single proembryo, consisting of a double row of cells. The case of imperfect twins, in which the lower part of the structure is undivided while the upper is separated into two similar parts, represents at once the simplest case of fasciation in existence and also the phenomenen which most easily and clearly explains it, illustrating as it so well does the result of the compromise between the two ten- dencies towards unification and separation respectively. It is a by no means uncommon phenomenon for two embryos or young seedlings to appear more or less intimately fused together.” Griffith (Trans. Linn. Soe., xviii, i., p. 82) refers to the plurality of em- bryos in some Indian species of Viscwm. Also J. D. Hooker (FI. British India, v., 223) says, “Embryo in fleshy album, solitary or 2 in each seed.” Double embryos have also been found in Viscum album L., the well known European mistletoe, and attention has been recently drawn to it by Dom Ethel- bert Horne (Journ. Bot., liv., 1916, p. 292) whe says, “There appear to be two kinds of mistletoe seeds—those that produce but one radicle and those that pro- duce two or more. The former are oblong in shape and the latter triangular. In the paper by the late Dr. Bull of Hereford on Viscum album (Trans. Wool- hope Club, 1852-65, p. 312) he states that out of 36 seeds taken at random, 25 had a pair of radicles. I put 30 seeds, also taken haphazard, in a patch on the- trunk of a plane-tree. Three of these were lost, and of the remaining 27, two radicles came from 19, which is almost exactly the same proportion as in Dr. Bull’s experiment. But where he obtained only 4 seeds with single radicles out of 36, I grew 7 out of 27—a very much larger proportion. Also in the older experiment 7 seeds had 3 radicles, whereas I had only 1.” Brittlebank (These Proc., xxxiii., 1908, 650, fig. xxx.) depicts a double vadicle in L. Exocarpi. I have also observed and depicted the same phenomenon in the following species: L. congener Sieb., L. Miquelii Lehm., L. miraculosus Miq. and the variety (b). L. No. 15, n.sp., L. Gaudichaudi DC., L. No. 24, nsp., L. vitellinus F. v. M. In the majority of cases the development of the double radicle is unequal, and a large percentage of them fail to develop into plants. As the two radicles appear to exhaust the store of food within the endosperm before the suctoral disc becomes established, it is evident that the double radicles are not always a beneficent factor in the reproduction of the species, but, on the contrary, they are detrimental to it. They are also subject to self-parasitism, which results in the death of the one preyed upon, and occasionally both succumb. Parasitisn. Tt has been pointed out by many authorities that the Loranth does not live entirely upon the host. The presence of chlorophyll in the leaves and young branches is suggestive of the power of assimilation it possesses, and therefore BY W. F. BLAKELY. iat it is only partly dependent upon the host for its food supply, which consists cehiefly of moisture and mineral food derived from the host through its haustoria or sucking roots. Being possessed of green leaves, it is able to make the rest of its food by photosynthesis. J. D. Campbell (Text Book of Botany, p. 506) refers to the Loranth as a ‘semi-parasite, because it possesses chlorophyll, “and can therefore assimilate earbon-dioxide, nevertheless it penetrates the tissues of other plants and takes food from them.” It appears that Loranthus is capable of extracting injurious properties from its host as shown in the case of L.. namaquanus, a South African species found parasitic on Melianthus comosus, a well-known poisonous plant. According to a record by Marloth (Flora South Africa, vol. 1., p. 167) “The Loranthus . . . is eagerly eaten by animals, and farmers state that they have lost goats which had eaten some Loranthus that was growing on Melianthus. If the animals had not really eaten some of the Melianthus together with the Loranthus, this oc- currence would indicate that the poisonous principle had passed from the host into the parasite growing on it.” It is generally understood that species of Loranthus are detrimental to the trees and shrubs upon which they grow, but are not wholly injurious, except in extreme cases, where vegetation is im- poverished. They have the tendency of disfiguring forest trees, rather than des- troying them altogether, as it would be unnatural for them to destroy the source of their food supply; the greatest danger is when they become attached to young trees in the sapling stage; it is then that the greatest amount of damage is done, as the young tree is quickly deformed and rendered useless for all purposes. On the other hand, when large or mature trees are infected by these parasites it is only the branches that are affected, and, in the majority of cases, it is quite @ long time before any injury is noticed, the usual result being the loss of the upper portion of the branch, the parasite taking its place; in the course of time, it entirely surrounds the end of the branch and appears to preserve it from further decay by excluding the air and rain by its growth. In the majority of eases it is the small branches that suffer most; the Jarger ones appear to be more capable of resisting the growth of the parasite, perhaps on account of the diminution of the cambium layer. The young branches are more sappy and afford better facilities for the spread of the haustoria, which sometimes encircle the young branch, and hence, the flow of the sap is eut off from the terminal portion which dies, and in a number of eases falls off. Anyone who has given attention to this group of plants must be impressed with the fact that all parasitism of this family is purely accidental; moreover, owing to the sticky nature of the seeds, and the simple manner in which they are dislodged from the ripe fruits, every inducement is offered to accidental parasitism im every case. When the fruit is ripe it is easily dislodged, and many are displaced by strong winds, which act as a distributing agent, as well as birds and other animals that feed upon the ripe fruits or come in contact with them, so that the assortment of host plants of any partieular species de- pends largely upon cireumstanees. The seeds have been found adhering to many objects. The seed of the European mistletoe, Visewm album L., has been noted by many observers sus- pended from telegraph and telephone wires, and we have a similar example, in the case brought under my notice by Mr. A. Cox, of Mudgee, who found seeds of L. miraculosus Miq. hanging from a wire fence; surrounding an orchard. Three seeds were suspended by a thread of viscin, the seeds being half’ an inch apart. 12 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, Is It was thought at one time that the Loranth would only grow on certain hosts, but such is not the case. There are, however, some instances when the parasite is more prevalent on some host than others. For example, L. Gaudic- haudi is invariably parasitic on Melaleuca parviflora Lindl. while L. No. 23, n.sp. appears to prefer Brachychiton Gregorti F. v. M. If these species were thoroughly investigated in the field, they would, in all probability, be found on other plants as well, and probably good reasons for their apparently preferen- tial choice of hosts would be found. For a long time I had been puzzled by the frequency of L. vitellinus upon the Bloodwood, Eucalyptus corymbosa Sm., in the Hornsby (Sydney) district, and, after careful observations, I have attributed it to the Harmonious Thrush, Colluricincla harmonica, and the Blue Jay, Cora- cina robusta. These birds feed upon the fruits of the Loranth and also upon the beetles and other insects which visit the blossoms of the Bloodwood. In this case the food assortment of these birds is the accidental factor which accounts for association of the Loranth with the Bloodwood, as the parasite is usually in ripe fruit when the Bloodwood is in full blossom. Besides the foregoing there are other examples of what might be termed preferential parasitism, for which it is most difficult to find a satisfactory reason, as in the following’ cases: On the Pennant Hills Road, Normanhurst, Sydney, Phrygilanthus celas- troides, P. eucalyptifolius and Loranthus vitellinus smothered five plants of Photinia serrulata. Other plants in the vicinity, though older and more sappy than the Photinia, were quite free from the parasites. It is interesting to note that none of the plants that were free from the mistletoe were berry-bearing species. They were Tristania conferta, Eucalyptus resinifera, Jacaranda ovali- folia and Erythrina indica. In the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, the Planes, Platanus orientalis, are im- fested with Phrygilanthus celastroides, and a few plants of P. eucalyptifohus and Loranthus congener, while on either side of the Planes the Willows, Salix babylonica, ave quite free from the parasites, notwithstanding the fact that the branches of the Planes almost touch those of the Willows. Another case in point, is that of Loranthus congener Sieb. In the. vicinity of Bobbin Head, near Sydney, Casuarina suberosa is the common host of that species, while plants of Caswarina glauca Sieb., which fringe the salt waters of Cowan Creek, and in many places are only a few feet away from the infested trees of C. suberosa, are entirely free from the parasite. Yet, in other localities, L. congener has been found parasitic on Casuarina glauca. The same phenomenon also applies, in the same locality and extending along the water front as far as Windybank’s boat sheds, to Phrygilanthus celastroides, which is fairly common on Casuarina suberosa and only occasionally parasitic on C. torulosa, but I have never yet found it on C. glauca, although I have been constantly on the lookout for it for three years. On several occasions I have seen the branches of C. torulosa and C. suberosa mingled with those of C. glauca, and the former laden with the parasite, but not a trace of it could be found on the latter. Those who are acquainted with the two trees would readily admit that C. glauca, with its thinner bark, which is also less corky, would appear to offer more inducement to the parasite than either of its con- geners. I have also noticed that.Phrygilanthus celastroides appears to have a decided dishke to the Hucalyptus, or is incapable of effecting a union with it in the majority of cases. On the other hand, its congener P. eucalyptifolius is just the reverse. The fruits of the former are smaller than those of the latter, as BY W. F. BLAKELY. 13 also are the seeds, while the viscin does not appear to be as durable and the radicle is not quite as strong; therefore, it 1s probably less adapted for effecting an infection in certain hosts. Apparently the Hucalyptus is one of these, al- though I have never attempted the germination of its seeds upon the Hucalyptus. Certain hosts, because of their thick deciduous bark, are very largely im- mune from the attack of the parasites, and, unless the young radicle has made good during’ the season before the host commences to shed its bark, and had penetrated well beyond the deciduous cortical layer, it stands a chance of being carried away with it. Such host plants as Eucalyptus punctata have the class of bark alluded to, but the species does not appear to be capable of warding off all attacks; never- theless, the percentage of Loranthus found parasitic upon it is exceedingly small. Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius is occasionally suecessful in effecting a union with it, but I look upon that species as the most tenacious and aggressive of all the Australian Loranthaceae, as it 1s capable of adapting itself to almost any host under trying conditions. Next to it in vitality is Loranthus vitellinus, which has rather large fruits, and whose seeds are amply supplied with viscin and albumen, which enable it to establish itself upon many kinds of host. On some of the Ironbarks, Eucalyptus paniculata for instance, large clumps of Phrygilan- thus eucalyptifolius are often seen, indicating that they were attacked at an early age, as it is quite a difficult matter for the young radicle to penetrate the hard, composite, kino-like bark, which affords little or no nutriment to it, and 99 per cent. of the seeds that fall upon the bard bark fail to obtain an ad- hesion. It is upon the young tender branches, or in the furrows of the semi- hard bark that the young plants are best able to thrive. Besides the ordinary or single adhesion we have what is called “double or secondary” parasitism, which is a very common form, and many interesting examples can be seen in the field in places where the parasites are plentiful. The most notable on re- cord is that recorded by Mr. J. J. Fletcher (These Proe., xxx., 1905 (1906), p. 489) as follows: “Mr. Fletcher exhibited eleven branches or parts of stems— being portion of eight individual plants of Loranthus celastroides, parasitic upon four Eucalypts, two Angophoras, a Quince tree, and a Pinus insignis. These eight Loranths had been victimised in their turn by seventeen Loranths (shown im situ upon the host-Loranths) referable to three species.” I have noticed that with plants of Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, both on Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. and E. melano- phloia F. vy. M., secondary or self parasitism results in a much shorter and more erect growth instead of the long pendulous branches so common to this species. Loranthus was proclaimed a noxious plant in Victoria in 1904, which accounts for its absence in some districts. Mr. D. W. Shiress, after a recent visit to Vie- toria, informed me that the Loranth is almost stamped out, and that during his two week’s stay in the Bendigo district he saw but two plants. Adwentitious Roots. Adventitious roots occur on all the species of Phrygilanthus found in Aus- tralia, and also upon some species of Loranthus. The ramifications of the root structure are similar in both genera. The union with the host in some species gives rise to numerous red-brown adventitious roots which, in nearly all cases, take a downward course. The chief purpose of these roots appears to be to give greater support and stability to the plant, for, by becoming attached to the cambium of the host, they draw from it, through their haustoria, most of the essential food that the parent plant requires. 14 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, L., The mode of attachment of the adventitious roots depends largely upon the host. They oceur more frequently, and are more vigorous, upon hosts with a persistent bark. The swelling or ball-like growth is commonly associated with hosts having a deciduous bark. On one occasion [| came across a plant of Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius growing on the trunk of Angophora lanceolata Cav., which had no swelling where the union took place, but, instead, a deep: depression around the base of the parasite, as if it were growing from a hole in the trunk of the host from which two strong adventitious roots descended for about six feet; one was almost dead, and entirely free from the host, the other, in a fairly healthy condition, had, at regular intervals of about six inches, sent out haustoria from the lower surface, which had penetrated the host in the same manner as a seedling plant. These had become elongated, and no less than seven layers of the dead bark of the host were counted on two of them, and five layers on three others. In two places I was able to pass my fingers between the host and the main root. The largest rootlets were about an inch long and conspicuously ringed. The old bark of the host had partly erumbled away, and could be turned round and round like so many washers. The point of attaech- ment of the rootlets was much smaller and extremely weak. The struggle for existence of this particular plant was noticeable in the sparseness of its foliage. The annual shedding of the host bark was to all appearances detrimental to it, as it loosened the feeders annually, thus depriving them of the necessary sup- port. When adventitious roots are formed upon plants with a persistent bark, as in the ease of Angophora intermedia, Exocarpus cupressiformis, Syncarpia lawrifolia and many others, they are very firmly attached to the host. On old plants they form a matted mass encircling the host for some distance on either side of the attachment, but usually they are more numerous on the side facing the South. Occasional examples will be seen when the main root develops to a considerable size of varying thickness. This applies more particularly to the adventitious roots of P. celastroides when living wpon Synearpia laurifolia. Sometimes the adventitious roots are free, and sway about in the wind, like those formed on the branches of some species of J*icus, and continue to grow until a.suitable object is reached for them to prey upon. It happens that they sometimes reach the ground but do not penetrate it, as in the case with the roots of the Ficus, but become dry and withered at the end. I had under investigation at Turramurra, near Sydney, a plant of Phrygil- anthus eucalyptifolius growing on the trunk of Acacia decurrens var. moliis,. with two adventitious roots touching the ground. I heaped some soil around them to ascertain whether they would root in the soil, but in the course of two months I found that the portion of the roots [ had placed in the soil were dead, and above the dead part new roots had formed which were well beyond the level of the ground. This matter is worthy of further investigation in other species. It, however, proves one point,—that the adventitious roots of Phry- gilanthus difter entirely from the so-called adventitious roots of other genera. The adventitious roots of this Family are capable of feeding upon each other. It is a common oceurrence to. see conglomerate masses of roots fused together by their own haustoria, thus suggesting the idea that the parasite actually lives upon itself. When the roots are broken they produce new roots from the side near the end of the broken part, and continue to grow as in the first instance. Many of the roots are seen to produce young plants along them, but in BY W. F. BLAKELY. 15 some cases the plants are the result of seed germinating upon the roots, having fallen from the parent plant or been deposited by birds or other agencies. If a large plant be examined in the fruiting season when the fruits are ripe, a num- ber of young seedling parasites will be seen adhering to the branches, roots, and even leaves of the parent plant. So that many of: the sucker-like growths observed on the roots are due to reproduction from its own seed, and in this manner large clumps are often formed upon the roots and branches of the host, thus illustrating another form ot parasitism—“self or secondary.” It is interesting to note that when this form of parasitism takes place the union of the two parasites is scarcely distinguishable, and would be passed over in a great many cases as ordinary branches.* There are occasional exceptions when the union gives rise to a ball-like swelling, and when this is the case, the plants are much larger and more vigorous than when no union is perceptible. Another point of interest is the deterioration in the size of the parasite when living upon its parent. The result is a diminution chiefly in the shortness of its branches and leaves, or in other words, smaller plants are produced, after a year or two. Adventitious roots act in the assimilation of moisture for the plant. As will be noticed when attached to a dead branch, their haustoria push their way beneath the dead bark in quest of food or moisture; they do not enter very far into the dead cambium, but adhere firmly to it. When by chance or accident they become attached to the dead wood, the haustoria or root suckers are more numerous, and are sometimes closely followed by each other in a con- tinual line beneath the main runner, and resemble a number of grubs in out- line.. During favourable weather, that is, when the weather is warm and there is a bounteous rainfall, the growth of these roots upon the dead branches is very marked, and is indicative of the part played by them in providing moisture for the plant. It may also be surmised that when the haustoria feed upon dead wood or bark, a fair amount of liquid food is absorbed by them which must naturally benefit the plant. It is well known that decaying vegetable matter contains plant food, and it is quite reasonable to assume that in carrying out their functions these adventitious roots, with the aid uf their haustoria, convey a considerable amount of nutriment to the plant, and are therefore of much value to it, not only as a means of assisting the plant to adhere firmly to the host, but also as an agent of assimilation. The following species possess adventitious roots:—Phrygilanthus Bidwillii, P. myrtifolia, P. eucalyptifolius, P. celastroides, Loranthus vitellinus, L. dietyo- phlebus, L. odontocalyx, L. alyxifolius, L. biangulatus. The Union or Attachment. In the Australian Loranthaceae there are two distinct forms of union or attachment with the host, namely, ball-like and fusiform. The first is brought about in two ways: (1) When the wood of the parasite expands into a ball-lke excrescence over the wood of the host, and (2) When the penetration of the radicle causes the wood of the host to form a ball-like growth around the point of attachment of the parasite. Both no doubt are the result of a straight or single puncture of the radicle. To the first, I have _*I find that Mr. J. J. Fletcher has made the same discovery in reference to this form of parasitism, and has placed it on record in these Proceedings (xxx., 1905 (1906), 489). 16 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i., applied the name “aggressive,” and to the second “defensive” attachment, or union. It is not my intention to go into details, as the subject needs careful and critical investigation; all I propose to do is to draw attention to it. Loranthus Gaudichaudi provides a good example for the ball-like union. The fusiform swelling is the result of the division and creeping nature of the radicle as it penetrates the host, causing it to swell into a eylindrical body, as seen in P. Bidwillii. This form is invariably followed by adventitious roots which soon make their appearance, relieve the radicle by effecting an early union with the host, and thus lessen the growth at the point of attachment, rarely if ever reaching the dimension of the ball-like union. Sometimes the adventitious roots form a conspicuous swelling at the union, and increase in size, ultimately forming the main stem, as seen in some plants of P. celastroides. Under “Origin” (p. 6) I drew attention to the adventitious roots of Loranthus, which appear to have impressed some observers with the idea that it was at one time a climbing plant, and through evolutionary changes had dis- pensed with the soil as a means of existence, and instead acquired the habit of appropriating the bark and sap of various plants to perfect itself, just as its hosts utilise the soil in the process of their development and reproduction. It will be admitted that those species possessing adventitious roots appear to throw some light upon their origin, as suggested by Meyer and Keeble, and therefore, are singularly interesting on that account. It might be assumed that the ball-like growth, or union free from aerial roots, belongs to the oldest species, as it demonstrates that the parasites, through evolution, have thrown off what is usually aecepted as one ot their primary characters, and have to depend upon a single attachment. If that is so, they therefore make the fullest use of the sun’s rays in the assimilation and reten- tion of essential foods: much of their food no doubt consists of atmospheric moisture and inorganic compounds, and they are to a great extent self sup- porting. This single adhesion is also more suggestive of xerophytic nature than support by adventitious roots; it is not nearly as destructive to vegetation, and is easily eradicated. None of the Australian Loranthaceae throw out runners beneath the cortex of the host hke the European mistletoe, Viscum album L., and they are, on that account, much easier to eradicate without doing any serious damage to the host. The following species develop a ball-like union:—L. pendulus, L. congener, L. Miquelii, L, Gaudichaudi, L. miraculosus and varieties, L. No. 15, msp., L. linophyllus, L. grandibracteus, L. Exocarpi and varieties (aggressive), L. Quan- dang and var. Bancrofti, L. No. 24, n.sp., L. No. 21, nsp., L. ferruginiflorus, L. gibberulus, L. Murrayi, L. No. 32, nsp., L. Nestor. i Species with a fusiform union or not definitely ball-like:—P. myrtifolius, P. Bidwillii, P. celastroides {Sometimes ball-like (defensive) type when parasite on Platanus orientalis], P. eucalyptifolius, L. vitellinus [Sometimes ball-like (aggressive) when on smooth-barked trees like Angophora lanceolata. This Species in many eases throws out one or two adventitious roots which soon develop haustoria, causing the wood of the host of rough-barked trees to expand around them in raised globular excrescences, which, as they grow, remove the adventitious root further away from the host, which does not increase in size, and is soon surpassed in thickness by the main branches of the parasite], L. No. (23; n.Sp., L. alyxifolius, L. dictyophlebus [Growth similar to that of L. vitellinus |, L. biangulatus. BY W. F. BLAKELY. 17 Mimicry or Imitative Powers of Loranthus. I cannot say that I am greatly impressed with Loranthus as having any marked power of mimicry. To my mind, based upon field observations, the great controlling factor in the variability of a species is ecological. The Loranth is what environment makes it, not a desire of the plant to conceal its identity by imitative means, but one solely to derive as much nutriment as it can from its host. I have arrived at this conclusion after a careful examimation and study of various species, extending over four years, noting the condition of the host, favourable or unfavourable, attachment of the parasite in relation to the host, and the climatic conditions prevailing. Shade and exposure have a great in- fluence on the development of the size, shape, colour, thickness or texture of the leaves, and also on the colour of the flowers. Likewise a sound attachment and a vigorous food plant play a most important part in the life of the parasite. There is, however, a gradual development of different forms of some species which, though difficult to deseribe, manifest themselves irrespective of host dif- ferentiation, and which may be termed species in the making, or in the evolu- tionary stage, without easily definable characters. One of the commonest species in the Port Jackson district is Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius, which is beyond doubt the most polyphagus of our mistletoes; notwithstanding its large assortment of food plants, it does not show any par- ticular or marked signs of mimicry of any of them. Its leaves show the same uniformity when growing on Acacia Baileyana as on A. melanoxylon, A. impiexa, or when parasite on Angophora cordifolia, and on the long joimted terete branch- lets of Casuarina. In fact I have seen specimens from the latter with leaves remarkably broad and long, which might be said to be ridiculously out of all proportion to those of the host, and are contrary to all attempts at mimicry. This also applies equally to P. celastroides, Loranthus congener, L. pendulus, L. Miquelii, L. vitellinus and others that I have noted in the field. W. P. Hemsley (Jour. Linn. Soe., xxxi., 308) draws attention to the re- markable similarity of the leaves of ZL. pendulus to those of Hucalyptus amy- gdalina (radiata). The close analogy of the leaves of some of our Loranths and Euealypts and other hosts is readily admissible. But is it not attributable to homoplasy, rather than to sensitiveness or instinct on the part of the plant to conceal its identity? On this subject Spencer Moore writes (Jour. Linn. Soc., xxxiv., 1898-1900, p. 259) “The frequent close resemblance, between certain species of Loranthus and their hosts was noticed by me. Nor was it without interest that I learnt, on my return home, how the same facet. had been alluded to by that sagacious observer, James Drummond. [See below]. The two species showing this resemblance best are Loranthus pendulus, Sieb., var. parviflora, which is difficult to desery when growing upon the Quandong, and L. Quandang, Ldl., of which the leaves are strikingly similar to those of its host, an Acacia. But it may be doubted whether mere homoplasy is in point here, seeing that the parasites are greedily eaten by camels, + and so are, in. all probability, equally attractive to vegetivorous marsupials. In these cases, therefore, the re- semblance may possibly be protective, and may have been perfected by means of natural selection. The attraction probably lies in the flowers, which contain much nectar and are very sweet in consequence.” + “Camels will browse upon the parasites and leave the hosts quite untouched, although the latter are them- selves excellent food. There would be stronger support for the suggested mimi- 18 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, 1., ery were the host distasteful; but the parasites have, it must be remembered, only a small range of selection, if any.” James Drummond (Hooker’s Jour. Bot., ii., p. 347 and 360, 1840) also re- fers to the close resemblance between the Loranthus and certain hosts. Miss C. M. Le Plastrier (Australian Naturalist, iv., 1920, 139) also refers to the same phenomenon, and wonders if it is a “case of protective adaptation.” By giving _a little thought to this subject I find quite a number of plants with leaves similar to those of Loranthus. For example, the terete leaves or plyllodes of Acacia calamifolia, A. Havilandi, A. neura (the terete form) and many other terete phyllode species resemble the terete leaves of L. Preissii more closely than those of the Casuarinae. Other plants which are also homoplastiec with it or its congeners L. linophyllus and L. No. 15, n.sp., are Hakea lorea, H. Cunning- hami and H. Fraser. Amongst the Euealypts corresponding examples are also. numerous, both in the lanceolate and the cordate leaves of that genus. In the case of Loranthus eucalyptifolius H.B. et K. from Venezuela, which the authors undoubtedly thought resembled Hucalyptus—hence the name, although Hucalyp- tus is not indigenous to Venezuela—it cannot be accused of imitating a host which is not even indigenous to its native country. Many other examples can be cited. In fact, nearly every family of the Vegetable Kingdom, especially nmong the Cryptogams and Phanerogams, has many counterparts in some other totally different family, and therefore homoplasy is much more common than at first appears, and it is not confined to the parasites any more than to other groups of plants. No doubt the parasite habit of Loranthus led to the belief that it imitated the plant from which it derived its nourishment. In reference to the suggested “protective adaptation,” it is evidently, in the case of L. pendulus and L. vitellinus and other species with showy flowers, the reverse, and, instead of being “protective,” is strikingly ‘attractive.’ Whether it is with the object of perpetuating the species, by attracting the birds and insects to assist in the pollination of the flowers (if it be necessary), is an open question. I have seen the “honey-eaters” fly with the greatest precision from plant to plant of ZL. vitellinus when in full blossom in quest of nectar. If these plants had inconspicuous flowers the birds would not be able to detect them so readily; as it is, they are discernible at a great distance, especially L. vitellinus. Fertilization of the Loranthas. I am of opinion that all the Australian species of Loranthus that have come under my observation are self-pollinated, as the anthers are fully developed and the pollen released from them simultaneously with the opening or bursting of the petals. The close proximity of the stigma to the anthers, and-~ the powdery nature of the pollen facilitate the work of self-pollination. It has been suggested by Keeble (Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd Ser., iv. (3), 1896, p. 94) that nectar-eating birds assist in the fertilization of the flowers, in which I concur, as it is quite possible that some of the flowers occasionally “miss,” and these may accidentally be fertilized by visiting birds, as their bill is bound to be saturated with pollen as they forage amongst the flowers in quest of food. tt must be admitted that the percentage of flowers pollinated by birds in some districts is remarkably small, seeing that there are no examples of hybridism, though the opportunity for such is very often favourable. During the flowering season in the Port Jackson distriet the following species flower about the same time:—P. celastroides, P. eucalyptifolius and BY W. F. BLAKELY. 19 Loranthus vitellinus. In fact they are so closely associated that all three are sometimes found upon the same host, and oceasionally parasitic on each other, yet I have not seen any forms suggesting or exhibiting any signs of hybridism. Many species are without doubt pollinated by insects and many of the buds show punctures made by small grubs. The Curvature of the Style. In some species the style is distinetly eurved in bud. This appears to be the result of two causes:—(1) the thickening of the top of the petals, and (2) the closely packed anthers around the top of the style. In all the Australian species, the style, when fully developed, exceeds the anthers by 2-5 mm. The development or extension of the style is sometimes the result of the elongation of the ovary. As the top of the petals in some species is considerably thicker than the median portion, and a coneavity is formed on the inner surface by the combined thickness of the stigma and the closely packed anthers, it is evident that both characters act conjointly in the curvature of the style. The style of ZL. sanguineus F. vy. M. var. puleher Ewart is distinctly curved in bud, and it appears that the greatest pressure is apically. The tops of the petals are remarkably thick and coriaceous and considerably broader than in the middle, consequently the latter part is the weakest and therefore apt to offer the least resistance. The style, which appears to grow fastest, meets with opposition at the apex, and is foreed to bend in the middle; in so doing it presses against the diminished portion of the corolla and forees the segments apart along the commissural line, the bent portion protruding 3 or 4 mm. above the surface of the segments. At first, only two of the segments are cleft (one opposite the other) by the curving of the style, the others gradually splitting afterwards as the flower ages, from which it appears that the style has some influence on the opening of the flower. The anthers play a prominent part also in the curvature of the style of this variety, as their tips are somewhat firmly pressed into the slight depressions around the base of the large stigma. They remain in that position after the petals separate, and when released have the tendency to keep in an erect position around the style, instead of curling back with the petals away from it, as is the case with nearly all the allied species. In dried specimens the style is distinetly bowed by the adhering anthers, which are so firmly pressed to the base of the stigma that their apices are broken by the style in its effort to release itself or to gain an erect position. When fully developed it is longer than the petals, and it continues to grow after the flower opens. I have not had the opportunity of earrying out field observations with this form to ascertain the exact position of the stamens in the expanded flower; but in the dried state they coincide with the above descrip- tion. Another point to be considered is whether the adhering apices of the anthers that are saturated with pollen grains impregnate the stigma before the style succeeds in releasing itself from the anthers. In the case of L. Exocarpi Behr. var. (a), the style, when in bud, is bent from one side of the corolla to the other, and is actually shorter than the anthers when in that position. When the flower expands it exceeds the anthers by 3-4 mm. ‘This indicates that the style to some extent assists in the opening of the flower (Keeble, /.c.). In one specimen of L. dictyophlebus F. v. M. the style was distinetly curved, and it had protruded through one of the clefts of the petals. L. vitellinus, L. acacioides, 20 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i., and L. alyxifolius ave species which show the bent character of the style when. in bud. Dispersal and Distribution. The dispersal’ and distribution of Loranthus has been the subject of much discussion. An examination of the seedling parasites in the field discloses the fact that birds are the chief agents of distribution, as many young seedlings will be found adhering to the branches of trees and other objects, and in some instances small clumps of 3 to 6 seedlings, sometimes of different species, will be seen growing together, the seeds having been deposited by birds. Loranthus is a light-loving plant, and is found in the most exposed situa- tions, along the mountain spurs and ridges, usually with a northerly, easterly or westerly aspect, in open forest country, along the main roads in the vicinity of cultivation, also around orchards and large gardens. The scrub land affords but few species, and they are more often found on the fringe, rarely in the dense scrubs. Some species prefer the coastal area, others the dry interior, while a few keep to the sub-tropical regions. Thus Loranthus in common with other plants, has its barriers to migration. This may be accounted for by the fact that some species are less hardy than others, and cannot live beyond cer- tain latitudes, and consequently become confined to limited areas, while the dissemination of the hardier species may be controlled by the limitations of their migratory agents of dissemination. The distribution of Loranthus is most marked along open water courses, both on the coast and in the interior. In well-watered country the parasite is widespread. In the drier interior it is less common, although in some places in the desert country it is apparently abundant. In the desert, the absence of large or suitable host plants is probably the compensating factor, ‘as Loranthus makes the most of its host and sometimes, through the favourable position of the first attachment, it increases by the seeds falling on to the lower branches of the host, developing into strong plants, which almost take possession of the host. 7 The habit of the birds that feed upon the flowers or fruits of Loranthas is also to be reckoned with. They are peculiarly regular in their habits when feeding upon the parasites, for they fly from Loranth to Loranth with the greatest precision, methodically searching for newly-opened flowers or ripe fruits. It was thought at one time that the “Mistletoe Bird,’ Dicaeum hirundin- aceum, which feeds wpon the ripe fruits of the Loranthaceae, was the sole agent of distribution cf these parasites, but quite a number of birds feed upon the flowers and fruits of Loranthus, as the following records will show: Writ- ing of the Mistletoe Bird, Dr. E. P. Ramsay (These Proe., 2nd Ser., i., 1886, p. 1093) says, “This species is universally dispersed over the whole of Australia; feeds on berries and fruits of various kinds, but seems to prefer those of the Loranthus, of which we have in Australia so many varieties if not species, and of a Visewm (V. aurewm), which is only found as a parasite on the Loranthus; this plainly accounts for the distribution of the Loranthus and Viscum all over the districts frequented by the Dicaeum, and in which it is locally known as the Mistletoe Bird.” Professor R. Tate (Rept. Horn Sci. Exped., iii. (Geol. and Bot.), p. 129) writes, “The little Dicaewm hirundinaceum. lives chiefly on the berries of Loranthus spp., and in consequence the distribution of the bird is coterminous with that of its food plants . . . Tasmania and Kangaroo Island, where the bird is absent, do not produce a single species of Loranthus.” BY W. I. BLAKELY. 21 H. P. C. Ashworth (Viet. Nat., xi., 1895, p. 51) intimates that the swallow Dicaeum seems to be the exclusive agent in Australia in the dispersal of the Mistletoe. In a letter to the “Sydney Morning Herald” dated September 26th, 1902, Mr. Edward Stack attributes the dissemination of the mistletoe to the Silver- eye, Zosterops coerulescens, and the common house-sparrow, Passer domestica. Mr. C. F. Johneock (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxvi., 1902, 7, et xxvii. 1903, p. 253) records the following birds observed by him on Loranthus: Acanthiza, Yellow-rumped Tit (Does not eat the fruits but nests in the Loranth); Ptilotis sonora, Singing Honey-eater: Acanthochaera carunculata, Wattle Bird; Zos- terops coerulescens, Silver-eye, “A great distributing agent. To this bird is attributed the spread of the Loranth to the fruit trees. Coracina robusta, Black-faced Cuckoo Shrike.” Mr. A. J. North (British Ass. Ad. Se, 1914, N.S.W. Handbook, p. 299) states that “the Family Dicaeidae, with a single representative in Australia, has an important action on its flora. The Mistletoe-bird (Dicaewm hirundin- aceum), generally distributed over New South Wales, feeds largely on the viscid berries of the Loranthus, which it passes entire, and thus assists in the distribu- tion of this parasite.” C. C. Brittlebank in his “Life History of Loranthus Exocarpi,” had noted the Swallow Dicaeum and the Bell Magpie, Strepera versicolor, feeding on the fruits of L. Exocarpi. The latter he says “feeds upon the fruits which it swal- lows whole, easting the seeds.” In the vicinity of Warrawee, near Sydney, I watched the Dicaewm strip a plant of Phrygilanthus celastroides of its ripe fruits; the ingenious way in which it performed the task was not without humour. First the bird bit the fruit to ascertain whether it was ripe, and if so, gave it a sharp twist dis- locating it, then, turning the fruit endways in its bill, it sueked the seed from the epicarp, letting the latter fall to the ground, and then proceeded with an- other in the same manner. The whole process was similar to a person drink- ing out of a bottle—the pear-shaped fruits resembling little bottles. During the month of May, 1920, I observed the Starlings feeding upon the fruits of Phrygilanthus .eucalyptifolius in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. The following birds were observed by me eating the fruits of various species of Loranthus in the Hornsby district. I determined the birds from Dr. J. A. Leach’s “Australian Bird Book.” The numbers following the names are those used in the book. Mistletoe Bird, Dicaeum hirundinaceum, No. 336; Yellow Rumped Thornhill, Acanthiza chrysorrhoa, No. 293; Red-browed Finch, Aegintha temporalis, No. 382; White-eye, Zosterops coerulescens, No. 334; Rufus-breasted Whistler, Pachycephala rufiventris, No. 323; White-eared Honey- eater, Ptilotis leucotis, No. 358; Leatherhead, Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, No. 374; Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike, Coracina robusta, No. 262; Grey Bell Magpie, Strepera versicolor, No. 394; Harmonious Thrush, Collwricinela harmonica, No. 315; Little Cuckoo-Shrike, Coracina mentalis, No. 263. The last four swallow the fruit whole, and it passes through them in a mass mixed with the wings of beetles, ete. The smaller birds usually swallow the seed only; sometimes they sip at the sweet watery substance surrounding the viscin before and after the seed is dislodged from the epicarp. Mr. Frog- gatt, the Government Entomologist, informed me that he saw the Galah, Cacatua roseicapilla, feeding upon the fruits of Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl at Warrah, N.S.W. 22 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i., At Bowan Park, along Oakey Creek, 20 miles S.W. of Orange, N.S.W., I noticed the following birds feeding upon the fruits of LZ. No. 15,—Mistletoe bird, Dicaewm hirundinaceum; Golden-rumped Diamond-bird, Pardalotus «an- thopygius; Silver eye, Zosterops coerulescens; Soldier-bird, Myzantha garrula; Leatherhead, Tropidorhynchus corniculatus; Rosella, Platycercus eximius; Galah, Cacatua roseicapilla,; Cockatoo-Parrot, Calopsittacus novae-hollandiae. The small birds are the greatest disseminators of Loranthus, as in a large number of cases when they feed upon the fruits, they do not swallow the seed, but as before stated, sip the sweet fluid surrounding it, and in many cases the seed sticks to the bird’s bill, and is displaced by wiping it on the most con- venient object. Sometimes the seed is not easily dislodged. J have seen the Mistletoe-bird and the Silver-eye make many attempts before they succeeded; thus the seed is occasionally carried long distances before it is disposed of. With the large birds, the fruits being swallowed whole, the seeds and epicarps are passed in a hard mass, consequently the only chance the seeds have of ger- minating is when they happen to fall in the fork of a tree,—a rare occurrence. The percentage of seeds sticking to the bill of the large birds is exceedingly small. An example of seed distribution of this family was noted by me in the case of specimens of Loranthus Miquelii, collected at Brooklyn, Hawkesbury River, which contained seeds of ZL. vitellinus and Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius. The former was plentiful on Angophora lanceolata about fifty yards away, while adult plants of the latter were half a mile away. On another occasion. while examining a large clump of P. eucalyptifolius near Asquith, Hornsby dis- trict, I noticed a little clump of seeds of Phrygilanthus and Notothixos that had been deposited by a bird, one seed of Phrygilanthus and two seeds of Notothixos subaureus were just commencing to germinate. After a diligent search extending over two hours I failed to find any plants of Notothixos in the vicinity. The nearest plant known to me was more than a mile away. The Flying Fox, Pteropus rubicollis, is another agent of distribution of these parasites. Towards the end of April of 1920, a large number of these animals paid several visits to the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and I noticed that beneath a large tree of Hucalyptus melanophloia which was frequented by them, and which was infested with Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius the ground was strewn with the castings of small clumps of seeds and epicarps of the parasite. In some cases the fruits appeared as if they were partly chewed, and the seed sucked off the sweet coating. It is reasonable to assume that a number of seeds adhere to these animals when feeding upon the fruits of the parasites, and, presumably, the result is an aecidental distribution of the parasites by them. List of Bird Disseminators. Acanthiza chrysorrhoa, Yellow-rumped Thornhill. Acanthochaera carunculata, Wattle Bird. Aegintha temporalis, Red-browed Finch. Cacatua roseicapilla, Galah. Calopsittacus novae-hollandiae, Cockatoo-Parvot. Colluricincla harmonica, Harmonious Thrush. Coracina mentalis, Little Cuckoo Shrike. Coracina robusta, Black-faced Cuckoo Shrike. Dicaeum hirundinaceum, Mistletoe Bird. Gliciphila melanops, Tawny-crowned Honey-eater. Myzantha garrula, Soldier Bird. BY W. F. BLAKELY. 23 Pachycephalus rufiventris, Rufus-breasted Whistler. Pardalotus xanthopygius, Golden-rumped Diamond Bird. Passer domestica, Common Sparrow. Platycereus eximius, Rosella. Ptilotis leucotis, \White-eared Honey-eater. Ptilotis sonora, Singing Honey-Eater. Strepera versicolor, Grey Bell Magpie. Sturnus vulgaris, Starling. Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, Leather-head. Zosterops coerulescens, White-eye. Birds Observed Feeding on the Nectar. Nearly all the flowers of the Australian species of Loranthus and Phrygilan- thus contain much nectar, and therefore are sought after by many honey-eating birds. On examination, many of the flowers in the field will be found with small punetures at the base and sometimes in the swollen part near the at- tachment of the filaments. The flower tube of Loranthus vitellinus, Phrygilan- thus eucalyptifolius, and P. celastroides is sometimes filled for more than half its length with nectar. I watched the Spinebill, Acanthorhyncha tenuirostris, No. 348 (Leach, op. cit.) and the Tawny-crowned Honey-eater Gliciphila melanops (fulvifrons), No. 349, and the Yellow-Rumped Pardalote, Pardalotus xanthopygius, No. 341, piercing the base of the flowers with their sharp bill, or thrusting it between the clefts of the ripe buds, or down the centre of the flower. Other birds noted by me feeding upon the flowers between Hornsby and Pymble, near Sydney, were the Sanguineus Honey-eater, Myzomela sanguinelentas, No. 346; Singing Honey-Hater, Ptilotis sonora, No. 356; and the White-bearded Honey-eater, ieliorms novae-hollandiae. These birds also feed upon small insects at the same time, thus demonstrating that they do not depend upon the parasites for their food supply. Mr. O. H. Sargent (Ann. Bot., xxxu., 1918, 216) states that he saw Zosterops Gouldi and other honey-eaters sipping nectar from the flowers of Loranthus linophyllus Fenzl in the York district, Western Australia. Fungi Found Upow the Mistletoes. The Loranthaceae, like other groups of plants, are not immune from the ravages of microscopic fungi which attack the leaves and fruits, and also the wood of some species. In the Port Jackson district a number of Loranthus, Notothizos and Phrygilanthus ave infested with Fungi, which m many cases appear on the visein surrounding the seed. As far as I am aware, Mr. D. McAlpine was the first to draw attention to the Fungi upon Loranthus in Australia. In These Proceedings (xxvil., 1903, 96) he recorded Cerospora Loranthi D. McAlp. on the living leaves of Loranthus pendulus Sieb. at Dandenong Creek, Victoria. Mr. W. Pearse, of Jerry’s Plains, writing to the “Sydney Morning Herald,’ 19th September, 1905, in- timated that a disease killed out all the mistletoes attacking the Kurrajongs. Mr. R. T. Keys, of Muswellbrook, in a letter to the same paper dated 10th October, 1905, also stated that “a disease had spread over hundreds of miles of country killing out the mistletoes.” It appears that no investigations were carried out to ascertain the cause of the Mistletoes dying out in these localities, nor to ascertain the nature of the disease. 24 THE LORANTHACEAE OF AUSTRALIA, i., Insects Attacking the Mistletoe. Quite a number of different kinds of insect gall are found upon some species, both on the leaves, young shoots, buds and fruits. These galls vary considerably in shape and size. So far few of the insects which eause them have been determined. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse (These Proceedings, xxxi., 1906, pp. 424, 425) exhibited specimens of all the known Australian species of Ogyris (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae), which feed mainly upon the Loranthus. “Comment- ing on the habits of their larvae, he remarked that so far all had been found to feed on various species of Loranthus, feeding by night only and hiding dur- ing daylight under pieces of bark, in holes in the trees, under stones on the ground, or even in ants’ nests. Most of the species are attended by ants, which seem to be very useful to them. About 7 o’clock one evening he watched larvae of O. ianthis making their way from a piece of Loranthus to their hiding place. These larvae did not seem to have any idea of direction, for they frequently attempted to go quite away from their hiding place, but were prevented by the ants blocking their further progress in that direction.’ Mr. J. J. Fletcher (These Proe., xxxiv., 1909, 419) exhibited a number of Diptera pronounced by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, Government Entomologist, to be probably an undescribed species of Ceratitis, bred from fruits of Loranthus pendulus (L. Miquelii Lehm.), forwarded from Perth, Western Australia, by Dr. J. B. Cleland. “The majority of the fruits sent were infested with larvae— one in each infested fruit—which had eaten out the seeds more or less com- pletely by the time they were ready to pupate.” The following year in the same journal (pp. 862-3) Mr. W. W. Froggatt pronounced the insect to be Ceratitis Loranthi Froggatt. Mr. J. A. Iershaw (Vict. Nat., xxv., 1908-09, 131) recorded a search for the “Larvae and pupae of the rare blue butter-fly, Ogyris olane. The larvae feed on the Mistletoe, Loranthus pendulus, and when fully grown, travel down the tree-trunk (often a considerable distance) to near the base, pupating under the loose bark.’ Several pupae were found. Messrs. A. A. Hamilton and G. A. Waterhouse (Aust. Naturalist, iii., 1915, p- 90) veeorded having found the larvae of the butterfly Ogyris amaryllis amaryllis on the branches of L. linophyllus var. (b) Benth. at Tuggerah Lakes. T. S. Hart (Viet. Nat., xxxiv., 1917, 33) drew attention to the larvae of the “Mistletoe Butterfly,’ Delias harpaleyense Don on Loranthus celastroides (Phrygilanthus celastroides) . Some fruits of Loranthus No. 24, which I had received from Mr. A. Morris, Broken Hill, contained larvae; when hatched out, they proved to be a species of moth, which Mr. W. W. Froggatt determined as one of the Microlepidoptera. Many plants, particularly old ones, are infested with scale insects in the Hornsby district, which have a bad effeet upon the parasites. The Indian Wax Seale, Ceroplastes cerciferus Andyr., and the two Red Seales, C. rubens Marsk., and Aspidiotus aurantii Marsk., were noted on the following species by me: Phrygilanthus celastroides, P. eucalyptifolius, Loranthus congener, L. pendulus, L. Gaudichaudi, L. vitellinus, and Notothizos subaureus. My. T. Steel also drew my attention to the Indian Wax Seale on P. eucalyptifolius near Kuring-gai station, near Sydney. Economie Uses. So far Loranthus and allied genera have not been put to any extensive economic uses. All the species produce edible fruits which are eagerly sought BY W. FP. BLAKELY. 25 after by birds, and they are also used as an article of food by the blacks in the remote parts of the continent. E. Palmer (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xvii, 1883, p. 100) says that the fruits of L. longiflorus Desr. (L. odontocalyx F. vy. M.), L. Exocarpi and L. Wuandang Lindl. are used for food by the natives of the Flinders and Mitchell Rivers. They also bruise the leaves of L. Exocarpi in water and then drink the concoction in eases of fever. Mr. F. M. Rothery in the “Sydney Mail,’ 17th February, 1904, drew attention to the possibilities of the growth of the mistletoe being turned into ornamental articles. Nuytsia is said to exude a large quantity of transparent gum which makes a good adhesive mucilage. -It also appears to be suitable for paper pulp. Phrygilanthus eucalyptifolius and Loranthus vitellinus fruit profusely, the fruits containing copious viscin which is suitable for making bird lime. Professor Ewart (Flora Northern Territory, p. 88) states that “Z. longi- florus Desr. (L. odontocalyx F. v. M.) is said to contain 10 per cent. of Tannin.” Seeman (Flora Vitiensis, p. 429) states that “the leaves of L. insularum A. Gray are used by the natives for dyeing their cloth and cordage black.’ Stock lood, From time to time reports are received from stock owners and others directing attention to various species of mistletoes being relished by stock. Sheep and eattle are said to be particularly fond of Loranthus and MKorthalsella. Spencer Moore (Journ. Linn. Soc., xxxiv., 1898-1900, 259) mentions that the parasites are greedily eaten by camels, and in some cases they prefer the parasite to the hosts, although the latter are excellent food. W. Bauerlen has observed the same with L. miraculosus var. (b). Stock Inspector A. W. Mellen states that in the Bourke district “stock are fond of the Mistletoe, L. linearifolius but in many cases they will not eat the tree it grows upon.” Between Wahroonga and Normanhurst on the Pennant Hills road, Sydney, there is a large plant of Magnolia grandiflora laden with Phrygilanthus celastroides; the lower branches of the Mistletoe are eaten off by cattle as high as they can reach, showing that they will eat the parasite when it is within their reach. Mr. Max Koch (Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxil., 1898, p. 101) writing from Mt. Lyndhurst states that the mistletoes are eaten by stock. In ieference to Korthalsella breviarticulata, Stock Inspector M. H. Simon reports that “in the Gunnedah district, cattle and sheep are passionately fond of this plant.” Spencer Moore, on Poisoning of Camels (Jour. Bot., xxxv., 1897, 172) writes. “I never saw camels browsing on vegetation known or reasonably sup- posed to be harmful; my early fears in respect of some, such as the Loranthi, and Alyzxia buxifolia, having proved quite groundless.” 26 A MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Parr i, Cuapocrra. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates iv.-vii.; and four Text-figures. ) [Read 29th March, 1922.) Introduction. The pioneer of the study of the Cladocera in New South Wales was the Rev. R. L. King who, in 1852, published two papers in whieh he very briefly described nineteen species belonging to seven genera, one genus, Dunhevpedia, being new. His specimens were almost exclusively collected in the near neigh- bourhood of Sydney. In 1853 Dana, with the United States Exploring Expedi- tion, added one more,species which he collected from ‘pools near Sydney.” No further reference to Cladocera in New South Wales was made for twenty-four years, until, in 1889, Prof. G. O. Sars of Christiania published some brief notes on some of King’s species, the specimens having been collected for him in the. Waterloo Swamps. In 1896 he published a longer paper containing the descrip- tions ‘of eight new species and also more detailed deseriptions of some of King’s species; his material for this paper was raised from dried mud, collected in swamps and pools near Sydney. In 1919 the present writer received some small collections of Crustacea from eight country districts and published a paper in which twenty-five species were described, seven of them being new. The material for the present paper was obtained from as many localities as possible and fifty species belonging to seventeen genera are dealt with; five species are described as new and others are recorded for the first time, some in Australia, some in New South Wales. A short deseription of each genus and species is given, as well as keys to all the New South Wales species. In the other States there must be many unrecorded forms. In Queensland, Sars, in 1885 and 1888, described 16 species, eight of which were new, collected in the neighbourhood of Rockhampton. No additional species have been reeorded since that date. In 1903, Haase mentioned the occurrence of five species in Victoria. In 1904, 1912 and 1914, Sars published three papers, each dealing extensively with one species, for one of which he proposed a new genus, Saycia. Searle published two papers in 1917 and 1918, in which the presence of several more species is recorded, and also a table is given showing their relative numbers for every month in one year, in a certain pond. This raised the number of Victorian species to sixteen. BY MARGUERITE ILENRY. 27 No reference has previously been made to the occurrence of Cladocera in South Australia; eight species are here recorded, all of which were collected in the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide. Only one species has been recorded for Western Australia, Moina flexuosa, a species described as new by Sars in 1896. In Tasmania, G. W. Smith in 1909 recorded eleven species, eight of which were described as new. Preserving and Mounting—The best preservative for Cladocera is 10% glycerine in alcohol. This does not distort or render them brittle as do so many preservatives; they can be mounted directly from the glycerine alcohol in glycerine jelly, but an excellent mounting medium can be made by a mixture of gum arabic, cocaine, chloral hydrate and water. If a stain is required, borax carmine is fairly satisfactory; after staining, the specimens are cleared in the usual way and mounted in Canada balsam. The writer’s thanks are due to Acting-Professor L. Harrison for his interest and valuable advice in the preparation of this paper, and also to many friends, who have so kindly collected material. The following lists give the species of Cladocera recorded from the various States : New South Watss. DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, and vars. intermedia Sars, gravis King. magniceps Sars, cephalata King, Scapholeberis kingi Sars, Simocephalus australiensis (Dana), S. elizabethae (King),S. gibbosus Sars, S. acutirostratus (Xing), S. theringi (2) Richard, Ceriodaphnia cornuta Sars, C. spinata Henry, C. honorata (King), Moinodaphnia macleayii (King), Moina australiensis Sars, M. tenuicornis Sars, M. propinqua Sars. MACROTHRICIDAE (Lyncodaphnidae).—Pseudomoina lemnae (King), Macrothrix spinosa (King), and var. dentata Playfair, M. triserialis Brady, Ilyocryptus spinifer Herrick, I. sordidus (Liévin). CHYDORIDAE (Lynceidae).—Camptocercus australis Sars, Acroperus avirostris Henry, A. sinuatus Henry, Alona affinis Leydig, A. cambowii Richard, A. clathrata Sars, A. laevissima Sars, A. pulchella King, A. whiteleggti Sars, A. wallaciana Henry, A. kendallensis Henry, A. longirostris Henry, A. abbreviata Sars, A. microtata, n.sp., Graptoleberis testudinaria (Fischer), Dunhevedia crassa King, D. podagra King, Pleurozus inermis Sars, P. reticulatus Henry, P. australis, n.sp., Chydorus globosus Baird, C. ovalis Kurz, C. leonardi Wing, C. denticulatus Henry, C. jugosus, nsp., C. unispinus, n.sp., Alonella karua (ing), A. diaphana (King), A. clathratula Sars, A. excisa Fischer, A. dwoodonta. n.sp. Vicrorra. DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, and vars. intermedia Sars, gravis King, eurycephala Sars, expansa Sars, cephalata King, lamellata Sars, Scaphole- beris kingi Sars, Simocephalus acutirostratus (ing), S. elizabethae (King), 8. gibbosus Sars, Ceriodaphnia rotunda Sars, Moina australiensis Sars, M. tenui- cornis Sars. MACROTHRICIDAE.—Pseudomoina lemnae (King), Ilyocryptus sordidus (Liévin). BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina longirostris Muller. CHYDORIDAE.—Camptocercus australis Sars, Alona pulchella Wing, Pleurorus inermis Sars, Chydorus globesus Baird, Saycia orbicularis Sars. QUEENSLAND. SIDIDAE.—Diaphanosoma excisum Sars, Latonopsis australis Sars. 28 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia lumholtzii Sars, Simocephalus australiensis (Dana), S. elizabethae (King), Ceriodaphnia cornuta Sars, Moina propinqua Sars. MACROTHRICIDAE.—Macrothriz spinosa King, Ilyocryptus spinifer Her- rick. CHYDORIDAE.—Leydigia australis Sars, Dunhevedia crassa King, Alona archeri Sars, A. laevissima Sars, A. clathrata Sars, Alonella diaphana (King), A. karua (King). Sourn AUSTRALIA. DAPHNIDAE.—Simocephalus australiensis (Dana), S. elizabethae (King), Ceriodaphnia rotunda Sars. BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina longirostris Muller. CHYDORIDAE.—Leydigia quadrangularis Leydig, Chydorus globosus Baird, C. unispinus Henry. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. DAPHNIDAE.—Moina flexuosa Sars. TASMANIA. DAPHNIDAE.—Daphnia carinata King, Simocephalus australiensis (Dana), S. dulvertonensis Smith, Ceriodaphnia hakea Smith, C. planifrons Smith. — BOSMINIDAE.—Bosmina geoffreyi Smith, B. tasmanica Smith, B. sorelli Smith. MACROTHRICIDAE.—Maerothrix burstalis Smith. CHYDORIDAE.—Alonella nasuta Smith, A. propingua Smith. Key to the families of Cladocera. A. Antennae with dorsal rami four-jointed, ventral three-jointed. B. Antennules short, intestine with two hepatic caeca.. ...... .. Daphnidae. BB. Antennules long, intestine without hepatic caeca. C. Antennules fixed, ocellus absent .. .. .. Aly SIMO ed Oe Bosminidae. CC. Antennules freely movable, ocellus pteesnt .. ++ ++ ++ Macrothricidae. - AA. Rami of antennae both three-jointed .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .. «. -» Chydoridae. Family DAPHNIDAE Straus. Antennules small, one-jointed. Antennae with three- and four-jointed rami. Eye large; ocellus small, sometimes absent. Five pairs of feet. Intestine not convoluted. Ephippium well formed, containing one or two eggs. Key to genera of Daphnidae. A. Rostrum present. lay PeleKel ad-hoc Goo 90 oo oc Hol do OGeeEDO gayAslno ldo ba o¢-c0. Demonia, BB. Head not crested: C. Posterior margin of the carapace with two ventral spines Scapholeberis. CC. Carapace ending posteriorly in a short spine or angle Simocephalus. AA. Rostrum absent. B. Ocellus present, carapace completely covering the body. C. Head small; depressedivisn (5 en sos e010.) ae) a) el Cermodaphnias CC. Head large, extended .. .. .. SoA oG pene BB. Ocellus absent, carapace not Soran ietely eaeenine, the body. .. .. Moina. Genus Darpunia Muller, 1785. Female. Body laterally compressed, with a median spine on the posterior margin of the carapace. Head crested; not separated from the thorax by a BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 29 cervical sinus, rostrum present. Carapace marked with a rhomboidal pattern. Antennules immovable. Ephippium containing two eggs. Male. Smaller than the female. Head without a rostrum. Antennules large and movable. First foot with a hook and long flagellum. This genus comprises over seventy species from different parts of the world, all of which are subject to considerable variations. Only one species has thus far been recorded from New South Wales. Key to varieties of Daphnia earinata A. Carina very greatly developed, forming a large expansion .. .. var. cephalata. AA. Carina of ordinary size. Bespinenstraightw ake seule ms cl aioe Un Var skantenmMeara. BB. Spine upturned. Ce IRGC MASEINU Klos) Go Hel ce dane Go aHiloe ied selon nolo \ENe, (iiioise CO) Rostrumiistraight se ius) sisi cls asielies 6s oe) War oncgniceps: DAPHNIA CARINATA King (Syn. D. similis Claus.). First deseribed by King (1852, p. 246) and later redescribed by Sars (1896), both writers noting varieties. In 1914 Sars published a more detailed descrip- tion to show the extraordinary variableness of the species. Female. Outline of carapace very variable, mainly due to the degree of development of the carina surrounding the anterior portion; the posterior spine may be very long, medium sized or greatly reduced. Head carinated, fornix terminating on each side in an angular corner. Eye of moderate size, ocellus small. Antennules very small. Post-abdomen with a straight dorsal edge, 10-14 marginal denticles, end-claws curved, short, bearing a row of fine spinules. Male. Smaller than female. Head without a distinct carina, carapace spine long and slender. Antennules with a well developed flagellum. Distribution.—This species oceurs in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and in New Zealand; also in Palestine and Syria. Typical form (Plate iv., fig. 1). Carapace somewhat oval in shape, narrowing posteriorly towards the base of the spine. Head with a very acute rostrum, carina not very largely developed. Posterior spine exceeds half the length of the carapace. Length up to 4 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: “Swamps near Sydney,” Clyde, Parramatta, Corowa. Var. INTERMEDIA Sars. Carapace shorter and broader. Posterior spine coarser. Length not ex- ceeding 3 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Waterloo Swamps, Hay; Victoria. Var. GrAvis King. Carapace broadly oval, rostrum recurved, posterior spine slender, upturned. Length 5 mm. Distribution Sydney, Melbourne. Var. MAGNICEPS Sars. Carapace quadrangular, posterior spine very upturned. Head large. Length 3.5 mm. This variety has only been collected from swamps in the neighbourhood of Sydney. Var. CEPHALATA King (Plate iv., fig. 2). Carina very greatly developed forming a large expansion which is sharply 30 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, defined from the straight dorsal margin of the carapace. Posterior spine long, only slightly upturned. Length 4.2 mm. Distribution—N.S.W.: Swamps near Sydney, Denham Court, Campbell- town, Clyde; Victoria; New Zealand. Genus SCAPHOLEBERIS Schoedler, 1858. Female. Carapace with the posterior and ventral margins straight, the latter produced into two backwardly-directed spines. Body not compressed. Head small, marked off from the thorax by a deep cervical sinus. Carapace reticulated. One egg in the ephippiun. Male. Very similar to the female. First foot provided with a hook. Thirteen species have been described, one of which is represented in New South Wales. SCAPHOLEBERIS KINGI Sars (Plate iv., fig. 3). Recorded by King (1852, p. 255) as Daphnia mucronata; recognised as a new species and described by Sars in 1903. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat quadrangular in outline; dorsal edge arched, ventral edges almost straight, each produced posteriorly into a pointed projection. Head comparatively small. Surface of the carapace marked by an irregular reticulation, the transverse ridges being prominent and running parallel to the posterior edges. Hye large, with conspicuous lenses, ocellus small, situated near the top of the rostrum. Post-abdomen short, bearing only four pairs of anal denticles; end-claws of moderate length, smooth. Colour dark grey, sometimes nearly black. Length, female .8 mm., male 45 mm. This species swims close to the surface of the water, usually upon its back. Its movements are very active. Distribution —N.S.W.: Moore Park, Manly, Parramatta, Kendall: Vietoria; Sumatra; Siam; India; South Africa. Genus StMOCEPHALUS Schoedler, 1858. Female. Carapace large and broad with rounded angles. Head small, ros- trum blunt. Eye of moderate size, ocellus present, sometimes elongated. Anten- nules short. Carapace marked by transverse striations, the striae anastomosing irregularly. Post-abdomen large. Ephippium triangular, containing one egg. Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules with two lateral sense hairs. First pair of feet without a flagellum and with a small claw. The members of this genus are not very active and will remain fixed to the same spot for a long time. They swim on their backs making short trips through the water at a uniform speed. Twenty species have been described, and five of these are included in the New South Wales fauna. Key to species of Simocephalus. A. Ocellus punctiform. B. Posterior prominence obtuse. C. Forehead rounded .. aR ey aielihisl si ttey epee Nera australiensis. CC. Forehead with a pointed projection .. .. .. .. .... acutirostratus. BB. Posterior prominence pointed .. AA. Ocellus elongated. B, Body symmetrical .. Ihtctes adver RUIN ain BB. Body asymmetrically produced .. .. theringi. ehizabethae. gibbosus. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 31 SIMOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIENSIS (Dana). (Plate v., figs. 1-le.). Very briefly described by Dana (1853, p. 1271); detailed description pub- lished by Sars in 1888. Iremale. Carapace, seen laterally, rhomboidal in outline, with the length greater than the height; dorsal edge slightly arched, ventral edges bulging an- teriorly; posterior prominence broad and obtuse. Head small, ventral edge nearly straight. Carapace obliquely striated. Hye of moderate size, ocellus very small, punctiform. Post-abdomen broad, armed with nine anal denticles which inerease in size distally; end-claws long, slightly eurved and armed with a series of spinules. Colour yellowish-brown. Length 2 mm. This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales, and usually occurs in large numbers. Distribution —N.S.W.: Clyde, Parramatta, Five Dock, University Pond, Botany, Maroubra, Manly, Holbrook, Moss Vale, Kendall, Bangalow. Dana found it in “fresh water ponds near Sydney.’ It also occurs in Queensland, South Australia, and South Africa. SIMOCEPHALUS ELIZABETHAE (King). (Plate v., figs. 2-2a.). Deseribed by King (1852) as Daphnia elizabethae and more fully described by Sars in 1888. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, irregularly oval, broadening posteriorly and terminating in an obtuse median prominence which is more distinct than in the preceding species. Head somewhat triangular, with the ventral edge con- eave. Hye of moderate size, ocellus in the form of a black stripe running obliquely towards the rostrum. Carapace obliquely striated, posterior part of the dorsal edge denticulate, the denticles continuing round the posterior pro- minence. Fost-abdomen with the supra-anal angle projecting and denticulate; end-claws smooth; about six anal denticles present. Colour pale brown. Length 1.5 mm. King gives the following localities in New South Wales:—Newtown, Parra- matta, Stroud and’ Port Stephens, but it is possible that some of these may refer to the preceding species which he did not recognise as distinct. This species is, however, widely distributed throughout the State, having been collected at Cen- tennial Park, University Pond, Botany, Moss Vale, Holbrook, and Mudgee. It has also been recorded from Victoria, Queensland, South Australia, Sumatra, Java, Siam, India, and Ceylon. SIMOCEPHALUS ACUTIROSTRATUS (King). (Plate v., figs. 4+4a.). First mentioned by King (1852, p. 254) as a variety of the preceding species, Daphnia elizabethae var. acutirostrata. In 1877 Schoedler pointed out that it was specifically distinct and it was described by Sars in 1896. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal and ventral mar- gins evenly curved, the latter bulging somewhat anteriorly; posterior prominence obtuse, produced, situated above the longitudinal axis of the body. Head small, with the front produced into an acute projection, ventral edge straight. Cara- pace marked by oblique striations, posterior prominence bearing a few denticles. Eye comparatively small, ocellus small, punctiform. Post-abdomen very broad; the posterior edge forming an expansion in front of the anal sinus; twelve anal denticles present; end-claws bearing a series of spinules. Colour pale brown. This is by far the largest species of Simocephalus found in Australia; the average length is about 3.3 mm. but specimens have been examined which were 4 mm., the very largest attaining the length of 4.2 mm. 32 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, Distribution—N.S.W.: Denham Court, ‘water holes off Bourke St.,’ Hol- brook, Casino; also occurs in Victoria. It has not been recorded outside Aus- tralia. SIMOCEPHALUS GIBBOSUS Sars. (Plate v., figs. 3-3a.). First deseribed by Sars in 1896 from specimens collected at Centennial Park. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, like a rounded triangle; dorsal margin fairly straight, abruptly curved posteriorly, forming an asymmetrical expansion. Posterior prominence distinct, obtuse. Head of moderate size, dorsal margin evenly curved, ventral slightly convex. Hye of moderate size, ocellus prolonged into a stripe. Carapace obliquely striated, both the expansion and the posterior prominence denticulate. Post-abdomen not very broad, armed with twelve anal denticles which increase in size distally. Length 2 mm. Distribution —This species has only been found at Centennial Park and Botany in N.S.W.; Searle records its presence in Victoria. SIMOCEPHALUS sp. A single specimen of Simocephalus was present in a collection of Entomos- traca taken at Byron Bay. Unfortunately this specimen is imperfect and there- fore cannot be exactly identified; it is, however, obviously distinct from the four preceding species, and bears a decided resemblance to the South American form Simocephalus iheringi Richard (1897, p. 279). The chief feature of resemblance is the acutely-pointed posterior prominence. Genus CERIODAPHNIA Dana, 1853. Valves of the carapace ending in a posterior angle or a short spine. Head small and depressed, separated from the thorax by a deep cervical groove. Cara- pace marked by a polygonal pattern. Antennules in the female not freely mov- able. Ocellus always present. Ephippium triangular, containing one egg. About thirty-eight species have been described from different parts of the world; three of these are found in New South Wales. Key to species of Ceriodaphnia. A. Head bearing one or two pointed projections .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. cornuta. AA. Head without projection’. B. Postervorispimeslomeyy ry mercies neieys erst sli yiese sees eteiiteren deteymmeyienaitsh st eecpomey in msS/10 270 CLUS BB Posterion spimeyshort ier cree. aio ays. ses) eles reece eae erates traces aras honorata. CERIODAPHNIA CORNUTA Sars. (Plate iv., fig. 4). Deseribed by Sars (1885) from a single specimen reared from dried mud which had been collected from the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, upper and lower margins of the valves slightly arched, posterior part produced as a short spiny process. Head depressed, with the frontal part jutting out into two acute prominences, the upper as a prolongation of the front, the lower taking the place of a rostrum. Seulpture of the whole carapace a conspicuous network; free edges of the valves devoid of hairs or spines. Eye of moderate size, ocellus very small, punctiform. Antennules small, with a seta situated in the middle of the posterior margin. Post-abdomen with two dorsal processes, armed with 6-8 anal denticles; end- elaws smooth. Length .6 mm. Distribution.—This species has not hitherto been recorded from N.S.W. It 8Y MARGUERITE HENRY. 33 was obtained from the Lane Cove River near Gordon, trom Kendall and Corowa. It also oceurs in Queensland, Ceylon, New. Guinea and Java. There has been a controversy as to whether the forms Ceriodaphnia rigaudi Richard and C. cornuta Sars are specifically distinet. Daday (1898) united them on the grounds that he had found an intermediate series of forms. Stingeiin (1904) maintained that they were distinct species. Daday in 1910 reasserted his view and again mentioned finding intermediate forms. Delachaux (1917, p. 81) examined specimens collected in the neighbourhood of Lake Victoria Nyanza, and noted that all those which had two spines on the head had also a double posterior spine. He also pointed out differences in the structure of the ventral edges of the carapace and in its seculpture-—‘Tandis que chez les premiers (C. cornuta) ces bords sont munis d’écailles ou de dents découpées en scies, chez les seconds (C. rigaudi) ces écailles présentent un bord & peu prés droit. Chez la forme cornue du reste, toute la structure des téguments parait plus fortement développée, le réseau hexagonal de la carapace est mieux marqué et fortement en relief.” Sars (1901) mentioned this difference in sculpture and also the fact that a form of C. rigaudi did exist with two spines on the head. This species was never very plentiful in the collections. About a dozen specimens were found that were normal for C. cornuta, but there were some in which the spine taking the place of the rostrum was present alone, but in which there were two distinct points at the posterior end of the carapace; about ten specimens were typical of C. rigaudi; there were none which bore two head spines and a single posterior spine. In regard to the markings of the carapace edges as observed by Delachaux, the majority of the typical C. cornuta forms had the saw-like markings, but some had not, and these forms had a weaker reticulate sculpturing. It is noteworthy that the two forms were always taken together. It would ap- pear from these examples that the species are not distinct but that C. cornuta is very variable. Delachaux points out that the characters by which he distin- guishes them are subject to variation. In two of the specimens examined a short spine was present immediately in front of the cervical sinus. CERIODAPHNIA SPINATA Henry. (Plate iv., fig. 5.). Proe. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 466. Distribution._N.S.W.: Holbrook, Corowa. CERIODAPHNIA HONORATA (King). King (1852, p. 249) described and figured this form under the name of Daphnia honorata. It is undoubtedly not a member of the genus Daphnia but belongs to Ceriodaphnia. As I have not been able to obtain a specimen I quote King’s original description. “Carapace oblong, dorsal margin often concave, the surface reticulated in an irregular pentagonal manner. The spine at the extremity is very short. An- tennules large. Antennae also large, basilar joint having a crenation carrying two setae. The first joint of the posterior branch is as long as the remaining two and as long also as the first three of the anterior branch. Setae not plumose.” Locality —Varroville near Campbelltown. Both King and Sars pointed out that this species is most nearly related to Ceriodaphnia reticulata (Jurine) though distinct. It is also distinct from the two preceding species. 34 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, Genus Mornopapuntia Herrick, 1887. (Syn. Paramoina Sars.). Body compressed, valves elliptical, crested dorsally; cervical sinus distinct, dorsal and ventral margins forming a sharp angle posteriorly. Carapace marked by oblique striae. Antennules attached on the ventral surface of the head, with a sense hair situated about the middle of each. Ocellus present. One large abdominal process. Post-abdomen slender, resembling the genus Moina. Only two certain species are known, one of which is represented in N.S.W. MornopAPHNIA MACLEAYII (King). (Plate iv., fig. 6.). Syn. Moinodaphnia macquerysi Richard; Moina submucronata Brady. First described by King (1852, p. 251) as Moina macleayii; fully described by Sars in 1901. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded oval, dorsal margin strongly curved posteriorly, ventral evenly curved, the junction forming a sharp angle. Sculpture of the carapace consisting of very fine oblique striae, free edges armed with tiny denticles. Dorsal margin of the head arched, ventral almost straight, with a small prominence as a rudiment of the rostrum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus small, situated close behind. Post-abdomen slender, bearing ten laterally situated anal denticles; end-claws of moderate size. Length 1 mm. Distribution —This is a rare species in N.S.W.; it has only been obtained from Elizabeth Bay and Byron Bay. It occurs in New Guinea, Sumatra, Siam, Ceylon, Congo, North and South America. Genus Moin a Baird, 1856. Body thick and heavy. Carapace without a spine, not completely covering the body, cervical sinus present. Rostrum absent. Antennules long and mobile, modified in the male to form clasping organs. Carapace valves obscurely re- tieulated. Abdominal process represented by a horseshoe-shaped fold. Post- abdomen bearing ciliated spines and a bident. Ephippium oval, containing one or two eggs. Over twenty different species have been described; some of these resemble one another closely and are often difficult to determine males males and ephippial females are present. Three species oecur in N.S.W. Key to species of Moina. A. Head with a sinus above the eye. BYE phippium iwithetwOregesy ei encel enc ar nti en-lsiiel sieve rsmm CLUS Un GLUCIStSs BB. Ephippium with ONLCR ES Oe ees Ar iciton oc Lodo bo) eaioeos oA propinqua. AA. Head without a sinus above the eye .. .. .. .. -. «se. +s +s «+ benuicornis. MoInA AUSTRALIENSIS Sars. Described by Sars in 1896 and fully figured (Plate 3, figs. 1-2). Female. Carapace rounded, varying in shape according to the condition of the matrix. Head of moderate size, slightly depressed, with a distinct sinus above the eye, ventral edge slightly convex at the insertion of the antennules. Eye of moderate size. Antennules short. Post-abdomen tapering distally, 10-12 anal spines which are ciliated on both edges, last spine two-pronged; end-claws smooth. Two eges in the ephippium. Length up to 1.4 mm. Male. Head comparatively larger and less strongly arched above, ventral edge straight, antennules armed at the tip with claws. First pair of legs pro- vided with a claw as well as a curved spine and a long seta. Length up to .85 mm. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. ai Distribution—In N.S.W., this species has only been found in the neighbour- hood of Sydney, Kensington, the Waterloo swamps and ponds near Bourke St. and Botany Rd. It also oceurs in Victoria. MoINA TENUICORNIS Sars. Described by Sars in the same paper as the preceding species (1896, Plate 4, figs. 1-8). Female. The general shape of the carapace is very like that of M. austra- liensis. The head differs in that it lacks the sinus above the eye and has a rounded prominence at the insertion of the antennules. Eye larger than in J. australiensis, antennules longer and narrower. Post-abdomen as in WM. austra- liensis except that the end-claws are armed with a series of secondary teeth. Two eges are found in the ephippium. Length 1.2 mm. Male. Very lke M. australiensis, the antennules much longer, exceed- ing half the length of the body. Length .7 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Bourke St., Botany, University Pond, Corowa. It has also been recorded from Victoria and South Africa. MoINA PROPINQUA Sars. Deseribed by Sars (1885) from specimens raised from dried mud from the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton. Female. Carapace rounded, sometimes very greatly expanded dorsally. Head with the dorsal margin slightly concave above the eye, front rounded, ventral margin straight. Eye of moderate size. Antennules short, fusiform, with a long tentacular seta situated above the middle. Post-abdomen with nine lateral denticles, the last as usual bidentate; end-claws smooth. Ephippium with a single egg. Length about 1 mm. Male. Antennules very long, about the length of the head, each bearing 3 ineurved hooks. Length .6 mm. Distribution—N.S.W.: Bourke St., Botany; Queensland: Rockhampton; Java, Algeria. Family MACROTHRICIDAE (Lyncodaphniidae). Antennules in the female long and freely movable. Ocellus present. Four to six pairs of feet. Intestine simple or convoluted. Key to genera of Macrothricidae. IN. Bibs joeMR Wl U8 og Yo gS. ab ad) do10d Who) HOME E GEOR Ge eal ed) ou osisaul AA ae yan ie AA. Five pairs of feet. Beyanaladenticlesepresen tay mrcwteret-uilers) eel ial cic) aie) steele Mele eee MLO CTOLIUTIE: BBwAnaledenticlesvabsentimesmet imma velsiesial i 2/dissey Cerone aeretters Pseudomoina- Genus MacrotTuRix Baird, 1843. Female. Shape oval, compressed, with a dorsal crest. Head large, rostrum short. Eye large, ocellus present. Antennules flattened and curved, antennae with four setae on the dorsal ramus, five on the ventral. Post-abdomen large, no abdominal process. Five pairs of feet. Intestine simple, no caeca. Male. Antennules large, first foot bearing a hook. About thirty species of this genus have been described; two occur in New South Wales. 36 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA, Key to species of Macrothrix. AME p-plate alowed yeaytecsrsisilc sy sue oenete METS ne cal ean ete La) eer ee aE actos triserialis. AA. Lip-plate not lobed. B. Head finely serrate .. S80: 00. ‘dd: DO. baIBe bo Spinosa. BB. Head bearing teeth .. .. - var. dentata. Macrorurix sprnosa King. First described by King (1852, p. 256). Redeseribed and figured in detail by Sars (1888, Plate 3, figs. 1-6). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal margin arched, especially posteriorly, ventral curved, ascending to form with the dorsal a shght obtuse prominence. Head large, fairly erect, rostral prominence slight. Cara- pace marked by a faint reticulation, dorsal margin quite smooth, ventral edges serrate, armed with slender spines. Eye large, ocellus small, quadrangular. An- tennules curved, with notches along the anterior edges. Post-abdomen compara- tively small, bilobed, armed with a row of small but strong anal denticles; end- claws very small. Length .6 mm. Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules larger and not so curved. First pair of legs as usual armed with a curved hook. Playfair (1914, p. 140) notes that in specimens collected at Lismore the dorsal edge of the carapace is minutely serrate, and points out that this is the main character by which Sars distinguishes this species from Macrothrix lati- cornis (Jurine). An important difference between the two species, however, is that M. spinosa has a bilobed post-abdomen, and M. laticornis has not. Distribution.—This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales (Centennial Park, Five Dock, Liverpool, Casino, Lismore, Holbrook and Corowa). It also oceurs in Queensland, Hawaii, Sumatra, Java, Siam, Singapore, South America and South Africa. Var. DenTATA Playfair, 1914 (p. 141, Plate 8, fig. 2). Head without hairs but minutely serrate; furnished on the front and dor- sally with teeth not spines. Locality —Lismore. MACROTHRIX 'TRISERIALIS Brady. Brady first deseribed this species (1886, p. 295) from specimens collected in Ceylon. A more detailed description was published by Daday in 1898 (p. 51, fig. 24). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval in shape, broader an- teriorly than posteriorly; dorsal margin slightly arched, ventral more strongly arched and protuberant in the middle, forming a sharp angle and a produced point posteriorly. Head moderately arched, produced below into a small tri- angular rostrum. Eye large, with conspicuous crystalline lenses; ocellus very small, square, situated near the end of the rostrum. Antennules slightly curved, their anterior margins serrate. Lip-plate large, bearing four sets of small bristles, the ventral edge produced and bilobed. Surface of the carapace marked by an irregular reticulation and also by tiny pits; dorsal margin serrate, ventral bearing a series of small teeth arranged in groups of three, between which are slender bristles. Post-abdomen moderately broad, bilobed, the first lobe bearing eight denticles, the second with about twenty denticles, which increase in size posteriorly; end-claws short, curved; fine lateral spinules also present. Length 1 mm. Colour pale yellow. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 37 Distribution—tThis species is here recorded in Australia for the first time; it has only been obtained from Casino, N.S.W. It also oceurs in Ceylon and South America. Genus PSEUDOMOINA Sars, 1912. Carapace of irregular oval form with the valves well developed and~ com- pletely enclosmg the body. Head defined by a well marked cervical sinus. Labrum bearing a slender digitiform process. Ocellus present. Antennules slender, straight. Hach ramus of the antennae bears five setae. Five pairs of legs. Post-abdomen devoid of anal denticles; end-claws strong. Intestine straight, ecaeca absent. Only one species known. PsEUDOMOINA LEMNAE (Wing). First described by King (1852, p. 250) as Moina lemnae. Sars redescribed it and proposed a new genus in 1912 (Plate 10, figs. 1-16). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval; dorsal margin almost straight, ventral edges curved, thickly clothed with long setae, posterior edges narrowly rounded, partly clothed with setae, the last six or seven of which are long and spreading. Head rounded in front, rostrum very slight. Eye large, ocellus very small. Antennules narrow, elongated, bearing short bristles through- out their length. Upper ramus of the antennae composed of four segments, the first of which is very small. Process of the labrum slender, recurved, bearing bristles on the anterior edge. Surface of the carapace perfectly smooth. Post- abdomen bearing slender spines on the supra-anal margin; end-claws strong, curved, a secondary denticle at the base of each. Length 1.2 mm. Male. Smaller than the female. Antennules comparatively longer; first pair of legs armed with a claw. Distribution—N.S.W.: Cook’s River, Holbrook, Kendall; Victoria. Genus InyocryPpTuUS Sars, 1861. General form oval-triangular, dorsal erest of valves absent or small. An- tennules long, 2-jointed, freely movable. Antennae short, with powerful setae. Eye small but larger than the ocellus.. Six pairs of feet. Post-abdomen very large, with long spines; end-claws with two basal spines. Male. Warger antennules than the female, no hook present on the first foot. Unlike the other members of the Cladocera the old shells of most species are not cast off in moulting but persist, one overlying the other. The members of this genus are not strong swimmers, and are usually found in the bottom mud, their shells covered with debris and vegetable growth.. Seven species are known, two of which are present in New South Wales. Key to species of Uyoeryptus. AupAntennacwlarcemandspowertullpege aera s aellics ast) 1 sel eemel «| eileen SUNT fer. IN ABEAT ten nae asin al lms mie meee meen oleae ty fo) soo say ares un ape salar. n su OSO TALUS: Inyocryprus sprnirer Herrick. (Plate vi., figs. 1-la.). (Syn. I. halyi Brady; I. longiremus Sars.). This species was first described by Herrick in 1884. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, triangular, much wider posteriorly; ven- tral and posterior edges of the valves passing into each other with an even curve, dorsal and posterior edges forming an obtuse angle. In old specimens the cara- 38 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, pace is marked by numerous concentric lines of growth caused by imperfect moulting. Free edges of the valves fringed with long ciliated setae. Head small, terminating in a sharp corner anteriorly. Eye distant from the front, ocellus much smaller than the eye, situated close to it. Antennules long and narrow. Antennae very powerful, more elongated than is usual for the genus, setae. very long and not ciliated. Post-abdomen large, plate-like, dorsal edge sinuated above the middle, bearing small marginal denticles, pre-anal portion also bearing 5-8 lateral spines and the post-anal 4-8 spines; end-claws long, with two small hair-like denticles at the base. Colour orange. Length up to 1.5 mm. Male. Eye comparatively larger than in the female. Antennules dilated in the middle, bearing a slender bristle. This species can swim, but usually drags itself along the mud. Distribution.—N.S8.W.: Centennial Park, University Pond, Lane Cove, Ken- dall, Casino; Queensland, Sumatra, Celebes, India, Ceylon, East Africa, North and South America. Inyocryprus sorpipus (Liévin). First deseribed by Liévin (1848, p. 34) as Acanthocercus sordidus. Sars recorded its presence in New South Wales in 1896 (Plate 5, figs. 1-3). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, lke a rounded triangle expanding pos- teriorly; posterior and ventral margins of equal length, passing into each other by a very strong curvature, margins fringed with ciliated setae; dorsal margin very slightly arched. Head comparatively small, seen laterally, triangular in form, fornix prominent. Eye distant from the front, ocellus smaller than the eye and situated near the base of the antennule. Antennules with the proximal joint very small, distal long and slender. Antennae short and thick, not nearly as powerful as in the preceding species. Post-abdomen large, conically produced at the tip, bearing a marginal row of small denticles, 10-14 pre-anal spines, 8-10 post-anal; end-claws long and slender, each with two secondary denticles. Colour red. Length 1 mm. : Male. Much smaller than the female, only attaining a length of .4 mm. This species appears to be devoid of swimming powers. Distribution—N.S.W.: Ponds off Botany Rd. and Bourke St., Maroubra. It ocew's in Victoria, Sumatra, China, South Africa, North and South America, Europe. Of world-wide occurrence, it is much rarer in New South Wales than I. spinifer. Family CHYDORIDAE $ (Lynaeidae). Fornices extended, uniting with the rostrum to form a beak. Antennae with both rami three segmented. Five to six equidistant pairs of feet. One or two summer eggs. Intestine convoluted. Key to genera of Chydoridae. A. Head crested B. Post-abdomen bearing marginal denticles .. .. .. .. .. .. Camptocercus. BB Marginalipdenticlestabsemtmumseieisyns la) sii y stare ceria sah elemmeCiONE TILSs AA. Head not crested. B. End-claws of post-abdomen with one basal spine. C. Carapace compressed. D. Rostrum pointed. E. Anal denticles minute .. ..°.. .. Alonella (most species). EE. HA 5 SLOUO ME) sa eeay hen cethetel Meat eum n etme elu MeALOLOs 1c) BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 39 DD. Rostrum broad semicircular .. .. .. .. .. .. .. » Graptoleberis. CC. Carapace valves thick, gaping below .. .. .. .. .. .. . Dunhevedia. BB. End=claws with two basal spines. C. Infero-posteal corner rounded off, usually unarmed .. a Chydorus. CC. Infero-posteal corner distinct, usually armed. T). Posterior margin entire Aer cece VSR EID i eeae tant Pleuroxus. IDB) excised .. .. .- .. -. -. Alonella (some species). Genus CAMPTOCERCUS Baird, 1843. Body laterally compressed, head and valves carinate. Infero-posteal angle often toothed. Eye distant from the anterior cephalic margin. Antennae with seven swimming hairs. Carapace longitudinally striated. Fost-abdomen more than half as long as the carapace, bearing marginal denticles only; end-claws with one basal spine and bearing a series of secondary denticles ending in a spine half way along the claw. Twelve species are known, one of which occurs in New South Wales. CAMPTOCERCUS AUSTRALIS Sars. (Plate vi., figs. 3-3a.). Described by Sars in 1896 from a single specimen taken at Centennial Park. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, of oval form, greatest height in front of the middle; dorsal and ventral edges evenly arehed, posterior edges rounded. Head large, crested, ending in a blunt rostrum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller, slightly closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Surface of the cara- pace longitudinally striated. Infero-posteal corners unarmed. — Post-abdomen slender, long; about twenty marginal denticles present; end-claws long and straight, a basal spine present and another spine half way along the claw. Length of mam. Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park, Kendall, Port Stephens. It is also recorded from Victoria, Sumatra, India, South America. Genus AcROPERUS Baird, 1843. Body compressed, head and valves earinate. Infero-posteal angle rounded or acute, usually with teeth. Antennae with eight swimming hairs. Carapace obliquely striated. Post-abdomen without marginal denticles; end-claws as in Camptocercus. Large intestinal caecum. Nine species known, two among the New South Wales fauna. Key to species of Acroperus. q Pp t AS infero-posteal.cornenr unarmed ey tgs celle: 4b nl el ele eel S29RbaeUES: AA. Inféro-posteal corner bearing two teeth’... .. .. 2.0.2.0) ee ce ne avirostris. ACROPERUS AvIROStRIS Henry. (Plate vi. figs. 2-2a.). Proe. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 469. Distribution—N.S.W.: Port Stephens, Kendall, Cumbalum. ACROPERUS sINUATUS Henry. Proce. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lit, 1918 (1919), p. 471, Pl. x1, figs. 5, 6. Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Lorne. 40 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, Genus ALoNnaA Baird, 1850. Body more or less compressed, in lateral view oval-triangular or oval-rect- angular with rounded posterior angles. Head not carinate. Process of the upper lip often large, rounded. Antennules short and thick. Antennae short, the inner ramus with 4 or 5 swimming bristles. Five to six pairs of legs, the sixth, if present, rudimentary. Post-abdomen compressed, armature varied, usually both marginal denticles and lateral combs present; end-claws with one basal spine. Over seventy species have been described from all parts of the World, eleven of which are included in the fauna of New South Wales. Key to species of Alona. A. Length exceeding 6 mm. Bo Carapacessmoothi eyes elt cries cre longirostris. BB. Carapace longitudinally striated. Ca Dwelvetanaledenticles: S225 s-, cam ee eee men enaallenstss CC. Fifteen anal denticles. D. Post-abdomen of uniform width .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. affimis. DD. Post-abdomen widening distally .. .. .. .. .. .. .. whiteleggii. AA. Length not attaining .6 mm. B. Lateral fascicles absent. CyOcellusmequalltins sizestombhesey.elnai vescl sc anctome ulin Camere clathrata. CC. Ocellus much smaller than the eye. D.. Supra-anal angle very distinct .. ..... .. .. .... .- a@bbreviata. DD. Supra-anal angle not distinct .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. . microtata- BB. Lateral fascicles present. C. Fascicles long, extending beyond the dorsal margin .. .. camboui. CC. Fascicles short. D. Post-abdomen long and slender .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .- wallaciana. DD. Post-abdomen short and stout. IbaCarapacemstriated tcmi.c5 cacuece eee eer pulchella. HE a Carapacesmoothy sia. crue see tonnes sia sic), ban Leas Sts ALONA AFFINIS (Leydig). (Plate vii., figs. 2-2a.). (Syn. Lynceus quadrangularis Fischer, not Muller; Alona oblonga P. E. Muller.) Described by Leydig in 1860 (p. 223) as Lynceus affinis. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, dorsal margin arched, curving abruptly downwards posteriorly so that the greatest height is about the middle. Ventral edges slightly curved, posterior edges obliquely truncated. Head slightly depressed, rostral end pointing obliquely forwards. Eye large, ocellus smaller, situated about twice as far from the rostral tip as from the eye. Sur- face of the carapace marked by longitudinal striations whieh are not very con- spicuous, sometimes a faint reticulation. Post-abdomen strongly built, of uni- form breadth throughout; 13-15 serrated anal denticles; lateral combs present; end-claws strong, each armed with a secondary denticle at the base; both end- claws and dentieles bearing spinules. Colour yellowish-brown, sometimes with a greenish tinge. Length 1 mm. Distribution—This is a very cosmopolitan species. N.S.W.: Centennial Park, Lett River, Kendall, Byron Bay; Europe, Asia, North and South America, Africa, Greenland, Siberia. ALONA WHITELEGGII Sars. (Plate viii., figs. 1-la.). Described by Sars (1896) from a single specimen obtained at Centennial Park, Sydney. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 41 I’emale. Carapace, seen laterally, oval triangular, slightly widening pos- teriorly; dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral almost straight, posterior angles rounded off. Head bent forward, rostrum acute. Sculpture of the carapace consists of longitudinal striae, ventral edges bearing a thick row of setae. Eye of moderate size, ocellus very slightly smaller and situated closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen strongly built, slightly widening distally, supra-anal angle not prominent, 15 denticles present on the infra-anal margin, also 15 lateral combs. End-claws long, each with a strong secondary denticle at the base. Length .63 mm. Distribution.—Centennial Park, Kendall. This species has not as yet been recorded outside N.S.W. ALONA KENDALLENSIS Henry. (Plate viii., fig. 7.). Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li., 1918 (1919), p. 474. Distribution. N.S.W.: Kendall. ALONA LONGIROSTRIS Henry. Proce. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., li., 1918 (1919), p. 475, Pl. xli., figs. 11-12. Distribution —_N.S.W.: Byron Bay, Centennial Park. ALONA CLATHRATA Sars. Deseribed by Sars (1888, Plate 6, figs. 7-10) from specimens raised from dried mud collected at the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rockhampton. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, short, rounded, quadrangular; dorsal mar- gin strongly arched in the middle, ventral fairly straight, ascending anteriorly, posterior edge truncated, with the upper angle distinct, the lower rounded. Ros- trum elongated, acute. Ocellus about the same size as the eye and situated closer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules long, slender, the terminal papillae reaching beyond the rostral tip. Surface of the carapace marked by a regular reticulation. Post-abdomen short and broad, truncated, bearing small strong anal denticles; lateral combs absent; end-claws short, secondary spines very minute. Colour pale yellow. Length .38 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Lismore, Byron Bay; Queensland. ALONA MICROTATA, n.sp. (Plate viii., figs. 44a.). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, truneated oval in shape; dorsal margin boldly arched, ventral arched anteriorly, then curving upwards to join the ecom- paratively short posterior edges which are almost straight. Head broad, ter- minating in an elongated rostrum which reaches below the ventral edges of the valves. Eye large, ocellus very much smaller and situated closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules long and slender, not reaching the tip of the rostrum. Antennae short, bearing comparatively long swimming’ bristles. Lip-plate large, margin smooth. Surface of the carapace marked by a distinct reticulation in the anterior portion, posteriorly very weak or completely absent. Post-abdomen strongly built, broadening distally, the corner opposite the end- claws projecting, supra-anal angle not very distinct; nine marginal denticles present, rapidly inereasing in size distally, lateral fascicles absent; end-claws very long, with a small secondary spine at the base of each. Colour very pale yellow. Length .28 mm. Distribution. Orange. This very minute form somewhat resembles Alona abbreviata in its general 42 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, appearance, but it differs greatly in the form and armature of the post-abdomen and the sculpture of the carapace. ALONA CAMBOUII Guerne & Richard. (Plate viii., fig. 5). Deseribed by Guerne and Richard in 1893 from specimens collected in Mada- gascar. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline; dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral edges almost straight, infero-posteal angle rounded. Head of moderate size, terminating in an obtuse rostrum. Eye of medium size, ocellus much smaller, situated closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Anten- nules almost reaching the rostral tip, two of the olfactory setae longer than the rest. Lip-plate rounded. Carapace marked by a reticulation or simply pune- tate. Post-abdomen short and broad, of uniform breadth throughout, supra-anal angle very distinct; 8-10 anal denticles, each with a minute accessory spinule, 5-8 lateral fascicles, the longest spine in each passing the dorsal margin; end- claws long, smooth, each provided with a basal spine. Colour yellow. Length 48 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Port Stephens; New Zealand, South America, India, Madagascar, Palestine. ALONA WALLACIANA Henry. Proce. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lit., 1918 (1919), p. 472, Pl. xli., figs. 7-8. Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall. ALONA ABBREVIATA Sars. (Plate vii., fig. 8). Described by Sars in 1896. Female. Carapace short and stout, somewhat quadrangular in lateral view, the greatest height in front of the middle; dorsal margin curved rather abruptly anteriorly, ventral slightly curved, posterior edges transversely truncated. Head fairly erect, terminating in an acute rostrum. © Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller, situated closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Carapace marked by a reticulation in the posterior portion, anteriorly by a series of transverse curved lines: Post-abdomen short and very stout, supra-anal angle prominent; 10 dis- tinct anal denticles, lateral fascicles absent; end-claws moderately strong, each armed with a small basal spine. Length .37 mm. . Distribution —N.S.W.: Orange, Bathurst, Pond near Bourke St., Sydney. ALONA PULCHELLA King. (Plate vii, fig. 6). First described by King (1852, p. 260). Fully deseribed by Sars in 1896. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval in outline, not widening posteriorly, dorsal margin evenly curved, ventral almost straight, posterior edges oblique. Head fairly erect, rostrum acute. Carapace striated longitudinally, striations faint. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller and situated very slightly closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules not reaching the rostral tip. Post-abdomen rather short, transversely truncated at the tip, of uniform breadth, end-claws long, each armed with a secondary denticle at the base. About 12 infra-anal denticles and the same number of lateral fascicles. Length .59 mm. Distribution —N.S:W.: Waterloo Swamps, Varroville, St. Leonards, Hol- brook, Mudgee, Byron Bay; Victoria; South Africa. ALONA LAEVISSIMA Sars. (Plate vii., figs. 3-3a.). Described by Sars in 1888. Carapace, seen laterally, oval in outline, dorsal margin evenly curved, ven- tral edges straight, posterior edges truncated, upper angle obtuse, lower rounded BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 43 off. Surface of the valves smooth, no sculpturing present. Bye of moderate size, ocellus very shghtly smaller. Antennules narrow, not quite reaching the rostral tip. Post-abdomen very similar to the preceding species, marginal den- ticles somewhat smaller and lateral combs usually fewer in number. Colour yellow. Length 48 mm. This species is very closely related to the preceding species, A. pulchella King, the chief differences being the entire lack of markings on the carapace and the slightly different armature of the post-abdomen. It has a wide distri- bution in the country districts of N.S.W., having been eollected at Byron Bay, Kendall, Bathurst, Moss Vale, and Lismore. Sars’ specimens came from Rock- hampton, Queensland. Genus GRAPTOLEBERIS Sars, 1863. Female. Head not carinate, rostrum broad, carapace conspicuously reticu- lated, two strong teeth on infero-posteal corner of the valves. Eye much larger than the ocellus. Fost-abdomen nearly triangular, marginal spines small; end- claws with one accessory spine, sometimes wanting. Five pairs of feet. Male. Smaller than the female, first pair of feet with hooks. Post-abdomen narrow, with a crenulated but unarmed posterior edge. End-claws small, dise- hike. Only one species is known. GRAPTOLEBERIS TESTUDINARIA (Fischer). (Plate vi., figs. 5-5a.). Lynceus testudinarius Fischer (1848, p. 191); Alona testudinarius Schoedeler (1863) ; Lynceus reticulatus Frie (1872). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat oval, dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral fairly straight, posterior margins narrow, truncated. Infero- posteal corner armed with two strong teeth. Head large, fornix very broad, forming a semi-circular rostrum covering the antennules and extending down as far as the ventral margins of the valves. Reticulation of the carapace very dis- tinct. Ocellus smaller than the eye, and closer to it than to the tip of the ros- trum. Post-abdomen bent at the sharp pre-anal angle, somewhat triangular in shape. Marginal spines small, end-claws with one small basal spine. Distribution—This species has only been obtained from two localities in New South Wales, a pond in the University grounds and Moss Vale and in both cases, very few specimens were found. The Moss Vale specimens are distin- guished by a much more erect head than is typical; the rostrum pointing for- wards instead of downwards and not nearly reaching the ventral margins of the valves. The species occurs in Europe, North and South America, Asia, Iceland, Azores. Genus DUN HEVEDIA King, 1853. General shape rounded. Valves obscurely reticulated. Rostrum short. Infero-posteal angle rounded with one or two teeth. Post-abdomen with many fine denticles, end-claws short and curved, with one basal spine. Post-abdomen in male armed with fine hairs only. Seven species have been described, two of which are found in New South Wales. Key to species of Dunhevedia. AUTSeenttnom above the outline as obovate i 7 s.r Won) ss a a crassa. AA, a a a Mt ui . concave in the middle .. .. .. .... podagra. 44 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA, DUNHEVEDIA CRASSA King. (Plate vi., figs. 4-4a.). First described by King (1852, p. 261); redeseribed by Sars in 1888. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, almost semicircular, dorsal edge boldly arched, ventral almost straight, posterior edge truncated. A denticle present on the infero-posteal corner. Seen from above the carapace appears obovate, not constricted in the middle, posterior part tapering. Head bent down, rostrum acute, curved. Hye large, ocellus much smaller, of irregular shape, situated closer to the eye than to the rostral tip. Post-abdomen with a row of small denticles; end-claws small, curved, with a single denticle at the base of each. Male. Smaller than the female, with hairs instead of denticles on the post- abdomen. Distribution—This species has a wide distribution in New South Wales, having been collected at Dunheved, Varroville, Moss Vale, Bathurst, Cumbalum, Mudgee, the University pond. It is recorded from Queensland, South Australia, Java, Siam, Hawaii, India, Ceyion and South Afriea. DunueEVeDIA popacra King. Described by King in 1852. I have not been able to obtain this form, so quote King’s original description. It is apparently specifically distinct from the preceding species. “Antennae with the tuberele near the base very prominent. When seen from the back the outline at the middle is concave. This species is much smaller than Dunhevedia crassa. When a number of them are placed together in a glass of water, they congregate near the surface. The intestine is much convoluted, having in reality two whole turns, although they are not in the same or parallel planes. Locality.—Parramatta. Genus Puevroxus Baird, 1848. Lateral outline of the carapace may be long and comparatively low, or short and highly arched; the posterior margins are short. Infero-posteal corner sharp, usually toothed. Head not carinate, rostrum long and pointed, sometimes bent forward. Lip-plate large. Antennules short, antennae with 8 swimming bristles. Five pairs of legs present. Post-abdomen armed with marginal denticles only; end-claws with two accessory teeth. About 27 species have been described from all parts of the World; three of them are found in New South Wales. Key to species of Pleuroxus. AS Infero-posteal commen unanmedenein| a.) 3. +o elcee cue een aeucien ee inermis. AA. Infero-posteal corner armed. BvEormushortiandehighpemeec ths ics sila yy ENG OTC ONLLECLSS BB yRorm: longyand inarrowaewe revealed, 2 see ene CLUS ET GLESS PLEUROXUS INERMIS Sars. Described in 1896 (Plate 5, fig. 8). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat rounded, dorsal margin strongly arched, ventral straight posteriorly, bulging anteriorly. Infero-posteal corner rounded off, quite unarmed. Head bent forward, rostrum long and_ pointed. Sculpturing of the carapace lacking, except in the anterior portion, where about ten conspicuous curved striae are present. Ocellus very much smaller than the BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 45 eye and situated closer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen com- paratively slender, bearing numerous hair-like marginal denticles; end-claws strong, each with two secondary denticles at the base. Length .6 mm. Colour brown. Distribution—N.S.W.: Only thus far from loealities near Sydney, Ponds near Lachlan and Bourke Sts., Waterloo Swamps, Botany. Victoria, South Africa, South America, Hungary. PLEUROXUS RETICULATUS Henry. (Plate vii., figs. 2-2a.). Proce. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 478. Distribution —N.S.W.: Port Stephens, Kendall. PLEUROXUS AUSTRALIS, n.sp. (Plate vii., fig. 3). Iremale. Carapace, seen laterally, comparatively long and low; dorsal mar- gin evenly curved for the greater part of its length, but sloping abruptly down to the posterior margin; ventral edges of the valves slightly convex; posterior edges very short and truncated. The head is small and depressed, terminating in a long acutely-pomted rostrum which projects slightly beyond the ventral margins of the carapace. The eye is large, the ocellus smaller, and situated more than twice as far from the tip of the rostrum as from the eye. The sur- tace of the carapace appears quite smooth, without any reticulation. .The ventral edges are fringed with a row of bristles which are finely ciliated. The infero- posteal angle is an obtuse angle and is armed with 3 or 4 strong teeth. The antennules are short and thick and do not extend to the middle of the rostrum. The post-abdomen is moderately strong, tapering slightly distally, with the corner opposite the end-claws produced forward, although not to the same extent as in the preceding species, supra-anal angle obtuse, 14-16 anal denticles; end- claws long and moderately strong, each bearing two denticles at the base. Colour pale yellow, length .5 mm. The most nearly related species to this is perhaps the American form Pleuroxus denticulatus Birge, but this species is very distinct from it in the general shape, absence of reticulation and in the armature of the post-abdomen. Distribution —N.S.W.: Bangalow, Cumbalum. Genus CuyporwS Leach, 1843. Female. Body small and spheroidal. Head depressed, rostrum long and acute. Lip-plate moderately large, narrowed posteriorly. Infero-posteal corner usually unarmed. Antennules short and thick. Antennae provided with 7-8 swimming bristles. Post-abdomen short, supra-anal angle prominent; end-claws with two basal spines. Male. Smaller, rostrum short, antennules thick, first foot with a hook. Between thirty and forty species have been described from all parts of the World, six of them occurring in New South Wales. Key to species of Chydorus. Alinfero-posteal (corner with) ayspinel|is) ss ey is. 2. st Veclpuey ee Sess) MS DUNS. AA. Infero-posteal corner unarmed. BeiPosteabdomenilonewwandyslenceniet sven) else) ever uate eroitel eg) r= globosus. BB. Post-abdomen short and broad. C. Carapace strongly marked with oblique ridges .. .. .. .. .. ° jugosus. CC. Carapace smooth or weakly reticulated. D. Olfactory setae all terminal. Ewa heanalydenticlesinc) wri cwclisiim concen leur helium erttCulatess EWeibessithanglckanal cemticlesi seule inate s ei rarentate leonardi. DDG Oneroltactony, setavlateraly. sieiiinv miler bas mele ine ttsp seer ovalis. 46 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, CHYDORUS UNISPINUS, n.sp. (Plate vii., figs. 4-4a.). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, broadly oval; dorsal margin’ strongly arched, ventral also curved, bulging somewhat anteriorly, posterior edges short,. slightly curved. Infero-posteal corner armed with a short backwardly-directea spine. Head of moderate size, terminating in a produced, acutely-pointed ros: trum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller, situated slightly closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules short, not nearly reaching the tip of the rostrum. Lip-plate long, the margin smooth. Post-abdomen strongly built, anal sinus very distinet; end-claws long, curved, each armed with two unequal- sized basal spines, 12-15 groups of anal denticles. Colour: pale yellow. This species resembles the barroisi group in that it has a spine on the infero-posteal corner; it differs from all the other members of the group, how- ever, by the lp-plate having a perfectly smooth margin and in the curious arma- ture of the post-abdomen. Distribution.—N.8.W.: Botany. CHyboRUS GLOBOSUS Baird. (Plate vii., figs. 6-6a.). (Syn. Chydorus augustus King). First deseribed by Baird in 1850 (p. 127). Female. Form almost spherical, without carapace angles. Dorsal and ven- tral margins strongly arched, posterior edges short. Carapace smooth or reticu- lated. Head comparatively large, rostrum produced, acute. Eye large, ocellus much smaller than the eye and situated shghtly nearer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules very short and thick. Post-abdomen long and slender,. of uniform breadth throughout, supra-anal angle very small; numerous anal den- ticles present; end-claws armed with a series of secondary spinules which be- come hair-like towards the tip, two basal spines of unequal length. Colour vary- ing from yellow to dark brown. Length .8-.9 mm. Distribution—This large form is very widely distributed in New South Wales: Centennial Park, Botany, Sydney University, Five Dock, Corowa, Banga- low, Lett River. It also occurs in Victoria, India, Europe and North America. CuypoRUS JUGOSUS, n.sp. (Plate vii, figs. 5-5a.). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded in outline, dorsal margin very strongly arched, ventral evenly curved, posterior edges very short and almost straight; infero-posteal corner unarmed. Head of moderate size, rostrum pro- duced, acutely-pointed. Eye large; ocellus very slightly smaller, irregular in shape and situated much closer to the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. ' An- tennules tapering at the ends, olfactory setae comparatively long, reaching more than half the length of the rostrum. Lip-plate large, the baeckwardly-directed portion narrowly produced. Ventral margins thickly fringed with long feathered bristles. Surface of the carapace very conspicuously marked with an oblique, rarely branching series of ridges which give the appearance of alternating hght and dark bands. Post-abdomen very strongly built; end-claws long, slightly curved, each with two basal spines which are both comparatively long though unequal; 14-16 anal denticles with small spinules between them. Colour brown. Length .74 mm. : Distribution.—N.S.W.: Holbrook. CHypoRUS DENTICULATUS Henry. Proe. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., 1918 (1919), p. 480, Pl. xli., figs. 15, 16. Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park, Sydney University Pond. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 47 Cuyporus LEONARDI King. 1 (Syn. C. minor Lilljeborg, C. clelandi Henry). First deseribed by King in 1852 (p. 258). Figured by Sars in 1896 (Plate v., figs. 4-5). Female. Carapace rounded, dorsal and ventral margins strongly arched, pos- terior very short. Head somewhat depressed, rostrum long and pointed. Eye of moderate size, ocellus shghtly smaller, situated nearer the eye than the rostral tip. Carapace devoid of sculpturing, ventral margin fringed with bristles. Anten- nules short, olfactory setae terminal. Post-abdomen comparatively wide, supra- anal angle prominent, 8-10 anal denticles, end-claws each with two basal spines. Length .25 mim. This species is regarded by some authors as identical with C. sphaericus Muller. It is undoubtedly nearly related to this species and should perhaps be classed as a variety. A larger form described as C. clelandi attains a length of over .3 mm., has a pitted carapace, and 12 anal denticles, but in other respects is identical with C. leonardi. Distribution.—Widely distributed in N.S.W.: St. Leonards, Denham. Court, Waterloo Swamps, Botany, Kendall, Lett River, Holbrook, Cumbalum.. It also oceurs in Europe, Africa, Ceylon, Singapore and South America. CHYDORUS OVALIS Kurz. Described in 1874 (p. 79, Plate iii., fig. 2). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, evenly rounded, posterior part depressed, posterior edges very short. Head not depressed, terminating in a long pointed rostrum. Eye larger than the ocellus, which is nearer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules short and thick, scarcely reaching the middle of the rostrum, one olfactory seta situated laterally, the others terminal. Post-abdomen short and broad, supra-anal angle projecting, pointed. Twelve to fifteen anal denticles; end-claws moderately large, with two unequal basal spines. Colour yellowish brown. Length .6 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Centennial Park. Europe, North America. Genus ALONELLA Sars, 1862. Head not carinate. Valves of the carapace reticulate or striated. Rostrum variable. Infero-posteal angle toothed or smooth. Antennae with 8 swimming hairs. 5 pairs of legs. Post-abdomen large, pre-anal angle usually not pro- minent, lateral spines usually absent, end-claws with one or two basal spines. This is a somewhat unsatisfactory genus, consisting of forms that are not easily separable and yet differ widely in many points. Some of the species approach the genus Alona and others Pleurorus. About twenty different species have been described, four of which oceur in New South Wales. Key to species of Alonella. A. Claws with one basal spine. B. Post-abdomen armed with marginal and lateral denticles. GUEValWeSiistriate cen eumny mene cnubne MeL e Usui ley lniaen apatite st llnnellnal ania stems sAG (BIOL CC. Valves reticulated. D. Margin of lip-plate notched .. =. .. .. ........ .. .. duoodonta. DD. Margin of lip-plate entire .. .. BVAcchseveyt sce yap CLOG LTC LILO. BB. Post-abdomen with Hanes denticles ai MelidersNi ersuilie/elieelainien LAD RONG: NAC lawshwathicwonbasalySpinesiecy wiisduie ilies isteee onan ietaislallnetsliletel | stot slelansln (B2CIS Cs 48 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA, ALONELLA KARUA (King). First described by King as Alona karua (1852, p. 260). Described by Sars in 1888 (Plate 5, figs. 8-9). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, somewhat quadrangular, broader anteriorly, posterior edges abruptly truncated. Head depressed, terminating in a sharp rostrum. Ocellus smaller than the eye and situated closer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Carapace marked with distinct striations. Infero-posteal corner armed with 1-4 small teeth. Antennules slender, conical, not reaching the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen dilated distally, apex broadly truncate, anal denticles very small, about 8 lateral fascicles present; end-claws of moderate length, with one minute basal spine. Length .4 mm. 5 Distribution.—N.S.W.: Stroud, Port Stephens. North and South America, South Africa, Sumatra, Java, Singapore, Siam, Cochin China, Ceylon. ALONELLA DIAPHANA (King). (Plate vu, figs. 1-la.). First described by King (1852, p. 260) as Alona diaphana. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, rounded oval, tapering posteriorly, angles all rounded off. Head rather depressed, rostrum obtuse. Carapace_ striated, striae rather close together, curved. Infero-posteal corner unarmed. Eye of moderate size, ocellus smaller than the eye and situated midway between it and the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen large, oblong in form, tapering slightly distally, edge armed with small hair-like denticles, supra-anal angle slight; end- claws each with one small basal spine. Length .49 mm. Distribution—N.S.W.: Sydney, Moss Vale. Queensland, South America. ALONELLA EXCISA (Tischer). First described by Fischer as Lynceus eaxcisus (1854, p. 428). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, roughly oval in outline, dorsal margin evenly arched; ventral straight for the greater part of its length, ascending an- teriorly; posterior narrowly truncated, with the upper and lower corners angular. Head slightly bent down, rostrum of moderate size, sometimes long. Surface of the carapace marked by a conspicuous network crossed with longitudinal striae, anterior part marked with curved transverse striae. Infero-posteal corner some- times produced into a point with the posterior margin above it excised, some- times crenulated. Ocellus much smaller than the eye and situated nearer to it than to the tip of the rostrum. Post-abdomen long, of almost uniform breadth throughout; supra-anal angle prominent, marginal denticles small. | End-claws small, each with two unequal denticles at the base. Length up to .56 mm. Male. Much smaller than the female, the largest found measuring only .25 mm. Distribution —Typical specimens were found at Lett River and Kendall in N.S.W. It has not hitherto been recorded in this State. This species is known from Europe, Siberia, Greenland, Iceland, North and South America and South Africa. ALONELLA CLATHRATULA Sars. (Plate vi., figs. 6-6a.). Deseribed by Sars in 1896. Female. Carapace, seen laterally, oblong oval, with the greatest height in front of the middle; dorsal margin evenly arched, posterior edges truncated. Head depressed, terminating in an acute rostrum. Infero-posteal angle distinct, not excised or crenulated as in the preceding species. Surface of the carapace reticu- lated in the posterior portion and marked by curved striae anteriorly. Post- BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 49 abdomen truncated at the tip, marginal denticles very small and_hair- like; end- claws each with a very minute basal spine. Length .35 mm. This species is regarded by some authors as identical with Alonella excisa (Fischer), and Delachaux (1918) classed it as A. excisa var. clathratula on the grounds that the only difference was the presence or absence of the posterior ex- cision. There are, however, other differences, the carapace of clathratula is longer in proportion to its breadth, and the markings of the carapace differ in the two species; in clathratula there is only one minute basal spine, while in excisa there are two spines of unequal length. Distribution —N.S.W.: Maroubra, Kendall, Lett River. South America, South Africa. ALONELLA DUOODONTA, n.sp. (Text-figs. 1-4). Female. Carapace, seen laterally, truncated oval in outline; dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral shghtly curved, posterior edges straight. Infero-posteal corner armed with two strong teeth. Head somewhat depressed, ending in an obtuse rostrum. Eye of moderate size, ocellus slightly smaller, situated closer to Text-fig. 1. Alonella duoodonta. (x 111). Text-fig. 2. Lip-plate. (x 300). Text-fig. 3. Infero-posteal corner. (x 300). Text-fig. 4. Post-abdomen. (x 395). the eye than to the tip of the rostrum. Antennules not nearly reaching the tip of the rostrum. Lip-plate large, its anterior and posterior edges almost parallel, its ventral margin with one deep noteh followed by irregular crenulations. Sur- face of the carapace marked by a conspicuous reticulation; ventral edges fringed with bristles. Post-abdomen strongly built, supra-anal angle distinct; anal den- ticles arranged in an irregular manner, about six stout marginal denticles above which are seattered 5-7 lateral denticles and also some fine spines; end-claws long, bearing a series of spinules and one basal spine. Colour pale yellow. Length oO mm. Distribution—N.S.W.: Manly. 50 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. i. CLADOCERA, List of works referred to. Bairp, W., 1850.—Natural History of the British Entomostraca. Ray Society, London. Brapy, G., 1886.—Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xix., p. 293. Dapay, E., 1898.—Mikroskopische Susswasserthiere aus Ceylon. Termes. Puzetek (als Toe ok : , 1910.—Die Susswassermikrofauna Deutsch Ost-Afrikas. Zoologica, Heft 59. Dawa, J., 1853.—Report of the U.S.A. Exploring Expedition. Crustacea, ii., vol. 14. DevacHaux, T., 1917.—Cladocéres de la région du lae Victoria Nyanza. Rev. Suisse Zool., 25, no. 3, p. 77. ——, 1918.—Cladocéres des Andes Péruviennes. Bull. Soe. Neuchatel, t. xliu., p. 18. Fiscurr, 8., 1848.—Uber die in der Umgebung von St. Petersburg vorkommenden Crustaceen aus der Ordnung der Branchiopoden und Entomostraceen. Mém. Savans Etrang. St. Petersburg, vi. (1851), pp. 159-199. ——, 1854.—Abhandlung iiber einige neue oder nicht genau gekannte Arten von Daphniden und Lynceiden, als Beitrag zur fauna Russlands. Bull. Soc. imp. Moscou, t. xxvil., p. 423. GueERNn, J. de, and Ricnarp, J., 1891—Nouveaux Entomostracés d’eau douce de Madagasear. Mém. Soc. zool. France, vi. p. 234. Haasp, J. F., 1903—Records of some Victorian Entomostraca. Vic. Nat., xix., no. 11, p. 148. Henry, M., 1919-—On some Australian Cladocera. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.AW., li, p. 463. Herricr, C. L., 1884—Final report on the Crustacea of Minnesota. 12th. Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey of Minnesota, Vol. 8. Kine, R. L., 1852.—On some species of Daphniadae found in N.S.W. Roy. Soe. Van Diemen’s Land, 1852 (1853) pp. 243-253. ——, 1852.—On Australian Entomostracans. Roy. Soc. V.D. Land, 1852 (1853), p. 253-263. Kurz, W., 1874—Dodekas neuer Cladoceren nebst einer kurzen ubersicht der Cladocerenfauna Bohmens. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. 70, Abth. 1, p. 7. Leypia, F., 1860.—Naturgeschichte der Daphniden. Tiibingen. Lirven, 1848.—Die Branchiopoden der Danziger Gegend. Schr. naturf. Ges. Danzig, p. 34. Puayrair, G. I., 1914.—Contributions to a knowledge of the Biology of the Rich- mond River. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix., p. 93. Ricwarp, J., 1897.—Entomostracés de ’Amerique du Sud.” Mém. Soc. zool. France, x., p. 263. Sars, G. O., 1885.—On some Australian Cladocera raised from dried mud. forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, No. 8. ——, 1888.—Additional notes on Australian Cladocera. Forh, Vid.-Selsk. Chris- tiania, No. 7. ——, 1889.—On a small collection of Freshwater Entomostraca from Sydney. Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, No. 9. ——, 1896.—On Freshwater Entomostraea from the neighbourhood of Sydney. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. 18, Heft 2. ——, 1904.—On a remarkable new Chydorid Sayeia orbicuaris from Victoria. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Ba. xxvi., No. 8. ? BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 51 ——, 1912.—On the problematic form Moina lemnae Wing and its true relation- ship. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. xxxu., No. 14. ——, 1914—Daphnia carinata ing and its remarkable varieties. Arch. Math. og Naturvid., Bd. xxxiv., No. 1. ——, 1916.—The Freshwater Entomostraca of Cape Provinee. Part 1. Clado- cera. Ann. S. Af. Mus., Vol. xv., Pt. iv., p. 303. ScHorpELerR, J. EH., 1877—Zur Naturgeschichte der Daphniden Beitrage der Systematischen angehorigkeit der Daphniden. Berlin. Sware, J.. 1917—The Pond and its Inhabitants. Vic. Nat., xxxiv., No. 1. —, 1918—One year’s collecting Micro-fauna in the Botanic Gardens Lake, Melbourne. Vic. Nat., xxxv., No. 5. 2 Sautn, G. W., 1909.—The Freshwater Crustacea of Tasmania. Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond., Ser. i., vol. xi., part 4, p. 61. EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV—VIII. Plate iv. Fig. 1.—Daphnia carinata. (x 15). Fig. 2.— oh », var. cephalata, (x 15). Fig. 3.—Scapholeberis kingt. (x 50). Fig. 4.—Ceriodaphnia cornuta. (x 75). Fig. 5.— Hp Spinata. (x 45). Fig. 6.—Motnodaphnia macleayit. (x 45). Plate v. Fig. 1.—Simocephalus australiensts. (x 28). la. Post-abdomen. (x 56.); 16. Ephippium (x 28); 1c. Antenna (x 65). Fig. 2.—Simocephalus elizabethae. (x 39). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 72). Fig. 3.—Simocephalus gibbosus. (x 30). 3a, Post-abdomen. (x 72). Fig. 4.—Siimocephalus acutirostratus. (x 15). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 34). Plate vi. Fig. 1.—/lyocryptus spinifer. (x 32). la. Post-abdomen. (x 67). Fig. 2.—Acroperus avirostris. (x 78). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 170). Fig. 3.—Camptocercus australis. (x70). 3a. Post-abdomen. (x 84). Fig. 4.—Dunhevedia crassa. (x 116). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 116). ‘ Fig. 5.—Graptoleberis testudinaria. (x70). 5a. Post-abdomen. (x 253). Fig. 6.—Alonella clathratiula. (x 180). 6a. Post-abdomen. (290). Plate vii. Fig. 1.—Alonella diaphana. (x 95). 1a, Post-abdomen. (x 186). Fig. 2.—Pleuroxus reticulatus. (x 148). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 270). Fig. 8.—Pleuroxus australis. (x 90). Fig. 4.—Chydorus unispinus. (x 82). 4a. Post-abdomen. (x 160). Fig. 5.—Chydorus jugosus. (x 70). 5a. Post-abdomen. (x 130). Fig. 6.—Chydorus globosus. (x 58). 6a. Post-abdomen, (x 130). i> Me] a Fe} bey de 09" da" of w gg Fig D Fic. FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 1. CLADOCERA, Plate viii. . L.— Alona whiteleggii. (x 77). la. Post-abdomen. (x 204). 2.—Alona affinis. (x 46). 2a. Post-abdomen. (x 166). . 3.—Alona laevissima. (x77). 3a. Post-abdomen. (x 245). . 4.—Alona microtata, (x 140). 4a, Post-abdomen. (x 380). .oO —Post-abdomen Alona cambouet. (x 270). ig. 6.—Post-abdomen Alona pulchella, (x 205). . 7.—Post-abdomen Alona kendallensis. (x 320). 8.-—-Post-abdomen A/ona abbreviata. (x 270). 53 NOTES ON NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THOSE PARASITIC IN REPTILES. Part u.—A Revirw or THE PHYSALOPTERA OF LIZARDS. By Vera A. Inwry-Suiva, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. {Read 29th March, 1922.] Seurat is the only author who has made any general study of the members of this group, and his work is confined to the representatives of it in Northern Africa, his two papers (1914, 1917) dealing with four species only. Descriptions of the other species are scattered among isolated papers, often difficult to obtain ; and in most cases very unsatisfactory. The writers usually devote their attention to characters which are common to all the species, and, therefore, of no specific value. As Seurat points out, the reptilian Physaloptera form a very homogeneous group; and he has done a useful service in giving a general account of the Northern African forms. Most of the features which he describes are common to the whole group. Briefly summarised, they are as follows :— Thick cuticle, transversely striated; a cephalic collarette; narrow lateral wings, bearing a pair of post-cervical papillae; excretory pore, ventrally situated, not far from these papillae; two asymmetrical papillae further back, in the in- testinal region; a strong tooth (external labial tooth) on the summit of each lateral lip, several smaller teeth on its inner face, and a row of minute spines, or denticles, on its lower border; a pair of lateral papillae on the buceal pad external to each lip, and a median cephalic gland between them; a pair of lateral caudal pores on the mid region of the tail, and a caudal gland at its tip; large herve ring surrounding the muscular oesophagus; vulva in front of middle of body; uterus with two or four branches; caudal bursa on male tail, bearing four pairs of external pedunculated papillae, surrounding cloaca, and about thirteen internal papillae, usually sessile, of which three are pre-anal, and the rest, in pairs, post-anal; spicules unequal, the right short and broad, the left long and slender. With so much uniformity in the group, the determination of characters on which to base specific distinctions is a difficult one. Seurat considers that such characters are to be found only in careful measurements of the relative propor- tions, and in the conformation of the internal organs. But considerable varia- tions are found in the dimensions given of the same species by different writers, 54 NEMATODES OF THE GUNUS PHYSALOPTERA, even when all the required measurements are given, which is rarely the case. And, where a long series of what is undoubtedly the one species is carefully examined, similar variations are found to oceur, both in the proportions and conformation of organs. So that it is not advisable to rely on this character alone, although a very necessary one, for a specific determination. Another objection to it is that it usually requires the dissection of the specimens, a delicate and tedious operation in the smaller species. Pe A useful and more easily observed character is found ‘in the structure of the male caudal bursa. Seurat is of the opinion that the number and disposition of the genital papillae are too constant to make this feature of specific value. But a careful study of the male tails of all the species shows well marked differences, not only in the papillae, but in the general shape and proportions of the bursa, form of margin (whether lobed or straight), shape of cloaca and character and arrangement of the area of cuticular granulations which usually surrounds it. Such distinctions are well seen, for example, in a comparison of the caudal bursas of Physaloptera antarctica, P. sonsinoi, and P. dentata, shown in the text figures. It appears, too, that a more thorough examination than is usually given to the formation of the labial teeth would supply characters of specific value. In the existing descriptions of the species, there are indications of marked differences in the shape and size of the teeth, and in the denticular formations. In the following specific diagnoses, I have been careful to note, from the authors, all those points in the descriptions which appeared to me to be of some specific value, omitting features which have been described as common to all. The measurements are grouped all together, in a table, as they are essential for specific determinations, and of most use when they are most readily available for comparison. The figures of the male tails are also grouped together, for the same reason; and, as they supply all the necessary information in regard to the number and arrangement of papillae, this is omitted from the diagnoses, except in cases where no figure of the bursa has been given by the author. The figures given in this paper represent traced copies of the originals. It will be noticed that in several of the species the uterus is divided into four branches, instead of the usual two. Seurat has separated the Physaloptera of reptiles into two groups, those which have a female genital apparatus formed of four uteri and four ovaries, viz.—Formes tetrahystériénnes, and those in which it consists of two uteri and two ovaries, Formes didelphes. This grouping has been adopted here. But the more typical arrangement of the genital apparatus has been assumed for species when no mention of it is made in the descriptions relative to them; and it is possible that, with more eareful study, more species will be found to have the four-branched uterus. Though P. abbreviata is one of Rudolphi’s original species, the type of the genus is P. clausa, and Diesing’s revised diagnosis of the genus Physaloptera in- eludes the definite statement “uterus bicornis.” It may be questioned, therefore, whether species with four uteri are properly assignable to the genus; though it would seem undesirable to establish a new genus entirely on a character which can be determined only by dissection. Of the fifteen species which have been recorded from lizards, several have already been proved to be synonyms, and there are reasonable grounds for the supposition that other names will fall as synonyms. The total number of valid BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 55 species, known from lizards, may be taken to be not more than nine, or, at most, ten. But, as this assumption is based only on a comparison of the descriptions given by the authors, and specimens are-not available here for study, it has seemed better to retain the present status of the different species, pending fur- ther investigation. Therefore I have merely indicated the probable synonymy, in a discussion under the diagnosis of each doubtful species. A list of the hosts in which the species are found is given in the first paper of this series (Irwin-Smith, 1921). The Physaloptera of lizards. A. Species with uterus divided into four branches. PHYSALOPTERA PALLARYI Seurat, 1917. External labial tooth triangular, sharply pointed, erect; about 20 sharp den- ticles forming a very plain internal denticular border to the lip. Buccal frame slightly trilobed, bearing a pair of very small papillae. Muscular oesophagus slender, narrower than the glandular oesophagus. Body of female much at- tenuated anteriorly, thick and robust posteriorly. Vulva not salient; opening in front of termination of oesophagus; ovijector and reservoir long (1.55 mm.) ; un- paired trunk of uterus fairly long (650 y), dichotomously divided into four branches. Caudal pores opening at posterior fifth of tail. Male tail (not figured) very short, provided with two narrow wings which do not reach the extremity. Three pre-anal papillae close to anterior border of cloacal ring, first pair of post-anal papillae right on posterior margin of the ring, fourth pair only a short distance from caudal point. Spicules very short, only slightly unequal. Wart- hike cuticular protuberances surrounding cloaca big and salient. Measurements as given in table. PHYSALOPTERA ABBREVIATA Rudolphi, 1819. Body robust. The two lips very big, each bearing a large wedge-shaped ex- ternal labial tooth, truneated at the extremity, and, on the inner face, a number of small teeth. The usual pair of external labial papillae. Muscular oesophagus massive, as wide as glandular oesophagus. Body of female attenuated at both extremities. Vulva not, or only slightly, salient; its position variable, opening either before or behind termination of the oesophagus: vestibule very long (3.5 mm.), unpaired trunk of uterus fairly long, dichotomously divided into four branches; seminal receptacles 150 » x 120 p, clearly marked off from both uterus and oviduets by narrow constrictions. Caudal pores just beyond middle of tail. Male tail elongated, inflected ventrally; caudal wings wide, cloacal lips not salient, cuticular projections arranged in longitudinal rows. Spicules very un- equal. For number and arrangement of papillae see figure. Reference is usually made to Linstow’s description of this species, but a good deal of additional information has been contributed by Seurat, who examined the female genital system. Details supplied by Seurat have been in- corporated in the above diagnosis, and the measurements given by him have been used in the table. Linstow’s measurements differ considerably. According to him the oesophagus is one twelfth the total length; the tail, in the male, one twenty-seventh, in the female, one forty-seventh as long as the entire body; male 9 mm. long, 600 , thick, female 18 mm. long, 870 » thick, the vulva divid- ing the body in the ratio 8: 31. Eges 36 », x 20 » in diameter. 56 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, EA cites Cdl” 15S Caudal extremities of males of Physaloptera from Lizards. BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 57 PHYSALOPTERA VARANI Parona, 1890. Synonyms.—Physaloptera paradoxa Linstow, 1908; Physaloptera quadrovaria Leiper, 1908. Head without lateral cuticular expansions. External labial tooth cuneiform, truncated. Labial papillae very small. Caudal extremity of female obtuse, anus nearly apical. Vulva opening behind the termination of oesophagus; ovijector elongated (3 mm.), unpaired trunk of uterus very short, divided directly into four branches, which terminate in seminal receptacles; these marked off from oviduets by deep constrictions, but passing gradually into the uteri. Ova brown coloured. Caudal pores in female very apparent just beyond middle of tail, opening in a cuticular depression bordered by a thick ring; in male situated midway between third and fourth pairs of post-anal papillae. Cloaea bounded by two prominent lips; euticular knobs surrounding it often ornamented with little spurs. Pre-anal unpaired papilla oval, the paired papillae round. For arrangement of papillae see figure. Measurements as given in table. In the above diagnosis, use has been made of the accounts given by Seurat, in conjunction with Parona’s original description. The details of the female genital system are taken from the description of Physaloptera paradoxa by Seurat (1914). He subsequently (1917) classed both this and P. quadrovaria as synonyms of P. varani. As I have not had an opportunity of seeing the original description of P. paradozxa, I have accepted Seurat’s authority for the synonymy. But it will be seen, from the two figures given, that the caudal bursa of P. varani, as shown by Parona, differs both in the number and arrangement of papillae from that of P. paradoxa as figured by Seurat. However, this is a feature in which mistakes of observation readily occur, and Seurat himself, in his second description, amends his first statement that six pairs of post-anal papillae occur, one of the pairs proving to be caudal pores. The only description supplied by Leiper for P. quadrovaria is that “the vaginal canal is formed by the fusion of fowr distinct ovarian tubes,’ and a diagram, which indicates that the mode of division is similar to that described for P. paradoxa. PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA Linstow, 1899. ? Synonym.—Physaloptera alba Stossich, 1902. Skin very thick. Lips hemispherical, each surmounted by a conical tooth, with two small adjacent teeth on the inner side. Body stout and elongated. Tail, in male, one twenty-third, in female, one fifty-fourth as long as entire body. Female tail conical, with rounded point. Eggs with very thick shell. Large cloacal aperture, circular in outline. The four pairs of external papillae pos- sessing’ long stalks. For details of caudal bursa see figure. Measurements as given in table. Linstow’s description is too brief for a good specifie diagnosis, but enough to show a close agreement with the Physaloptera alba described by Stossich. PHYSALOPTERA ALBA Stossich, 1902. Lips feebly developed, each produced into two big submedian papillae. Teeth very weak. Female tail conical. Vulva opening at anterior third of body length. Eggs enclosed in a very thick hyaline shell. Male eaudal bursa as shown in figure. Stalks of the four pairs of external papillae long. Measurements as given in table. ¢ 58 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, As noted above, this species is probably identical with Physaloptera antarc- tica. The few measurements given accord with those for Linstow’s species, and both worms are recorded from species of the same genus of host. The figures for the male tail, given by the two authors, show a close agreement in the general shape of the bursa, and the area on it covered by the cuticular granu- lations. Both writers note the length of the stalks of the external papillae, a feature which is also well shown in the two figures. In the figure of P. alba, precaudal papillae are missing, but these papillae are easily overlooked. Phy- saloptera from the same host, which I have examined recently and found to agree in most particulars with the deseription of P. antarctica, have the three pairs of caudal papillae stalked, as shown by Stossich. The females examined are also found to possess a four-branched uterus. Neither Linstow nor Stossich makes any mention of the female genital system, but I have placed the species in this group (A), on the evidence afforded by the worms now in my collection, of which a full deseription will be published later. B. Species with uterus divided into two branches. PHYSALOPTERA LEPTOSOMA (Gervais) Seurat, 1917. Synonyms.—Strongylus leptosomus Gervais, 1848; Fraipont, 1882; ? Physalop- tera chamaeleontis Gedoelst, 1916. External labial tooth cuneiform, truncated, and provided with a little rounded button at the extremity. Internal teeth very distinct, bicuspid. Internal denti- cular border much reduced, interrupted by indistinet elliptical spots. — Post- cervical papillae slightly asymmetrical, the left longer. Muscular oesophagus re- markable for its brevity. Caudal extremity of female digitiform, elongated. Vulva not salient; vestibule and reservoir very elongated (3.125 mm.), unpaired trunk of uterus fairly long (500 »), dividing into two parallel branches, 1.6 mm. long, each of which continues as a uterus extending nearly to level of anus. Caudal pores opening at posterior third of tail, in a slightly sunken elliptical area, bounded by a thin cuticular border. Male spicules very unequal. Caudal bursa elongated. Cloaea bounded by two salient lips with smooth surface. Cuti- cular processes of circum-cloacal region armed with spines, and arranged in longitudinal rows. Caudal pores just beyond middle of tail. For details of caudal bursa see figure. Measurements as given in table. PHYSALOPTERA CHAMAELEONTIS Gedoelst, 1916. External labial tooth triangular. Internal ‘‘fourchette” absent. The two extremities of the female equally attenuated; tail conical. Vulva slightly pro- minent; vestibule and reservoir 3.2 mm. long, unpaired trunk of uterus 1.5 mm. long, dividing into two branches 2 mm. long, each continuous with a uterus. Maximum thickness of male body in the posterior half, gradually attenuated in front. Spicules very unequal. Caudal bursa 1.44 mm. long. Cireum-cloacal re- gion provided with a regular longitudinal series of chitinous denticles, extending nearly to the middle of the tail. For arrangement of caudal papillae see figure. Measurements as given in table. As will be seen from the tables of measurements, this species agrees so closely in all its dimensions with P. leptosoma as to suggest that it is a synonym. This assumption is strengthened by a comparison of the descriptions. The structure and proportions of the female genital systems are about the same: in BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. : 59 both there is a reduction of the denticular formation on the inner face of the lip; the male caudal bursa has an elongated form in both, and the figures show that the arrangement of papillae and chitinous processes is alike. PHYSALOPTERA DENTATA Linstow, 1883. ? Synonym.—Physaloptera aloisii-sabaudiae Parona, 1907. Lips very large, with a median papilla on each. External labial tooth big, wedge-shaped, with a small tooth attached to its internal base. Caudal extremity of female conical, with rounded point, one twenty-fifth of the length of the whole body. Eggs very numerous, thick-shelled. Male tail one eleventh of the length of the body. Conieal processes arranged on wings of bursa in longitudinal rows. Of the post-anal papillae 1 and 2 close together, often merging into one big one. See figure, for general arrangement of papillae. Measurements as given in table. PHYSALOPTERA ALOISII-SABAUDIAE Parona, 1907. Body attenuated anteriorly for a third of the total length. Mouth with two large lips; one papilla on each lip; big teeth, with a series of spines. Head with two oval membranous lobes, with continuous margins. Intestine in male straight, in female sinuous in the posterior half. Caudal extremity of female short, with rounded point. Vulva prominent, with smooth circular outline. Hggs in immense numbers, oval, thin-shelled. Male spicules stout, long, and unequal. Anterior end of testis extending right beyond the base of the oesophagus. Caudal bursa lanceolate, margins not lobed, without spines (‘senza aculei’) on its surface. External papillae with long peduneles; 2 and 3 post-anal shortly pedunceulate. Parona makes a note of the similarity between this species and the deserip- tions of P. dentata, and P. abbreviata. It seems probable that it is identical with the former. They were found in different species of the same host genus (Agama); the lengths are about the same, and although the descriptions of both are very meagre, they agree in important particulars. No figure is given of the caudal bursa of P. aloisii-sabaudiae, but the absence of the usual cuticular granu- lations on the circum-cloacal region is a very distinctive feature, and, in the figure of the caudal bursa of P. dentata, it is seen that these formations are con- fined to the marginal wings, the region round the cloaca being, apparently, quite smooth. P. dentata, too, is figured with the straight, not lobed, edge to the bursa, which is described for P. aloisii-sabaudiae. And, in each case, mention is made of a single median papilla on each lip. PHYSALOPTERA SONSINOI Linstow, 1895. External Jabial tooth conical. A pair of small submedian papillae on each lip. Caudal extremity of female rounded, and curved dorsally. 2 tail one-eigh- teenth of whole length. Eggs very thick shelled. | Twenty three papillae on caudal bursa, unusual in size and arrangement, as shown in figure. ¢ tail 1/9.25 of the body length. See measurements in table. PHYSALOPTERA SPIRALIS Schneider, 1866. External labial tooth pointed, inner tooth absent. Inner side of each lip beset with spines; a pair in the median line below the base of the tooth, another pair on each side near the margin of the lip, and, dorsally and ventrally, on the base, a row of about five. Caudal extremity, in female, dorsally curved or coiled in a spiral; in male, straight. Measurements as given in the table. © OG Ain 6 OV “Ga iN Vacated 1 | Reem a3 enn Old mt Vaca Vd © a6 “OR BGS Te ee = “ULUL 68-T “MUU TZ) ULUL ZG.T “WU OZ6-L “TU Z 1 096 ae sernord 1 OBE one) 1 gat ge xo0l] 7 gp Xo8T ogt) que) Tors ; eR 6-9 oF e-p| BAIT ) snusvydoseo 9-7 i GP 9 SB L-9—S §-¢ q aTUUL F JO FVYZ 07 YBSTET CLS a 3-P Or | 9°8 rh ¢ 9) epeuey) [vq303 Jo worzs0dorg rae | L1-2| Le 18-2] BAarT par 61 LG-% G3-e €2—6:1 z eL-T are | snsvydoseo satu “ULL g.Z “MUL Ye) "ULUL Cg.Z “ULW QQ. “UU ¢ “UIT & “UU Z-g} eTBUeT Ost o09e 00g) BAaRT | 098 ooe B96 eeu - susvydoseo avfnosnyy | d oce OAISSVL | W ogg 1 Opz| o[eureyz . | 1! og 09] = BAay | \ OL apeut + Aqiavo Teoong | a Q9| 9seutez ; ( ) ——— te: (q3Sueq Apoq Waste yzeue, Apod ; rele ae) : OPES Jo t “}uv) “TUL gg Koon e i Se ee euro anes “UU ne srantey ) AAS “UML OT) ‘Ulu cl Apoq SOprlArp “UtUL aad : qv 10 “UU i G - | 6L9 o8s BALL | 8s¢ | P29 BBE ce aaod Arojeaoxe “* ~ “ULI ()s T—8-0 nt og! | n OBL 7 Qog) eTeueyz : susvydoseo zee) 09g] = Baar | avyided | P9S—9TS | qBMosNUM Jo 009 ste, eyeur yeotaseo qgod- © W O8P 11 989—O19 PANT pure WZ 1 Qos] eTeutey : GST | snsvydoseo 966 Ocz VALET ? SULMI-3AIeu | oes Iv[UpURLS cts OZ e[eut ¢ JO o[pprut 1 Zeer | puv reqnosnm OLE nd Z6T| epee ) — : woaz Aqruteayxo jo motgomnl ye oreydes Jo soueqstq | Z91 STs) oge| BART) vs9 989 096, 86 LI-T n 099 099) 086 ayeut | THe | W BLe 7 O8% 4 OLL| 7 ObL “unt AL" | " ore 1 OLg ereutes J = = See ae | 5 OT OLL O@F| = BAART | | ag 099 OF OFS 6L: OFF Oo0g| —-eTVUE | ssouTAOTY. WHUXVTY | 1 08% 7 096 gT8 7 O6L “UU QT. T) @ OLL ni QGP epeutes J 62 i | | | z-9 | eI e-ET €-21 | (epees) varey) z 6G—¥1 0€) G-9 9 L FEL 8-1) 8a—Sé 1G SIF IT 9-01 8-01-¢-8 aeur YASUE, [LIOT, “UU L9 “UrUut a “ULUL LY “ULUL TT) “UU ZT “UU ZG ULUL C.Q8G “ULUL OP ‘ULM ZR “ULM C.2% "UU CT | “ULM GZ-G-6T ateures ) “pxopn.Lwog | sapv.4ugs ‘wsnjat | “Loulzsuos | avipnvgns|vzvjuap “$24u0 *puLosozga]| “vayv | v223240]u ‘udg| ‘vpvia24ggn | “1h 4v7qv¢G ‘d Q | ‘d| -2Lstozv ‘d| -ajaviuvys ai ‘di ‘d| ‘1uvsveg d ‘dl r Sees — ee eas SS g ‘SGUVZIT §O FYXLdOTFSAHd fO SLNAWAUYASVAW HO @IaVaL BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 61 Selneider’s figure of the caudal bursa (See ‘Text-tig.) shows no unpaired papilla and only four pairs of internal papillae; but in his description he makes the statement “6 unmittelbar hinter der unpaaren Papilla.” In comparing this species with P. abbreviata he says that the denticles on the lip of the latter form an uninterrupted row along the edge, and that the only difference in the arrangement of the caudal papillae is that in P. abbreviata they are further from the median line. PHYSALOPTERA RETUSA Rudolphi, 1819. External labial tooth notched, the notches not extending to the base. Inner teeth longer. Internal face of lip beset with short spike-shaped processes; a pair towards each side of the base, dorsal and ventral, a pair midway between these and the apex of the lip. The two branches of the uterus extend far towards the posterior end. Caudal papillae arranged as shown in the figure. Measurements as given in the table. Schneider mentions that he has observed ecdysis in a larva 7 mm. long, and that ripe eggs are first found in a female 30 mm. long. PHYSALOPTERA BRITANICA Skrjabin. Seurat makes a brief reference to this species (1917, p. 47). He says that it resembles P. pallaryi in the conformation of the buccal lips, but differs from it by its much superior stature, by the relatively slighter length of the oesophagus, and by the different form of the tail in the femate. I have not been able to trace the original description of the species, nor to find any other reference to it. Literature. Diestne, 1861.—Revision der Nematoden. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math- Naturw. Cl. (1860), xli., p. 652. GeporLst, L., 1916.—Notes sur la faune parasitaire du Congo belge. Rev. Zool. Africaine, Brusselles, v., pp. 1-90. Irwin-Suitu, V., 1921.—Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to those parasitic in Reptiles. Part 1. Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xivi., pp. 492-502. Lerper, R. T., 1908.—An account of some helminthes contained in Dr. C. M. Wenyon’s collection from the Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., London, iii., pp. 187-199, Pls. 21-22, figs. 44-50. , Liysrow, 1883.—Nematoden, Trematoden und Acanthocephalen, gesammelt von Prof. Fedtschenko in Turkestan. Arch. Naturg., xlix., pp. 274-314, Pls. 6-9, figs. 1-52. 1895.—Untersuchungen an Nematoden. Arch. Mikr. Anat., pp. 509- 533, Pl. 30. 1899.—Nematoden aus der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung. Mutt. zool. Samml. d. Mus. f. Naturk. Berl., i (2), pp. 1-28, 6 Pls. 1908.—Helminthes. Nematoden und Acanthocephalen. (ing: Schultze, Zool. u. Anthrop. Ergeb. e Forschungsreise in Sud Africa. Bd. 1, Leif. 4.). Denk. med. Ges., Jena, xiii., pp. 19-28, 1 Pl. Parona, C., 1890.—Sopra alunci elminti di vertebrati birmani raccolti da Leon- ardo Fea. Ann. Mus. Genova, ser. 2, vil., (xxvii.), pp. 765-780, Pl. 3. 62 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA. 1907.—Nuove specie di nematodi africani. (Nota preventiva). (Spedizione al Ruwenzori di §.A.R. Luigi Amedeo di Savoia, Duca degli Abruzzi. 24.) Boll. Mus. zool. ed anat. compar., Torino (566), xxii., 4 pp. RupouPut, C. A., 1819—Entozoorum synopsis cui accadunt mantissa duplex et indices locupletissimi. Berolini. Scuneiper, A., 1866.—Monographie der Nematoden. Berlin, pp. 59-65, 341. Srurat, L. G., 1914.—Sur deux Physaloptéres tetrahystériens des Reptiles. Compt. rend. Soc. biol., Paris, \xxvii., pp. 433-436. 1917.—Physaloptéres des reptiles du Nord-Africain. Compt. rend. Soc. biol., Paris, Ixxx., pp. 48-52. Stosstcu, 1902.—Sopra alunci nematodi della collezione elmintologica del prof. dott. Corrado Parona. Boll. Mus. zool. e anat. comp., Genova, No. 116. 16 pp., 3 Pls. 63 A NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN C/XIIDAE (HOMOPTERA). By F. Muir, Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station, Honolulu, T. H. (Communicated by H. J. Carter, B.A., I’.E.S.) [Read 26th April, 1922.| BATH YMERTIA, n. gen. Closely allied to Leptoclamys Kirk. but the great development of the front legs distinguishes it. Vertex about twice as broad as long, with a transverse carina about middle, a transverse carina divides vertex from frons; base very shallowly emarginate, except in the middle, where there is a minute angular emargination; apex truncate, not produced beyond eyes. Length of middle ot face equal to width, widest shghtly beyond middle, sides shghtly curved, apical half more so than basal, apex of face deeply and roundly concave thus making the sides longer than middle, marginal carinae distinct, median carina some- what obseure, no median ocellus but the median carina obsolete at apex. In side view base of clypeus rounded, shghtly produced, distinetly tricarinate. Antennae globose. Pronotum fairly long, hind margin deeply and angularly emarginate with a carina margining the middle half; no lateral carinae but a slight groove runs from the anterior margin behind eye in a cirele nearly touching the hind margin, the area within this groove being slightly swollen. Mesonotum slightly flattened in middle, tricarinate. Front legs considerably thickened, femora slightly excavate along the ventral surface with small spines along each margin; tibiae slightly excavate along dorsal surface with spines around apex. This ar- rangement allows the tibiae to be laid close to the femora and the tarsi doubled back upon the tibiae, as is often found in subterraneous insects. Other legs normal; hind tibiaé without spines. Ovipositor short, complete; the surface of female pygofer forming a wax-secreting surface; female abdomen fairly full but decidedly compressed horizontally. Male pygofer of the normal Cixiid type, abdomen compressed horizontally. Tegmina of the Cixiid type, subtectiform, claval veins joining about middle of clavus, entering hind margin before apex, Se and R forking at same level as Cu slightly beyond middle of clavus; R with three apical veins; first fork of M shghtly before apex of clavus, five apical veins, Mi, Mi, M2, Mz and Ma. Type, B. helmsi Muir. BATHYMERIA HELMSI, n.sp. 3. Length 4.4 mm.; tegmen 5.6 mm. Dark brown or nearly black over head and thorax, carinae lighter, also the raised area on pronotum, front snd middle tibiae and tarsi and the hind legs 64 NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN CIXIIDAE. lighter; abdomen light brown. Tegmina and wings hyaline, vitreous, veins dark brown; tubercles sparse, more numerous on apical veins, bearing small black macrotrichia; a brown stigmal mark. Ventral margin of pygofer angularly pro- duced, lateral margins slightly curved; anal segment of moderate size, rounded at apex; genital styles Y-shaped, the inner arm being small and the outer curved. 2. Length 6.4 mm.; tegmen 8.6 mm. Lighter than the male. Full view of pygofer a little longer than wide, sides fairly deep, ovipositor slightly curved upward, not reaching the anal segment which is short and slightly flattened horizontally. } Described from one male from Sydney, N.S.W., and five females, one un- labelled, one from National Park (December, 1905) and three from Sydney, N.S.W. These specimens are in Dr. Helms’ collection, now in the Bishop Museum, Honolulu, T.H. One Paratype in Australian Museum Collection, No. K45294. The interest attached to this insect is that the front legs are developed abnormally for the family and indicate that the nymph is likely to be subter- raneous in its habits. Information on this point would be of interest and local collectors should endeavour to settle this point. 65 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. No. ii. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (Fourteen Text-figures. ) {Read 26th April, 1922.] BUPRESTIDAE. Buprestidae. Having lately examined long series from the South Australian Museum of many species of the Chalecophorini group of Buprestidae, I made a careful study of the Chalcotaenia—especially of those having 4-spotted elytra— in order to clear my own mind on the subject. Cotypes of the Jate Canon Black- burn’s species were amongst these, ineluding one of C. beltanae—the label in Blackburn’s handwriting. I would note: (1) This species is a Chalcotaenia—as so placed by Kerremans in the Gen. Insectorum—not a Chalcophorella as originally deseribed. (2) Portions of the description do not agree with the specimen—(a) “partibus elevatis obscure cuprascentibus,” (b) ‘“antennis sat brevibus haud prothoracis basin attingentibus.” With regard to (a) the elevated parts are dark green, the depressed areas golden; the word non should thus be prefixed to elevatis to describe the specimen. As to (b) there only remain 9 joints of one antenna; but the 9th joint exactly reaches the base of prothorax, so that the antennae of the example in cuestion are decidedly longer than the prothorax. Further, except for parts of joints 1-3 which are metallic, the antenna is testaceous, although in his final note the author compared it with “C. martini Saund., and C. cerata Kerr., both of which, however, differ from it, inter alia multa, by their testaceous antennae.” The dimensions of the example are 19 x 7 mm., those of the type 8% x 3 lines. I can only deduce, therefore, that either the specimen is wrongly named or that the above statements are inaccurate. The other species by this author, of which I have examined cotypes are, I consider, synonyms as follows :— C. australasiae Saund. = C. angulipennis Blackb. C. quadri-impressa Wiaterh. = C. sulciventris Blackb. I append a tabulation of the Australian species of the genus. The two extra- Australian species are C. gratiosissima Kerr. from Papua and C. longicollis Kerr. from “Tsles du Sud-East.” 66 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il. Table of Australian species of Chalcotaenia Deyrolle. 1 Elytral costae entire, without impressions .. .. .. .. lamberti C. and G. 2—4 Elytral costae interrupted by one impression on eacb 3 Form elongate, the elytral impressions near apex .. .. elongata Waterh. 4 Form ovate, the elytral impressions premedial .. .. .. bi-impressa Cart. 5—12 Elytral costae interrupted by two impressions on each G—S Sides of prothorax widely arched in front. a Four impressions wide and irregular in shape; humeral truncature of elytra subangulately widened .. .. .. .. australasiae Saund. Geoentale Water angulipennis Blackb. 8 Four impressions subcircular (equally wide apart)—humeral truncature not angulate .. .. .. .. .. . quadri-impressa Waterh. — sulei-ventris Blackb. 9—12 Sides of Cithorae nearly straight (lightly sinuous). 10 Four impressions subcircular ,the premedial closer set than the post- mediali-y-myee wera vs ss Cuprascens Waterh. australis Hairm. ll Form more Ghowate finch 10, postmedial impressions forming a comma-~ like connection (on outside) with latero-apical sulci .. .. .. laeta Waterh. 12 Form narrower than 10, 11, impression more vague; post-medial impressions connected (on inside) with latero-apical sulci beltanae Blackh. 13—15 Costae wide and little raised, impressions elongate. 14 Prothorax subquadrate, elytra subparallel .. .. .. .. .. -. violacea Cart. 15 Prothoraxstrapeziform:: elytra ovate! 3 sy hone) eis eee castanea Cart. Buprestis aurulenta L. This beautiful North American beetle has now to be reeorded from Australia, probably bred from imported Oregon pine timber. An example was taken by Dr. E. W. Ferguson at Port Macquarie, Aug. 1919, in or near his boarding house, which was so unrelated to any Australian Bupres- tidae known to me that I sent it to the British Museum for determination. This has now been returned by Mr. K. G. Blair, named as above, together with a note that a specimen from Hawaii was also in the British Museum. I have lately seen another example from the National Museum, Melbourne, taken at Toorak or Frankston, (Vic.). A short description of this will interest our coleopterists. N.S.W. Example.—d, 16 x 6 mm. Vic. Example.—9, 20 x 8 mm. Oval, glabrous, golden green above and below, head, pronotum (apex and sides) suffused with golden copper, suture and sides of elytra brilliant golden copper; pronotum rugose punctate; each elytron with four sharp costae, suture and margins also costate, interspaces rugose punctate. NEO-BUBASTES FLAVO-VITTATA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1). Elongate, oblong, lightly attenuate behind; head and pronotum gold suffused with green, golden at sides. Elytra green with a wide yellow vitta on each, not quite touching the base and terminating some distance from apex, its inner mar- gin near suture, its external margin parallel to the margins of elytra; the suture sometimes violaceous on apical half; underside dark golden bronze, rather thickly clothed with short white pubescence. Head densely punctate, antennae short, Ist joint large, all after the 3rd finely serrated; eyes parallel and widely separated. Prothorax sub-globular, apex trun- cate, base lightly bisinuate, sides widely rounded; very densely punctate and varyingly rugose in parts; in two (of three examples) with a fine medial carina on basal half, anterior angles depressed—quite rounded off from above—posterior obtuse. Scutellum large, transversely oval, very nitid and brassy. Elytra lightly BY H. J. CARTER. 67 enlarged at shoulders and compressed at middle; apices separately rounded, posterior margins serrated, striate-punctate, the seriate punctures large and close; intervals convex-and closely punctate. Underside densely punctate, the prosternum coarsely so, margins of abdominal segments smooth and nitid. Apical segment truneate between two sub-obsolete teeth in 6d, rounded in &. Dimensions: 6, MEN) x 4mm Pd) sod mma. Hab.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (Mv. H. Giles), Cunderdin (Mr. R. lllidge). Three examples (2 d, 12) are before me. The species is peculiar amongst Buprestidae in the contrasted metallic areas and the non-metallic vittae of the elytra. If the yellow be taken as the ground colour, then the base and suture are narrowly, and the margins and apex widely, green. The apices and suture are, in two examples, violaceous. Though presenting certain marked differences in the form of the prothorax and in the elytral sculpture from WV. awreocincta Blackb. (Text-fig. 2)—of which I have seen the type—it is, I consider, con- generic with that species. Types in Coll. Carter. N.B. The genus is clearly distinet from Bubastes by its shorter prothorax, larger seutellum and flatter elytra inter alia, though merged by Kerremans with Bubastes (Gen. Ins.). ; I have lately received some valued papers (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1920) on Buprestidae by Dr. Jan Obenberger of Prague. Amongst his new species there is one evident synonym as follows :—- Bubastes suturalis Carter = B. strandi Obenb. B. suturalis was published in 1915. Pseudanilara roberti Théry.—I have identified tlis genus and species in two examples from Sydney in my collection (deseribed as from Victoria). The genus is separated from Anilara by its wide head, bisinuate base of pronotum, the position of the antennary cavities and the absence of impression or carenum on the last segment of abdomen. STIGMODERA. Synonymy. Stigmodera rollei Kerr. = S. hackeri Carter. [S. caudata Cart. (nom. praeoce.) |. Stigmodera horni err. = S. unimaculata Carter. Kerremans’ descriptions were published Jan. 1908 (Deutsche Ent. Zeit.) while my names appeared in August of the same year (These Proc.). I have only recently obtained Kerremans’ descriptions. He notes, as I did, the identical colour markings of these two species, but, like myself, considers the marked differences, especially of apical structure, specific distinctions, though noting that his two examples of rollei were 22, and those of horni were dd. Of six examples of rollei and three of horni now before me the same sexual association holds. This is quite strong, though not conclusive evidence that rollet is the 2 and horni the do of the same species. S. horni is also very close to 8. erubescens Blackb. from the same region—a species of which I have only seen the d (Three in my collection). Stigmodera johannae Théry.—This is, evidently, one of the forms of S. straminea Macl. The colour of the thorax is more correctly deseribed by Théry as violet purple, than by Macleay as “golden olive,” and the excellent description exactly applies to Macleay’s species. In this species the preapical “tache’’ is frequently absent. 68 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 11. Stigmodera donovani C. and G. This species, placed by me as a synonym of S. jansoni Saund. in my Revision (Trans. Roy. Soe. 5. Aus., 1916, p. 93) is, I now consider, quite distinct from Saunders’ species. Specimens of S. jansoni taken by Mr. R. Illidge at Gympie, Queensland, correspond with the description. It is longer, more parallel than donovani, the apical spines on each elytron closer, the interspace less oblique than in that species, while the underside is clear green, the same being flavous—the abdominal segments with green margins—in S. donovani. The 2 has a concolorous green prothorax without yellow margins—a fact unnoted in the deseription. Mr. Ilhidge has taken both species in the same district. My examples of S. donovani are from Rockhampton. S. spencei C. and G. Two examples, the sexes, in Mr. Ilhdge’s collection have only one fascia, besides the dark apical mark, on elytra. S. cydista Rainb. Mr. T. G. Sloane has lately (Dec., 1921) taken three examples of this at Barrington Tops (Mount Royal) that differ only from the typical form in having the medial fascia broken up into two spots on. each elytron; one, round, near suture, the other on side. The three are exactly alike. S. praetermissa Cart. This species appears to be moderately common in Victoria. Since my description appeared, several examples have been sent me for determination, taken by Mr. J. E. Dixon and others. The followmg new species of Stigmodera have lately come under my notice from various sources: STIGMODERA AURIFERA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 3.) Oval, robust; head, prothorax, scutellum, underside, antennae and elytral markings brilliant golden bronze (pronotum with a violaceous tinge near centre), legs and tarsi coppery green; elytra yellow with the basal border widely, a short preapieal fascia, mterrupted at suture and ‘extending over two-thirds of width and extreme apex, golden bronze. Head channelled and concave; coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures finer between eyes. Prothorax truncate in front, moderately bisinuate at base, widest behind middle, thence rather stvaightly narrowed, lightly towards base, strongly towards apex; dise coarsely punctate at centre, base and sides, the punctures sub-confluent at sides, more widely set towards centre, finer and dense towards apex, a little depressed in front of seutellum, medial line smooth for the greater part. Scutellum cordate and coneave, nitid and impunetate. Hlytra well widened behind shoulders, lightly compressed before the middle, margins finely serrated near apex, apices rounded but not quite meeting; striate-punctate, all intervals convex, strongly so at sides and apex, intervals sparsely but dis- tinetly punctate; sternal area coarsely, the abdomen finely and densely punctate. Dimensions: 17 x 7 mm. Hab.—N. Queensland (Mr. H. P. Dodd). A single female, taken by the [Kuranda naturalist, was received without locality label. In general form it suggests S. secularis Thoms. and S. fulviventris Macel., but it is not, in colour, form or pattern, near any of the species appearing in the section of my tabulation (op. cit., p. 102) to which it belongs. “Elytra with basal margins, post-medial fascia and apex only dark.” Type in Coll. Cart. STIGMODERA AUROLIMBATA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 4.) Oblong oval, lightly attenuated at apex; head, prothorax, seutellum, under- side, appendages, basal margin and suture of elytra golden green; elytra yellow BY H. J. CARTER. 69 with the following markings dark blue (besides the above golden margins) : basal fascia, widened and directed backwards on humeral callus; a transverse, oval, pre-medial spot, extending across the suture, an irregular post-medial fascia formed by three connected spots and wide apical mark. Head channelled and lightly concave, densely punetate. Prothorax very convex, truncate at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, widest at middle, sides lightly rounded, feebly sinuate behind; anterior angles obtuse, posterior acute; dise Text-figs. 1-5. 1. Neo-bubastes flavo-vittata, u.sp, 2. N. aureocincta Blackh. 3. Stigimodera aurifera, n.sp. 4. S. aurolimbata, n.sp, 5. S. clarki, n.sp. densely, evenly punctate for the greater part, the punctures coarser and _ less crowded at sides, a small round pre-scutellary fovea and two transverse basal foveae. Zlytra enlarged behind shoulders, apices forming a single wide lunation, scarcely spinose; striate punctate, intervals flat save at sides and apex, underside densely punctate. Dimensions: 74 x 3 mm. Hab.—North Queensland: Cairns district (Mr. H. P. Dodd). A pretty little species, unique, from Mr. Dodd, of the form of S. puerilis Kerr., S. festiva Cart. and S. titania Cart. with a eolour plan near that of S. auricollis C. and G., near which it would come in my tabulation. It differs from any other Stigmodera by the unusual golden metallic edging to the elytra along the base and suture, with the contrasted dark blue markings outside this. Type in Coll. Carter. STIGMODERA CLARKI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 5.) Hlongate ovate; head, pronotum, scutellum, underside and appendages dark bronze, pronotum with yellow margins; elytra blue-black with the following markings yellow: oval basal spot, elongate epipleural spot, two fasciae extending to sides but not to suture, the one medial enlarged on dise, the oblique extension to sides narrower, the other preapical, lunate, widest at sides; underside densely clad with white, adpressed hair. Head channelled and closely punetate. Prothorax lightly bisinuate at apex in middle, strongly so at base, anterior angles obtuse, posterior sub-rectangular, sides widest at middle, evenly rounded, dise closely punctate with smooth medial line. Seutellum cordate, depressed in middle. EHlytra convex, sub-parallel, light- 70 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il. ly widened at shoulders and compressed before middle, minutely serrated near apex, apices rather widely lunate; striate-punctate, intervals finely wrinkled, con- vex at sides and apex only. Dimensions: 5.13 x 5; 9. 15 x 6 mm. ab.—Busselton, Western Australia. (Mr. J. Clark). Five examples before me can only be confused with S. serratipennis mihi. S. victoriensis Blackb. and S..eremita Blackb. From the first it is distinguished by the absence of the yellow head spot, the apical spot on the elytra and the yellow markings of the underside; from the second it differs in colour, more elongate form, the absence of apical spot on elytra and the impunctate elytral intervals; S. eremita Blackb., besides its more oval form, has the ground colour of elytra and underside a clear blue; the medial fascia joining the epipleural spot, wider yellow margins to pronotum, inter alia. From all three the unusually densely pilose underside is a good distinguishing character. The pronotum some- times. shows metallic reflections (greenish or violaceous). Types in Coll. Carter. STIGMODERA FLINDERSI, nsp. (Text-fig. 6.) Oblong ovate; head, prothorax, underside, appendages and elytral markings violet coppery, subnitid above, more brilliant beneath; elytra yellow, with the basal margins, suture (triangularly enlarged behind scutellum), wide pre-apical fascia (narrowed at sides) and the apex widely violet copper. Head lightly coneave in middle, densely punctate. Prothorax bulbous, a little produced forward in middle, strongly bisinuate at base, sides widely rounded, widest at middle, front angles obtuse, the hind acute; disc densely and finely rugose-punctate, a smooth medial line showing on basal half and a fovea at middle of each lobe. Seutellum depressed, nitid, smooth. Elytra enlarged behind shoulders, lightly compressed before the middle, apices obliquely lunate; striate punctate, intervals flat im middle, convex at sides and apex; rather coarsely pune- tate, underside densely so and almost hairless. Dimensions: 8 x 3 (plus) mm. Hab.—South Australia: Flinders Range. ‘ A single specimen in the Australian Museum bears a locality label in the handwriting of the late Mr. G. Masters, probably taken by him. It belongs to the small section of my tabulation that contaims S. skusei Blackb. and S. campes- tris Blaekb., but is quite. unlike any of these (Nos. 195-203). The ground colour is the unusual violet copper seen in 8. cupriflava Saund. and 8. cognata Kerr. and in the pronotum of S. aurifera (above). The name commemorates the famous navigator and indicates the habitat of the species. Type in Australian Museum. STIGMODERA HOBLERAE, nsp. (Tiext-fig. 7.) Oblong oval, rather flat; head and pronotum brilliant dark bronze, elytra yellow with the following markings blue-black: basal margin and seutellary re- gion, post-medial fascia enlarging towards and extending to the sides, connected along the suture with a shorter arcuate fascia situated half way between the former and the apex and extending over about half the width of elytra and the apical spines; underside and appendages blue-black, the former inconspicuously pilose. Head deeply channelled and coneave, finely punctate. Prothorax moderately convex, truncate at apex, bisinuate at base, sides nearly straight and strongly narrowed from base to apex, front angles obtuse, hind aeute; dise with shallow punctures, fine near centre, coarser towards sides, and three large foveae near basal border, one at middle, the others near posterior angles. Hlytra slightly BY H. J. CARTER. (al widening behind shoulders, feebly compressed before the middle, apiees widely truneate, the truncation bounded by two conspicuous spines, the exterior the more prominent; striate-punetate, all intervals convex and impunctate; underside finely and densely punctate. Dimensions: 11-12 x 4-4.5 mm. Hab.—S. Queensland: Jandowae (Mrs. Hobler and Mr. R. Illidge). The four examples of this species, sumilar in form and pattern, were sent by the captors, and I have much pleasure in naming’ it after the enthusiastic lady naturalist who has collected so many interesting insects in that district. Belong- ing to the andersoni group, it differs from all described species in it by the darker elytral markings being entirely pre-apical (except the spines). The long and short fasciae, connected at suture, look very like an aeroplane or flying dove, as seen from above. The apical strueture is intermediate between that of S. andersoni C. and G. and S. mastersi Macl. (In the former the spines are subequal, in the latter the suture is rather produced than spinose). The blue- black colour varies’ with the light in which it is viewed, the blue only clearly displayed when viewed sideways. Type in Coll. Cart. STIGMODERA MILITARIS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 8.) Oblong-obovate; head, pronotum, ground colour of elytra, legs, tarsi and parts of underside blue, antennae bronze, sides of prothorax widely yellow or orange, elytra with yellow (or orange) markings as follows: an oblique vitta from the shoulder joining a fascia near the middle of each elytron and forming a loop round the shoulder continued backward on underside of margin, the median fascia interrupted at the suture and obliquely directed backwards towards, and continuous to, the sides, an areuate pre-apical fascia widening towards and turned upwards at the sides; the abdomen largely, the sternal regions, to a variable degree, yellow or orange. (The d example is almost entirely yellow beneath, in the 2 the pro-, meso-, and meta-sternum are chiefly blue, the abdominal segments have wide blue margins, the blue sometimes extending over the middle area of segments). Head punctate, widely excavated between eyes. Prothorax: apex lightly bisinuate, base more strongly so, sides widely and evenly rounded, widest behind middle, posterior angles sub-rectangular, dise with round, close, large punetures, Text-figs. 6-10. 6. Stigmodera flindersi, u.sp. 7. S. hoblerae, u.sp. 8. S. militaris, n.sp. 9. SS. tropica, n.sp. 10. S.ismansueta Kerr. sub-confiuent at sides; medial channel distinet in @, indieated at base only in ¢. Scutellum violaceous, punctate. Elytra widest behind middle, apices separately rounded, striate-punctate, intervals uniformly convex in 9, lightly so (exeept at 72 AUSTRALIAN COLHOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 1. apex) in ¢ and distinctly and closely punctate; underside punctate and clothed with a fine, short, pale pubescence. Dimensions: 3. 11 x 4; 9. 15 x 6 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Mittagong (C. F. Deuquet); Victoria: Wonga Park, 25 miles East of Melbourne (Ernest French). Two examples, the sexes, of this very pretty species are before me, of which the 3 type is in Coll. Deuquet, the 2 type belongs to the National Museum, Mel- bourne. It is most like S. flavo-signata Mael., the form, colour, pattern on apical half of elytra being almost identical; but Macleay’s insect has a very different pronotum, on which the blue and yellow form alternate horizontal markings; the basal half of elytra being also quite different. The ground colour has the rich blue of S. klugi C. and G., the pronotum showing violet reflections. I have called it militaris from the resemblance of the vitta and medial fascia to the Sam Brown belts worn by our military officers. STIGMODERA TROPICA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 9.) Oblong, glabrous; head, pronotum, underside, legs and antennae brillant green, the first two with brassy reflections; elytra violet with ten yellow spots as follows: two triangular near angle between base and suture, two oval near middle, one on each side of suture, two preapical forming a short eurved fascia, and two, very small, on each side, one behind the shoulder, the other even smaller, opposite the medial spot. Head channelled and excavated between eyes, and together with the prono- tum, regularly and closely punctate. Prothorax: apex truneate, base bisinuate, sides rounded, narrower at apex than at base, anterior angles widely obtuse, pos- terior acute, a smooth medial line terminating in a basal fovea. Hlytra lightly enlarged near base, sides nearly parallel till near apex, then a little sinuate be- fore the widely bidentate apex, two short teeth bounding an arcuate excision; the exterior rather more prominent, posterior margins not serrated; striate-pune- tate, intervals convex throughout, steeply so towards apex and themselves clearly punctate; underside densely punctate, flanks of prosternum with coarse, meso- sternum with medium-sized, metasternum and abdomen with fine punctures, the whole glabrous. Dimensions: 11 x 4 mm. Hab.—Cape York (Elgner). A single specimen (? d) has long been in my eabinet, labelled by me “near mansueta Kerr.” A specimen from W. Australia in the South Australian Museum labelled mansueta Kerr. by Blackburn exactly corresponds with Kerremans’ des- cription, and differs*from S. tropica not only in pattern, for which see Text-fig. 10 (which I give for comparison with my species, as well as to show my deter- mination of mansueta WKerr.), but in having the head and underside bronzy and thickly elad with pale recumbent hair, almost concealing abdomen, the latero- humeral spot connected on the sides with the medio-lateral spot. Type in Coll. Carter. TENEBRIONIDAE. Synonymy.—Menearchus impresso-suleatus Carter == Pseudoblaps dispar Hbst. It now appears that Mr. Deuquet took this at Colombo, Ceylon, but mixed it with his Australian captures, without labels. (See my note, These Proc., xlv., 1920, p. 231). On his recent visit to London he took his example to the British Museum where Mr. Blair identified it as the Indian insect. I take this earliest opportunity of correcting this blunder, and of withdrawing the name Menearchus from the Australian list. BY I. J. CARTER. 73 PLATYDEMA SULCATO-PUNCTATUM, n.Sp. Oval, convex, black, sub-nitid; antennae, legs and underside red. Head closely and rather coarsely punctate, epistoma areuate in front, its surface depressed below that of forehead, the latter with a strongly raised longi- tudinal ridge bounding each eye. Prothorax sub-truneate (from above) at apex, bisinuate at base, sides areuately narrowed from base to apex, anterior angles depressed and rounded, posterior acute; dise densely punctate, without any sign of a medial line, the ordinary basal foveae replaced by longitudinal sulci. Scutel- lum large, semi-circular, punctate. Elytra ovate, of same width as prothorax at base, each with about 9 sulei containing small, elongate punctures at the base of each suleus, the intervals steeply convex between these and themselves covered with small punctures. Dimensions: 44 x 2 mm. Hab.—Cairns District (H. P. Dodd). A single male was amongst some beetles received from the veteran collector from a region that seems to produce endless species. It is of the general shape and size of P. striatwm Montr., but differs widely from that species in its densely punctate, sub-opaque surface, and its costate elytral intervals. Type in Coll. Carter. PTEROHELAEUS ASSIMILIS, m.sp. Ovate, moderately convex, nitid black, antennae and legs red. Head minutely punctate, eyes widely separated, antennae with four apical joints transverse. Prothorax very transverse, widest at base, thence arcuately and strongly narrowed to apex, anterior angles prominent but rounded at tips, posterior acute, dise microscopically punctate with marked transverse depression near base, besides small basal foveae, foliate margins wide and slightly concave within. -Seutellum transverse, semi-elliptic. Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, folate margins wide at base, gradualiy narrowing to apex, irregularly seriate punctate with about 15 rows of punctures, uneven in size and unequally spaced, those near suture small, the punctures greatly increasing in size outwards, the external row containing large, closely-set punctures; the intervals on sutural half not, or searcely, raised; on lateral half three or four intervals irregularly convex; all intervals smooth and impunctate. Prosternum minutely punctate, a few large punctures round middle coxae, abdomen finely striolate. Dimensions: 11-12 x 6-63 mm. Hab.—N. Queensland: Ravenshoe (H. J. Carter). I took seven examples under decayed fig-tree bark in July, 1921, and at first assumed them to be P. pusillus Macl. which is common at Kuranda and which it resembles in general facies. The following comparison is desirable for distinguishing the two species :— P. pusillus Macl. Less nitid, more oval and convex. Antennal elub of 5 joints. Elytra, with geminate series of nearly equal sized punctures between convex intervals, the alternate intervals cos- tate. P. assimilis, n.sp. More nitid and oblong. Club of 4 joints. Punctures uneven in size and position, intervals of equal width—except near sides, where some irregularly raised and wider intervals occur. P. asellus Pasc. is also allied, but its surface is more opaque than that of P. pusillus, the elytra have finer but regular seriate punctures, the alternate inter- vals are wide but not raised. Types in Coll. Carter. 74 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. li. PTEROHELAEUS HACKERI, 1.Sp. Elongate-oblong, parallel, convex laterally, sub-nitid black above, nitid be- neath, antennae and tarsi red. Head and pronotum very minutely punctate, the former widest in front of eyes, anterior part nearly flat, epistoma evenly rounded, eyes large and separated by a distance less than lateral diameter of one; antennae with joint 3 shorter than 4-5 combined, 3-7 obconic, 9-10 round, 11 bluntly oval. Prothoraz 4 x 9 mm. (length measured in middle), anterior angles rounded, pos- terior acutely produced, sides arcuately converging from base to apex, folate margins widely horizontal, extreme border very fine; dise with smooth medial line feebly channelled at base, two large basal and two faint lateral depressions. Scutellum widely triangular. Hlytra 15 x 9 mm., each with 17 rows of round punctures (about as large as in P. walkeri Br.) besides a small seutellary row, the extreme lateral row faint and irregular; also 8 smooth, nitid costae, the 2nd, 4th and 6th more prominent than the rest, the sutural interval wide and nitid; lateral margin moderately wide (as in P. elongatus Macl.) and continuous to apex. Submentum finely punctate, abdomen longitudinally strigose, the rest of underside smooth. Dimensions: 20 x 10 mm. Hab.—Tambourine Mt. and National Park, Queensland (H. Hacker). Two examples, both, I think, male, show a convex species belonging to Macleay’s Sect. 11., Sub-Sect. i, most nearly allied to P. opacus Cart. but differing in its more nitid surface, parallel form, the finely punctured head and pronotum, the elytral punctures regular throughout (not confused at base; smaller, but not obliterated, at apex). Type in Queensland Museum. Since my revision of this group in 1910, the following additions have been described :—P. cylindricus Cart., P. opacus Cart., P. darlingensis Cart. and P. oblongus Cart., besides the above species, bringing the total number of the section to 15. PTEROHELAEBUS PERSCULPTUS, n.sp. Moderately elongate, depressed, nitid black, antennae and tarsi ned. Head coarsely rugose-punctate, widest in front of eyes, epistoma straight in middle, thence obliquely widening to the canthus, eyes rather small, widely separated by space about twice the diameter of one; antennae having 4 apical joints considerably widened, 8-11 nearly round, 9-10 oblate-spheroidal. Prothorax 3 x 8 mm., the horizontal foliation occupying one half the width; widest near base, anterior angles widely rounded, posterior acute, though blunted at tip, extreme border moderately thick and reflexed, sides rather widely rounded without sinuation; dise clearly, not closely, punctate with wide, light basal depressions, medial line only indicated feebly at base. Hlytra two and a half times as long as prothorax, sub-parallel, foliate margins horizontal and wide at base, narrowing to apex, with 16 rows of large, closely set punctures, besides a short scutellary row; those in row near suture showing a tendency to confluence, those in extreme lateral row very large and irregular; some confused punetures in humeral region ; intervals narrow, forming mere separating lines between the series, the alternate intervals sub-costate (this more obvious towards apex). Submentum rugose, prosternum finely strigose, abdomen finely and sparsely punctate. Dimensions: 17 x 8 mm. Iab.—Australia. A single specimen in the Queensland Museum is labelled “No. 3455 Relton Bequest,” without locality label. It is a very distinct species, in form somewhat between the elongate species (Sub-Sect. i) and the shorter species (Sub-Sect. i) BY H. J. CARTER. 75 ef Macleay’s Sect. ii. Its most prominent characters ave the widely horizontal margins of the prothorax and the strongly sculptured elytra, on which the seriate punctures occupy nearly the whole surface. Type in Queensland Museum. NYCTOZOILUS CARLOVILLENSIS , Sp. Oblong-ovate opaque, brownish black, head and pronotum, in places, with short, decumbent, golden hair, tarsi with golden tomentum, tibiae of male also tomentose within. Head and pronotum densely and finely punctate, epistoma truncate with oblique sides, a straight sulcus separating the forehead, the latter lightly depressed along the middle, antennae about reaching base of prothorax in ¢, shorter in 9, joint 3 as long as 4-5 combined, 8-10 flattened and nearly round, 11 oval, longer than 10. Prothorax 5 x 6.5 mm., widest at middle, arcuate-emareginate at apex, anterior angles a little produced, acute (about 80°) with blunted tip, sides well rounded, strongly sinuate before the sharply dentate posterior angles, these point- ing obliquely outwards, raised border moderately wide at sides, narrower in front of anterior angles and abruptly terminating there, basal border very narrow; folate margins a little concave and wrinkled; disc transversely depressed near base, a smooth medial line with a shallow fovea on each side of this. Sewtelluim transverse and raised. Elytra rather widely oval, wider than prothorax at base and about twice as long; coarsely reticulate, with three nitid, undulate costae generally becoming indistinct and merged into the reticulation on apieal half, suture also costate, the spaces within the reticulations coarsely pitted and bearing a few golden hairs; prosternum hardly perceptibly punctate, abdomen strigose, with the two apical segments punctate. Dimensions: d. 17 x 9 mm., 2. 17 x 10 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Charleville (P. Franzen). Three examples (2 d, 1 2) have been sent for determination from the Queensland Museum. The species is.near N. reticulatus Bates in sculpture but differs in the following details:—Size smaller, the prothorax with all angles sharper, especially in the strongly dentate hind angles, the extreme border nar- rower, dise more finely punctured. Types in the Queensland Museum. N.B.—My examples of WN. reticulatus Bates—compared with type—from Guntawang, Cootamundra and Young, N.S.W., are larger than in the author’s description, their dimensions being 19-20 x 10-113 mm. PROPHANES BREVICOSTATUS, nLSp. Hlongate-ovate, convex; subnitid ecoppery bronze above, underside more bril- liant, the depressed areas on upper surface clothed with short pale hair. ; Head flat, labrum very prominent, closely and coarsely punctate, distance between eyes equal to the diameter of one eye; antennal orbit raised and forming a right angle with sides of epistoma, antennae thin, extending beyond base of prothorax, the two apical joints wider than rest, joint 3 one and a half times as long as 4; 4-7 subequal, 8-11 successively shorter. Prothorax with surface de- pressed and uneven; base and apex bisinuate, the anterior angles forming acute teeth pointing nearly directly forward and upward, posterior angles also dentate pointing obliquely outwards, sides slightly rounded in middle, sinuate in front and behind, dise coarsely punctate, more sparsely in middle, more thickly at sides, with a deep transverse depression in middle, connected with two wide depressions near apex, a wide, shallow depression near each side. Scutellum large, triangular and nitid. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, very conver 76 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. i. on basal portion, sides widening behind the rounded shoulders, then sinuately narrowed at middle, apex of each elytron dentate; lateral margins narrow and oceupied by a row of large punctures; disc coarsely, rather closely punctate- rugose in places, with an uneven surface resulting from (1) raised areas, (2) depressions, the former consisting of three abbreviated costae on each elytron, the first near suture extending from base to less than half way, the second half as long as the first, termediate between the first and the humeral callus, the third (rather a longitudinal hump than a costa) half way between suture and side, extending from the middle for about 6 mm. backwards, the suture also compressed and raised near seutellum and the humeral eallus. very prominent. All raised areas nearly smooth and paler in colour than the rest. The depres- sions, chiefly three on each elytron, as follow:—the first basal, between the suture and the first costa, the second medio-lateral, the third pre-apical; the rugose spaces chiefly near sides, the general punctures sub-obsolete near apex. Submen- tum and prosternum closely, meso- and meta-sternum sparsely, epipleurae very coarsely punctate; abdomen finely punctate and rather thickly clothed with ad- pressed golden hairs. Profemora carinate on inside, the carina terminating in a fine compressed tooth on apical third, front basal tarsi enlarged. Dimensions: 25 x 11 mm. Hab.—Ikuranda, N. Q’land (H. P. Dodd). Two males under examination are near allies to P. brown? Cart., but differ in the following details inter alia: (1) more convex form, (2) coarser seulpture and the presence of elytral costae, (3) pilose surface and absence of metallic lustre, (4) more widely set eyes. Type in Coll. Carter. f Cardiothorax pithecius Pase. Mr. R. Mlidge has lately called my attention to the distinction of this species from C. errans Pasc., which I have stated to be synonymous. He’ has further supplied me with material that I consider bears out the details given by Pascoe as to this distinction. The following comparison shows the differences :— C. errans Pase. C. pithecius Pase. Colour. Nitid coal-black. Elytra sub-nitid coppery brown black- Prothorax. Widest near middle, Widest before middle, narrower than wider than elytra, latero-dorsal groove elytra, latero-dorsal groove obsolete. distinet. The pronotum of errans is more convex and wider than that of pithecius, the fohation of the latter bemg narrow and horizontal, without any sign of a separating sulcus, as seen in some examples of errans. I have four examples of pithecius from Pine Mountain, Wide Bay and Brisbane, while 15 examples of errans are before me from Brisbane and Acacia Creek (within the N.S. Wales border, 7 miles from Willarney, Q’land). Cardiothorax australis. IT have confused two species under this name. Be- fore me are two examples of a Cardiothorax from the Victorian Alps that is clearly distinet from australis—the types of which came from the Kosciusko dis- trict, N.S. Wales—that is described below. C. australis is figured in Text-fig. 11. CARDIOTHORAX VICTORIAE, n.sp. (Text-fig. 12.) Hlongate ovate, nitid dark bronze, antennae stonter, the joints longer than in C. australis. Prothorax more widely rounded at sides, the greatest width farther forward, the anterior angles wider, the posterior tooth outwardly directed, finer and BY H. J. CARTER. Ut smaller than in (. australis. Elytra with shoulders sub-obsolete, each with six well cut sulci, besides a narrow lateral stria. Dimensions: 14-15 x 4-43 mm. HTab.—Victoria Mts.: Wood’s Point (EH. J. Carter) ; St. Bernard’s Hospice (T. G. Sloane). A narrow, very nitid species allied to australis and aureus Carter, but dis- tinguished from the former by the more robust antennae, structure of the thorax (especially of the posterior teeth), and the different clytral striation. (In C. australis there are eight sulci, besides the lateral stria, on each elytron). C. aureus is a wider, flatter species with prominent humeri, flat elytral intervals, the thorax with wider foliation and narrower border, the posterior tooth wider. Both australis and aureus have much narrower tarsi on the posterior feet. I ean discern no sexual characters, but think that both of my examples are male. Type in Coll. Carter. C. australis also oceurs in Victoria at Bright, Beechworth, ete. Text-figs. 11-13. ll. Cardiothcrax australis Cart. 12. C. victoriae, n.sp. . 13. Hind tibia and tarsi of C. Hexipes, n.sp. CaRDIOTHORAX PLENIPES, n.sp. (Text-fig. 13.) Hlongate ovate, subnitid black, antennae and tarsi fuscous. Head and prothorax very much as in C. caperatus Pase. and C. tibialis Cart., the latter areuate-emarginate at apex, sub-truncate at base, sides well rounded, widest before middle, foliate margins wide, lateral border well raised, separating suleus well defined, anterior angles obtuse (the tip a little blunted), a short sinuation preceding the dentate posterior angle, the sub-rectangular tooth twisted downward and outward (somewhat as in caperatus Pase.), dise with deep medial suleus and an elongate suleus on each side of this. Elytra consider- ably wider than prothorax at base; oval; epipleural fold forming an arched carina at shoulder, each elytron with nine sulci, the 9th a mere stria at the side— intervals forming rounded costae, the 5th and 7th wider than the rest. Hind tibiae bent downwards near base, the inner margin furnished with a few bristly hairs; posterior tarsi with Ist joint considerably longer than the last. Dimensions: 19 x 7 mm. Hab.—N. Queensland: Ravenshoe (H. J. Carter). I took a single example—probably ¢ from the tibial character noted above— in July, 1921. A large species near tibialis and caperatus, it differs from both in (1) more ovate, less parallel, form, (2) unequally wide elytral intervals—all intervals wider and more closely set, (3) the tibial and tarsal characters noted 78 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIHS. il. above. It is very different from C. curvipes Bates—an elongate, polished black species, in which the hind tibiae of d are strongly bent inwards. Type in Coll. Carter. ADELIUM VESICULATUM, n.sp. Oval, convex; mitid black, glabrous, elytra purple, antennae and tarsi red- dish. Head clearly but finely punctate; forehead depressed, antennae robust, ex- tending beyond base of prothorax, joints 3-10 obconic, 3 not quite as long as 4-5 combined, 11 eclongate-ovate. Prothorax bisinuate at apex, front angles well advanced, obtuse and a ttle blunted at tip, widest behind middle, foliate margins wide and separated from dise by a foveoid suleus, sides well rounded, rather abruptly narrowed before the widely rectangular posterior angles; extreme border narrowly raised and feebly crenulate on anterior half; base truneate, dise with close, shallow punctures and some irregular depressions, medial channel clearly marked and emphasized by a small fovea in the middle. EHlytra ovate and rather strongly convex, wider than prothorax at base, shoulders widely rounded; some- what abruptly narrowed at apex; very finely striate-punctate, the striae nearest suture straight, the others following the outlines of the intervals, the latter con- sisting of series of little elongate bladder-like swellings continuous to apex, the 2nd, 4th, 6th and 8th intervals wider than the others and bearing a few large punctures widely separated. Underside smooth, or nearly so, intereoxal process widely and rather squarely oval; the male with the 4th tarsi on front feet rounded and flattened. Dimensions: &. 11 x 44 mm., 2. 12 x 53 mm. Hab.—North Queensland: Kuranda (H. J. Carter), Malanda (Mr. G. F. Hill). ‘ Four examples are before me, three taken by myself under dead leaves, the fourth taken by Mr. Hall, of the Institute of Tropical Medicine, Townsville. The species is unique in sculpture and cannot be confused with any other: Tn general structure it is nearest to A. geminatum Pase. and A. barbatum Cart. SEIROTRANA TUMULOSA, i.sp. Oblong-oval, depressed; nitid dark bronze above, nitid black beneath, palpi, apieal joints of antennae and tarsi ruto-piceous. Head vather coarsely punctate, a raised cireular impression on forehead; antennae short, moniliform, apical joint longer and wider than tenth. Prothorax sub-truneate at apex and base, widest at middle, all angles obtuse but defined, sides rather widely rounded, a little smuate before the posterior angles, without lateral foliation; extreme border narrow, dise closely covered with fine punetures, with a few large punctures irregularly placed. Scutellum very small and transverse. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base and closely adapted to it. flat, shoulders rather square, the epipleural fold sharply raised in this region, forming a continuation of lateral border evident from above throughout; pune- tate-striate, the striae clearly eut, the punctures close, round and regular, the 3rd, 5th, 7th and 9th intervals consisting of a succession of feebly raised turauli, or elongate pleats, marked off by a puncture between each pair—these punctures of about the same size as those in the striae and about six on an interval; the 2nd, 4th and Gth intervals narrower than the former, flat and unpunetured; the sutural interval also flat but bearing three or four punctures; sides of prosternum BY H. J. CARTER. 79 and epipleurae of elytra with large scattered punctures, the rest of underside smooth except for the finely punctate apical segment of abdomen. Dimensions: 10-11 x 4 mm._ Hab.—North Queensland: Herberton (H. J. Carter). I took ten examples of this distinct species under dead boughs of Hucalyptus citriodora, sometimes in company with Adelium barbatum Cart., durmg my visit in June, 1921. It is distinguished by its combination of unusually nitid surface, flat form and feebly raised elytral impressions, which, however, are wider than the costiform studs in S. repanda Pase. and others, occupying the whole width of the interval. It belongs to the second group of my tabulation in which the edge of pronotum is entire, and the disc contains large punctures scattered amongst the finer ground punctures. The males are smaller and narrower than the females and have the fore tarsi enlarged. Types in Coll. Carter. OmoLIPUS OvATUS nsp. (Text-fig. 14.) Elongate bi-ovate, the whole surface and appendages nitid dark blue, tarsi rufo-tomentose beneath, apical joints of antennae sub-fuscous. Head minutely punctate, clypeal suture sinuous. Pro- thorax convex, ovate, apex arcuate and gibbous in middle, base truneate, sides widely and evenly rounded, posterior angles widely obtuse, surface polished and impunctate, the narrow lateral margin unseen from above, basal margin forming a minute tooth at side. Scutellum transverse and short. lytra elongate obovate, suleate-punctate, each with eight sulci, containing a chain of elongate, contiguous, oval punctures that form crenulations on the sides of sulci, the seutellary row represented by a single large puncture, the narrow horizontal margin more vaguely crenulated by punctate impressions; meso-sternum con- eave and moderately long, minutely punctate, abdomen Text-fig. 14. smooth. Dimensions: 114-14 x 43-53 mm. Omolipus ovatus, u.sp. FT a.—Mondrain Island, Recherche Group, S.W. Aust. (Messrs. Grant and Wright). Two examples are amongst the insects collected on the recent expedition organized by Mr. H. L. White, led by Mr. Basset Hull. The smaller example is labelled “no data,” but is a fresh specimen differing only in size from the other. The species is quite distinct by the following combination of characters :—elon- gate bi-oval form, sulcate elytra with its series of large elongate punctures, and dark appendages. In my table (These Proe., 1915, p. 535) it should come before O. cyaneus Pase. Types in Australian Museum, Sydney. CISTELIDAE. EUCISTELA, n. gen. Maxillary palpi long, apical joint subulate, mandibles simple, antennae rather short, joints 1, 2, oval, (1 very tumid), 3 obconic, 4-10 cupuliform, of about the same length as 3 but successively wider, 11 elongate ovate, considerably longer than 10; all joints bearing many short bristles and a few long setae. Eyes hemis- pherical and prominent, entirely lateral (widely separated above and below in both sexes); prothorax subeordate, at its widest wider than the head; truncate at apex and base, lateral carina sub-obsolete (unseen from above); scutellum 80 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. 1. large, semi-circular; elytra much wider than prothorax and nearly five times as long as it, sub-parallel (or feebly elongate elliptic) and rather flat; in some examples (? 2) shorter than the body; four hind feet with 2 penultimate joints lamellate, unilamellate on fore feet; claws pectinate; body winged. A genus quite unlike any other known to me, but probably nearer Neccistela Boreh. than any other, but clearly separated from it and allied genera by the combination of subulate palpi, cupuliform antennae, the curiously formed pro- thorax and irregularly punctate elytra. The prosternal episterna apparently enclose the front coxae, which are sub-contiguous. It is the smallest Cistelid of group 1. (of my Revision) and all the specimens are mounted on ecards. With such fragile insects I am unwilling to reset them for closer inspection. EUCISTELA CYANEA, D.Sp. Elongate-elliptic, briluant metallic blue, oral organs, antennae and legs black, the antennae opaque, legs nitid, upper surface with sparse long upright hairs. Head produced into a beak, the wide forehead with a few large setiferous punctures. Prothorax: apex of same width as forehead between eyes, thence obliquely widened, strongly rounded at its widest (well behind middle), then rather abruptly narrowed with a sinuation before the base, the latter clearly narrower than apex; front angles obsolete, hind angles obtuse; basal border narrow; dise with a few large scattered punctures, those near sides bearing long setae; a deep transverse Impression near base and a few other irregular depressions. Hlytra: humeri rather squarely rounded, slightly widened beyond the middle; irregularly punctate, each puncture bearing a long upright hair; underside sparsely and lightly punctate, with pale decumbent hairs on sides of abdomen, legs of moderate length. Dimensions: 33-4 x 14-13 mm. Hab.-North Queensland: Cairns District (H. P. Dodd). Six specimens of this interesting little novelty were received from Mr. Dodd. I have not been able clearly to differentiate the sexes. Type in Coll. Carter. CHROMOMOEA VIOLACEA, 1.Sp. Elongate, parallel; above and below a rich violet colour, oral organs, an- tennae, legs and tarsi testaceous, base of femora infuseate. Head densely punctate on epistoma, strioiate on forehead; antennae: joint 1 bulbous, 2 bead-like, 3-10 linear-triangular, successively shorter than preceding, 11 as long as 10, ovate-acuminate. Prothorax of same width as head, longer than wide, apex produced in middle, base truncate, sides parallel, covered with elose, shallow punctures, medial sulcus impressed throughout, terminating behind in a large oval depression. Scutellum transversely oval, bilobed. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, shoulders squarely rounded, sides parallel till near apex, then rather bluntly rounded; striate-punctate, each elytron with eight wide striae containing close, confused punctures separated by transverse striolae, the wide convex intervals similarly and closely striolate, the fifth mterval narrower than the rest. Underside glabrous and nearly impunctate, mesosternum with fine, shallow punctures; apical segment of ¢ depressed in middle, legs unarmed in both sexes. Dimensions: 134-15 x 4-43 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Barrington Plateau (T. G. Sloane). Six specimens were taken in December by Mr. Sloane in the Mt. Royal Range. The colour precludes confusion with any other Cistelid except Anaxco fusco-violaceus Fairm., which is only 8-9 mm. long, with dark legs and tarsi, apex BY H. J. CARTER. 81 of tibiae piceous, and elytral intervals flat. In general form C. violacea comes near (. rufescens Bates. Type in Coll. Carter. HomorrysiIs TORPEDO, n.sp. Elongate narrow, vavicular; chocolate brown, nitid, sparsely pilose, antennae and tarsi red. Head clearly punctate, eyes large and prominent, sub-contiguous in d, more widely separated in @, antennae very long, joints linear, 3-4 longer than the rest, 5-10 more or less equal in length, joimts near apex feebly widened in front, 11 narrower than 10. Prothorax widest at base, arcuately converging anteriorly, apex produced forward in middle, anterior angles quite rounded off, posterior sub-rectangular, base feebly bisinuate, dise rather coarsely and closely punctate, basal foveae small, without medial line. Scutellum semi-circular. Elytra a little wider than prothorax at base and more than three times as long, striate, intervals convex and coarsely punctate, about two lines of punctures occupying each in- terval, the striae apparently without punctures. Pro-, meso- and meta-sternum coarsely punctate, abdomen nearly smooth, the apical segment in male deeply suleate, the forcipital process extruded. Dimensions: gd. 13 x 33, 2. 13 x 4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: National Park (Mr. H. Hacker), Caboolture (Mr. E. Wilson). Six examples (2 d, 4 2) show a species near H. macleayi Borch. (Allecula flavicornis Macl) but even more narrowly elongate than it, besides having dark legs. The short upright hairs are most evident on pronotum, the sides and apex of elytra, and legs. Types in the Queensland Museum. METISTETE SUB-OPACA, n.Sp. Narrowly obovate; sub-opaque black, palpi, tarsi, basal half of femora, apex of tibiae, basal jomts of antennae testaceous, upper surface with short dark bristles, besides a few long pale hairs at sides of pronotum and elytra. Head and pronotum coarsely, sub-confluently punctate, eyes rather widely separated (by a space nearly the diameter of an eye in d, more widely in 9) antennae very long, slender and lineate, joints 3 and 4 equal, each longer than the succeeding, 5-11 successively a little shorter and wider than the preceding. Prothorax very conyex, truncate at apex and base, sides well rounded, a little straighter towards base than towards front, lateral margin not seen from above, basal border very narrow, dise with a slight depression at middle near base and two small transverse basal foveae, posterior angles obtuse. Scutellum small, transverse. Elytra of same width as prothorax at base and more than thrice as long, widest behind middle; striate-punctate, the punctures in striae small and regular, placed at a distance of the diameter of one; intervals lightly convex and finely punctate; under a strong lens about 3 rows of distant punctures to be seen on each interval. Abdomen finely transversely striolate, tibiae curved. Dimep- sions: 9-10 x 3-34 mm. Hab—North Queensland: Herberton (H. J. Carter). Seven examples (4 d, 3 %) were taken under dead Euealyptus boughs, in company with Dimorphochilus pascoei Macl. The species is superficially like Homotrysis pallipes Cart. but the wingless, obovate body, short metasternum and different elytral sculpture are at once seen on closer inspection. The male ex- amples are narrower than the females and show the usual forcipital process. Types in Coll. Carter. 82 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. il. NOTOCISTELA DISPAR, n.Sp. Ovate; head and prothorax dark bronze, elytra coppery bronze, subnitid; oral parts, antennae and legs red. Head densely punctate, eyes large, prominent and widely separated, antennae very slender, joints 3-11 subequal in length but slightly successively stouter. Prothoraz convex and ovate, truncate at apex and base, all angles rounded off, lateral margins not seen from above, dise very densely and uniformly punctate, without medial line or foveae; very sparsely setose. Hlytra convex and narrowly elliptic in do, wider in 2; of same width as prothorax at base; finely seriate punc- tate, intervals flat, the Ist, 3rd, 5th and 7th bearing small round setiferous pus- tules, larger and more pronounced towards sides and apex; abdomen sparsely punctate, tibiae slender, the fore and mid-tibiae of ¢ armed with a small tooth on inside near middle, post-tibiae straight and unarmed, the front tarsi of ¢ enlarged. In the 2 all tibiae unarmed. Dimensions: ¢. 6 x 2 mm., 2 9 x 3 mm. Hab.—Ooldea, South Australia (Mr. J. A. Kershaw). Mr. Kershaw has sent me four examples, two of each sex of this species— the third of an interesting genus—which he took in this arid region where, as he says, “every beetle obtained is well earned.” It is distinguished from N. tibialis Cart. by colour, size (especially in the marked sexual disparity), antennae, straight post-tibiae of male, the pustulose 1st interval of elytra, inter aha. Types in National Museum, Melbourne. 83 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHKS, TOGETHER WITH A RECLASSIFICATION OF THE SUPER-FAMILY GYRODACTYLOIDEA. By Professor T. Harvey Jounston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. Treas, M.Se., Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Economic Biology, University, Brisbane. (Plates ix.-xxil., and one Text-figure.) [Read 26th April, 1922.] Australian Trematodes have received considerable attention from certain parasitologists, among whom are to be mentioned especially S. J. Johnston and W. Nicoll. These authors, however, have confined their attention almost en- tirely to digenetic species. Of the monogenetic forms no Gyrodactylid has so far been recorded from Australia; indeed, only two species have been described from the Southern Hemisphere, viz. Fridericianella ovicola Brandes and Lopho- cotyle cyclophora Braun from South America. A considerable number of forms are known from central Europe, mainly as a result of the work of van Beneden and Hesse, Wagener, Perugia and Parona, Diesing, Creplin, Wegener and a few others. A number of species have been discovered in North America, most of them by MacCallum, while Goto has recorded a few from Japan. In the present paper seventeen new species are described, all from the gills of Australian marine and freshwater fishes. As was to be expected, these were found, with two exceptions, to be generically quite distinct from any hitherto described. Some have proved to be so remarkable that they must fall into a new family (Protogyrodactylidae), whilst others cannot be included in any of the other known subfamilies, as defined by various authors. This has made possible a considerable extension of our conception of this group of Heterocotylean Tre- matodes and the opportunity has been taken to suggest a reclassification of the group and to incorporate, and to a certain extent rename, some remarkable species described by MacCallum from North America. This matter has been rendered very difficult by the imperfect accounts of some of the forms; indeed, so many essential characters have been omitted from these descriptions, that it has been found necessary, oceasionally, merely to append certain genera to certain subfamilies or families from which they may have to be removed when our knowledge of them is more complete. With the exception of two new species, one assigned to Monocotyle and the other to Calazostoma, all the new Australian forms described in this paper fall into new genera; indeed most of the species considered are so distinet from one another that they have had to be regarded as new generic types. Since only a relatively small number of host-species was examined for the presence of these trematodes, and as the parasites were often present on the gills, especially in the freshwater forms, in enormous numbers (sometimes as many as a dozen on a single minute gill-filament), it seems that this group, if more extensively 84 NEW GYRODACTYLUID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, investigated, will be found to be exceedingly well represented in our waters, the existence of such an array of monotypic genera being scarcely likely. An interesting result of the work is the establishment of a totally distinet and sharply defined subfamily, Lepidotreminae, to include certain genera found on fishes in the freshwater rivers of Central Queensland (inland drainage system) as well as closely allied genera occurring on our marine fishes. Though the rivers of Central Queensland now belong to an extensive inland drainage system, they formerly had a communication with the ocean. Mr. A. MeCulloch, Zoologist to the Australian Museum, Sydney, with whom we dis- cussed this matter, drew our attention to the fact that all Australian freshwater fishes belong to families which are essentially marine, e.g. most of them belong to the perch family (Serranidae), others to the Atherinidae, Mugilidae, ete., while the eatfishes belong to the Plotosidae (See Tate Regan, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 2, 1909, p. 770, footnote). Of course there is a large anadromous fish population, eg. species of Galaxias, Anguilla, gobies, mullets, ete., but we have not yet systematically searched members of these groups. We might point out that almost the whole of the freshwater material dealt with in this paper came from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queens- land,—a tributary of Cooper’s Creek; and most of the remainder from the Upper Burnett River which flows into the Pacific. Both collections were made by Miss M. J. Bancroft, B.Se., whilst engaged in an attempt to ascertain the cause of widespread mortality of fish in Queensland waters (Johnston and Baneroft, 1921). The types of all the new species described in this paper have been deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney. In the present paper there are proposed one new superfamily (Gyrodacty- loidea); one new family (Protogyrodactylidae); five new subfamilies (Proto- gyrodactylinae, Lepidotreminae, Merizocotylinae, Dionchinae, Protomicrocoty- linae); and seventeen new genera or subgenera. Of the latter, five are based on species deseribed by G. A. MacCallum from North American fish, while the other twelve are founded on new species described in this paper as infesting Queensland fish. These twelve, with their type species, are as follows:—Protogyrodactylus (P. quadratus); Trivitelina (T. subrotunda); Anchylodisceus (A. tandanc) ; Haliotrema (H. australe); Daitreosoma (D. constrictum); Empleurosoma (EB. pyriforme) ; Lepidotnema (L. therapon); Flabellodiscus (F. simplex); Lepidotes (L. fluviatilis) ; Empleurodiscus (E. angustus); Acleotrema (A. girellae) ; Lamel- lodiscus (L. typicus). The five new genera proposed for species already known are Diplectano- trema—for Diplectanum pleurovitellum MacC.; Empruthotrema—tor Acanthocotyle raiae MacC.; Cathariotrema—tfor Monocotyle selachii MaeC.; Dionchotrema—tfor Acanthodiscus remorae MacC.; Protomicrocotyle—for Acanthodiscus mirabilis MacC. No less than thirty-six genera are herein listed under the new super- family. In addition to the seventeen Australian species described as new, fresh names have been proposed for two others described by MacCallum from North American Elasmobranehs, and belonging to the genera Amphibdella and Mono- cotyle. The following table indicates the scheme of classification proposed in the present paper: 85 BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. aj fijoo049WUbo4y Ol | IDUINIOIOLIUWOJOL | ayhyoooydoy ‘GE 9g aphyoov0yjunop "FE | oD0YyyUnI | (soyrmey 4 ) xtpueddy -\ DuUasoy nid aphjov0214a IT apuapfizoooz141a fy ‘shues surpessid oy} Jo vIoUaSGNS o]voIPUL poyAvUL OS souIVN, ayhyooopnasg "LZ WHUYLOQOLATL "9S aphyooyy,) “GS | | apuyhijooopnasg "ut anuylijooyny “I SNYIUOWT, "FS ayhjovou0pyy = “€% | apuyfijooouoyy “T | snasipojdouy, “EE DUALLOLUDYIM D4 “OS YUWAaIZOYIUoIT ‘ZE DIAUDLDWAPU AT “BG snysuoig “Te DULOISOAIID) ‘8S | | apuyouoig = “t IDUNUOISOAIID) —“t awpPuuwojsoaaMQ “AT appyhpooouvrft “TIL SNISIPOJAUNT "(YG DwUwasoaoy ‘GT snosipounaiduy "ST sajopidaT "LT CG SHOSU OTA QDI « “OT ‘Tz nuasjopidaT “GT | “AT apuruatjoprday “Tt | WNAISLOUDAIAT “PT. nuvosownaldurny “ET DUWOSOAMW EY “GL pmasouvnyT “TL pyapquyduy “OT SNYIUODMIAT 6 puawounjoaldrd .. '8 snoswpoptqov( x. *), snynydaooshiouy "9 snihbophjovg “F snaspophyoupy *G srphjonpowhy | | apULyoUonsjaf, “IL apuyliyonpowny | | anpyhyonpowhityy “TT. DUINGUMAT GC snphpappowtBopodd "T. | apuyhyanposNb 04 04g appyhponpowRbojodgd *T ‘LY ‘f Vapiojfijonpouhy A{ruejredug 86 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, TREMATODA HETEROCOTYLEA. Superfamily GY RODACTYLOIDEA, un. superfam. This superfamily includes certain monogenetic trematodes characterised by the absence of suckers of the ordinary type, although the higher and more specialised members of the group may have structures which function as such. The organ of attachment to its host is a posterior claspimg dise which may or may not be distinctly marked off from the body of the worm. The dise is supplied with a hook apparatus which may reach an extraordinary degree of complexity. At the anterior end of the parasite (except in the Monocotylidae) are masses of glandular tissue, which open on the surface by very characteristic “head organs,” or, in the higher members of the superfamily, by a very large number of minute ducts, not concentrated in groups. In the Monocotylidae these glands have apparently disappeared. The mouth leads into a buccal cavity which may be short or fairly long; never very long. A pharynx is always present. An oesophagus may be present or absent. ‘The intestine has one or two limbs, with or without caeca. Excretory ducts open either at the anterior end or, in some forms, probably at the posterior end. Eyes may be present or absent. The nervous system consists of a poorly developed brain, below or considerably behind the eyes. A pair of lateral nerves, from which smaller branches arise, are given off from the brain. The testis 1s a compact or only slightly lobed organ, single or double, and never lies anterior to the ovary. The vas deferens may be a simple tube hardly expanded into a vesicula seminalis, or it may be widely dilated, sometimes enormously so in the Australian species. A bulbus ejaculatorius may or may not be present. The cirrus may range from a simple chitinous tube to a struc- ture of considerable complexity, while an accessory clasping apparatus may oceur. The ovary may be a branched or unbranched organ, lying either in the midline or asymmetrically. A vagina may be present (single or double) or absent, and there may be a receptaculum seminis connected with it. Shell-glands may vary from simple glandular thickenings of the ootype, to very prominent glands connected by long ducts with the female duct. The female aperture usually lies immediately behind the male opening, but some- times at a considerable distance from it, generally laterally. Never more than one egg is present in the uterus. The egg may be laid, or it may be retained in the uterus to develop into a young worm which may, while in utero, produce a second generation. The yolk system may be poorly or strongly developed. In the most primitive members of the group there is a very distinet communication between the yolk system and the intestine in the posterior region of the animal. The members of the group occur, as far as is known, on the gills, nasal gland, or skin of fishes, both Teleosts and Elasmobranchs. Key to families of Gyrodactyloidea. A. a. Glandular structures present on head .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -. é B. b. Glandular structures entirely absent .. .. .. Anh soe eB Monccoren ae B. a. Ducts from the glands concentrated into Hetined Sheadsorcans aussi asm es b. Ducts from glands scattered diffusely over part ofl the head . Calceostomidae BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 87 C. a. Minute, very robust worms, in which the yolk system has, in addition to the ordinary transverse duct anterior to ovary, at least one posterior transverse duct which communicates with the intestine .. .. .. Protogyrodactylidae b. Slender worms, in which this character of the vitelline system is quite Gllssefett ie:|/an'/ob lod) Baas ne dovop Saulgd ga Rolie) don) Gh Go) Cupockranataly Family I. PROTOGYRODACTYLIDAH, n. fam. These are primitive, minute Gyrodactyloidea, about as broad as long, with a greatly developed clasping dise bearing two pairs of relatively very large ciasping hooks and numerous minor hooks which are rather larger than usual. The cephalic glands open to the exterior by well-defined head-organs. There is a prominent pharynx. ‘The intestine is bifurcated, the limbs ending blindly or uniting posteriorly. Intestinal caeca absent. Neither testis nor ovary is branched. There is no vagina. The uterus is very short. The cirrus is a simple chitinous tube, enclosed in a cirrus-sac. The yolk system is very remarkable in that it consists of numerous long thin “yolk- tubes,” arranged in two sets, the one anterior, the other posterior, to the ovary. The transverse yolk-ducts so formed are connected by a longitudinal median yolk- duct which opens into the ootype. The posterior transverse yolk-duct has a distinet connection with the intestinal limbs. Found, so far, only on the gills of freshwater fishes. Type genus, Protogyrodactylus J. & T., 1922. The family also includes Trivitellina J. & T. Should the discovery of other genera belonging to the family necessitate its subdivision, then these two, owing to their close relationship would be included in the same subfamily, Protogyro- dactylinae. 1. PROTOGYRODACTYLUS, ngen. Protogyrodactylidae, slightly broader than long; the clasping dise very broad, not sharply marked off from the body, strongly “padded,” bearing four very large, and twelve minor hooks, the latter rather larger than usual. A very short oesophagus present; the limbs of the intestine not united posteriorly. Four eyes present, lying above the brain. A single posterior transverse yolk-duct con- nected with the intestine. Found on the gills of freshwater fishes. Type species, Protogyrodactylus quadratus J. & T. PROTOGYRODACTYLUS QUADRATUS, n.sp. (Plate ix., Fig. 1-5; x., Fig. 6.) The worm is short and thickset, a little broader than long, and about three times as long as thick. Its length is about .23 mm. On account of the wing- like expansions of the sides, the head is distinctly marked off from the body of the animal. Two distinct head-lobes are developed on it. The dise is very prominent, but is not sharply marked off from the rest of the body, as is indicated in the section on Plate ix., figure 3. It is provided with four hooks, two of which are very large, powerful and strongly curved, the other two somewhat smaller, straighter and more slender. The bases of the hooks are supported by a transverse chitinous bay, articulating with the ends of which are (1) a pair of small pieces of chitin, to which the powerful muscles of the dise become attached in part, and (2) a pair of larger inwardly-directed chitinous pieces. There are also twelve minor hooks, rather larger than usual, 88 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, ten of which are arranged around the margin of the dise, while ‘the other two are more centrally situated (Pl. x., fig. 6). The dise has a curiously swollen appearance. In section the swelling is seen to be due to the presence of a mass of peculiar tissue, apparently syncytial in nature, arranged as a number of thick masses vertical to the longitudinal axis of the animal (PI. ix., fig. 4). This tissue probably acts as a kind of “padding.” The animal is covered with a thin cuticle which undergoes strong chitinisation on the dise. Longitudinal and transverse muscle-layers can be distinguished, the former presenting a marked development on either side of the mid-ventral line and assuming the form of two very large muscles passing from the anterior end of the animal backward to become inserted into the hook apparatus of the dise. The posterior portion of these muscles is further strengthened by the addition of another pair, each member of which passes upward, closely applied to the ovary, to become continuous with the longitudinal muscle-layer on the dorsal side. The mouth is ventral, but not at the anterior extremity. It leads into a large pharynx which, in turn, opens by a short oesophagus into the intestine. The latter broadens out posteriorly and ends blindly. Into its anterior end, close to the oesophagus, there opens, on either side, a mass of elongated glands. Three pairs of head-organs are also visible at the anterior end, but the corres- ponding glands could not be seen, probably on account of the large mass of yolk surrounding them. No trace of excretory system could be recognised. Of the nervous system only the brain was visible. In close connection with this are two pairs of eyes, the anterior being smaller and closer together than the posterior pair. They lie sunk within the body at a distance from the dorsal surface equal to about one-fifth’ of the thickness of the animal in this region. The testis is a large triangular organ, situated above and partly behind the ovary, in the mid-dorsal region (PI. ix., fig. 4). The vas deferens is a short, wide, rather irregularly bent tube, opening into the large transversely-placed vesicula seminalis which is connected by a short duct with the cirrus. The latter is a thin, slightly bent tube, lying in a spacious cavity enclosed by the cirrus-sac. The male opening lies mid-ventrally immediately behind the pharynx. The ovary is situated slightly anterior to, and below, the testis. The ovi- duet or uterus is a short wide tube opening close behind the male aperture. The shell-gland is only slightly developed, being merely a glandular thickening of the oviduct. There is no vagina. The strueture of the yolk system is remarkable. There are numerous elon- gated yolk-tubes which converge in two systems and unite to form two trans- verse yolk-ducts, one lying in front of the ovary and testis, the other posterior to them. The anterior system arises by the junction of three minor systems on either side, which bring the yolk from the anterior, middle, and more posterior regions of the body. The posterior transverse duct is formed by the junction of a large number of “yolk-tubes” from the lateral body regions, posterior to the anterior system; into this duct there also open a pair of large yolk-duets (Pl. ix., figs. 1, 4) which bring the yolk from the dorsal region of the animal. From the middle of the posterior transverse yolk-duct a longitudinal duct is given off, which passes for- ward beneath the ovary and opens into the ootype. It could not be observed whether the anterior transverse yolk-duct united separately with the ootype, or whether it and the median longitudinal »yolk-ducts had a common duet leading into the ootype. The posterior transverse duct possesses a wide lumen and is very remark- BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 89 able in that it is connected by a wide opening with the cavity of the intestinal limbs (Pl. ix., fig. 3).* The uterus does not contain more than one egg. The latter is almost spherical and is provided with a large spine, measuring about .025 mm. in diameter. Found, generally in pairs, on the gills of Therapon carbo Ogilby and McCulloch, and 7. hilli Castelnau from the Thomson River, Longreach, Central Queensland. 2. TRIVITELLINA, n.gen. Protogyrodactylidae, rather longer than broad; clasping dise sharply marked off from the body and not strongly “padded,” bearing four very large, and twelve minor hooks, the latter rather larger than usual; three pairs of “head- organs”; oesophagus absent; limbs of the intestine united posteriorly; four eyes; beside the anterior yolk system, there are two posterior systems, one of which is connected with the intestine. Found on the gills of freshwater fishes. Typespecies, Trivitellina subrotunda J. & T. TRIVITELLINA SUBROTUNDA, n.sp. (Plate x., fig. 7.) This minute organism, measuring about .2 mm. in length and .18 mm. in greatest breadth, is a short, thickset parasite with iateral, somewhat wing-like expansion, and, except for the presence of the disc, is almost circular in shape. The posterior two-thirds of the worm generally lie well beneath the surface of the gill-filament, only the anterior third protruding. The dise projects backward and is sharply marked off from the rest of the body, differing in this respect from Protogyrodactylus. The curious “padding tissue” characteristic of the last-named is absent, but seems to be represented by a modified parenchyma present at the posterior end of the animal and consisting of three paired masses, with a smaller mass between them. The anterior masses approach the intestine, while the posterior lie within the dise and are closely related to the small hooks on it. The dise is proportionally large and its posterior part is ornamented with curious chitin-pieces. Four large hooks are present, the dorsal pair being the smaller, and each of the four is supported by a small chitinous rod, giving the hook a triradiate appearance. The posterior hooks are very large and strongly curved outwards, their bases being connected by a transverse bar. The base of each large hook articulates with a small triangular chitin-piece into which the muscles of the hook are inserted. Each is supplied with a pair of muscles: (1) the longitudinal musculature of the body, which runs forward as far as the pharynx, and (2) a small transverse muscle, which arises from the ventral por- tion of the disc. The latter is armed also with six pairs of rather large secondary hooks whose distribution is shown on Plate x., figure 7. *The presence of a communication between the female system and the intestine has been described by Ijima as occurring in certain monogenetic Trematodes (Polystomum, Diplozoon, Octobothrium). Vou Graff found two such connections in the land Planarian, Rhynchodemus, and one in Pelmatoplana ; Bendl (Zool. Anz., 35, 1909, p. 294) found one to occur in the Rhabdocoele, Phaenocora, while Haswell discovered a genito-intestinal canal in the Polyclad, Enterogonia pigrans. Professor Haswell has recently drawn our attention to a paper by Merton (Zool. Anz., 41, 1913, p. 418) in which a remarkable organ called ‘‘vesicula resorbiens’’ by him, is described as lying in the wall of the intestine of Temnocephala sempert, into which it may apparently open at intervals, the organ communicating directly with the female ducts. 90 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, The mouth opens ventrally, some distance behind the anterior end. The long buccal cavity communicates with a pharynx which passes almost vertically upwards so that, in dorsal view, the latter appears spherical instead of ovoid. The pharynx ‘opens postero-dorsally into the intestine which is practically a ring-shaped sinus with a large lumen, lined by a single layer of flattened epithelial cells. At either side of the pharynx is a mass of digestive glands connected with the intestine. The cephalic glands have undergone a curious change in position owing to the head being flattened transversely and the glands coming to oceupy a position at the angles of the head. Their ducts consequently pass, not forward, but inward. Three pairs of head-organs are present. There are two pairs of eyes, situated well within the body-parenchyma, the anterior pair being very small and the posterior more than usually large. The brain could not be distinguished. No trace of excretory system was recognisable. The ovoid testis lies practically in the centre of the animal, and antero-laterally gives off a large uneoiled vas deferens which passes forwards into a transversely-dilated vesicula seminalis. The cirrus closely resembles that of Protogyrodactylus, as does also the curious cirrus-sac. The female genitalia are more difficult to observe. The ovary, which lies below and somewhat in front of the testis, is strongly elongated transversely. The uterus appears to be a short duct with a wide lumen. The nature of the shell-gland could not be definitely made out, but it appears to be merely a glandular thickening of the ootype. The comparatively large spherical egg measures about .05 mm. in diameter and possesses a backwardly directed spine. The vitellaria are of the Protogyrodactylus type, i.e. there are long “yolk- tubes,” converging to form transverse ducts. Of these there are three, not two as in that genus, one being situated in front of the ovary and the other two posterior to it. The anterior transverse vitelline duct is formed by the con- vergence of a very iarge number of elongated yolk-tubes, occupying the anterior half of the body. Of the posterior yolk-ducts, one is situated ventrally, the other more dorsally. The dorsal posterior transverse duct lies immediately be- hind the ovary and receives the secretion from two systems of yolk-tubes, a posterior and an anterior, on either side. This transverse duct has a com- munication with the intestine, similar to that of Protogyrodactylus. The ventral posterior transverse duct, which possesses no communication with the intestine, is rather narrower and lies a little behind the dorsal duct. The three transverse yolk-ducts are joined by a common median duct, running below the ovary and apparently opening into the ootype. Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson River, at Longreach, Central Queensland. Family Il. GYRODACTYLIDAE Van Beneden and Hesse, 1863.—emend. J. & T. (Syn. Amphibdellidae Carus, 1885.) These are elongated Gyrodactyloidea with well. developed clasping dise which may or may not be distinctly marked off from the remainder of the body, and may, in the highest members of the group, bear suckers. The dise bears large and small hooks, sometimes forming a chitinous armature of great com- plexity. Cephalic glands are present and always open to the exterior by means of well defined head-organs. The pharynx may be large or small; the intestine single or with two limbs, BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 91 with or without caeca. Eyes may be present or absent. Both testis (always single) and ovary are unbranched organs which may be situated laterally or in _the midline. The vesicula seminalis may undergo enormous distension. The chitinous penis may be simple or very complex. The vagina may be present or absent, single or double. The vitellaria are never in the form of elongated con- _verging “yolk-tubes” and there is never any connection with the intestine. Key to subfamilies of Gyrodactylidae. A. a, Adhesive disc provided with numerous small suckers .. .. . Merizocotylinae b. Disc devoid of such suckers .. .. Sat) g/anl she, Stageyeeomateys Mera iat B. a. Disc provided with a pair (dorsal and secs), fof accessory structures, consisting of concentrically arranged rows of scales or broader lamellae .. .. Lepidotreminae ba Discudevordeotesucht structuneswaeraepsmie iets ccii ae irae) celeh etal ayanaeley komme aOrn aes CyasDisciawith tour larger hookss cumini cio. alae we ss oy URetraoncrinae b. Disc with two large hooks .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «.. .. .. .. Gyrodactylinae Subfamily I. GYRODACTYLINAE Monticelli, 1892—emend. J. & T. Gyrodactylidae in which the dise is distinctly marked off from the rest of the body, and bears two large hooks, with fourteen or sixteen minor hooks. Head with very distinet lobes related in position to the head-organs. Eyes present or absent. A prominent pharynx. The intestine bilobed and devoid of caeca; a posterior communication between the limbs present or absent. Ovary and testis unbranched organs. The penis a fairly simple chitinous tube. Accessory copu- latory structures may be present. A vagima present or absent. Found on the gills of freshwater and marine fishes. 3. Gyropactyruus Nordmann, 1832. Gyrodactylinae in which the dise bears two large and sixteen minor hooks. A single pair of head-lobes present; no eyes; intestinal limbs end blindly. Vagina absent; the worm may be viviparous. Gonads situated just behind the middle of the body. Found on the gills of freshwater fishes. Type, G@. elegans Nordm., 1832, from Cyprinus and many other European freshwater fish. The following species belong to Gyrodactylus:—G. elegans Nordm., 1832; G. medius Kathariner, 1894; G. rarus Wegener, 1910; G. groenlandicus Levin, 1881; G. fairporti van Cleave, 1921. G. gracilis Kathariner, 1894, is perhaps a synonym of G. elegans. No members of the genus have yet been described from Australia. 4. DactryLtoGyRts Diesing, 1850. Gyrodactylinae in which the dise bears two large and fourteen minor hooks, but the large hooks may undergo considerable diminution in size in some species. Four head-lobes. Intestinal limbs (usually ?) communicate behind. Penis generally with an accessory copulatory structure. Vagina probably always pre- sent. Gonads situated in, or just behind, the middle of the body. Found on the gills of freshwater and marine fishes. Type, D. auriculatus (Nordm., 1832) Dies., 1850. The genus has not yet been recorded from Australia; Goto and Kikuchi (1917) have, however, described a form, under the name D. inversus, from Japan. 92 NEW GYRODACTYLOID REMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, The following species appear to belong to Dactylogyrus:—D. parvus Wege- ner, 1910; D. difformis Wag., 1857; D. fraternus Wegener, 1910; D. minor Wag., 1857; D. erucifer Wag., 1857; D. cornu Linst., 1878; D. intermedius Wegener, 1910; D. faledtus (Wedl., 1857) Dies., 1858; D. alatus Linst., 1878; D. sphyrna Linstow, 1878; D. similis Wegener, 1910; D. fallax Wag., 1857; D. macracanthus Wegener, 1910; D. amphibothrium Wag., 1857; D. anchoratus (Duj., 1845) Wag., 1857; ? D. forceps Leuckart, 1857; D. gracilis Wiedl., 1861; D. major Wag., 1857; D. malleus Linstow, 1877; D. megastoma Wag., 1857; D. mollis (Wedl., 1857) Dies., 1858; D. siluri Wag., 1857; D. tenwis (Wedl., 1857) Dies., 1858; D. trigonostoma Wag., 1857; D. tuba ibaa, 1878; D. inversus Goto and alana, 1917 (Japan); D. dujardinianus Dies., 1850; 'D. auriculatus (Nordm., 1832), Dies., 1850; D. uncinatus Wag., 1857. Subfamily II. TETRAONCHINAE Monticelli, 1903—-emend. J. &. T. (Syn. Diplectaninae Monticellh, 1903; Amphibdellidae Carus, 1885.) Gyrodactylidae with the cuticle devoid of scaly papillae. The dise either sharply constricted off from the body, or merging into it directly. Four large hooks always present. Eyes present or absent. The intestine either a single median tube, or bifurcated, with the limbs ending blindly or joining up: behind. Intestinal ecaeca present or absent. Testis occasionally, ovary never, lobed. Vagina present or absent. Penis generally simple, oceasionally somewhat complex, but never attaining the extra- ordinary degree of complexity seen in the next subfamily (Lepidotreminae). Occasionally an accessory male copulatory structure present. From the gills of marine and freshwater fishes. This subfamily includes the following genera and subgenera:—Anchylodiscus, n.gen. p ERROR AOL Creplin, 1839; Dactylodiscus Olsson, 1893; Diplectano- trema, n.gen.; Tetraonchus Diesing, 1858 (type genus) ; Amphibdella Chatin, 1874; Haliotrema, n.gen.; Daitreosoma, n.gen.; Empleuwrosoma, n.gen.; Tetrancistrum Soe and Rauch 1917. Key to genera of Tetraonechinae. A. 1, Body very distinctly constricted near mid-region .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. B. 2. Body not constricted .. .. .. KEANE A bad. uonch, Cp B. 1. Testis and ovary in posterior’. region ioe body: eyes absent; intestinal limibs not connected behind .. . : DES as aie iets eLLULOLLEIN. Gs 2. Testis and ovary near middle “of “body; eyes ‘present; intestinal limbs con- NECtEd a DShin Gwe marae cia! aleaeies wal eC Gertie TD CVERCOSO MLO OWA Kea ahactinborsrjesigundcehiciolvgh aq) Bhs CURE DEEN Rn on bs. nal CoshodiGeeta (doled ao JD), 2. Intestine not bifurcated .. .. chogie Gage tear hese ca tren dehy oe Meta e LT LON Class D. 1. Intestinal limbs provided Reine Gaeca oot I ee eGraneisE nuns 2. Intestinal limbs devoid of caeca .. .. E. 1. Disc connected with foe by a distinct epeeiolen ‘and ies eloped latecallys Bato shorts processesi acum eum welpeer deel sien) tei! ste) eee -ice eaten ite Batten ACU) LOGUSCUSS 2. Otherwise .. . PEyeran Sic. sep F. 1. Body rather jong ‘and slender: intestinal limbs ending blindly Serene G. 2. Body robust; intestinal limbs connected behind... .. .. .. .Emplenrosoma. G. 1. Yolk system confined to a region behind the traviey erse yolk. Gucth. ae Amphibelia 2. Yolk system extending as far as, or almost as far as, the pharynx .. .. .. H. H. 1. Yolk system consisting of a longitudinal row of separate yolk-glands. Diplectanotnema. 2) Volk system, continuows onveachy Side) icy ire olen) <1 Wait, sich erep retort fevel ale, wien etterereneleG Tap WARINA ADSEMEN coh! sie aleite alters) cxebatevalliste ives) valanieiatfousuiists nekeicataleie MA 2eCTLU LOGS CUS! 24, Netsbieineyd-co0ld an ee solee ane eb Gp 6500 OS paleo ab de on, ce. MAAN Rey WON BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 93 5. ANCHYLODISCUS, n.gen. This genus is characterised by the occurrence of four very large hooks on the elinging dise, together with fourteen minor hooks scattered over it. Three pairs of head-organs. Four eyes, the anterior pair farther apart than the posterior. Pharynx large and rounded. Intestinal limbs end blindly. Vesicula seminalis not highly dilated. Testis directly above ovary. Penis a simple ehitinous tube. Shell-glands probably simply glandular thickenings of the walls of the oviduct. Vitelline system very well developed. Egg of relatively enor- mous size. Found, so far, only on the gills of Siluroid fishes in Queensland. Typespecies, Anchylodiscus tandani J. & T. ANCHYLODISCUS TANDANI, n.sp. (Plate x., figs. 8, 9; xi., figs. 10, 11.) This parasite is rather small, but thick-set, measuring about .3 mm. in length, .06 to .08 mm. in breadth. The head-end is indistinetly marked off from the remainder of the animal. The disc (Pl. x., fig. 9), which is very prominent and fairly sharply marked off from the body, is armed with four relatively very large hooks, each slightly bifureated basally, the bases of each pair of hooks being joined by a simple cross-bar. The edge of the dise is prominently lobed to form partial supports tor the larger hooks. Fourteen minute hooks are also present. Of the body musculature the outer circular and delicate internal longitudinal layers are visible. The longitudinal layer of the posterior end is strongly deve- loped to form the musculature supplying the dise. Three pairs of head-organs are present. Anterior to the median pair, the “head” possesses a pair of small but distinct lobes. The cephalic glands lie laterally to the anterior pair of eyes. Tke mouth appears to open ventrally, but could not be definitely observed. The pharynx is prominent, its anterior portion lying immediately behind the posterior pair of eyes. There is a definite oesophagus of moderate length. The bifureated intestine ends blindly. Unicellular glands are visible in the pharynx. There is also a pair of prominent glands situated on either side of the oesop- hagus. No trace of the excretory system could be recognised. Of the nervous sys- tem, only the brain was visible, lying immediately between the eyes. The latter are very large and prominent and are situated in the body parenchyma, im- mediately below the body wall. Their arrangement differs from that of most other Gyrodactylids in that the smaller anterior eyes are farther apart than the posterior. The reproductive organs are of a rather simple type. The testis is elongated and lies dorsally to the ovary, reaching from well in front to a short distance behind it. The vas deferens arises from it laterally, passes im the dorsal region of the body almost to the right side, then turns forward, mward and downward to open in the middle line into a large, transversely-placed, reniform vesicula seminalis which lies close behind the pharynx. The more anterior portion of the vas deferens undergoes a slight dilatation a short distanee before the per- manent vesicula. From the latter the vas deferens passes backward as a rather narrow tube and opens into a small rounded bulbus ejaculatorius, lying at the base of the cirrus. The latter is a simple echitinous tube, bent almost into @ complete circle and opening immediately in front of the female aperture. 94 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, The ovary lies in the midline, immediately below the testis. It is slightly oval and elongated longitudinally. A vagina is absent. The oviduct leaves the ovary ventrally and travels forward. It has not been observed in whole speci- mens, but is plainly visible in sections. The shell-glands are represented merely by a glandular thickening in the uterus along its whole length. The vitellarium follows the path of the intestine fairly closely. It is very strongly developed in the posterior region of the worm, where it occupies practically the whole of the body. Transverse yolk-ducts open into the oviduct immediately in front of the ovary. No permanent yolk-reservoir is present. The egg is of relatively immense size, forcing the other structures in its neighbourhood out of position when it is fully developed (Pl. xi., fig. 11). The intestine becomes bent to one side and the vas deferens appears to be pulled from its lateral position to lie more centrally, close beside the intestine. Posteriorly the egg bears a short blunt spine. The egg figured, which came from a rather small adult, measured .075 mm. in length by .035 mm. in breadth. Found on the gills of the freshwater jewfish or catfish, Tandanus tandanus Mitchell, from the Burnett River, South Queensland. ANCHYLODISCUS SP. A worm belonging to this genus was found in very small numbers on the gills of a closely allied catfish, Neosilurus hyrthi, from the Paroo River, South- west Queensland. No detailed study of its anatomy was possible. 6. ANCYROCEPHALUS Creplin, 1839. (Syn. Diplectanwm Diesing, 1858, and other authors; Tetraonchus Diesing, 1858, i in part.) More or less elongated Tetraonchinae, in which the dise is not very sharply marked off from the body. Supporting chitinous armature of the disc present or absent. Minor hooks varying greatly in number; occasionally absent, never more than fourteen. Eyes present. Intestine bifureated, the limbs devoid of . caeca and not joining behind. Position of testis and ovary at times in the middle, or in anterior region, or well within the posterior half of body. Testis usually simple but occasionally slightly lobed. Penis simple; accessory copu- latory structures at times present. Vagina always present. Vitelline system extending on either side as a continuous gland from the pharynx to the region immediately behind the termination of the intestine. From the gills of marine and freshwater fishes. Known, as yet, only from Europe and North America. Type species, A. paradoxus Creplin, 1839. In 1857 Wagener placed a number of new species in the genus Dactylogyrus, a procedure which has led to considerable confusion in the nomenclature of this group. One species, D. aequans Wagener, 1857, was made, in the following year, the type of a new genus Diplectanum by Diesing, who also placed Dacty- logyrus pedatus Wagener in this genus. Wagener, at the same time (1857), deseribed under the name Dactylogyrus unguiculatus, a worm which proved to be identical with A. paradoxus Creplin, and added another species, Dactylogyrus monenteron. Diesing, in 1858, placed these two forms, as well as Gyrodactylus cruciatus Wedl., in a new genus, T'etraonchus, failing to recognise the identity of T. unguiculatus with Creplin’s original species (A. paradoxus). It was not till 1889 that: Monticelli showed these two forms to be the same. The name was BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS: 95 however not altered till Liihe (1909) reintroduced that of Creplin. In 1889 Parona and Perugia added Wagener’s Dactylogyrus echeneis to Diplectanum. In 1910 Wegener removed 7. monenteron from Tetraonchus, owing mainly to the character of its intestine, proposing for its reception a new genus, Mono- coelium. Of the three original species of Tetraonchus, T. cruciatus is now de- finitely placed under Ancyrocephalus; T. unguiculatus is identical with A. para- doxus of Creplin; hence, as suggested by Stiles and Hassall (1908, p. 370), 7. monenteron becomes by elimination the type of the genus Tetraonchus, Wegener's name (Monocoelium) being a synonym. The remaining species listed under Tetraonchus and Diplectanum belong to Ancyrocephalus. Liihe uses the latter term in a wide sense to include both Tetraonchus (of authors) and Monocoeliwm. MacCallum (1915, 1917) described a number of new species of Diplectanum which he regarded as a subgenus of Tetraonchus, 1.e. Ancyrocephalus. Monti- celli (1903) on the other hand, actually proposed a new subfamily, Diplectaninae, for the reception of the genus, regarding it as quite distinct from his Tetraon- chinae. So far as we have been able to observe from the available published ac- eounts of MacCallum and of the earlier workers, no anatomical distinction of generic value can be recognised amongst the various species included under Ancyrocephalus and Diplectanum. The genus Ancyrocephalus, as defined above, would include A. paradoxus Creplin, 1839; A. eruciatus (Wedl., 1857) Liihe, 1909; A. vanbenedenii (Par. and Per., 1890) J. and T., 1922; A. aequans (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922; A. echeneis (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922; A. pedatus (Wag., 1857) J. and T., 1922; A. sciaenae (Ben. and Hesse, 1863) J. and T., 1922; A. teuthis (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A. lactophrys (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A. balistes (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A. longiphallus (MacCallum, 1915) J. and T., 1922; A. tylosuri (MacCallum, 1917) J. and T., 1922. 7. Subgenus a. DacTyLopiscus Olsson, 1893. Small Tetraonchinae in which the dise is connected to body by a long’ petiole, and is produced laterally into a number of finger-like processes. Minor hooks apparently absent. Four eyes present; intestine probably bifurcated. Testis and ovary solid and near the middle of the animal. Large unlobed vesicula seminalis. Penis apparently simple. Opening of oviduet probably provided with hooklets. Anterior fifth of worm devoid of vitellaria. Olsson did not mention the characters-of the genus very fully, nor did he indicate whether a vagina was present. The above diagnosis is based on his figures and description of the type species. The accentuated constriction of the disc from the body, a condition which is already evident in Ancyrocephalus tylosuri (MacCallum, 1917), and the irregular lobes of the disc, an indication of which is seen in the same species, are charac- ters which are scarcely of generie value. A careful determination of the pre- sence or absence of the vagina would be of much greater value. The form, however, probably deserves to rank as a subgenus of Ancyrocephalus. Monticelli (1903, p. 336; 1905, p. 79) quoted Olsson’s genus as a synonym of Tetraonchus, From the gills of Thymallus vulgaris and Coregonus lavaretus. Typespecies, Ancyrocephalus (Dactylodiscus) borealis Olsson. Known only from Sweden. 96 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, 8. Subgenus b. DipLECTANOTREMA, n.subgen. [Syn. Diplectanum (in part).] A small worm, having the usual characteristics of Ancyrocephalus, but dif- fering in the very remarkable disposition of the vitellaria, which are arranged in the form of numerous separate yolk-glands along the whole of the length of the body. Ovary and testis situated in anterior quarter of the animal. From the gills of the marine fish Teuthis hepatus and Anisotremus virginicus. Known only from the United States. Typespecies, A. (Diplectanotrema) pleurovitellum (MacCallum, 1916). 9. TETRAONCHUS Diesing, 1858.—emend. J. & T. (Syn. Dactylogyrus G. R. Wagener, 1857 (in part); Monocoelium G. Wegener, 1910.) Tetraonchinae in which the dise is broader than the body. Four large hooks articulating with a large chitinous supporting apparatus (fureula); fourteen minor hooks. Four eyes. Intestine not bifurcated; devoid of caeca. Testis in middle of body. Vagina apparently absent. Penis with accessory clasping ap- paratus. Type species, 7. monenteron Wagener, 1857, from the gills of Esox lucius. The genus is known only from Europe (freshwater). The synonymy of this genus has been discussed in connection with Ancyrocephalus. 10. AmMPHIBDELLA Chatin, 1874. Relatively large Tietraonchinae measuring about 4 to 6 mm. in length. Head rather pointed. Dise fairly distinetly marked off from body. Twelve minor hooks always (?) present. No eyes. Intestine bilobed, devoid of caeca, the limbs not joining behind. Vagina apparently absent. Yolk system confined to a region posterior to the transverse yolk-duct. Penis simple. ) Type species, A. torpedinis Chatin, 1874. From the gills of marine fishes (Torpedo and allies). Not yet reported from Australia. Monticelli (1889, p. 116; 1890; 1903, p. 336) regards Amphibdella as a synonym of Tetraonchus, i.e. of Ancyrocephalus. The pointed head, absence of vagina, and the remarkable position of the yolk system are characters which oppose this view. Known species, A. torpedinis Chatin, 1874 (Mediterranean) nec MacCallum, 1916; A. flavolineata MacCallum, 1916 (Massachusetts). AMPHIBDELLA MACCALLUMI, nom. nov. (Syn. A. torpedinis MacCallum, 1916, mee Chatin.) A comparison of MacCallum’s figure of A. torpedinis with that given by Parona and Perugia (1890) leads us to conclude that the Mediterranean and American forms belong to different species and hence we have removed the latter from Chatin’s species and renamed it as above. Host, Tetranarche occidentalis (from Massachusetts). 11. HAaALIoTREMA, n.gen. Tetraonchinae in which the disc is distinctly marked off from the body, and is provided with four large hooks supported by chitimous bars, as well as with ‘BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 97 fourteen minor hooks. Head with two pairs of head-lobes. Body slightly con- stricted near mid-region. Eyes absent. Intestinal limbs devoid of caeca and without a terminal junction. Vagina with chitinous lumen. Testis and ovary lying in the mid-line and occupying the posterior third of the mid-region of the body of the worm. Penis large, not simple. From the gills of marine fishes. Typespecies, Haliotrema australe J. & T. HALIOTREMA AUSTRALE, n.sp. (Plate xi., figs. 10, 12, 13, 14.) Length of adult .64 mm.; maximum breadth .24 mm. The dise is distinetly marked off. Two pairs of head lobes are present. Shghtly in front of its mid- region the body undergoes a definite constriction which is not so pronounced, however, as in Daitreosoma. The dise bears two pairs of large hooks (PI. xi., figs. 10, 12), each with a very distinct biramous basal portion whose roots are connected by a very de- finite and apparently chitinous membrane, complete except in one small place near the point of origin of the roots. The supporting chitin bars are two in number and slightly crescentic in shape, the convexity of the bars articulating with one another. Fourteen minor hooks are present, distributed as shown in Pl. xi, fig. 10. Of the body musculature the longitudinal layer is fairly well developed; behind, the fibres concentrate to form the muscles of the dise. Dis- tinct circular fibres are absent, but there is a slight development of oblique muscles. The mouth is a small transverse slit, lying ventrally at a considerable dis- tance behind the anterior termination of the worm. The pharynx is large and distinct. Leading into the short, conical buceal cavity are two pairs of gland- cells. Into the short oesophagus open the duets of a number of digestive glands; but in the specimens available the exact connections of these glands could not be observed. The intestine is bifureated, the limbs approaching each other slightly in the region of the body constriction but diverging again behind. No junction takes place between the limbs posteriorly. Caeca are absent. Situated in each side of the head, and stretching considerably behind the pharynx, is a mass of eland-cells. Their ducts were not visible, but they ap- pear to be connected with the head-organs which le in the first lobe of the head. It is possible that some of the posterior gland-cells supply the pharynx or oesophagus.. Eyes are absent. The brain les immediately in front of the pharynx. The testis is a large solid organ lying between the intestinal limbs, almost at the posterior end of the animal. The vas deferens passes forward as a wide tube opening in the region of the body constriction into the vesicula seminalis. The latter, which is a fairly large structure with strongly lobed outer margin, extends forward almost as far as the beginning of the intestine, then bends back upon itself and continues as a large vas deferens which runs beside the penis and opens into it behind. The penis is a very distinct chitinous tube, lying slightly obliquely and enclosed in a fairly distinct penis-sac. It consists of two parts, a posterior simple tube, which appears to have a distinct articula- tion with an anterior portion, the latter, at its distal end, developing into a curious chitinous structure shown in Pl. xi., fig. 14. The ovary is much smaller than the testis, in front of which it lies. Ova are prominent in its anterior region. The oviduct is a fairly wide tube, but only its proximal portion could be seen. Shell-glands could not be detected. A « 98 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, very distinct vagina is present, opening on the ventral surface near the right side of the animal in the vicinity of the body constriction. The lumen of the vagina, on its distal half, is strengthened with a very prominent chitinous lining which extends posteriorly into a definite receptaculum seminis which gives off a short narrow pouch to the right. The vitellaria are very well developed, lying above and below the intestinal limbs which they embrace over their whole length. The transverse yolk-duct is clearly visible at a considerable distance in front of the ovary, and at its middle is dilated into a distinct yolk-reservoir. No ripe eges were present in the material available. Found on the gills of the marine black-spotted goat fish, Upeneus signatus Gunther, from Moreton Bay, S.E. Queensland. 12. DaITREOSOMA, n.gen. Tetraonchinae in which the dise is not very sharply marked off from the body. Four large hooks present on disc, together with a pair of minor hooks. Body markedly constricted into a short anterior and long posterior portion. In- testinal caeca absent. Intestinal limbs communicating behind. Vagina present. Cirrus a long thin tube. Ovary and testis not lobed. Yolk does not extend into the posterior third of the body. Found on the gills of freshwater fishes of the genus Therapon. Type species, D. constrictum, n.sp. DAITREOSOMA CONSTRICTUM, n.sp. (Plate xii, figs. 15-19; wiii., fig. 20.) This worm measures about .45 mm. in length, .16 mm. in greatest breadth. The anterior third of the body is marked off by a deep constriction from the posterior two-thirds, giving the worm a characteristic appearance. In general shape the parasité varies considerably according to the state of contraction; if uncontracted there appears a long, rather narrow, posterior portion which bears the dise, but if well-contracted, the worm may be oval. The dise which is not very sharply marked off from the body, bears two pairs of large hooks, the ventral pair being much the larger and more strongly curved, lying in a pair of postero-ventrally directed lobes of the body wall (PI. xii, fig. 16). At their bases they articulate with a large transverse chitinous bar and each with a small anteriorly and slightly inwardly directed chitin-piece, on which the well developed longitudinal muscles are in part inserted. The dorsal hooks are more slender and not so strongly curved. They are directed upward, the ventral hooks downward. At the side is a pair of small lateral lobes, each armed with a very small chitinous hook. The body cuticle is smooth. The longitudinal muscle-layer has undergone great development in the ventral region to form a pair of longitudinal muscles, arising below the ovary and inserted, at their distal end, into the hook apparatus of the disc. These two muscles are joined by a second longitudinal pair lying internally to them and converge proximally in the vicinity of the posterior end of the intestine. These muscles form definite projections on the ventral body- wall. The mouth is situated median-ventrally; the pharynx is prominent, broader than long and there is no definite oesophagus. The intestinal branches pass backward, approach each other in the region of the body constriction, then diverge again, but join immediately behind the testis. Intestinal caeca are absent. Ventrally, immediately behind the constriction, there are on either side two large masses of heavyily-staining tissue which appear to open into the in- BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. 99 testine and are perhaps digestive glands. A few simple glands are also present in the walls of the pharynx. Situated laterally to and just behind the pharynx are two masses of glands, whose ducts run forward and inward to terminate in three pairs of heat-organs. The excretory system could not be recognised. Of the nervous system, only the brain could be seen, lying between the eyes. The latter are situated immediately below the epidermis. The testis is a large organ, posterior to, and partly enveloping, the ovary. The vas deferens is a thin-walled tube with a rather wide lumen even when empty. It is capable of immense distension and may act as a large vesicula seminalis. with lobed walls, occupying a considerable part of the dorsal region of the worm. Anteriorly it becomes continuous with a large ejaculatory bulb opening into the cirrus by an ejaculatory duct. The latter is a very long thin tube which passes first backward, then, bending upon itself, runs forward and inward towards the midline where it enters the cirrus. The latter is a simple chitinous tube which passes vertically downwards, and is retractile into the cirrus-sac, in which it may generally be seen coiled up. The ovary is a large rounded structure, immediately in front of the testis; from its anterior end the oviduct travels vertically downward and into it the vagina opens. Into the latter, immediately before it communicates with the oviduct, there enters the vitelline duct. The oviduct then travels forward as a wide tube to terminate immediately behind the male aperture. The shell-gland is represented by a simple glandular thickening of the wall of the oviduct. The vagina is a narrow tube passing straight to the left side of the animal, where it opens in the region of the body constriction on a small bulbous expansion. It is provided, in its anterior portion, with a large thick-walled receptaculum seminis. The yolk system is well developed, but confined to the anterior two- thirds of the body, where it lies in close relation with the intestine. In the region of the body constriction a pair of transverse yolk-ducts is formed which open into an ill-defined yolk-reservoir. The egg is oval, .048 mm. in length and .024 mm. in breadth, and bears at its posterior end a short blunt spine (PI. xu., fig. 17). The species was found, sometimes in large numbers, on the gills of Therapon carbo Ogilby and McCulloch, from the Thomson River, at Longreach, Central Queensland. DaITREOSOMA BANCROFTI, n.sp. (Plate xii., figs. 21, 22.) This species closely resembles D. constrictum, but differs from it in the following characters :— It is a slightly larger worm, measuring, when full grown, .56 mm. in length, 19 mm. in greatest breadth. The head is not regularly rounded as in that species, but is sharply indented immediately in front of the mouth (Pl. xi, fig. 22). The four head-organs are close together, the last not so distinctly separated from the others as in the foregoing species. The vesicula seminalis is quite different from that of D. constrictum. It lies only on the left side of the body (PI. xiii., fig. 21) and does not undergo the great dilatation characteristic of that species, but appears as a tube bent slightly upon itself anteriorly, only moderately distended, and distinctly lobed only on its outer wall. The vagina does not terminate in a small rounded bulb, but possesses a narrow funnel-shaped opening lying on the left side, within the body constriction. 100 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, This is especially plaim in the specimen figured, where the body’ had been accidentally drawn out, the body constriction being in consequence obliterated. The receptaculum seminis is rather small. The yolk-reservoir is clearly visible. Found on the gills of Lherapon hilli Castelnau, from the Thomson River, at Longreach, Central Queensland. 13. EMPLEUROSOMA, n.gen. Small Letraonchinae, with strongly developed lateral body regions. Disc not sharply marked off from body; provided with four large and two very small hooks, as in Daitreosoma. Eyes present. Intestinal limbs communicating pos- teriorly and devoid of caeca. Vagina absent. Cirrus a simple elongated tube. Yolk confined to the anterior region of the body. Found on the gills of a freshwater fish. Type species, E. pyriforme J. & T. EMPLEUROSOMA PYRIFORME, n.sp. (Plate xtv., fig. 31; xv., figs. 32-34.) This is a small parasite, about .37 mm. in length, and .11 mm. in greatest breadth, with broadly expanded sides and rather thick body. The dise, which is not sharply marked off from the body of the worm, is provided with two pairs of large hooks, viz., a posterior ventral pair, the bases of which are joined by a short transverse chitinous bar; and a more anterior, laterally directed pair, each of which is ankylosed at its base with an inwardly and posteriorly directed chitin-bar. These large hooks are all slightly biramous at their bases. Laterally the clasping disc possesses two small lobes each bear- ing a small hook, as in Daitreosoma. The large posterior hooks also articulate at their bases each with a very minute chitin-piece. To these chitin-pieces the musculature of the hooks is attached. Four ventral longitudinal muscles supply the dise; an outer pair serving the more anterior pair of hooks, and a median pair inserted into the small chitin-pieces articulating with the posterior hooks. A transverse muscle uniting ‘these basal pieces is also present. The body-wall is thick and devoid of epidermal papillae. The circular muscle-layer is strongly marked; while the inner (longitudinal) series is pro- minent ventrally but could not be detected dorsally and laterally. In the pos- terior half of the animal the ventral longitudinal muscles are highly developed to form the four longitudinal muscles supplying the dise, as already described. These muscle-layers separating the several organs from the intestine are pro- minent in the anterior region of the animal. The body parenchyma in the posterior narrow portion of the worm is euriously developed, giving it a “peculiar globular appearance, somewhat similar to that seen in| Daitreosoma. There are four pairs of prominent head-organs on either side, the glands which supply them lying laterally to the pharynx. On either side of the pharynx are two pairs of remarkable glands which open on the body surface, ventrally, close to the cirrus; it is possible that they possess a copulatory function. The mouth opens ventrally. The large, almost spherical pharynx is followed by a very short oesophagus. The two limbs of the intestine unite behind and are devoid of caeca. The intestinal walls are of remarkable thickness, but con- sist, nevertheless, of only a single layer of narrow columnar and very vacuolated cells, resting on a prominent basal membrane. Neither exeretory nor central nervous systems could be detected. Two pairs of eyes are present, situated well within the parenchyma, each pair at BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 101 approximately equal distances apart. The posterior pair lies above the pharynx, the anterior pair immediately anterior to that organ. Connected with the posterior pair is a definite globular vesicle. The large testis hes immediately anterior to the end of the intestine and in section appears wedge-shaped. The vas deferens is a short wide tube opening into the large vesicula seminalis. The cirrus is a simple slightly curved chitinous tube. No other male sexual organs appear to be present. The small ovary is situated anteriorly to the testis and somewhat trans- versely. The oviduct is given off from its ventral portion and runs forward close below the vesicula seminalis. A vagina is absent. The shell-glands appear to be simple glandular thickenings of the uterus. The female opening is situated immediately behind the male aperture in the median ventral line. No eggs were present in any of the specimens examined. The yolk system is strongly developed but is confined to the anterior region of the animal. The transverse yolk-duets le immediately in front of the ovary. No reservoir was visible. Found on the gills of Therapon wrvecolor Gunther, from the Burnett River, South Queensland. 14. TetrRANCISTRUM Goto and Kikuchi, 1917. Rather small Tetraonchinae measuring 1.2 to 2 mm. in length. Body dilated in middle. Dise not sharply marked off from body and devoid of minor hooks, Eyes absent. Pharynx elongated; intestine bilobed, provided with caeca, the limbs communicating behind. Testis and ovary situated about the middle of the body. Penis simple, with accessory chitin-piece attached. Vagina present. From the gills of a marine fish of genus Siganus. From Japan. T ype and only known species, 7. sigani Goto and Kikuchi, 1917. Subfamily III. LEPIDOPTREMINAE, n.subfam. These are Gyrodactylidae, which have, as a common characteristic, the de- velopment of scale-like papillae over the greater part of the body except in Lamellodiseus. On the dise these papillae are arranged in the form of a pair of scaly sucker-like organs (for which the name Squamodise is proposed) which may or may not be provided with accessory hooks. Four powerful hooks, with basal supporting apparatus are present; also numerous minute hooks. Two pairs of eyes. Intestine forked, ending blindly, not lobed. Ovary and testis solid. Penis simple or very complex. Vagina present. From the gills of freshwater and marine fishes in Queensland. This subfamily includes the following new genera:—Lepidotrema (type genus), with a subgenus Ilabellodiscus; Lepidotes; Empleurodiscus; Acleotrema, Lamellodiscus. Key to Genera of Lepidotreminae. A. a. “‘Squamodisc” provided with accessory hooks .. .. -....... -- .. +. D. Damsquamodiscimdevoidiofisucht hooksii-sin is iesilaclere peer suebeei clan es oi. B,'a. Body covered with scaly papillae; each of the concentric ridges of “squamodisc” consisting of numerous scales CAM LC Ue aera ncn C, b. Body devoid of scaly papillae; concentric ridges consisting of only two VeLvnbroadmlamellaciyue eae ce! setae lure hnnleleeteuh ars . Lamellodiscus. C. a. Cirrus-sac very highly developed; very large genital chamber present .. .. Acleotrema. b. Cirrus-sac simple, genital chamber not markedly developed .. .. Lepidotes. 102 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, D. a. Disc much broader than body, squamodisc proviced with very numerous (about 25 to 30) accessory hooks .. . .. . Bmpleurodiscus. b. Disc with only about eleven such hooks, disc not as broad as body; tees tes E. a. Cirrus a rather simple structure .. .. issu ate Flabellodiscus, b. Cirrus very long, and showing a remarkable complexity of structure .. .. Lepidotrema. 15. LEPIDOTREMA, n.gen. Lepidotreminae. The members of this genus are characterised by the pre- sence of about eleven rows of scales on each of the two sucker-like organs of the dise, together with a row of generally about nine hooks on each, arranged like a spread fan. Fourteen minor hooks are scattered over the disc. The large hooks of the disc are supported by four powerful chitinous bars imbedded in the substance of the dise. The penis is exceedingly complex. The testis is more or less degenerate in the adult, the sperms being stored in an immensely dilated vesicula seminalis. The vagina is extraordinarily large. Found, so far, only on the gills of freshwater fishes belonging to the genus Therapon. Typespeeies, L. therapon J. & T. LEPIDOTREMA THERAPON, n.sp. (Plate xv., figs. 35-37; xvi. figs. 38-42; xvii. figs. 45-49.) Length of adult .5 to .77 mm.; breadth 19 mm. The body is covered with minute seale-like papillae, very minute anteriorly but increasing in size towards the posterior end of the worm. The dise (Pl. xvi., fig. 40, a-f) is provided with an exceedingly powerful clinging apparatus. In the living condition the true posterior end of the dise is turned ventrally, i.e. the true dorsal surface of the disc is turned backward. Four large hooks are present. The ventral pair (Pl. xvi., fig. 40, c) are slender, and strongly hooked, and articulate basally each with the end of a chitinous bat which runs towards the centre of the disc, but does not quite reach its fellow. These two bars articulate at their inner ends with a much smaller eurved piece of chitin which can be observed only by compressing the dise, its plane being vertical to that of the chitinous bars (PI. xvi., fig. 40, e). Hach of these bars is also provided on its outer half with a strong ring-shaped chitinous projection. The dorsal pair of hooks have a biramous basal portion, the two limbs or roots being united by a strong membrane. The anterior (ventral) limbs articulate with the chitinous bars which also give support to the ventral hooks, but the posterior limb has no such chitinous support. Two other in- wardly-directed bars of chitin are also present, articulating with the more dorsal pair. They do not quite reach each other, but a slightly eurved piece of chitin similar to and at right angles with the one already described, connects them. Fourteen minor hooks are also present, their disposition being indicated in Pl. xv1., fig. 42. The dorsal and ventral surfaces of the dise (posterior and anterior in the attached animal) each bear, towards their proximal ends, a remarkable sucker- shaped dise, consisting of blunt teeth arranged in eleven curved rows which radiate outward from a point at the proximal end of the dise (PI. xvi., fig. 40, f). In close connection with each of these dises are a number of hooks, varying from seven to eleven, connected by a membrane and spread out like a fan. The rows of blunt teeth, and probably also the hooks, are to be regarded as modifications BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND QO. W. TIEGS. 103 of the papillae which cover the body. The dise is supplied with muscles which originate from a powerful band in the dorsal region of the posterior end of the body, but their detailed arrangement has not been determined. On account of the minute size of the worm, the structure of the body-layers is difficult to observe. The most remarkable characteristic of the epidermis is the presence on it of numerous scaly papillae. Delicate longitudinal muscle- layers lie below this, but their arrangement could not be accurately observed. The body parenchyma is well developed. The very small mouth is situated ventrally immediately in front of the pharynx; the buceal cavity is quite short and the pharynx large, prominent, and projecting upward. Numerous unicellular glands occur in the anterior two- thirds of the wall of the pharynx. No definite oesophagus is present. Im- mediately behind the pharynx lies a mass of glands (? unicellular), which open into the intestine and are especially visible in young specimens. The forked intestine ends blindly at the posterior end of the worm, but immediately before .the termination a junction takes place between the two limbs. In young forms this fusion does not occur. There are no caeca. The intestine is lined by a single row of flattened cells. Four pairs of head-organs are present, but no corresponding lobes are developed on the head. Through these structures pass the ducts from a pair of prominent masses of unicellular glands, one on either side, antero-laterally to the pharynx. The excretory system could not be traced satisfactorily. At the an- terior end, immediately behind the mass of gland-cells there oceurs, on each side, a duct terminating on the body-surface by a slightly bulbous opening. Into each of these ducts there appears to open a very fine longitudinal duct, while one of a somewhat similar nature can be seen along each side just above the anterior termination of the lateral vitellaria. It is probable that these structures are parts of a complex excretory system (PI. xv., fig. 36). The brain lies anterior to the pharynx and gives off on each side a pair of nerves to the eyes which consist of a mass of minute pigment cells. The eyes lie close to the brain, i.e. within the “head,” being situated, however, nearer the dorsal than the ventral surface. The posterior pair are the larger. In this species the male organs reach maturity before the female. In young forms the testis is very large (Pl. xvi., fig. 41) ocewpying a great portion of the body behind the ovary which at this stage is quite immature. In these the vas deferens arises from the outer edge of the testis and leads into a long thin vesicula seminalis which proceeds nearly as far forward as the pharynx, then becoming bent on itself. A bulbus ejaculatorius is present, but is diffieult to detect and its connection with the vesicula could not be made out in these young forms. The cirrus in these is a simple chitinous tube, lying in the cirrus-sac. In close connection with the posterior end of the vesicula are two large glands, probably prostate, which, when viewed in cleared specimens, have a slightly granular appearance, while in transverse section they appear to consist of a number of deeply-staining rings, each arranged concentrically round a nucleated cell. In adult forms the testis (Pl. xvi., fig. 38) is greatly reduced or practically absent, having diminished very much in size, with its cavity practically obliterated and containing merely connective tissue fibres, though a few sperms may oc- casionally be still visible. Sometimes (as in the specimen figured) the testis does not degenerate quite so much (Pl. xv., fig. 35). The adult vas deferens is much thicker and its opening into the vesicula is pushed forward. The vesicula, which has increased enormously in size, due to the emptying into it 104 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, of the sperms from the testis, appears as a large flattened structure, somewhat lobed at its edges, occupying the greater part of the dorso-medial region of the body from immediately behind the pharynx to the ovary. The whole structure is filled with sperms floating in an albuminous material. The prostate glands have now increased greatly in size. The bulbus ejaculatorius has enlarged con- siderably and communicates with the seminal vesicle by a plainly-visible duct. The cirrus has grown greatly in size and complexity and has developed a flange which travels along one side of it for about two-thirds of the length of the organ, and then suddenly passes over to the other side and ceases abruptly. This portion of the cirrus runs horizontally, but thence onward it slopes down- ward and gradually develops another flange which continues almost to the genital opening. The whole structure is enclosed in the large cirrus-sac (PI. xvi., fig. 39). The female organs do not mature at so early a stage as do the male. The ovary les immediately anterior to the testis and on its mght side gives off an extension. The oviduct is a narrow tube arising from the median ventral sur- face of the ovary and travelling forward near the ventral surface of the animal. The extremely large vagina opens on the left ventral side on a level with the prostate glands. A receptaculum seminis is absent. The female genital open- ing is situated a little behind the male aperture. The oviduct and uterus are extremely thin-walled structures. The shell-glands (Pl. xvii., fig. 49) consist of large masses of glandular cells, situated around and opening into the ootype, but visible only in sections. Never more than one egg is present in the uterus at a time. The egg, which measures .07 mm. by .048 mm., is provided with a short posteriorly-directed spine. The nucleus is visible among the abundant granular yolk material. The vitellaria are well developed and arranged in two broad bands, one on either side of the body, almost entirely obscuring the intestine. Posteriorly, immediately behind the testis, the yolk accumulates in a large median mass. In adults the organs may extend anteriorly to the pharynx and there is also a slight development of them all along the dorsal surface posterior to this organ. The individual parasites do not appear to have much effect on the host, though a_ slight hypertrophy of the gill-tissue has been observed in a few cases. But the great numbers in which this parasite occurs on the gills, must render it a source of considerable irritation to its host, as many as twelve individuals having been counted on a single gill-filament. Found on the gills of Therapon carbo Ogilby and McCulloch, from the Thomson River, Longreach, Central Queensland. LEPIDOTREMA TENUE, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig. 43; xvinl., figs. 52, 53.) Length .69 mm. by .14 mm. This species closely resembles L. therapon both anatomically and in general appearance, but the majority of the specimens examined were considerably longer and more slender. The eclasping dise is very similar in the two species, the large hooks, chitin bars and sealy “dises” being indistinguishable, but the disposition of the minor hooks is different, as is seen bv comparing figures 43 and 42 (PI. xvi.). A very short oesophagus is deve- loped and there is no fusion of the intestinal limbs posteriorly. The most marked differences are visible in the reproductive organs. As in Lepidotrema therapon, the testis matures in quite young forms. Degeneration of this organ oceurs as ia that species, though it is not so complete, a testis containing developing sperms being plainly visible in even the largest forms. Corresponding with this 8 BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. 105 the vesicula seminalis is rather smaller than in L. therapon. In some individuals it is almost free from sperms, in others much dilated, the dilatation taking place in a characteristic manner resulting in the formation of a strongly lobed strue- ture. The prostate glands are often very prominent. The cirrus is quite similar to that of L. therapon. The female reproductive organs are like those of the last species. There is a iarked development of the vitellaria—even more so than in L. therapon—so strongly that in some forms none of the other internal structures are visible through it. In general disposition the yolk system is, in other respects, the same as that of L. therapon. The egg measures .076 mm. by .048 mm., its spine being slightly longer than that of the last species. Found on the gills of Therapon hilli Castelnau, from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queensland. LEPIDOTREMA FULIGINOSUM, n-sp. (Plate xvi, fig. 44; xvii, figs. 50, 51.) Length .64—.75 mm., breadth .14—16 mm. This species closely resembles the other species of the genus. The distinctions most easily observed are in the disposition of the minor hooks on the dise and in the structure of the repro- ductive organs. The arrangement of the minor hooks is clearly seen in the figure (Pl. xvi., fig. 44), and differs from those already described in having one small hook situated between each pair of supporting cross-bars. Even in full-grown adults the testis is large and distinct, though the size of the vesicula seminalis indicates that the male gland has ondergone consider- able diminution. The greater part of the vas deferens is dilated into an im- mense vesicula which travels forward on the right side of the body nearly as far as the end of the penis, then, passing over to the left side, bends back again and communicates by a rather long vas deferens with the penis. The latter closely resembles that of the two previously described species. ‘wo prostate glands are present but not very large. The vagina is even larger than in the two preceding species. In one rather fortunate preparation the vagina could be seen opening into the ootype a very short distance in front of the opening of the two transverse vitelline duets (Pl. xvi, fig. 51). Shell-glands were not recognised. The oviduet is remark- able in that it is highly dilated in its mid-region and is lined by a highly re- fractive cuticle, evidently of a chitinous nature. It opens ventrally on the left side immediately behind the opening of the vagina. The egg, which measures .064 mm. by .048 mm., resembles that of the other species of the genus. Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queensland. 16. Subgenus FLABELLODISCUS, n. subgen. Lepidotreminae. In external appearance this subgenus closely resembles Lepidotrema, but the organisation of the reproductive system is considerably simpler. The penis is a simple chitinous tube, the twisted flange, so charac- teristic of Lepidotrema, being quite absent. The vagina which is bent once upon itself, is longer than, but not so thick-walled as in the genus mentioned. The testis lies above this more anterior part of the ovary and is rather small in the adult. The vesicula seminalis is exceedingly large. Type species, Lepidotrema (Ilabellodiscus) simplex J. & T. Found, so far, only on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay. 106 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, FLABELLODISCUS SIMPLEX, n.sp. (Plate xvii., figs. 54-55; xix., figs. 61, 62.) Length .53 mm., breadth .1 mm. The disc is broader than the body, measur- ing .112 mm. across. In external appearance this parasite closely resembles Lepidotrema, even in regard to the arrangement of the discal armature. The disposition of the minor hooks is shown in Pl. xix., fig. 61. One pair of hooks is present between the cross-bars, as is the case also in Lepidotrema fuliginosum. The ventral trans- verse cross-bar differs shghtly from that generally found in the last-named genus in being slightly angular, the edge opposite the obtuse angle giving off the small supporting chitin-piece. The seale-like papillae of the epidermis are absent on the dorsal surface (Pl. xix., fig. 62). No further details of the structure of the body walls could be seen distinctly. The alimentary canal and its associated glands are similar to those of Lepidotrema, the blindly-ending intestine being in both cases devoid of ¢caeca. In one specimen examined part of the nervous system could be seen. The brain lies between the eyes, immediately anterior to the pharynx, the lateral nerve cords curving round part of the pharynx and passing down the sides of the worm, close to the alimentary canal. Immediately behind the eyes two pairs of nerves are given off, one running upward to the head, the second inward towards the pharynx. Several other branches arise from the lateral nerve- trunks, both on their inner and outer sides (Pl. xviii., fig. 55). The nerve-trunks in the posterior region of the worm could not be recognised. No trace of excretory system could be detected. It is in the structure of the reproductive system (Pl. xvii., fig. 54) that the worm differs so' much from Lepidotrema. The testis is a curious uniform structure, situated above the anterior end of the ovary. The vas deferens is a long, very narrow, convoluted tube which opens into a highly dilated vesicula lying transversely across the body, im- mediately in front of the ovary, while the remainder of the sperm duct is a short slightly convoluted tube, which leads into the cirrus. The base of the latter is imbedded in a great mass of muscle. The cirrus is a much simpler structure, the twisted chitinous flange present in Lepidotrema being quite absent. It opens in the mid-ventral region of the animal a short distance behind the pharynx. Connected with its termination is a minute unicellular prostate gland. The anterior end of the ovary is bent sharply upon itself and it is from this region, and not from the median portion of the gland, that the female ducts arise. The oviduet, which is visible only with great difficulty, is a rather wide tube running forward to a point a little behind the end of the cirrus. It is embedded in a dense parenchyma of a rather fibrous nature, in which lie a number of large pyriform ells, heavily staining, and evidently to be regarded as shell glands, but their ducts could not be seen. The vagina is remarkable in that it does not run outwards along the ventral body wall as in other species of the genus Lepidotrema, but lies immediately below the dorsal body wall em- bedded, in part, in the dense parenchyma which surrounds the oviduct. It is a much narrower tube than is found in that genus. Shortly after leaving the oviduct it dilates, and this dilatation is seen to contain a kind of granular material, giving it a resemblance to a prostate gland. This portion may be regarded as a receptaculum seminis, filled with sperms. The tube there narrows, passes for- ward to a point immediately in front of the opening of the oviduct, then turns sharply upon itself, travels backward, downward, and finally forward again BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 107 along the ventral body wall where it opens in the midline. This curious arrangement possibly serves to act like a valve, preventing the sperms from leaving the vagina. The vitellaria of the fully-grown worm are strongly developed and are in general arrangement similar to those of Lepidotnema. In the young forms yolk itself is present only to a small extent. The egg measures .05 mm. by .044 mm. It is rather more rounded than in Lepidotrema and the spine is absent. In young specimens the reproductive system is of the same type, the vesicula seminalis appearing as a narrow transverse tube immediately in front of the ovary. The cirrus is much simpler than in the adult (Pl. xix., fig. 61). Found on the gills of Therapon fuliginosus Macleay, from the Thomson River, at Longreach, Central Queensland. 17. LePIDOTES, n.gen. Lepidotreminae. In this genus the seale-like body papillae are confined to the posterior half of the worm and the squamodise is devoid of hooks. The pos- terior dise has four large hooks, supported by intermediate chitinous bars, as well as six pairs of smaller peripheral hooks. Four pairs of head-organs are present. The intestine ends blindly and is devoid of caeca. Four eyes. Penis simple. Vagina simple, opening laterally; receptaculum seminis present. Found, so far, only on the gills of a treshwater fish, the golden perch or yellow-belly, Plectroplites ambiguus Richardson. Type species, L. fluviatilis J. & T. LEPIDOTES FLUVIATILIS, n.sp. (Plate xx., figs. 65-72; xxi., fig. 73.) This is a rather large species, measuring .95 mm. in length, and .26 mm. in greatest breadth. In preserved specimens the greyish colour of the parasite contrasts sharply with the creamy-yellow of the gill filament. The shape of the worm varies considerably according to the state of con- traction, being sometimes long and slender, at other times much shorter and rather thick-set. The dise (Pl. xx., fig. 67) is very prominent and the arrangement of the hook apparatus complex. Four large hooks are present, the dorsal pair long and slender, the ventral shorter and possessing a biramous basal portion. Muscles can be seen inserted into the base of the hooks. As in Lepidotrema there is a complex chitinous supporting apparatus which does not, however, articulate with the hooks, but seems rather to strengthen the dise. It consists of three bars, a central one with two ventrally and outwardly directed projections, and two lateral outwardly directed pieces closely articulated with the latter. Only six pairs of minute peripheral hooks could be detected. The two sealy sucker-like dises are very prominent, but are entirely devoid of the fan-like hook-armature so characteristic of Lepidotrema. Twenty-five rows of scales are present on each dise (PI. xx., fig. 69). The chitinous cuticle is modified on the posterior half of the body to form numerous forwardly projecting papillae which are not so densely arranged as in Leydotrema. Longitudinal and circular muscle-layers are recognisable. The body-parenchyma of the posterior half of the animal is of an extremely loose texture, giving this tissue a reticulate appearance. The mouth lies ventrally, immediately in‘front of the pharynx. The latter is large and rounded in dorsal view, and bears numerous unicellular glands in its 108 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, walls. There is no definite oesophagus. The intestine is devoid of caeca and the two limbs bulge outwards in. the region of the testis and end blindly. There are two glands situated one on either side of, and immediately posterior to, the pharynx; they seem to open into the intestine. There are four pairs of head-organs from which the ducts pass backward to join the cephalic glands. In young forms the head-organs are all clustered closely together; but already in medium-sized forms the adult condition’ is attained (PIL. xx., fig. 70). Of the nervous system, only the brain and the origin of the main nerves could be recognised. There are two pairs of eyes, each consisting of a mass of minute oval pigment-grains, lying well within the body-parenchyma. The sexual apparatus is very complex and diffieult to follow out. The following description is based on an examination of whole mounts and serial sections. The testis is extremely large, occupying all the space between the branches of the intestine. _ Within the testis the immature sperms are arranged in numerous small clusters, but further details of sperm formation could not be observed in this organ. The vas deferens is a wide tube, passmg forward and opening immediately behind the pharynx into a portion of the vesicula seminalis. The latter consists of three large globular portions. The anterior, dorsally situated part appears to open by a duct given off from its lower surface into the ventral portion of a second division lying immediately behind it and lke- wise dorsally. This opens, in turn, into a third, more ventrally situated portion which appears to open directly into the large bulbus ejaculatorius. This latter is a thick-walled vesicle which opens by a narrow duct into the cirrus. Sperms appear to undergo development in the vesicula, for not until they are found in the ejaculatory bulb do they possess a typical sperm-appearance. The heads are minute and spherical, the tail relatively long, the whole sperm measuring about .008 mm. The cirrus, which les in a large cirrus-sac, is a rather simple chitinous tube, bent onee upon itself. Into the cirrus also open, by a pair of long duets, two prostate (?) glands and also a large number of very prominent heavily-staining glands (“cirrus glands”), originating as far back as the ovary. The prominent ovary is situated asymmetrically in front of the testis, on the right side of the body. Into the narrow oviduet opens a large yolk reservoir, generally difficult to see, since it seldom contains yolk. The vagina is a simple tube passing directly to the left side where it opens ventrally. In connection with it there is a large receptaculum seminis, frequently seen full of sperms. In whole specimens it is almost completely obscured on account of the great deyvelop- ment of the vitellaria. The oviduct passes forward as a very thin tube opening close behind the male aperture. Distinet shell-glands could not be recognised but these organs seem to be represented by certain glandular swellings in the walls of the ootype. The large, oval egg, measuring .07 mm. by .04 mm., is well supplied with yolk. Posteriorly it bears a small blunt spine. Of fifty specimens examined only two contained an ege. j The vitelline system is fairly well developed. Two wide transverse yolk-ducts are present immediately behind the ovary and transfer the yolk to a reservoir which is generally very difficult to detect, except when filled. In general appearance the young differ considerably from the adults. In the smallest forms the head-organs are clustered closely together. Testis and ovary are small. Vesicula seminalis, bulbus ejaculatorius and cirrus are visible; BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 109 but prostate glands were not seen. The large “cirrus-glands” are already well developed, as is also the yolk system. The disc, though at first sight quite different from that of the adult, is built on the same plan (FI. xx., fig. 72). It is proportionally much larger than the adult dise, which evidently becomes formed from that of the young worm by the addition of a quantity of “padding tissue” which is plainly visible within it, giving it a more spherical appearance, In slightly larger worms this immature form of the dise is retained, but the cephalic glands are already of the adult type. Found on the gills of the golden perch, Plectroplites ambiguus Richardson, from the Thomson River at Longreach, Central Queensland. 18. EMPLEURODISCUS, n.gen. Lepidotreminae. In this genus the seale-like papillae cover practically the whole of the body, being absent only in the head region. The seales of the squamodise are arranged generally in from seven to nine rows. A large number (25 to 30) of sharp accessory hooks are present. There are 14 minor hooks. The posterior dise is exceedingly broad, being nearly thrice the width of the rather slender body. The cephalic glands are connected with four pairs of head organs. Four eyes are present. The two limbs of the intestine end blindly and are devoid of caeea. The testis is solid; the cirrus simple. The ovary lies transversely in front of the testis. There is no vagina. Found on the gills of the freshwater fish, Therapon unicolor Gunther. Type species, £. angustus J. & T. EMPLEURODISCUS ANGUSTUS, n.sp. (Plate xix., figs. 56-60, 63-64.) Length about .32 mm.; breadth .05 mm. This worm is characterised by the great relative width of the disc, which measures nearly thrice the body breadth. Its armature (Pl. xix., fig. 64) is more complex than that of any other member of the Gyrodactyloidea. Four large hooks are present, a dorsal pai with a biramous basal portion, and a more simple slender ventral pair. A complex set of chitmous bars les between these hooks, but does not form a definite articulation with them, serving probably rather to strengthen the dise as a whole. Ths chitinous apparatus consists of two pairs (a large and a small) of inwardly directed chitin-pieces which articulate with a complexly made intermediate portion. Muscles can be seen inserted at the base of the hooks. Fourteen minute hooks are also present, their distribution being shown in the figure. Four appear to lie on the dorsal side of the dise, while the others are ventral. Two squamodises occur, each bearing nine rows of modified “seales.”” Each dise is also provided with a variable number, generally about thirty, of sharp slender hooks. The clinging dise of the worm is thus armed with as many as eighty hooks. The scale-like papillae, characteristic of the Lepidotreminae, are absent only on the head. Of the body-muscles, a well-developed circular, and poorly-developed longitudinal layer could be detected. The head organs of this species are very prominent; a large anterior pair and two smaller posterior pairs being present and it appears that the latter are actually protrusible (PI. xix., fig. 60). The cephalic glands supplying them are very small and le well in front of the eyes, close behind the last pair of head-organs. The mouth lies mid-ventrally, in front of the eyes. A long buccal cavity leads into the pharynx. Lateral] to the very short oesophagus is a pair of digestive glands. The forked intestine is devoid of caeea and ends blindly. 110 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, No trace of nervous or excretory systems could be seen. There are two pairs of eyes immediately in front of the pharynx, situated just below the body wall in the parenchyma. The testis is well developed, lying immediately behind the ovary, and in some specimens appears to be distinctly lobed. The vas deferens, which runs. dorsally to the ovary and to the right of the uterus, becomes dilated into a large vesicula seminalis and, after narrowing, appears to open directly into the cirrus, no bulbus ejaculatorius being visible. Into the base of the cirrus there opens a small prostate gland. The cirrus is a short incompletely-closed chitinous tube, bent once upon itself and opening immediately anteriorly to the female genital aperture. The ovary lies transversely in the middle of the body. The oviduct is a very wide, non-collapsible tube opening a short distance behind the oesophagus. The well developed shell-glands are arranged in two groups on either side of the oviduet into which they open each by a long delicate duct. There is no vagina. The vitelline system which is not very strongly developed, lies in close con- nection with the intestine and discharges its yolk by means of two narrow transverse yolk-ducts, situated immediately anterior to the ovary. The egg which is relatively large, measuring approximately .06 mm. in length, was rarely present. It is somewhat oval in shape and possesses a. short. posterior spine. Found on the gills of Therapon wnicolor Gunther, from the Burnett River, South Queensland. 19. ACLEOTREMA, n.gen. Lepidotreminae. Dise considerably broader than body, with four large hooks and a supporting chitin apparatus; fourteen minor hooks. The sucker-like organs consist of about fifteen rows of modified seales and are devoid of accessory hooks. Greater part of body protected by short proclinate spiny papillae. Four eyes present. Ovary and testis in the vicinity of the middle of the body. Vagina thin-walled, bent upon itself anteriorly and opening in the midline. Penis rather simple, but lodged in a highly developed cirrus-sae. Penis and vagina com- municate with a remarkable chitinous cavity which opens on the ventral surface. From the gills of a marine fish of the genus Girella. Type species, A. girellae J. & T. ACLEOTREMA GIRELLAE, n.sp. (Plate xill., figs. 23-25; xiv., figs. 26-30.) Length of adult worm averages about .7 mm., breadth of body about .16 min., breadth of dise about .23 mm. This is a rather slender species with a dise considerably broader than the body. There is much variation in shape according to the state of contraction or elongation of the individuals; at times the extension of the posterior portion may be remarkably great, the worm in this condition having a totally different ap- pearance from that usually seen. It is chiefly the region posterior to the ter- mination of the intestine which undergoes this elongation. The dise is provided with fourteen minor hooks, arranged as in Pl. xii, fig. 25 and PI. xiv., fig. 27, as well as with four large hooks which are supported by, and articulate with a chitinous basal armature. The latter consists of a power- ful transverse chitin-bar, the ends of which articulate each with a second, proxi- mally bifurcated chitin-bar, while the two hooks on either side come into relation with the end of the bar. One of these hooks is rather slender and possesses BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND 0. W. TIEGS. aati two well-defined roots. In the other, which is a much more powerful hook, such a basal bifurcation is absent. The dise is provided with two pairs of groups of unicellular glands, the lateral pairs (Pl. xiii., fig. 25) being especially well-defined and appearing to open, by numerous converging ducts, upon the surface of the disc. The two accessory adhesive organs or squamodises consist each of about fifteen rows of modified body papillae, and are quite devoid of definite hook apparatus. The dise is well provided with muscles which are modifications of the longitudinal body musculature of the parasite, though it is possible that the circular layer also enters into their formation. The longitudinal muscles of the posterior lateral portion of the worm are arranged on each side in a bundle which passes outwards (Pl. xiii., fig. 25) to become inserted on the large hooks of the corresponding side. From the upper part of the dise near its junction with the body, there arises on each side a bundle of muscles passing obliquely to the hooks of the other side. The musculature of the sucker-like organs is in the form of a pair of muscles travelling down the ventral mid- line of the body. The cuticle is developed into numerous forwardly projecting papillae, each very sharply pointed (Pl. xiv., fig. 28), but not so closely arranged as in Lepidotes. They are especially well developed near the dise, but gradually diminish and disappear towards the anterior half of the animal. The longi- tudinal layer of body-muscles is fairly distinct, but cannot be said to be strongly developed. The fibres of the outer layer run mostly in an irregular oblique manner; only in places could distinct circular muscles be detected. In the region of the genital openings the musculature undergoes a pronounced modification, a powerful group of irregularly arranged oblique, circular and longitudinal fibres being found, surrounding the huge genital cavity to be described below. Into this mass are also inserted well-defined columns of dorso-ventral fibres. The mouth is a transverse slit opening on the ventral surface, a little in front of the region of the brain. The buccal cavity is short, the pharynx large and dis- tinct, and the oesophagus short. Into the posterior part of the pharynx opens a group of unicellular glands, clearly visible in the living animal, but in stained preparations appearing only as a dark mass. The intestine is bifureated and devoid of caeca. In section its wall is seen to be composed of a layer consisting of several clear hyaline cells. There is no junction of limbs posteriorly. Three pairs of head-organs are present, their ducts originating from masses of gland-cells which cause a slight projection on each side of the head. The brain, which lies immediately anterior to and above the pharynx, gives off three pairs of nerves; a small pair to the anterior extremity; the second, slightly larger, pair laterally to supply the sides of the anterior half of the body; the third pair very large and passing right along the animal, lying in close contact. with the intestine (Pl. xiv., fig. 27). ' The excretory system is clearly visible in living specimens as an irregular tube running close to the intestine and receiving branching vessels in the region of the testis. Posteriorly the limbs communicate close in front of the termination of the intestinal branches. The system opens on either side at about a third of the body-length from the anterior end by a pair of dilated excretory vesicles. Flowing into the base of this vesicle are the excretory vessels of the head, which in the region of the brain have a curiously complicated course (PI. xiy., fig. 27). The ovary lies transversely in the mid-region of the body, the oviduct leaving it on its left side to pass inward and then anteriorly where the vagina opens into it. It then passes forward, sweeping round as the uterus past the male 112 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, and vaginal apertures, to open beside the cirrus sac. Its anterior half is lined with chitin and is therefore very clearly visible. The vagina travels forward after joing the narrow uterus and close behind the male opening bends inward, then turns sharply upon itself, and again bends inward, thus producing a most efficient mechanism for the retention of sperms in the vagina. The latter opens into the large genital cavity, described below. In the walls of the oviduct le the shell-glands which are not visible in whole mounts of adult animals, but can be clearly seen in sections. They will be more fully described in the young form in which they are clearly recognisable. The testis is a pyriform structure lying close behind the ovary. The vas deferens passes forwards and in the region of the cirrus-sac bends upon itself, then again forward to open into the penis. The vas is a fairly widely dilated tube but no special portion of it can be regarded as a vesicula seminalis. The penis is a rather simple chitinous tube with a distinet curve near its termination. It is lodged within a highly developed cirrus-sac (PI. xiv., fig. 26) which con- sists proximally of a large rounded structure lined with an outer layer of circular muscles, internal to which is a group of radiating muscles, inserted upon the beginning of the penis. The sac extends forward and embraces the penis for a considerable distance. Distally it opens by a distinct, heavily chitinised aperture into the great genital cavity (Pl. xiv., fig. 29). This remarkable structure encloses a relatively large space, with collapsed walls, lined by chitin. Into its front portion open the penis and the vagina. The whole is surrounded by a complex musculature. Probably this organ is to be regarded as having an accessory copulatory function. On the gills of the same fish which provided the specimens upon which the above description is based there were present other worms, which are pro- bably the young of this species, since the arrangement of the discal armature, head-glands, and intestine are identical; but the genital organs are rather simpler than those above deseribed, though they are founded on essentially the same plan (Pl. xiv., fig. 30). Ovary and testis are well developed, but the former has not yet attained the size it does in the adult worm. The walls of the oviduct lodge a number of small unicellular shellglands, whose ducts pass forward and evidently open. each directly into the ootype. The uterus, which is sharply marked off from the latter, is considerably wider and passes straight forward to open close to the male genital aperture. The vagina which is connected with the uterus by a narrow chitinous duct, is constricted anteriorly, then dilated again into a small bulb which gradually tapers off to form a narrow duct open- ing to the exterior. This terminal portion of the organ already has an indication of the twisting which subsequently becomes so evident. The vagina opens into a small erevice, doubtless the rudiment of the remarkable structure that oceurs in the adult. The vas deferens is a fairly straight tube, connected distally with a small bulbus ejaculatorius opening into the penis. The latter is less heavily chitinised than in the adult. The prominent bulbous expansion of the proximal part of the adult cirrus-sae can scarcely be detected in many cases while in others, evidently more advanced individuals, it is more distinct, but not so pro- nouneed as in the adult forms. ' Found on the gills of the marine black bream or black fish, Girella tricuspt- data Q. and G. from Caloundra, South-east Queensland. 20. LAMELLODISCUS, n.gen. Small slender Lepidotreminae in which the body is devoid of scaly papillae. Dise well developed, with the accessory locomotory dise (squamodise) peculharly BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 113 modified in such a way as to present numerous concentric rows consisting each of a pair of laterally elongated lamellae. Eyes present. Intestine ends blindly. Cirrus simple. Vagina present. From the gills of marine fishes. T y pe and only species, L. typicus J. and T. LAMELLODISCUS TYPICUS, u.sp. (Plate xxi., figs. 74, 78, 78a.) A rather small worm, measuring about .124 mm. in greatest width and .528 mm. in length. The anterior end is narrow, especially immediately behind the pharynx, while in the region of the testis the worm is at its maximum breadth, there being a distinct constriction immediately before this region. Dise con- nected with body by a rather long pedicle. The dise bears four large hooks of which the ventral is somewhat bifurcated at its base (Pl. xxi., fig. 74). All four articulate with a strong chitinous cross- bar. Seven minor hooks are present, their dispositions being as indicated in Pl. xxi., fig. 74. The aceessory dise (squamodise) undergoes a remarkable deve- lopment, each of the concentric rows consisting, not of scaly papillae as in the other Lepidotreminae hitherto described, but of a single pair of laterally-elongated lamellae. The integument is remarkable in that no trace of scaly papillae could be discovered. This is perhaps correlated in some way with the curious develop- ment of the squamodise, a structure which, as already stated, is probably pro- duced as a modification of these scaly papillae. The muscle-system is feebly developed, the transverse system being scarcely evident in preparations. In the posterior region, however there are two pairs (a dorsal and a ventral) of bundles of longitudinally running fibres passing to the dise (Pl. xxi., fig. 74). The cephalic glands are well developed and lodged on each side of the pharynx in a pair of distinet swellings (PI. xxi, fig. 78), their ducts travelling forward to open through three pairs of head-organs. The mouth is situated sub-terminally; the pharynx is very small, and the oesophagus extremely short. The intestinal limbs are entirely devoid of caeca and end blindly a little before the dise. Two pairs of eyes are present immediately in front of the pharynx; those of the posterior pair being larger and closer together than the anterior. The brain is situated beneath them, but no details of the nervous system could be observed. i The testis is situated in the middle of the body and is so large that it pro- duces a distinet bulging of the body in this region. The vas deferens appears to originate at its posterior portion; it travels forward, then turns inward towards the midline and then forward again to pass as a rather widely dilated duct serving as a seminal vesicle, into the region of the cirrus, narrowing suddenly before it enters the latter structure from above. The cirrus is a medium-sized, simple chitinous tube, passing directly backward to terminate at the male genital aperture. The ovary is a curved organ lying just in front of the testis. The oviduct passes inward from its most anterior portion and then forward as the uterus. The vagina is a simple thin-walled tube, which appears to be lined with a thin layer of chitin. It passes backward, crosses the path of the uterus, then turns inward and forward again and opens into the ootype. There is formed a small distension in its posterior region, which apparently serves as a receptaculum seminis. Shell-glands could not be seen. The vitelline system is very well developed. It closely follows the limbs 114 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, of the intestine, but undergoes a great development in the mid-region of the body, there occupyimg a considerable area immediately anterior and posterior to the testis, when it stretches right across the body so as to encircle the male gland. The yolk is transferred to the female tubes by a pair of transverse yolk-ducts, situated considerably anterior to this region. No eggs were present in the specimens examined. From the gills of the common marine bream (silver bream), Sparus aus- tralis Gunther, from Moreton Bay. Subfamily IV. MERIZOCOTYLINAE, n. subfam. Syn. Anisocotylinae Monticelli, 1903 (in part). Gyrodactylidae in which the dise is provided with suckers as well as major hooks. Cephahe glands open by distinct head-organs. Testis single or double. Ovary unbranched. Vagina present. From the gills and nasal glands of marine fishes. This subfamily includes the following genera:—Merizocotyle Cerfontaine and Empruthotrema J. and T. 21. Merizocotyus Cerfontaine, 1894. Medium-sized worms, in which the dise is provided with a small number (five to seven) of central suckers and a ring of from twelve to eighteen mar- ginal suckers, the latter provided each with a minor hook. Two major hooks present. Four eyes. Cirrus simple. Testis and ovary single and compact. Two vaginae present (according to MacCallum). Vitellaria well developed. From nasal gland and gills of stingrays in America and Europe. Type speeies, M. diaphana Cerf. This genus has been placed by various authors in the Monocotylidae, Ani- socotylinae and Tristomidae. The presence of distinctly glandular head-organs undoubtedly shows its relationship with the Gyrodactylidae. At the same time the double vagina and the remarkable “sucker-dise” are characters which dis- tinetly separate the genus from members of any other subfamily belonging to that family. (See also under genus Lophocotyle). Known species:—M. diaphana Cerf., 1894; M. minor Cerf., 1898; M. dasy- batis MacCallum, 1916. 22. EMPRUTHOTREMA, n.gen. Medium-sized robust Merizocotylinae, about 1.6 mm. in length, in which the dise is nearly as wide as the body, and is provided with fourteen marginal and five central suckers. Major hooks are absent, but minor hooks are found mar- ginally, one between each pair of suckers. Anterior end broad and provided with three head-organs, doubtless glandular. Small pharynx; short oesophagus. Intestinal limbs end blindly. Testis double and very large; penis fairly simple. Ovary compact; shell-glands strongly developed. Vagina paired. From the gills of Raja erinacea—Massachusetts. Type species, H. raiae (MacCallum, 1916). This species has been described and figured by MacCallum as a species of Acanthocotyle, a decision which is obviously incorreet. The author does not mention the presence of cephalic glands, but his figure suggests that they do oceur; in almost every other respect the worm is closely allied to Merizocotyle. BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 115 Family ITT. MONOCOTYLIDAE Taschenberg, 1879. Small, slender or robust, medium-sized Gyrodactyloidea in which the glan- dular head-organs are absent. The dise has developed into a sucker-like struc- ture, a character which is already present in the Merizocotylinae. Major hooks present, though apparently at times absent. Hyes present or absent. Testis simple and compact or broken up into follicles. Ovary simple. Vagina present (or absent?), generally paired. Intestine bifurcated, caeca present or absent. From the gills of Elasmobranchs. It is customary to include the Monocotylidae with the Tristomoidea, but the affinities of the group are much more with the Gyrodactylidae, Merizocotyle forming an intermediate link. The following genera belong to the family:—Monocotyle Tschbg., 1878; Trionchus MacCallum, 1916; Calicotyle Dies., 1850; Microbothrium Olsson, 1869; Pseudocotyle v. Ben. and Hesse, 1865; perhaps also Leptocotyle Montic., 1905. Key to sub-families of Monocotylidae. A. a. Dise about as broad, or a little broader than body .. .. .. Monocotylinae by Dischanuch narrowerpthanwbocyseeueeye) vaycisei cleus diel ile ey) bec tere eee B. a. Anterior end of worm narrow, posterior end very broad; disc divided by radii into several suckers and armed with hooks .. .. .. Calicotylinae. b. Both ends attenuated, disc very small, devoid of radii, and of large HOOKS Hers eure ey ste Deep PoOG OF Bdiroquia ae Pseudocotylinae. Subfamily I. MONOCOTYLINAE Gamb., 1896. Slender Monocotylidae in which the disc is about as broad as body and pro- vided with two or three major hooks. Testis compact. double ?). In addition to Monocotyle, we are including Trionchus in this subfamily. Vagina single (or 23. Monocory.ue Taschenberg, 1878. Elongated worms with large posterior clasping dise, divided by eight radii into as many suckers. Two major hooks and numerous minor hooks, the latter scattered over the dise, especially at its margin. Mouth very large, situated at anterior end. . Vagina single (or double ?). Intestinal limbs end blindly. Eggs oval and provided with a filament. From Hlasmobranchs. Type species, M. myliobatis Tseh. Known species:—M. myliobatis Tsch., 1878 (Europe); M. ijimae Goto, 1894 (Japan); M. dasybatis MacCallum, 1916 (U.S.A.). MonocoryLe MINIMA, nom. nov. (Syn. M. dasybatis minimus MacCallum, 1916.) In 1916 MacCallum described two species of Monocotyle from a stingray, Dasybatus pastinacus, from Massachusetts,—viz., “IM. dasybatis nov. sp.” and “M. dasybatis minimus nov. sp.” Both are well figured and a glance is sufficient to show that the two are quite distinct, not only in their dimensions but in regard to the major hooks of the dise, the oral region, disposition of the ovary and testis, ete. No suggestion was made by the author that the second species was to be regarded as a variety or subspecies of the former, but the two were evidently considered as quite distinet species. It seems to us that the second name is a pure trinomial and accordingly invalid as a combination. In order to 116 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, avoid unnecessary confusion we have deemed it expedient to rename the species as Monocotyle minima. MonocoryLe ropusta, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.) This is a rather small stout species, measuring about .72 mm. in length and .30 mm. in maximum body-breadth. The dise is nearly circular and re- latively very large, measuring about .31 mm. in diameter. The anterior end of the worm is narrow and dome-shaped, but the body immediately behind the pharynx broadens out, reaching its maximum breadth in the region of the ovary, then narrowing considerably to be joimed by a relatively broad pedicle to the dise. The dise bears a small sucker in its middle, from whose walls eight radii pass outwards and divide the margin into as many marginal suckers. The dise is therefore a very powerful adhesive organ, but its efficiency is increased by a pair of large hooks situated on the outer angles of the two posterior suckers. In other species minor hooks have been described, one belonging to each sucker; Ov Text-fig.1.—Monocotyle robusta, entire animal. but in this form their presence has not been seen with certainty. Each of the larger hooks has two roots, one very, long, the other relatively short and pro- vided with minute muscles. The skin is quite devoid of papillae. Longitudinal and cireular muscele- layers can be distinguished, but only the latter is well developed, especially in BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 117 the region of the mouth which must be a fairly labile organ. The pharynx which lies close behind the mouth is relatively very large, measuring nearly .1 mm. in length. There is a short oesophagus. No details of the intestine could be made out in the material available. Immediately in front of the pharynx are four eyes, the posterior two being larger and situated further apart. The genitalia are rather difficult to observe on account of the closeness with which they are massed together in this short animal. The ovary is situated in the midline slightly behind the middle of the animal. It is bent once upon itself in the transverse direction and then opens by a short oviduct into the uterus. The latter is a long narrow tube, apparently lined distally with a thin layer of chitin. It opens close beside the pharynx, and when an egg is present is seen to be considerably distended in this region where the shell-glands lie. A very short vagina is present, opening on the mid-ventral region by a very dis- iinet aperture. What appears to be a very large receptaculum seminis is to be seen in close connection with the vagina. * The vitelline system is very well developed and obscures all structures be- neath it. The transverse yolk-ducts pass inward towards the female ducts im- mediately in front of the ovary. The yolk-glands extend from the region of the pharynx right to the posterior end of the body, where they are especially abundant. The testis is fairly large, lying beside and close behind the ovary. The vas deferens passes forward on the left side of the body, to open into a very prominent vesicula seminalis close behind the pharynx. The penis seems to be a fairly large, though not very distinet structure, lying close to the vesicula, but its exact structure could not be made out. From the gills of a common stingray, Urolophus testaceus Mull. & Henle from Sydney. 24. TrioncxHuwus MacCallum, 1916. “The mouth large and sub-terminal, much like an ordinary sucker; genital pore central; cirrus chitinous; single testicle posterior to ovary; a relatively large sucker dise with one large loculus in the centre and three small marginal ones. There are also on the dise three hooks, one large one terminating in two points and also two smaller ones” (MacCallum). To which may be added:— pharynx remarkably small; ovary very large and bent in a semicircle; vagina ap- parently absent. Type and only known species, 7. dasybatis MacCallum, 1916, from the gills of Dasybatus pastinacus at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts. Subfamily II. CALICOTYLINAE Monticelli, 1903. Rather large robust Monocotylidae, much broader behind than in front; the dise very much narrower than the body and divided into a number of suckers. Large hooks present on disc.- Vagina double. Testis broken up into numerous follicles. Cirrus simple. Calicotyle Dies. is the only genus as yet known belonging to this subfamily. 25. CALICOTYLE Diesing, 1850. Dise divided by seven radii into as many marginal suckers; a small central sucker also present on disc. Minor hooks absent, but two large powerful hooks present. Testis elongated transversely and broken up into numerous follicles. 118 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, Cirrus simple. Ovary small, elongated transversely and coiled slightly. Vagina double. From marine fishes (Elasmobranchs). Type species, C. kroyeri Diesing, 1850. There are various spellings for this name e.g. Calycotyle, Callocotyle, Calliocotyle, Callicotyle but Calicotyle has precedence. Q Known species: C. kroyeri Dies., 1850 (Europe); C. mitsukurti Goto, 1894 (Japan); and C. stossichi Braun, 1899 (Europe). Subfamily III. PSEUDOCOTYLINAE Monticelli, 1903. Robust IMonocotylidae, with attenuated ends; sucker exceedingly small and devoid of hooks or suckers. Intestinal limbs provided with caeea. Vagina paired or unpaired. Testis compact or broken up into follicles. 26. MrcrosporTrHRiv™ Olsson, 1868. Pseudocotylinae with “elliptical body with attenuated ends. Vagina un- paired, opening on left of ventral surface. One large compact testis’—(Pratt). From Elasmobranchs (N.W. Europe, Canada). Type and only known species, M. apiculatuwm Olss., 1869. The genus was deseribed as a member of the Tristomidae. In 1879 Taschen- berg considered it to be a synonym of Pseudocotyle, as also did Monticelli (1903), Braun (1890) and Stafford (1904). Pratt’s figures (1900) show them to be dis- tinet, and in view of our lack of the necessary literature we have listed the two genera separately. Although Monticelli (1892, 1905) referred to Microbothrium as a synonym of Pseudocotyle, yet he admitted (1905, p. 70, footnote) that it might be retained as a subgenus of the latter, and at the same time proposed Leptocotyle as a sub- genus, its type species being P. minor. Olsson (1869) in deseribing M. fragile, assigned this parasite of Raja batis doubtfully to Microbothrium. Braun (1890) placed it under Pseudocotyle. In 1897 Jaegerskiold described an ectoparasitic®Triclad (Micropharynx parasitica, n.g. et sp.) from two other Scandinavian rays R. clavata and R. laevis, and mentioned its possible identity with Olsson’s species. Stafford (1904) accepted the synonymy and reported the presence of the worm in Canadian waters. In view of these statements the species can be removed from the Gyrodactyloidea. 27. PsEUDOCOTYLE vy. Beneden and Hesse, 1865. Pseudocotylinae in which the vagina is very small and paired. Testis broken up into numerous follicles. Intestinal caeca very long and slender. From skin of Elasmobranchs. Type species, P. squatinae Ben. and Hesse, 1865. Known species: P. squatinae Ben. and Hesse, 1865; P. minor Montic. 1888. As already mentioned above, it has been stated that Microbothrium is a synonym of Pseudocotyle. In 1905 Monticelli proposed a subgenus, Leptocotyle, to receive P. minor, but as we have not access to the literature, we refrain from discussing its status. Family IV. CALCEOSTOMIDAE (Parona & Perugia, 1890) Monticelli, 1903—emend. J. & T. Gyrodactyloidea in which the cephalic glands do not open by ducts con- eentrated into head-organs, but remain seattered over a considerable area on BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND OQ. W. TIEGS. 119 either side of the head. Posterior dise showing a tendeney towards sucker-like structure, though no distinet sucker is produced. Correlated with this, there is a diminution or even disappearance of the major hooks. Eyes present or absent. Intestine with or without caeca. Testis single or double. Ovary simple or branched. Cirrus simple. Vagina present or absent. From the gills of fishes. The name Calceostomidae was first used by Parona and Perugia in 1890, but was employed to designate a subfamily, Monticelli in 1903 raising the sub- family to the status of a family. We have subdivided the family into the Calceostominae and Dionchinae. Subfamily I. CALCEOSTOMINAE Monticelli, 1892. (Syn. Calceostonidae Parona and Perugia, 1890.) Calceostomidae with a bifurcated intestine provided with very marked caeca. Vagina (apparently) present or absent. Testis single. The head develops a pair of head lappets. Including the genera Calcgostoma v. Ben., 1858, and Fridericianella Brandes, 1894. 28. CALCGCHEOSTOMA van Beneden, 1858. Calceostominae. Large worms, measuring from about 5 to 8 mm. in length. Posterior dise broader than body and somewhat cup-shaped; unarmed or pro- vided with an armature consisting of a central group of two comparatively small hooks as well as minute marginal hooks. From the anterior end, immediately in front of the eyes, are developed a pair of very remarkable head-lappets. A pair of large glands occupy the greater part of the head and open by numerous ducts in the vicinity of the mouth. Eyes present (or absent according to ae- counts of the European species). Pharynx large; intestine bifureated with pro- minent ecaeca. A single elongated testis; cirrus rather simple. Ovary branched. Vitellaria well developed. Vagina absent. Found on the gills of marine fishes. + Type speeies, C. calceostoma (Wagener, 1857) J. & T., 1922, Syn., C. elegans van Beneden, 1858. Other known species, C. inerme Par. © Per., 1889. CALCEOSTOMA GLANDULOSUM, n.sp. (Plate xx1., figs. 75-77; xxu., figs. 79-86.) This is a large worm, measuring about 5 mm. in length and .9 mm. in breadth. The dise is broader than the body of the worm and somewhat .cup-shaped in general appearance, with a very strongly crenated margin. The dorsal and more posteriorly lying portion of the “cup” is marked off from the anterior and more ventrally situated part by a prominent septum which has a less strongly crenated free edge (Pl. xxi, fig. 86). The anterior section of the cup is rather larger than the posterior and contains the powerful hook apparatus. This consists of two large hooks articulating with a small chitinous complex which, in turn, rests at the end of a long bar of chitin. An intricate system of muscles is developed in connection with the whole apparatus. The hooks are powerful, sharply- pointed and curved almost into a semicircle. The basal part of each is broad, with short irregular projections, the mechanical action of which upon the chitinous complex probably serves to give perfection to the action of the whole clasping apparatus. The chitin complex, with which the hooks articulate, rests upon the top of a long supporting bar and is provided on each side, on its more ventral 120 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, portion, with three long processes, the upper two pairs being the largest; while the more dorsal part is developed into two pairs of short stout bosses. The hooks articulate with the complex between the ventral pair of processes. The muscula- ture of the hook apparatus is attached to these processes. A pair of very large powerful muscles, lying on either side of the median chitin bar, are inserted on the common base of the two large more dorsally and posteriorly situated of the processes, while weaker muscles are attached to the smaller processes. Numerous — transverse muscles—excessive development of the outer cireular muscle-layer—are inserted on the longitudinal supporting bar and add to the complexity of the whole structure. A more weakly developed transverse muscle lies immediately in front of the longitudinal chitin-bar and lodges a small sesamoid-like piece of chitin which articulates with the base of the latter. Immediately internal to the crenated margin of the dise are two rows of numerous very minute hooks, each with a bifurcated basal attachment (Pl. xxii., fig. 84). The head develops two prominent head-lappets (characteristic of Calceostoma) provided with the curious ornamentation seen in the figure. The fact that blood- corpuscles from the host occur in the intestine of the parasite suggests that these organs have a suctorial function; though it is also possible that an undulating movement, for which they seem well adapted, would serve to waft food towards the mouth. The integument (Pl. xxi., fig. 76) possesses a well developed cuticle, below whieh lie the musele-layers with which it is connected by a rather loose sub- cuticular tissue. The outer circular musculature is very poorly developed, and in places quite absent. The longitudinal layer is strongly marked and interior to it lies a second circular layer, much more prominent than the outer cireular. In the posterior region of the animal, behind the intestine, le masses of unicellular glands which appear to open on the ventral surface. The mouth lies ventrally immediately behind the lappets and just in front of the pharynx. The buceal cavity is short; the pharynx large, prominent, and de- void of gland-cells within its walls. There is no definite oesophagus. The intes- tine is bifureated, the two limbs joining again behind the testis. Intestinal caeca ane well developed, especially on the outer side of the intestine, one pair extending forwards half way along the pharynx. There is a similar posterior extension considerably behind the connecting piece of the intestinal limbs. The intestine is lined by a single layer of cells. In the anterior portion of the body are two great masses of unicellular glands beginning considerably behind the pharynx at the sides of the body and eradually broadening out to form two prominent masses just in front of the pharynx. From each cell a duct is given off (Pl. xxi, fig. 82) uniting with duets from neighbouring eells. In this way are formed a large number of trans- verse duets which run below the pharynx and appear to open into the buccal cavity and, possibly also, into the ventral part of the pharynx. It is possible that these glands are homologous with the cephalic glands of ryrodactylidae, the characteristic head-organs of that family, being probably an accumulation of numerous ducts which are seen separated and distributed in Dionchus where the arrangement seems to be intermediate between the two types of structure. No other glandular organs could be seen in connection with the intestine. The exeretory system can be observed in serial section lying immediately below the intestine on each side (PI. xxi., fig. 75) as a tube with a moderate BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND O. W. TIEGS. 121 lumen containing a small amount of spongy tissue. In close connection with these ducts are a number of muscle fibres. The tubes extend forward as far as the pharynx, increasing in size and becoming more infiltrated with spongy con- nective tissue, then pass forward and downward to open by a number of minute openings into the posterior portion of the vestibule which is surrounded by the head lappets (Pl. xxi., fig. 77). Posteriorly the longitudinal ducts ean be traced as far back aS the end of the intestine. In the region of the pharynx the excretory ducts give off a large spongy sinus-like extension over this structure, thus forming a connection between the left and right tubes. Dorsally to the pharynx this connecting branch also receives two smaller duets which run along the dorsal surface above the intestine and immediately below the body-wall for about half the length of the animal. Two pairs of eyes are present lying below the body-surface, immediately in front of the pharynx. The anterior eyes are rather farther apart and somewhat smaller than the posterior. Both pairs, however, are abnormally small and this may account for their reported absence in the European species. Moreover, in specimens which have been compressed, the granules of the eyes generally break apart and this may further account for their not having been found previously in this genus. The brain is very feebly developed and is visible in section simply as a small mass of nervous tissue between and before the eyes. The lateral nerves could not be observed. There is a large, very faintly lobed testis reaching back as far as the posterior junction of the intestinal limbs. The vas deferens is given off from it anteriorly in the median-ventral line, then passes to the left shghtly and dilates into a large vesicula seminalis, a second vesicle being formed a little further on. The vas deferens continues thence as a narrow tube forwards, then backwards to communicate with the cirrus. Into its most anterior portion opens the duet from a very prominent prostate gland. The cirrus is a simple ehitinous tube, passing vertically downwards and giving off a second echitin-tube to the right (PI. xxii., fig. 81). The strongly branched ovary lies well in front of the testis. The oviduct passes almost vertically downward from it (Pl. xxii, fig. 81) after receiving the yolk from an indistinct yolk-reservoir, then forward as a moderately distinct tube, opening to the exterior close behind the male genital aperture. The shell- glands appear to be merely glandular thickenings of the uterine walls. The egg has not been found. The vitelline system is strongly developed and closely follows the contour of the intestine, which it almost surrounds, appearing there- fore, in side view, as a double-layered system. The transverse yolk-duct les im- mediately in front of the centre of the ovary and opens into the ootype just before that structure bends down to continue forwards as the uterus. Found on the gills of the marine jew-fish, Sciaena antarctica Castelnau, from Caloundra, South Queensland. Two other species of Calceostoma have already been recorded from marine fishes, C. calceostoma (Wagener)—usually known as C. elegans Ben.—and C. imerme P'arona and Perugia, both from Europe. In these species eyes have not been seen; if they are present, their minute size and the ease with which they disintegrate may account for their not having been observed. The head-lappets of C. glandulosum are rather less prominent than those figured for C. calceostoma. A comparison of the hook apparatus with that of the known species is not pos- sible, since the descriptions given indicate that certain of its components had 122 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, either been missed, or had dropped off. Wagener’s species is stated to possess a single large central hook, but it is possible that the minor hooks have not been observed in this form. In C. inerme, on the other hand, it may be that the large hooks have dropped off, or, as frequently happens in C. glandulosum, are hidden by the folding of the clasping disc. 29. FRIDERICIANELLA Brandes, 1894. Calceostominae. A rather large species (4 to 5 mm. in length) in which the head-lappets, though prominent, do not attain the extraordinary development seen in Calceostoma. Glandular protuberance on one side of body. Eyes? Ovary not branched. Vagina present. Single testis. Intestine similar to that of Calceostoma. Ty pe and only known species, /’. ovicola Brandes, from the eggs of Arius commersonii, a fresh- and brackish-water fish from South Brazil. The male of this fish carries the eggs in its mouth till the emergence of the young, a fact which probably accounts for the carious position recorded for the parasite which we suspect normally infests the gills of its host. According to Brandes there is a vitello-intestinal duct present, opening ap- parently on to the dorsal body surface! It seems more reasonable to accept Goto’s suggestion (1899) that this is the true vagina, the “Seitenwulst” of Brandes being probably an accessory copulatory organ. APPENDIX TO Calceostominae. 30. CATHARIOTREMA, n.gen. In this subfamily is possibly to be included a worm described and figured by MacCallum (1916) as Monocotyle selachii. The remarkable nature of the anterior end and the presence of numerous minor suckers on the adhesive dise seem to exclude the species from that genus. The head-lobes are exceedingly suggestive of Calceostoma, while the “sense-papillae’” may readily be regarded as the seattered openings of cephalic glands. If this view be eventually found to be correct, then the genus, for which the name Cathariotrema is suggested, must undoubtedly be classed amongst the Calceostominae. Meanwhile, it is simply classed as an appendix to that group. Diagnosis :—Rather large forms in which the dise is distinetly broader than the body and is provided with numerous minute suckers. Two large hooks and many minor hooks present. Anterior end provided with large lappets, en- closing the mouth behind. Hyes absent. Intestine bifureated, devoid of caeeca, and ending blindly behind. Testis and ovary simple. Vagina apparently pre- sent. Vitelline system very extensive. From the nasal glands of sharks. Type, C. selachii (MacCallum, 1916) J. & T., from Carcharias obseurus and Cestracion zygaena (= Sphyrna zygaena)—from Massachusetts. Subfamily II. DIONCHINAE, n. subfam. Calceostomidae in which the posterior dise possesses two diminutive major hooks and at times numerous minor hooks. Distinet head-lappets absent. Eyes present. Intestine bifureated, devoid of caeca. Testis double (see, however, Appendix to Dionchinae). Penis simple. Ovary unbranched. Vagina present or absent. From the gills of marine fishes. Including the genera Dionchus Goto, 1899; Dionchotrema, n.gen.; Lophocotyle Braun, 1896; and possibly Anoplodiscus Sonsino, 1890. BY T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND Q. W. TIEGS. 123 Monticelli (1903) placed Dionchus, Anoplodiscus, Lophocotyle and Merizo- cotyle in the Monocotylidae, Anisocotylinae; while Pratt (1900) grouped the first, third and fourth of these in his key as a separate section of the Monocoty- lidae, while the second was placed among the Gyrodactylidae. 31. Dioncuus Goto, 1899. Dionchinae. Goto defined the genus thus:—“Body flat and elongated; with a single posterior sucker, the inner surface of which is divided by radial ridges into ten areas, with one pair of chitinous hooks. Mouth at a short distance from the front end; intestine bifureated, simple. With four eye-spots. Porus geni- talis communis submarginal. Testes two, one lying in front of the other. No vagina.” To this diagnosis may be added:—strone development of cephalic glands whose duets do not become concentrated into head-organs, but open separately round the margin of the head. : Type and only known species, D. agassizi Goto, 1899, from gills of a marine fish Remora brachyptera. From Newport, Rhode Island, U.S.A. Goto regards this form as combining Gyrodactylid and Monocotylid echarac- ters, showing a specially close resemblance to Fridericianella in the former group, a genus which seems to us to be intermediate between Calceostoma and Dionchus. 32. DIONCHOTREMA, n.gen. (Syn. Acanthodiscus MacCallum, 1916, nee 1918; nec Uhlig, 1906.) A small species with the dise distinctly marked off from the body and pro- vided with two large and numerous smaller hooks. Cephalic glands prominent, opening” on the surface by scattered apertures. Eyes present. Intestine bifurcate. Ovary simple. Vagina present. _Vitelline system well developed. Two testes. Penis simple. Type (and only known) species, D. remorae (MacCallum, 1916) J. &. T. From the gills of Heheneis naucrates, from New York Aquarium. The presence of distinct cephalic glands opening apparently diffusely on the head, two large discal hooks and a pair of testes show that Dionchotrema is closely allied to Dionchus. In the latter genus, however, the vagina is lacking. MacCallum (1916) placed this form in the Family Gyrodactylidae, genus Acanthodiscus, a name which had not previously been used in connection with Trematoda. Two years later he employed the same name, designating it as a new genus, so presumably he had intended employing it as such in 1916, though it was not so indicated and no generie diagnosis was given. The two species which he referred to this generic name are considered by us to represent two different genera and, since the name was already preoccupied by Uhlig in 1906 for a Molluscan genus, we have proposed two new genera viz., Dionchotrema for his A. remorae, and Protomicrocotyle for his A. mirabilis (see later). APPENDIX TO Dionchinae. 33. ANOPLODISCUS Sonsino, 1890. In 1890 Sonsino described a new trematode to which he gave the name Anoplodiscus richiardit, from the gills of a marine fish, Pagrus orphus. He regarded it as having affinities with the Tristomids and Gyrodactylids. His very insufficient description was slightly amplified in 1905 by Monticelli. From 124 NEW GYRODACTYLOID TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES, the account given by the latter it seems possible that the species dealt with is a member of the Gyrodactyloidea, with affinities towards Dionchus. . St. Remy and also Perrier regarded it as belonging to the Udoneliidae. Monticelli placed it in the Calceostominae (1892) but at a later date (1905) con- sidered it as in no way related to Calceostoma and placed it in the Monocotylidae, forming with Lophocotyle, Merizocotyle, Dionchus and Lintonia the subfamily Anisocotylinae, to which reference has already been made. Pratt ineluded it amongst the Gyrodactylidae. The insufficient descriptions published prevent us from being able to classify the genus definitely. It is apparently to be diagnosed as follows:—Body fairly elongate, anterior end sub-truncate; cephalic glands present (?), opening to anterior end by numerous scattered apertures. Dise not sharply marked off; devoid of hooks. Eyes absent. Intestine not bifurcated; extending to posterior end of animal. Testis and ovary in anterior portion of body; single and not lobed. Penis simple. Vagina absent. From the gills of a sea bream, Pagrus orphus (Mediterranean). Type and only known species, A. richiardii Sonsino, 1890. V. AppPENDIX TO Gyrodactyloidea. Subfamily I. ACANTHOCOTYLINAE Montic., 1903. 34. ACANTHOCOTYLE Monticelli, 1888. Small or medium-sized trematodes in which the posterior dise is provided with numerous radiating rows of minute hooks; two larger hooks, or a small terminal accessory dise bearimg minor hooks may be present. Anterior end pro- vided with head-organs into which unicellular glands open; or (apparently) with several small suckers. Intestine bilobed, devoid of caeca. Eyes present or absent. Testis very extensive and in the form of numerous small follicles. Vagina apparently present. Ovary simple, unbranched. Yolk system very ex- tensive. Parasitic on the skin of rays. Type species, A. lobianchi Monticelli, 1888. Known species: A. lobianchi Montic., 1888; A. oligotera Montic., 1899; A. elegans Montic., 1890; A. concinna Scott, 1902; A. monticellii Scott, 1902; w fo) ts) 3 » so) TUFFS WITH PEBBLES i ALLUVIUM CONCEALING HYPERSTHENE ANDESITIG PITCH STONE m SNIWHD D. OSBORNE. 171 oo0l- oO ov v - o oO () ° ° 3 Fa 3 ALLUVIUM CONCEALING BASAL STAGE HORNBLENDE-ANOESITE TUFFS WITH PEBBLES HY PERS THENE-ANDESITE CONGLOMERATE AND TUFF SODI-POTASSIC RHYOLITE CONGLOMERATE BIOTITE-QTZ-KE RATOPHYRE CONGLOMERATE BIOTITE-QTZ.~KERATOPHYRE CONGLOMERATE ROCK INTERMEDIATE RHYOLITE AND DACITE CONGLOMERATE AND PEBBLY TUFFS TOSCANITE ANO DELLENITE TUFFS OACITE WITH INCLUSIONS CONCLOMERATE WHITE OACITE CONGLOMERATE POTASH-RHYOLITE FELSITE CONGLOMERATE KERATOPHYRE CONGLOMERATE POTASH-RHYOLITE CONGLOMERATE DACITE RHYOLITE TUFF AND CONGTE. VOLCANIC CONGLOMERATE RED TUFFS CLACIAL STAGE 172 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i., matrix, which is only found unweathered in a few instances, is seen in thin section to be a potash-rhyolite. Just to the east of the line of section in portion 52, Parish of Wilmot, this unit: is underlain by a reddish tuff, which consists of fragments of quartz, albite and orthoclase and pieces of pitchstone and keratophyre, the whole modified by secondary siliea. The voleanie conglomerate, described above, is then succeeded by normal red tuffs, which unfortunately are unfit for microscopic examination. These form the topmost member in the long series detailed above, and following them one can trace the sequence into the Glacial Stage, the distinctive conglomerate at the base of that Stage being met with in the headwaters of McManus’ and Caswell’s Creeks. The Mt. Gilmore Section shows the following succession: Thickness in Feet Hornblende-andesite .. . Tuffs with occasional pebbles . Brpeisiet isis craw Wese aey deen eedeattiee ele deemed OO, Hypersthene-andesitic pitchstone .: .. 0.) «.. s. ce... (32,150 (Qrosavedlorsaveryenner} aval VABNECS) Say Sn GH og Go scm oo uo oo se (0) Sodi=potassicnr by olitem cys) uci cutive inert aerials neo Conglomerate .. a EU Nn SPD ner Sug On Ne WORRY (0) Biotite-quartz- keratophyre Mca ue ihe PALL ncote neegh DE coven tease id ta Q) Conglomerate .. LSS. (foc dUU ast anes un speateee Vee aL ee Ae a nO Biotite-quartz- keratophy re PR ne cians arse A abi aren eae fy ctehsay) U0) Conglomerate and tuff .. .. Se a Gee Kt) Lava intermediate between rhyolite and ‘dacite Sat or) Pee OO! Conglomerate with a band of ae THEbGY Gt AG! gu de Gru) Dellenite-toscanite lava .. .. .. Ny A eat ci ALOU: Tuffs with a band of felsites ou) 2, Guise eaned eee EAC CUt Raa Dacite swith) spherulitic inclusions; 24 Won ee) be oe i eno Muftaceous conglomerate. as) ces aiclnmeinn icinvike site aon TD aCrte: ete ets VER ena are. AN HO AE II a NAN tt (vane ney shat PEN OO, Conglomerate .. . eat liava, et 74s it RN saee ome Tn Lae Gary’ Aine LO) Red amygdaloidal potash-rhyolite Sait ee N rath ESC ULORE Ties tes OO) White felsite .. .. MAN eset ose ys Hiner! ial Rett een And) Conglomerate .. BSN CAD BEND 50 Keratophyre with fine- -srained ‘upper "surface pao torte ieee) 0) Conglomenatesi ies Beiuertiise: bers coke OS cazetn a Aueeratinre etic save pote a ROO Potash-rhyolite .. .. Seite aia ote aR EO Conglomerate with quartzitic. contact ‘margin APES heseiierd lta!) Dacite .. .. oN tel it AC a MS HON a Lis asia ateoRece aly (4940) Potash (?)-rhyolite ... a 2 asf fac Seda Men ae deveuahetevesest te ROO) Tuffs with conglomerate bands PER) CASNR tail armies soon tel Si eae aera OU) Volcanic conglomerate BOING ch PRR MER EM ie eaten ct tnae eit weet |) GaQl) MotalMi@hicknessiyagcees lta 00 The Langlands Section. (C-D on Map). Text-fig. 3 The succession of voleanie rocks on the Langlands Estate may be most com- pletely studied along the line C-D. A few of the horizons shown in Text-fig. 3 do not oceur on the actual line of section, but their stratigraphical positions have in all cases been clear, and they are therefore incorporated into the section, which is therefore somewhat generalised. The hypersthene-andesite-glass may be seen amongst the alluvium of Tumble- down Creek, on its right bank, the flow being apparently thin. A thick mass of conglomerate with some important bands of tuff overlies the pitchstone, the outerops being in places obscured by alluvium. The first lava to sueceed the pitchstone is then a lavender-coloured rhyolite in which the phenocrysts are BY G. D. OSBORNE. 173 seantily developed, the ground-mass being pumiceous and devitrified. This is overlain by a conglomerate composed of small pebbles, which is followed by a thin horizon of a tuffaceous sodic rock, the fragmentation apparently having occurred during the solidification of the rock. Quartz, biotite and albite are | Sent roe pu [ate ua = « Ww uo o ew OS my Se « = Ox~taq oO ¥ w = aus eS S Fe 52668 24 w = Fae é ro) (3) 0835 Uses ae eat ee he eS S) =a5 =u Ww a o > (e) Os Ose ooo = Ss (Spee ts ism x Beas) ee lie ) > sate AN oO (Sy a) N z oO = a = o ~ 2 we oOo cw > Baits, Se. z = ic a nS CHAD Ate Ec eS z ut S S 2s Ss = = oI ones x = ot SE} chy) co 7 CHAINS Text-fig. 83. The Langlands Section. (Line C-D on map.) present, the rock being a keratophyre. This is immediately succeeded by a dark purple rock which shows an abundance of free quartz in large crystals, and subordinate felspar set in a fine-grained base. The rock, which is a potash-. rhyolite, breaks with a very uneven fracture. Following this horizon is the equivalent of the thick mass of dellenite in the Mt. Gilmore Section. Here the composition of the rock is just about on the border-line between dellenite and toscanite, the plagioclase being basie oligoclase and in about the same proportion as the orthoclase. The lava forms a distinct ridge which can be followed from the Willams River to the Maitland Road. Succeeding this is one of the most interesting groups of rocks in the area. They may for the present be referred to as tuffaceous volcanic conglomerates and flow-breccias. They present a variety of characters, but the general features consist of the occurrence of rounded and partially rounded inclusions of soda- felsite with phenocrysts of quartz, together with numerous angular chips of glassy and pumiceous rocks and an odd piece of felspar, all compacted together by felsitie material of similar composition to the corroded inclusions which has been very much altered by secondary silica replacement, so that the appear- ance in hand-specimen is that of a number of rounded inclusions and angular fragments set in a subordinate matrix of interstitial strings of quartz. In places the rounded inclusions decrease or even disappear, and the rock becomes an even-grained tuff or breccia. A considerable amount of investigation will have to be made upon these rocks before their significance is fully appreciated, but it seems probable that they have originated in the following manner. The rounded and partially rounded pieces of soda-felsite have resulted from the breaking up of portions of the crust of an acid alkaline lava during cooling, subsequent corrosion of the fragments being effected by the unconsolidated and still fairly mobile magma. Simultaneously, tuffaceous material was being showered in varying amount over an area more extensive than that occupied by the lava, the latter incorporating the tuff in many places, and the residuum of magma consolidating as interstitial felsitic material. Post-dating these pro- cesses, siliceous solutions have altered portions of the rocks, especially the ground- mass, effecting replacement. The association of rounded fragments of sodic 174 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i., vock, and foreign tuffaceous material in a base of composition essentially similar to the former, and the presence of secondary silica are thus explained. Succeeding these peculiar rocks there is about 70 feet of a pale pink soda- rhyolite carrying some felsitic fragments. Albite is the chief constituent among the phenocrysts, which are set in a pumiceous groundmass which has been im- pregnated by secondary silica. Conglomerate succeeds the rhyolite and then there follows a dark purplish rock, recalling the potash-rhyolite lower down in the sequence. Phenoerysts of felspar dominate over fine-grained quartz, both being set in a dense base; the rock is a dacite. This is overlain by a band of gritty-looking tuff, which possesses a characteristic appearance in thin seetion, fragments of albite and quartz and patches of spherulitic material being cemented together into a fairly compact mass. Following the tuff is a thick band of conglomerate containing one well-defined band of medium-grained tuff, which consists of quartz and felspar chips and pieces of glassy and dacitic rocks. The next horizon is a potash-rhyolite, in which a certain amount of brecciation dur- ing consolidation has occurred. This is not well-developed, fresh outcrops being rare, and it is succeeded by a tuffaceous felsite, which has resulted from the showering of quartz, felspar and pitchstone fragments into a flow which solidified us a pumiceous groundmass to these fragments. This rock ends under the last anit in the Voleanie Stage, which is a fine-grained rock with quartz, felspar and piotite showing in hand-specimen, its microscopic characters not yet having been investigated. Summarising the Langlands Section we have: Thickness in Feet Fy persthene=andesite=elass/ 10 us siulteyieien eerste tcc ROO, Copawloroirawe Emel tHbitiS Go Gal bavce 26 oo ad do bo 20 oa oi) Ry Olicemae ee snh Wey aicmra tee ssc h 5 alerts Asti eeArMU ASN Neseoy vatey Ney cath eae aan eS Gonclomernatemen epee meee sista eek etme RRS Te errs are OO) Quartz- keratophyre bean sie eya anit, Cea tel Mae detente ath Re eae tet pea are ie eT Ov Potash=rhiyiolitenero vera tic ely tedel ac At resreetad stene ere Rien ern RieMee hp mL Dellenite-toscanite .. .. Leal nei are aO Tuffaceous volcanic conglomerates and. flow- breccias ye sriteh| aeoO SOdaer hy Olite eee yee ic aces eee ere eee aes ee a amen eee CU Em) Conglomerates tis) (eye eaeal hae Ute. 6 US eae Babee tae tA LE Ose Ma IBY Ver heehee crs aS He ta) hal oee Re use ir Ray trio. oo Mine CAMs td KOs} Gritty tuff .. Aiea ci: HCA Conglomerate satite well- defined tuff band elle Inrays Se eran Potash=rhyolitey suum AN aes Un ESPN ganas gaa ets Mato mae) Duflaceousmirelsrte seem ehay veil) ale eeis avec aeieetee Reteolleted) Irate ben wt ZO) Fine-grained lava (Possibly a keratophyre?) .. .. .. .. 18 Total, Thickness»... 3. %.° .. 1620 The Glenoak Section. (E-F on Map). Text-fig. 2. The Voleanic Stage rocks developed along the line E-F from Glenoak to the south, present many interesting features. We commence immediately to the north of the Post-Office upon the Bare of the hypersthene-andesite-glass, which is fairly well-developed here, the dip being flat to the south. Overlying it are red tuffs with pebbles here and there. They are followed by a decomposed biotite-quartz-keratophyre, the outcrop of which has a considerable extent on account of the low angle of dip mentioned above. In the weathered state the biotite shows up very well. To the west of the line of traverse the rock is found in a fresh state. Above it comes the peculiar voleanic conglomerate described in the Langlands Section. Here there are abrupt changes from the type of rock containing many rounded inclusions BY G. D. OSBORNE. 175 to that in which fine-grained angular fragments are abundant, and the cognate inclusions almost absent. The general body colour of both types is a dark buff. Following this unique horizon there are two varieties of tuff differing in texture, the coarser having some features in common with the breccia-portion of the last-mentioned unit. A band of coarse conglomerate is found above these, and after the intervention of a thin flow of decomposed felsite, there is a thick mass of conglomerate. The constituent pebbles of this horizon often attain to a considerable size, a number measuring 24ft. in diameter, and some rarely 3ft. There is an abundance of pink aplite pebbles, while quartzite and acid por- phyries rank next in importance. On the surface of this conglomerate has been poured a flow of fine-grained biotite-quartz-keratophyre, in which a little brec- ciation has oceurred during crystallisation. This is immediately overlain by a tuffaceous dellenite about forty feet thick at its maximum, the extent beside the line of section being small. Conglomerate is found above this and then an im- portant flow of dellenite containing plenty of free quartz, potash and soda-lime felspar set in a devitrified pumiceous groundmass. This horizon is sueceeded by a variety of massive igneous rocks, the first being a mauve-coloured type with a subconchoidal fracture, very fresh specimens being obtainable in Wattle Creek, the rock outcropping in the bed, and on a steep hillside to the south. The rock is a rhyolite and has been almost wholly glassy except for free quartz and a few acicular felspar crystals. Devitrification has been universal, secondary silica and iron-oxides having replaced original glass. The next type is a potash-rhyolite which has been stained locally in such a manner as to give it a blotched appearance. It caps the hill to the south of Wattle Creek, the next horizon leading down the dip-slope to the south. This rock is either a sodi-potassic rhyolite or a soda-rhyolite, microscopic examination being difficult. It is not very thick, and ends under the last unit in the Volcanic Stage, which is an andesine-dacite, in which a certain amount of biotite occurs, the eryptocrystalline base being strongly stained in places by iron-oxides.. Over- lying this horizon is the basal conglomerate of the Glacial Stage. The Glenoak Section shows the following succession : Thickness in Feet Hypersthene-andesitic- Pere one Braman PSM NAR (lun MuWraINGb a aire aC) Tuffs with pebbles .. .. PPA Malscot cdc unl slierslinece esi esedl LOO) Biotite-quartz- keratophyre- BE te Acs OHA do Rem Up eetN Na UARe Sr ny Pane ts) Wolcanicy.conglomerate etch ee irate iets Wise ere ys enue OO Coarse utiyp eames yey shde setter eG antes enrerctaren at i Jeans Thar ae al Cette ta 1) ()) TERA AEDES at GEG OER IM ei Lge ical Ta eytCE TEES TUNE IN CR aE etre LK 0) Conglomerate decir ever ere (ele celia sy Mech eddie aides HADI AT RC) Fel Site meaner erss hist sineyaldstate dieters eee tliat ance cant ae aMcn (ey AL AUE TAOS GO) Conglomerate .. . TREO ale licce\ retails euteees len CORA OO) Fine-grained quartz- keratophyre Self UU ced ee pats DU Stony lar tL Mean EO NO OU) Wasttaceausmadellentte mays vem teed aps ier ulinere ts okay te dl Mea tan pa Ce AQ) Coprlomiacirs bo Potnotoe) noleh ide) Gal comand emer ne uaril) gal cihAasy Mellenrte wy eiiy clan leone melborn line tee sau Hi thal al nl Le ade AE Re MT EOS) EDV OLite Mere uiatenthielerinel bese mney sOeUir el natell "eke Nive fe NE Tan itrepch ect ene At () Potash=shyolite yay e ciate seer dele elec tes LelMayene ave uic eran UNT 3) Se a Oe Maas cn itis salle Wal WEloe 45 IDG's Seno PACU EEN OULG.G) Gol Eee eeRSt UC eae ea ltnns rH desesl DA inoiy E20) Total Thickness .. .. .. .. 2190 Feet The Oakendale Section. (G-H on Map). Text-fig. 4. The chief interest in the Oakendale Section lies in the fact, that while elose to the Glenoak Line, the number of units developed is much smaller, the massive igneous rocks being very poorly represented. 176 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., Rocks of the Voleanic Stage are well exposed in a series of dip-slopes running down to Tumbledown Creek. The section starts upon a thick mass of conglomerate overlying the biotite-quartz-keratophyres which all through the area are the first important flows to succeed the hypersthene-andesite. The rocks following the thick conglomerate are as follows: DELLENITE CONGLOMERATE CONGLOMERATE ACIDIC TUFFS CONGLOMERATE FELSITE VOLCANIC CONGLOMERATE BRECCIA BANDS FINE CHERTY ROCK CONGLOMERATE WITH GRITTY TUFF ROCKS OF THE GLACIAL STAGE O24 6 8 lo Text-fig. 4. The Oakendale Section. (Line G-H on map.) (a) Acid tuffs. These rocks vary a little in texture from point to point, but in general have an average uniform grainsize, and a general rusty-red colour. The constituents are angular quartz in abundance, biotite-pitchstone, pumice and felsite fragments, all cemented together by a matrix, which has now been completely staimed by iron. Thickness, 50 feet. (b) Conglomerate. Pebbles of great variety up to nine inches in diameter set in a reddish gritty matrix. Thickness, 80 feet. : (c) Dacite. This rock forms a pronounced bump on the line of ridges traversed by the section. It is fairly fresh and shows an abundance of quartz in hand-specimen. The microscope reveals large corroded quartz erystals and some ragged oligoclase-andesine in a partially glassy base. Thickness, 70 feet. (d@) Conglomerate. This is similar to the preceding conglomerate (b), but the size of the constituent pebbles is somewhat less. Thickness, 50 feet. (e) Dellenite. This is the most important massive rock, outcropping from the line of section down to Tumbledown Creek, and along the right bank, west of the section. It is very well exposed artificially on a road nearby, fresh speci- mens having a fawn colour, and displaying the existence of porphyritie quartz, orthoelase and acid plagioclase in an extremely fine-grained groundmass. Thick- ness, 40 feet. (f) ‘Tuff. This is not very thick, being very weathered and possessing a yellow colour and a gritty nature. Thickness, 35 feet. (g) Fine-grained cherty rock. These rocks, although only 20 feet thick, deserve careful notice. They show many lithological features identical with the varves of the Glacial Beds. The hard porcellanous appearance of many of the latter is a characteristic of the rocks here, and irregular alternation of fine and coarse layers is to be noted. Nevertheless, there is no evidence of contem- poraneous contortion, nor of associated glacial rocks, so that one cannot assign to them a definite origin. Thickness, 20 feet. BY G. D. OSBORNE. 177 (kh) Voleanie conglomerate, ete. This is the horizon deseribed in detail in the Langlands Section. Here there are some features which are unique, particu- larly the occurrence of bands of coarse breccia, many of the fragments simu- lating the appearance of varves. It is just possible that these fragments have been derived from the underlying cherty rocks (g). The secondary quartz is abundant, and much of the interstitial matrix is stained a bright green colour, due to infiltration of iron compounds. ‘Thickness, 90 feet. (7) Felsite. This is the third and last massive rock in the section. It is best developed a little to the west of the line of traverse, forming part of the rough timbered hill near the Black Rocks. The rock is porphyritic in tiny red felspars, probably orthoclase, and a little free quartz, the dense groundmass predominating. Thickness, 60 feet. (j) Conglomerate, ete. This unit is composed of a series of bands of gritty pebbles and some brecciated material similar to that observed with the ag- glomerates. Thickness, 130 feet. The total thickness of the rocks described in the Oakendale Section, omit- ting the conglomerates mentioned in the preliminary paragraph, is 620 feet. The Volcame Stage at Martin's Creek. The basal portion of the Voleanic Stage at Martin’s Creek, has already been described (p. 168). There is a variety of rocks of the Volcanic Stage out- cropping around the village of Martin’s Creek, and between that locality and Paterson. The description of these rocks given by Mr. Sussmilech (Sussmileh and David, 1919, pp. 262-266) can only be regarded as of a general nature. Of the four distinct flows referred to by the field names of dacite and rhyolite, the lowest, considered stratigraphically, is an important biotite-quartz-keratophyre. This is identical with the rocks from about the same levels in the other sections, but is not repeated in the sequence at Martin’s Creek, as is the case in most of the other localities. The nature of the second flow is hard to discern under the microscope, but albite is certainly present in a devitrified base, and it is possible that the rock is a soda-rhyolite. The third flow, outcropping on the road _ be- tween Gostwick Bridge and Mt. Johnstone, is a dacite, but elsewhere to the south-east becomes a toseanite. The fourth unit has been described by W. R. Browne (Sussmilch and David, 1919, Appendix ii.), the dacitic nature of the mas- sive portions of the flow being demonstrated. Associated with this dacitie flow there is developed in the Martin’s Creek district an important type of rock, somewhat tuffaceous, but not by any means a true tuff. It proves in thin section to be a tuffaceous soda-rhyolite; it is pale green in colour, albite pheno- erysts being seen in hand-specimen. The rocks present features almost identical with those of the group of similar rocks occurring at Currabubula, described by W. R. Browne (Benson, Dun and Browne, 1920, Section C, p. 408). Just east of the road near Mt. Johnstone, close to the outerop of these sodie rocks, there is an interesting section of the underlying strata, down to the next massive flow, which is a toscanite. Immediately following the toscanite is an outerop of the rocks described elsewhere as volcanic conglomerates; there is abrupt variation along the strike, the rock in some places possessing all the characters of the volcanic conglomerates in the Langlands Section, and else- where being more of the breccia type which is predominant in the Glenoak Section. Here this phase is very hard, consisting of cherty-looking fragments and the usual secondary quartz which, in places, is itself replaced by crystals of a red mineral having some of the properties of stilbite. The identity of this 178 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., interstitial material has not yet been finally determined. Following these rocks is a fine-grained tuff, which in hand-specimen reminds one of a normal basalt. It is made up almost entirely of tiny angular fragments of quartz and sub- ordinate felspar set in an unresolvable groundmass. Upon this tuff lie the dacitic rocks and the soda-rhyolites. East of the Railway Line and the Martin’s Creek fault, there is an in- teresting area of Volcanic Stage outcrops. Here and there local types of tuffs and lava oceur, and it would be almost impossible to incorporate the details of all these occurrences in a general section, but the most inclusive traverse is that along the line L-M on the map, description of which is given below (see Text-fig. 5): Starting a chain or two to the north of the pomt where Martin’s Creek flows under the Railway line, east of the Martin’s Creek fault, one passes im- mediately on to the decomposed outcrop of the quartz-keratophyre flow, which trends east up the valley of Martin’s Creek. Then crossing into portion 25, Parish of Barford, a coarse tuffaceous conglomerate is found. In this paddock some very large boulders occur, quite a number exceeding three feet in dia- w ua ae E o 203 ul =i Sitwke = °Q tS i w w = < us = z= FeoSur « zw See Woo = Y>e8,f7 a “= oe Go => ais FEeess & < aie a ee aS ea Cs SCumWson «< i> “nO Ee = ss gD) a2rZiz a o Zz E ip ake esl olcieane: e ete) 5 Se o$ aed Su ok o 9 = We = 100 a : NAM \ NY ee ‘A aN Text-fig. 5. The Martin’s Creek Section. (Line L-M on map.) meter. These conglomerates are continued in the cuttings of the Railway, and just at the first overhead bridge south of Martin’s Creek the chief features of these rocks can be examined. Current bedding occurs among the tuff bands, and there are rapid changes in the average size of the pebbles in various bands. Towards the top of the mass the tuffs are very much weathered, and they end under a flow of potash-rhyolite, which is very restricted in extent, the only other place of outcrop being at Mt. Gilmore. This is sueceeded by the equivalent of the soda-felsite occurring near the Gostwick Bridge, forming flow No. 4 in the section deseribed by Sussmileh. The rock here is well developed and forms a bare hill to the east, no further extension being observed. It is overlain by the toseanite (Mt. Gilmore type), which in the account of the Regional Geology is shown to be very widespread and important. There is an abundance of large quartz erystals with subordinate orthoclase and plagioclase in a base which has a very rough feel. Following this there is a group of tuffs and conglomerates including the flow-breecia type, already sufficiently described. The final rock of the Voleaniec Stage is a dacitie type, the extension of which, to the east, is singular on account of some remarkable inclusions made up entirely of spheru- BY G. D, OSBORNE. 179 lites and axiolites. Although the green soda-rhyolites are not exposed in the Railway cutting, they are well developed in portion 154, Parish of Barford, a little to the east, there resting on the dacite just mentioned. About 150 feet below the top of the Voleanic Stage, there is a tuff which presents some interesting characters. It is exposed a little to the east of the line of section described above. In thin section it is seen to contain a lot of fragmental quartz, chips of orthoclase and oligoclase, and fragments of a spherulitie rhyolite and pitchstone, the whole bemg compacted by an iron-stained matrix. This tuff is lke many of the other types in the Voleanie Stage in possessing a distinetly felspathic nature. The thicknesses for the Martin’s Ck. section are given in the following summary : Thickness in Feet Biotite-quartz-keratophyre .. .. .. Coarse) conglomeratevand) tuts see) Wie baa ties deine. B00 Redupotash=rhyolitew ymca swan dcmiernnnts feel aia, Wane ine nye (tial aO6 Soda-felsitems wer iter iieys Ur ere ne Mena RRM tle AS ee OO PROSCANILL ey smarvaumeiy Mice tia ste duct ete peiN bette aromas elise cpa hues teu 2 () Conglomeratediesr yy ten ier UR aa ts, lecsekereliac ee tian RATS Wolcanicyconglomera tera mcin errr tremens iy nau anee uid ae tena () Rineserained turin a cits mismiicn mice nendietaa na hy utile STMT @hertvartitieeywmersimciciats sore latent lat wantaps Mica igs Leen OG DE CILC Si taetEs Ginetta ier nue, eae eT ety ciara cer HBO) Total Thickness .. .. .. .. 640 Feet Preliminary discussion of the Stratigraphy of the Volcanic Stage. It is premature to discuss in any detail the variation in the stratigraphy of the Voleanic Stage, as such will only be possible after an exhaustive petro- graphical and chemical study of the rocks has been made. The names given to the various units will in all probability stand after such study, but at present one is not able to say what are the relations between the various types of potash-rhyolite, or between the tuffaceous soda-rhyolites on the one hand and the biotite-quartz-keratophyres on the other. From the data to hand one can generalise as to the sequence. The only sequence of lavas maintained through the area is the following: hornblende- andesite and andesitic pitchstone (Martin’s Ck. type), hypersthene-andesite and andesitic pitchstone, biotite-quartz-keratophyre (Williams River type—in some places one flow, and in some places two), biotite-toscanite—dellenite (Mt. Gilmore type), potash-rhyolites and dacites. This succession may be looked upon as the framework of the sequence, which is modified at various localities by the existence of additional sets of less important flows, respectively more or less peculiar to those localities. Some details with regard to the overlapping of flows from adjacent vents are to hand, and these are withheld until full petro- graphic work is done, but one can state that there is evidence of the former existence of a centre of supply towards the Martin’s Ck. end of the area, one possibly near Glenoak and Langlands, and a third in the Mt. Gilmore district. As a result of the position of these, there is a poor development of the Volcanic Stage alone the Oakendale Section, and overlapping appears to have oceurred at Mt. Gilmore and in the Langlands area. Whether these eruptive centres were of the strictly central type, or existed as a series of local centres along a dominant fissure-line or set of fissure-lines, there is little direct evidence to decide. On account of the uniformity of the petrological features and, to some extent, the stratigraphical positions of the various lavas over large tracts of land in the 180. GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., State, and also in view of the fact that at the close of the Burindi epoch and during the Kuttung epoch pronounced upwarping (not folding) affected the area, it seems likely that the eruptions were of the fissure type. The question now presents itself as to how far the Mt. Gilmore Section may be regarded as typical for, and indicative of the maximum thickness of the Voleanie Stage. The overlapping of flows in a voleanic series must be looked upon as a factor making for complexity and masking the truth concerning the details of thickness, analogous to the factor of strike-faulting in achieving similar effects. And while strike faulting often presents difficulty, the problem of the stratigraphical variation caused by overlapping of flows may be more subtle. In spite of this, one can be sure that there is a repetition, and therefore an inereased thickness from this cause, of no more than 300 feet in the Mt. Gilmore Section. Gu.) Glacial Stage. The general sequence of the Glacial Stage is as follows: Basal conglomerates overlain by red pebbly tuffs, the Glenoak varves, some thin bands of arkose, and a thick mass of tuffs, grits, tuffaceous sandstones with conglomerate bands, and local developments of volcanic breccia. Towards the top of the main mass of tuffs (the equivalent of the Mt. Johnstone beds of the Paterson Valley) there are fine-grained shales and tuffs carrying the remains of the Rhacopteris flora. The Paterson toseanite follows this thick clastic mass, and in its turn is suc- ceeded by the Main Glacial Beds. The basal unit is a coarse. conglomerate con- sisting of pebbles up to two feet in diameter, granites, aplite and porphyries oceurring in abundance, with other types in less amount, all fairly well rounded, but not showing evidence of long transportation. The best development of this horizon is in Tumbledown Creek, just near Oakendale Homestead. This con- glomerate is followed by tuffs with thin pebbly bands for about 200 feet, when the Glenoak varves are reached. These are forty feet in thickness and present “all the features of the classic deposits at Seaham and elsewhere. The colour varies greatly, the alternating bands of coarse and fine material sometimes being red and white, as in the rocks west of the Seaham Hotel, and at other times brown and yellow. Contemporaneous contortions are quite frequent, having produced some beautiful structures. The varves are succeeded by the main tuffs which, on the whole, have a very uniform grain-size, and here and there contain bands of conglomerate. Mr. Sussmilch has given a section of these rocks as seen on the eastern face of Mt. Johnstone, where there is probably more conglomeratie material than anywhere else in the area. In the valley of Tucker Ck., to the north of Hungry Trig. Station, the tuffs grade into sandstones which suggest accumulation as continental deposits. In some places the main tuffs are very fine-grained, this applying to the strata which yield the Rhacopteris fossils. Although the plant remains are not restricted to one horizon, the strata in which they occur form a zone which occupies in general a constant stratigraphic level, this zone extending from 50- 300 feet below the base of the Paterson toscanite. Arkoses occur in among the main tuffs in rather restricted bands, as well as some interesting felspathie grits. The latter have an abundance of orthoclase, possibly some plagioclase, both frag- mental, and numerous chips of felsitic rocks all cemented by a ferruginous matrix. These felspathic grits are exposed in a quarry on Reserve 112, Parish of Uffington, about a mile to the west of Glenoak, the stratigraphical level being about 500 feet above the top of the Voleanic Stage. About 100 feet above the BY G. D. OSBORNE. } 181 base of the Glacial Stage there occurs in the central part of Portion 39, Parish of Seaham, a characteristic volcanic breccia, consisting chiefly of uniform frag- ments of dacitic-and rhyolitie rocks, set in a matrix of voleanie dust with which is associated a certain amount of secondary quartz. Fossil wood is abundant in the main tuffs near Red Hill. An extremely detailed section of about 500 feet of the main tuffs, prepared from the records of a diamond-drill bore, put down 14 miles to the north of Seaham, has been given by Prof. David (David, 1904, pp. 111-112). There is no need to reproduce the minute details of this section, except to point out that the rocks passed through were entirely clastic, comprising tuffs of many kinds, shales, tuffaceous sandstones, arkoses, ete. In places, particularly to the west of Paterson, the top layers of the main tuffs have been altered into siliceous rocks by contact metamorphism from the overlying toseanite. A summary of the stratigraphy of the Lower Portion of the Glacial Stage is as follews: , Thickness in Feet Basal conglomerates Volcanic Breccia of limited ‘extent. Mle ethan cated cal enh ekoO Red tuffs with eae ‘ands yi pevnr cama ewan Mercawi iwc fA MCN) Varves .. .. Bat ere LA bones ne becca PR aan sR Bine® tuffs))...))!: SB nkeore aca OAC NS teste Ah ecemin evyy ort ere une 0) 8 Tuffs with arkose bands .. Be eRe eee cee) VENTE a RES a a ene aE sauffsiewithyipebblesiy:-tescn sens lame hse ey ee tes ban O20) Conglomerate .. .. ete nag aasineryar (el ane, Vessel RO) Tuffaceous sandstones .. .. .. See ROMP ete usm ator een OO) Conglomerate .. .. a tsil) Tuffs with fine- grained strata carrying " Rhacopteris fossils . 25 Ahutisenwithy sili cieds Upperesuriacemeem sui tees pene 5) MotaleDhickness 4a 82). 2100 It has not been possible to say beyond all doubt whether the rocks con- stituting the Paterson type of toscanite and dellenite are entirely extrusive or intrusive. In some places there are features indicating extrusion, in others evidence suggesting intrusion. For instance, tuffaceous phases oecur, the frag- mental material not having originated within the mass during crystallisation. Also in the glacial beds overlying the toscanite in Dunn’s Ck., there are numer- ous boulders identical with the underlying igneous rock, and there is nothmg in the whole area examined to suggest that the present position of the basal glacial beds was occupied by a former, now eroded, series, into which the toscanite was injected. On the other hand one has to consider the following particulars. In a number of exposures of the igneous rock one can see rounded pebbles firmly embedded in it. It does not seem likely, in view of the fact that the mass of toseanite is thick, that these pebbles represent loose material picked up by the igneous rock when poured out as a lava, and transported to the surface by reason of a difference in specific gravity of host and inclusion, or by other mechanical means, although such must be regarded as possible. Also in places as, for example, along the course of Dunn’s Ck., there are fine-grained strings of igneous material found among the glacial beds, just at their junction with the toseanite, and these seem to originate from the toscanite, although this point is not clear. If these strings are continuous with the main igneous mass, it is difficult to explain their present positions, except as being due to forces of in- trusion. In the case of a unit being a sill in one place and a flow in another, 182 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i., one would expect to find the sill in a different stratigraphical position from the extruded portion, but the fact remains that the Paterson rock is found at a constant level all through the area. Thus the matter must be left an open question for the present. From general impressions and experience in the field, the writer is inclined to view the whole of the rocks as extrusive, feeling that the discrepancies described above will eventually be explained; but no definite pronouncement will be given in the present state of knowledge. Whatever the mode of occurrence of the rocks under discussion, there is a definite variation in the chemical composition from place to place. To the west of Paterson there are two varieties, the lower one being a buff-coloured rock of the nature of a spherulitic toscanite, and overlain by a type transitional between potash-rhyolite and dellenite, this being purple in colour, and showing an abundance of free quartz. At Paterson Station where the mass has decreased in thickness to about 90 feet, there is only one definite variety, in which the quartz is not so abundant megascopically, but is probably in the groundmass. Under the microscope the plagioclase is seen to be andesine of basicity less than that in the rock on Mt. Johnstone, while biotite and orthoclase are present in fair amount, the rock being either a dellenite or a toscanite. The maximum development of these rocks occurs at Hungry Hill, where they attain a thickness of 290 feet. Here the mass is of a threefold nature. The first 200 feet is com- posed of a handsome toscanite with a general brown body-colour, and well-formed phenoerysts of quartz, orthoclase and plagioclase. Above it lies a small band, probably 30ft. thick, of a felspathie phase, the rock being intermediate between toseanite and andesine-dacite. The third variety is a pale-blue toscanite, some- what similar to the first type. Between Hungry Hill and the east side of the Williams River, ‘these rocks vary considerably in lithological features, and the thickness never exceeds 100 feet. Examination has been made of slides of the rock in Felspar Creek, just west of the main road, which is a dellenite, and of the rock a little to the east of this, which thas a distinctive greyish-green colour and proves to be less acid and almost a dacite. Opposite Porphyry Point, on the left bank of the Williams, the Paterson type of rock occurs as a mass 150 feet thick. From a careful examination of fresh hand-specimens there appear to be three phases present. The first 1s grey rock with few phenocrysts of quartz and felspar, followed by a flnidal purple rock with abundant phenocrysts, which passes into a blue rock which weathers to a buff colour. No microscopic examination of these rocks has been made, but W. R. Browne states (Sussmilch and David, 1919, p. 289) that del- lenite and rhyolite occur hereabouts. The only important area, other than Paterson and Seaham, where the Main Glacial Beds are well-exposed, is the Dunn’s Creek district. Here they are developed in an asymmetric pitching syneline. A generalised section obtained from data collected in Dunn’s Ck. and its tributaries is as follows: On the eastern side of the syncline the basal rocks are tuffs, containing bands of nondeseript material, clearly of glacial origin. Here and there groups of pebbles occur, and in one of these a faintly-striated boulder was found. These tuffs which have a thickness of 350 feet are found again at Seaham. On the western side of the syncline, the basal unit is a thick mass of fluvio-glacial conglomerate and tillite. These rocks are exposed all along the course of Dunn’s Ck. from portion 50 to portion 14, Parish of Butterwick. In places they are almost true tillites, but on the whole consist of badly-sorted rounded and sub- rounded boulders of variable size, including representatives from the underlying BY G. D. OSBORNE. 183 toseanite, all aggregated together in a gritty matrix which contains patches of varve-like material. The absence of bands of contiguous pebbles, and the general facies, put beyond all doubt a glacial origin for these rocks. Some puz- zling structures are seen in the outcrops of these rocks in the first gully east of the Dunn’s Creek road. Here there are, amongst the tillitic mass, patches of banded rock showing contortions and characters identical with varves, which are cut across by similar rocks just in the manner in which a dyke cuts across some country rock. The direction of the banding in the pseudo-trangressive material is, in many eases, at right-angles to that in the main mass, the bands in the former sometimes standing vertically. (The explanation of these features is deferred till a microscopic examination of the material from the different por- tions is made). The main fluvio-glacial conglomerates are the equivalents of those occurring at Felspar Creek, near Seaham, and are about 300 feet in maximum thickness. They are followed by 50 feet of varves, which carry small erraties, and have suffered contortions while unconsolidated. In places the varves pass into coarser material, which may be tuff. Overlying the varves there is about 120 feet of fluvio-glacial conglomerate containing numerous striated pebbles. This horizon may be seen to the north-east of the Paterson-Seaham road along the banks of Dunn’s Creek. The next unit is a fine-grained flaggy rock, not unlike quartzite in appearance, being in all probability a tuff. It is about 25 feet in thickness and is associated with a thin band of varve not more than 10 feet thick. Suc- ceeding these one comes upon a dark olive-green mudstone containing some odd plant stems and possessing a characteristic subeonchoidal fracture. This horizon is about 35 feet thick, and is very similar to a dark mudstone which occurs as- sociated with varve-rock near Webber’s Creek, north of Gosforth (Osborne and Browne, 1921). These rocks are succeeded by 150 feet of conglomerate which has no special features. The total thickness of the beds, which show an over- lap in their disposition, is 1040 feet. At Seaham, to the west of the line of section described by Mr. Sussmilch, there is a local development of tuff, 350 feet thick, being the equivalent of the basal unit in the Dunn’s Ck. section. The tuffs at Seaham are overlain by varves and, close to the junction, there is a zone consisting of an intermingling of tuff and varve, the constituents, in places, being entirely angular. Nearby the varves have been altered by metamorphism of some kind, and the fragments in the zone mentioned are also changed. The general features of the structures here displayed remind one of the effects set up by the intrusion of tuffs into claystones and cherts, to be seen in the Devonian rocks at Tamworth; but pending detailed microscopic examination, one hesitates to regard the tuffs as intrusive, realising that the structures may possibly be explained by considering the effect of differential movement (gliding) upon a series of partially con- solidated sediments. General Summary of the Stratigraphy of the Kuttung Series. The detailed examination of the whole of the type area has made it possible to speak with certainty as to the maximum thicknesses of the various divisions of the Kuttung Series. The results obtained for the maximum thickness of the whole of that Series accords very well with the results published by C. A. Suss- milch, although there is some adjustment necessary in connection with the in- dividual divisions and subdivisions. Thus the thickness of the Basal Stage goes up to 2300 feet, the former estimate having been placed at 3000 feet, and on 184 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., account of the greater development of the Volcanic Stage at Mt. Gilmore than elsewhere the maximum thickness of this Stage (allowing for overlapping of flows) is 2600 feet, while of the Glacial Stage the Lower Portion (equivalent of | the Mt. Johnstone beds) has a thickness of 2100 feet, the Paterson type of del- lenite and toscanite, 290 feet, and the Main Glacial Beds, 1840 feet as measured at Seaham by Sussmilch. Maximum Thicknesses of Stages of the Kuttung Series. Basal Stage Conglomeratenichiefly@han esas eee ceca LOU Ommeet Duffs withijconglomeratesbands\ ee ace ee eet 400 8 Dutts) “with Leivelthewnzanum: sy. 2 ne) oe LO Rutishwithyapeb blesiesetec ince uine di avoir Meenn eum) geet 503, Volcanic Stage SHA aN late ul kit sbelecky? aacapheishe vogea yl fork Lone yo GOOD ahi Glacial Stage Lower Portion (equivalent of Mt. Johnstone Beds) 2100 ,, Moscanitews (Patersonwuy De) ieee ene ey ee Olea Main Glacial Bedsyene is Asie weulie is een ol ut BAO Iie. Motalvn si Cub sbeteeuay. ace Ol sO mers An excellent summary of the geological history of the Carboniferous Period has already been given by Mr. Sussmilch. REGIONAL GEOLOGY. THE BurINDI SERIES. The representatives of this Series at Hilldale are delimited to the south by a fault which has in part determined the scarp of Mt. Douglas on the northern side. The individual horizons in the Series are not very persistent, but the mud- stones and shales outcropping in portion 100, Parish of Barford, can be traced through to the north-west and may be seen in the railway cuttings just west. of Hilldale Station. The Burindi outcrops are then continued beyond the limit of the map towards Gresford on the Allyn River. The fossiliferous limestones and caleareous tuffs of portions 100 and 102, Parish of Barford, do not persist as far west as the railway line, because here, on the strike of these rocks, sand- stones are found. It is not possible that faulting is responsible for these fea- tures, since the mudstones which underlie the limestones show no evidence of dis- placement. The Burindi rocks west and north of Clarencetown occupy a large area. About half-way between Clarencetown and Wallarobba, small strike faults have been responsible for some repetition of the units of the Burindi beds, while larger faults occurring near these two localities have caused apparent inter- bedding of the Burindi with the Kuttung Series. Thus, on the Limeburner’s Road, a little to the east of the Clarencetown Bridge, one finds a small oc- currence of marine mudstones striking meridionally and accompanied by Kuttung conglomerate to the west and east. Of the Burindi rocks to the west and north- west of Clarencetown, the Glen William fossiliferous claystones and the andesite crossing the Dungog Road in portion 206, Parish of Uffington, are the most important. The former rocks strike north and outerop all the way along the road from Clarencetown to Glen William village, maintaining their individuality for about four miles. The igneous horizon ean also be traced about the same distance to the north, disappearing in portion 21, Parish of Wallarobba, while its extent to the south-west is little beyond the Dungog Road. BY G. D. OSBORNE. 185 It is interesting to note that the stratigraphical interval between the lava and the marine claystones is occupied by rocks which are not homogeneous for any distance along their strike. The persistence of the two horizons precludes the possibility of dip-faults, and here the lenticular and local nature of some of the beds in the Burindi Series is again well exemplified. The Burindi rocks to the east of Mt. Gilmore owe their position to heavy strike faulting (see Plate xxvi.). They outerop over an area of about two square miles in the region mapped, their extent to the north being unknown. The plan of the outcrop is triangular, with the apex in portion 55, Parish of Wilmot. One can not make out very clearly the distribution of the individual horizons in this area, but there is undoubted evidence of only local development of the various types. Thus the pitchstone outcropping in portion 56, Parish of Wilmot, can be followed for about three chains, and then is not encountered until one comes to the northern end of portion 59. This flow is interbedded with tuffs and conglomerate bands which pass into claystones as one travels north into portion 52, Parish of Wilmot, and the outerop of these claystones, which are locally silicified, is continued for about ten chains, when coarse gritty tuffs and tuffaceous sandstones obtain. These in turn decrease in extent going northwards and then one finds acid tuffs which outerop on the Limeburner’s Road, just east of the five-mile peg. These latter are clearly of primary de- position, and in places of the nature of “flow-breccias,” but the former have to some extent been redistributed, and are mixed with a certain amount of arenace- ous sedimentary material. It is possible that some of the abrupt changes along the strike which characterise many of the Burindi clastic units may be due to partial contemporaneous erosion of one series and subsequent accumulation of another series. Tue KurrunG SERiEs. (i.) Basal Stage. The basal conglomerates of the Kuttung Series form part of the Wallarobba Ridge (incorrectly called a range), and are exposed on the northern fall of that ridge, and artificially in the cuttings of the Railway. On account of the pling- ing syneline at Wallarobba, which is clearly indicated by the outcrop of the hornblende-andesite of the Voleanic Stage, the conglomerates swing off to the North-east, and are seen on the road to Sandy Creek. The chief “tuff-portion’’ of the Basal Stage forms the rocks in the southern end of portion 1, Parish of Wallarobba, and then is lost in the alluvium of Sandy Creek. The next place of distinct occurrence of Basal Stage rocks is to the east- south-east of Wallaroo Hill, forming an eminence in State Forest No. 178 (Uf- fington); the strike of the sediments here is more or less east and west, so that the conglomerates are exposed on .the Maitland Road about three and a half miles from Clarencetown. With a changing strike the rocks then curve round till they assume a north and south trend and appear in the paddocks lying to the west of the Wiliams River. Ultimately they cross through the western out- skirts of the town, showing up well on the Dungog Road and near Clarencetown Bridge, while a small area to the east of the river is also occupied by the out- crop of these rocks. The failure of the conglomerates and tuffs to appear between the eminence in State Forest 178, and Wallarobba may be due to faulting, but it seems more likely that these rocks occur as large lenticular masses, not forming a continuous unit between the localities cited. 186 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., On the Limeburner’s Road, near the locality known as “The Gap,” con- glomerates occur underlying rocks of the Voleanic Stage. These are undoubtedly the faulted equivalents of those outcropping in the vicinity of Clarencetown. They can be easily traced south to Caswell’s Creek and the cross-road from East Seaham to Raymond Terrace, forming the densely wooded slopes which lie west of a well-marked ridge formed of rocks of the Voleanie Stage, running from “The Gap’ four miles south-south-west. One of the most interesting areas of these basal conglomerates and tuffs is that extending from Mt. Douglas towards Martin’s Creek. The high cliffs of Mt. Douglas, so conspicuous from the North Coast Road near Hilldale, are composed of these rocks dipping at 13° in a direction S 20° W, and capped in places by Cainozoie basalt. Following on in the direction of dip one comes upon a small outcrop of hornblende-andesite (whose position is difficult to ac- count for) and then, from this poit to the south side of the valley of Shingle- Splitter’s Creek, the rocks of the Basal Stage are found. Their limit to the west seems to be a line of faulting and to the east they are definitely cut off by a large fault (see map). If strike-faulting be absent along the line of dip just mentioned, a thickness of 3500 feet is indicated, since the general dip steepens somewhat as one proceeds south, but on account of local changes in the strike and dip, and the definite existence of a series of obliqua faults encircling the region in question, one feels sure that the thickness is apparent, and due to strike- faulting having taken place in addition to the faulting on the margins of the Basal Stage outerop. Within 50 feet of the base of the Voleanic Stage there oceurs a plant fossil horizon, details of the fossil content of which have been given above. In por- tions 107 and.118, Parish of Barford, on the slopes of the Valley of Shingle- Splitter’s Creek, this stratum is encountered, and can be followed to the east for some distance. Owing to faulting these rocks should next be found at the back of the heavy brushes cloaking the steep valleys of the tributaries of Tumbledown Creek in portions 105 and 113, Parish of Barford. Although no leaf and stem im- pressions or casts occur as at the other locality, chaleedonic replacements of tree trunks are quite frequent at this place. Beyond portion 54, Parish of Barford, this plant-bearing horizon is not traceable any further to the east until one reaches the Williams River, a little below the township of Clarencetown. In two spots the fossil plants are again observed. The first is in portion 153, Parish of Uffington, towards its south-eastern corner, on the riverbank, where a rather good example of Stigmaria was obtained. The other occurrence is in a small washout of a ereek draining through portion 16, Parish of Uffington, and just west of. the lane running from the Limeburner’s Road to Seaham. (ii.) Voleanic Stage. As is apparent from the stratigraphical discussion, one finds that some units in this portion of the system do not persist for any great distance, others appear in different relative positions at different districts, while others have a wide dis- tribution and preserve a uniformity of position in the sequence. The hornblende-andesite (Martin’s Creek type) is developed to its greatest extent at Martin’s Creek Township, where it gives rise to a curving dip-surface extending from portions 107 and 118, Parish of Barford, south to where Martin’s Creek passes under the railway line. Starting in portion 107 the strike is about north-west and changes quickly to N. 15° W. which carries on till just near the BY G. D. OSBORNE. 187 extremity of the andesite, where a slight bend toward the south takes place. The dip-surface is broken by a number of cross-euts made by small tributaries of Martin’s Creek, so that when viewed obliquely to the dominant strike the topo- graphy has the appearance of a series of dip-slopes arranged somewhat en échelon. The termination of the andesite on the south is certainly due to a fault, and it 1s probable that the north-western extremity is close to a fault-line. The andesite at the locality under description is in every ease of the variety that comes under the general category of “lithoidal phase,’ and the most wide- spread variety of that phase is the one described above in the stratigraphy see- tion as Variety I. A development of the andesite, almost as important as the Martin’s Creek occurrence, is that in Mr. A. J. Vogele’s property, portions 113, 104, 28, 21 and 99, Parish of Barford. Limited to the west, near Mt. Douglas, by a heavy fault (see map), the rocks trend easterly for some distance and then the strike changes to north-north-west in portion 28. Here the flow is faulted to the east and forms a bare ridge in portion 99, with a steep slope directed to the west. This ridge of andesite does not extend very far to the south, as it soon ends against a heavy fault which has placed higher members of the Voleanic Stage against the andesite. The slopes of andesite in portion 113 carry heavy masses of talus, and are cut into by a number of very youthful streams flowing south. The glassy phase of the rock is only seantily developed in portion 28, but a larger amount of the two varieties of the andesitie pitchstone, together with the lithoidal phase makes up the rocks occurring in portion 99. It is difficult now to follow the andesite from here to the outerops near Clarencetown and the Willams River. If one traverses across the strike north- wards towards Welshman’s Creek from near portion 99, Parish of Barford, where the hornblende-andesite is terminated by a fault, the majority of the lower beds of the Volcanic Stage are passed over,—some are missing but certain dis- tinet types occur. On account of the strata assuming a flat dip in a general south-south-west direction, a considerable horizontal distance has to be covered before one arrives at the stratigraphical position where the hornblende-andesite should oeeur. In portions 66 and 67, Parish of Barford, the biotite-quartz- keratophyre which has been shown to be the first important flow following the hypersthene-andesitic pitehstone is observed, and then the absence of the latter is apparent, and only tuffs and conglomerates of almost undoubted Voleanie Stage identity imtervene between the keratophyre and an outcrop, in portion 217, Parish of Wallarobba, of lithoidal hornblende-andesite identical in hand-specimen with that at Martin’s Creek. Immediately to the north of this occurrence is a very much disturbed area, comprising outerops of both Burindi and Kuttung rocks, but the andesite appears to be without the zone of disturbance and is here viewed rather as the directly-faulted equivalent of that forming the ridge in portion 99, Parish of Barford, than as a lava of Burindi age, which has suf- fered almost complete devitrification, for in all the Burindi hornblende-andesites occurring elsewhere, devitrification has not proceeded to any great extent. The outcrop of andesite at Welshman’s Creek does not proceed far to the south-east, which is the direction of its strike, and from the point of its dis- appearance in portion 217, Parish of Wallarobba, to a spot near the Maitland Road, three and a half miles from Clarencetown, no evidence of its existence has been found, the stratigraphy between the two localities mentioned being in fact. somewhat obscure. From the Maitland Road just near the northern boundary 188 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., of portion 160, Parish of Uffington, where the andesite, now very thin, appears, one ean follow the outcrop with ease across to the Williams River and the foot of the Mt. Gilmore Ridge, the rock failing temporarily at the cross-road to Seaham (see map). The distribution of the hypersthene-andesite and andesite-glass is in general agreement with that of the Martin’s Creek type, but the former is not so wide- spread. It is found in the paddocks west of the railway near Martin’s Creek Station and in the railway eutting a little to the north of the Station, where it has been brought up against the hornblende-andesite by a small overthrust fault. While its thickness hereabouts is 100-150 feet, a short distance to the east it is hard to discover, and in portions 16 and 29, Parish of Barford, it has a limited extent, being about 15 feet thick. Near the upper part of Tumbledown Creek, two outcrops are seen, viz., in portions 22 and 57, and 34 and 59 respectively. These appear to be the result of a small branch fault. The hypersthene-andesite is not seen again until one comes to the. village of Glenoak, where about 200 acres are occupied by its outcrop. This oceurrence is bounded on both the west and east by faults, the eastern fault being responsible for displacing the andesite some distance to the north, its outcrop being seen on the main road about 14 miles from Glenoak. From here, intermittent exposures occur towards the Wil- liams River, but east thereof the rock is only found at the foot of the northern end of Mt. Gilmore, in portion 16, Parish of Wilmot. The biotite-quartz-keratophyre (Williams River type), of which there are in most places two flows separated by a little conglomerate, has its maximum development in the eastern part of the area. In portion 10, Parish of Wilmot, on the Williams River it is exposed in a large quarry, and must here be about 150 feet thick in the larger flow and 30 feet in the subsidiary one. With the exception of the districts of Martin’s Creek, the Langlands Estate and the northern end of Mt. Gilmore, one finds over all the area the two flows which microscopic examination shows to be almost identical. Passing west from the Willams River quarry, the keratophyre abruptly de- creases in extent and is poorly developed between the river and Glenoak. At the latter place it is decomposed and, on account of its flat dip, occupies a comparatively large area just south of the Post Office. Heavy faulting then intervenes, and it is next found in the fields to the north-east of Oakendale home- stead. The exact relationships of the outcrops here to the surrounding roeks are not clear. However, to the north-west of ‘“Oakendale,’ one finds the two flows with their usual stratigraphical relationships, as on the cleared hills north of Tumbledown Creek. The large fault which runs through this locality, pass- ing the hornblende-andesite ridge of portion 99, Parish of Barford, terminates the keratophyres on the west, and they are not found till one comes to a tribu- tary creek in portion 137, from whence the main flow (the subsidiary one having died out) can be traced westwards past the Martin’s Creek school to the railway line, where it is adjacent to the hornblende-andesite. To the west of the railway the rock is found in Priestley’s paddock (S.E. division of portion 131, Parish of Barford), the outerops being for the most part decomposed. f Some idea of the distribution of the remaining lavas of the Voleanie Stage has been given in the discussion on the stratigraphical variation, but something must be said of the important unit which has been termed the Mt. Gilmore biotite-dellenite. This rock displays very well the manner in which some of the lavas change their facies from place to place. At the Gilmore area this unit has a maximum thickness of 400 feet, forming in most places the capping to the BY G. D. OSBORNE. 189 ridge. ‘he rock in almost every case is a dellenite, but one specimen, under the microscope, proved to be a toscanite. At the northern end of the ridge the maximum development occurs, the field relations not being very clear; one is almost inclined to regard the mass as intrusive on account of its irregular ex- tent, but the extrusive nature shows up in thin section, and the westerly con- tinuations of the unit can only be viewed as volcanic occurrences. On account of the plunging anticline between Mt. Gilmore and Glenoak, this flow swings round to the Williams River, gradually decreasing in thickness, and on the right bank has a somewhat different appearance in hand-specimen, the rock proving under the microscope to be a phase on the border-line between dellenite and toseanite. From here it is traced to the Maitland Road, where this crosses Tumbledown Creek, and the outcrop is only continued for a few chains to the north-west when faulting oceurs, large horizontal displacement placing the rock south of Glenoak, where it is developed on the timbered hills in portion 29, Parish of Seaham. In this outcrop the rock is more potassic than elsewhere, being more of a potash-rhyolite than a dellenite. In order to follow it we start again in portion 189, Parish of Uffington, where it runs north-north-west to a small creek in that portion, suffers a small displacement by faulting, and then continues through the Oakendale paddocks along Tumbledown Creek to the large fault near portion 99, Parish of Barford. Along the line of outerop just mentioned it has a marked effect on the draimage and, near the fault plane, is tilted up, dipping at an angle of 40° to the S.S.W. The fault in question has the effect of sending this horizon to the south, where it outcrops in portion 142, Parish of Barford. From here it forms a pronounced ridge which runs west, reaching the railway line by a gradual decrease in height, which is due to the pitching nature of a broad earth-fold, of which structure the lava forms a part. From this ridge the rock spreads out in a dip-surface to the south, forming much of the area drained by the headwaters of Tucker’s Creek. The most westerly outerop of this portion of the flow is in the railway cutting, just south of the first overhead bridge south of Martin’s Creek, the rock being a toscanite. About here it is intersected by a large fault, and is then found appearing at intervals through the alluvium and recent wash in portions 27 and 28, Parish of Houghton, striking N. 15° W., finally crossing the Paterson River and out- cropping in the southern end of portion 132. In these occurrences along the right bank of the Paterson River the rock shows a decrease in the content of phenoerystie orthoclase, and in portion 27 it is a dacite, unless the potash mole- cule be retained in the eryptocrystalline base. Of the upper members of the Voleanic Stage, the dacites are perhaps the most important. These in general have a glassy base and in some occurrences contain fragments of foreign felsitic rocks. They are poorly developed on the plain to the east of Mt. Johnstone, and outcrop also in the valley of Tucker’s Creek. Near Glenoak and Langlands Estate their extent is limited, but in the Mt. Gilmore area they attain a considerable aggregate thickness. In one part of the Gilmore ridge the main dacite, due to faulting, forms the ridge-capping, which elsewhere is composed of the Mt. Gilmore dellenite. From the slopes to the south-east of the main Gilmore ridge in portions 51 and 52, Parish of Wil- mot, to near the Williams River in portion No. 2, the outcrops of the dacites are quite distinct. There still remain the more tuffaceous types of rock and the intercalated conglomerates, of which some mention must be made. The soda-rhyolite tufts and tuffaceous soda-rhyolites appear to be confined to the western portion of the 190 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., region surveyed. They are seen on the North Coast Road at the foot of Mt. Johnstone, and in the paddocks immediately to the east of the road. They also outerop in portion 154, Parish of Barford, near its junction with portion 156. The rocks are always associated with dacite,—in the latter locality with a dacite carrying a multitude of peculiar inclusions which are made up almost entirely of spherulitic structures. The soda-rhyolites in question have never been found to the east of the Tucker’s Creek locality. The somewhat remarkable rocks described as volcanic conglomerates, ete., can be traced almost continuously from the base of Mt. Johnstone to near the Langlands Hstate. As was pointed out above, there are in general two types of rock, and in this connection there seems to be a distinct change in nature between the outerop in portion 154, Parish of Barford, and that near Tumble- down Creek in portion 147, Parish of Uffington, where the rock contains rounded inclusions of felsite up to the size of an egg. Near Glenoak the outcrop is brown in colour, and can be seen just at the junction of the main road and a settler’s road leaving the former near the western boundary of portion 155, Parish of Uffington. Here the rock is adjacent toa fault plane and its displaced equivalent to the east is found on the Langlands Estate, beyond which it is not known to oceur. The majority of the other true tuffs are fairly limited in extent, but those which contain sandy and conglomeratie sediment have a wide areal distribution. Thus the tuffs both underlying and succeeding the hypersthene-andesite are well in evidence all the way from Martin’s Creek to Clarencetown, particularly so to the east of Martin’s Creek Station and to the north of the school, where the conglomerate content is very predominant. The conglomerates overlying the biotite-quartz-keratophyres outcrop extensively in portions 54 (Barford) and 147 (Uffington), and to a less degree near the railway line just south of Martin’s Creek (see map). At Mt. Gilmore the development of these rocks is also considerable, but the - average size of the constituent pebbles is much less than in the western districts. At the northern end of the ridge the conglomerates become still less coarse in texture and there is a local intercalation of a felspathic grit or tuff which does not occur elsewhere. Sugar Loaf Hill, a conspicuous landmark in portion 148, Parish of Uffing- ton, is composed of conglomerates which appear to belong to the series under discussion, the stratigraphieal relationship of the Sugar Loaf outerop to the surrounding rocks being undetermined. (iu.) Glacial Stage. The widespread nature of the rocks forming the lower portion of the Glacial Stage can be appreciated when one realises that, in spite of the effects of heavy faulting involving pronounced meridional displacement in most cases, it is pos- sible to draw a line in a direction east 20° south, from a point a little to the south of Mt. Johnstone right across the area mapped, to Caswell’s Creek, distant 13 miles, the line traversing almost entirely the outcrops of these rocks, the ex- ception being a small area of Voleanic Stage rocks near Glenoak, alluvium, of course, not being considered. Starting at Vacy, at the confluence of the Paterson and Allyn Rivers, rocks of the lower portion, with the exception of the varves, are strongly developed and form, for the most part, the ridge which stands up 1000. feet above the valley of the Paterson River, and trends south to Johnstone Trig. Station. They 7 BY G. D. OSBORNE. + llehe also compose the hills south and south-east of Mt. Johnstone, which gradually deerease in height as one comes to Paterson Township. In addition they form a considerable portion of the drainage area of Tucker’s Creek. A well-marked depression in the timbered hills to the east of Paterson is due to the existence of an area of these comparatively soft rocks, which haye been faulted so as to be surrounded by the harder toscanite. Further to the east these tuffs and conglomerates cover an extensive area between Tumbledown Creek and the headwaters of Wattle Creek, being concealed just at Red Hill by a flow of Tertiary basalt. The heavy fault passing through a little to the west ot Glenoak can be traced right down to the Paterson-Seaham Road near Butter- wick, and is thus responsible for placing the tuffs and conglomerates close to this road, where they form the greater part of a long whale-back outcrop known as Little Brandy Hill. Big Brandy, close by, is also composed of these sedi- ments. Further extensive areas of these rocks occur in the rough country in the northwestern corner of the Parish of Seaham, where a number of the small tri- butaries of the Williams River have their rise; and a trapezoidal area, south of Glenoak, bounded on the east by the river and on the west by a large fault, is also oceupied by the outcrops of these fragmental rocks. The continuation of the last-mentioned outcrops to the east of the River is obscured by alluvium, but the rocks are again well seen further eastwards, forming much of the country at the feet of the slopes to the south-east of the Gilmore ridge, and ultimately being cut off by a heavy strike-fault which places them against the Burindi Beds. An effect of this fault, also, is to duplicate the outcrop of the tuffs and conglomerates, causing them to appear overlying the ridge of Voleanie Stage rocks running from The Gap south towards Raymond Terrace. The conglomerate which forms the basal unit in the Glacial Stage is not found on the western portion of the area surveyed, but from near portion 99, Parish of Barford, across to the country east of Mt. Gilmore, it is a constant feature, having its maximum development near Oakendale, where it outcrops in huge boulders in portions 164 and 167, Parish of Uffington, and forms a flat pave- ment in the bed of Tumbledown Creek, and a vertical cliff risimg therefrom, the general locality of these occurrences being called the “Black Rocks.” It forms a small, but marked hill, just east of the residence of Mr. Adamson, schoolmaster at Glenoak, where there is an abundance of quartzite and aplite pebbles, and maintains these features right to the outcrop on the Limeburner’s Road. The varves near Glenoak occur in portion 138, Parish of Uffington, on a hillside immediately to the north-west of a small branch fault (see map). . They constitute a small saddle, which effects a physiographic break in the otherwise simple profile of a hill of tuff and tuffaceous conglomerate, and this feature can be followed round to a creek in portion 131, and also north-west into portion 99. The rocks have been found not in situ, in the bed of the creek in portion 109, Farish of Barford, but the parent rock was not located. It is to be noted here that to the east of the Williams River in portion 35, Parish of Wilmot, there is a white cherty rock associated with the conglomerate at the base of the Glacial Stage, which has some features in common with glacial varves, but in the absence of confirmatory evidence, one hesitates to assign to it a glacial origin. The thin cherty shales carrying remains of the Rhacopteris flora have a wide distribution. They have been noted in the talus upon the slopes of Mt. Johnstone 192 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i., and are to be found in a well-preserved state in two small quarries on the road- side a few chains west of the railway line at Paterson on the way to Gresford. Towards the base of the northerly-directed scarp of Hungry Hill, good fossils from this horizon can be obtained, and particularly fine remains are seen on a track leading from the northern point of portion 150, Parish of Barford, down to Dunn’s Creek. A little to the east of the crossing of the creek by this track, in a tributary gully, the plant-remains are associated with impure coal seams. In the areas between here and the Williams River the plant-bearing shales and tuffs are always found in the same stratigraphical position. Thus one sees an abundance of this material just to the south of the Paterson-Glenoak Telegraph Line in portion 108, Parish of Barford, and excellent specimens of Rhacopteris species occur in the central part of portion 39, Parish of Seaham, and at the foot of the hills close to the Williams River near the junctions of portions 39 and 40. The most southerly occurrence of this horizon is upon the top of Big Brandy Hill in portion 38 where the rock containing the iplant-remains is of coarser texture. The horizon cannot be followed very far, either to the east or west, on account of the presence of faults. To the east of the Williams River one has no difficulty in locating this hori- zon, as it outcrops at intervals along the cross-road from East Seaham to Ray- mond Terrace, particularly near portion 22, Parish of Wilmot. On account of the shght change which takes place in the composition of the igneous rocks developed at Paterson as toscanite, it will be convenient in the description of their regional distribution, to use the term dellenite, when dealing with a locality where such is the identity of the rocks, and the term toscanite in other cases. It has not been possible to say definitely whether the rocks in question occur as a composite sill, as a single flow, or as a series of two or three flows, but for present purposes they may be considered as one unit. The toseanite outcrops at the summit of Mt. Johnstone and is developed in a long dip-slope on the western fall of the ridge, spreading out westward to- wards the head of Webber’s Creek. On account of the effect of erosion upon the dome-like structure hereabouts, the junction of the lava with the underlying tuffs swings away to the west, but the toscanite is again encountered along the southern margin of the hills south of Mt. Johnstone, here having an easterly strike. About one mile from the town of Paterson the rock dips at a high angle, the result of an oblique fault, which, although possessing a considerable throw, has effected practically no horizontal displacement of the visible outcrops. (The peculiarity of this feature will be fully discussed in a later chapter). From here the rock passes down into the town of Paterson, outcropping in the railway and road cuttings and, after being eut through by the Paterson River and temporarily lost in the alluvium, is found strongly developed to the east between the Paterson and Dunn’s Creek, the dip-slope on which Hungry Trig. Station stands being duplicated to the south by strike-faulting. The junction of the toseanite with the overlying glacial beds is continually exposed along the course of Dunn’s Creek, and towards the headwaters of that stream there are a number of small disconnected outcrops, their lack of continuity being the result of erosion upon a locally flatly-dipping series. Then on the road from Dunn’s Creek to Red Hull there is a decomposed outcrop, and some dip-slopes of dellenite occur in the rough country comprising portions 18, 21, 22, and 23, Parish of Butterwick. The dellenite may then be traced down through the Water Reserve, portion 39 (Butterwick), and becoming very thin, it swings away to the south, possibly ow- ing partly to the dragging effect of a large fault. The decrease in thickness BY G. D. OSBORNE. 193 eventually brings about the disappearance of the rock, and there is, therefore, an overlap of the Main Glacial Beds upon the lower portion of the Glacial Stage in the district to the east of Butterwick. Beyond the region of overlap the eruptive rock again occurs, aS in portion 52, Parish of Seaham, but the ex- tension to the east is small, owing to the intervention of a heavy fault, by reason of which the dellenite is next found along the course of Felspar Creek, eventually coming out upon the Seaham-Clarencetown Road just at its sharp bend above Felspar Creek. Alluvium now conceals the dellenite to the east, until the Wilhams River is crossed, and on the left bank, immediately opposite Porphyry Point, dellenite and potash-rhyolite are exposed on the hillside, partly artificially in a small quarry. From here the rock forms the capping and southerly-directed slopes of a distinet ridge which trends HE. 30° N. to Caswell’s Creek. Good sections of the Main Glacial Beds are to be seen at various places in the area, but the imdividual horizons do not outcrop over large areas in such a way as to make it possible to trace them from place to place with ease. Further- more, local development is a feature of some of the strata, especially the true tillites. ‘ At Paterson the Main Glacial Beds outcrop in the Park and in the pad- docks west thereof, and form a considerable amount of the low-lying land oc- cupied by Webber’s Creek, some distance further west. Passing east from Pater- son Park they form the foundation of much of the southern portion of the town, . and can be seen near Douribang Village, on the Paterson-Seaham Road, and out- cropping continuously along this road to within a mile of Butterwick. To the south of this road they extend little, but on the north and north-east gradually increase in width of outcrop from Douribang towards Dunn’s Creek, where they are developed in a plunging synecline. In Dunn’s Creek and its main tributaries, excellent sections are exposed, and the stratigraphy is clear, while the record, in the main stream, of a dip of 40° at E. 30° S., and in the first tributary to the east of a dip of 30° at N. 60° W. establishes the existence of the syncline men- tioned. Fluvio-glacial conglomerates, varves and glacial muds form part of the ridge running from the western boundary of portion 18, Parish of Butterwick, to Big Brandy Hill, as well as much of the lowlands to the south-west of this ridge. On the east of the large fault near Butterwick, tillites and conglomerates are to be seen o the southern slopes of Big Brandy, and also along the banks of Bartie’s Creek. Hereabouts, the direct passage from the tuffs and conglomerates of the lower portion to the Main Glacial Beds may be observed. The most characteristic tillite in the whole area of the Main Glacial outcrop, occurs on a small rise in the south-eastern corner of portion 38, Parish of Sea- ham, the extent being limited. From here on to Seaham the glacial beds appear to be mostly conglomerate and tillite, varves not being conspicuous. Nearer Seaham they may be seen in the road cuttings, and to the north outerop right to the right bank of Felspar Creek. The occurrences in the Seaham Cemetery and along the Maitland Road have been fully deseribed by Mr. Sussmilech. The base of the Main Glacial Beds oceurs at Felspar Creek, just near the point where the road erosses the creek. Here they are very bouldery indeed, and owing to the strike coinciding in general with the trend of the road to the south, they outerop right along to the Seaham Hotel. They also extend to the west of the road and are overlain by tuffs which have their maximum development in portions 62 and 63. These are the equiva- lent of the tuffs occurring along the ridge which stands to the east of the main 194 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1., tributary of Dunn’s Creek. The varves outcropping within the village of Sea- ham, and excellently described by Sussmilch, may be followed from the main road some distance to the west, the lower and more important horizon bemg the more persistent. ' On the northern side of the Williams River, in the region mapped, the tain Glacial Beds do not form important outcrops, much of the area where one should expect to find them being occupied by swamps and alluvium. However, they occur in a band about 30 chains wide, from the Punt Crossing to Caswell’s Creek, the representative of the series being conglomerate, the appearance of which suggests a fluvio-glacial origin, although no striated pebbles have been tound. Intrusive Ienzous Rocks. The eruptive rocks which are definitely intrusive form a very subordinate group, oceurring as sills and dykes. Three distinct types are comprised in this group. Firstly, there is a dyke of quartz-bearing gabbro-porphyrite, occurring in portion 114, Parish of Barford. It forms a small knoll just to the east of Mr. Vogele’s cottage, and can be traced about half a mile to the north and half that distance to the south. The dyke strikes N. 10° E. and has an inconstant width, varying from 10 to 30 feet, but no particulars could be obtained as to the dip. On the margins of the outcrop the rock is distinctly fine-grained. The main mass is a grey rock of very compact nature, weathering spheroidally, and giving surfaces which it is almost impossible to spawl. The rock is porphyritic in plagio- clase in hand-specimen, and under the microscope one sees large labradorite erystals set in an ophitic groundmass of medium grain-size, composed of augite, ilmenite, plagioclase and interstitial quartz. es we consider a group of intrusions in the railway eutting in por- tion 2, Parish of Wallarobba, just south-west of the Station. Here there is a sul a three dykes of basic material intruding the hornblende-andesite (Martin’s ‘Ck. type). Two of the dykes are about one foot in thickness, and the third eight inches, while the sill has a width of 10 feet. Unfortunately the rocks are almost completely decomposed, but there is no doubt of the material being basic and originally probably basaltie or doleritic. Thirdly, there is a dyke of felsite intruding Burindi Beds’ in a railway cutting between Martin’s Ck. and Hilldale, just north of the 40 mile-peg, which strikes N. 50° E. and has a width of 4 feet. The microscopic characters of this rock are not yet known. The question arises as to the age of these minor intrusions. The felsite is post-Burindi and might reasonably be regarded as connected with the eruption of the felsitic lavas of the Voleanic Stage of the Kuttung Series, and all that can be said of the quartz-bearing gabbro-porphyrite and the basie rocks is that they are post-Voleanie Stage. They are essentially similar to the material forming some of the minor intrusions of Tertiary age in Hastern New South Wales, and in view of the occurrence of Cainozoic basalt flows at Mt. Douglas and elsewhere in the area, the possibility of the large dyke of quartz-gabbro-porphyrite having been a feeder to the basalt sheets produced by fissure eruptions, must be recog- nised. However, it is also to be pointed out that at Currabubula there are rocks of the nature of quartz-dolerites among the Carboniferous rocks, and also at Pokolbin some small occurrences of dolerite and basalt, possibly of Palaeozoic age. BY G. D. OSBORNE. 195 Catnozoic Basaut. Flows of Caimozoic basalt oceur on Mt. Douglas and to the east thereof, and at Red Hill, near the head of Dunn’s Creek. The thickness of the basalt varies from 200 feet to 60 feet, the maximum being at Mt. Douglas, and its occurrence as residual cappings to the highest hills points to the existence of former wide- spread flows, which were poured out upon a peneplain surface, this being evident from the record of the aneroid barometer readings, which showed that the base of the basalt was essentially level. In all localities the rocks are considerably decomposed, furnishing excellent land for orchardists. At Red Hill the basalt has existed in columnar form, large prisms being found amongst the red soil. At this place also, the underlying tuffs have been changed by ferruginous material derived from the basalt. In hand-specimen the basalt is aphanitie and almost black in colour, the microscope showing equal amounts of well-formed laths of felspar and irregular augite, together with magnetite and an occasional grain of olivine, the fabric being radiate and ophitie. Cainozoic DrerriraL Deposits. In addition to the silts and alluvium along the banks of the creeks and rivers, and the recent wash and unconsolidated talus elsewhere, there occur some interesting rocks, of the nature of conglomerates, boulder beds, and grits, which are clearly of Pleistocene or Recent age. In places these are surrounded and partially concealed by alluvium, and thus are mentioned in the legend of the map (Plate xxvi.), but otherwise they have not been mapped, in spite of their widespread occurrence, since the placing of them upon the map would have further concealed the already obscured plan of the Palaeozoic rocks, as given on the map. These rocks are found on the highest hills and in the lowest valleys. The best development generally occurs as a cloaking to the slopes of small- stream valleys, and at the mouths of streams. They have, in these cases, been formed as talus masses and alluvial fans, cemented together, and subsequently cut into by the streams during further periods of degradation. But they are not confined to stream valleys. On almost any gentle slope, masses of the rocks may be found, often in the process of formation. It was interesting to find that a conglomerate consisting of fragments of toseanite had developed on the dip-slope on which Hungry Trig. Stn. stands, where the angle of dip is 18°. The boulders are sometimes well rounded, but in the majority of cases only partially so, while some rocks are composed of completely angular fragments. The size of the con- stituents varies, the larger being the more angular, and there is no evidence of sorting. The cementing material must differ in detail from place to place, but essentially it is of an argillaceous nature. The extensive character of the de- posits has to a large extent been determined by the fact that there is a notable felspathie content in most of the Palaeozoic rocks in the whole area, whether igneous or sedimentary. The types referred to as grits are free from boulders and seem to be confined to relatively high localities. A typical outcrop of the conglomerates is to be seen immediately south of the road half’a mile from Pater- son towards Gresford. They also occur on the top of Mt. Gilmore and in the Valley of Tucker’s Creek and in a large number of other places. The boulder beds are best developed in the creeks to the east of the Gilmore Ridge, while the gritty rocks may be seen round about the Dunn’s Creek Road a little south of Red Hill. 196 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i, ConcLupING REMARKS. In the foregoing is given a detailed account of the stratigraphical and re- gional geology of the Carboniferous System in the Clarencetown-Paterson area, together with descriptions of certain intrusive rocks of uncertain age, and Caino- Zoic igneous and sedimentary units. A classification of the Kuttung Series is proposed, consisting of a Basal Stage, a Volcanic Stage and a Glacial Stage. This subdivision, it is pointed out, is one suited to the stratigraphical features exhibited in the area, and in basie nature, differs little from that given by Mr. Sussmilch, but has been deemed necessary on account of an advance in our knowledge of the details of the suc- cession in the district, which was only possible from a close examination of the rocks in the field over an extended field-season, which the author, fortunately, was able to conduct. The Voleanic Stage has been treated in full detail and a preliminary discussion of the stratigraphy of that Stage is given. The whole outcome of the work, which is meant to be a contribution to a fuller knowledge of the Carboniferous System, especially the Kuttung Series, has been to confirm the. general sequence determined by the pioneering work of Mr. Sussmileh, to whom, on this account, the author, like all workers in the Carboni- ferous, is much indebted. Acknowledgments——To Prof. Sir Edgeworth David the writer is deeply in- debted for his many kind actions of encouragement. In the initial stages of the work he conducted the writer over some of the ground described in these pages, and has constantly interested himself in all the subsequent field and laboratory work, supplying helpful advice on numerous occasions. Mr. W. R. Browne spent a few days in June, 1921, in the Paterson area confirming the writer’s conclusions and making helpful suggestions as to field problems. He has also been most willing at all times and under all circumstances to confer with the writer on various matters connected with the stratigraphy and petrology and, by his know- ledge of the Carboniferous, has been able to offer valuable opinions on numerous points. The writer has derived benefit from discussions on the geology of the area with Mr. C. A. Sussmilch, on account of his first-hand knowledge of the sequence, and in the field was assisted by Mr. H. G. Raggatt who, as a student of the Geology Dept., spent a week with the writer at Clarencetown. In connec- tion with the office work thanks are due to Mr. W. 8. Dun and Mr. L. UL. Water- house, especially the latter for advice during the preparation of the map. For characteristic hospitality and local scientific information the author has to thank Mr. W. J. Enright, of Maitland. With regard to the activities in the field he wishes to place on record his ap- preciation of the generous hospitality extended to him by the residents of the area. In this connection he cannot speak too highly of the service rendered by Mr. W. Parker, Quarry Master, Martin’s Creek, and family, from whom he re- ceived every kindness throughout the whole of his sojourns in the area. Also he has to sincerely thank Mr. and Mrs. G. MeD. Adamson of Glenoak Public School, Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Boag and family, of “Burnbrae,’ Seaham, Mr. and Mrs. A. J. Dransfield of Paterson, Mr. and Mrs. L. S. Holmes of ‘Oakendale,” and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Holmes of “Langlands,” Mrs. W. Ripley and her mother Mrs. Hackett, and Mr. Ben. Robards and his parents of “Hollydene,’ Clarencetown, Mr. John Tucker of Paterson and Mr. A. J. C. Vogele of Mt. Douglas, whose exact knowledge of the rocks on his property was of distinet value, and others who, in various small ways, contributed towards the suecess of the work. BY G. D. OSBORNE. 197 EXPLANATION OF MAP (PLATE XXVI.). The map (Plate xxvi.) requires some remarks. On account of the imprac- ticability of indicating on the legend the characters of all the units shown, a supplementary key has been prepared, which is given in Text-fig. 6. The map is entirely original, except for the following details: The boundaries of the alluvium round about Seaham have been taken from Professor David’s Map of the Hunter River Coal Measures, as well as the junction-line between the Kuttung Series PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS MAIN GLACIAL BEDS GLACIAL DELLENITE AND TOSCANITE STAGE LOWER PORTION OF GLACIAL STAGE COMPRISING TUFFS, &C. WELLE. DELLENITE AND TOSCANITE ZA ar. eneronn TYPE) VOLCA N IC << BIOTITE QUARTZ KERATOPHYRE GrwrFrwnen pe - -e | uypeRsTHENE ANDESITE SmNGs Eee : | HORNBLENDE ANDESITE (MARTIN’S CK. TYPE) KUT TUNG SERIES BASAL STAGE y CONGLOMERATES AND TUFFS WITH PLANT FOSSILS | BURINDI SERIES Text-fig. 6. Supplementary key to the Geological Map. (Plate xxvi.). and the Permo-Carboniferous System from Seaham to the south-west, which itself is not intended to be absolutely accurate. The extent of the Carboniferous Series in the Dunn’s Creek district has been changed from what was shown previously, but the base of the Permian Beds near Butterwick has again been obtained from Prof. David’s map. The band of dellenite running from The Gap on the Lime- burner’s Road south-south-west and the boundaries of alluvium near Clarencetown have been copied from Jaquet’s map. On account of the writer having mapped different units from those surveyed by Jaquet, no reproduction of any of the details (with the exception of the alluvium mentioned) of his Clarencetown map has been made. 198 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, i. At Dunn’s Creek there is a small outcrop of Permo-Carboniferous rocks which is liable to be overlooked. It owes its preservation to the existence of a syneline. In the mapping, the lowest bed of the so-called Permo-Carboniferous traced was a fine-grained conglomerate containing an abundance of quartz pebbles, with which was associated a yellow plant-bearing sandstone, both horizons being utterly different from any of the Kuttung rocks. List of Works Referred to. Benson, W. N., 1913.—The Geology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales, Part i., These Proceedings, xxxviil., part 3, pp. 490-517. - 5 alenteg , Part vi., These Proceedings, xlii., Part 2, pp. 223- 245, 250-283. , 1920. - , Part ix., These Proceedings, xlv., Part 2, pp. 285- 317, Part 3, pp. 337-374, 405-423. , 1921.—A Census and Index of the Lower Carboniferous Burindi Fauna. Ree. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., x., Part 1, pp. 12-74. Browne, W. R., and Wauxom, A. B., 1911.—The Geology of the Eruptive and Associated Rocks of Pokolbin, N.S.W. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., xlv., pp. 379-408. Davin, T. W. E., 1904.—The Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4. Jaquet, J. B., 1901.—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 2. OssporngE, G. D., and Browns, W. R., 1921.—Note on a Glacially-striated Pave- ment in the Kuttung Series of the Maitland District. These Pro- ceedings, xlvi., Part 2, pp. 259-262. Sussmitcn, C. A., and Davin, T. W. E., 1919.—The Sequence, Glaciation and Correlation of the Carboniferous. Rocks of the Hunter River Dis- trict, N.S.W. Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., pp. 247-338, with two Appendices. Watxom, A. B., 1913.—The Geology of the Permo-Carboniferous System in the Glendonbrook District, near Singleton, New South Wales. These Proceedings, xxxviii., Part 1, pp. 146-159. {Printed off, 9th June, 1922.] (PUT GRA De AnNi nays i! fo Osea sibel Alte : Hipue Mt peels Huei ii Nov Aa eatin ee int is HAV ak ia AUS i HN HF Ast uh Petter aia ( Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE IV. Cladocera from New South Wales. PLATE v. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Proc. Linn. Cladocera from New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. . Cladocera from New South Wales. PLATE VI. PLATE vit. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Proc. Linn. Cladocera from New South Wales. Roc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE VIII. Cladocera from New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE IX. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. PLATE X. ie Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XI. iD | Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XII. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XIII. Mu Wie Wp) Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Puate xiv. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PuaTE xv. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. bili Ra. Puare xvi. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. Proc. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Aas Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAtE XVII. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. oe im 7 a we Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.AW., 1922. PLATE XVIII. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. a & ae Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE xIx. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT XxX, Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXI. Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXII. co Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes. eae Aire ve. ee Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXIIL yey ie oy (en aro Pte hPa gh sae i 4 rel = ste i eenes as (opp UaAE 1 a hy ¥ te Thal ax, age tye Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXIV. Fig.1. Termitaria of Hutermes vernont, Hamitermes wilsoni and Drepanotermes silvestrit. Fig. 2. Termitarium of Eutermes longipennis built over stump. isa Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE XXv. Fig.l. Hamitermes germanus. Fore and hind wings. Fig.2. Coptotermes acinaciformis. Termitarium. acinactformis. Interior of Termitarium. es Fe eet Ww o oWA ©°20000 00 96 © oO Of OF” THE ig GEOLOGICAL MAP aa CLARENCETOWN PATERSON DSTRIEH MAINLY KUTTUNG SS ep 000 0000 0 & CONGLOMERAT tao fO—70 c 000, YqAIN =NATIV Ball) Nos i361)! Described from 6 females. This species does not agree with any known to us, nor with the deseriptions of any of the outstanding species. It is perhaps most nearly allied to T. doddi, but it is smaller and of a somewhat narrower form, though small specimens of T. doddi ave not unlike it in shape. The antennae and wings are, however, very different. BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 257 To the naked eye the wings appear practically uniformly dark grey, without any intensification along the veins, but very slight indications of this can be seen with a lens. To some extent the present species shows a relation to 7’. pseudoardens, but the colouration and clothing are very different. The species would fall into Miss Rieardo’s group viii. Type in Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Towns- ville. TABANUS TORRESI, n.sp. (Text-figs. 7 and 8). A moderate-sized brown species with narrow parallel-sided forehead. 2. Face densely clothed with greyish white tomentum, with fine seanty white pubescence; subcallus reddish-brown, almost bare, with scanty brown tomentum at sides. Beard white. Palpi black, second joint moderately stout, rather slightly curved, and about three-quarters length of proboscis, clothed with black decumbent pubescence. Antennae (Text-fig. 7) yellowish-brown, the first joint reddish-brown and the annuli black; first joint not greatly widened at apex, set with black hairs on upper and lower margins, second short, third elongate, moderately dilatate at base, with a short tooth on upper surface, annuli about as long as rest of joint. Forehead (Text-fig. 8) comparatively narrow, parallel- sided; clothed with brown tomentum and a few dark hairs; callus reddish-brown to black, shiny, oblong, not quite reaching sides, with a long linear extension to vertex. Eyes bare. 10 Text-figs, 7,8.—Tabanus torresi, u.sp. 7. Antenna. 8. Head, frontal view. Text-figs. 9,10.—Tabanus griseicolor,n.sp. 9. Antenna: 10. Head, frontal view. (All figures drawn from types). Thorax black, densely clothed with brown tomentum, with a lighter band on sides extending above wing-roots and on to scutellum; with sparse creamy de- pressed pubescence, denser on the lateral band and extending on to the sides and more thinly across base of seutellum, dise also with semi-erect dark hairs. Pleurae with grey tomentum and long tufts of silky white pubescence. 258 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, li, Abdomen with two basal segments reddish-brown, the remainder blackish, all the segmentations pale; clothed with black pubescence, with rather sparse creamy pubescence along segmentations extending slightly forwards in the median line on each segment. Venter light reddish-brown on basal segments, the remainder black, segmentations pale, pubescence black, pale on segmentations. Femora blackish, the apices of the intermediate and posterior somewhat lighter; tibiae yellowish-brown, infuscate at apex, the anterior tibiae only pale in basal third; tarsi dark. Wings hyaline, with yellowish-brown along anterior margin and feeble shading along longitudinal veins; stigma rather large, elongate, black; veins light brown, no appendix present. Dimensions: Type, 12.5 mm. long; wing, 11 mm.; width of head, 4.5 mm.; width of frons, 0.40 mm. Hab.—Moa or Banks Island, Torres Strait. Allied to 7. palmensis Ferg. & Hill, but readily distinguished by the pale lateral margin of prothorax, forming a distinct band from in front of wing-roots round to seutellum. The shape of the callus is somewhat different, while the sub- callus is more prominent and almost bare. The palpi are stouter and shorter. The abdomen is banded and very feebly maculate along middle. The clothing of the under surface is also different. Of the species, we possess a single 2 kindly sent by H. C. White and taken by one of his collectors on 30.11.19, and a short series sent by Rev. G. A. Lus- combe, taken on 19.11.20 and February, 1921. A specimen was sent to the British Museum for determination but was re- turned as not being in that collection. Type in collection of Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Townsville. Paratypes in Collection of Department of Public Health, Sydney. TABANUS ALTERNATUS, Noy. nom. Tabanus limbatinevris, Macq., Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., 1850, p..29 (nom. praeoce.).—Tabanus macquarti, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 277, (nee 7. macquarti Schiner, Reise der Novara, Dipt., 1868, p. 89 = T. bigoti Bellardi, 1859). The range of this species is from about Camden Haven in New South Wales to Hidsvold in Queensland. Specimens have recently been taken on Magnetic Island, Townsville, which appear to represent a melanistic variety. The typical form is very variable in clothing and in the colouration of the abdomen, the pubescence varying from pure white to golden, and some of the darker white- haired specimens approach closely to the Magnetic Island form, but there ap- pears to be a constant difference in the shape of the callus. Var. MAGNETICUS, n.var. Face, palpi and antennae as in JZ. alternatus, forehead with eallus slightly wider, more rounded, not tapering above, but with a long linear ex- tension to beyond middle. Thorax as in typical specimens, but with sparse white in place of golden decumbent pubescence; pleurae with hoary white hair-tufts. Abdomen black, lateral portion of first segment greyish, the posterior margin of segments 2—4. narrowly margined with grey, broadened out at sides and with a series of median triangular spots on segments 1—4, not reaching to the anterior borders of the segments; pubescence black, white on the median spots and on the lateral portions of the segmentations of segments 1—4, continued BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 259 along the posterior margin of the fourth and sometimes of the third segment to connect up with.the median spot, segments 5—7 entirely black. Venter black, with the posterior margins of the second, third, and fourth segments distinetly banded with light grey. Legs as in typical specimens. Wings as in typical specimens, except that the black colouration is more intense. Dimensions: Long, 15 mm.; wings, 14.5 mm.; width of head, 5.75 mm.; width of frons, 0.6 mm. Hab.—North Queensland: Magnetic Island (Hill No. 1358). A name has been attached to the variety as, though the typical species is variable in colouration, all the specimens from Magnetic Island are remarkably constant in this respect. The type specimen of the variety is in the collection of the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Messrs. Paskin Bros., to whom we are indebted for the specimens we have had for examination, informed us that these flies, and 7. avidus Bigot, appeared in great numbers after heavy rain about the middle of September and for some weeks after their attacks upon man and horses seriously interfered with opera- tions on the farm. Their numbers decreased gradually until the last week in November, when one of us visited the island to find only one fly during several days collecting. During the following year (1921) this species was very scarce indeed in the same loeality. TABANUS WENTWORTHI, sp. A moderate-sized dark species allied to 7. alternatus and T. doddi. 9. Face dark, clothed with slaty-grey tomentum and with sparse dark pubescence; cheeks and subeallus with more yellowish-grey tomentum, the cheeks with somewhat denser dark pubescence. Beard white, rather scanty. Palpi yellow, somewhat infuscate; second joint moderately long, comparatively slender, somewhat thicker at base and moderately curved, ending in a straight obtuse point; clothed with dark pubescence. Antennae black, with black hairs on first and second joints; first joint not concealing second, third joint with distinct tooth at base, and moderately long annulate portion. Forehead comparatively narrow, clothed with greyish-yellow tomentum and scanty dark pubescence; callus large, elongate pear-shaped, not reaching eyes, with a long extension almost to vertex. Eyes bare. : Thorax black with narrow pale submedian and lateral lines only distinet in anterior portion; pubescence dark, a few pale hairs present posteriorly; pleurae clothed with grey tomentum, and rather sparse dark pubescence, pale posteriorly. Secutellum black, with a rather sparse fringe of pale straw-coloured hairs. Abdomen black, portion of first and second segments feebly diluted with brown; clothed with black pubescence, with a median line of transverse spots clothed with whitish hairs on the posterior margins of the first to fifth segments, and a similar line on each side at lateral margins. Venter dark brown with lighter segmentations, clothed with black pubescence with traces of lghter on the segmentations. Legs dark; femora black, tibiae reddish-brown, the anterior dark on apical two-thirds; tarsi infuscate. Wings dark grey, suffused with brown along the course of both longitudinal and transverse veins, the suffusion most marked in the region of the discal cell; stigma small, elongate, dark brown; no appendix present. 3S. Similar to 2 in general appearance. Face and cheeks clothed with 260 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, L., greyish-yellow tomentum, rather densely covered with dark hairs with some paler hairs intermingled; beard whitish. Palpi tawny, second joint rather short, oval-shaped, rather densely clothed with mingled dark and light pubescence. Antennae black as in 2. Eyes large, holoptic, bare, with facets rather small, equal. Thorax as in 2 but with more conspicuous pubescence, the pale straw- coloured hairs scantily present on anterior as well as posterior portion and more evident around scutellum. Abdomen with first three segments more evidently diluted with reddish-brown at the sides, pubescence more distinct. Dimensions: 2 holotype. Length, 14 mm.; wing, 13 mm.; width across eyes, 4.5 mm.; d autotype, 15 mm. Range of variation: 2 14-16 mm. (5 specimens); ¢ 13-15 mm. (2 specimens). Holotype ¢ and autotype d presented to Australian Museum. Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains. Specimens are under examination from the following localities: Leura, 2 9, January, 1920 (Dr. A. L. Maclean); Blackheath, 2 9, 12.2.22, 4.2.22 and 2d, 22.2.22 (KE. W. Ferguson); Blue Mts. (no locality) 1 9, January, 1922 (Deuquet). A specimen of this species is also in the South Australian Museum from Wentworth Falls. This specimen was commented upon by one of us (E. W.F., under 7. macquarti Ric.) in a paper on the Tabanidae in that Institution (Records of South Australian Museum, Vol. 1, No. 4, 1921, p. 373). In general appearance the species approaches closely to 7. alternatus (= T. macquarti Ric.), but differs in the wing pattern which resembles that of 7. doddi Taylor, though less marked. From the latter species it differs in the much shorter “tooth” on the base of the third antennal joint. The species can hardly be 7. funebris Macq., from the description of which it differs in size, palpi not black, and the absence of a recurrent appendix to the third longitudinal vein. ; TABANUS PRAEPOSITUS Walker. Tabanus praepositus, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1, 1848, p. 158; Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 273—Tabanus obscurimaculatus, Taylor, Proc. ‘Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., part 1, 1919, p. 51. A specimen of Walker’s species was recently received by one of us (E.W.F.) from the British Museum, and proved to be the same as T. obscurimaculatus Taylor. A specimen of Taylor’s species was also sent to the British Museum (G.F.H.) and compared with the type of T. piraepositus Walk. TABANUS APREPES Taylor. Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 56. Ege-masses were found at Magnetic Island, N.Q., (24th and 25th November) on twigs and grass overhanging small pools in the sandy bed of a creek, which had the appearance of those of the above species described in an earlier paper (Hill, Bull. Ent. Res., xii, 1921, p. 41). Three of these batches of eggs were subsequently reared to the final larval stages and proved to be referable to the above. The third batch produced larvae of a species not known to us in the immature stages. The history of the two batches of eggs of T. aprepes is as follows :— (a). This mass was found at 5 p.m. on 24th November on a_flower-head of Juncea, 5 inches above clean, wet sand at the margin of a small pool in creek-bed. When found the eggs were creamy white, but at 7 p.m. a few de- BY BE, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 261 tached eggs and lower tiers of the main mass began to turn greyish, indicating that they were then about three hours old (see paper referred to above). The majority of the eggs hatched between 11 p.m. on 28th and 6 a.m. on 29th, the young larvae having already passed through their first moult in the interval. (b). This mass was laid between 3.30 p.m. on 24th November and 9.30 a.m. on 25th November on a blade of grass 3 inches above the level of a small pool in the sandy ereek-bed. As they were slightly greyish in colour when found, it is probable that they were laid late on the previous afternoon (the plant was examined at 3.30 p.m., when the eggs were certainly not present). Most of the eggs hatched between 11 p.m. on 28th November and 6 a.m. on 29th November, but a few did not free themselves from the mass until 10 p.m. on latter date. The two batehes were placed in large concrete troughs containing clean sand piled up at one end, and water at the other. Hach trough was supplied with some water-lily leaves to which very small molluscs and other animals were adhering, and a large number of young mosquito larvae. The leaves were removed on the following day, and thereafter no food was given other than that provided by mosquito larvae (Stegomyia fasciata) which bred naturally in the trough. In order to make the mosquito larvae accessible to the young Tabanus larvae, the troughs were tilted up every few days so as to cause some of the former to become stranded on the sand. The water was changed weekly by pouring a fresh supply in at one end and siphoning it out at the other after filtration through the sand. On 31st January following, some of the larvae were 22 mm. in length and were evidently prospering, judging by the number seen during a cursory examination of the troughs. At this stage, through forgetting to keep ant-guards in efficient order, the entire contents of the three troughs were destroyed, but as specimens had been secured at intervals it was possible to establish the identity of two out of the three lots. TABANUS OBSCURILINEATUS Taylor. Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 50. Additional locality: Townsville District, N.Q. TABANUS INNOTABILIS Walker. Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i., 1848, p. 177. Specimens have been received for identification from Moa Island (Torres Strait) and Port Moresby District (New Guinea). TABANUS SEQUENS Waalker. Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i, 1848, p. 178. These flies were plentiful on Magnetic Island and Palm Island, N.Q., during November and December, 1920. In the former locality they were very trouble- some to horses which, it was noticed, were invariably bitten about the coronet and lower parts of legs. TABANUS NEOGERMANICUS Ricardo. Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 283. This is a very common species on Palm Island, N.Q., and has been captured also on Magnetic Island and near Townsville, N.Q., November, 1920. Tn life the eyes are emerald-green with copper-coloured iridescence. 262 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, li., TABANUS GRISEICOLOR, n.sp. (Text-figs. 9 and 10.) A moderately small grey species allied to 7. clavicallosus Rie. but with wider forehead. Face and cheeks densely clothed with greyish-yellow tomentum, with sparse whitish hairs; beard white, rather scanty. Palpi yellow, with moderately dense pale pubescence on outside, and with a few short dark hairs near apex; second joint moderately long, rather strongly curved, moderately thick at base. An- tennae (Text-fig. 9) yellow, the third joint, except base, somewhat infuscate, first jomt longer but not greatly wider than second, third joint with basal por- tion expanded, obtusely angulate above but without tooth, annuli short. Fore- head (Text-fig. 10) broad, about three times as long as broad, almost parallel- sided, very slightly narrower at vertex; densely clothed with somewhat more yellowish tomentum than face, with scanty pale pubescence and with erect dark hairs most marked at vertex; callus rather large, transversely oval, not reaching eyes, with a short linear extension. Eyes bare. Thorax densely covered with light greyish-yellow tomentum with indistinct traces of darker brown longitudinal stripes, with scattered pale pubescence, and semi-erect dark hairs; pleurae similar, with tufts of long white pubescence. Seutellum similar to dorsum. Abdomen thickly clothed with similar coloured tomentum to thorax; where denuded, the derm appears black, lighter on the segmentations; rather densely clothed with pale decumbent pubescence. Venter similar. Legs with femora dark brown, tibiae yellowish-brown, the apical third of anterior tibiae infuscate. Tarsi infuscate. Wings hyaline, costal cell and all the veins lightly suffused with brown; stigma elongate, rather dark; no appendix present. Dimensions: Long, 9.5—10 mm.; wings, 9 mm.; width of head, 3.5 mm.; width of frons at widest part, 0.60 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Hughenden. (March, 1921, Geo. Brady, Hill, No. 1445). The type and paratype respectively are in the Collection of the Aust. Institute of Tropical Medicine and Dept. of Public Health, N.S.W. Described from two specimens. In one the abdomen appears darker and more conspicuously banded; this is apparently due to the clothing being more or less abraded on the basal portion of the segments. The general colour of the insect appears nearest to the dark olive of Ridgeway’s standard colours. The species is allied to 7. elavicallosus, but differs in the somewhat wider forehead with differently shaped callus, and in its general lighter colouration. TABANUS CLAVICALLOSUS Ric. Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 219.—TZ. griseus, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 55. A specimen was compared with the type of 7. griseus in the Queensland Museum and afterwards compared with a paratype of T. clavicallosus Ric. No difference could be detected. : Specimens from Moa or Banks Island in Torres Strait appear to represent a geographical race if not a distinct species. Var. BANKSIENSIS, n.var. %. Face, palpi, antennae, forehead, frontal callus and thorax as in 7. clavi- callosus Ric. Abdomen dark brown with lighter segmentations, the anterior a et Ss BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 263 border of the second segment also lighter; clothed with black pubescence, with a few pale golden hairs along posterior margins, extending somewhat farther forwards in median line, but not producing definite spots. Venter dark brown with rather broad lighter segmentations, clothed with dark pubescence and with rather sparse pale pubescence mostly on the segmentations. Legs as in 7. clavicallosus. Wings with anterior margins clouded with brown, this colour lightly suffus- ing the longitudinal veins and more markedly the cross veins at base of discal cell; stigma large and dark; appendix present. Long, 9 mm.; other females long, 8.5, 10.5, 11 mm.; wing, 9 mm.; width of head, 4 mm.; width of frons, 0.50 mm. Four specimens under examination, two of which are larger than the others, and have a more reddish-brown abdomen. These specimens differ from typical specimens of 7. clavicallosus Ric. in the evident banding of the abdominal seg- ments and in the more intensely shaded anterior margin and veins of the wings. The differences hardly appear sufficient to justify specific separation, as in some specimens of 7. clavicallosus the segmentations appear very slightly lighter than the rest of the derm, while the costal cell is slightly shaded. T. darwinensis Taylor is also closely allied to 7. clavicallosus Ric., and we were at first inclined to sink the name as a synonym. The abdomen is however unicolourous, the wings perfectly clear and the antennae are somewhat different in shape. Compared with the form deseribed above from Moa Island, 7. darwinensis appears certainly distinet, but when compared with typical specimens of 7. clavicallosus the distinctions are less obvious. One might be inclined to regard the three forms as geographical races of T. clavicallosus, but for the fact that specimens of darwinensis have also been taken on Moa Island. TABANUS PALMERSTONI, Nov. nom. Tabanus minusculus, Ferg. and Hill, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, p. 466 (nee 7. minusculus Hine, 1907).—Tabanus minor, Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 64 (nee T. minor Macq., 1850). The substitute name 7. minusculus was proposed by us to replace 7. minor Taylor, a name previously used by Macquart. It is now necessary to replace our name for the species as it has already been used by Hine (Ohio Nat., (2), Vol. 8, 1907, p. 227) for a North American insect. The new substitute name is taken from the old name (Palmerston) for Dar- win, the type locality of the species. TABANUS GERMANICUS Ricardo. Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xv., 1915, p. 282. We have received examples of this species from Moa Island, Torres Strait (Rey. G. A. Luscombe, March) and from Mackay, Queensland (W. G. Harvey, 10.2.20). TABANUS QUADRATUS Taylor. Taylor, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 52. Numerous examples were captured (6.10.21) whilst attempting to bite _ persons travelling in a motor boat between Port Darwin and Melville Island< XS (Northern Territory). The first flies were noticed when the boat was about: 264 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN TABANIDAE, i1., four miles off one of the Vernon Group of Islands and were afterwards eap- tured at intervals until a landing was made on Melville Island. Several of the above species, as well as two examples of Silvius indistinctus Ricardo, were captured at a distance of not less than 10 miles from the nearest land (Melville Island), and upon going ashore at about 6 p.m., both species were found to be fairly plentiful, but far less so than T. cinerascens King and T. neogermanicus Ricardo. TABANUS RIVULARIS, nov. nom. Tabanus pygmaeus, Ferg. and Henry, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919 (1920), p. 842, Pl. xliv., Fig. 2 (nee 7. pygmaeus Williston, 1887). A change of name is necessary, as 7. pygmaeus has been already used by Williston for a North American species (Trans. Kansas Acad. Se., Vol. 10, 1887, p. 141). The present name is suggested by the habits of the adult insect. The ori- ginal specimens came from Camden Haven; since then the species has been dis- covered at Eccleston on the Allyn River, a branch of the Patterson, on the north side of the Hunter River Valley. The species was found confined to the banks of the stream and attacking the heads of swimmers in the river (March, 1921). TABANUS MORETONENSIS, nov. nom. T. confusus, Taylor, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1917, p. 523 (nom. praeoce.). The type of 7. confusus Taylor in the Queensland Museum was examined (E.W.F.) recently, and found to be incorrectly placed in Miss Rieardo’s Group iv. of the genus. The eyes are hairy, which places the species in Group xi. (Lherioplectes), while the frontal callus is not absent, but is transverse, occupy- ing the whole front and little prominent; owing to abrasion it would appear at first sight as if the callus were absent.. The species belongs to the difficult circumdatus-edentulus group, but appears to be distinct. A change of name is necessary as T. confusus has. already been employed by Walker (List Dipt. Brit. Mus., i. 1848, p. 147) for a species from North America. TABANUS CIRRUS Ricardo. Rieardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 222.—T. robustus, Taylor, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xliv., 1919, p. 69. A specimen from Palm Island, N.Q. (26.9.20) has been compared with Taylor’s type by Mr. H. Hacker, and afterwards with Rieardo’s type by Dr. G. A. K. Marshall. TABANUS NEOLATIFRONS, nov. nom. Tabanus latifrons, Ferg., Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, xxxiil., 1920 (1921), p. 19, Pl. ii, Fig. 1 (nee 7. latifrons Zetterstedt, 1842). The previous use of the name 7. latifrons Zetterstedt (Dipt. Seand., Vol. i., 1842, p. 106) was quite overlooked in describing the Australian species. Zetter- stedt’s name is a synonym of 7. cordiger Meigen (Syst. Beschr., Vol. 2, 1820, p. 47) from the Mediterranean region. TABANUS ADELAIDAR, nov. nom. Tabanus meridionalis, Ferg., Records South Aust. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 4, 1921, p- 376 (nec LT. meridionalis Thunberg, Nova Arta Upsal., Vol. 9, 1827, p. 58). BY E, W. FERGUSON AND G. F. HILL. 265. The previous use of the name 7. meridionalis by Thunberg was also over- looked in describing the South Australian species. Thunberg’s species is from an unknown locality. TABANUS MILSONIENSIS, nov. nom. Tabanus milsoni, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1916 (1917), p. 760 (nec T. milsonis Ric., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xix., 1917, p. 220). Taylor’s use of the name 7. milsoni is antedated by Miss Ricardo’s 7. milL- sonis from the same locality by about two months. We understood that Mr. Taylor was altering the name of this species, but as no substitute has so far been proposed we suggest the above name for the species. TABANUS OCULATUS Rie. Tabanus pusillus, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Supp. v., 1854, p. 49 (nom. praeoce.).—Tabanus oculatus, Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., 1915, p. 276.—Tabanus kendallensis, Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919, p. 68; Ferguson and Henry, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xliv., 1919 (1920), p. 848. We have examined a large number of specimens of 7. oculatus from various parts of New South Wales, and cannot separate the Kendall species as distinct. The clothing of the thorax is very readily abraded and is really only seen in fresh specimens; the comparative width of the forehead also varies. Hab.—N.S. Wales: Byron Bay, Richmond River, Dorrigo, Kendall, Com- boyne, Wingham, Hawkesbury River, Sydney, Cronulla, Penrith, Burragorang. Nattai River, Dubbo, Wolseley Park; Queensland: Brisbane (Oct., Dee., H- Hacker), Palm Island (1.12.20, Dr. Breinl). 266 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA. By H. H. Karny, Ph.D. (Communicated by W. W. Froggatt.) (Six Text-figures. ) {Read 26th July, 1922.] Mr. W. W. Froggatt discovered recently a very interesting thrips-gall on the Belah (Casuarina Cambagei) growing in the western scrub at Trangie, N.S.W., which he was good enough to send me for determination of the gall-former. The galls (Text-fig. 1) represent a very remarkable type, hitherto not known as caused by thrips. The twigs are swollen at some places and form rc ! i Ee rer aes Rincon L tke weatoleatoed (oa asa a eS a b Text-fig. 1. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen. et. sp. Gall on a Casuarina twig. a. outside; b. inside. Natural size. large, knob-shaped thickenings, inside of which are cavities, full of all stages of the gall-former. These cavities communicate with the exterior by small holes through which the thrips are able to come out. BY H. H. KARNY. 267 \ It is a very interesting fact, that the thrips-@alls of Australia belong fre- quently to highly specialised types, similar to those of the European Cynipidae, whilst in the tropies (e.g. in Java) only leaf-rolls caused by thrips are known. From Australia there have been recorded only three species of Thysanoptera which form hard tumors on the phylloclades of Acacia, communicating with the outside by a narrow split. Mr. Froggatt described, in 1906, such a gall caused by Kladothrips rugosus (Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., Mise. Publ. No. 1,025, Plate, fig. 5), very remarkable by its rough surface. Similar galls, but with a more or less smooth surface, were described later by the author (Centralbl. Bakteriol, ii. Abt., xxx., 1911, pp. 564, 570; Oncothrips tepperi) and by Hardy (Proce. Roy. Soc.’Tasm., 1915, p. 102; Oncothrips rodwayi*). Onychothrips tepperi (Uzel, Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem., ii., 4, 1905; Karny, lc.) finally forms roundish, subspherical galls on the thinnest twigs of Acacia aneura. But there is no gall hitherto recorded of the remarkable type discovered by Mr. Froggatt and here deseribed. In these galls are to be found many specimens of a Tubuliferous thrips, which proved to represent a new genus. I name it on account of some remark- able morphological characters and of its curious galls. THAUMATOTHRIPS, n.gen. Head not distinctly longer than prothorax, but considerably longer than wide, broadest near the eyes. Cheeks shghtly converging backwards, finely granulated, set with some short, stiff hairs, but without spines. Antennae some- what longer than head. Mouth-cone short, broadly rounded, with short and thick palpi. Prothorax very large, behind more than twice as wide as in front, with very long bristles. Fore-legs very large; their femora considerably longer than head, and nearly half as wide as long; in both sexes with a few teeth on the inner margin. Fore-tibiae short and very stout, widened to the end, on the inner apex with a sharp, but not protruding angle, lying close to the tarsus. This with two sharp tooth-like processes, the larger of which is longer than the whole tarsus itself. Pterothorax broader than long, with laterally protruding fore angles. Wings, if present, not constricted near the middle. Tube very short and thick, only slightly more than half as long as the head. This remarkable new genus comes by its large, scutiform prothorax and by the form of fore-tibiae and tarsi into the subfamily Kladothripinae (Karny, Treubia, i., 4, 1921, pp. 227, 251). The sharp angle of the fore-tibia, however, does not protrude tooth-like as in Onychothrips, but lies close to the tarsus, as in Oncothrips. It may be distinguished at once from all hitherto-known Klado- thripmae, and also from some similar Trichothripinae and Cryptothripinae, by’ its greatly enlarged fore-femora, set with some teeth along the inner margin. Such an armature of fore-legs was hitherto recorded only from some genera of Macrothripinae (Machatothrips, Ischyrothrips and Eulophothrips),; from these, Thaumatothrips differs by the cheeks not set with spines, but only with short hairs, by the far smaller number of duplicated cilia on fore-wings, and by its much shorter tube. Only one species known. *I am very obliged to Messrs. Hardy and Rodway, from whom I got material of this interesting thrips and its galls. The species was originally described as a Kladothrips, but it should perhaps rather belong to Oxcothrips because the an- tennae are 8-jointed—the two last joints closely united—and the other characters also agree very well with Oncothrzps. bo D> ao A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA, THAUMATOTHRIPS FROGGATTI, n.sp. , 9, 6.—Total length of body, 2.3—3.7 mm. General colour dark, blackish brown. Fore-femora at apex and fore-tibiae at base yellowish-brown, the latter gradually somewhat darker brown to apex. Middle and hind tibiae, and all tarsi yellowish-brown. First and second antennal segment as dark as the body; third joint yellow, somewhat darker at apex; fourth segment brownish-yellow in the basal half, dark grey in the apical half; fifth jomt dark grey-brown, in the basal half somewhat paler; the followmg ones uniformly blackish-brown, at most the sixth joint a little paler at base. Freshly emerged specimens bright lemon-yellow, with uniformly pale antennae, the legs somewhat shaded with grey; abdominal tergites 3—8 with a broad, dark brown cross-band; tube reddish-brown. Head distinctly longer than wide across the eyes. Cheeks beginning with a small protruding angle behind the eyes, then slightly converging posteriorly, throughout their whole length finely granulated and set with short, stiff hairs. Eyes black, occupying about a fourth of the length of head, transverse truncate behind. Between the eyes and the insertion of antennae only a very smal] in- terval; fore margin of head between the antennae scarcely produced. Ocelli always present, arranged in a rectangular triangle; the anterior one forwardly directed, the posterior ones touching the midst of the inner margin of. eyes. Between the anterior and each posterior ocellus a short, hair-like bristle, another behind each posterior ocellus. Dorsal surface of head finely reticulated. Post- ocular bristles inserted near cheeks, about in the middle of length of head, long, hyaline, curved forward, somewhat dilated at apex. A little behind these bristles a second similar pair on the dorsal surface near the middle line. Antennae '(Text-fig. 2) considerably longer than head, with stout segments. First jomt wider than long, cylindrical; the following ones longer than wide, the second cup-shaped, the other club-shaped or subglobular, but always distinctly constricted at the base; the third longest, the following ones gradually diminish- ing towards the apex. Segments 7 and 8 broadly united with one another, to- gether fusiform. Eighth joint considerably smaller than seventh. First joint with a few bristles near apex. Second with a transverse row of bristles near base, and another of longer ones near apex. Segments 3—5 with such a row just before their middle, and a second one before the end. The bristles of third joint especially long and stout. Sixth segment with a crown of bristles near the apex. The following segments set only with a few weak setae. The median line of bristles on the ventral surface reaching from about the middle of seventh segment to apex of eighth. Sense-area of the second joint transversely ovate, placed just behind the middle. Sense-cones of the following segments short and thick, blunt at apex, only a little overreaching the end of their segments. Fourth joint, in ad- dition to the lateral pair, with one accessory sense-cone in the middle of the dorsal surface, and another on ventral surface near the posterior margin. On the fifth and sixth seements the sense-cone of posterior margin often short, nearly abortive. On the seventh joint I cannot distinguish the usual median sense-cone. Front set with very short hairs (smaller than those of the cheeks) on the whole surface and, in addition, only a pair of short, weak bristles below the insertion of antennae. Mouth-cone short, rounded at apex, reaching at most to the middle of prosternum, usually still shorter. Palpi very short, stout, with a styliform apical and an annular basal joint. Labial palpi still shorter than the maxillary ones. BY H. H. KARNY. 269 Prothorax very large, about as long as head, with a median longitudinal wrinkle on the disc, much widened from base to middle, thereafter with nearly - parallel, but obtusely-angulate emarginate sides. Connecting hide between head and prothorax with distinct, dotted sculpture; a similar area on each side at the widest place of prothorax. Behind this area a triangular and then a trapezoidal, smooth, strongly chitinized area, separated from the dise by distinct sutures, of which the posterior field bears the postero-lateral bristles. All setae extra- ordinarily long. The antero-lateral ones inserted near the fore-angle, forwardly directed. Antero-marginal bristles from the middle of fore-margin somewhat Text-figs. 2-5. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen.et.sp. (nat. size.) 2. Head of macropterous form. 3. Fore-tibia and tarsus; seen in front. 4. Head and prothorax of apterous form. 5. Apterous form with contracted seg ments. more distant than from the antero-lateral ones. Medio-lateral setae inserted at the end of basal third of the dise-sides. | Postero-lateral bristles very long, curved, backwardly directed; postero-marginal ones as far distant from them as from the middle of hind-margin. Further, some short hairs on surface of the dise, and a pair of weak bristles near the middle of hind-margin. Surface of prosternum with a distinet, dotted sculpture. Only a few strongly chitinized, smooth plates; one longitudinally placed, elliptical at each fore-angle; one pair of large, semicircular plates before the hind-margin, with strongly convex fore- side and transversely truncate, nearly straight hind-side. Behind them a small, median, transversely-placed, elliptical plate. Fore-coxae very large, ovate, with a strong bristle at the outer hind angle, still longer than the postero-lateral ones of prothorax, and behind it a few short hairs. Fore-femora greatly enlarged, considerably longer than head, and nearly half as wide as long; on the outer margin with some short hairs and, in addition, a very long bristle before the middle and a second shorter one before the knee; 270 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA, on the inner margin with 3—5 thick teeth, the number of which often varies in the same specimen on the right and left legs; after the last tooth, just before the knee-joint, a long bristle. Fore-tibiae short and very thick, not considerably more than half as long as the femur, constricted at base, and distinctly broadened towards the apex; on the inner margin a row of small tubercles and, before the acute apex, a long bristle; on the outer margin a somewhat shorter subapical bristle. Fore-tarsus with a very large, acute, tooth-like process, and a second smaller one, between them the apical bubble of the tarsus (Text-fig. 3). Pterothorax very stout, distinctly wider than long, with sinuated, somewhat backwardly converging sides. Behind the transverse suture, separating meso- and metanotum, a pair of backwardly directed bristles. Sutures of meso- and metasternum—besides the transverse limit between these two segments—apparent- ly abortive, even in lightly coloured specimens not definitely distinguishable. Middle coxae cylindrical, the hind ones somewhat tumid; the former more widely separated from one another than the latter. Middle and hind legs stout, set along both margins with some short hairs and a few longer bristles. Tarsi without teeth. Abdomen a little narrower than pterothorax, about four times as long as wide. First segment with three smooth, strongly chitinized, triangular plates, the median narrower, with the acute angle forwardly directed, the lateral ones broader and more blunt, their apex directed backwards. The space between them with a distinct, dotted sculpture. The following segments with 3 (except only 2 on the second) long bristles at each hind angle, and with some shorter hairs along the hind margin and one on the lateral margins. Wing retaining spines weak and slender, the space between the tips of the hind pair about four times as long as the.spines themselves; fore pair not distinguishable on account of the dark colour of body. Bristles of the ninth segment nearly as long as the tube. This latter short, only shghtly more than half as long as head, with straight, dis- tinetly converging sides; at base about half as wide as long, and somewhat more than twice as wide as at apex. The longer terminal bristles a little shorter than the tube itself, the shorter ones not yet half as long as the others. I have allowed myself the pleasure of naming this remarkable new species after its discoverer, Mr. Walter W. Froggatt, who has kindly sent it to me for description. There are no morphological differences between the two sexes, well distinct forms oceurring equally in both sexes. Forma aptera (Text-fig. 4). It is not unusual amongst Thysanoptera, that a macropterous and an apterous form of a species may be found although, of gall-thrips especially, very few apterous forms are known. But it seems very remarkable and exceptional that the apterous form here described differs from the macropterous form, not only by the absence of wings, by smaller eyes and ocelli, a shorter pterothorax and abortive wing retaining spines, but also by other characters. Therefore, I find it necessary to describe it somewhat ex- tensively. Head somewhat shorter, about one and one-third times as long as wide. Eyes and ocelli smaller than in the macropterous form, the former occupying only one-fifth of the length of head. Antennae very stout, their middle joints not or hardly longer than broad. All bristles of the whole body exceedingly long, acutely pointed at apex, not knobbed. The inner ones of first antennal joint reaching about to the end of third jot. Both pairs on the dorsal surface of head distinctly overreaching the end of first antennal joint. Bristles of abdo- BY H. H. KARNY. 271 men longer than the segments themselves. Fore-femora somewhat more than half as wide as long. Pterothorax comparatively shorter and wider than in the macropterous form. Wings absent. Wing retaining spines reduced to simple bristles. Measurements of an apterous female of middle size: Total length of an- tennae, 0.35 mm.; joint 1, 0.04 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.055 mm. long, 0.045 mm. wide; joint 3, 0.055 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.045 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 5, 0.04 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.04 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 7, 0.04 mm. long, 0.03 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.03 mm. long, 0.015 mm. wide. Head 0.28 mm. long, 0.22 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.35 mm. long, 0.50 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.68 mm. wide including fore-coxae. Fore- femora 0.48 mm. long, 0.26 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.24 mm. long, 0.08 mm. wide. Pterothorax 0.42 mm. long, 0.56 mm. wide. Middle femora 0.18 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.21 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.21 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide; hind-tibiae (in- cluding tarsi) 0.28 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Abdomen (including tube) 1.8 mm. long, 0.55 mm. wide. Length of tube 0.17 mm., width at base 0.10 mm., at apex 0.04 mm. Forma macroptera. Head distinctly longer, at least one and a half times as long as wide. Eyes occupying a little more than one-fourth of the length of head. Ocelli also larger than in the apterous form. Antennae distinctly longer, their middle joints at least one and a half times as long as wide. All bristles long and stout, but shorter than in the apterous form, distinctly dilated at apex, knobbed; only those of the ninth abdominal segment and of tube sharply pointed. The inner bristle of first antennal joint not considerably overreaching the end of this segment. Fore-femora somewhat less than half as wide as long. Wings present, reaching about to base of sixth abdominal segment, not constricted in the middle, nor dilated before the apex, clear, hyaline, with long, dense fringe. Fore pair with three long, knobbed, equidistant bristles near the fore-margin at base, a little longer than the wing is broad; hind-margin near apex with a dozen duplicated cilia. Wing retaining spines weak, but distinctly S-shaped, inwardly directed. Besides the macropterous and apterous forms, there are larger and smaller ones. Forma major. Warger. Fore-femora somewhat larger, more than one and a half times as long as head. Measurements of a large macropterous female: Total length of antennae 0.49 mm.; joint 1, 0.04 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.06 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 3, 0.08 mm. long, 0.045 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.08 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide; joint 5, 0.075 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.07 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 7, 0.06 mm. long, 0.025 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.03 mm. long, 0.015 mm. wide. Head 0.38 mm. long, 0.24 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.40 mm. long, 0.51 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.68 wide including fore-coxae. Fore- femora 0.58 mm. long, 0.26 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.32 mm. long, 0.08 mm. wide. Fterothorax 0.55 mm. long, 0.61 mm. wide. Middle femora 0.17 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.25 mm. long, 0.055 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.26 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide; hind-tibiae (in- cluding tarsi) 0.31 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Length of wings (without fringe) 1.4 mm. Abdomen (including tube) 2.3 mm. long, 0.53 mm. wide. Length of tube 0.21 mm., width at base 0.11 mm., at apex 0.04 mm. Forma debilis. Smaller. Fore-femora less than one and a half times as 272 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA, long as head. These two forms correspond to already known forms of some Tubulifera, e.g., the Australian Haplothrips braccatus ¢ (Karny, Treubia, ii., 1, 1921, p. 30) or the Javanese Mesothrips pyctes (Karny, Zeitschr. wiss. Ins. Biol., xil., 1916, p. 191). Measurements of a small macropterous female: Total length of antennae 0.38 mm.; joint 1, 0.025 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 2, 0.045 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 3, 0.06 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 4, 0.06 mm. long, 0.04 mm. wide; joint 5, 0.06 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide; joint 6, 0.055 mm. long, 0.03 mm. wide; joint 7, 0.05 mm. long, 0.022 mm. wide; joint 8, 0.025 mm. long, 0.013 mm. wide. Head 0.27 mm. long, 0.18 mm. wide. Prothorax 0.25 mm. long, 0.33 mm. wide without fore-coxae, 0.45 mm. wide including fore-coxae. Fore-femora 0.37 mm. long, 0.16 mm. wide; fore-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.20 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide. Pterothorax 0.35 mm. long, 0.42 mm. wide. Middle femora 0.16 mm. long, 0.06 mm. wide; middle tibiae (including tarsi) 0.22 mm. long, 0.05 mm. wide. Hind-femora 0.18 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide; hind-tibiae (including tarsi) 0.23 mm. long, 0.055 mm. wide. Length of wings (without fringe) 1.0 mm. Abdomen (including tube) 1.5 mm. long, 0.38 mm. wide. Length of tube 0.14 mm., width at base 0.07 mm., at apex 0.03 mm. I have given here the measurement of all forms from female specimens, in order to show that all these differences occur in the same sex, and may not be mistaken for sexual dimorphism. All these forms are to be found in the galls together. There are further, in the material before me, specimens with extraordinary contracted segments of body and antennae (Text-fig. 5), the head therefore Text-fig. 6. Thaumatothrips froggatti, n.gen. et. sp. Life-cycle of macropterous form. (x 2/3.) appearing still shorter than in the above-described apterous form, and the abdomen greatly dilated, resembling somewhat the Australian Liothripine genus Aspidothrips (Karny, Act. Soc. Ent. Ceeh., xvii., 1920, p. 38). But these may not be mistaken for a different form. These specimens are only a product of BY H. H. KARNY. 273 the methods of preservation; they were probably all dead when they came into alcohol. : The thrips undergo their whole development in their galls, and all stages (Text-fig. 6) are therefore present in these cavities. There is only one species of Austrahan Tubulifera, as far as known to the author, namely Idolothrips spectrum Haliday, of which we already know the whole development (Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxix., 1904, pp. 54-57, Plate iii.). But this is an Idolothripid and agrees therefore with the Phloeothripid Thawmatothrips only in the general characters common for all Tubulifera, but diverges in some special differences according to development of antennae and end of abdomen, to colour of the stages, etc. The life-cycle of Thawmatothrips agrees somewhat more closely with that of some Javanese Phloeothripidae, as described by the author (Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, (2) x., 1913, pp. 79, 85, 101). Eggs ovate, about 500» (or a little more) long, and 250, (or a little less) wide, rounded at both ends, but somewhat broader near the head of embryo, some- what tapering towards its hind end. The shell of the egg shows a distinct, poly- gonal structure, as already known from the European Trichothrips ulmi (Ahlberg, Ark. Zool., xi., 17, 1920, p. 9) and the African Gynaikothrips ebneri (Karny, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 98, 1921, sep. p. 22). The one side (dorsal of embryo) of egg is somewhat more rounded, the other (ventral of embryo) nearly straight. Colour lemon- to orange-yellow. Before emergence of larva, it is already very well visible through the egg-shell. First larval stage somewhat longer than egg, because the hind end of em- bryo in the egg is ventrally curved forwards. General colour pale yellow, with- out a red hypodermal pigment. Antennae very short and stout, nearly as long as the head (including mouth-cone); their middle joints about as long as wide. Basal three segments very pale yellowish, scarcely perceptibly shaded with greyish; fourth a very little more greyish; 5—7 still more shaded with grey. Head in the anterior part near the insertion of antennae distinetly greyish, with two pairs of long bristles. Mouth-cone reaching to base of prosternum, broadly rounded at apex. Thorax on each segment laterally with a very long bristle, nearly as long as the head (including mouth-cone). Abdomen short, with very long bristles on each segment, only a little shorter than those of thorax, and about twice as long as the tube. Ninth segment transversely dark grey in the apical half. Tube short, broad at base, much tapering to apex, dark grey. with two longer and some smaller bristles at the end. Second stage of the same general colour as the first; but prothorax a little shaded with grey. Antennae nearly as in the first stage. Mouth-cone not fully reaching to base of prosternum. Bristles of thorax very long, but comparatively shorter than in the first stage, shorter than the head (including mouth-cone). Abdomen long and wide; its bristles about half as long as those of thorax and only a little longer than the tube; but the seventh segment on each side with a very long bristle, only a little shorter than those of the thorax. Ninth segment and tube as in the first stage. Third stage coloured as the preceding ones, without hypodermal pigment, but with a well-defined, transverse, rhomboidal, greyish spot behind the insertion of antennae, and with two larger scutiform ones on the dise of pronotum. An- tennae longer and slenderer than in the preceding stages, their middle joints considerably longer than wide; the three basal joints pale yellowish, the four apical ones very dark grey. Mouth-cone only a little overreaching the midst of prosternum. Bristles arranged as in the preceding stages, but comparatively 274 A REMARKABLE NEW GALL-THRIPS FROM AUSTRALIA. shorter; those of the seventh segment not sensibly longer than the others, nearly as long as those of the thorax. Abdomen long and slender, sides of each seg- ment arched, only the tube truncate-conical. Colour and chaetotaxy of the end of abdomen as in the preceding stages. Fourth stage of a similar colour to third, but somewhat darker, brownish- yellow. Also without red pigment. Antennae as in the preceding stage, but their three basal segments brownish-yellow, not or only a little paler than the four apical ones, which are a little paler grey than in the third stage. Mouth-cone not overreaching the middle of prosternum. Bristles of thorax not distinetly longer than those ot abdomen; those of the seventh segment not longer than the others. Abdomen very long and broad, with arched margins of segments, but the ninth together with the tube truncate-conical. Bristles of these two last segments distinctly shorter than the others of abdomen. Pre-pupa uniformly brownish-yellow. Cases of antennae shorter than the head, horn-shaped. Mouth-cone not fully reaching to the middle of prosternum. Bristles of prothorax considerably longer than those of meso- and metathorax, which are not longer than those of abdomen. Abdomen as in the last larval stage, but gradually tapering to apex, and with the two last segments of the same colour as the others. First pupal stage brownish-yellow. Cases of antennae not yet reaching to the fore-margin of prothorax. Mouth-cone reaching about to the midst of pros- ternum. Fore-femora distinetly smaller than the head; fore-tarsi with a short, broad, obtuse tooth. |Wing-cases reaching to the middle of the margins of second abdominal segment—in the apterous form naturally wanting. All bristles: in both forms long and sharply pointed, but in the apterous form already dis- tinetly longer, than in the macropterous one. Second pupal stage of the same colour as the preceding one. Chaetotaxy also the same. Cases of antennae distinctly overreaching the fore-margin of pro- thorax. Mouth-cone reaching about to the middle of prosternum. Fore-femora already enlarged, about as long as head or a little longer; fore-tarsus with a very large, sharp tooth. Wing cases, as present, reaching to the fourth abdo- minal segment. All other characters as in the first pupa. A NEW AUSTRALIAN TERMITE. By Geraup F. Hit. (With 4 Text-figures). [Read 26th July, 1922.] CALOTERMES (CALOTERMES) CONDONENSIS, n.sp. (Text-figs. 1-4.) Colour: Head hazel, anterior part dark castaneous like base of mandibles; antennae hazel, third joint dark; labrum lighter in colour than rest of head; mandibles black excepting at base; thorax a little lighter than back of head; legs and abdomen buckthorn brown. Head (Text-fig. 1) clothed with scanty, very short and fine setae as on thorax, legs and abdomen; large, slightly wider at the anterior third than across the middle, broadly rounded behind, front slightly concave, not glabrous like re- Text-figs. 1-4. Calotermes condonensis, n.sp. Soldier—l. Head from above. 2. Antenna, proximal segments. 3. Hind femur and tibia. 4. Hind tarsi and claw mainder of head. Eyes hyaline, indistinct. Mandibles very long and_ stout, broad at base, the left with two angular teeth at apex, the right with two broad angular teeth in the basal half. Labrum large, rounded in front, bearmg 276 A NEW AUSTRALIAN TERMITE, about 8 setae near the apex. Clypeus large, straight in front and on the sides. Antennae (Text-fig. 2) 14-jointed, first short and broad, the proximal half obscured by projecting dorsal margin of antennal foveola, second much narrower and shorter, these two without setae, third very large, strongly chitinised, narrow at the base, swollen towards the apex, setaceous like remaining joints, fourth very small, rather larger than fifth, fifth and following joints moniliform. Gula long, much narrowed in the middle, where it is one-fifth the width of the head. Thorax: Pronotum a little wider than head, markedly arched, almost semi- circular in transverse section, anterior border deeply concave, antero-lateral angles. rounded and projecting well over posterior-lateral area of the head, sides reced- ing to the broadly rounded posterior margin, the latter slightly arcuate in the middle. Meso- and metanotum a little narrower than pronotum, with sides and posterior margins less rounded. No evidence of wing-pads. Legs (Text-figs. 3 and 4) short and stout, femora greatly thickened, with few setae; tibial spurs 3:3:3, short, stout, serrate. Abdomen short, a little longer than thorax, tapered to the apex. Cerci present. Measurements : Total length, 11.00 mm. Head and mandibles, long 5.00. Abdomen and thorax, long 6.00. Head: from base to labral suture, long 3.29; wide 1.92; deep 1.64. Mandibles, from apex to external articulation, long 1.88. Pronotum: long* 1.36; wide 2.06. Tibia ii. long 1.27. : Nymph. ; Colour: Head mars yellow with dark russet area at articulation of mandibles; antennae, legs and thorax antimony yellow. Head clothed with a few, short, pale setae, nearly circular, widest .midway between the base of clypeus and posterior margin, the antero-lateral areas sloping abruptly from the posterior margin of the antennal fossae to the articulation of the mandibles, flat on the summit. Clypeus as in soldier; labrum short, strongly convex, rounded in front, bearing a few short pale-coloured setae. Antennae 17- jointed, first joint short and broad, second about half as long but nearly as wide, slightly narrowed at the base, third nearly as long as second and a little wider at the apex, nearly quadrate, fourth nearly as wide as third but only half as long, nearly rectangular, fifth a little longer and wider than fourth, widest in the middle, sixth as long and wide as fifth but more rounded, seventh to seventeenth moniliform. Pronotum as in soldier, with very few setae; wing-pads short and _ thick, projecting but little. Legs short and stout, with scanty setae, femora thickened, tibial spurs 3:3:3,. serrate. Abdomen moderately short and broad, with few setae; cerci very short and stout at the base; styli rather stout, broad at the base. Measurements : Head: from base to labral suture, long 1.83 mm.; wide 1.50. *In this, as in all earlier papers, I have given the maximum pronotum length, not the length along the median line (Light, 1921, p. 29). The difference is con- siderable in species with deeply notched pronotum. In all other respects my measurements correspond with those defined by the above author. ° BY G. F. HILL. 277 Fronotum: long 0.90; wide 1.50. Tibia ui. 0.09. Described from a small nest series of soldiers and nymphs, collected during 1907-8 by Mr. H. M. Giles and forwarded to me recently by Mr. J. Clark. Affinities—The above species is quite distinct from any hitherto described Australian species, being easily distinguished in the soldier caste by its long narrow head, large mandibles, dentition, third joint of antennae, and enlarged femora. The two last characters are typical of the subgenus Calotermes as de- fined by Holmgren, while the majority of the deseribed Australian species are grouped under the subgenera Glyptotermes and Neotermes. The subgenus Cryp- totermes is represented in Australia, as far as is known at present, by one des- eribed and one undescribed species. Types in G. F. Hill’s collection. Paratypes in Mr. Clark’s collection. Locality—Western Australia: near Condon. Additional reference. Licut, S. F., 1921—Notes on Philippine Termites, ii. Philippine Journal of Science, Vol. 19, No. 1, July, 1921. A NEW GASTEROPOD (FAM. EUOMPHALIDAE) FROM THE LOWER MARINE SERIES OF NEW SOUTH WALES. By Joun Mrrcuetu, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College. (Plate xxxv.) [Read 28th June, 1922.] PLATYSCHISMA ALLANDALENSIS, n.sp. (Pl. xxxv.) Spec. chars.—Trochiform, large; spire consists of four whorls, first two de- pressed and convolved so as to be subdiscoidal, penultimate and ultimate rapidly increase in size and become spirate, the latter whorl relatively large. The trans- verse growth lines are separated by rather wide, shallow, irregularly-spaced sulci, and have a backward curve to the periphery; on the under side, the trend is re- versed to the wide shallow umbilicus. As the shell reaches maturity the growth lines and striae become almost straight between the whorl sutures and the peri- phery. The outer lip has a shallow notch or gape, as in Janthina and in Platyschisma oculus. Upper and under surfaces of the whorls are convex. The mouth is very large, suboval or subconical and horizontal; the test was thin. Diameter 43 inches. Obs.—The differences between Platyschisma oculus Sowerby, and the present species are as follow:—The whorls of the latter are convex above and below, the periodical growth lines are wider apart and more definite, the notch of the outer lip is less deep, aperture horizontal instead of oblique as is the case in the former; umbilicus shallower and the ecallosity or thickening of the lower lip less pro- nounced, the body whorl increases in width more rapidly during its last stages of growth than does that of Platyschisma (Keeneia?) oculus Sowerby or with Keeneia platyschismoida Etheridge which I assume to be identical with Platy- schisma oculus Sowerby, in part at least. In several respects this shell agrees with species of the present day Janthina, but compared with them it was of gigantic size. It would appear to have been a very rare shell in the Lower Marine Series at; Allandale, N.S.W., where it is associated with Platysehisma oculus Sowerby, Eurydesma cordatum, Aviculopecten mitchelli Eth. and Dun and many other palaeopectens, ete. Locality and horizon—Railway cutting near Allandale railway station. Lower Marine Series, Permo-carboniferous. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXV. Platyschisma allandalensis, n.sp. Upper figure.—View from the under side, showing the wide shallow umbilicus, and widely spaced growth lines. The specimen is almost completely non-testiferous; but otherwise nearly perfect. Lower figure.—View from above, showing the increasingly backward curve of the growth lines as they approach the periphery, to form the gape in the outer margin of the mouth, also mild convexity of the whorls, etc. (Both figures two-thirds natural size.) ee SOME NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., IN THE COLLECTION OF MR. JOHN MITCHELL. By kh. J. Tmtyarp, M.A., Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S. (Plates xxxii.-xxxiv, and six Text-figures. ) [Read 28th June, 1922.] In a previous paper (These Proceedings, xlii., pt. 4, 1917, pp. 729-741) I described the first insects discovered by Mr. Mitchell in the Upper Permian Insect Beds of Belmont, consisting of a single genus and species belonging’ to the new family Permofulgoridae, of the Order Homoptera, and one genus and two species belonging to the new family Permochoristidae, of the Order Mecoptera. In another paper (These Proceedings, xliv., pt. 2, 1919, pp. 231-256) I also described a remarkable wing, also discovered at Belmont by Mr. Mitchell, which forms the type of a new Order Paramecoptera, ancestral to the Trichoptera and Lepi- doptera; this insect was named Belmontia mitchelli. Since that time, Mr. Mit- chell has visited Belmont on a number of occasions, and has recently been ac- companied by his friends Mr. and Mrs. T. H. Pincombe of New Lambton. The result of these excursions has been that a considerable area of the strata around the original finds has been thoroughly investigated, and a number of insect wings have been unearthed. The present paper deals with those added to Mr. Mitchell’s Collection prior to my recent visit to Belmont in November, 1921. Further finds made during and since that visit will be dealt with in a later paper. An analysis of the Insect Fauna of Belmont can now be made, on a basis of some twenty wings discovered to date. This shows that the dominant insect type there was undoubtedly a family of Scorpion-flies, the Permochoristidae, which are very closely allied to our existing Australian Scorpion-flies of the family Choristidae, and especially to the genus Taeniochorista E.-P., which is to be found around the shores of Lake Macquarie at the present day. Nearly one-half of the specimens of insect wings unearthed at Belmont to date consists of examples belonging to this family. In association with these are two other Mecopteroid types, viz. Belmontia Till., placed in the Order Paramecoptera, and 280 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., a very interesting new type, described in this paper, which stands in the same relation to the Order Diptera that Belmontia does to the Trichoptera and Lepi- doptera. In addition to these Mecopteroid types, we are now able to record the first discovery of a true Lacewing (Order Neuroptera Planipennia) of Palaeozoic times; this also is dealt with in this paper. The remainder of the fauna consists of Homoptera, both divisions of that Order being represented at Belmont, the Auchenorrhyncha by the Permofulgoridae and Scytinopteridae (the latter not dealt with im this paper) and the Sternorrhyncha by a perfect wing found by Mr. Pincombe, and here dedicated to its discoverer. With the exception of a fragment of a large Mecopteroid wing, described in this paper, all the insects so far found at Belmont are of small to medium size, and indicate by far the most highly specialized fauna so far found in any Palaeozoic strata. It would appear to have heen a fauna developed in associa- tion with the fern Glossopteris, in which primitive Scorpion-flies took the place of the Cockroaches dominant in the Carboniferous and Permian beds of the Northern Hemisphere, and Plant-hoppers sucked the juices of the fern-stems. As in the ease of the present-day Choristidae, the larvae of the Scorpion-fiies probably fed omnivorously on the moist débris scattered on the ground. The discovery of a lacewing of very primitive type shows that the Homoptera already had their enemies; for the larvae of the more primitive Planipennia still feed chiefly on the young of that Order. The earliest records of insects occurring in Australia are those from the Upper Permian of Neweastle and Belmont. This enables us to draw the striking conclusions that Australia became populated with insects long after the Northern Hemisphere, and that the first insect immigrants were not by any means primi- tive types by. comparison, but representatives of the two most highly specialised divisions of the Pterygota yet evolved, viz. the Hemipteroidea and the Holo- metabola. From this we may conclude that Australia lay far away from the region of the earth in which insects first became evolved. From what direction the first insect colonists came it is not possible to say with certainty; but it seems reasonable to assume that they were an offshoot of the Gondwanaland fauna, and came in with the associated Glossopteris-flora. I should like to express my grateful thanks to Mr. Mitchell for the oppor- tunity of studying and describing these fine fossils, and my admiration of the keenness and energy which still actuates him, at his advanced age, in carrying on the heavy work necessary in the search for them. I also desire to thank Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, for the fine photographs from which Plates xxxiii.-xxxiv. have been prepared. Order HOMOPTERA. Division AUCHENORRHYNCHA. Family PERMOFULGORIDAE. PERMOFULGOR INDISTINCTUS, n.sp. (Text-fig. 1.) A fragment of a forewing, total length 11.5 mm., greatest breadth 3.1 mm. The impression is a very faint one, on pale grey cherty shale. All the veins are very indistinct, except only the vena dividens and the three anal veins; these latter are very strongly marked. The species differs from the genotype, P. belmontensis Till. in the following points:—Wing narrower, apparently some- what pointed, though the apex is missing. Only two eubito-anal cross-veins, 1n- stead of four. Cui with three main branches, and with a very weak oblique BY R. J. TILLYARD. 281 branch or eross-vein descending from near the first dichotomy to the apex of Cuz; in P. belmontensis this branch appears as a definite oblique cross-vein leaving Cur considerably distad from the first dichotomy, and reaching Cuz well before its apex; the second dichotomy of Cui occurs much eloser to the first in the new species than it does in P. belmontensis. M appears to be definitely fused basally with R, and the arrangement of the cross-veins between R, M and Cut shows considerable differences from the condition seen in P. belmontensis. In comparing the new species with P. belmontensis (op. cit., p. 730 and Text-fig. 3), it is necessary to point out that, in my former paper, I had con- sidered the vena dividens to be 1A, and consequently assumed 3A to be two- branched. This was an error, and the description and Text-fig. of my former paper need to be altered so that the vena dividens becomes Cuz, as in all Homo- ptera, the three anal or claval veins becoming 1A, 2A and 3A respectively. 2S 1A Cu, Cu, Cui, Text-fig. 1. Permofulgor indistinctus, n.sp. (x 8.6). Text-fic. 2. Pincombea mirabilis, n.g. etsp. (x 38). For lettering see p. 260. Type, Unnumbered specimen in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. Label:—‘‘Wing, Neweastle Measures” (in ink); “Loc. Nr. Belmont” (in pencil). Horizon—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. 282 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., I think it very probable that Specimen No. 25, described briefly on pp. 740-741 of my previous paper, belongs to this species, though I have not had an opportunity of further studying the specimen. It does not seem possible to say anything very definite about the affinities of the Permofulgoridae at present, owing to the poor preservation and incom- pleteness of the specimens so far discovered. It is clear that the venation of the forewing, with the exception of the clavus, is very feebly developed. This is a condition not infrequently met with in the Auchenorrhyneha, but it is usually associated with a considerable thickening of the membrane of the tegmen. The genus Permofulgor, however, does not seem to have had a thickened tegmen, and we must wait until a more perfect specimen is discovered before we shall be in a position to discuss its affinities with any certainty. Division STERNORRHYNCHA. Family PINCOMBEIDAE, n.fam. Small imsects with broad forewings having a long, narrow clavus ending about half-way along the posterior border, with two strong, sub-parallel anal veins. R, M and Cui all arising not far from base from a single strong principal vein, at the same point. Genus PINCOMBEA, ng. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 4; Text-fig. 2). Forewing with nearly straight costa, the apex almost in line with it. Se a nearly straight, unbranched vein, running close to and just above R to end up on the costa about four-fifths from base. Ri and Rs both unbranched, the former ending up just above, the latter a little below the apex; Rs arising just before half-way along the wing-length. M three-branched, Ms,4 being unbranched and arising from M at about the middle of the wing, while Mi+2 is forked dicho- tomically considerably further distad. Cui a very strong vein running obliquely downwards across the basal half of the wing; before half-way, it forks strongly; the anterior branch, Cui, arches outwards, and ends up on the posterior border well beyond end of clavus; the posterior branch, Cui, continues the straight line of the basal portion of the vein, and ends up exceedingly close to Cuz. Cue a weakly formed, almost straight, furrow vein. 1A and 2A very strongly formed. Distal border of wing from Ri to end of clavus wide and well rounded. Only two eross-veins present, viz. a short basal one (sc-r) connecting Se with R, and a longer one (r-m) distally between Rs and Mi, at right angles to both. An apparent eross-vein joing Cuz and Cuz basally, and very weakly formed, is almost certainly the true basal piece of Cui as marked in Text-fig. 2, in which case the strong stump of Cui arising from the principal vein must be actually Ms, as in Paramecoptera. Genotype, Pincombea mirabilis, n.sp. The genus is dedicated to its discoverer, Mr. Torrington H. Pincombe, of New Lambton, near Neweastle, N.S.W., who has been assisting Mr. Mitchell in the exploration of the Belmont Beds. PINCOMBEA MIRABILIS, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 4; Text-fig. 2.) Total length 3 mm.; greatest breadth 1.2 mm. A perfect specimen of a forewing, and certainly the smallest Palaeozoic insect wing yet discovered. The impression is on the smooth surface of a pale grey cherty shale, and is remarkably clear. Ri, Cui and the anal veins stand up as BY R. J. TILLYARD. 283 strong ridges, Cuz and Se lying in deep furrows. This shows that the impression is the obverse or cast of a right forewing. Unfortunately the reverse was lost, although a eareful search was made for it. Type, Specimen No. P. 2 in Mr. John Mitchell’s Collection. Horizon.—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. At first sight, this wing appears to be nothing more than a slight smudge on the rock surface, and it is only with the aid of a lens of considerable power that the perfection of the venation can be made out. This is the first Sternorrhynehous wing discovered at Belmont. The other known Sternorrhynchous wing from the Upper Permian Beds of New South Wales is Lophioneura ustulata Till., recently described from Merewether Beach, near Neweastle (These Proceedings, xlvi., pt. 4, 1921, p. 420), and therefore probably somewhat older in geologic time than the present species. A compari- son of the two wings shows considerable differences, sufficient, in my opinion, to justify the formation of a separate family for each. In Lophioneura, the costal area is wide and short, Se ending up well before half-way along the costa, Ri ending up a little beyond half-way, and the whole shape of the wing being widely different from that of Pincombea. Lophioneura has Rs forked, M also only once forked, Cu1 with a very weak distal fork, and the clavus very short, excessively narrow, and without any anal veins upon it; there are also no eross- veins. Both wings are very primitive, for Sternorrhynchous types, in having the veins M and Cui arising from the principal vein so close to the base. But, whereas in Lophioneura the three veins Cu1, M and Rs come off from the prin- cipal vein separately in order, from the base outwards, at short intervals, in Pincombea Cui and M come off at the same point, with Rs arising much further distad from Ruz. The simple Rs and three-branched M of Pincombea can be paralleled in many present-day Aphiidae. This latter family could certainly be derived from the Pincombeidae by the fusion of Se with R, together with very strong distal move- ment of all the veins coming off from the principal vein, general narrowing of the wing, and especially strong narrowing of the basal portion, leading to com- plete elimination of any distinet clavus and anal veins. These immense differ- ences only show us how much older Pincombea is than any existing Sternorrhyn- chous type. A more useful comparison may perhaps be made with the incomplete fore- wing which I have named Triassopsylla plecioides, from the Upper Triassic Wianamatta Shale Beds of Glenlee, N.S.W. (These Proceedings, xlii., pt. 4, 1917 (1918), p. 754). Though only the distal half of this wing is preserved, it agrees with Pincombea in having M forked in almost exactly the same way, in having Rs simple, and Se running very close to R. It differs in having Ri dis- tally forked, the apical border of the wing more evenly rounded, and two ecross- veins between Ri and Rs, while the cross-vein between Rs and M, though pre- sent, is more basally placed than in Pincombea. Triassopsylla plecioides was placed by me, with some doubt, in the family Psyllidae. Until we know the venation of the basal half of the wing, that doubt must remain; but it is at any rate significant that the distal portions of the two wings show so much similarity. In the perfection of the clavus, Pincombea is certainly the most generalised Sternorrhynchous type yet discovered, and in its general structure it stands closer to the Auchenorrhyncha than any other known type, and serves to bridge over partially the wide gap which now separates the two main divisions of the Homoptera. 284 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., Order PROTOMECOPTERA. Family ARCHIPANORPIDAE. ARCHIPANORPA (?) BAIRDAE, n.sp. (Plate xxxiii., fig. 1.) : A fragment of a very large wing. Total length 12 mm., greatest breadth 10 mm., representing portion of a complete wing probably 30 mm. long. The specimen is cracked obliquely across near the middle, but all the veins are only slightly displaced, and can be followed across the crack. The uppermost vein would appear to be Se, followed in order by the unbranched Ri, the dichotomi- cally branched Rs, of which eight branches are shown distally, the three-branched M, and finally by Cui, carrying a peculiar closed cell towards its distal end. The manner of branching of the veins, and the system of weak ecross-vein struts here and there at irregular intervals, strongly suggests a close resemblance to the Upper Triassic Archipanorpidae; but there is scarcely enough of this large wing represented to enable it to be placed with any certainty. It might conceivably be a very ancient type of the Order Planipennia. Type, Specimen No. P. 1 in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. This species is dedicated to Mrs. Pincombe (née Baird) who discovered it at Belmont. It is much to be regretted that this fine wing is not more completely pre- served, so as to allow of a more certain determination of its affinities. Order PARAMECOPTERA. Family PARABELMONTIIDAE, n. fam. Insects Having the same general type of venation as Belmontia Till., but with the wings somewhat broader, more rounded apically, Rs and M having six branches each, and Cui without any distal forking. The discovery of this new type of wing necessitates a change in the definition of the Order Paramecoptera as originally given by me (These Proceedings, xliv., pt. 2, 1919, p. 234). The portions dealing with Rs, M and Cu should be altered to read as follows :— Rs dichotomically branched, with six or more separate branches on the wing- margin. M dichotomically branched, with five or more separate branches on the wing-marein. Cur either simple, as in Mecoptera and Diptera, or having an apical fork, as in Megaloptera, Trichoptera and Lepidoptera; Cue a weak, concave, simple vein. It will be seen that, by this alteration, the differences between the Parame- coptera and true Mecoptera are considerably narrowed, one of the chief dis- tinetions hitherto having been the presence of the apical fork of Cui in the former Order. However, I think it wise to keep the Paramecoptera as a dis- tinct Order, since it is clear that the general plan of their venation is not truly Mecopterous, but more of the type found in primitive Trichoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera, though with more branches to both Rs and M. The Parabelmon- tiidae would seem to stand in much the same relationship to the Order Diptera as the Belmontiidae do to the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera. It is evident that, in these generalised types, we have come upon a point in the evolution of the Panorpoid Orders in which the venational differences which later led to the Trichopterous and Lepidopterous types on the one hand, and to the Dipterous type on the other (through the intermediate Order Paratrichoptera) are just beginning to form. If we had the full fossil record, it would be impossible to BY R. J. TILLYARD. 285 set any arbitrary limits to the various Orders, for each type would merge by small degrees into the next. As matters stand, the chain of types already dis- covered is practically complete enough for us to indicate the courses of the various lines of evolution without any doubt; the more complete it may become, by discovery of new intermediate types, the mare difficult it will be to uphold any one of these new fossil Orders as a separate entity. Yet we may not place these types within recent Orders, without leaving it to be inferred that we be- lieve them to have belonged morphologically to such Orders in other characters besides the wing-venation. Belmontia and Parabelmontia were plainly, from their venation alone, not true Scorpion-flies, but more generalised insects, pro- bably combining the more archaic characters of the true Mecoptera with those of the Megaloptera. Genus PARABELMONTIA, ng. (Plate xxxiii., fig. 2; Text-fig. 3.) Forewing.—Costal space narrow, with humeral (hm) and distal (de) vein- lets present, and Se forked distally into Se1 and Sez. Ri a strong, straight, un- branched vein, connected with See distally by a short cross-vein, and with Re by another one, close to the former. Rs arismg from R at about one-fifth of the wing-length, and dividing into Re,3 and Ra;5 slightly before half-way. Reis divides into Re and Rs at a level only shghtly distad from that at which Rai5 divides; R2 is simple, but Rs, though ending simply on the wing-margin, divides to form a small elongated cell, which is closed again not far from the margin, by fusion of the two branches. R4 and Rs both divide again about half-way along their lengths, and their branches run free to the margin, Ra, being at the apex of the wing. The radial cell (rc) may be considered closed, much as in Bel- Text- fig. 3. Parabelmontia permiana, n.g, et sp. (x6). For lettering, see p.260, montia, by the cross-vein placed distally between R3 and R4,, and is also crossed, about its middle, by another cross-vein. M is fused basally with R, but leaves it below hm, and shortly afterwards divides into Mi-s and Ms, the latter being a very strongly formed convex vein forming the upper arm of a large cubito- median Y-vein closely resembling that of Belmontia; the lower arm, or basal piece of Cui, is broken near its middle at; a point where a cross-vein descends from it on to Cus. Mu-4 divides slightly before the level of the first dichotomy of Rs, and each branch again divides into two, of which the upper branch in 286 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., each case (Mi and Ms) is again forked distally, while the lower (Mz and M4) remains simple, so that there are altogether six branches of Mi-4 ending on the wing-margin. The median cell (mc) is closed by a strong ecross-vein, and both forks are sessile upon it. The main stem of the eubito-median Y-vein, Ms+Cu1, is a strong convex vein resembling that of Belmontia, but without any distal forking; in its connections with M4 and Cus, it strongly recalls the formation of Cur in the Upper Triassic Paratrichoptera, such as Aristopsyche. Cug 1s eurved distally, as in Belmontia, and connected with the straight, strong 1A by a single cross-vein, cu-a. 2A: is little more than half as long as 1A, is bent dis- tally as in Belmontia, and is connected with 1A above the bend by a single cross- vein, ia. 3A is a short, much-curved vein, isolating, between itself and the border, a small convex jugal area. Genotype, Parabelmontia permiana, n.sp. Closely related to Belmontia, from which it differs chiefly in the unforked Cu1, the different number of branches of Rs and M, the somewhat different ar- rangement of the cross-veins, and the different position of the forking of Rays, which, in Belmontia, is placed very close up to the primary forking of Rs. The origin of the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera from- torms resembling Bel- montia has already been dealt with in a previous paper (op. cit. pp. 242-8). In. the same work (pp. 248-250) I also discussed the affinities of, Belmontia with the Paratrichoptera and Diptera, and concluded that there was ao direct ancestral connection between them. In the case of Parabelmontia, we: can say with cer- tainty, owing to the formation of Cui, that this genus is not ancestral to the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera; but, for the same reason, it comes into the direct ancestral line of the Paratrichoptera and Diptera, in which the formation of Cui is very closely similar. If we postulate the existence of other types, closely allied to Parabelmontia, but with the short costal vein still not fully reduced to a vein- let (hm), as seen, for instance, in the genus Aristopsyche of the Paratrichoptera, then we could say with certainty that, from such a type, this latter Order is de- rivable simply by reduction of the number of branches of Rs and M to four each; and it would follow that the Diptera were also to be derived from it by further reduction. Or we may regard Aristopsyche as an archaic side-branch, which preserved the separate short costal vein, long after the rest- of the group had lost it, and may then derive those of the Paratrichoptera which have no costal vein direct from forms like Parabelmontia, and the whole of the Diptera from those more specialised Paratrichoptera themselves. P'ARABELMONTIA PERMIANA, n.sp. (Plate xxvxiii., fig. 2; Text-fig. 3.) An almost perfect forewing; total length 17 mm., greatest breadth 7 mm. The impression is the reverse or mould of the wing, as is proved by the fact that Ri, Cui and 1A appear as deep furrows; as the apex lies to the right, the impression must be the cast of a left forewing. The wing lies upon the smooth surface of a grey cherty shale, the whole wing being pale ochreous in colour, and stained fulvous along the costa and posterior border of clavus. There are slight abrasions of the apex and tornus, and the course of the distal margin is very faint in consequence; otherwise the venation is practically perfect. The system of cross-veins, as will be seen from Text-fig. 3, is very like that of Belmontia. The closure of the small cell on Rg may perhaps be considered a specific rather than a generic character. Type, Specimen No. 54 in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. Horizon.—Upper Permian of Belmont, N.S.W. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 287 This is the first specimen of an insect wing found at Belmont stained an ochreous colour, and thus standing out clearly from the grey rock on which it is impressed. Order MECOPTERA. Family PERMOCHORISTIDAE. PERMOCHORISTA SINUATA, n.sp. (Plate xxxiv., figs. 5, 6; Text-fig. 4.) Two specimens of forewings referable to this species are present in the Collection. Specimen No. 55 (Plate xxxiv., fig. 5) is a very clear impression, being both the obverse and reverse of a right forewing, the obverse with R and Cui standing up as high ridge-veins, and the apex being to the right. The wing is perfect except for the loss of most of the elavus or anal area. Total length Text-fig.4. Permochorista sinuata, n.sp. (x 13.3). Dotted veins restored from the paratype, all the rest representing the holotype. Text-fig. 5. Permochorista affinis, u.sp. (x 18.8). For lettering, see p.260. 8 mm.; greatest breadth 3 mm. Specimen No. 51 (Plate xxxiv., fig. 6) is a slightly larger wing, obverse only, also on a medium grey cherty shale, but not so clearly impressed as No. 55. Total length 8.3 mm. It is not quite perfect, the extreme base being broken off, a considerable piece removed from the 288 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., pterostigmatic area, and a smaller piece from the border of the clavus. But it shows most of the three anal veins, which are absent from No. 55. This species may be distinguished at once from P. australica Till. and P. mitchell Till., already described from Belmont (op. cit., pp. 733-6) by the very marked sinuous curvature of Cui distally, by the condition of Se, which only gives off the humeral veinlet (hm) basally and then divides into Sei and Seg distally, without any additional veinlets being present, and by the peculiar condition of the basal piece of M4, which is specialised to resemble a cross-vein. The positions of the forkings of the main veins are closely similar to those of P. australica, while the formation of the cubito-median Y-vein, completely revealed for the first time in this species, shows that the interpretation placed by me on the same partially preserved area in P. mitchelli was substantially correct. Of the two arms of the Y-vein, the upper, Ms, is much shorter and also not so strongly formed as the lower, Cui; this may he profitably contrasted with the condition shown.in Parabelmontia (Text-fig. 3). The system of cross-veins is very weakly developed, and much less numerous than in the previously described species. Types, Holotype, Specimen No. 55, of which both the obverse and re- verse impressions have been preserved; the obverse being in Mr. Mitchell’s Col- lection, the reverse in the Collection of the Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. (presented to me by Mr. Mitchell). Paratype, Specimen No. 51, in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection (obverse only). In Text-fig. 4, the dotted anal veins are restored from Specimen No. 51, while the rest of the wing is drawn from Specimen No. 55. PERMOCHORISTA AFFINIS, u.sp. (Plate xxxiv., fig. 6; Text-fig. 5.) Total length 6.6 mm.; gneatest breadth 2.6 mm. An almost perfect obverse of a right forewing on medium grey cherty shale, but with the end of the clavus shghtly buckled and the veins above it broken. Closely allied to P. sinwata, n.sp., from which it differs in the following points:—Size considerably smaller, wing somewhat broader towards apex, Se with its two distal branches closer together, Se1 arising half-way along the wing- length instead of well before it as in P. sinwata; sc-r placed closer to Sei and running in a different direction from what it does in P. sinuata; pterostigma much shorter and differently shaped; fork of Re,s much shorter; cubito-anal Y-vein differently formed, with both upper and lower arms much shorter; cross- veins differently arranged, as may be seen by comparing Text-figs. 4 and 5. Type, Specimen No. P. 3. in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. This specimen was discovered. by Mr. T. H. Pineombe. It is possible that the differences between the two species here deseribed, on the one hand, and those previously described by me, on the other, (viz. the formation of Se and its veinlets, and the curvature of the distal end of Cu1), might justify the removal of the two new species to a new genus. As more material is sure to come to hand later on in this family, this question is best left over until the fullest information is available on the subject. It might be suggested that P. affinis is only the hindwing of P. sinuata. I have decided against this; firstly, because the impression of P. affinis is a very clear one, strongly suggestive of a forewing; and secondly, because it has all three anal veins separate. All known Mecoptera have 1A partially fused with Cuz in the hindwing; and it will be seen from my previous figure of P. mitchelli. (op. cit., p. 735) that this fusion was almost certainly present in hindwings of the family Permochoristidae. PP ee BY R. J. TILLYARD. 289 Order PLANIPENNIA., Family PERMITHONIDAH, n. fam. Rather small insects with the forewing fairly broad, the apex rather pointed. Se fusing with Ri distally. Rs pectinately branched, but with the original dicho- tomy of R45 preserved. Four cross-veins between Ri and Rs. Radial cell (rc) present, closed by a crossvein (i). M with its original dichotomie branching preserved, and the branches not crushed closely together as in recent Planipennia owing to increase in the number of branches of Rs. Median cell (mc) present, closed by a cross-vein (im). Fairly numerous additional distal forkings on the branches of Rs and M, including small terminal twiggings. Cubito-median Y-vein still preserved, the upper branch, Ms, very short in comparison with the lower, Cw. Primary cubital fork (cuf) very close to base. Cur a fairly strong convex vein pectinately branched. Cuz a simple, weak, concave vein. (Anal veins not preserved). Genus PERMITHONE, ng. (Plate xxxiii, fig. 3; Text-fig. 6.) Characters as for the family, with the following additions:—Costal area moderately broadened near base, the series of costal veinlets not closely crowded together, mostly simple, but a few forked or connected together by short cross- veins. Pterostigmatie veinlets much closer together. A single cross-vein, s¢-r, Text-fig. 6. Permithone belmontensis, n.g. et sp. (x12). For lettering, see p.260. Wing restored by the removal of the overfold (missing veins shown by dotted lines) and placed with apex to the right. connects Se with R basally. Five pectinate branches to Rs. Radial cell rather short. Median cell very long; the fork of Mi,2 stalked from the cell, that of M3.,4 sessile upon it. Cui, with four short branches; Cui, distally forked. Two medio-cubital cross-veins situated before half-way. A series of inter-cubital eross-veins present. Genotype, Permithone belmontensis, n.sp. This is the first true Lacewing to be discovered in Palaeozoic strata, and is noteworthy in being in some respects even more archaic than the hypothetical Archetype which T postulated for this Order in my previous work on the Panor- poid Complex (These Proceedings, xliv., pt. 3, 1919, p. 699). Apart from the 290 NEW PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W., distal fusion of Se with Ri, which, though apparently a specialisation, may be due, as in the Perlaria, to a partial fusion only of See with Ri, and may there- fore be the original condition m the Planipennia, the wing before us is an abso- lutely generalised Planipennian, with primitive terminal twigging of the veins, primitive pectination of Re+s, an absolutely primitive condition of M, primitive pectination of Cui, and even two characters which one could searcely have sus- pected ever to have been present within the Order, viz. the closure of the radial and median cells by special eross-veins. The wing also stands very close to the Archetype of the Megaloptera, but the terminal twigging places it definitely within the Planipennia, as also does the position of the primary cubital fork very close to the base of the wing. It is to be distinguished from the more densely veined Corydalid types, of which Protohermes davidi Weele (op. cit., p. 696) is a good example, by the much smaller number of costal veinlets and inter- radial eross-veins, as well as by the much more basal position of the primary cubital fork. It is, however, possible to derive the whole of the Megaloptera as well as the whole of the Planipennia from this wing-type, provided we assume that the Megaloptera are an aquatic offshoot from the very base of the terrestrial Planipennia, and that the Corydalidae are an older type than the Sialidae. These assumptions are, however, scarcely justified, and it seems more logical to assume that definite Megalopterous types were in existence in the Upper Permian, though not necessarily in Australia, and that the present fossil is a true Planipennian, from which the Mesozoic Prohemerobidae, and consequently the whole Order as we know it at present, are easily derivable by further specialisations. The re- lationship of the present-day Ithonidae of Australia to the fossil type is so evident that I have selected a generic name for the fossil to indicate it as the Permian ancestor of that family; but it is seareely less easy to derive from it such families as the Psychopsidae, Berothidae and Hemerobiidae, not to mention the Dilaridae, which do not occur in Australia. PERMITHONE BELMONTENSIS, n.sp. (Plate xxxii., fig. 3; Text-fig. 6.) The specimen is the obverse or cast of a left forewing, showing Ri as a strongly formed convex vein, Cui as a slightly less strong, similar vein. The impression is on cherty shale stained with iron (ochreous), the wing itself being of an ochreous colour, shading to fulvous along the distal portion of the posterior margin, from half-way up to apex. The anal area is missing, and there is a slight overfold of the membrane a little below the apex. This appears to have been brought about by a tearing of the wing from near the end of M1 across R4+5, followed by a shght buckling of the apical portion, so that the lower side of the tear came to overlap the upper slightly. In Text-fig. 6, I have restored the wing, adding the missing’ veins covered up by the overlapping, and turning the apex to the right. Total length 9.4 mm.; greatest breadth 4 mm. It should be noted that the terminal furrows so characteristic of the Order Planipennia, situated between the terminal twigs of the main veins, are clearly to be seen in this fossil around and above the apex, as are also the swollen bases of the tufts of hairs situated along the wing-margin between the twigs. Type, Specimen No. 52, in Mr. Mitchell’s Collection. Label “New Insect Wing, Belmont, N.S.W., Coll. Mitchell.” Mr. Mitchell is heartily to be congratulated on this wonderful find, which brings the record of the Lacewings right back from the Upper Triassic of Ipswich to the Upper Permian. We may express the hope that other representatives of the Order may yet be found at Belmont. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 291 In concluding this paper, we may briefly review the position of the Panor- poid Orders as revealed to us in Upper Permian times by these fossils. At the present day, the six main Orders fall into three groups of two each, viz. (a) Mecoptera and Diptera, characterised by simple Cui and dichotomiec branching of Rs. (b) Trichoptera and Lepidoptera, characterised by forked Cui and dicho- tomie branching of Rs. (c) Megaloptera and Planipennia, characterised by forked Cui and_ pee- tinate branching of Rs. Each of these groups is now seen to have been represented by Upper Per- mian ancestors in Australia, (a) by true Mecoptera of the family Permochoristidae, and by the genus Parabelmontia of the Paramecoptera. (b) by the genus Belmontia of the Paramecoptera. (c) by the genus Permithone of the Planipennia. We are able, from this, to see that two Orders, the Mecoptera and Plani- pennia, were already in existence in Australia in Upper Permian times. On morphological grounds, we may also postulate the existence of true Megaloptera somewhere in the world at the same period, though not necessarily in Australia. The history of the three more specialised Orders is now fairly plain. The type represented by Parabelmontia gave origin, in the Triassic period, to the main mass of the Paratrichoptera, from which the Diptera arose directly by re- duction of the hindwing. The type represented by Belmontia gave origin, pro- bably also in the Trias, to the common Trichoptero-Lepidopterous stem (almost certainly far outside Australia), and the two Orders became differentiated either in the Upper Trias or Lower Lias, the Lepidoptera remaining as an obscure group of Homoneurous types until the rise of the Flowermg Plants in the Cretaceous brought with it the great development of the Heteroneura. If the whole of the Insecta Holometabola had a common origin, as I be- lieve to be the ease, then it follows that both the Coleoptera and the Hymenop- tera must have been represented by primitive types in the Upper Permian, or even earlier; since both these Orders are, morphologically, older in some respects than the Panorpoid Orders. Consequently we should expect to find, though not necessarily in Australia, primitive fossil beetles, allied probably to the Cupedidae, and primitive fossil Tenthredinoid Hymenoptera, somewhere in the higher Palaeozoic strata, in some part of the world. Cawthron Institute, 20.2.22. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIII-XXXIV. Plate xxxiii. Fig. 1. Avrchipanorpa (?) bairdae, nsp. (x 7). Fig. 2. Parabelmontia permiana, ng. et sp. (x 5.8). Fig. 3. Permithone belmontensis, n.g. et sp. (x 11.5). Plate xxxiv. Fig. 4. Pincombea mirabilis, n.g. et sp. (x 15.6). Fig. 5. Permochorista sinuata, n.sp. Holotype obverse. (x 11.5). Fig. 6. Permochorista sinuata, r.sp. Paratype. (x 11.5). Fig. 7. Permochorista affinis, n.sp. (x 11.5). 292 NE W PERMIAN INSECTS FROM BELMONT, N.S.W. Lettering of Text-figures. 1A, 2A, 3A, the three anal veins. Cu, cubitus; Cui, its anterior branch, dividing into Cuia and Cu1,; Cuz, its posterior branch, the vena dividens. cu-a, cubito-anal eross-vein. cuf., primary cubital fork. de, distal costal veimlet; hm, humeral veinlet. ia, inter-anal cross-vein. icu, inter-cubital cross-vein. 7m, inter-median cross-vein. ir, inter-radial cross-vein. M, media, dividing into M1-4 above and Ms below, the latter forming the upper arm of the cubito-median Y-vein; Mi, Me, Ms, Ma, branches of the media. Ms,Cu1, main stem of the cubito- median Y-vein, usually denoted as Cur. mc, median eell. pt, pterostigma. R, radius; Ri, its anterior branch or main stem; Rs, radial sector; Re, R3, Ra, Rs, its branches. 7r-m, radio-median ecross-vein. rc, radial or discoidal cell. Se, subeosta; Se1, See, its distal branches. sc-r, subcosto-radial cross-vein. 293 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. I. Tur Mycoruiza or Dipoprum punctratum R. Br. By Joun McLucrig, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, University of Sydney. Introduction. As investigation into the nature and physiological significance of mycorhiza proceeds, it is becoming more and more convincing that many of the higher land plants of the Bush and the Forest derive some substances from the humus of the soil in a highly organised state—that the roots of a plant not only supply it with water and inorganic salts, but also, with dissolved organic matter. Acton (1889) has shown that carbohydrates and similar organie substances, and other organic constituents of humus may be absorbed by the root of an ordinary green plant. This absorption is probably independent of light and chlorophyll as in the holosaprophytes, e.g., Thismia (Groom, 1895), Monotropa, ete. Sap- rophytie fungi which have no relation to the roots of plants must derive their carbohydrate from the humus constituents of the soil, and when they are as- sociated with higher plants in the formation of exotrophic or endotrophic myeorhiza, they would appear to supply some of the carbonaceous food and the nitrogenous food for the higher symbiont. In cases of complete saprophytism amongst higher piants, the loss of chlorophyll is probably the result rather than the cause of the association with the mycorhizic fungus, for, when a plant obtains part of its food, especially carbohydrate food, from the soil, there is not the same necessity for a very vigorous photosynthesis. In shaded situations, light may be too feeble for active photosynthesis and the higher plant tends to depend more and more upon a saprophytie mode of nutrition. It is probably in this way that holosaprophytism has originated amongst Phanerogams. The green plant is essentially adapted to the synthesis of its food from simple compounds with the assistance of radiant energy. Any deviation from this normal mode of nutrition results in the modification of the chlorophyll organs, the absorbing organs or both. Generally speaking the absorbing organs are the first to show indications of reduction or modification as the probable 294 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i., attendant of the facility of obtaining supplies of complex organic compounds. As the dependence upon already synthesised organic matter becomes more pro- nounced, the chlorophyll-bearing structures undergo modification either by the loss of chlorophyll or by the elimination of the photosynthetic leaves, as in Galeola cassythoides and Dipodium punctatum, or by reduction in the leaf surface. When the roots of higher plants avail themselves of the organic matter in the soil, certain changes must occur in the absorbing cells or hairs to permit of the absorption of these substances—for example, the plasmatic membranes of the cells must be modified to permit of the osmotic diffusion into the cell vacuole —the osmotic pressure of the cells must increase temporarily or permanently to cause an inward flow of larger molecules of organic substances. Such changes are similar to those which are generally supposed to occur during the trans- location of soluble foods from one cell to another, for example, from the endo- sperm to the embryo, ete. Fungal hyphae which enter into the closest association with the humus constituents of the soil have a much greater power of digestion and solution of the organic matter than the root hairs of a higher flowering plant, so that, when the mycorhizic fungus becomes associated with the higher plant, it is able to provide the latter with greater supplies of organised food than the root hairs. In consequence root hairs cease to develop—their function and usefulness are subserved by the fungal hyphae, which can and do supply, not only organic matter, but water and ash constituents as well. Since the researches on mycorhiza by Frank (1892), the number of plants with a similar condition of the root has proved very considerable. The number of such plants is so great, and they belong to such varied affinities and. phyla, that it would appear that the host-plant must derive some considerable benefit from its association with the fungus. Its occurrence has been demonstrated in Dicotyledons, Monocotyledons, Conifers, Ferns, and Liverworts. Wahrlich (1885) found mycorhiza in 500 species of Orchids in cultivation at Moscow; McDougall (1899) and Groom (1895a) and numerous other re- searchers have described other symbiotic saprophytes. Lawson (1917) has found an endophytic fungus in the prothalli of Tmesipteris and Psilotum which do not contain chlorophyll and are saprophytic and subterranean. Many of the eells of the prothallus contain a mycorhizal fungus which apparently provides all the food necessary for its host. The loss of chlorophyll and the association with the fungus, if not the result of the subterranean habitat, are at any rate in com- plete harmony with it. In this instance it is stated that the fungus ultimately causes the death and disintegration of the host cells which are infected. The nucleus undergoes a gradual change, and disintegrates with the other protoplasmic contents of the cell. It is significant that the fungus remains within the proto- plasm of the host-cells without causing immediate destruction; and it seems to me that the subsequent destruction is partly associated with the naturally transitory existence of the prothallus. Lycopodium, Botrychium and other Pteridophytes have subterranean ‘and saprophytie prothalli. Lang (1899) describes an endophytic fungus in the prothallus of Lycopodium clavatum. It is highly probable that in all these Pteridophytes, but especially in Tmeszpteris and Psilotum, the prothallus is infeeted with the fungus early in its develop- ment, indeed shortly after germination of the spore. The spores of these Pteridophytes germinate in such shaded situations that it is not surprising that chlorophyll is absent, that the ever-present mycorhizal fungus should be- BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 295 come associated with the prothalli, and that the prothalli should become sapro- phytie. While numerous hypotheses have been formulated to explain the relation between the fungus and the higher plant, the physiological association of the two organisms is far from being clearly understood. A brief statement of these hypotheses may not be out of place here— (1) Frank (1892) considers endophytic mycorhiza as a ease of the higher plant trapping the fungus and living parasitically upon it. (2) Fixation of nitrogen hypothesis—The tuberceules of Podocarpus are inhabited by the hyphae of a fungus, and it is stated that the Conifer cannot be cultivated without the fungus. Nobbe and Hiltner (1899) claim to have grown Podocarpus for five years in quartz sand from which nitrogen was absent. From this experiment it is concluded that the fungus of the tubercles of Podo- carpus enables the plant to fix atmospheric nitrogen. Spratt (1912) has proved that the tubercular bacteria fix free nitrogen. The investigations of Hiltner, Vogl and Neéstler on Lolium temulentum with which a mycorhizie fungus is associated suggest the probable fixation of Nitrogen here also. Hiltner claims that the luxuriant growth of many plants affected by a mycorhizic fungus supports the “Fixation of Nitrogen” hypothesis. (3) Proteid hypothesis—Magnus (1901) in his investigation of Neottia observed that the fungus within certain host-cells was partly digested, and suggests that the abundant proteid constituents of the hyphae furnished nourish- ment for the host. Shibata (1902) observed similar digestion of the fungal hyphae in the cells of Psilotum rhizomes. This process of digestion of the hyphae of the mycorhizie fungus is similar to the digestion of the ‘bacteroids in Leguminous tubercles. The inference drawn from these observations is that the host-plant obtains its proteid from the fungal hyphae by their digestion, while the hyphae assimilate free atmospheric nitrogen, or poorly oxygenated nitrogen compounds of humus—the higher plant, in other words, obtains its supplies of nitrogen from a soil relatively poor im combined nitrogen through the ageney of the fungus. (4) In green plants pysssessing mycorhiza, the fungus probably supplies the nitrogen and the higher plant the carbon, but the relationship of two non- chlorophyll-bearing organisms may be essentially different. The higher plant would appear to be a parasite upon the fungus. After all, the symbiosis of a green plant and a fungus is little removed from the true parasitism of a fungus on a higher green plant. Certain cases of holosaprophytism in Angiosperms, e.g., Thismia, have all the appearance of parasitism of the higher plant upon the fungus, since, as far as present investigation shows, both the supplies of C. and N. are obtained by the fungus. (5) Peptone-Asparagin hypothesis—That the higher plants growing in the humus soils of the forest are peptone or asparagin organisms, and that the fungus is indispensable in manufacturing these nitrogenous compounds from the materials of the humus. (6) Materials of the Ash hypothesis—In 1900 Stahl put forward the theory that the fungus does not supply the higher plant with nitrogen at all, but its function is to provide it with the materials of the ash. Fungi collect ash constituents with great avidity and therefore are vigorous competitors with phanerogams in the humus soil which contains little nutritive salts. He claims that higher plants grow more vigorously in humus which has been deprived of 296 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i., the fungi normally present. When the fungi are present, the higher plants show signs of “mineral starvation.” The cases of known mycorhiza, according to Stahl, occur in such plants which grow in humus or, for other reasons, show feeble intake of mineral substances. He also asserts that the fungus not only absorbs but transforms the mineral salts for the higher symbiont. He comes to this conclusion from the observation that most mycotrophic plants do not con- tain calcium oxalate, which is associated with the assimilation of nutritive salts. In regard to the absence of calcium oxalate, I can definitely state that in Dipodiwm, which possesses an endophytic mycorhiza communicating with the hyphae outside the plant, there are large numbers of raphide-crystals in the cells of the cortex. The Plant. Dipodium punctatum is a terrestrial orchid which has very small scale- leaves. From a few large fleshy, succulent roots which penetrate the substratum in various directions, there develops the single upright flowering axis. The most favourable habitat of this orchid is the shaded humus soil of the Aus- tralian Bush, where there is a considerable accumulation of decaying leaves amongst a rich black sand. It occurs in a more stunted form on clay soils. Various species of Hucalyptus, and Angophora lanceolata provide a certain amount of shade when growing fairly closely together. Moore and Betche (Flora of New South Wales) record Dipodium punctatum as a parasite on roots of neighbouring plants, but, although I have made most careful investigation of the root system in the soil, and have excavated it in its entirety I have not found any evidence to warrant the statement that it is a parasite on roots. I found no connection with the roots of other plants, and the statement that this orchid is a parasite has probably been made on account of the practically leafless, chlorophyll-less, aerial, floweriag shoot. Beceari (1871) has described a Monocotyledon, Pétrosavia stellaris, as a parasite on roots, but Groom (1895a) has described a plant which he pro- visionally named Protolirion paradoxum which is very like the Petrosavia of Beceari. Groom found that his plant, Protolirion, was a saprophyte, and sus- pects that Petrosavia of Beccari is also a saprophyte, The existence of Phanero- gamic holosaprophytes was not recognised at the time and it was assumed that non-chlorophylliferous forms were parasitic. It is highly probable that the assertion that Dipodium punctatum is a parasite upon roots was based upon this assumption, and the non-recognition of holosaprophytism amongst Angiosperms. All the Monocotyledons devoid of chlorophyll, represented by all the Triuridaceae, ete. nearly all the Burman- niaceae, and several Orchidaceae are saprophytic. The probability is, therefore, from theoretical grounds, that Dipodium punctatum is saprophytic. from in- vestigation I ean confirm this view. The flowering stems are from one to two feet high, and of a reddish colour, the leaves are small and scale-like, almost membranaceous. The flowers arise in the axils of the scale-leaves forming an extended terminal raceme. The plant is devoid of chlorophyll, and the leaves have no power of photosynthesis. They probably protect the young flower-buds. Structure of the root—The root is covered superficially by a distinctive zone, of three or four layers, of colourless thin-walled cells elongated radially. There are no root hairs. The cells contain very little protoplasm, which is confined to the periphery of the cells; they fit together closely, leaving only the BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 297 narrowest radial intercellular spaces. The cells have thin walls which are strengthened by means of spiral thickening fibres such as are characteristic of the tracheidal cells of the roots of many aerial Orchids. These fibres enclose meshes of varying width. No starch oceurs in the cells, which have the general appearance of an aqueous tissue. This zone may be designated as the “sheath” or velamen (Text-fig. 11). In certain cells of the sheath there occur numerous fine hyphae which pass through from the periphery of the root, where they are abundant in the surrounding soil. In this zone the hyphae do not mass in the cells as in other cells of the root, but appear to take the shortest course from the surface to the internal storage cells of the root. Branching of the hyphae is infrequent. These hyphae are connected to others in the adjacent humus in which the root is embedded; occasional tangles of hyphae oceur on the root surface from which distributing branches develop into and through the sheath (Text-fig. 1). et BA at, ose Text-fig. 1—A transverse section of the root of Dipodium punctatum, showing internal anatomy and the distribution of the endophytic fungus (x 15). Within the sheath there is a very regularly developed exodermis. The cells of this layer are elongated radially and the outer walls are strongly suberised. Thin-walled passage cells occur at frequent intervals, and these are very much 298 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1., smaller than the other exodermal cells; the larger exodermal cells have little protoplasm; the passage cells have considerable protoplasm and a large nucleus. The fungal hyphae passing from the sheath to the inner tissues of the root traverse the passage-cells (Text-figs. 11, 12, 24). The thin cellulose wall of these cells is readily perforated while the density of the protoplasmic contents and the presence of nutritive substances probably furnish a chemotropie¢ at- traction upon the hyphae. I have not observed any case where the hyphae en- tered the thick-walled exodermal cells direct, but numerous cases have been seen where the passage cells were penetrated, and branches entered the other exo- dermal cells through their thin radial walls, in association with the passage- cells. The hyphae seldom branch until they enter the cells of the cortex just within. When they enter an exodermal cell from the passage-cell they take the - shortest course through the base of the cell into the cortex (Text-fig. 12). Within the exodermis there is a broad zone of large rounded or oval-shaped Text-fig. 2—A group of cells of the cortex of root showing the coiled mycelium in some, and the early infection of others (x 167). Text-fig. 3—A group of cells of cortex showing a partial disintegration of the central hyphae of the endophyte (x 167). Text-fig. 4—Three host cells with disorganizing hyphae (x 167). Text-fig. 5—The growth of the hyphae towards the nucleus of the cell is shown in this figure (x 167). Text-fig. 6—Cell of cortex showing fungal mass which is undergoing digestion (x 167). cells, which have thin cellulose walls, comparatively large nuclei, and are separated from each other by large intercellular spaces. Many of the cells of this zone have raphide-erystals, and starch occurs in practically all cells. Large numbers BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 299 of the cells contain a mycorhizic fungus; the infected cells occur in groups (Text-figs. 2, 3) throughout the entire zone from the exodermis to the endodermis. This zone is the cortex of the root; its cells contain much more protoplasm than the sheath cells, but it is mainly confined to the periphery of the cells. Thin cytoplasmic threads extend through the eell-cavity. There is a considerable amount of cell-sap and the cells are normally very turgid. The hyphae in some of the cells are arranged in a loose tangle throughout the cell; in others in a dense mass, staining deeply, around the nucleus or in contact with it. In sueh cells the majority of the hyphae appear to lose their individuality and mass together, while a few loose ones strike out towards adjacent cells (Text-figs. 4, 5, 6). It would appear that one infected cell leads to the rapid infection of neighbouring cells. As a general rule only the cells on the one side of the root are infected, while those on the other half may be entirely (or almost so) free from the fungus (Text-fig. 1). In some cells the identity of the fungal hyphae is completely lost, and there remains in the centre of the cell a dense, deeply staining, irregular mass in which all trace of hyphal structure has disappeared (Text-figs. 20, 25). The protoplasm and nucleus of the host-cells are still alive; the nucleus appears greatly enlarged (Text-figs. 21, 22). No starch is found in cells infected with hyphae. It disappears soon after the infecting mycorhiza enters, but reappears in the host cells when the fungus becomes disorganised. Starch is abundant in all uninfected cells. It occurs in the form of small spherical grains and stains pink with iodine.* The hyphae stain much more deeply just prior to disorganisation than on entry into a host cell, and appear to contain much protoplasm of a fine granular nature. In newly-infected cells the hyphae are very slender, but their thickness increases somewhat after they have been associated with the host cell for a time. The protoplasmic content ‘of such hyphae increases; it stains more deeply, and becomes dense and granular; the vacuoles which are frequent and relatively large in hyphae which have just entered cells, become small and few (Text-figs. 8, 9). The innermost cortical cells are smaller than the central series, and in contrast with infected cells contain abundant starch grains. The endodermis consists of a single layer of small cells, containing little protoplasm, and having thin suberised walls. Passage-cells occur generally in groups of two or three opposite the xylem groups; the endodermal cells opposite the phloem are thickened. The cells are elongated longitudinally. In trans- verse section they are almost isodiametric. The stele is very small compared with the remainder of the root. There is a single-layered parenchymatous pericycle surrounding 15 or 16 groups of phloem and the same number of xylem groups. Conjunctive parenchyma occurs between the phloem and xylem groups stretching inwards towards the pith. The phloem is composed of very small elements, namely, thin-walled sieve tubes and companion eells. The xylem consists of a few protoxylem vessels (annular and spiral) and two or three small vessels with reticulate-scalariform thickening. There is a fairly large pith composed of large thin-walled cells with sparse protoplasmic contents and distinet intercellular spaces. No mycorhiza is pre- sent in the pith-cells, in fact the fungus is confined to the cortex and sheath of the root. Abundant starch occurs in the pith-cells. *This reaction of starch to iodine in Déipodium punctatum is fairly typical of saprophytic Phanerogams. 300 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1., In a longitudinal section of the root apex it is seen that the sheath passes over the tip (Text-fig. 7). None of the cells of the sheath are developed like root-hairs as is common in some forms of saprophyte (e.g., Thismia). The cells of this sheath arise from the primordial meristem cells at the apex; the exo- dermis, cortex and central cylinder all merge imperceptibly into the primordium, the cells of which are very small and numerous. Raphide cells oceur almost to this meristematic zone, but the endophytic fungus does not approach its vicinity. The infected cells occur in the zone of differentiation where the tissues have assumed their final form. Fungal hyphae do not enter the meristematic zone, Text-fig. 7—A longitudinal section of the root apex showing the meristems, and the fact that the endophyte does not develop near the meristematic zone (x 15). nor do they cause any hypertrophy of the host-tissues. All the tissues of the host are directly traceable to the primordial meristem which is uninfected by the fungus. The fungus occurs in the soil surrounding the root in the form of numerous branching, fine hyphae, many of which form a close tangle on the surface of the root from which hyphae pass inwards through the sheath and outwards into the humus. I have observed numerous eases of the hyphae in the sheath-cells; generally only one hypha occurs in a cell, but I have seen two or three cases where more than one hypha was present. The hyphae pass straight towards the endodermis. Many may continue their course directly into the cortex through a passage-cell, but it sometimes happens that the hyphae have to pass obliquely through the inner cells of the sheath to reach the passage-cells. Branching of the hyphae occurs in the cells of the cortex immediately within the passage-cells ; very occasionally in the passage-cell itself. I have observed the connection of BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 301 the hyphae in the cortex with the hyphae in the soil by means of these infecting hyphae through the sheath and the passage-cells. The passage-cells lend them- selves to the easy penetration of the fungus, in so far as they have thin walls, and dense granular contents, which probably both attraet chemotropically and nourish the hyphae. Lang (1899), in Lycopodiwm clavatum, deseribes a sheath Text-fig. 8—Portion »f the hyphae just after penetration into a host cell, showing the vacuolated cytoplasm (x 500). Text-fig. 9—Portion of hyphae after a sojourn in a host cell, showing an increased and more dense protoplasmic content with fewer vacuoles (x 500). Text-fig. 10—A resting nucleus of the host-cell, with fungal hyphae growing towards it and branching (x 500). Text-fig. 11—A portion of the sheath, endodermis and outer cortex of host showing the fungal hyphae on the surface of the root, in the sheath-cells and penetrating through the passage-cells (s.c.) (x 167). Text-fig. 12—Another section showing the fungal hyphae in the passage- cell (s.c.) and penetrating the outer cortical cells (x 500). around the hyphae formed from the wall of the cell being penetrated by the fungus, but I have seen no such structure in Dipodiwm. The hyphae appear to penetrate through portions of the wall which have probably been dissolved by their enzymes. A structure of the nature of an appressorium is formed where 302 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i., the hypha abuts against a wall. From this swollen end, one or more thin hyphae penetrate an adjoining cell (Text-figs. 23, 24, 25). The Mycelium in the Cortex.—The infecting hypha enters a cortical cell and passes towards the nucleus which is surrounded by a thick zone of the cell’s cytoplasm. It then branches and coils round the nucleus or close to it. At first the cytoplasm of the hypha is sparse and stains very lightly with methyl violet; it is vacuolated to a large extent. The hypha is very thin (Text-figs. 13, 14, 23). As the nucleus moves in the cell, the hyphae grow with it and branch so that, Text-fig. 13—Two cells of cortex with an early stage of infection. The hyphae are clearly associated with the cell nucleus (x 167). Text-fig. 14—Ageregation of the hyphae around the nucleus (x 500). Text-fig. 15—A normal cortical cell showing the nucleus, cytoplasm and spherical starch-grains (x 400). Text-fig. 16—Partial digestion of the central hyphae, and the slight enlargement of others around. The nucleus enlarges and stains deeply (x 500). Text-fig. 17—Further stage in disorganization of the fungus,—nucleus enlarged (x 500). : while the hyphae of the fungus seldom completely surround the nucleus, they are invariably closely associated with it. The starch grains gradually disappear from the cell soon after infection by the fungus. No hypertrophy of the hyphae takes place. They do not form vesicles or bladders in association with the nucleus, but their contents become more abundant, and stain more deeply with BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 303 methyl violet. Vacuoles become less numerous in the hyphae which soon appear densely charged with protoplasm or proteid. While as a rule the hyphae main- tain their normal regularity of width, occasionally I have seen hyphae which were distinetly irregular in their diameter, especially near the end in association with the nucleus (Text-figs. 16, 26). In certain cells which have been filled with the fungus for some time, the highly nourished hyphae begin to disorganize. They become closely associated and lose their individuality, forming a deeply-staining mass in the centre of the hyphal tangle surrounded by numbers of lightly-stained normal hyphae, some of which spread into other cells (Text-figs. 16, 17, 18, 19). The nucleus of the infected cell gradually enlarges until it becomes twice or three times its normal size. The chromatin stains more deeply and indeed ap- Text-figs. 18, 19, 20—Stages in the digestion of the fungal hyphae. In Fig. 20 this is nearly completed, and starch-grains are re- appearing in the cell (x 450) Text-figs. 21, 22—Enlarged nuclei of host-cells, showing the irregular shape and indentations of the nuclear membrane caused by the pressure of the fungal hyphae (x 510). Text-fig. 23—First hyphae growing into a cortical cell containing starch. The appressorium-like structure of the hypha in contact with the wall is indicated (x 450). pears more abundant; the nucleolus enlarges. The whole appearance of the nucleus about this time is suggestive of a high state of nutrition. The shape of the nucleus is also irregular in infected cells, the membrane being pushed in by hyphae growing in close contact with it (Text-figs. 21, 22). The cytoplasm of the host-cells still appears quite normal after the digestion of the hyphae. Starch grains reappear during the disintegration of the fungus, 304 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1., becoming more abundant as the process of disorganization of the hyphae con- tinues. The final appearance of the fungus is an irregular mass of no definite structure, but staining deeply as if considerable proteid were present (Text-figs. 20, 25). At this stage of destruction of the mycelium I could not distinguish any definite hyphae, but in some eases of final destruction, small droplets of a yellowish highly-refractive substance were present in the host-cells. The whole appearance of the -host-cell with its mycelium suggests the hypothesis that the cytoplasm of the cell digests and causes the gradual destruction of the fungus. This destruction of the mycelium is particularly apparent just prior to and dur- Text-fig. 24—-Hyphae penetrating from passage-cell into the cortex. The appressorium-like swelling of the hyphae where it abuts against the cell-wall is distinctly shown. The hypha entering the inner cell shows a pronounced con- striction at the point of perforation (x 450). Text-fig. 25—A cortical cell containing the disintegrating fungus—a few hyphae are growing towards adjacent cells. The ap- pressorium-like structure is shown in one of them (x 450). Text-fig. 26—A group of outer cortical cells containing very swollen hyphae and spore-like bodies which form upon the ends of these hyphae. The normal hyphae pass from the inner cell (a) to the outer cells (b) and (c), hence cer- tain hyphae pass outwards from the cortex for reproduc- tion of the fungus (x 450). ing the development of the flowering shoot, as if an extra supply of proteid were necessary during this active period. The digestion * and disintegration of the hyphae in the host-cell begins in the centre of the mass and gradually extends outwards. *The term “digestion” is here used in the same sense as in the case of Leguminous bacteroids. The organic structure of the mycelium is destroyed, and this is probably the result of partial solution, or transformation by means of an enzyme produced by the host-cell. na en mee BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 305 The hyphae, when stained with methyl violet and cleared in eosinclove oil, stained blue. The density of the cytoplasm of the fungus depends upon the period of infection of the host-cell; numerous nuclei were present, and oc- casionally what I interpreted as septa were seen. In certain cells of the outer cortex and in the sheath, I found spore-like bodies which had a comparatively thick wall (Text-fig. 26b). The hyphae never enter cells of the cortex which contain raphides. I kave seen immune raphide-cells surrounded by a number of ordinary cortical cells infected by the fungus (Text-fig. 2). The Physiological Aspect of the Mycorhiza of Dipodium punctatum. The first important fact in regard to the endophytic fungus of Dipodium is that hyphae from the soil traverse the sheath-cells which contain little nutri- tive matter, and enter the cortex of the root by means of the thin-walled, densely protoplasmic passage-cells. These cells with their thin walls and cytoplasm and nutritive contents must be regarded as attractive centres for the invading hyphae. Some passage-cells contain numerous straight hyphae which pass directly into the cortex within. They do not coil in the passage-cells or in the smaller cortical cells immediately beneath the exodermis. The next important fact in regard to this fungus is that the young infecting hypha enters a cortical cell and grows towards the nucleus of the cell. Groom (1895) in his work on Thismia has pointed out that this tendeney of growth may be due to mechanical reasons, because the cell-currents converge upon the nucleus, or to a chemotropic attraction emanating from the nucleus. It is not probable that the rheotropic effect of cell-currents towards the nucleus is great enough to influence the direction of growth of the hyphae. The work of Miyoshi on the chemotropie effect of chemical solutions upon the growth of fungal hyphae, rather suggests that the growth of hyphae in a _ host-cell containing organic compounds of different kinds may be chemotropic. Moreover it is he- lieved by “physiologists that the nucleus is an active agent in the regulation of the chemical processes accomplished in plant cells, and that around the nucleus there is probably a greater concentration of nutritive or chemotropic substances. The more highly nourished condition of the hyphae and the greater density of their cytoplasm, after a sojourn in relation to the nucleus and its surrounding cytoplasm, seem to support the view of active absorption of nutritive sub- stances by the fungus. The infecting hypha grows into the closest contact with the nucleus, and branches and coils in contact with it. The nuclear mem- brane is frequently pushed inwards by the growing hyphae. In uninfected cells of Dipodiwm there is an aggregation of small spherical starch grains around the nucleus of the cell. The oceurrence of such a quantity of starch around the nucleus suggests vigorous chemical changes; sugar is pro- bably present in quantity, and this substance is known to attract fungal hyphae chemotropically, and is an important nutritive substance for a fungus. When such a cell becomes infected by the fungus, the starch grains gradually disappear from the cell, and always from the nuclear cytoplasmic sheath first. The dis- appearance of starch suggests a process of solution which may be due to enzymes produced by the fungus or by the host-cells, but at any rate stimulated by the presence of the fungus. The disappearance of the starch from the lhost- cell, and the more dense appearance of the hyphae, suggests absorption by the fungus, and the probable synthesis of proteid or protoplasm in the hyphae. During this phase of the mycorhizic fungus, it is evidently parasitic. be- 306 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1., having like the mycelium of an ordinary fungal parasite, depriving the host- cell of certain nutritive substances. The early coiling of the hyphae around and in contact with the nucleus of a cell, the absence of the fungus from raphide-cells, and from the active meris- tematic region of the root tend to confirm the hypothesis that the growth of the fungus from e¢ell to cell and towards the cell-nucleus is controlled by chemo- tropic substances in the cells, and particularly in the region of the nucleus. The absence of the fungus from the meristematic zone may be explained by the fact that the chemotropie substance or substances which accumulate in the cortical cells (essentially a storage zone in orchid roots) are not allowed to do so in cells which are actively dividing or growing. The substances are consumed in the process of cell-division and cell-growth, in the production of new cell-walls, new protoplasm, in the provision of energy, ete., as fast as it is received from the storage cells. In the case of the raphide-cells it is probably the excess of oxalic acid which inhibits the infection of the cell by repelling the fungal hyphae. After a period of active nutrition, when the fungal hyphae absorb from the host-cell (probably the chemotropie substance—sugar*) and inerease their protoplasm or proteid as indicated by the densely-staining granular contents of the hyphae, they become gradually disorganised. No hyphal structure can be seen in the disintegrating mass; certain free hyphae around the periphery of this mass and passing’ out from it spread into neighbouring cells (Text-figs. 3, 26) as if to avoid destruction also. A few starch grains appear in the cell-cytoplasm, but most of the carbohydrate which is liberated during the disorganization and digestion of the fungal hyphae is probably conducted directly to the flowering axis. At any rate it does not appear in the same quantity as exists in normal uninfected cells. The migration of the free peripheral hyphae from the dis- organizing central mass is probably due to the greater chemotropism of the contents of neighbouring uninfected cells. For the attraction of a fungal hypha there is a definite optimum concentration of a chemical substance, and Miyoshi (1894) has proved that hyphae will always tend to grow towards the solution ’ which approaches most nearly to the optimum concentration. The progressive development of the hyphae from the periphery of the root towards the cortical cells, and from one cortical cell to another, may be explained on the assumption that the chemotropie substance required by and attracting the fungus increases towards the inner tissues. In previous studies on mycorhiza, very few facts have been ascertained in regard to the reciprocal interchange of nutritive substances between the host-cells and the endophytic fungus. Several hypotheses have been put forward to ex- plain the significance of both endophytie and exophytie mycorhiza. It seems to me that each ease of endophytic mycorhiza in a plant or group of related plants may have its own peculiarities, which can only be revealed in a close study. Frank gives different interpretations of ectotrophic and endotrophie mycorhiza —the ectotrophie fungus assimilates, partly for the benefit of the host, humus constituents; while the endotrophie fungus is an organism captured by the host. There are probably numerous eases of such physiological relations between the *Sections of fresh material were mounted in a few drops of the following solution:—2 grams phenylhydrazine, with 2c.c. of 50% glacial acetic acid and 10c.c. of HzO, which had been shaken till clear. They were then warmed for an hour in a bath at a temperature of 100°C. Fine yellowish crystals separated out in cells free from the fungus, and a few in the infected cells. The starch is con- verted into sugar, which is precipitated by the above solution as a phenylhydrazone. BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 307 higher plant and the fungus, but in regard to endophytic mycorhiza especially, it would appear that in certain cases the cytoplasmic contents of the host-cells are destroyed, while in others the fungus suffers destruction. In Dipodiwm I have shown that the fungus absorbs nutritive substances from the cortical] cells of the host which it invades, and the protoplasm or proteid of the fungal hyphae increases at the expense of starch which disappears from the infected host- cells. The adjacent uninfected cells of the host contain starch even after its disappearance from the infected cells. The starch reappears in smaller quantity after the destruction of the hyphae. As the starch disappears the proteid and protoplasmic contents of the hyphae increase, hence the carbohydrate of the host-cell would appear to be used in the synthesis of nitrogenous food in the mycelium. The nitrogen for this process is probably derived from the soil by the hyphae which occur on the surface of the roots, and which are connected with the hyphae in the cells of the cortex of the host. Thus far there has been a gain in nitrogenous food by the fungus at the expense of the carbohydrate of the host-cells. After a time the hyphae disorganise, their contents are digested, the walls are dissolved, the nucleus of the host-cell enlarges, the chromatin stains more deeply, the nucleolus grows, starch reappears in the cell (in smaller quan- tities however); there is finally an excretion of yellowish highly-refractive drops of waste matter in the cell. From these series of changes the inference is that the nutritive exchange on this occasion is from the fungus to the host-cell; the fungus is destroyed, probably by the agency of enzymes secreted by the host- cytoplasm. The host-cell gains in nitrogenous food—in proteid which has been synthesised by the cytoplasm of the fungus. It seems that in Dipodiwm the preponderance of the physiological advantage of the mycorhizie association rests with the higher plant. Much of the fungus becomes digested in the host-cells, but the cortex always contains cells with the fungus in all stages of -development. The mycelium is never extinguished, and it is always connected to the superficial mycelia through the passage-cells. In Dipodium it seems that the fungal hyphae forming the myeorhiza are indispensable to the host for, while the surface of the root may be capable of absorbing soil constituents, e.g., water, salts, organic substances, yet the absence of root-hairs, and the consequent small absorbing surface points to its ineffective- ness as an absorbing organ. The host-plant, being devoid of chlorophyll, is incapable of photosynthesis; being devoid of root-hairs it is dependent upon the fungus for its supplies of H20, C, N, ete. The humus of the soil in which Dipodium grows contains carbonaceous and nitrogenous matter, and the host-plant derives these through the agency of the mycelium. Acton (1889) has demonstrated that carbohydrates and extract of humus, ete., may be absorbed by the roots of ordinary green flowering plants and assimilated. It is likewise probable that non-chlorophylliferous flowering plants, may absorb similar organic substances, and supply themselves with carbohydrates. In Dipodium the fungus could, therefore, obtain for the higher plant the car- bonaceous constituents of the humus from which the starch would be manufac- tured, and the less-oxygenated nitrogenous constituents of humus which would be built up with the starch into proteid by the fungus, this proteid subsequently being absorbed by the host-cytoplasm during the digestion of the endophyte. The appearance of starch grains during the digestion of the fungus may be due to the breaking up of the proteid into carbohydrate and nitrogenous com- pounds of less complexity, or to the synthesis of starch by the host-cell directly from the carbonaceous substances derived by the fungus from the humus. 308 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. 1., The next problem to be solved is why does the fungus enter the root of this saprophyte? The mycelium of the fungus occurs in the soil and in tangles on the surface of the root; hyphae from these tangles enter as far as the cortex of the root. This penetration is probably the result of chemotropism; the hyphae penetrate more deeply into the root tissues because of the directive attraction of substances in the cells. These substances must be present in greater quantity in the root than in the soil. The substance concerned in this case is probably sugar (or starch), which I have already indicated is present in the host-cells and dis- appears after infection. The starch present cannot be the product of photo- synthesis; it is probably manufactured by the host-cells from carbonaceous substances absorbed from the humus by the mycelium of the fungus in some other infected part of the root. The starch (or sugar) could be formed in uninfected cells from materials carried by the mycelium to neighbouring infected cells. At any rate it seems to me that in Angiospermic holosaprophytes, the fungus is of the greatest possible significance to the higher plant, and that the latter is dependent upon the fungus for its nitrogenous, and probably for its carbonaceous needs. Groom (1895) expresses the opinion that many of the hyphae passing through the sheath are deserting the host, not entering it. This is no doubt true in many eases of the endophytic mycorhiza, the hyphae leaving the host being derived from hyphae which enter a different part of the root; they are probably leaving the host in order to establish another communication between the soil and the endophytic hyphae, and not to act as haustoria for the supply of food to the more superficial hyphae. Groom also believes that many of these hyphae are deserting the host to form spores in the superficial root-cells, especially when they die. . I have seen spore-like bodies in the sheath-cells and outer cortex of Dipodium, and from my observations I have formed the opinion that many hyphae pass outwards from the central cortex into more superficial cells for re- production (Text-fig. 26). Is myeorhiza a highly developed and specialised community beneficial to ’ both symbionts, or is the fungus simply a parasite which the host is constantly striving to suppress? These questions seem capable of different answers in different organisms. The entrance of an endophytic fungus into the cells of a host, is largely a matter of chemotropic stimulation; the host-cells contain some- thing which offers a stronger attraction than the medium of the fungus, hence, at first, the endophytic fungus was probably a parasite, absorbing from the host something which it contained in greater abundance than the soil. The entrance of a fungus into a cell produces a reaction in the host’s protoplasm, tending to retard or suppress the parasite. This reaction may have led to the exchange of something between fungus and host-protoplasm, e.g., proteid or nitrogenous matter, and the gradual establishment of a physiological equilibrium between host and endophyte. Gradually therefore, from the condition of pure parasitism, the fungus came to live in symbiotic association with the host-cell, each giving a certain benefit to the other. We know that fungi require carbonaceous foods, and that they are able to obtain readily from humus-soil the poorly oxygenated nitrogen compounds; it seems reasonable therefore to assume that the fungus gives nitrogenous compounds in return for carbonaceous food (starch or sugar) which is obtained more readily from the host than from the soil. From this harmonious relationship we pass to the next phase which is shown in Dipodium, namely, the disorganization and digestion of the fungus in certain host-eells, and the yielding of all its proteid to the host-cell. In this case it ap- BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 309 pears that the host nourishes and nurtures the fungus for a time and then destroys part of it as its own requirements for proteid must be met. Much the same relation between host and fungus must subsist in lichens; the algae are permitted to multiply, to supply the carbonaecous food of the fungus, but some individuals are being constantly destroyed by the fungus. In Dipodium the host is the destroyer of the fungus, and in such a case, Frank’s view that endophytic mycorhiza is simply fungus-trap (Pilzfalle) and that the host is a fungus- digesting plant is largely correct. In this study of the nutritive relation between Dipodium and its endophytic fungus, I am of the opinion that the fungus supplies the host with water, mineral substances, and organic compounds from the humus; from these the host obtains the ash constituents, and manufactures the starch which is seen in the cells of the cortex and pith of the host. The nitrogen which occurs in humus in a poorly oxygenated condition, is also absorbed by the fungus, and converted into proteid which is assimilated by the host-cells during the digestion of the fungus. The fungus at first obtains larger and more suitable supplies of carbonaceous food from the host for growth and the synthesis of proteid. The myeorhiza of Dipodium, and probably of many other holosaprophytie Angiosperms, is indispensable to the higher plant. Summary. Dipodium punctatum is a holosaprophytice orchid which grows in the humus under Euealypts. It is not parasitic upon roots as is stated in Moore and Betche (Flora of New South Wales). It is non-chlorophylliferous, the leaves being re- duced to small protective scales on the flowering axis. The cortex of the root contains an endophytic fungus which forms close coils in the cytoplasm and in the vicinity of the nucleus. f The fungus enters the cortex through the passage cells in the exodermis. It penetrates the cortical cells and grows towards the nucleus where it branches and coils. Starch is present in the uninfected host-cells, but disappears soon after the penetration of the fungus. The protoplasmic contents of the hyphae stain more deeply with methyl violet; they become more granular and less vacuolated. The nucleus of the host-cell shifts its position from time to time, but many hyphae maintain close contact with it. Its membrane is frequently pushed in- wards and it may assume a peculiar shape. The central hyphae gradually become disorganised, all structure disappear- ing. The nucleus of the host-cell enlarges; its nucleolus and chromatin stain more deeply. The nucleolus also increases in size. When the hyphae are completely digested, droplets of a yellowish waste matter remain. Certain of the hyphae on the periphery of the cell and the disintegrating mass grow into neighbouring cells if these are not already in- fected. No sporangioles, bladders or vesicles develop upon the hyphae as in Thismia. The fungus does not enter raphide-cells or the meristematic zone of the root. The penetration of the hyphae from cell to cell, and from the soil into the root is probably the result of a chemotropie stimulation due to the presence of a nutritive substance such as sugar in the host-cells. The growth of the hyphae towards the nucleus is probably the result of the greater concentration of this substance around the nucleus. 310 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. i.. The fungus obtains carbohydrate from the host-cell; when it is disorganized the host-cell receives proteid. The absence of root-hairs and the lack of chloro- phyll seem to suggest that the host receives all its requirements from the fungus —directly or _indirectly—H20, ash constituents, and carbonaceous substances from the humus which are synthesised directly by the host into carbohydrates; nitrogen indirectly in the form of proteid from the fungus. In Dipodium the “symbiotic saprophytism” has practically become a case of the higher plant being parasitic upon the endophyte. I desire to record my very sincere thanks to Professor A. A. Lawson, in whose laboratory this work was conducted, for his helpful suggestions, advice and kindly criticism. Literature. Acton, 1889.—The Assimilation of Carbon by Green Plants from certain organic compounds. Proc. Roy. Soc., xlvi., p. 118. Beccari, O., 1871—Petrosavia. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital., i., pp. 7—11. FRANK, 1892.—Lehrbuch der Botanik. Groom, 1895.—On Thismia Aseroe (Beceari) and its Mycorhiza. Ann. Botany, 1x., pp. 327 et seq. ——, 1895a.—On a New Saprophytic Monocotyledon. Ann. Bot., ix., pp.45—56. JANSE, J. M., 1897.—Les Endophytes radicaux de quelques plantes javanaises. Ann. Jard. de Buit., xiv. Jost, Plant Physiology. Eng. Transl. pp. 240—243. Lang, 1899.—The Prothallus of Lycopodium clavatum, L.Ann. Bot., xili., pp. 291—296. Lawson, A. A., 1917—The Prothallus of Tmesipteris Tannensis. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., li. Part i1., pp. 787—790. —, 1918—The Gametophyte Generation of the Psilotaceae. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., lii., Part i., p. 102. ; Maenus, P., 1900.—Studien un der endotropen Mycorthiza yon Neottia Nidus avis. Jahrb, f. wiss. Bot., 35, 205. Manein, 1898.—Sur la structure des Mycorhizis. Compt. Rend., 126, p. 978. MarsHatt Warp, 1899.—Symbiosis. Ann. Bot., xi., 549—561. McDoueatu, 1898.—Saprophytism. Plant World, 2, p. 23. McDoveatt, 1899.—Symbiotic Saprophytism. Ann. Bot., xii., pp. 1—46. Mryosut, 1894—Uber Chemotropismus der Pilze. Bot. Zeit. 1894. Moore and Bercue, 1893.—Flora of New South Wales. Nosss, F., and Hitwer, L., 1899.—Landw. Versuchsstat., Berlin, 51, p. 241; and 52, 455. Surpata, K., 1902.—Cytologische Studien tiber die endotrophen Mykorrhizen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot., 37, 643—684. Spratt, E. R., 1912.—The formation and physiological significance of the root- nodules in the Podocarpineae. Ann. Bot., xxvi., p. 801. SraHu, 1900.—Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot., 34, 539. Trevs, 1886.—Etudes sur les Lycopodiacées. Ann. Jard. de Buit., 5. WaneuicH, 1885.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orchideen.—Wurzelpilze. Bot. Zeit., 44. Weiss, 1904.—A Mycorhiza from the Lower Coal Measures. Ann. Bot., xviii. 255—264. 311 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD. By Vera Irwin Smitu, B.Se., F.L.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Seventeen Text-figures. ) [Read 30th August, 1922.'] Two specimens of a nematode, remarkable for the possession of an asym- metrical row of spines down one side, are included in Dr. J. B. Cleland’s collec- tion of helminths from Australian reptiles. They were preserved in 70% alcohol, in a phial with one specimen of a Physaloptera sp., and one Oxyurid, all taken from the alimentary tract of a small lizard, the enclosed label bearing the in- seription “Nematodes from lizard (Hinulia) No. 2, alimentary canal. Flinders Ts. 25/11/12. Dr. J. B. C.” In general appearance these worms are very like Physaloptera and, at first, they were taken to be identical with the small Physaloptera sp. found with them. A closer examination revealed the spine row, and proved the distinctive character of the specimens. A cuticular ornamentation of spines is rare in reptilian nematodes, and the asymmetrical position of the row in this case gives an added interest and signi- ficance to the new form. So far as I am aware, nothing of the same kind has been described before. The nearest approach to it is found in the original deseriptions of Rictularia cristata Froelich, the type species of a genus which has been recorded only from mammals, and the new nematode has been assigned, provisionally, to this genus, although it does not conform to the generic diagnosis as given by recent writers, Jagerskiold (1909) and Hall (1914). The discre- pancies noted can be discussed better after the description of the new species, when its relationships and systematic position will be considered. Unfortunately the only two specimens available are both females, so that the specific characters of the male can not be determined. There is also some doubt about the exact structure of the mouth parts in the two females examined, which are very small and not in good condition. Under the circumstances, it does not seem advisable to propose a new genus for the species at present, though this may be necessary when fuller information is obtainable. RICTULARIA DISPARILIS, n.sp. Male unknown. Female 7.9 to 8.7 mm. long. Colour whitish when preserved in alcohol, original colour not noted. Body slender, delicate, thickest in the posterior third, 312 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD, attenuating towards the anterior (Text-fig. 1). Maximum diameter 320 ,, diminish- ing to 64, at the base of the lps. Tail short, straight, and conical, with a mucronate tip; anus 112, from the extremity; caudal pores 55» distant from it (Text-fig. 17). Diameter of body at anus 128. Details of the structure of the mouth and buccal cavity are not very clear in the two whole preparations, and the limited amount of the material prevents any other mode of examination. The mouth is in the form of a transverse cleft, which lies only very slightly, if 1. Female (x 7.5); 2. Anterior part of body, viewed from left side, showing spine ridge (sp.) (x 47.5); 3. Dorso-lateral view of anterior region (x 100); 4. Portion of spine ridge near anterior end (x 305); 5. Portion of spine ridge in region of vulva (x 190); 6. Posterior termination of spine ridge (x 100). j., junction of oesophagus and intestine; n., nerve ring; oe. oesophagus; p., post-cervical papillae; v., vulva; vag., vulva and vagina on ventral side, seen through the transparent body; y., junction of muscular and glandular oesophagus. at all, lateral of the dorso-ventral plane. ‘lhe two lips which bound it are lateral in position, and asymmetrical (Text-figs. 7-9). The right is higher than the left, and is crowned by a stout conical median tooth, similar to the external labial tooth of the genus Physaloptera. The tooth is about 5y high, and 64 wide at base, and appears to have a very small denticle on its inner face, though this could not be definitely determined. The appearance of lobes on-the inner BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 313 face of the lip, with a row of denticles along their margin, is also indefinite. The lower, left, lip does not bear a large median tooth, but appears to consist of a series of three or more fairly sharply pointed lobes, having denticles on their summits. Applied externally to each lip is a thick, hemispherical pad, on which two large papillae are visible. ‘The right lip is 13, from summit to base, the left lip 10. The buccal cavity is short and narrow. A capsular armature, if present, is not discernible. Round the base of the lips, the cuticle projects slightly, forming a narrow cephalic collarette; and; at a distance of 11 to 18 behind the collarette, there is a prominent circular ridge, with a deep groove in front of it. The oesophagus is long and slender, 1/4.9 to 1/5.3 of the total body length (Text-fig. 10). It is formed of two parts, a short muscular portion followed by a darker glandular oesophagus, the boundary between them being clearly marked. The total length of the oesophagus is 1.63 mm., the muscular oesophagus being .26 mm. long and 33 wide. The glandular oesophagus increases gradually in width posteriorly, to a maximum, of 96. Its base is rounded and the entrance to the intestine is protected by valves ('l'ext-fig. 11). The vulva is situated ventrally at about. the middle of the length of the oesophagus, .80 mm. from the anterior extremity of the body (Text-figs. 2, 10). The nerve-ring surrounds the muscular oesophagus a little behind its middle, at a distance of 185, from the anterior end, and, on a level with the nerve-ring, a pair of thorn-shaped post-cervical papillae are situated on the lateral lines (Text- fig. 3). The excretory pore opens on the mid-ventral line about 25», behind these. Extending down the left side of the body, from just behind the left post- cervical papilla, and in- the same plane with it, is a continuous, regular, wavy ridge, which bears, on the crest of each wave and therefore to right and left, alternately, of the ridge, an oblique, backwardly-directed cuticular spine (‘Text- figs. 2-6). No trace of a similar ridge, nor of any other spines exists on the right. side, or elsewhere on the body. The spines may be regarded as forming a double row, since they point alternately in opposite directions; but the double row is quite certainly asymmetrical. Except on the spine ridge, the cuticular integument is everywhere transversely striate, the striae being very fine and dense, about 2 » apart. Anteriorly, the spines begin just on a level with the junction of muscular and glandular oesophagus, about 92, behind the left post-cervical papilla and 277 w behind the anterior end of the body. Posteriorly, they extend to within 1.84 to 2 mm. of the tip of the tail. They are of the same character throughout the length of the row, having the shape of strongly curved, pointed thorns, slight- ly rugose along the erest, and standing up in low relief from the body. Being colourless and transparent, they can only be made out with difficulty when viewed against the background of the body, especially in the posterior region. Fifty- four spines are found on each side of the ridge, making a total of 108 spines in the double row. They vary a little in size, being smallest towards each end, gradually increasing to a maximum between the vulva and the posterior end of the oesophagus, i.e., from the seventh to the seventeenth pair of spines from the anterior end. Their maximum size is 48, in length, and 25, in height. At the anterior end of the row they measure 22 », in length and 7 » in height; at the fortieth pair 33 1 in length, and 18 in height. The width across the ridge, be- tween the tips of the spines on each side, varies correspondingly from 55 p at the seventh pair, in the region of the vulva, to 74», at the fifteenth pair, and 51 p 314 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD, at the fortieth pair. ‘I'he interval between the tips of consecutive spines on the same side is 77 at the beginning of the row, 125, at the seventeenth spine, 136 » at the twentieth, and 114, at the fortieth. Both the specimens examined are mature females, having uteri crammed with eges containing well-developed embryos. ‘The genital system is situated posterior to the vulva, and almost entirely on the ventral side of the body. The very i] 7. Head end viewed from the right side (x 305); 8. The same, ventral view (%'305); 9. The same, dorsolateral view (x 475); 10. Anterior part of body, viewed from right side (« 47.5); 11. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 100); 12. Terminal portion of female genital system (yx 100); 13a. Vulva, side view. 13b. Vulva, face view (x 190); 14. Egg from uterus (‘x 305); 15. Posterior part of body (sx 27); 16. Receptaculum seminis (x 100); 17. Caudal extremity of fernale (y 100). a., anus; b., the two branches of the common trunk leading to the uteri; ct., common trunk; int., intestine; oe. oesophagus; ov., ovary; ovid., oviduct; res., reservoir; r.s., receptaculum seminis; v., vulva; ves., vestibule. anterior vulva, 1/9.5 to 1/11 of the body length from the anterior end, is bounded by non-salient lips with serrated margins (Text-figs. 13a, b). It leads into a straight, backwardly-directed vestibule, with thick museulo-cuticular walls, 320 long and 30, wide (Text-fig. 12). This passes abruptly into a broader tube, 55 , wide, with walls lined by large epithelial cells, which appears to be of the nameee Se BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 315 nature of a reservoir, although only a few eggs are present in it. It is directed either straight back, or curved forward on the vestibule, and is followed by a common trunk 576 » long and 37 » wide, folded on itself and divided posteriorly into two branches which lead into the two posteriorly-directed uteri. These are distended with eggs and measure, at their maximum width, 92, "Ihey are coiled in the middle region of the body, the most anterior loop being found at .85 to 1.52 mm. from the anterior extremity of the body, and the most posterior at 2 mm. from the posterior extremity. Hach uterus terminates in a slight en- largement, dark in colour, the receptaculum seminis, which leads without abrupt transition into the oviduct (Text-fig. 16). The receptacula seminis are found at a distance of 1.5 mm. to 1.8 mm. from the posterior end, not far from the position of the posterior termination of the spine row (Text-fig. 15). The two ovaries are much coiled in the region between this and the anus, extending to within .35 mm. of the extremity of the body. The eggs are broadly oval, with clear, thick shells, measuring 38 » in length and 25, in transverse diameter ('T'ext-fig. 14). Host.—Hinulia sp. Location —Alimentary canal. Locality—Flinders — Is- land, Bass Strait. Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, November 25, 1912. Paratype in the Australian Museum, Sydney (Registered No. W. 923). Hinulia, a subgenus of Lygosoma, is very widely distributed throughout Aus- tralia, the commonest species about Sydney being Lygosoma (Hinulia) taeniolatum Shaw. It was probably from this species that the above-described nematodes were taken. .Two other specimens of Hinulia, species not determined, are re- presented in Dr. Cleland’s collection as hosts for nematodes, one taken at North Bay in October, 1914, the other at Flinders Island on the same date as the specimen from which the Rictularia disparilis were obtained. The only nematodes collected from them are Oxyuriidae, one female from the North Bay specimen, and four females from “Hinulia No. 5, Flinders Is.” There is, in addition, one female Oxyurid from “a small lizard, Flinders Is.,” taken at the same time as the two Hinulia. Dr. 1. H. Johnston’s catalogues of Australian reptilian Entozoa (1912 and 1916), contain records of Entozoa from three species of Hinulia, viz., taeniolatum, quoyit and tenue; but only one of these refers to a nematode, and that is a species of Physaloptera from Hinulia tenue Gray. The other lizard hosts in the Cleland collection are Varanus sp., Lialis bur- toni and Gymnodactylus platurus, and the nematodes from these all belong to the genus Physaloptera. The new form described here is, therefore, evidently rare. Apparently nothing like it has been observed before in any Australian reptile, the only nematodes listed in the catalogues being all species of the four genera Ascaris, Strongylus, Filaria, and Physaloptera. Among birds, one nematode with a cuticular ornamentation of spines has been recorded in Australia. !Ihis was found in a sea-bird, Daption capensis (Cape Petrel), and was listed by Dr. T. H. Johnston as Rictularia shipleyi Stoss. (1912). However, Dr. Johnston adds the explanatory note—“This record is based upon material collected near Sydney by Mr. L. Harrison. His description of the parasite satisfies me that the worm was Rictularia, and most probably R. shipley?. Unfortunately, the nematodes have been mislaid, and.1 am therefore, at present, unable to confirm the specific identity” (1912, p. 106). The species referred to was described originally by Stossich as Gnathostoma shipleyi (from the great 316 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD, albatross, Diomedea exulans), and has recently been raised to a new genus, Seu- ratia, by Skrjabin (1916). He places it in the family Acuariidae, subfamily Acuariinae, and points out that it is identical with the species described by Lin- stow as Rictularia paradoxa and by Seurat as Acuaria plelagica. The spines in the new form, from the lizard, differ entirely in character and arrangement from those described for the genus Sewratia; and, im the general structure of the body, it presents closer affinities with the Physalopterinae than with the Acuarlinae. It agrees with the genera Physaloptera and Rictularia in the structure of the oesophagus, the position of the nerve-ring, post-cervical papillae and excretory pore, the anterior situation of the vulva, the conformation of the various parts of the female genital system, and the eggs containing well developed embryo when oviposited. The cephalic collarette, though poorly developed, and the lateral lips, especially the right lip with its median tooth, recall those of Physaloptera. But the asymmetrical character of the lips, and the presence of a cuticular ornamentation of spines on the body separate it from Physaloptera. The deep groove and ridge dividing the head end from the rest of the body suggest affinities with Gnathostoma, but the anterior end of the body is not swollen, and the spines are quite differently arranged, while the vulva is situated very anteriorly, istead of behind the middle of the body as it is in the Gnathostomidae. As already noted, Rictularia disparilis agrees with the descriptions given by Froelich and Dujardin of the type species of the genus, R. cristata, in having a single row of spines, of uniform character, set close together and situated asym- metrically on one side of the body; it differs, however, in the continuity and length of the row, which is not confined to the region in front of the vulva, as described for R. cristata. Modern writers have doubted the correctness of the accounts given by Froelich and Dujardin, although Dujardin specially emphasises the statement “une rangée non symmétrique.” All the other species assigned to the genus have two rows of combs and spines, one down each side of the body, with a distinct difference between anterior combs and posterior spines. Hall (1914, 1916) concludes that the original descriptions of the type species are based on imperfect observation, and that R. cristata had really two latero-ventral rows of spines, of which only the upper and nearer row was seen. Accordingly, Jagerskiold (1909) and Hall (1914), in their generic diagnoses, include “two latero-ventral rows of comb or spine-like structures.” But they point out that if Froelich’s description should be confirmed, the generie diagnosis would need re- vision, and it would be necessary to establish a new genus for all the other species at present assigned to the genus. ; Although Froelich’s species was taken from a rodent, and the other species found in rodents, as well as in carnivores, possess two spine rows, the discovery of this new form from a lizard, which undoubtedly has only a single asym- metrical row, suggests the possibility that Froelich’s and Dujardin’s observations may have been correct. Rictularia disparilis, however, differs from the other species included in the genus in another important character, namely, the structure of the buccal cavity and the position of its aperture. It has been assumed that in Froelich’s species the aperture is dorsal, as it is in the other species described. Accordingly, the diagnosis of the genus given by Hall defines the mouth opening as “more or less distinctly dorsal, and with its base armed with teeth and spines.” In R. disparilis, owing to the asym- ee BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 317 metry of the lips, the mouth is not quite terminal in position; but as the lips are lateral, and the lower lip is on the left side, the opening is towards the side instead of dorsal. A close study of Froelich’s figures and Dujardin’s description suggests that this is also the case in R. cristata. Dujardin himself shows some doubt and confusion about the position of the mouth, and queries his own state- ment in regard to it. His confusion is evidently due to his assumption that the spine row is dorsal, and the vulva to one side of it, “située latéralement, ou presque a la face dorsale (?).” The lips, then, which are lateral in relation to the vulva, are taken to be dorsal and ventral in position. But it is probable that the vulva was in the normal, ventral position and, in that case, the spine row and the lips would occupy the same relative positions to it as they do in R. dis parilis. Dujardin does not mention any elaborate buccal armature at the base of the capsule, such as is present in the more recently described species, and nothing of the kind has been observed in R. disparilis. It is unfortunate that the material available does not permit of a clear determination of all the details of the mouth structure. But the relationship to Physaloptera is evident, and it seems probable that Rictularia disparilis and, perhaps, R. cristata represent transition forms be- tween the simple Physaloptera type and the more highly specialised types of Ric- tularia with well developed, armed buccal capsule and two or three rows of spines down the body. Its suggested systematic position would, therefore, be Superfamily Spiruroidea Railliet and Henry, 1915. Family Acuariidae Seurat, 1913. Subfamily Physalopterinae Seurat, 1913. Genus Rictularia Froelich, 1802. Literature. Dugarpin, F., 1845.—Histoire naturelle des helminthes ou vers intestinaux. Paris (Gnathostoma, p. 287; Rictularia, pp. 280-281). Hawi, M. C., 1914——A new nematode, Rictularia splendida, from the coyote, with notes on other coyote parasites. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 46, No. 2012, pp. 73-84, 6 figs. , 1916.—Nematode parasites of mammals of the orders Rodentia, Lago- morpha, and Hyracoidea. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 50, No. 2131. (Rictularia, pp. 168-175). Irwin-Smitn, V., 1921—Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to those parasitic in reptiles. These Proceed- ings, xlvi., pp. 492-502. JAGERSKIOLD, L. A., 1909.—Nematoden aus Agypten und dem Sudan. Rictularia und Dichelyne. Results Swedish Zool. Exped. Egypt and the White Nile, 1901, pt. 3, 25, pp. 1-66, 4 Pls. 23 text-figs. Jounston, T. H., 1912.—Internal Parasites Recorded from Australian Birds. The Emu, xii., 2, pp. 105-112. , 1912b.—A census of the Australian reptilian Entozoa. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii., pp. 234-249. , 1916—A census of the Endoparasites recorded as oceurring in Queensland, jarranged ‘under their hosts. Proc. Roy. Soe. Q’land, xxviil., pp. 31-79. (Reptilia, pp. 56-59) . Surat, L. G., 1915.—Sur les Rictulaires des Carnivores du Nord-africain et les affinités du genre Rictularia. Comp. Rend. Soc. Biol., 78, No. 11, pp. 318-322, 3 text-figs. 318 A NEW NEMATODE PARASITE OF A LIZARD, Stings and Hassauu, 1920.—Index Catalogue of Medical and Veterinary Zoology. Roundworms. U.S. Pub. Health Service, Hygienic Lab., Bull. 114. (Rictularia, pp. 668-669). Sxrgapin, K. J., 1916—Seuratia n.g., nouveau genre de Nematodes d’oiseaux. C. R. Soc. Biol., 79, pp. 971-973. Surptey, A. E., 1900.—A deseription of the Entozoa collected by Dr. Willey dur- ing his Sojourn In the Western Pacific. Willey’s Zool. Re- sults, Pt. v., pp. 561-562. Postscript, added 4th September, 1922—While this paper was in the press, further information obtained from Professor Cleland indicates that the host was Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauzii, of which two specimens were examined. 319 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS. Il. Tur Apocrorropic Roors OF MAcROzAMIA SPIRALIS AND THEIR PHYSIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE. By Joun McLucxiz, M.A., D.Se., Lecturer in Plant Physiology, University of Sydney. [Read 26th July, 1922.] Introduction. Since Reinke (1872) published his account of the coral-like roots of Cycas revoluta, considerable interest has been taken in these peculiar structures. Reinke described an endophytic Anabaena associated with the root- tissues of Cycas revoluta. Schneider (1890) also studied these peculiar roots, which he called “tubercles.” He described the association of the Algae and Bacteria with the root-tissues as a mutualistic symbiosis. Life (1901) made a further study, of the tubercle-like roots of Cycas revoluta, and came to the con- clusion that the dichotomy of the roots is apparent, not real, as a part of the original meristem remains after the meristems of the two branches have been definitely established. This residual meristem, however, does not function fur- ther, and soon disappears, so that the older bifurcated roots show what appears to be a true dichotomy. He isolated on agar cultures, three bacteria from these tubercles. Hyphae of a fungus not identified were observed. A Nostoc-like Alga was also observed in a definite “Algal zone.” The tubercular-roots of Cycas revoluta do not possess a true root-cap but, instead, “a sheath of several cell layers extends over the tip, and envelops the entire tubercle as an outer cortex.’ Numerous lenticels were observed on the tubercles, and Life concluded that the tubercles of Cycads have at least two functions, namely aeration and assisting in nitrogen fixation. Zach (1910), in a later study of the roots, concluded that the fungus pre- sent is not a symbiont, but a parasite against which the cell reacts as a phagocyte. Bottomley (1909) isolated and grew the nitrogen-fixing organisms, Pseu- domonas radicicola and Azotobacter from Cyeas tubercles. It therefore appears certain that, in Cycas at any rate, the root tubercles, by virtue of the bacterial organisms present in them, are capable of nitrogen fixation. Observations on Macrozamia spiralis. The investigations outlined above deal only with the tubercles of Cycas, but although tubercles* of a somewhat similar form occur on Macrozamia spiralis, I am not aware of this fact having been previously recorded. The *T have used the term “tubercle” to signify the apogeotropic roots. 320 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, ii., tubercles or apogeotropic roots of this genus first came under my notice several years ago when examining seedlings of various stages collected at Woy Woy, N.S.W., in the midst of a dense formation of Macrozamia growing on a sandy soil. Since then seedlings raised in pots of sandy soil in the Botanical Garden of the University of Sydney, and even in glass-stoppered jars, have frequently developed similar tubercles. Text-fig. la—Young seedling of Macrozamia spiralis showing seed (s), hypocotyl (h), first leaf (1), tap-root (t.r.), and tubercles (T) just above soil level. Note that these root-tubercles are negatively geotropic. (x 2/3). Text-fig. lb—Single tubercle of Macrozamia showing loose papillose surface (s) of the upper part of root. (x 2/8). Text-fig. 2—Older seedling of Macrozamia showing main tap-root (t.r.), four tubercle roots (T), normal secondary roots (s.r.), bases of two leaves (1), hypocotyl (h) and seed. (x 2/3). Text-fig. 3—Seedling of Macrozamia showing tubercles (T), developed as the result of inoculating the tap-root (t.r.), and the secondary roots (s.r.) with a pure culture of Macrozamia- bacteria. In each case the root tubercles develop close to the point of inoculation. (x 2/3). The tubercles are not of universal occurrence on seedlings; in some cases many tubercles are developed, in others none at all, while in the great majority of cases, the tubercles are few in number. In Macrozamia the tubercles do not form such large coral-like growths as in Cycas revoluta, but each individual ——————— BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 321 tubercle-root is perhaps slightly larger (Text-fig. 1b). The tubercles develop almost without exception upon the uppermost secondary roots in nature, and are thus close to the soil-level, or actually project above it, into the air (Text- fig. la). The tubereles are negatively geotropic. In the seedlings of Macrozamia spiralis there is developed a strong, fleshy, positively geotropic tap-root, into which the starch of the endosperm of the seed is transferred. This root later develops a thin net-like covering of cork, on the surface of which numerous bacteria and other micro-organisms may be found. Secondary roots develop from the main tap-root—those towards the apical re- gion of the root being perfectly normal—but the secondary roots formed near or at the soil-level are frequently tubercle-like in form (Text-fig. 2). It is only very occasionally that the more deeply seated secondary roots become tubercular. The root tubercles are not developed in seedlings which have been raised on sterilised soil. A number of seeds were carefully washed for two minutes in a sterilising solution of the following composition: mercuric chloride 1 gram, strong hydrochloric acid 3 ¢.c., water 200 ¢.c. They were then rinsed for a time in distilled water. Half of the seeds were placed in a pot of sandy soil (de- rived from the natural habitat of Macrozamia spiralis) which had been thoroughly sterilised by alternate heating and cooling. The soil was then watered with dis- tilled water, and the pots placed in the laboratory. The remainder of the seeds were placed in pots of sandy soil which was unsterilised. The soil was sprinkled with distilled water and pots placed with the others in the laboratory. None of the seedlings raised in the sterilised sand developed the tubercles, while approximately 70 per cent. of the seedlings in the unsterilised sand formed tubercles. The result of this experiment and the fact that under natural conditions only a proportion of the seedlings form tubercles seem to furnish quite conclusive evidence that the peculiar tubercles are developed only as the result of bacterial infection. This hypothesis, however, appears to be demonstrated by the follow- ing experiments. Seedlings growing in sterilised soil were inoculated with Macrozamia_bac- teria from a pure serum-agar culture, and watered with distilled water. Another series of seeds were thoroughly sterilised, and germinated in a large, sterilised, glass-stoppered jar; the main tap-root was inoculated and the seedlings replaced in the jar which contained a piece of moist cotton wool to maintain a fair humidity. In both experiments, all the seedlings developed tubercles of the usual form in from three to four weeks. The normal secondary roots of older seedlings were also inoculated, and the seedlings kept in a moist atmosphere in a jar. In about a month from the time of inoculation tubercles developed upon them (Text-fig. 3). At first the tubercles were plagiogeotropic, but later became negatively geotropic. The roots frequently remain unbranched, but others branch dicho- tomously. In a transverse section (Text-fig. 4) of the root-tubercles there is a central diarch stele composed of alternating xylem and phloem groups, surrounded by pericycle and an endodermis whose radial walls are clearly defined by Karsparé strips. Surrounding the stele there is a very extensive cortex, of more or less rounded, thin-walled cells with fairly considerable intercellular spaces and con- taining protoplasm, a large nucleus, many small rounded starch grains, and in 322 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, il., many cases numerous bacteria. There is no definite algal zone as in Cycas revoluta roots, although sometimes small unicellular algae occur amongst the superficial cells of the root. Surrounding the cortex there is a very distinct sheath of large, thin-walled, practically papillate, and radially elongated cells, with inter-cellular spaces. The outermost cells of this sheath, especially along that part of the root surface which has developed through soil particles, are Text-fig. 4—Transverse section of tubercle showing diarch stele, endo- dermis, cortex (c), and sheath (s). (x 50). Text-fig. 5—A portion of the sheath (s), many of the cells of which ~ have a nucleus, starch grains (s.g.) and bacteria (b). A small group of unicellular algae (A) is seen in the outer sheath-cells. |The small cells at the base of the sheath are meristematic (m). (x 265). frequently crushed, more or less disorganised and devoid of protoplasmic con- tents. The inner cells of the sheath contain a peripheral film of cytoplasm, a nucleus and generally several small starch grains. Bacteria frequently occur on the surface of the sheath and inside certain of the sheath-cells (Text-fig. 5, b). There is no typical cork formed on the tubercle of Macrozamia. In a longitudinal section (Text-fig. 6) it will be seen that the sheath ex- tends completely round the tip of the root, and forms a definite and persistent root-cap, somewhat different in structure from the cap of a normal root. The papillate sheath-cells at the actual tip of the root are generally very regular in form and arrangement, and have not suffered from pressure. Beneath this sheath, at the apex, there is developed a very massive meristem, the cells of which are small, and contain very granular cytoplasm, a large nucleus, and several starch grains. The calyptrogen and dermatogen are not defined as in the normal root. The periblem and plerome merge into the primordial mass at the apex. The meristematic cells are absolutely free of bacteria, although cortical cells and sheath-cells near by contain these organisms. | — BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 323 The intercellular space-system of these tubercles is extensive and com- municates with the atmosphere through the loosely arranged sheath-eells. Lenti- eels, which Life (1901) has deseribed in Cycas revoluta, are not developed on the tubercles of Macrozamia spiralis. -Nevertheless, gaseous exchange between the atmosphere and the cortical tissues of the tubercles is provided for by the very effective intercellular space system of sheath and cortex. In sections of fresh material mounted in water, a considerable amount of air is present in the spaces. These tubercles differ from normal secondary roots in certain respects. In the former, the tip is rounded, not conical, while the “root-cap” appears as a persistent, continuous sheath of radially elongated, and somewhat papillate cells. Life observed a similar sheath in Cycas revoluta and regarded it as an outer cortex. Morphologically the sheath in Macrozamia appears to be analogous to the velamen of the aerial roots of some orchids, and notwithstanding the fact that the calyptrogen and dermatogen cannot be clearly defined as distinctive cell-layers, the evidence supports the view that this sheath is the root-cap which, however, has been considerably transformed and disturbed, like the meristem itself by incursions of bacterial organisms. The bacteria which occur in the tissues of these tubercle-roots are no doubt soil-forms which enter through some rupture in the main root where a secondary ra e, Soy S:] : Kk if 06 ¢ Hh : ot t? ase (eH oe +} Sn en. Text-fig. 6—A longitudinal section of a dichotomously branched tubercle showing sheath (s), cortex (c), plerome (p), and a mass of meristematic cells (m). (x 40). Text-fig. 7—The bacteria of Macrozamia tubercles isolated and grown upon a serum-agar medium. (x 1000). root is growing out, or which gain access to the primary root from the groove in the hypocotyl. Unless infection takes place, the secondary roots show normal development. 324 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, i1., In Macrozamia deeply seated secondary roots are generally not infected, and develop in the normal way. From this fact, it would appear that the bac- teria which cause infection are most abundant in the upper strata of the soil, where they have access to greater supplies of oxygen. If the surface of the main tap-root and of a tubercle-root be gently scraped on to a slide, and the serap- ings mounted in water, examination will reveal the presence of numerous bac- teria. Many of these bacteria gain access to the tissues of the main root and of the upper secondary roots and develop pathogenically. There seems no doubt that the peculiar form of these tubercles is a pathological effect of bacterial stimulation. The root-tissues are not injured in any way, but there is a greater development of the root-sheath (root-cap) which is permanent, since the tubercles grow into the air, and a more extensive formation of cortical tissue. In both sheath and cortex the cells are considerably enlarged as compared with the cor- responding tissues of a normal secondary root, while the intercellular spaces are also more extensive. This structure obviously lends itself to efficient aeration, and suggests the probability that the bacteria are aerobic. This assumption is supported by experimental evidence for, when transferred to a water-drop on a slide, the bacteria generally arrange themselves round the edge of the cover-slip. When placed in a water-drop containing a Spirogyra thread, which is illuminated strongly from the mirror of the microscope through a small diaphragm, they mass in the vicinity of the illuminated spot. It would seem, therefore, that one function of the tubercle is aeration; but the structure is developed for the benefit, principally, of the bacteria in the cortical cells, although no doubt, the tap-root derives some benefit in this respect; that the aeration of the primary tap-root ot Macrozamia by the tubercles is a subsidiary function; the aeration of the pathogenic bacteria, the primary function, is supported by the fact that many tap-roots do not develop tubercles. The presence of the bacteria, therefore, produces certain definite effects upon the development of the tubercle, namely, (1) the production of a more extensive sheath and cortex, (2) the enlargement of the sheath and cortical cells, (3) the production of a more extensive system of intercellular spaces for aeration, (4) the disappearance of starch from the infected cells, and (5) the production of a more active meristem which however is free from bacterial infection—Text-fig. 14 shows these meristem cells with starch and no bacteria. The absence of bacteria from actively dividing cells of the tubercles of Macrozamia recalls the parallel case of Dipodium punctatum roots in which the mycorhizic fungus is not present in the meristematic zone. Cultures of bacteria were made by placing small fragments of the cortex of a tubercle on sterilised serum-agar, on sterilised turnip jelly, and on a sterilised jelly made from the mashed tap-root of Macrozamia, in test tubes. The cultures were developed at ordinary laboratory temperature and at 26° C. in an in- cubator. In the course of a few days a fairly vigorous growth of bacteria had taken place. The colonies were ovoid to cireular, raised, shining, and from 1 mm. to 2 mm. in diameter. From these cultures, others were made with the platinum needle, on similar sterilised media, and in a liquid nutritive medium composed of Cane sugar 1 gram, K. phosphate 1 gram, Am. sulphate 1 gram, CaCO3 .5 gram, Distilled water 1000 c.e. The bacteria were examined, and two forms were always present, namely a rod-like bacillus form, and a small spherical coceus form (Text-fig. 7). Both forms were motile; this motility was apparent even in the cells of the tubercles. Transverse and longitudinal sections of the tubercles were cut by microtome, and eo BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 325 stained with (a) carbol-gentian violet, Lugol’s iodine and safranin, or (b) carbol- fuchsin, or (¢) in Loffler’s stain. The bacteria were clearly differentiated from the cytoplasmic ‘contents and starch grains. Text-figs. 8-12 show different groupings of the bacteria in cells of the cortex of infected roots; ; sometimes the bacteria are distributed generally throughout the cells or are aggregated at one Text-figs. 8, 9, 10, 11—Cells of cortex of tubercle with the bacteria (b) arranged in various ways. Sometimes the bacteria occur throughout the cell, at other times they are ar- ranged in zoogleal-threads which appear to pass from cell to cell. (x 465). Text-figs. 12, 13—In these figures a mass of bacteria is shown aggregated around the nucleus of the cell. (x 666). Text-fig. 14—-A group of meristematic cells containing a large nucleus (n), abundant granular cytoplasm (c), and many small spherical starch-grains. These cells have no bacteria. (x 666). end or crowded round the nucleus; at other times they form long, irregular zooglea-threads frequently continuous with corresponding threads in adjoining cells. The width of the threads varies, even in adjacent cells. These zooglea- threads are very similar to those present in leguminous nodules and in the Podo- 326 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, iL., carpineae nodules. ‘Text-fig. 13 shows a large number of bacteria round the cell nucleus. This relation of the intruder to the nucleus is very common. A very interesting observation was made in this connection. In cells free of bac- teria there is generally abundance of starch-grains, but when bacteria enter and multiply in the cell the starch-content decreases. Text-fig. 10 shows a cell filled with bacteria but devoid of starch. The nucleus and cytoplasm retain their normal structure and appearance, and I found no evidence of nuclear division in the infected cells as has been recorded by Spratt (1912) for the infected cells of the nodule of Podocarpus. I have no doubt but that the bacteria give some benefit in return. The individuals of the coceus form differ considerably in size; the smaller form is actively motile and frequently a mass of these may cause the starch-grains to move in the cell. The larger individuals are non-motile and stain more deeply than the smaller. These latter are probably bacteroids which contain proteid and which are digested by the host-cell. Vines (1888), Frank (1885), McDougall (1899) and others believe that fungi, growing upon or into the cells of a plant, may aid it in nutritive work, especially by converting free nitrogen or the simpler compounds of nitrogen into more complex forms of nutritive value to the plant. Life (1901) also believes that the tubercles of Cycas revoluta assist the host in nitrogen fixation. Bottom- ley (1909) isolated Pseudomonas radicicola and Azotobacter, which are nitro- gen fixing forms, from Cycas tubercles. Nobbe and Hiltner (1899) have demon- strated that the nodules of Podocarpus are active agents in the fixing of nitrogen of the atmosphere, by cultivating plants with nodules for five years in quartz sand from which nitrogen was absent, and by demonstrating that it was im- possible to cultivate Podocarpus in the absence of the fungus which caused the nodule formation. Spratt (1912) has since demonstrated that the nodules are formed by bacteria which are apparently identical with the Pseudomonas radi- cicola of the root-nodules of leguminous plants, and of Cycas, ete., and that the bacteria utilize the free nitrogen of the atmosphere during the process of meta- bolism. These results throw light upon those of Hiltner, who cultivated Podo- carpus in quartz-sand containing no nitrogen. The disappearance of starch-grains from cells of Macrozamia which have been infected by numerous bacteria might suggest that the carbohydrate is utilised by the bacteria. This is supported by the observed fact that deeply-staining bacteroids are formed in which considerable proteid is present. Nitrogen in the free state, at any rate, must enter the cells of the host—a supply of carbohydrate and nitrogen, therefore, is available to the bacteria if they are concerned in nitrogen fixation. If the bacteria were purely parasitic forms, and gave nothing to the host in return for the carbohydrate, one would expect many cells of the host to show signs of disintegration. It is the absence of this condition, com- bined with the disappearance of starch-grains, and the possibility of free nitrogen entering any cell of the cortex containing bacteria, which suggests to me that the bacteria may be helpful to the plant in the direction of assisting in nitrogen fixation. With the object of testing this hypothesis, I carried out a series of experi- ments. The bacteria were first examined in regard to a possible faculty of nitrate formation. A solution containing 1000 ¢.c. of distilled H20, 1 gram of ammonium sulphate, 1 gram of potassium phosphate and 4 grams of basic mag- nesium carbonate, was used after filtering. Several flasks each containing 100 c.ec. of this solution were inoculated from a pure serum-agar culture of the bac- teria, and after several days at laboratory temperature the solution was tested OO BY JOHN MCLUCKIE. 327 for nitrate by means of diphenylamine sulphate—no reaction for nitrate was obtained. The bacteria did not flourish as freely as on the serum-agar medium. I came to the conclusion that the solution was not of a sufficiently nutritive value to the bacteria and subsequently employed the following:—Cane sugar 10 grams, Amm. sulphate 1 gram, Potassium phosphate 1 gram, distilled water 1000 e.c., Calcium carbonate 1 gram. Three flasks, each containing 100 ec. of this solution which had previously been sterilised in the autoclave and cooled, were inoculated from a pure culture of the bacteria, and kept at laboratory tempera- ture for 14 days. Three other flasks were similarly prepared and incubated at a temperature of 26° C. for 14 days. Nitrate tests were again applied to a few c.c. of the solution, but there was no evidence of any free nitrate being present in the solution. The experiments which I have just described were undertaken in order to demonstrate whether or not the bacteria of Macrozamia-tubercles are nitrate- forming bacteria; if so, then the cultural solution ought to contain inereasing quantities of nitrate. The absence of the blue-colouration on the addition of diphenylamine sulphate demonstrates the absence of nitrate. But the bacteria may be able to utilize the atmospheric nitrogen, and although nitrogen may be absent from the solution at the beginning, there may be a con- siderable amount present at the end. The following solution was then pre- pared:—Cane sugar 10 grams, K. phosphate 1 gram, Mg. sulphate .5 gram, CaCO3 1 gram, H2O distilled 1000 c.e. Three flasks (A), each containing 100 ¢.c. of solution were inoculated with a pure culture of the bacteria and sterilised. Another three flasks (Bl, B2, B3), each containing 100 ¢.c. of solution, were sterilised, cooled, and inoculated with a pure culture of bacteria. All flasks were incubated at 30° C. for 14 days; the nitrogen content of each was then determined by the Kjeldahl method with the following results :— In the series A only the slightest trace of nitrogen was found to be present. In B 1. the nitrogen content was 5.47 mgs. SRO Mar ee, (alle, ess ae ee ecto Om o's: 13 eg ho A RE) ne As there was only a trace of nitrogen in the flasks Al, A2, and A3, there had obviously been a considerable fixation of nitrogen by the bacteria introduced into the flasks Bl, B2, and B3. As there was no combined nitrogen in the culture solution at first, the bacteria must have “fixed” the free nitrogen of the air. The bacteria of the root tubercles of Macrozamia spiralis are therefore nitro- gen-fixing forms which live in a symbiotie association with the roots of the host, fix the atmospheric nitrogen, and render it available, in some combined form, for the metabolic processes of the host. Summary. “Root-tubercles,” somewhat similar to those of Cycas revoluta, oceur upon many of the seedlings and older plants of Macrozamia spiralis, particularly about the soil-level. The tubercles are seldom present upon the more deeply situated secondary roots, but may be induced to develop by artificial inoculation. The tubercles are always negatively-geotropic; uninfected secondary roots are plagio-geotropic, but after inoculation become negatively geotropic. The tubercles occasionally branch dichotomously. 328 STUDIES IN SYMBIOSIS, li. The growth of the root tubercles is due to infection by soil bacteria. of which two forms are generally present in the sheath and cortical cells. The presence of the bacteria in the cells of the root stimulates the develop- ment of the cortex and sheath, so that the tubereles are always more massive than ordinary roots. Zoogloea-threads of bacteria arise in many cells of the cortex, and the bac- teria are frequently crowded in the vicinity of the nucleus. The starch-content decreases in the cells containing bacteria, and is probably used by them in the process of nitrogen fixation. Occasionally unicellular algae may be present amongst the outer dis- organised cells of the sheath, but there is no definite “algal-zone”’ as in Cycas revoluta. The bacteria are not nitrate-formers but assimilate free nitrogen and render it available in a combined form for the plant. The structure of the tubercles also indicates that they may function sub- sidiarily in aeration. Similar root-tubercles occur in other species of Macrozamia, e.g., M. coral- lipes. I desire to reeord my sincere thanks to Professor Lawson for his helpful criticism. Literature. REINKE, J., 1872.—Parasitische Anabaena in Wurzelen der Cyeadeen. Géttingen, Nachrichten, p. 107. Scuneiper, A., 1894.—Mutualistic symbiosis of Algae and Bacteria with Cycas revoluta. Bot. Gaz., 19, pp. 25-32. Lire, A. C., 1901.—The tuberele-like roots of Cycas revoluta. Bot. Gaz. 31, 265—271. Zacu, F., 1910.—Studie uber Phagocytose in den Wurzelknollehen der Cyea- deen. Ocest. Bot. Zeitschr., 60, 49-55. ‘ Borromuey, W. B., 1907.—The Structure of Root Tubercles in Leguminous and other Plants. Report British Association, 693. , 1909.—Some effeets of Nitrogen-fixing bacteria on the growth of Non- Leguminous plants. Proc. Roy. Soc., B., [xxxi., 287. Nosse and Hittner, 1899.—Die endotrophe Mykorrhiza von Podocarpus und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Landw. Versuchsstat., Lief 1. Spratt, H. R., 1912.—The Formation and Physiological Significance of the Root Nodules in the Podocarpineae. Ann. Bot., 26, 801—814. Vines, 1888.—On the relation of the formation of tubercles on the roots of Leguminoseae and the presence of Nitrogen in the soil. Ann. Bot., 2, 386—389. Frank, 1885.—Ueber die auf Wurzelsymbiose beruhende Enahrung guersser Baume durch unterirdische Pilze. Ber. deut. bot. Gesell., 3. McDoveati, 1899.—Symbiotie Saprophytism. Ann. Bot. 13, 1—47. 829 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID. By W. A. Haswetn, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Emeritus Professor of. Biology, University of Sydney. (Plates XXXV1.-XxXVii. ) [Read 30th August, 1922.] CONTENTS. 1. Introductory: mode of occurrence: methods, etc... .. . 329 ZeaN LD) LAST OSIS Ee eee cteuaics ws teet A OUn a verry Mien Ys /ap late, SRN aya) ores OOO. owe Generalsreaturesm (female) mya ee aera tee oer et 880 4. Capitulum: appendages .. .. 5° So GAUL he MORES pao L 5. Coxal or integumentary glands . Hershel Cie Se MCR A EEG SS 6. Digestive system .. .. Hie Oe Me oe oe 7. Salivary and supposed eae morrgtitta’ elands Hepa) ale nes BaD) 8. Integument: the so-called fat- Ody Aeeree ted Ko anlaat G), IBpqOOG? CMRI oo! Go ue. 2605, Op) Sedu “oolten) ouMSEUES UGEY/ LORE prodiuctiversy Stem semen Tins mee eee re aa SoS LES Mictleveteterteter. Week heres la a otyunpammnemme tenes vont. wisan ty.) fb vpeoat ant SAO 224 Gon clusion sei sees aye ken cer MASI Ree er See) rate: cinerea Saal GAO, 1. Introductory; mode of occurrence, methods, ete. The Acarid dealt with in this paper occurs, sometimes abundantly, in the branchial chambers of the common spiny Crayfish (Astacopsis serratus) of the rivers of Eastern Australia. I have found it most numerous in the bright crim- son variety that frequents the larger tributaries of the Grose and Cox in the Blue Mountains; but it occurs also, though more rarely, in the Craytishes of small streams not connected with the Hawkesbury River system.* ‘The adult females, which are devoid of eyes, are firmly attached to the gill- filaments of their hosts by means of the chelicerae and pedipalpi, and can only be detached by the use of a certain amount of force. The males, which are comparatively small, and which are provided with a pair of eyes, are not at- tached, but swim very actively. Probably they are intermittently parasitic, though I have no actual direct evidence of this. The same holds good of the young females. Though soft and thin-skinned, Astacocroton is by no means easily acted on by. fixing agents. In cold sublimate-acetic or aleohol it remains *Astacocroton does not occur on the common bicarinate Crayfish or “Mirami” (Parachaeraps bicarinatus) ; and a number of specimens of the Western Australian Chaeraps tenuimanus, C. guinguecarinatus and C. preissii examined by me with the assistance of Mr. F. A. McNeill, Zoologist in charge of Lower Invertebrates at the Australian Museum, proved also to be free from the parasite. 330 ASTACOCROTON, A NEW TYPE OF ACARID, alive for a long time and eventually undergoes more or less shrivelling. The same holds good of other reagents used cold, except Carnoy’s solution, the fixing action of which, however, was not satisfactory. Killing with hot water. followed by treatment with various re-agents—Flemming without acetic, Henning, picrosul- phuric, Hermann,—did not yield good results. On the whole the best sections so far have been obtained with specimens treated with hot sublimate-acetic. Double embedding (with either toluol-aleohol or aleohol-ether celloidin and paraffin) was found to be of advantage. Staining was most satisfactorily effected by means of haematoxylin (iron-alum method, Heidenhain, Delafield or Ehrlich) followed by erythrosin. Most of the material available was collected by myself and fixed with hoi sublimate-acetic. Though this was for the most part at least ten years old, it was in a good state of! preservation. More recently, since I became engaged in this research, I have received highly valued assistance in the form of supplies of live crayfishes from Prof. H. G. Chapman and Mr. F. A. MeNeill. For comparison I have used species of Tetranychus and Trombidium, and various Hydrachnids, Tyroglyphids and Oribatids. I am indebted to the University of Sydney for a grant from the MeCaughey Research Fund which has defrayed the expenses ineurred. My drawings have been re-drawn for the purpose of reproduction by Mr. F. W. Atkins of the Sydney Technical High School. 2. Diagnosis of Astacocroton. Adult female imago permanently parasitic on gills of Crayfish, eyeless, in- capable of swimming, devoid of tracheae. Integument of body thin, transparent, devoid of chitinous plates and practically hairless. Body swollen, ovoid, with the legs displaced forwards so as to be all im front of the middle of the trunk. Capitulum not greatly produced, with the mouth at the anterior end of its ventral surface. Chelicerae with the second joint piercing, barbed. Pedipalpi power- ful, the last joint provided with hooked spines, the penultimate not produced. Kpimera subequal, all distinct, except that the third and fourth are united for a very short distance at their inner ends; on the fused part but opposite the fourth, is the aperture of. a gland or group of glands—coxal or integumentary. The legs are devoid of swimming hairs; each is armed terminally with a pair of strongly hooked tridentate claws. The genital aperture is a longitudinal shit close to the posterior extremity of the body. A little distance behind and above it is the excretory aperture. The animal is oviparous; a large number of ripe eges, each enclosed in a thick shell, collect in the uterus, but their active develop- ment does not begin till after they have been discharged. I propose to name the only species as yet known A. molle. 3. General Features. ‘The permanently attached females reach a maximum length of about 2 mm. When detached, full-grown specimens are able to climb about among the branchiae, but, when set free in water, they are unable to swim, though making energetic efforts to do so. Small specimens make more or less rapid progress through the water. The general shape is oval, with a slight ventral flattening. The integument is very thin, colourless and transparent, so that on the ventral side the ova and other internal structures are clearly visible. In some specimens the most conspicuous structures on this surface are a pair of rounded bodies, the “eoxal glands” (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, ca.), situated between the bases of the fourth Stee. 2 ——S-s BY W. A. HASWELL. dal pair of legs. On the dorsal surface is a very conspicuous median longitudinal white band with irregularly lobed edges, marking the position of the exeretory organ. ‘This bifureates in front and bifureates also though less distinetly, be- hind. Towards the posterior end of the ventral surface is a narrow longitudinal slit bounded by a pair of chitinous plates set on edge—the reproductive aperture (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 1, g.a.; Pl. xxxvii., fig. 18). On either side of this extends a row of four “genital suckers” (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 18) each about .02 mm. in diameter, the row curved with the concavity inwards and set in a semi-lunar area which is ap- parently a thickening of the cuticle. ah Fam. NOTODONTIDAE. Tongue present or absent. Labial palpi developed or obsolete. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Forewings with areole present or absent; 5 from above middle of cell. Hindwings with two anal veins, 5 from middle of cell, usually weakly developed, rarely absent, 12 approximated and sometimes connected with cell at one-fourth or middle, usually approximated till towards end of cell. Since my former revision (These Proceedings, 1903, p. 42) this family has been considerably enlarged by the inclusion of the Cnethocampinae. Apart from these the number of new additions is not large. Subfam. CNETHOCAMPINAE. ‘Tongue absent. Labial palpi obsolete, or rarely present but small. An- tennae of ¢ and usually also of @ pectinate to apex. Abdomen with a large apical tuft in both sexes, especially developed in 9. Forewings with or without BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER, 363 areole. Hindwings with 12 approximated, connected, or anastomosing with cell at one-fourth, occasionally approximated to or beyond middle. A small group which diverged early from the Notodontinae. It is easily recognised by the combination of characters given, but with the doubtful excep- tion of the abdominal tuft, none of these is by itself absolutely distinctive, hence it cannot be maintained as a distinct family. The typical genus Cnethocampa ranges from Europe to India. C. processiona Lin. has remarkable larval habits, which have been the subject of some classical observations by Fabre. The larvae of Ochrogaster contraria form similar “processions.” There is another Indian genus, Gazalina Wik., and several African genera. When the insect fauna of the ancient “Austral Land,” now represented by Western Australia, became isolated, it contained species of this group, and these have since spread to the-east, so that they are now found in all parts of Australia, in which the subfamily is un- usually well represented. 1. Hindwings with 12 approximated to cell as far as or beyond middle). 2.) 4: ae 2. Hindwings with 12 div erging from all at bout one- seourthi af 4. Dee Areolena DSen tae Ee eo OR ne ehh ieee sid On Wy PUCOMNG: Areole present .. .. .- ioe tree bie 3. 3. Areole small, 10 ane or eerie Sieh 7, & 9 MOR ai viehataih sel sre ee Cynosarga. Areolemarges10"separate: "0, pawns sei lanai: sich ile, ints 09 Oenosanda. Ase Areole ADSEN tin vepcrpiece. ss tip eseu ciate aes eee lace! sity Stay Pets D: Areole present .. .. UMP ars i ate NeecBetievetbe sis 6. 5. Hindwings with 12 Pama aaaesiar ith eel Bua rs reall Trichetra. Hindwings with 12 not anastomosing ae 1H ONS Ree F Axiocleta. 6. Areole moderate, 7 arising from it separately So EAS mE On eE cS ts Areole small, 7 stalked withieS 7 Ohya 8. 7. Forewings with 10 connate or stalked oii 8, ‘9: haat ain cell two-thirds 4. Tanystola. Forewings with 10 SOERENS iiaabattass wath ceili Rot peocedine three-tiith Smeal ounce Us 5. Sthenadelpha. Stell pig obsolete mec Merit: ii meena elitr es sO chrogaster Pal pigs hontMpOrre Guaer asec we ee en Er ahs eee say! Teara. Gen. 1. TRICHETRA. Arcturus, Curtis, Brit. Ent., 336 (praeoce.)—Trichetra, Westw., Ins., it. 1840, Generic Synopsis, p. 92. Palpi obsolete. Patagia long, reaching beyond thorax. Abdominal tuft in 3 very long. Posterior tibiae with terminal spurs very short, middle spurs absent. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, areole absent. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing with cell at about one-third. 1. TRICHETRA SPARSH:ALII. Arcturus sparshalii, Curtis, Brit. Ent., 336.—Trichetra mesomelas, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 845.—T. stibosma, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 1877, p. 204.—T. fra- terna, Butl., ibed., p. 204. dg. 40-50 mm. Head white or grey; face often ochreous-tinged, lateral mar- gins usually fuscous. Antennae white or grey; pectinations ochreous-tinged. Thorax white or grey, sometimes blackish in centre. Abdomen white, sometimes blackish or grey on dorsum; tuft white or whitish-grey. Legs white; anterior pair usually fuscous. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa straight to two-thirds, 864 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, thence arched, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, rather strongly oblique; white or grey; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; colour as forewings. 9. 45-58 mm. Differs in having thorax always fuscous or blackish, except outer half of patagia which is white or grey. Abdomen white or blackish; tuft pale-ochreous or fuscous. Though my material is scanty, it is sufficient to show the presence of geo- graphical variation. Queensland ¢ examples are wholly white; those from Hobart grey with blackish abdomen and centre of thorax; in Gisborne both forms oceur, and also intermediates. N. Qland: Cairns, Herberton, Townsville; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, “l'ocowoomba; N.S.W.: Sydney, Bulli; Vict.: Melbourne, Gisborne, Bairnsdale, Birchip; Tas.: Launceston, Hobart; S. Aust.: Mt. Gambier, Ade- laide, Mt. Lofty, Waterloo, Wolseley; W. Aust.: Perth. Gen. 2. AXIOCLETA., Awiocleta, Turn., Ann. Qland. Mus., x., 1911, p. 133. Palpi small but distinct. Patagia long, reaching beyond thorax. Abdominal tuft in ¢ short. Tibial spurs long; posterior tibiae with both middle and ter- minal spurs. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, areole absent. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from slightly above middle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell at about one-fourth, thence diverging. Only the one species is known. 2. AXIOCLETA PERISEMA. Aziocleta perisema, Turn., Ann. Qland. Mus., x., 1911, p. 134. N. Qland: Herberton. Gen. 3. EPIcoMaA. Epicoma, Hb., Verz., p. 160. Palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, or 10 absent, no areole, 11 usually from shortly before end of cell, rarely from three-fourths. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell from one-fourth nearly or quite to its end. Type, E. tristis Lew. A genus of some size. The species are closely similar and need careful diserimination, especially as several present sexual differences and varietal forms. The Western Australian species are still imperfectly known. 1. Forewing with discal spot .. OM PAA te Rilo faulted mie nin 2. Idtoydeyypoater \uAlMaronbhy CoblVorN’ GpoONs ng bos hol 66 oh Niob. do" 90 9D 56 ilk 2. Discal spot wholly blackish j 3: Discal spot not wholly blackish 6. 3. Thorax blackish .. a hey a aS en pon ain sae A 4. Thorax white ..... . Sit MEGS WEENIE ON tee BREE ord! do GH toe 5. 4. Forewing without terminal spots Jo AWE PON also ian He melanos pila. Forewing with a series of whitish- Genceous ispots Pou a Os: so asbolina. 5. Hindwing without spots .. .. . ae signata. Hindwing with fuscous discal dou und a ie tenia series of WHICESPOLS Mires y Wiesel eioly ener ead Tea eta ead eran Cals deed ote eieyim ay eatcretin SMO CERUCLITE Coa BY A. JEFFHRIS TURNER. 365 6. Discal spot outlined with blackish .. th Discal spot not outlined with blackish .. 9. 7. Hindwings ochreous (at least in gd) .. .. 8. Hindwings fuscous .. . 4 melanosticta. 8. Discal spot white- centred oo ¢ anisozyga. Discal spot ochreous in centre .. .. zelotes. Geenind wines awhitish-OCHTCOuUS! an celeimeleme ere -poltrs le) iclet elon Us)s chrysosema. Hindwings not whitish-ochreous .. Bp barsca cists sy Niels em: 10. 10. Expanse 34-44 mm. Hindwings blackish SHUI NeE A eo! sich 1c tristis. Expanse 22:36 mm. Hindwings fuscous a] ciel gine) Lisle, jysley feet le TOUNGILENS: Ws ANloteloyeae Creo Ss dg Gb ou) oo’ oa on ba Bo vue ee 65) od) oc argentea. Abdomen blackish .. .. RAR ire ere tet Rete sana Reptets 12. 12. Forewings with ground eoloue w eit oi Bist Reis here ee 13. Forewings with ground colour dark- fuscous Be pitend) ete. leer ot 14. LS wEindwinssmw Hitec wwe tsvrgl eectnare my Ever pe Veeth cil i ta/s. 2 TAWA gis dispar 3 Hindwings fuscous .. .... .. le Nig SAE barnardi 3S Hindwings ochreous .. : SSiae Doo lan phoenura 3, form alba. IaElindwings; Ochreousiriy iii ito lay raye ull seiiticlenh cs) -i-tNi ele. | eel ke DROeN Uma. Hindwings dark-fuscous .. .. Bick. TON esl tareien Ae Ieee ERTS 15. 15. Forewings with basal white Soul 50. iat ale HUNG Oe ere iets MecemeOe en ltaKeieyaaly oo Forewings without basal white spot... .... .............. dispar 9. 3. EPIcoOMA MELANOSPILA. Cnethocampa melanospila, Wigrn., Wien. Ent. Mon., iv., 1866, p. 164. 3. 40-50 mm. ¢. 46-58 mm. Head white; face more or less mixed with ochreous or fuscous; some ochreous hairs near antennal bases. Antennae fuscous; stalk sometimes partly whitish. Thorax blackish; tegulae in ¢ and sometimes in 2 white or whitish. Abdomen blackish; a median dorsal series of ochreous spots; tuft ochreous, apices of hairs paler. Legs dark-fuscous. Forewings tri- angular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; shining-white ; a blackish costal streak irrorated and edged with ochreous; a fairly large, cireular, blackish, median discal spot; a broad oblique blackish line from costa before apex, near or rarely touching discal spot, then curved outwards to two-thirds dorsum, in 2 usually entirely absent; a variable amount of fuscous irroration along dorsum, sometimes broadly suffused and prolonged along termen; cilia fuscous, with median series of ochreous or whitish-ochreous dots, apices partly whitish or ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; ochreous, more or less suffused with fuscous; a broad, median, fuscous, transverse line sometimes lost in suffusion; sometimes a terminal series of ochreous spots; cilia ochreous, some- times mixed with fuscous. Easily recognised by the silvery-white forewings with large blackish discal spot, but variable. In southern examples the dorsal suffusion is greater. In one @ from Gippsland there is a strong post-median oblique line. N. Qland: Cairns, Atherton, Herberton; Qland: Gympie, Brisbane, Coolan- gatta, Toowoomba, Stanthorpe; N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Wandin, Moe, Gisborne; Tas.: Taunceston: Hobart. 4. EPmcomMa SIGNATA. Teara signata; Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 849. dé. 40 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face ochreous. Antennae whitish; pee- tinations in ¢ 9, dark-fuscous. Thorax whitish-ochreous. (Abdomen broken). Legs fuscous with ochreous hairs. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique; silvery white; a blackish 366 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, costal streak containing some pale-ochreous scales; a short, transverse, discal mark beyond middle, not pale-centred; a semi-obsolete, oblique, post-median grey line; cilia ochreous, apices whitish, imperfectly barred with dark-fuscous. Hind- wings with termen nearly straight; pale-ochreous; a thick, dark-fuscous, sub- terminal line ending in tornus; cilia pale ochreous. This description is taken from Walker’s type in the British Museum. It is an imperfect specimen, but appears to be a good species. The locality is given as Swan River. 5. EPpIcoMA BARYTIMA. Epicoma barytima, 'lurn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland., 1917, p. 74. W. Aust.: Cunderdin. 6. EpicoOMA ANISOZYGA, n.sp. avucotvyos, unequally yoked. 3d. 33-36 mm. Head ochreous-brown. Antennae grey; pectinations 12. Thorax ochreous-brown. Abdomen dark-fuscous with dorsal and lateral ochreous lines; tuft ochreous, towards apex whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, with long ochreous hairs. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique; white, a costal streak ochreous, mixed with blackish, a fuscous discal spot beyond middle, white-centred; a grey line from costa shortly before apex to mid-dorsum; a similar subterminal line connected with termen on veins; some fuscous irroration towards dorsum, blackish towards dorsal edge; cilia ochreous with basal and median dark-fuscous dots arranged alternately, be- yond middle grey. Hindwings with termen gently rounded; ochreous; dorsal edge suffused with, fuscous; median and subterminal fuscous lines, the latter con- nected with termen on veins; cilia ochreous. 2. 38-43 mm. Antennal pectinations 5. Forewings white with general dense grey irroration, but without transverse lines; the irroration is absent on termen, except on veins, so as to form a terminal series of white spots; costal and dorsal irroration as in 6; cilia ochreous with basal and apical lines and some eross bars dark-fuscous. Hindwings fuscous with a terminal series of ochreous spots; cilia ochreous, apices fuscous. The d resembles zelotes Turn., but in that species the discal spot of fore- wing is ochreous in the centre, and the hindwing has no median line. The 2 is very different from that of zelotes. N. Aust.: Adelaide River in October; seven specimens including the type.in the British Museum; taken by Commander J. J. Walker. 7. EPIcoMA ZELOTES. Epicoma zelotes, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., 1902, p. 183. N. Qland: Cape York, Herberton, Townsville. 8. EPICOMA CHRYSOSEMA, n.sp. Xpvodonuos, golden-marked. 3. 32-34 mm. &. 42 mm. Head white; face in ¢ ochreous-tinged. An- tennae whitish; pectinations in ¢ 11, ochreous-tinged; in @ 6. ‘horax white, slightly ochreous-tinged. Abdomen dark-ochreous; apex of tuft paler. Legs ochreous with whitish hairs. Forewings rather narrowly triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; silvery-white; markings golden- BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 367 ochreous; a diseal spot at two-thirds; a sinuate line from five-sixths costa to two-thirds dorsum, sometimes incompletely developed, being represented only to- wards margins; a dentate line very near termen; cilia white with a basal series of golden-ochreous dots. Hindwings with termen moderately rounded; whitish more or less suffused with pale-golden-ochreous, leaving a terminal series of white spots; cilia white, bases narrowly ochreous. N.W. Aust.: Sherlock River; three specimens including the type in the British Museum, taken by Mr. E. Clements. 9. EPICOMA MELANOSTICTA. Bombyx melanosticta, Don., Ins. N. Holl., 1805, p. 34. 3. 38-44 mm. Head white, face ochreous. Antennae fuscous, sometimes mixed with ochreous. Thorax whitish-ochreous or pale-brownish. | Abdomen blackish; a median dorsal series of ochreous spots, sometimes scarcely developed; tuft ochreous, apices paler. Legs fuscous mixed with ochreous. Forewings tri- angular, oosta straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; shining-white; an ochreous costal streak, irrorated with blackish; a small, ochreous, median, discal spot, with thick blackish margin; a tawny-fuscous oblique streak from costa before apex, posterior to or touching discal spot, beneath it angled outwards to two-thirds dorsum; a slight dorsal irroration of ochreous and blackish; a variable, narrow, fuscous, terminal band, containing a terminal series of white spots; cilia ochreous, more or less barred with blackish, apices whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal series of rounded-triangular ochreous spots; cilia ochreous. 2. 40-47 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Forewings more or less suffused with brown, usually with only thinly scattered white scales; discal spot larger, blackish with small ochreous-brown centre; post-median line not developed. Hindwings with ochreous spots smaller or dot-like. The 2 may be as dark as that of ¢ristis but is distinguishable by the blackish diseal spot. Ad example from Stanthorpe has the forewings mostly suffused with grey, and the hindwings without ochreous terminal spots. I regard it as an aberration of this species. N. Qland: Atherton, Herberton; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Is., Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba, Stanthorpe; N.S.W.: Ebor, Sydney; Vict.: Day- trap; Tas.: Launceston, Hobart; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Busselton, Perth, Waroona. 10. Epicoma TRISTIS. Bombyzx tristis, Lewin, Prodr. Ent., 1805, p. 9, Pl. viii.; Don., Ins. N. Holl., 1805, Pl. 34—Kpicoma contristis, Hb., Zutr., i, 18238, p. 9, f. 217, 218.—#. pontificalis, Rosen., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xvi., 1885, p. 383.—? Huproctis pelodes, Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1893, p. 150. 3d. 3450 mm. ¢ 40-44 mm. Head and thorax brown, rarely brown- whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen blackish; sometimes a median dorsal series of ochreous dots; tuft ochreous. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, shghtly oblique; dark-fuscous or brown, more or less irrorated with whitish or whitish-ochreous, rarely with whitish suffusion; a small, ochreous, median, discal spot sometimes edged with fuscous (not blackish) scales; a terminal series of whitish or pale-ochreous dots; cilia fuscous with fine ochreous bars. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark- 368 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, fuscous; rarely with a terminal series of ochreous dots; cilia ochreous. ‘The sexes are similar. . N. Qland: Cairns, Herberton; Qland: Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta; N.S.W.: Dorrigo, Sydney; Vict.: Melbourne, Wandin, Moe, Gis- borne; Tas.: Hobart; S. Aust.: Mt. Lofty; W. Aust.: Waroona. 11. Epicoma prROTRAHENS. Teara protrahens, Lue., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1090. S. 20-28 mm. 2. 26-35 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; face. brownish. An- tennae fuscous, irrorated on stalk with whitish. Thorax pale-brown. Abdomen dark-fuscous; a series of dorsal median spots and tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous mixed with pale-ochreous. Forewings triangular, rather narrow, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous-brown with some whitish irroration or suffusion; a rather large, cireular, whitish-ochreous discal spot slightly beyond middle; a terminal series of whitish or whitish-ochreous spots; cilia pale-ochrecus with dark-fuscous irroration, which forms indistinet bars. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal series of whitish- ochreous spots in 3; in @ these are usually absent; pale-ochreous, in @ irrorated with fuscous; on tornus and dorsum fuscous. Qland: Brisbane; N.S.W.: Clarence River, Sydney. 12. EPpricoMa ARGENTATA. Marane argentata, Wik., Cat. Brit.. Mus., xxxil., p. 355.—M. subargentea, W1k., ib., p. 397—Teara argentosa, Luc., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1089. 3. 3244 mm. &. 50 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Antennae ochreous- whitish; pectinations pale-fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish or whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous; sides and bases of segments on dorsum sometimes dark- fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, more so in @, apex obtusely round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; whitish more or less irrorated with pale-ochreous; when this irroration is well-marked, it-leaves -a terminal series of whitish spots; cilia whitish-ochreous, apices’ whitish. Huind- wings with termen rounded; whitish-ochreous, in ? brownish-tinged; sometimes a terminal series of whitish spots; cilia whitish or ochreous-whitish. Northern Territory examples are considerably smaller than those from the Peak Downs, and show no marginal spots. N. Aust.: Darwin, Macdonnell Ranges; N. Qland: Townsville; Qland: Duar- inga, Emerald, Clermont. 13. EpicoMA BARNARDI. Teara barnardi, Lue., Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1889, p. 1088. S. 36-40 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous, the latter with central white spot. Antennae pale-fuscous. Abdomen blackish; tuft ochreous. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white, usually irrorated with brown; a narrow, brown, costal streak; an oblique line, shghtly inwardly-curved, from costa before apex to about mid-dorsum; a brownish terminal band, sometimes nearly obsolete, its anterior edge ‘suffusedly dentate, containing a terminal series of white spots; cilia brown with small white bars, or wholly white. Hindwines with termen rounded; fuscous; a terminal series of white spots; cilia white, bases mixed with fuscous. 2. 40-42 mm. Head and thorax dark-brown. Forewings dark-fuscous with slight whitish irroration; a basal white spot; a terminal series of whitish-ochreous BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. : 369 spots; cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a terminal series of pale- ochreous spots; cilia dark-fuscous. Im this species and the following the sexes are remarkably unlike. N. Qland: Thursday Island, Cape York, Cooktown, Townsville; Qland: Duaringa. 14. Eprcoma pIspar, usp. dispar, unlike, dissimilar. a 3. 38-40 mm. Head pale-fuscous; face ochreous-tinged. Antennae, stalk fuscous irrorated with white; pectinations ochreous-fuscous. Thorax pale- fuscous, with a large central white spot. Abdomen blackish; tuft ochreous, be- coming paler towards apex. Legs dark-fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white, with some fuscous irroration; markings fuscous; a fine costal streak; a broad subcostal streak from near base running into post-median line; a thick oblique line from costa before apex to mid-dorsum, bent slhghtly outwards in middle, and inwards above dorsum; a narrow terminal band, containing a terminal series of white spots; cilia fuscous, barred with white, apices wholly white. Hindwings with termen rounded; white; cilia white; on dorsum fuscous. >. 34 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, and abdomen blackish; tuft pale- ochreous. Forewings dark-fuscous with scanty whitish-oehreous irroration; a subterminal series of ochreous spots; cilia fuscous, bases dark-fuscous with a few whitish-ochreous scales. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a subterminal series of large ochreous spots; cilia as forewings but without whitish-oe¢hreous seales. Allied to E. barnardi, the d may be distinguished by the bent post-median line of forewings and white hindwings, the 2 by the absence of basal white spot on forewings. f N. Aust.: Darwin in October and November; three specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, 2 3 and 1 2, of which two are in Coll. Lyell. 15. Epicoma PHOENURA, n.sp. govovpos, red-tailed. 3S. 30-34 mm. . 36-38 mm. Head dark-fuseous; face in ¢ ochreous. Antennae, stalk ochreous, sometimes partly fuseous; pectinations fuscous. Thorax dark-fuseous. Abdomen blackish; basal segment in & pale ochreous; tuft red- dish, towards apex fuscous. Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; dark-fusecous with scanty whitish- ochreous irroration, especially towards base; a terminal series of whitish- ochreous dots, often obsolete; cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; ochreous; a broad transverse median line and a terminal band dark- fuscous, the two often fused; a terminal series of ochreous spots; cilia dark- fuscous. Male form alba, 32 mm. Head, antennal stalk, and thorax whitish. Fore- wings whitish; a dark-fuscous broad line from three-fourths costa to dorsum before tornus; a fuscous terminal line containing a series of whitish spots; cilia fuscous. Abdomen and hindwings as in typical form. Tis would be taken for a new species if it had not been captured with the typical form (Mary River). I have one example and have seen another. but no intermediates. N. Aust.: Darwin (F. P. Dodd); Mary River (W. D. Dodd); six specimens, and I have seen others in the South Australian Museum. 370 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 16. Epicoma ASBOLINA. Epicoma asbolina, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 1902, p. 183. N. Aust.: Darwin; N. Qland: Prince of Wales Island, Coen River, Cairns, Townsville, Bowen. Also from New Guinea. Gen. 4. TanysTOLA, neg. traviorodos, long-robed. Forewing with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from five-sixths, 4 from angle, 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole present, 7 arising separately from areole, 8, 9 stalked and 10 connate or short-stalked with them from areole, 11 from three-fourths. Hindwings with cell long (two-thirds), 2 from two-thirds, 3 from before angle of cell, well separated at origin from 4, which is from angle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell near base. The forewings are exceptionally long and narrow. 17. TANYSTOLA OCHROGUTTA. Cnethocampa ochrogutta, H.-Sch., Ausser. Schmet., i., f. 460. : d. 30 mm. Head whitish-ochreous; lower half of face, and hair tufts in front of antennae orange-ochreous. Antennae dark-fuscous; pectinations in do 10. Thorax dark-fuscous, apices of hairs partly orange-ochreous. Abdomen dark-fuscous, tuft | whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous; hairs on middle and posterior tibiae and annulations on middle and posterior tarsi whitish. Fore- wings elongate, costa straight to middle, thence strongly sinuate, apex rounded, termen strongly bowed, strongly oblique; fuscous; a broad sub-basal fascia not reaching costa and narrowed on dorsum, whitish; an orange-ochreous discal spot beneath costa at middle, and a second beyond middle; a sinuate whitish oblique line from three-fourths costa to three-fourths dorsum; a terminal series of orange ochreous spots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; fus- cous; cilia fuscous. Described from an example in the British Museum labelled “Australia.” I conjecture that it is from Western Australia. Herrich-Schaeffer’s acumen in referring this species to the genus Cnethocampa must be acknowledged. Gen. 5. STHENADELPHA, ng. oGévadeXpos, a Sturdy brother. Forewings with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from five-sixths, 4 from angle, 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole present, 7 and 10 arising separately from areole, 8, 9 stalked, 11 from five-sixths. Hindwings with 2 from two- thirds, 3 from before angle well separated at origin from 4, which is from angle, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 approximated to cell near base; cell one-half to three-fifths. Structurally this genus is near the preceding, but the forewings are less elongate, and 10 arises separately from the areole, while in the hindwings the cell is much shorter. 18. STHENADELPHA ISABELLA. Trichetra isabella, White, Grey’s Discoy. Austral., ii., Appendix, p. 479.— Teara suppressa, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxu., p. 354. 3d. 46-56 mm. Head and thorax ochreous or whitish-ochreous. Antennae dark-fuscous; stalk usually ochreous. Abdomen ochreous or whitish-ochreous; BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 371 usually dark-fuscous posteriorly; tuft ochreous or whitish-ochreous sometimes fuscous towards apex. Legs ochreous; anterior pair and all tarsi sometimes fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, moderately oblique; ochreous or whitish-ochreous, sometimes almost wholly suf- fused with fuscous; four transverse dark-fuscous lines, rarely obsolete and in- dicated in dark-ochreous only; first from one-sixth costa to one-fourth dorsum, second from two-fifths costa to near mid-dorsum, third from four-fifths costa to three-fourths dorsum, slightly bisinuate, fourth subterminal and usually con- nected with termen on veins, leaving a terminal series of ochreous or whitish spots; base and median area often fuscous; two, circular, orange, subcostal spots before and after middle; cilia ochreous sometimes mixed with fuscous. Hind- wings with termen rounded; ochreous, more or less suffused with dark-fuscous, sometimes wholly so except at base; cilia as forewings. 9. 56-68 mm. Forewings pale-ochreous or white; lines usually narrower and not suffused; discal spots usually absent. Hindwings wholly ochreous, or with suffused median and terminal bands, or wholly dark-fuscous. Very variable in both sexes. W. Aust.: Albany, Wilson’s Inlet, Waroona, York. Gen. 6. OCHROGASTER. Ochrogaster, Feld., Reise Nov. Palpi obsolete. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings with 5 usually from well above middle of cell, but sometimes from middle, 6 from upper angle of cell or from areole, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, or 7 and 10 from end of areole, areole rather small and narrow, 11 from near end of e¢ell or from two-thirds. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate or approximated at base, 5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing or connected with cell at one-fourth or one-third. ‘There is considerable variability in the neuration. In one ¢ the areole is open on both forewings from absence of the inter-radial arastomosis. The genus contains only one species. 19. OCHROGASTER CONTRARLA. Teara contraria, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 849.—T. interrupta, W1k., ibid., p. 850.—Poecilocampa leucopyga, W1k., ibid., vi.. p. 1477.—Darala_ cineti- fera, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1862, p. 268.—Ochrogaster circumfumata, Feld., Reise Novy., Pl. 94, f. 5.—O. ruptimacula, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 95, f. 9.—Marane rubricorpus, Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), ix. 1902, p. 420. 3. 40-60 mm. §. 52-70 mm. Head fuscous or ochreous-brown, rarely in 3d whitish. Antennae pale-fuscous or pale-ochreous. Thorax fuscous-brown or ochreous-brown, tips of hairs often whitish, rarely wholly whitish in 3. Abdo- men brownish-orange; bases of segments usually fuscous; tuft whitish or ochreous- whitish. Legs fusecous or brownish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; fuseous- brown or ochreous-brown; a small, white, median, transverse discal mark, rarely obsolete; a fuscous line from three-fourths costa to dorsum between three-fifths and four-fifths, at first outwardly rounded, then sinuate, usually faint, some- times very distinct, in 2 often obsolete; sometimes in o there are broad longi- tudinal white lines variably developed, first along costa, second from discal mark to termen, third along fold curving downwards to tornus; in some examples the white markings are extensively suffused, and in these there may be incomplete 372 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA, sub-basal and ante-median fuscous transverse lines; cilia concolorous. Huind- wings with termen rounded; colour as forewings; rarely a whitish discal mark before middle. ih Variable in colour and in the development of white lines on forewing of 3 in any one locality, but extensive series would show regional variation also. None of these forms are specifically distinct. N. Aust.: Darwin, Margaret R., Macdonnell Ranges; N. Qland: Claudie R., Cloneurry; Qland: Clermont, Emerald, Gayndah, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Toowoomba, Dalby, Charleville, Cunnamulla; N.S.W.: Sydney; Vict.: Bairns- dale, Birchip; 8. Aust.: Adelaide, Mt. Lofty; W. Aust.: Bridgetown, Perth, Northam, Quairading, Cunderdin, Kalgoorlie, Dore Is., Bernier Is.; N.W. Aust.: Roeburne. Gen. 7. TEARA. Teara, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 851; Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i, p. 214. Palpi short, porrect, densely hairy. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs rather closely approximated. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from areole or from upper angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connate from end of areole which is small, 11 from four-fifths. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing with cell at about one-fourth. Distinguished from Ochrogaster by the presence of palpi and of two pairs of spurs on the posterior tibiae. Walker, with his usual looseness, applied the name Teara to many species belonging to more than one family; but the type was fixed by Swinhoe (loc. cit.) as variegata Wlk. Since then this has remained the only species, but Mr. Hardy’s interesting discovery enables me to add a second. 20. 'I'BARA VARIEGATA. Teara variegata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 851. 3. 48-54 mm. 92. 80-85 mm. Head whitish, crown sometimes partly fus- cous; sides of face fuscous. Palpi fuscous; at apex ochreous-whitish. Antennae pale-fuseous or whitish. Thorax brownish-fuscous, with a few whitish and reddish hairs, sometimes mostly whitish, Abdomen on dorsum orange-ochreous or reddish-orange, bases of segments blackish, except in centre; beneath fuscous or whitish. Legs fuscous or partly whitish. Forewings triangular, rather broadly so in 9, costa in d straight, in 2 gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen bowed, in do seareely, in 2 slightly oblique; brownish-fuscous more or less suffused or spotted with white; a dark, dentate, sub-basal line sometimes present; two small reddish diseal spots arranged longitudinally in a variable white area, about middle; a finely dentate dark line from three-fourths costa to two-thirds dorsum, curved slightly outwards beneath costa, thence nearly straight; cilia fuscous barred with white. Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous or pale- fuscous; cilia concolorous with indistinct whitish bars. N. Qland: Herberton; Qland: Stradbroke Is., Toowoomba, Stanthorpe; N.S.W.: Newcastle, Sydney; S. Aust.: 21. TEARA PERIBLEPTA, n.sp. mepiBderros, admired. 3. 44 mm. Head white. Palpi very short, densely hairy; dark-fuscous. Antennae fuscous, apex and base of stalk whitish. Thorax white; patagia with ae SP em BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 373 some fuscous seales. Abdomen fuscous; tuft white. Legs fuscous; dorsal hairs on tibiae and tarsi white. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; white, markings fuscous and orange; an interrupted, sub-basal, orange, transverse line edged with dark-fuscous; a similar line from one-third costa, interrupted beneath costa, angled first outwardly, then inwardly, ending on two-fifths dorsum; a dark-fusecous discal dot, edged with orange, beneath mid-costa; a similar, larger, transversely oval dot posterior to this; a sinuate line of orange dots from five-sixths costa to four-fifths dorsum, edged posteriorly by a dentate fuseous line; central area between second and third lines broadly suffused with fusecous; a fuseous submarginal line not reach- ing eosta or dorsum; cilia white with broad fuscous bars. Hindwings with ter- men rounded; white, irrorated with fuscous; a dark-fuscous median diseal dot; broadly suffused, median and post-median, fuscous, transverse lines, separated by a wayed white line; cilla white, bases barred with fuscous. Tas.: Mt. Wellington in January; one specimen received from Mr. G. H. Hardy. ‘Type in Queensland Museum. Gen. 8. CYNOSARGA. Cynosarga, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 385. Palpi short, porrect, hairy. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of large spurs. Forewings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from upper angle, areole small, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connate or short-stalked with them. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from shghtly above middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 not connected with cell, but approximated to it as far as or beyond middle. There is only the one species. 22. CYNOSARGA ORNATA. Cynosarga ornata, Wik., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 386. 3S. 40 mm. 2. 46 mm. Head reddish-brown; face and palpi usually fus- cous. Antennae pale-ochreous. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen fuseous; tuft grey. Legs fuscous above, whitish-ochreous beneath. Forewings triangular, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous, unevenly suffused with grey-whitish; a dark-fuscous, dentate, sub-basal, transverse line, partly edged posteriorly with reddish; two, short, longitudinal, dark-fuscous marks in dise beyond this; a dark-fuseous line from one-third costa to mid-dorsum, at first outwardly curved, sharply indented inwards above dorsum, edged throughout pos- teriorly with whitish and reddish; an obliquely oval, whitish, discal spot at three- fifths, containing a central reddish line; a dark-fuscous line from two-thirds costa to dorsum before tornus, at first directed outwardly, thence strongly bisinuate and dentate, edged throughout posteriorly, first with whitish, then with reddish; a subterminal series of triangular dark-fuscous spots; cilia white, with a con- tinuous dentate fuscous line, dentations extending from bases to apices. Hind- wings with termen rounded; fuscous or pale-fuscous; cilia whitish, bases partly pale-fuscous. N. Qland: Cairns; Qland: Brisbane. Gen. 9. OENOSANDA. Oenosanda, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vu., p. 1713. Palpi obsolete. Antennae in 3 bipectinated to apex, in 2 simple. Abdominal tuft in ¢ moderate, in 2 large. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Fore- wings with 5 from middle of cell, 6 from areole, which is large, 7, 8, 9 stalked 374 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN. LEPIDOPTERA, from areole, 10 separate from areole. Hindwings with 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from middle or slightly below middle of cell, 6 and 7 long-stalked, 12 approxi- mated to cell nearly to its end, but not connected. There is only one species, which is narrower-winged than usual in this sub- family. It is the only Australian genus in which the antennae are simple in the 9. In one d 6 and 7 of hindwings are coincident on both sides. The large are- ole is a primitive character. 23. OENOSANDA BOISDUVALII. 2 Ocnosandra boisduvalii, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1856—2 O. dupon- chelii, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., vii., p. 1713.—d Teara ? terminalis, W1k., ibid., vil, p. 1733.—d' Pterygosoma squamipunctum, Feld., Reise Nov., Pl. 98, f. 7— 2 Lomatosticha nigrostriata, Moschl., Stet. Ent. Zeit., 1872, p. 359.—Oenosanda boisduvalii, "lurn., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1903, p. 58. This species I have already sufficiently described. Vict.: Gisborne, Moe; Tas.: Hobart; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Bridge- town, Perth, Donnybrook. Subfam. NOTODONTINAE. Tongue strongly developed, weak, or obsolete. Labial palpi always present. Antennae of & usually bipectinate, of 2 usually simple. Forewings with or without areole. Hindwings with vein 5 rather weak, rarely absent, 12 usually approximated to cell to near its end, always to middle, rarely connected or anastomosing. Having already treated most of the species at some length (Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1903, p. 42) I ean dispose of them here more briefly. The group is of moderately large size and is present in all continental areas, but is most largely developed in South America. The species derived from the old “Austral” fauna are few, comprised in the genera Hyleora, Neola, Sorama, Destolmaa, Ecnomodes, Antimima, Danima, Discophlebia and Gallaba. Probably all the remaining genera are Oriental immigrants. None of the genera are of large size, and they are rather closely connected, so that it is difficult to construct a satisfactory key. Jeethorewingsiawithtagstrong dorsal tutte eet ccna ieee Rosama. Forewings without dorsal tuft .. .. .. . 4 2. Thorax with an acute anterior crest, crown of heal alee erected 3. Thorax without acute anterior crest, crown of head not crested 5. 3. Hindwings with 12 approximated to cell but not connected .. 4. Hindwings with 12 connected with cell .. .. .. .. .. .. «- - Sorama. 4. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 stalked from areole .. .. .. .. .. .. Hyleora. Forewings with 10 arising separately from areole .. .. .. .. Neola. De MATECOLERADSEN Lora conic fake class ecre hyrele ero dl Poe) Alsvaoaes Cota nisl topcase Areole present .. .. MR AhRare i sciad Fils (Oat simntetc nliovaieceno ist amest Vinee 9. 6. Hindwings with 5 absent He) oRlSB aMus Gd gao as) ido, ae alec Icthyura. Hindwings with 5 Present 2. 6. ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 7 7. Forewings with 7 arising before 10 A AMHEMRCRe RG REED AKT EE A 8. Rorewings) with 0varisingwiberoren daca: ie epic is cieereiacton et ctieere ets Hoplitis. 8. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs .. .. .. .. .. .. .- «. Stauropus. Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs .. .. .. .. .. «+.» «. Syntypistis. 9. Palpi less than 3, terminal joint short .. Meidnekanbeakelmerentecs Palpisoverysyiterminalgyomntrlongegetsy tctiieies src) dele ds stepueicte stdieletl ers 23. 10; Hind wings; with)\6)and!i/cstalkedi ney ay eels ici eteueterspiedsy ie 11. Hindwings with 6 and 7 not stalked .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. «. Polychoa. 11. Forewings with 6 from end of areole .. .. .. .. .. 1. «2 ee ee) )© Cerura. BY A, JEFFERIS TURNER. 375 Forewings with 6 from cell or from before end of areole .. .. 12. TOY ANE VFES GEO 66 /o0 65 §b6 oH) oo Ob, aonoa) Gui /oo! “op joo “oo 135 Tongue developed .. HCL. HORNER ERE BG ho thy, He 0! 14. 13. Forewings with 8, 9, 10 Rraiked? Oretinacaluc of d very slender, long, bar-shaped .. .. So ooas conod we aa ) dU aKa Forewings with 10 eee om areoles) Petnaculin of o not bar- Shapedirra stiri. . .. Pheraspis. 14. Eyes with long incurv ine elias ror "posterior licntion quadrant 15. LDAAG salOKs URNS po Garon oe Go. opo6, ob) on Ob doviad BO uoo tod) cn 17. 15. Head and thorax SEO yee OSES. chic a en a Discophlebia. Head and thorax rough- haired Bas) COs eOrG CONOR RCH ES Reo ey 16. 16. Areole narrow .. . Sete eu etemtsne era: sctsu rayeunale: Weiel-ceieperemMeCLAR CIMETASELS: Areole broadly Goadrenediach eteeas Gargetta. 17. Areole extremely long, extending more Gehan! halfway ham ‘cell TOMA DEX meats RNa Dace shed let ayehe tN enetiMmweeums eaten Sinton t ferats voces Meee lens Cascera. Areole moreno Ba 4 preno 18. 18. Forewings with 6 Fron mddien or iperond middie a Eris. .. .. Phalera. Forewings with 6 from cell or areole before middle .. .. .. 19. 19. Head, palpi, and pectus clothed with long, dense, oe hairs... Danima. Head, palpi, and pectus only shortly hairy cnet. hs 20. 2ehoraxswitheanwanterions crests 5.0 29.5 10.5 Maximtumiythickness® (eae 256 1.0 544 480 .400 shail (anusetoltip) wesc eeiee mein .208 -480 -400 832 .960 Diameter at anus .. .. ; - 130 432 320 Distance from cephalic oxttantiae of:—Middle of nerve ring .. . . 192 -320 -288 Post-cervical papillae .. . .250 -448 - 384 Vaualvaliitevelenses ches eee 7.28 Buccaliscavaitygueetcn wea ur stiees 026 -064 037 Muscular oesophagus .. .. ..-.- -185 .320 .292 Entire oesophagus .. . 1.34 3.48 2.40 Proportion of total length ‘to “that Ofjoesophagusiveei yur eraiarsiitsrs 3.76 8.47 4.37 Mestibule my iaraiscieuuventelenibars caters 1.28 Reservoir len ethan ces). sinters 1.28 Width sty lacinacnis eiieemy=t 128 144 Common\trunky sie -960 -912 Distance from posterior extremity of:—Caudal pores .. .. . 160 176 Most posterior loop of ora: 6.28 3.70 Eggs .. BURA STAG renee ad ene rs -057 x .028 Spicules left SEU RCN lr Pee a .776 1.24 TIS Teles acl eae eae -185 -256 Bene thor bursa cmc see 1.60 1.72 Lateral width of bursa .. .. .. .800 .880 Diameter above bursa .. .. .... 448 368 Lengths of external _bursal -160, .192, .176, .304, Papwlaey MLM MMi este NR SALOON 224 aes BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 419 PHYSALOPTERA ANTARCTICA Linstow var. TYPICA. Of four nematodes found, with two echinorlynehs, in the stomach of Varanus varius by Dr. Cleland, three large females appear to belong to this species. They measure respectively 27.5, 36.5, and 40 mm. in length, and all have fully deve- loped genitalia of the typical form, but without developed eges. Measurements of the largest example are as follows:—Maximum diameter, 1.0 mm.; diameter at base of collarette, 320; at anus, 400; tail, 512, long. Distance of cephalic extremity from nerve ring, 384; post-cervical papillae, 608 1; exeretory pore, 720; vulva, 9.9 mm.; most anterior loop of uterus, 8.0 , mm. Distance from posterior extremity of most posterior loop of uterus, 7.6 mm.; of receptacula seminis, 5.3 to 7.6 mm. Maximum width of uterus, 176 p; width at junction with receptaculum seminis, 80; width of oviduet at junction, 64. Receptaculum seminis, 240 x 192 yp. Vestibule, 1.44 mm. x 112,y,; re- servoir, 1.36 mm. x 192; common trunk, 1.28 mm. x 80,4; length of the twa branches, to second bifurcation, 240 and 320. Muscular oesophagus, 400 x 160 pw; total length of oesophagus, 4.36 mm.; width at its base, 384. Proportion of total body length to that of oesophagus, 9.17; to that of portion of body in tront of vulva, 4.0. The reservoir and adjoining duets, which are devoid of contents in the three examples, show a variability in disposition in the body similar to that already described for this species (Irwin-Smith, These Proceedings, 47, 1922, pp- 237-9), but the general trend of the ducts is backwards from the vulva, and the four slender uteri have an almost straight, parallel course down the body. The structure of the lips is not very clear in these specimens (examined in alcoholic phenol), and no internal denticular border is discernible. In view of the absence of male specimens, and of developed eggs, and the close general resemblance already shown to exist between unripe females of P. antarctica and P. bancrofti, these specimens have been assigned to the former species chiefly on account of the great length, which corresponds exactly with that recorded zor P. antarctica. Physaloptera varani is the only species hitherto recorded from hosts of the genus Varanus. The present specimens differ from it in their larger size, the dichotomous instead of direct division of the common trunk, the decided dif- ference in the lengths of ovijector and common trunk in the two forms, and in the tail. Host—Varanus varius. Location—Stomach. Locality —Bumberry, near Manildra, N.S.W. Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 8/1/16. Note——In the deseription of P. antarctica given in the third paper of this series, the collection described as Lot C. was recorded as containing only 29 specimens. After that paper was in print, a jar containing nearly 900 addi- tional specimens of the same collection, in glycerine alcohol, was discovered. They were all taken from the stomach of a single example of Tiliqua scincoides on August 12, 1919. Portion of the stomach wall, with Physaloptera still at- tached, was also preserved. They were deeply embedded, by the anterior end, in the mucosa, and the whole surface of the stomach was closely pitted with the holes made by them. Most of the specimens are small and immature, under 17 mm. long, none more than 30 mm. long and the smallest larvae not more than 4 mm. long. PHYSALOPTERA CLELANDI, n.sp. Four broken pieces of a single female specimen very different from those described above occur in the same collection with them, taken from the same 420 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, IV., host. Although in such a damaged condition, the specimen shows features sufficiently distinctive to enable it to be characterised as a new species. It is remarkable for the stoutness of the body and the great length and width of the oesophagus. The oesophagus is actually longer than in any species hitherto described, and if the four fragments (measuring together 24 mm.) represent the total length of the body, the length of the oesophagus relative to that of the body is also exceptionally great. The worm has been torn or eut across trans- versely, and the internal structures have been pulled out of position, and project from the ends of each fragment in such a way that it is not possible to deter- mine with certainty how they connect with each other, but as far as can be judged, they represent the full length of the specimen. Uteri filled with eggs containing well-developed embryos extend up parallel with the oesophagus nearly to the head, and far posteriorly. Eggs are found crowded into the tail region behind the anus, but have probably escaped into the body cavity from the rup- tured uteri. Four uteri are present, almost emptied of contents through the torn ends. The terminal portion of one, with the receptaculum seminis, oviduct and ovary, is still attached to the body; the same portions of the other three are detached, and le free in the alcoholic preservative. The vulva is 1 mm. distant from the anterior end of a piece of the body separate from that containing the oesophagus, and a broken uterus projects anteriorly 5.2 mm. from the same end. Assuming that this piece of the body is the one next behind the oesophagus, Figs. 10-16. Physaloptera clelandi, n.sp. 10. Side view of lip, showing external labial tooth, and buccal pad (x 190); 11. Internal view of lip (x 190); 12. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 30); 13. Posterior end of female body (x 15); 14. Terminal portion of female genital system (x 27); 15. Receptaculum seminis and oviduct (x 27); 16. Eggs (x 290). the distance of the vulva from the anterior extremity is 6.7 mm., but if, as 1S more probable, it is the third piece, the distance is 12.5 mm. Specific diagnosis. Male unknown. Female. Body very robust, opaque, thickset, cuticle very tough and thick (80 4), covered with a fine transverse striation. Lips large, external labial tooth BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 421 erect, broad, conical, with blunt tip, which in this specimen appears to be fractured; no internal tooth at its base, paired teeth at sides large, denticular border composed of a single row of very minute denticles, scarcely visible even under high magnifications, sides of lips too damaged to show details of lateral marginal denticles (Text-figs. 10, 11). Post-cervical papillae just behind junc- tion of muscular and glandular oesophagi. Oesophagus very long and thick, muscular oesophagus narrower than glandular oesophagus, and less than one- eleventh of the total length, base of glandular oesophagus broad and rounded, its valves inserted to some depth into the lumen of intestine (Text-fig. 12). Vulva behind termination of oesophagus; vestibule, reservoir, and common trunk all long, division into four branches evidently dichotomous, but the second bifurea- tion only shows on one side, the other being torn away (Text-fig. 14). Uteri large and distended, with thin, delicate, transparent walls showing elongated cellular structure well. Position of receptacula seminis and ovaries in body not determined. Oviduets sharply delimited from receptacula seminis (Text-fig. 15). Eggs smaller than in the other species, the shell relatively thin, brown coloured (Text-fig. 16). Posterior end of the body thick and blunt, the tail very short, but too distorted for accurate measurement (Text-fig. 13). Measurements.—Total length, 24 mm. (?); maximum diameter, 1.36 mm.; diameter at base of collarette, 400 4; at anus, 560». Tail, 400» long. Distance from cephalic extremity of post-cervical papillae, 592; excretory pore, 685 y; most anterior loop of uterus 576, (?). Distance from posterior extremity of most posterior loop of uterus, 160, (?). Maximum width of uterus, 480; width at junction with receptaculum seminis, 112; width of oviduct at junc- tion, 644. Receptaculum seminis, 432 x 192. Vestibule, 1.68 mm. x 96 y; reservoir, 1.44 mm. x 192; common trunk, 1.52 mm. x 85. Distance between first and second bifurcation, 400. Lengths of oviducts, 1.87 and 1.52 mm. Museular oesophagus, 480 x 176», total length of oesophagus, 5.56 mm.; width at its base, 480. Proportion of total body-length to that of oesophagus, 4.3 (?). Eggs, 44 x 29 yw. Host.—Varanus varius. Location—Stomach. Locality—Bumberry, near Manildra, N.S.W. Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 8/1/16. The dimensions of the eggs agree with the figures given by Parona for P. varani, but differ from those given by Seurat for the same species. Parona’s description is insufficient otherwise, for comparison, but P. clelandi differs from the specimens deseribed by Seurat as P. varani, in the much greater length of the oesophagus and common trunk, the dichotomous instead of direct division of the latter, and the shorter ovijector and tail. In addition to the host from which this and the preceding specimens were taken, two other examples of Varanus varius were searched by Dr. Cleland for internal parasites. Neither of them contained Physaloptera. In one, taken at Dubbo, October, 1911, the only helminth present was a cestode in the intestines. The other taken at Hidsvold, Queensland, September, 1912, contained only some examples of a Filaria sp. in the pleuroperitoneal cavity. PHYSALOPTERA SP., from Lialis burtonii Gray. The material available is inadequate for specific determination, consisting of two small larvae, 6.6 and 6.7 mm. long, in which the genital system is not developed. The body is relatively stout (Text-fig. 20); cephalie collarette and lateral alae fairly well developed. Cuticle fairly thick, finely striate transversely. Ex- 422 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, IV., ternal median tooth large, erect, sharply-pointed, a small tooth, apparently double-pointed, at its base internally; the pair of lateral teeth on each side well developed, sharply-pointed; no internal denticular border discernible; the pair of papillae on the external cuticular pad on each lip large, prominent (Text-fig. 22). Oesophagus one-fifth of body length, muscular oesophagus narrower than glandular, and sharply distinct from it, the muscular part light in colour, the glandular part very dark, its base broadly rounded. Nerve-ring just in front of junction of muscular and glandular portions; the post-cervical papillae just be- hind the junction (Text-fig. 23). What appear to be cervical glands extending back nearly to the level of the papillae. Tail sharply pointed, 1/32 to 1/35 of the total body-length; narrow transverse muscular bands across body in re- gion of anus; rectal glands large (Text-fig. 24). Measurements.—Total length, 6.7 mm.; maximum diameter, 336 4; diameter at base of collarette, 1284; at anus, 128. Tail, 190, long. Distanee from cephalic extremity of nerve-ring, 185 1; post-cervical papillae, 256 ,; excretory pore, 296 py. Buecal cavity, 334; muscular oesophagus, 176 x 59»; total length of oesophagus, 1.34 mm.; width at its base, 103 p. Host.—Lialis burtonii Gray. Location.—Intestine. Locality.—Helensburg, New South Wales. In Dr. J. B. Cleland’s collection. Collected by Dr. Cox, 2/1/15. These larvae differ from those of P. antarctica, and from those found in Gymnodactylus platurus and assigned to P. bancrofti, in having a much thicker and more opaque body. They are of heavier build altogether; the oesophagus is relatively a little shorter and broader, and the nerve-ring is nearer to the junction of muscular and glandular oesophagi (Text-figs. 17-19, and 20-23). According to Dr. Cleland’s notes, another lot of Nematodes was obtained from this host, colleeted by Miss Wearne at Manly, Sydney, in June, 1915, and described as “a bunch of Nematodes attached to the small intestine, and a free Nematode, apparently of another species.” These were probably Physaloptera, but, unfortunately, the specimens are not available for examination. PHYSALOPTERA SP., from Lygosoma entrecasteauxii. A single, small, immature female, taken from the same host whieh har- boured an Oxyuris sp., and the Rictularia disparilis already desecribed.in a sepa- rate paper (Irwin-Smith, These Proceedings, 47, 1922, p. 311), cannot at present be placed more definitely than Physaloptera sp. In this specimen, preserved in alcohol, the body is withdrawn about .2 mm. from the euticle at each extremity. The body is robust, heavy, rather opaque, of uniform diameter, not. much attenuated towards the extremities (Text-fig. 25). Cephalic collarette well deve- loped. Labial papillae large. External median tooth large, erect, sharply- pointed; a double-pointed tooth at its base; broad, paired, lateral denticles; pos- sibly a single continuous row of very minute internal denticles, but this rather indefinite; a row of small lateral marginal denticles (Text-fig. 26). Oesophagus about one-fifth of body-length, relatively broad, muscular oesophagus very short, its junction with glandular oesophagus not very clear; nerve-ring apparently just at junction. Base of glandular oesophagus broad and rounded, not deeply inserted into lumen of intestine (Text-fig. 27). Tail one-thirty-third of body- length, sharply pointed, ventrally inflected at tip (Text-fig. 28). Four uteri. Vulva-.5 mm. behind base of oesophagus, at 1/3.8 of the body-length from cep- halic extremity. Vestibule and reservoir both long, and reservoir broad and very well developed, pear-shaped, sharply delimited from common trunk (Text-fig. BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 423 29). Common trunk very short, dividing dichotomously into four branches, the two branches from the first division as long as the common trunk; the whole system extending straight back, branches looped and coiled in region of second bifureation ; no uteri in front of this, all four intertwined and coiled in posterior Figs. 17-19. Larval Physaloptera banerofti, from Gymnodactylus platurus. 17. Whole worm (x 7.5); 18. Anterior end of body, showing oesophagus (x 27); 19. Anterior end, showing junction of muscular and glandular oesophagi, nerve- ting, and post-cervical papillae (x 100). Figs. 20-24. Physaloptera sp. (larva), from Lialis burtonit. 20. Whole worm (x 7.5); 21. Anterior end of body (x 27); 22. The two lateral lips (x 190); 23. Anterior extremity (x 100); 24. Posterior end of body (x 100). Figs. 25-29. Physaloptera sp. (2), from Hinulia sp. 25. Whole worm (x 7.5); 26. The two lateral lips (x 290); 27. Junction. of oesophagus and intestine (x 30); 28. Posterior end of body (x 30); 29. Terminal portion of female genital system (x 27). region of body, extending back nearly to anus; uteri very narrow, poorly deve- loped. Receptacula seminis not observed. No developed eggs. Measurements.—Total length, 8.56 mm.; maximum diameter, 480 ,; diameter at base of collarette, 176 »; at posterior third of body, 480; at anus, 208 p. Tail, 256 1 long. Distance from cephalic extremity of nerve-ring, 176; post- cervical papillae, 256 1, vulva, 2.24 mm.; most anterior loop of uterus, 4.50 mm. 424 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, iv., Distance from posterior extremity of most posterior loop of uterus, 780; of ovaries, 4164. Maximum width of uterus, 33. Vestibule, 960 x 52; reser- voir, 800 x 208»; common trunk, 256 x 48, Distance between first and second bifurcation, 256. Muscular oesophagus, 176 (?) x 112,; total length of oesophagus, 1.70 mm.; width at its base, 176 p. Host—Lygosoma (Liolepisma) entrecasteauxii. Location —Alimentary eanal. Locality Flinders Island, Bass Straits. Collected by Dr. J. B. Cleland, 25/11/12. Two specimens of this host species were examined. The second specimen contained only Oxyuriidae. Except for the larger size and the development of genitalia, there is little, in the general conformation and proportions of this specimen, to distinguish it from the larval Physaloptera found in Lialis burtonii and described above. They may all belong to the one species, but this can not be determined, nor the species clearly characterised, until more specimens are available for examination. It is apparently a young specimen, not fully grown. From an examination of numerous examples of P. antarctica, it has been shown (Irwin-Smith, These Proc., 47, 1922, p. 237) that measurements taken from a single specimen are, alone, of little specific value, since considerable variations, both in the proportions and conformation of ‘organs, are found to oceur within a single species. In view of this, and of the immaturity of the single female specimen found, and of the absence of males, it is not desirable, at present, to propose a new species for this specimen, though it is evidently dis- tinet from any of the species with four uteri hitherto described. In none of the other species is the female genital system well developed in specimens of such a small size. The dichotomous division of the very short common trunk into four uteri, with the first two branches equal in length to the common trunk is also distinctive, if it is a constant feature. It is of heavier build than examples of P. antarctica and P. bancrofti of the same size, and the denticular formation is different. Although so much smaller in size, its heavy build reealls that of P. clelandi; but the tail is relatively longer and more slender and sharply pointed, and the oesophagus is shorter in proportion to the length of the body. Marked dif- ferences from P. pallaryi, P. varani, and P. abbreviata, in addition to the size and relative proportions of the body, are the situation of the vulva behind the termination of the oesophagus instead of in front of it, where it is found in P. pallaryi, the dichotomous instead of direct division of the common trunk, as in P. varani, and the denticular formation with a large inner double-pointed tooth, unlike P. abbreviata and the other two species. Eneysted Physaloptera larvae in Hinulia taeniolatum. From Mr. Mackerras I have received, recently, a portion of the stomach- wall of an Hinulia taeniolatum infested with nematode cysts, with the information that similar cysts were numerous in the mesentery and behind the peritoneum on the posterior body wall. The cysts contain larvae which are undoubtedly Physaloptera, and the evi dence they supply of migratory and cyst-forming habits in this genus of nema- todes is of great interest and significance. The portion of the stomach-wall preserved was entirely covered with them, forty-two occupying an area one centimetre square (Text-fig. 30). Beyond this area they were more seattered, but were fairly thick all over the stomach. It was not possible to determine, from a macroscopic examination of the fragment BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 425 of the stomach preserved, whether they were on the outer or inner side of the wall. But microtome sections, made by Dr. J. R. Dixon, show that they are all quite external, being situated between the muscle-coat and a thin, transparent membrane, which is evidently the peritoneum. They are not embedded in the muscle, but lie loosely on its surface, in depressions which are sometimes deep enough to displace the muscle fibres (Text-fig. 32). When the peritoneum is stripped off, they are easily detached intact, each enclosed in a tough, but very thin, smooth, and semitransparent membrane, within which the coiled nematodes Figs. 30-38. Eneysted Physaloptera larvae on stomach of. Hinulia taeniolatum. 30. Portion of stomach-wall of host, with Physaloptera cysts (x 7.5); 31. A single cyst (x 27); 32. Transverse section through cyst, and stomach-wall (x 30); 33. Anterior end of nematode, showing junction of muscular and glandular oesophagi, nerve-ring, and post-cervical papillae (x 100); 34. Internal view of lip (x 190); 35. Physaloptera sp. Whole worm uncoiled (x 27); 36. Junction of oesophagus and intestine (x 100); 37. Female tail (x 100); 38. Male tail (x 100). he free in a watery medium (Text-fig. 31). The cyst-wall, apparently, has no connection with the host-tissues. It consists of a thin outer layer of loose cel- lular tissue, strengthened, internally, by a thicker, denser layer of fibrous material. 426 NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHYSALOPTERA, Iv., The cysts vary in diameter from 1 to 2.34 mm., and contain from one to seven worms, which can be removed without difficulty by cutting round the cireum- ference, and turning the wall back. When more than one is present, the worms are closely intertwined, in a ball-like mass, but, with a little care, they ean be separated whole and extended in good condition for microscopic examination (Text-fig. 35). ; Their large size is somewhat remarkable. The largest of them attain a length of nearly 12 mm. and a maximum diameter of .4 mm., but none of them show any trace of genitalia. Of fifteen larvae, taken from four eysts, the average length is 7.4 mm., four in one cyst measuring from 6.4 to 7.6 mm., and seven in another from 6.0 to 8.0 mm. ) em sag cutee iaeer: 0.40 100.05 TT. Cora ume, Fit. The natives of Fiji make use of a paste of coral lime and water which they smear through their hair for the purpose of cleansing and bleaching it. The paste is rubbed well into the hair which is then plastered onto the top of the head, the native going about for a day or so and then washing the lime out, the hair being then plentifully anointed with coco-nut oil. The hair which is naturally dark in colour becomes by this treatment of a tawny-brown tint. The lime is prepared by burning coral in wood fires. The analysis shows decarbonation to have been very ‘imperfect, but if the burning were more perfect the product would have a destructive effect on the hair and skin. BY T. STEEL. 443 Lime (CaO) . A erates tthe regret 21 Wai SUI FA Ra ORE 12.07 Carbonate of lime (CaCOs3) Si ONION DLS. SCC Mt miei Bin ioe 71.08 Sulphate of lime (CaSO4) ay igha Neg erase dcr i bas = a califica: Teh a eR a 9d 1.05 Carbonate of magnesia (MgCO3) Rane SIE el EERIE ae is USD 3t. Trace Alumina and iron oxide Gees and Fe2O3) CREAR CNT eon ae 0.80 Sodiumpchioridey (NaCl) ieee, Ue ier me inretu ota lure ace yiann 2.06 Phosphoric oxide (20s) BS eh Prem oy ol, sees GS fa RU ree MI aR ech Trace Silica (Si@5) eee Bae Lbs NRCG eT MMR RE sok rel eis: cs eh eee 0.35 WHEMES? ob ba oe SRE RAPA 1s a ap eat SPIER RE 9 on et a Ee ROR ae 12.35 100.00 TIT. Sweni or Henrx aspera. In Australia the shells of this common introduced European garden snail are notably smaller and thinner than is the case under the more rigorous con- ditions of their native habitat. So far as I have observed in various parts of Australia and about Auckland, New Zealand, the prevailing type of shell agrees precisely with the form described as H. aspera var. tenuior Shuttl (J. W. Taylor, Monog. Land and Fresh Water Mollusea of British Isles. Part xxiii. Helicidae). Not having seen any account of the composition of the shell, I made an examination of examples collected near Sydney. Incidentally it was noticed that when pulverised in the mortar the shells were exceedingly hard and tough and difficult to reduce to a fine powder. Incineration in the course of the analysis had to be conducted very slowly and cautiously owing to the persistent decrepi- tation, even when finely powdered. Before grinding, the shells were well washed and thoroughly air-dried. The figures obtained by analysis were :— Lime (CaO) .. . .. +- 54,00: ‘Calcic ‘carbonate (CaCO3) .. .. 91.45 Phosphoric oxide (POs in .. ecg-- 0-04 Calcic phosphate (CagP2QOs)... .. 0,09 Carbon dioxide re .. «. «- . 40.24 Lime in organic combination ... 2.74 Silica (SiO) .. .. MCLs pares eee Ola OMB S111 CaWerauenitcec os, etme a teresa ren gO TO, Conchiolinay macy concise on OOM CONCHIOlIN gy aveseiics: ven nites sens OU WIA tery seis nacbiaclstsy ower tes cecu OhOshhavater, 0.62 100.00 100.00 *Containing nitrogen .. .. .. .. 0.45 The organic constituent consists of conchiolin, a substance allied to chitin (Watts’ Dict. Chem., i., 1879, p. 1107; also J. A. Thomson. Outlines of Zoology, 1892, p. 301). Examination of the results in the first column shows that part of the lime is in organic combination, the caleulated figures being given in the second column. It was a matter of surprise to me to find that the shell contained so small a proportion of the organic constituent. Analyses of the shells of some marine mollusea, Crania, Terebratulina and Waldheimia by F. Kunckell (Jour. Chem. Soe. Abs., ii., 1899, p. 313) show results of a similar general character as regards caleic carbonate and organic matter, but differing in the presence of magnesia and calcic sulphate which were absent from the shells of H. aspera. IV. Urinary SECRETION OF Birps AND REPTILES. Most people have noticed the white calcareous-looking deposit on the excreta of fowls. Popularly this is commonly supposed to consist of excess lime not re- 444 CHEMICAL NOTES—GENERAL, quired for shell-making purposes. As a matter of fact it contains no lime, but consists almost entirely of minute crystalline spheroids of a mixture of ammonium urate and uric acid, constituting the urinary secretion of the fowl. The same applies to the similar secretion of other birds and is particularly noticeable in predatory species, such as hawks and eagles, and in marine birds. The white splashes dropped by birds and commonly seen on the ground, on fences, leaves, ete., are the same. In many birds and most reptiles the undigested residues of the food are regurgitated, the excrement consisting of white urinary secretion mixed with small amounts of other substances. This is particularly noticeable in the excreta of snakes, which have for many years been recognised as consisting practically entirely of uric acid or ammonium urate. The pellets of fur, bones and debris of insects so frequently noticed on stumps, fences, etc., in the country, are ejected by birds of different sorts, notably the “laughing jackass,’ while the similar ejectamenta of frogs and lizards are common in the haunts of these animals. The kidneys of birds and reptiles consist of dark brown irregular lobulated structures closely pressed into the space on either side of the vertebral column at the rump. They can be easily examined in the common fowl. The ureters enter the cloaca near the vent, the urinary secretion being a white pasty or semi- liquid mass. As the secretion from the kidneys is continuous, the deposit ac- cumulates in the cloaca until pushed out in front of the mass of ordinary exere- ment in the ease of the fowl, and forms the white cap so prominent on the excreta of brooding fowls which only make occasional evacuations. The analysis of the urinary secretion of the fowl, below, was made on care- fully selected material pure white in colour. Through the courtesy of Mr. A. S. le Souef, I was enabled to examine the excreta of the ostrich and a number of reptiles living in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney. In all cases the sand is an accidental admixture derived from that passing through the digestive tract. Urinary: Secretions. (Calculated to dryness.) Commcn Fowl. 9 Python Moloch Varanus 1 2 Oia variegata. horridus. varius. Ammonium urate * .. 36.1 38.1 — 15.2 oo — Wricsacidirc) sen eeu 51.1 51.3 46.8 77.0 96.5 18.4 Other organic matter 2.5 heal 9.4 1a¢/ = 9.7 (ASH Ee ares aentabots 10.0 9.1 2.4 p25 — 19.0 Sand 0:3 0.4 41.4 0.6 — 52.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 — 100.0 — oe = Water in air dried material 7.8 8.0 6.8 9.0 — 9.2 *Contgining Ammonia 3-32 3.50 — 1.40 — — Total Uric acid . 83.9 85.9 46.8 90.8 96.5 18.4 The secretion from Moloch horridus was in the form of beautiful glistening white crystals; only a very small sample was available. In three of the samples the quantity available was insufficient for determination of ammonia. IT am indebted to Mr. W. M. Doherty for kindly confirming the ammonia determinations for me. V. Fruit or Banana. I am only aware of two published analyses of the fruit of the banana or plantain. In Fiji, November, 1885, I examined the husked ripe fruit, ripened on the tree. BY T. STEEL. 445 H. Prinsen-Geerligs (Jour. Soc. Chem, Ind., 16, 1897, p- 939) gives an analysis made in Java of a plantain. E. Leuscher (Jour. Chem. Soe., 1902, Abs. i, p. 421) that of a ripe banana, husks removed. The abstract does not give loeality. The results are as under:— T. Steel. Prinsen-Geerligs. Leuscher. Fiji. Java. — CanekSugariery- cml unt eel. 5.65 13.68 15.83 Dextrose .. eo soit 4.72 Fa Levulose .. Folio cece koe, 18.64 3.61 | 9.70 MotaleSugangieren seni cimcee. 24.29 22.01 25.53 Water eter cis , 4 71.64 ) = 67.10 I found pongideratly more fruit sugar and less cane sugar than is reported in the other analyses, so that evidently this fruit varies considerably in ecomposi- tion; the degree of ripeness may have to do with this. In addition to the other sugars, Leuscher records the presence of 0.95% dextrin; I did not find any of this substance present in my sample. VI. “MILK” or Unripe Cocoa-Nuts. In December, 1885, when resident in Fiji, I made a chemical examination of several samples of the “milk” of green cocoa-nuts at the stage when used for drinking. The native name of this stage is “bu’’ (pronounced “mbu”) though they are commonly referred to as “niu” which is really the name of the tree. The Fijians recognise by different names eight stages in ripeness of the nuts. Van Slyde (Amer. Chem. Journ., 13, 1891, p. 130) gives analyses of six unripe samples, the average of which is stated below along with my Fiji analyses. Van Slyde. T. Steel. Cae See Average. 1 2. Bh Canetsugarjracenucde versus Trace 0.61 0.53 Idee EE Go go gol be oc 3.97 3.47 4.82 4.58 Proteinwanditat) sche) se. le 0.25 0.32 0.86 PASI trata Uebalifiste Dunsyaen staytltars 0.62 0.59 0.48 WWiaterinerineuui coh creuieradeerey tele 95.01 93.66 93.55 99.85 100.00 100.00 ISD i Grauet dine cares Peers 1.0227 1.0249 1.0250 1.0255 It will be notiesd that Van Slyde only records traces of cane sugar as being present. In an analysis of “milk” of a ripe cocoa-nut in the same paper, he shows traces only of fruit sugar and 4.42 of cane sugar. In my analysis the cane sugar was determined by Clerget double reading on the saccharometer and checked by copper titre after inversion. The water in my samples was ascertained by. drying by the paper roll method and is in extremely close agreement with that corresponding to the Sp. Gr. for solutions of sugar. In Van Slyde’s analyses the water is in each ease too high for the Sp. Gr., by this standard, being 0.76 per cent. high on the average. This perhaps indicates that there may have been over-estimation of water and that about the same amount of cane sugar as I found may have been really present. VII. Oxauic Acip In Punts. Sinee the publication of my paper, “The Occurrence of Calcium oxalate in Acacia Cambagev’”’ (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xlvi., 1921, p. 256), I have 446 : CHEMICAL NOTES—GENERAL, noticed a very interesting early paper on the presence of this acid in a fungus. In 1804, Dr. Robert Scott of Dublin contributed (Trans. Linn. Soe. London, 1804, p. 262) a paper describing the crystallization of oxalic acid on the sur- face of a dried specimen of Boletus sulphureus. He describes the efflorescence as consisting of needle-like crystals of the free acid mixed with a small proportion combined with “vegetable fixed alkali.’ This would be potash. EXPLANATION OF PLATE L. Fig. 1. Stalagmitic ferruginous deposit. Fairy Dell. Fig. 2. The same, end view. Fig. 8. Twigs with ferruginous coating. Cranky’s Creek Falls. Fig. 4. Thickly coated twig, broken to show core and structure. Cranky’s Creek Falls. Fig. 5. Similarly coated twigs. Cranky’s Creek Falls. Fig. 6. Fruit of Hakea dactyloides, thickly coated. Partly stripped. Cranky’s Creek Falls. Fig. 7. Leaf, probably A. saligna. Cranky’s Creek Falls. (All figures x 4/5.) 447 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND. No. 9. Orruoprera, AND ADDITIONS TO THE PROTORTHOPTERA, ODONATA, : HEMIPTERA AND PLANIPENNIA. By R. J. Tiutyarp, M.A., Se.D. (Cantab.), D.Se. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Biological Department, Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. (Plates li.-lii.; Text-figs. 72-89.) [Read 25th October, 1922.] The present paper completes the study of the Ipswich Upper Triassic fossils sent to me by Mr. B. Dunstan, Chief Government Geologist of Queensland, with the sole exception of the Coleoptera, which Mr. Dunstan himself is dealing with. In it no less than twenty species are dealt with, of which sixteen are described as new, while ten new genera are proposed for their reception. The species dealt with belong to the Orders Protorthoptera, Orthoptera, Odonata, Hemiptera (both Homoptera and Heteroptera) and Neuroptera Planipennia. A number of the fossils are shown enlarged on Plates li.-liii., which have been reproduced from photographs taken by Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, to whom my best thanks are due. I also desire to thank Mr. F. Muir, the well known Homopterist of Honolulu, for valuable criticisms of my former publica- tions on fossil Homoptera, as a result of which I have attempted some regroup- ing of the families represented in the Upper Trias. Order PROTORTHOPTERA. Family MESORTHOPTERIDAE. Mesorthopteron locustoides, Tillyard, Mesozoic and Tertiary Insects of Queensland and N.S.W., Queensland Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, 1916, p. 14, Plate 2, figs. 3—6. The types of this species are Specimens No. 5a and 5b in the Queensland Geol. Survey Collection at Brisbane. The fragment 5c, though originally figured (Le., Plate 1, fig. 4) as belonging to this species, can now be proved not to belong to it at all. The wing shown on Plate 1, fig. 5 of the same paper (Speci- men No. 4), which was originally indicated as doubtfully belonging to this species, has now been shown, by further study and comparison with other fossils, to be the somewhat badly preserved tegmen of a Homopteron, Mesociaiodes brachyclada, n.sp., described in this paper. Since the type was described, a number of fragments of this species have been discovered at Ipswich, together with one more complete specimen showing 448 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X., a large portion of the wing. Taken together, they enable us to complete the restoration of the wing, the only parts not found upon one or other of the fragments being a portion of the distal area below the apex, together with the apical border itself, part of the distal branching of the cubitus, and the actual outline of the anal border. A study of all the specimens discovered shows that the original interpretation of the venation given by me was incorrect. A new definition of the family and genus is here given :— Family Mesorthopteridae: Large Protorthopterous insects having rather long wings, well rounded at the apex, and carrying numerous main veins separated everywhere by a complete archedictyon or original meshwork of irregular poly- gonal cellules, as shown in Plate li, fig. 26. Costal space with many oblique veinlets. Se a strongly formed vein. R strongly formed, with the origin of Rs placed far from base. M a weak vein fused with R basally and diverging only slightly from it. Cua very strongly formed vein, giving off a series of numerous anterior branches. Anal area rather narrow. Genus MESORTHOPTERON Till. (Plate li, fig. 26; Text-fig. 72.) Large insects having the forewing somewhat longer and narrower than the hind. Se long, reaching to about one-fifth from apex, and with the subcostal veinlets evenly spaced and mostly unbranched. Ri branching apically so as to fill the space between end of Se and apex of wing. Rs with few branches, all running to margin around apex. Mi+2 with few branches, M3+4 a weak furrow vein without any branches at all. Main stem of Cui giving off anteriorly a series ef about six anterior branches, very regularly arranged, most of which fork dichotomically before reaching the margin; the branches of this vein supply a space reaching from just below the apex right round to half-way along the pos- terior margin. Cuz a weak, straight, furrow vein, ending up somewhat before half-way along the posterior margin. Apparently only two anal veins, the first running parallel to Cuz just below it, and probably branched distally, the second somewhat curved, with a number of descending branchlets. In the costal and anal areas the archedictyon is much denser than on the rest of the wing, being formed of a very large number of very irregular cellules; in the rest of: the wing, it consists chiefly of two rows of polygonal cells lying between each consecutive pair of longitudinal veins. Genotype, Mesorthopteron locustoides Till. The genus remains monotypic, and can be recognised at once by the extra- ordinary manner of branching of Cui, which, as far as I know, is unique within the Class Insecta. Small fragments of the wings of this insect are frequently met with at Ipswich, and can always be recognised by the very characteristic archedictyon. MESORTHOPTERON LOcUSTOIDES Till. (Plate li, fig. 26; Text-fig. 72.) The restoration of this fine wing, given in Text-fig. 72, is based chiefly upon Specimen No. 258), a large fragment of a forewing, showing almost the whole of the costal margin (except the apical and basal portions), and portions of all the veins down to within a short distance of the posterior margin; the latter, together with the anal area, is absent. Total length of fragment, 22.5 mm., from which the measurements of the complete forewing may be estimated to be about 35 mm. long by 15 mm. wide. The other fragments studied in making the restoration were the following :— Specimen No. 72 a-b: a small piece, showing portion of the anal veins and Cue. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 449 Specimen No. 75: a fragment showing basal portions of Cui, Cuz and nearly all the anal veins. Specimen No. 78a-b: portions of Cur and Cuz, showing branches of the former. Text-fig. 72.— Mesorthopteron locustoides Till. Restoration of forewing, with archedictyon omitted (see Plate li., fig. 26.) (x 4). Specimen No. 123: anal veins, basal part of Cuz and portion of branches of Cui. Specimen No. 224: two fragments on one small piece of rock; one shows a piece of Se with costal area, the other portions of the branches of Cui. Specimen No. 234: ends of Se and R, with branches around apex. Specimen No. 241b: Se and the costal area practically complete from base to near apex, also distal portion of R. Type, Specimens No. 5a, 5b, in Coll. Queerisland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Heautotypes used in restoring the wing are the specimens mentioned above. This inseet is clearly an arehaie type persisting from the Upper Carboni- ferous Protorthoptera, and appears to have its nearest relatives in the Pro- totettigidae of the Middle Upper Carboniferous of Saarbriicken. Specimens No. 100 and 162a are fragments of Protorthopterous wings not belonging to the genus Mesorthopteron, and distinguished from it by the fainter and more regular archedictyon and the very strong veins. They probably belong to the genus Notoblattites Till., but there is not enough of the wing preserved to allow of a definite placing and naming’ of the specimens. Order ORTHOPTERA. Fanuly TRIASSOMANTIDAKE, n.fam. Insects of rather small size, in which the forewing is of the general plan shown in recent Mantidae, but with the venation of a more archaic type. Se short, ending up little beyond half-way along the costa, and thus leaving a long pterostigmatic area between itself and Ri. Rs arising nearer to base than in any known Mantoid types, and dividing dichotomically into two parallel branches. M a single vein to beyond middle of wing, dividing into two main branches beyond the level of the end of Se. (Clavus and most of Cu missing). This family appears to come fairly close to the Liassic Geinitziidae of Europe, but is more archaic in possessing a much longer Rs, which is dicho- 450 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix., tomically forked. The small bark-haunting Perlamantinae, well represented in Australia to-day, are perhaps the direct descendants of this family. Genus TRIASSOMANTIS, n.g. (Plate li., fig. 27; Text-fig. 73.) Characters as given for the family, with the following additions :—Costal and pterostigmatie veinlets, and all series of cross-veins, fairly abundant, oblique and parallel to one another. Se and Ri both turn fairly sharply upwards to end on the costal margin. Res runs quite straight to a point a little above the apex, and gives off a strong anterior distal branch (Re) below the end of Rui, together with a set of shorter distal branchlets anteriorly at the end of Rs. R45 also runs quite straight below and parallel to Re,3, and gives off Ra as a close parallel branch above Rs; the latter continues the line of R4,5 and ends up at the apex of the wing, which is well rounded. M_ slightly curved down- wards near middle of wing; both its main branches give off somewhat irregular posterior branches with small terminal forks. Part of Cui preserved distally as a straight vein having a small terminal fork. Genotype, Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.). TRIASSOMANTIS PYGMAEUS, n.sp. (Plate li, fig. 27; Text-fig. 73.) This species is represented by a rather faint impression of a left forewing, complete except for the loss of the clavus and most of the cubitus. Total length, Sc LL LE ES ESS PLL LLL LEAL dna vise i Pema Se Text-fig. 73.—Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.g. et sp. Restoration of forewing with apex to right (see Plate li., fig. 27.) (x 11). Text-fig. 74.—Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.g. et sp. Restoration of forewing (see Plate li., fig. 28.) (x 5.4). 10 mm. Greatest breadth, 2.8 mm. The costal veinlets are numerous and more closely spaced than the cross-veins in the rest of the wing. The elongated ptero- stigma carries eleven veinlets spaced about the same distance apart as the eross- BY R. J. TILLYARD. 451 veins in the radial and median areas below them. ‘The number and position of the terminal branches of Rs and M may also be considered as specifie characters ; R3 has four closely placed anterior branchlets, while Mi,2 and Ms,4 both run straight to the wing margin, giving off only posterior branches as shown in Text- fig. 73. Mi, 2 converges towards Rs from below. Type, Specimen No. 86a, in Coll. Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. The size of this wing appears to indicate a small insect, not unlike the present day Perlamantinae, and possibly of somewhat similar habits. The re- storation of the missing parts of the wing, in Text-fig. 73, is made on the sup- position that the missing portion of the venation was on the Perlamantine plan. Family LOCUSTOPSIDAE. This family was formed by Handlirsch to inelude a number of Liassie and Upper Jurassic Locustoid insects allied to the Eleanidae, but differing from them in having M branched instead of simple, Se much longer, and Cu not fused basally with M. The fossil from the Upper Trias of Ipswich, which I here place under this family, agrees with the Locustopsidae in all characters except only the short Se, a character which I do not consider of sufficient im- portance to justify the making of a new family to contain it. The definition of the family Loeustopsidae will therefore need emending as regards the length of Se, which may be either short or long. These insects appear to have been slender, voiceless Locustoids, having very long and slender antennae, and with the long, slender hind-legs not armed with spines. Genus TRIASSOLOCUSTA, ng. (Plate li, fig. 28; Text-fig. 74.) Insects of moderate size, with forewing very long and narrow. Se ending up before half-way along costal margin, and provided with a shorter anterior branch. Rs arising somewhat before half-way along the wing, with four distinct and well-spaced branches arranged in pectinate series. M branching into three near level of origin of Rs; the most posterior of these three branches, M34, forks again distally. First fork of Cu placed well away from base, at about one- fourth of the wing-length. Cui arching somewhat flatly upwards, connected with M above by an oblique vein (Ms), and forked distally. Cuz short, straight, ending up very close to Cui. (Clavus missing). Genotype, Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich). TRIASSOLOCUSTA LEPTOPTERA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 28; Text-fig. 74.) Total length, 21 mm., greatest breadth (at about one-fifth from apex), 4 mm. The specimen is a very clear impression of a right forewing, complete except for the loss of the very narrow clavus and slight damage to the basal portion of the costal margin. Veinlets and cross-veins are only faintly pre- served, and are mostly omitted from Text-fig. 74. Se gives off an anterior branch Sci, quite close to the base; this branch has about four faint oblique cross-veins below it, and is separated from the end of the main stem of Se by two oblique veinlets. From a little before the level of the end of Se, R begins to give off anterior veinlets running very obliquely to the costal margin. There are three of these, the last being at the level of the origin of Rs. Next comes a fairly long anterior branch, running at a very slight angle to Ri itself, and carrying on it four or five shorter anterior veinlets. Beyond this branch lies a series of pterostigmatie veinlets, eight in number, less obliquely placed. R1 itself ends 452 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ixX., up not much before the apex of the wing. Rs has, besides the series of four pectinate branches already mentioned in the generic definition, a set of four ter- minal twigs arranged as shown in Text-fig. 74; the branch next below these ends exactly at the apex of the wing. The ecross-venation in the spaces between the branches of Rs and M distally is a fine polygonal meshwork, two cells thick within each successive space, the borders of the cells making a slightly irregular line, dividing each space longitudinally about midway. Portions of these are indicated by dotted lines in Text-fig. 74. Type, Specimen No. 99, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. In Text-fig. 74, the clavus has been restored on the lines shown in the genus Locustopsis Handl., with only two anal veins. Order ODONATA. Suborder Archizygoptera. Family MESOPHLEBIIDAE. Further study of the genus Mesophlebia (Tillyard, 1916, p. 24) has con- vinced me that it does not belong to the Anisoptera, but to Handlirsch’s Sub- order Anisozygoptera, to which also most of the known Liassic Dragonflies be- long. It seems best to treat it for the present as representative of a new family Mesophlebiidae, which shows some affinity with the Liassie Heterophlebiidae. The exact relationships of the new family cannot be accurately determined until the basal half of the wing is discovered. MESOPHLEBIA ANTINODALIS Tull. (Plate li., fig. 30; Text-fig. 75.) Tillyard, Mesozoic and Tertiary Insects of Queensland and New South Wales, Qld. Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, 1916, p. 24. Specimen 127a represents a fairly well preserved portion of a right forewing of this species, comprising the whole of the costal margin from somewhat before the nodus to a little beyond the pterostigma, and including the subnodus and all branches of M except Ma, of which only a very small portion is preserved. The nodus is incomplete basally by the loss of the costal margin, though Se is com- plete. ‘The pterostigma is complete and remarkably well preserved. Total length of fragment, 28 mm. Distance from nodus to beginning of pterostigma, 12° mm. Length of pterostigma, 3.6 mm. The approximate total length of the wing must have been about 40 mm. By comparison with the type specimen, the present wing is found to be somewhat narrower in comparison with its length, and may therefore be considered as a forewing, the type specimen representing a hindwing. ‘he pterostigma, however, is longer than in the type (3.6 mm. as against 2.8 mm.) which is a somewhat anomalous condition. Number of postnodals five, as ‘nu type. Pterostigma slightly wider basally than distally. slightly shorter along costa than along R, and strongly thickened along R. No brace-vein below pterostigma. A strong, oblique subnodus between R and Mi 2, strutted below, between Mi,2 and Ms, by a much longer oblique cross-vein running in the opposite direction, at right angles to subnodus. Mi curving upwards so as to come to lie close under pterostigma, as in the type. Structure of Mia and Me very closely similar to type, but the broadened space between Mi and M14 below distal half of pterostigma carried definitely two rows of eellules. A weak oblique vein indicated between Mz and Ms, far from level of nodus, and a similar but longer oblique vein below it, between Ms and Ms. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 453 Distad from level of nodus, M4 arches rather sharply downwards away from Ms, as also in type. The differences to be noted between the new specimen and the type consist in the presence of a definite subnodus normally placed, the absence of the weak pterostigmatie brace-vein shown in the type, the longer pterostigma, and the double row of cellules distally below the pterostigma. As the type was not very well preserved in places, it is possible that these differences may not really have been as great as they appear, e.g., the apparent brace-vein in the type may be only very slightly different from the normal cross-vein of the present specimen. Se H,: Ce Oly u, Text-fig. 75.—Mesophlebia antinodalis Till. Heautotype. (see Plate lii., fig. 80.) (x 3.5). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —. Text-fig. 76.—Triassophlebia stigmatica, n.g. et sp. Fragment of wing. (x 5). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —. while the subnodus may be present in the type, but indistinct, and the same may be true of the double row of cellules below the pterostigma. I have therefore decided not to give the new fossil a separate specific name, but to include it in the species M. antinodalis Till., allowing a certain amount of variability in the length of the pterostigma in this species, and in one or two other characters. It is a great pity that this second fossil shows practically the same portions of the wing preserved as in the type, while the important region of arculus and discoidal cell still remains undiscovered. Type, Specimen No. 3a, and Type-Counterpart Spee. No. 3b. Heautotype, Specimen No. 127a. All in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. 454 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix., Genus TRIASSOPHLEBIA, ng. (Text-fig. 76.) Pterostigma elongated, about twice as long as in Mesophlebia. Postnodals numerous and close together. Mi only slightly converging towards R beneath distal end of pterostigma. Mia and Me very much as in Mesophlebia, but Mia definitely arising from Me. Supplementary sectors present distally between M1 and M14, also between Mia and Me. Ms running very close below Me at level of origin of Mia, as in Mesophlebia, but no oblique vein visible between Mz and Ms. ‘lwo rows of cellules present distally between M2 and Ms. Mg lies further away from Ms than in Mesophlebia, with two rows of cellules between them at the level of the origin of M14, increasing to three and then to four rows distally. Ma not arching strongly downwards away from M3. (Rest of wing not pre- served). Genotype, Triassophlebia stigmatica, nsp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswieh, Q.). This new genus, may be placed provisionally within the Mesophlebiidae, pend- ing the discovery of more complete material. TRIASSOPHLEBIA STIGMATICA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 76.) Total length of fragment, about 14 mm., probably representing a total wing- length of at least 40 mm. Number of postnodals preserved or partially pre- served, eight, indicating a total of about twelve. Pterostigma covering about nine or ten cellules. R somewhat thickened below pterostigma, but not so strongly as in Mesophlebia antinodalis. Mia arises from Me as a well defined vein, strongly convex, well before the level of the pterostigma, and continues strongly to below the middle of the latter, when it becomes slightly kinked in one or two places, as shown in Text-fig. 76. Supplementary sector above Mia preceded by three irregularly divided cellules; that below Mia is a straight sector from its very beginning, preceded by a single row of cellules. Me arising from M as a strongly diverging vein which almost at once approaches Ms very closely, being separated from it only by a single row of very narrow cellules; further distad, below the level of the pterostigma, these two veins diverge somewhat, and. are separated by two rows of cellules. The portion of Ms preserved runs sub- parallel to Ms, and is separated from it mostly by two rows of cellules, increas- ing to three or four rows of smaller cellules distally. Only a small portion of Ma is preserved, diverging slightly from Ms, and separated from it by a single row of celluies. Type, Specimen No. 82a in Coll. Queensland Geological Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Suborder Anisozygoptera. Family TRIASSAGRIONIDAH, n.fam. Se greatly shortened, ending up at less than one-fourth of the wing-length. Probably only two antenodals present. No definite nodus formed. Postnodals numerous. A true pterostigma present. Base of wing petiolate, very narrow. M fused with R basally, diverging very gently from it at the arculus, which is incomplete posteriorly. No true discoidal cell present. At the areulus M divides into Mi-3 and M4; the former is a strong coneaye vein, running below and sub-parallel to Ri, and giving off (a) the common stem of M3 and Ms, and (b) at about twice as far from the areulus, the stem of Me. Me arises from M1 a little before half-way along the wing, arching strongly downwards, and BY R. J. TILLYARD. 455 soon dividing into two strong branches, which diverge at a sharp angle; the upper branch, Maa, runs straight along the wing to end up just below the apex, close to Mia, which is a long sector formed between Mi and Me; the lower branch, M2, runs obliquely just above Ms. The common stem of Ms and M3 soon divides at a very acute angle into Ms, which runs straight on, obliquely across the wing, and Mg, which arches so as to end up about half-way along the posterior border, far from Ms, but very close to Ma. Mag is a slightly arched, unbranched, convex vein, rather weakly formed distally. The cubitus is a simple, coneave vein, corresponding with Cui of recent Odonata, slightly curved below the areulus, and then running almost straight on to end up at about the middle of the posterior border, a little before M4. Anal crossing present as a weak cubito-anal veinlet, situated at the end of the petiole, and marking the origin of 1A from Cu; 1A itself runs between Cu and the posterior border, and ends up not far from Cu. Both Cu and 1A become weak and somewhat zig-zagged distally. Handlirsch formed the new Suborder Archizygoptera to include the single peculiar and highly problematical genus Protomyrmeleon Geinitz, represented by a single species, P. brunonis Geinitz, from the Upper Lias of Dobbertin in Meck- lenburg. This fossil was placed by him in the family Protomyrmeleontidae, the only family of the Suborder. The present fossil agrees with Protomyrmeleon in the very striking characters of the shortened Se, unformed nodus, peculiar deve- loptient of Mia, two-branched Mz and simple eubitus, but appears to differ in the bas: not being petiolate, M arising separate from R, so that no areulus is formed, separation of the base of Ms from Ms, and entire absence of 1A. (It should be noted that Handlirsch’s naming of all the veins after M1 is incorrect, his Me being actually Mia; his Rs, M2,; his Ms, Ma,; his Ma, Ms; and his Cui, Cuz and 1A being Ms, Ms and Cu respectively). It would appear highly probable that the true base of Protomyrmeleon has not been preserved, including the petiole (if present), the portion of M fused with R, and the true areulus. This misled Handlirsch in naming the vems. As drawn by him in Plate xlii., fig. 14 of his Atlas to “Die Fossilen Insekten,” there is, in any case, no true 1A in this genus. Genus TRIASSAGRION, ng. (Plate li, fig. 31; Text-fig. 77.) To the characters given for the family we may add the following for the genus :—Postnodals about twenty-four, the basal ones mostly continuous with the eross-veins below them, the distal ones not so. Pterostigma short, about twice as long as wide. Ri, Mi, Mia and Me, all ending up close together at or near apex of wing. Mia arises as a weak zig-zag vein from near base of Ms, and runs very close above Me at first, but gradually diverges until, below the pterostigma, it runs as a straight vein about half-way between Mi and Ma. The wide tri- angular spaces between the two branches of Me and also between Ms and Ms are filled with irregular cellules, without any supplements. Only one row of cellules between 1A and the posterior border of the wing. Genotype, Triassagrion australiense, nsp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.). It is useless to try to compare this genus closely with any existing Zygoptera, owing to the great difference in the structure of the arculus, the entire absence of the discoidal cell, the primitive condition of Cu and 1A, and the branched econ- dition of Mz. I would, however, call attention to certain resemblances which it bears to the forewing of the genus Chorismagrion Morton. This latter genus, found in North Queensland at the present day, has the arculus open basally in ff. 456 . MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix., the forewing; Se is very short; Mi-3 gives off the common stem of Mg and Ms at the subnodus, and Me far beyond it, with Mia forming a well developed vein between Mi and Mz; Cu, except for current usage, might well be interpreted as a simple vein, 1A arising separately out of the posterior margin just beyond the end of the petiole, and connected with Cu above it by the anal crossing. Again, if we look at the genus Hemiphlebia, which also has the arculus incomplete basally in the forewing, we see that the same interpretation of Cu and 1A is the obvious one, and that 1A actually arises from the cubito-anal veinlet as it does in Triassagrion, with a small cross-vein connecting it with the end of the petiole as in that genus. This latter character, being unique in present-day Zygoptera, is a very significant one. I therefore suggest the probability of our modern Zygoptera having arisen from some such form as T'riassagrion by the following changes :-— (1) Formation of a complete nodus by strengthening of the subnodal cross- veins between end of Se and R, and between R and M1-3. (2) Formation of the strong distal side of the still open discoidal cell, by change of direction of the first cross-vein between M4 and Cu. (3) A further bending of Cu below arculus, correlated with (2). (4) Cross-vein situated below distal angle of discoidal cell becomes strong and oblique, and, in the nymphal wing, carries a trachea which captures 1A and attaches it to Cu. (5) Shortening and simplification of Mia. (6) Reduction of Me to a simple vein. (7) Approximation of Ms towards Ms. Definite proof of the origin of modern Zygoptera from such a type as Triassagrion cannot be given with the present state of our knowledge. It is more probable that a considerable number of archaic types ancestral to various groups of the true Zygoptera were already in existence in the Upper Trias. One, indeed, we already know in the genus Triassolestes, related to Epiophlebia. We can only add that the recent studies of Professor C. H. Kennedy on the penes of Zygoptera strongly indicate the probability of forms such as Hemi- phlebia and the Megapodagrionidae being the oldest existing Zygoptera, and that this result, startling as it appears to be, would be quite in harmony with the evidence of our Upper Triassic fossils. TRIASSAGRION AUSTRALIENSE, nsp. (Plate li, fig. 31; Text-fig. 77.) An almost complete wing, probably a forewing. Total length, 21 mm; Greatest breadth, 4.5 mm. The wing is the reverse of a left wing, as is shown by Ri being concave and Mi convex in the impression. The wing is complete except for the following missing parts:—Portions of the costal area broken away (a) before the end of Se, (b) in two places between Se and pterostigma, the second of these being a deep triangular break reaching across Ri, as shown in Plate lit, fig. 31, and (c) from pterostigma to near apex; in this last case, the two posterior angles of the pterostigma are visible, and also the whole of the straight and slightly thickened base along Rui, so that the stigma itself can easily be restored in its entirety. The basal piece of Cu up to beginning of arculus is very faintly preserved, and has been restored back- wards to base, in Text-fig. 77, along the line faintly indicated in the fossil. The posterior margin of the petiole is absent, but a clear indication of the cubito- anal crossing and the beginning of 1A below it can be seen; most of the course of 1A is very faint indeed. Between the origins of Ms and Me, the wing has become slightly buckled by lying above a hard, convex object, probably a fruit BY R. J. TILLYARD. 457 or cone of some plant, and this has also caused the transverse tear, which can be seen across veins M4 and Cui in Plate lii., fig. 31, somewhat anterior to this point, and is indicated by the dark shadow. The distal halves of M4 and Cui are thus shifted upwards out of their proper levels, and at the same time Sea aoege pee aaeTalnael CTR pee (7 As neeeeanteee Text-fig. 77.—Triassagrion australiense, n.g. et sp.. Restoration of wing. (see Plate lii., fig. 31.) (x 6.3). Convex veins marked +, concave veins —. it is probable that, by slight longitudinal rucking, the veins Ms, Ms and Me2 have got pushed together more closely, near their origins, than would be the ease if the wing were lying flat. The correct positions of these last three veins cannot be exactly restored; but, in the case of M4 and Cu, the former being convex and the latter concave, it is easy to pick up their broken courses, and to restore them as in Text-fig. 77. Plate lu., fig. 31 shows this fossil wing with the light so arranged that the main veins are well shown up; consequently, the cross-veins are not well shown, being mostly at right angles to the main veins. Under a moderate power, how- ever, every single cross-vein of this wing can be seen, though they are all of very fine calibre. The only parts which cannot be restored with absolute cer- tainty are those where there has been a break or rucking. In this connection, I desire to emphasize the following points :— (1) In the restoration, the origins and basal portions of M3, Ms and Me are probably crowded a little too closely together, owing to the rucking already mentioned. (2) It is not absolutely certain that there are only two antenodals; there may be another one closer to the distal end of Se. (3) Cu, being a coneave vein, is raised up in this reverse impression, and its basal piece, within the petiole, has the actual impression of the vein removed, as often along a ridge; its course, however, seems fairly well indicated, and it is restored in its normal position for Zygoptera. (4) The posterior border of the petiole is also missing. But the anal crossing, Ac, can be seen, with faint indications of the origin of 1A below it. The restoration is given in the only possible way in which these remnants can be made to fit into the wing-scheme, but must not be taken as being absolutely accurate. (5) The breaks along the costa have been filled in by completing the series of postnodals, and by continuing the oblique sides of the pterostigma upwards from the preserved posterior portion along Ri. As this vein can be seen to be strongly thickened below the pterostigma, the assumption that the latter was well chitinised is, I think, justified. 458 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1%., The importance of this wing in the study of Odonate phylogeny seems to me to be so great that it is essential that all doubtful points in the restoration of the wing should be fully emphasized. Type, Specimen 290a (reverse), in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Bris- bane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Order HEMIPTERA. Suborder Homoptera. Since the publication of Nos. 7 and 8 of this series of papers, a considerable number of tegmina have been oa to me from the Ipswich fossil beds. It is now apparent that, next to the Coleoptera, the Homoptera were the dominant Order in the Upper Trias of Ipswich. We now know enough to attempt a review of the whole position of the Suborder at that period; the difficulty is not so much lack of knowledge of the Triassic forms, as the still fluctuating and uncertain schemes of classification of recent Auchenorrhyncha, particularly in the Superfamily Fulgoroidea. Mr. F. Muir, the well-known authority on these in- sects, has recently taken considerable interest in the fossil discoveries at Belmont and Ipswich; and he writes to me that, in his opinion, the Suborder Palaeohemi- ptera of Handlirsch does not exist, as the two genera still included in it (Prosbole Handl. and Mitchellonewra Till.) may reasonably be considered as archaic Ful- goroids of the family Tropiduchidae, the connection beg furnished by the evi- dence of the venation of the South American genus Alcestis.: Accepting this view, it becomes evident at once that the tegmina placed in this paper under the genus Mesodiphthera are even more typically Tropiduchid than those already mentioned. I therefore have no hesitation in removing them from the Seytinop- teridae and placing them in the Tropiduchidae. Mr. Muir is also of opinion that the forms placed by me in the subfamily Mesocixiinae of the Seytinopteridae are true Cixiidae, a conclusion which seems reasonable when we consider that this family stands morphologically at the very root of the Fulgoroidea. I shall there- fore remove the genera Mesocixius Till., Triassocixius Tul. and Mesocixiodes, n.g. to the family Cixiidae. The Ipsviciidae may also be considered to be a specia- lised family of Fulgoroidea, and are almost the only Triassic forms in which the evolution of the anal Y-vein on the clavus can be seen to have begun. This leaves in the Scytinopteridae the Upper Triassic genera Mesoscytina Till., Triassoscarta Till. and Chiliocycla Till. To these will be here added the two new genera Apheloscyta and Polycytella, the former allied to Scytinoptera Handl. and the latter to Chikocycla. It is possible that the two genera Chilio- cycla and Polycytella may prove to be Membracids of a primitive type; but until we can discover the eclavus of Chiliocycla, so as to determine the course of 1A, it will be best to leave them in the Seytinopteridae. The other families of Auchenorrhyncha represented in the Upper Triassic of Ipswich are the Mesogereonidae, ancestral to the Cicadidae, and the Cicadel- lidae or Jassidae. No further examples of these are dealt with in this paper. Family SCYTINOPTERIDAE. Genus APHELOSCYTA,a.g. (Plate liii., fig. 33; Text-fig. 78.) Alhed to Scytinoptera Hand]. from the Upper Permian of Russia, but differing from it in having Rs coming off from R quite close to the apex of the wing, whereas Rs arises about half-way along R in Scytinoptera. Vein M, which ———— —————— BY R. J. TILLYARD. 459 is quite straight in Scytinoptera, is bent sharply into a very noticeable bay or hollow, coneave to the costal margin, a little beyond the middle of the wing, in the new genus. Terminal branchings of M and Cui two each, connected by a single cross-vein much as in Scytinoptera, but Ms,4 and Cui, lie closer together. Clavus (missing in Seytinoptera) of fairly typical Scytinopterid type, but 2A 19 "Se = Text-fig. 78.—Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (see Plate liii., fig. 33.) (x 10.3). Text-fig. 79.—Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. Restoration of tegmen from type and heautotype, with tuberculation omitted. (x 11.7). (see Plate lili., fig. 37.) les very close to the basal posterior margin, and appears also to run close along- side the distal posterior margin of the clayus, thus showing a yery early stage in the evolution of the true claval Y-vein found in the Fulgoroidea. Shape of wing somewhat different from that of Scytinoptera, the costal area being about equally wide throughout, and the apex much less broadly rounded. Genotype, Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich). APHELOSCYTA MESOCAMPTA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 33; Text-fig. 78.) Total length, 10 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.5 mm. A complete tegmen, except for slight damage at the base of the clavus and also at end of Ri; of tough consistency, strongly granulated all over. All the main veins clearly marked, but the distal branchings somewhat fainter. The im- 460 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix., pression is that of a left tegmen, of which both obverse and reverse are pre- served; the latter is the better impression of the two. Type, Specimen No. 98a (reverse) in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Genus CHILIOGYCLA Till. Tillyard, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv., pt. 4, 1919 (1920), p. 868. Genotype, Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. (l.c., p. 869). CHILIOCYCLA scoLoPoIpES Till. (Plate li, fig. 37; Text-fig. 79.) Specimen No. 327a is a second example of this interesting tegmen, more com- plete basally than the type, but with the clavus missing, and the sculpture much more poorly preserved. Combining the two tegmina, it is possible to offer a. re- construction of the tegmen as shown in Text-fig. 79, the very strong sculpture of flat circular tubercles, covering all except the distal end of the tegmen, being omitted. The new specimen shows very clearly the excessively strongly built costal border basally, and the short Se connecting with it. The restoration of the elavus is purely provisional. Types: Holotype, Specimen No. 158a; heautotype, Spec. No. 327a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Genus PoLycyTELLA, ng. (Plate liii., fig. 36.) Tegmen of rather long, narrow shape, strongly sculptured all over with a meshwork of raised polygonal cellules, somewhat resembling the flattened tubercles of Chihocycla, but placed more closely together. Only four main veins between the costa and the vena dividens, viz., Se, R, M and Cur. These radiate out from near the base of the wing, and run almost straight to the wing-margin, without any branches. Se very short; R ends up about half-way along the curved costal margin, M near apex, and Cui well below apex. Cuz (vena dividens) runs straight to a little beyond half-way along posterior margin of wing. Clavus (partially missing) apparently rather narrow, the courses of the anal veins not preserved. Genotype, Polycytella triassica, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich). POLYCYTELLA TRIASSICA, n.sp. (Plate liii., fig. 36.) Total length of fragment, 7.5 mm., representing a tegmen of about 8.5 mm. in length. The costal margin is not very well preserved, except at the extreme base, where there may also be seen a short, slender vein, probably a much short- ened Se, separated from the costa by a single row of cellules. Between Se and R there are three rows of cellules, somewhat irregularly arranged. The number of rows of cellules between R, M, Cui and Cus, respectively, increases in each case from the base outwards from one or two up to six or seven rows, and the individual cellules become somewhat larger distally. The distal two-fifths of the costa and the whole of the apical margin to a little below the end of Cui are missing, as is also most of the clavus. Type, Specimen No. 8la, and paratype No. 154 (poorly preserved), in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 461 Family TROPIDUCHIDAE. Genus MESODIPHTHERA Till. (Text-figs. 80, 81.) Tillyard, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xliv., pt. 4, 1919 (1920), p. 873. The type of this genus is M. grandis Till., represented by the basal half only of a large tegmen about 20 mm. long. Two more specimens referable to this génus are now to hand, and enable us to add to the definition of the genus the following characters:—Branches of R and M irregularly branched distally; a slightly impressed dividing line crossing the wing transversely from near end of Ri to near end of clavus. MESODIPHTHERA PROSBOLOIDES, n.sp. (Text-fig. 80.) Greatest length of fragment, 14.4 mm; greatest breadth, 5 mm. The complete tegmen was probably about 15 mm. long. This species is represented by the greater portion of a fairly large tegmen, evidently of stout build, but not very well preserved. The membrane is creased and cracked in places, making it very difficult to follow out the details of the venation, in which there are some very unexpected fusions of branch veins. The Text-fig. 80.—MWesodiphthera prosboloides, u. sp. Tegmen restored. (x 7.5). Text-fig. 81.—Mesodiphthera dunstani,n. sp. Tegmen restored. (x 11.6). structure of the basal half of the tegmen resembles that of M. grandis Till., ex- cept that there is an oblique connecting vein between M and Cui, absent in the genotype, and Cui is weakly formed and somewhat irregular. The costal area is broad basally, and shaped as in the genotype. Rui appears as a short free vein 462 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X., distally, arising obliquely from Re,3, which is not well preserved. R45 is von- siderably branched. Mi+2 is a strong, straight vein running to near apex, and having no branches. Ms3,4 gives off three anterior branches distally, and also meets two very oblique branches from Cui, the main stem of which is short, and ends up not far beyond the end of the clavus. Cuz is a straight furrow- vein. Most of the clavus is preserved, with 1A and 2A separate, and shaped mueh as in the genotype, though 2A is longer. The border of the elavus seems to be somewhat irregular in shape, but is not well preserved, and may have undergone some distortion. Type, Specimen No. 89a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. MESODIPHTHERA DUNSTANI, n.sp. (Text-fig. 81.) Greatest length of fragment, 10.8 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.8 mm. The com- plete tegmen was probably about 12 mm. long. This species is complete basally, except for a small portion of the border of the clavus; the apical portion of the tegmen is broken off obliquely, but all the main branchings of the veins are well shown, though a considerable amount of transverse crumpling undergone by the tegmen makes them difficult to follow in places. The species is easily distinguished by the basal bending of M, which arches up so as to touch R, and then bends downwards again until it nearly touches Cu. Also all the distal branchings of R and M tend to turn upwards, and both branches of M are forked. Cui is weakly formed, as in the previous species, but its manner of branching is different. Family CIXIIDAE. Genus MESOCIXIODES, ng. (Plate lii., fig. 34; Text-figs. 82-84.) Allied to Mesociaius Till., and also to Triassociaius Till., but differmg from both in having Ri unbranched, while Re+s sends a series of veinlets to the costa distally. Costal area very broad. Median cell (mc) complete, small, and placed far distally, as in Mesocizius. Cui with a small distal fork. Genotype, Mesocixiodes termioneura, n.sp. (Upper Triassie, Ipswich, Q.). MBSOCIXIODES TERMIONEURA, n.sp. (Plate li., fig. 34; Text-fig. 82.) Total length, 12.5 mm.; width at end of clavus, 3.5 mm. The tegmen is complete except for the absence of the clavus and a slight break near the apex of the wing; it is finely granulated all over, and is stained a bright orange- brown. Ri is a short vein, shghtly curved, and somewhat similar to the ter- minal branches of Re,s, though more strongly formed. Res gives off al- together four terminal branches, the first two of which arise close together. Re+3 and R4;5 are connected distally by a strong cross-vein, and a similar Ra,5 branches into two distally, the upper branch having a short terminal fork. eross-vein, r-m, connects R4is5 with the closed median cell below it. Mi and Me are sessile upon the median cell (me), Ms and Mg shortly stalked from it. A strong eross-vein, m-cu, connects the median cell with the short Cui, below it. There are no eross-veins present in the broad costal area, nor.in the spaces be- tween the main veins, except the three distal ones already mentioned, together with im, which closes the median cell. Type, Specimen 88a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 463 MESOCIXIODES ORTHOCLADA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 83.) Total length, 9 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.2 mm. This specimen is complete, except for partial obliteration of the distal portion. The costal area is broad, as in the genotype, but Ri is a much longer vein, running straight out from the main stem of R in an oblique direction to a point about three-fifths of the way Text-fig. 82.—Mesocixviodes termioneura, u.g.et sp. Tegmen. (see Plate liii., fig. 34.) (x 6.7). Text-fig. 83.—Mesocixiodes orthoclada, u.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 8). Vext-fig. 84.—J/esociaviodes brachyclada, n.g. et sp. Fragment of tezgmen. (x 5). along the costa, and thus making the costal area very pointed distally. Four evenly-spaced branches of R23 are present, and this vein leaves the main stem of R very close to Ra;5. M does not appear to be connected with Cui basally, and its distal branches are very indistinct, though the median cell appears to be an elongated cell enclosed between only two main branches. The distal forking of Cui is much longer than in the genotype. Clavus complete, with 1A running below and close to Cuz and very slightly waved; 2A a small loop across the anal angle. Type, Specimen No. 318a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. In the absence of any definite evidence as to the true form of the median cell, it seems best to keep this species in the genus Mesocixiodes, with which it agrees in its other characters. The species is easily distinguished by the striking form of Ri, which has suggested the specifie name orthoclada, MESOCIXIODES BRACHYCHADA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 84.) This species is represented only by the distal half of a left tegmen of about the same size as that of the previous species, having the four distal branches of 464 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1x., Res similarly situated, but the first of them much closer to Ri, which is a short vein like that in the genotype, but quite straight. The end branch of Re 3 is gently curved, and is joined to an anterior branch of Rais by two short cross-veins. Re,3 and Ra,5 come off far apart, as in the genotype. Branches of M and Cui obliterated; Cuz apparently a rather stout vein. Length of fragment, 9.5 mm. Type, Specimen No. 325a in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Specimen No. 4, figured by me in 1916 (lc., Plate 1, fig. 5) as doubtfully be- longing to Mesorthopteron locustoides Till., belongs to this species also, but the venation is very poorly preserved. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Family IPSVICIIDAE. Genus IPSVICIOPSIS, ng. (Plate li, fig. 35; Text-figs. 85, 86.) Closely allied to Ipsvicia Till. from the same horizon, but differing from it in having an anterior branch of R present, which I have labelled Ri in the figures, though it may perhaps represent Res with Ri suppressed. The tegmen is also of more normal shape, with a less acute apex and much less prominent anal angle of the elavus. Distally R and M are irregularly branched. Cui is curved as in Ipsvicia, but runs much closer to Cuz. The claval Y-vein is pre- sent, but its stem and the distal portion of its posterior arm (2A) are scarcely removed at all from the border of the wing. There are no patches of raised tubercles present, but the tegmen is finely and evenly granulated all over. Genotype, Ipsviciopsis elegans, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.). IPSVICIOPSIS ELEGANS, n.sp. (Plate hii, fig. 35; Text-fig. 85.) Total length, 12.5 mm.; greatest breadth, 3.8 mm. The specimen is a prac- tically complete left tegmen, obverse impression, which has been turned round in Text-fig. 85, so as to bring the apex to the right. A small piece at the base of the costa has become somewhat detached from the rest of the wing, as may be seen in Plate liu, fig. 35, but has been replaced in Text-fig. 85. There is also some slight abrasion of the angle of the clavus. Rs and M are. connected dis- tally by three cross-veins, enclosing between them two elongated polygonal cells; above these is another cell formed by the branching of Rs distally, and closed by another ecross-vein. Small branches from Rs and M form a series of irregular and mostly very small cells along the apical margin. M3,4 unites with Cui, which is unbranched, thus leaving a large open space below Mi,2. The whole tegmen is stained a rich orange-brown. The above description apples to Specimen No. 178a, which is the type. Specimen No. 278a@ is another practically complete tegmen of this same species. It is the obverse of a right tegmen, complete except for an oblique depression in the rock, which runs across the distal portion of the wing, and has caused some abrasion in the depressed portion. The venation is almost exactly the same as in the type, there being only some slight differences in the size and position of the distal cells. Types, Holotype, Specimen No. 178a; paratype, Specimen No. 278a. Both in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 465 IPSVICIOPSIS MAGNA, n.sp. (Text-fig. 86.) This species is represented by a fragment of a right tegmen, reverse im- pression, measuring 10 mm. in length, and obviously belonging to a large teg- men, probably about 26 mm. in total length. It is very much cracked and Text-fig. 85.—/psviciopsis elegans, u.g.et sp. Type tegmen restored, with apex to right. (see Plate liii., fig. 35.) (x 7.9). Text-fig. 86.—/psviciopsis magna, u.g.etsp. Fragment of tegmen. (x 6). broken transversely, possibly owing to its toughness and may have been cracked under pressure. It differs markedly from the previous species in possessing a series of transverse veinlets running from Rs across Ri to the costa. Ri ends up on the fourth of these, which is joined near the costa by the fifth, these two arising one on each side of the strong cross-vein connecting Rs with M. A sixth veinlet is shown distally from Rs to the costal margin. R is also connected more basally with M by a short ecross-vein, absent in the previous species; and a smalb cross-vein, obliquely placed, connects Cui with Cuz at about the same level. Clavus and distal portion of the wing missing, as well as the extreme base. Type, Specimen No. 93a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Suborder Heteroptera. Division GYMNOCERATA. Family DUNSTANTIDAE. Specimen 119a is a hemelytron belonging to this family, probably to Dunstaniopsis triassica Till., but not well enough preserved for accurate deter- mination. The greater portion of the corium is visible, with the stems and branches of M and Cu, but all the margins are destroyed. The clavus and mem- brane are mostly obliterated. 466 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, ix., Division CRYPTOCERATA. Family TRIASSOCORIDAKE, n.fam. Insects resembling the Naucoridae and Galgulidae in the form of the hemelytron, which is broad, with a strongly projecting clavus reaching half-way or less along the posterior margin, and strongly angulated. Tegmen smooth, dark and shiny, as in Naucoridae, and not tough or marked with paler patches as in Galgulidae; the main veins R, M and Cui are still visible on the corium, which extends over the greater portion of the hemelytron and is separated from the narrow distal membrane by a definitely impressed line,‘ more or less con- centrie with the wing-border. In the region of the membrane above the apex, R and M give off a series of radiating branches which cross the membrane at close and regular intervals; most of these are only faintly outlined. These characters agree with those of the Belostomatidae of the present day, from which the fossil family is distinguished by its much smaller size and different shape. It would appear to be ancestral to the three families Galgulidae, Naucoridae and Belostomatidae, and perhaps to all the rest of the Cryptocerata also. Genus TRIASSOCORIS, ng. (Text-figs. 87, 88.) Hemelytron short, broad, quite smooth in texture, shiny and also very darkly coloured. Venation mostly very faintly marked, only three main veins apparent on the corium, viz., R, M and Cui. R and M are fused basally for some distance. R runs about parallel with the costal margin, a considerable distance from it; about one-third from base, it gives off a faint oblique veinlet, which is probably the first of the series of radiating veinlets continued around the apex, but mostly too weakly formed to be made out with certainty. M and Cu: both very faint, becoming irregular distally, and breaking up into small branchlets, most of which are too faint to be indicated accurately in the figure. Below Cur there is an appearance of a very faint, irregular, polygonal mesh- work; this is more clearly marked in specimen 167b than it is in specimen 140. The division between corium and membrane distally is indicated by a curved line running round from the end of R concentrically with the rounded apical margin. In the region of the apex, especially above it, a series of radiating veinlets can be seen crossing the membrane; they are clearly branches of R and M which cross the concentric line above mentioned. Clavus short and broad, strongly angulated, and ending up about half-way along the posterior margin of the wing, with which it makes a very marked angle. The position of the two hemelytra on the back of the insect when at rest is shown in Text-fig. 88, the shaded portions being the two clavi. Genotype, Triassocoris myersi, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich). TRIASSOCORIS MYERSI, nsp. (Text-figs. 87, 88.) Total length, 5.8 mm.; greatest breadth, 2.5 mm. Hemelytron broad and well rounded apically; the corium and membrane quite smooth, apparently shiny in life, and probably of a very dark colour, since specimen 140 is very much darker than the rock on which it lies, but is clearly not carbonised. The vena- tion of the corium is very faint, but the courses of M and Cui upon it ean just be made out in a strong oblique light, as well as a small portion of the poly- gonal meshwork, in specimen 140; in specimen 167b, this meshwork is more clearly marked, and very irregular in form. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 467 This species is dedicated to my friend Mr. J. G. Myers, ¥.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, Biological Laboratory, Wellington, N.Z., who is doing excellent work on New Zealand Hemiptera. Text-fig. 87.—Triassocoris myersi,n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 9.6). Text-fig. 88.—Triassocoris myersi, n.g. et sp. The two tegmina placed in the position of rest. (x 9.6). Types, Specimen 140a@ (corium and membrane) and 167b (clavus), in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. TRIASSOCORIS SCUTULUM, n.Sp. Specimen No. 134 contains two impressions of different insects, one being # portion of the tegmen of a Cockroach belonging to the genus Samaroblaita Till., not sufficiently well preserved to merit a name, and the other the two hemelytra of a species of Triassocoris folded over in the position of rest, as shown in Text-fig. 88, which was reconstructed from the previous species. The present species differs from the genotype in having the hemelytra much less rounded apically; so that, when folded in the position of rest, their appearance is more pointed apically, the figure being shield-shaped. Besides this, it can be seen that the course of R and the dividing vein which continues it between corium and membrane does not run concentrically with the margin but begins at the base comparatively close to the costa, and gradually diverges from it to- wards the apex. The hemelytra are irregularly broken oft basally, but most of the two clavi can be seen in situ; the venation is practically obliterated. Type, Specimen No. 134 in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Specimen No. 184b also appears to belong to this genus, but is too poorly preserved for description. Order NEUROPTERA. Suborder Planipennia. Family PSYCHOPSIDAE. Genus TRIASSOPSYCHOPS, ng. (Plate li, fig. 32; Text-fig. 89.) Forewing very broad, the apex rounded, but less so than in most recent Psychopsidae, the tornus broadly rounded. Se, Ri and Rs very strongly built 468 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1X., from base to a little beyond half-way, forming a true vena triplica, characteristic of this family, and joined distally by two strong cross-veins; beyond this point, these three veins continue a short distance, when they are again connected by two cross-veins; at this point, Se divides into terminal veinlets; Ri and Rs con- tinue a little further, when they are again connected by a cross-vein, after which Rs divides into terminal veinlets; Ra divides into such between the second and third cross-veins. Of the three veins forming the vena triplica, Se is much the strongest, Ri the weakest. Costal area broad, a little broader than the area covered by Cu and the anal veins, but not so broad as in recent forms; a re- current veinlet present at its base, sending a number of branches to the margin; the succeeding costal veinlets le close together, mostly arising from Se at an angle of about 45°, mostly branched, and connected here and there by small cross-veins, which show no tendency to become arranged into a costal series of gradate cross-veims, such as occurs in many recent forms. Apical area missing in the fossil, but its extent can be inferred from the length of the pectinate branches of Rs, some of which are preserved right to the margin of the wing; the actual shape of the apex can also be inferred from the comparative width of the costal margin and slant of the costal veinlets. Rs with about fourteen branches descending from the vena triplica, some branched and some simple within the area of the disc, but all branching closely towards the distal margin of the wing. M apparently with five branches within the area of the disc, and connected with the lowest branch of Rs by a strong. oblique cross-vein. No fusion of M with Cui distally. Cui strongly formed, remaining unbranched for about three-fifths of its length, and then giving off numerous branches to the area of the tornus. Cuz a weakly-formed vein lying closely parallel below Cui, giving off a series of branches from about half-way, and bending strongly down distally below the point where Cui gives off its first branch. 1A and 2A slightly arched veins branching longitudinally; 3A not present as a vein distinct from 2A basally. Posterior margin of the wing not strongly arched outwards at base. Cross-veins present in the vena triplica, strongly formed, spaced irregu- larly at fairly wide intervals. Numerous weak cross-veins present in the dise, especially in the basal half and between the branches of M almost to the distal margin; there are also weak cross-veins present between most of the outer branches of Rs at about two-thirds of the wing-length from the base; these show a tendency to arrangement as a true gradate series separating the dise from the marginal area; the latter is practically devoid of cross-veins, the cubito- anal area completely so. Genotype, Triassopsychops superba, n.sp. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q.). This genus differs from Archepsychops Till. in its less expanded costal area, in having Ri and Rs separate right trom the base, and not curved downwards markedly away from Se, and also in having Cuz straight at the base, not arching sharply downwards, and making a smaller angle of divergence with Se than in Archepsychops. This latter genus was placed by me, with Protopsychopsis, in the family Prohemerobiidae; but if seems probable, on the evidence offered by the new fossil, that it too would possess a true vena triplica of the Psychopsid type, and should therefore be placed within the family Psychopsidae. Proto- psychopsis on the other hand must remain in the Prohemerobiidae, since the form of its apical area shows that a true vena triplica was not present. The discovery of this magnificent fossil, complete in all the more important details of venation, enables us to state definitely that true Psychopsidae were BY R. J. TILLYARD. 469 present in the Upper Triassic fauna of Ipswich. The more primitive condition of the fossil wing, compared with recent forms, and especially noticeable in the less rounded apex, less expanded costal area, and absence of any definite or complete gradate series of cross-veins, makes it necessary to place Triasso psycho ps by itself in a new subfamily Triassopsychopinae, which may possibly also in- clude the genus Archepsychops, when more of the venation of that genus is made known. TRIASSOPSYCHOPS SUPERBA, n.sp. (Plate lii., fig. 32; Text-fig. 89.) Greatest length of fragment (obliquely along lower branches of Rs), 29 mm., representing a total length of 32 mm. Greatest breadth of fragment, 22 mm., representing a true greatest breadth of the complete wing, nean tornus, of about 23.5 mm. The fossil is beautifully preserved, but the apical portion of the wing Text-fig. 89 —7riassopsychops superba, n.g. et sp. Restoration of forewing. (see Plate lii., fig. 32.) (x 3). is missing, and there are also irregular breaks along the costal and posterior margins. The more important details of venation have been included in the generic definition; the lesser details of the branching of the veins may be gathered from Plate li, fig. 32. Text-fig. 89 shows a restoration of the com- plete wing, based on the photograph shown in the Plate. Type, Specimen No. 284a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Order COLEOPTERA. The numerous specimens belonging to this Order, chiefly separate elytra, but some few showing the body of the insect with the wings in situ, are being worked up by Mr. Dunstan, and will be dealt with in a separate part. There is, however, one specimen of great interest which may be dealt with here, since 470 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, 1x. it does not require a name. It is Specimen No. 170, which shows the stem of a plant in which there can be plainly seen the mine or burrow of an insect larva. The type of burrow is clearly Coleopterous, and the larva probably belonged to one of the obscure families of very small beetles, the burrow being far. too small to be that of a Cerambycid. It is shown in Plate h., fig. 29. EXPLANATION OF PLATES LL-LIII. Plate li. 26.—Mesorthopteron locustoides Till. Forewing, specimen No. 2586. (x 5). Fig. 27 —Triassomantis pygmaeus, n.g. et sp. Forewing. (x 10.5). Fig. 28.—Triassolocusta leptoptera, n.g. et sp. Forewing. (x 5.1). Fig. 29.—Burrow of Coleopterous larva in stem of plant. (x 6.2). Plate lii. Fig. 30.—Mesophlebia antinodalis Till. Heautotype. (x 4). Fig. 31.—Triassagrion australiense, n.g. et sp. (x 4). Fig. 32.—Triassopsychops superba, u.g et sp. (x 4.2). Plate li. Fig. 33.—Apheloscyta mesocampta, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 8.85). Fig. 34.—Mesocixiodes termioneura, u.g.etsp. Tegmen. (x 7.6). Fig. 35.—Jpsviciopsis elegans, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 7.5). Fig. 36.—Polycytella triassica, n.g. et sp. Tegmen. (x 11). Fig. 87.—Chiliocycla scolopoides Till. Tegmen.- Type. , (x 10). (N.B.—The numbers of the figures run concurrently with those of the previous Part). 471 . ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE (COLEOPTERA). By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S. [Read 29th November, 1922. ] Since the publication of Masters’ Catalogue, the Australian species referred to this family of small and graceful beetles have been more than doubled, some generic transfers made, synonymy noted, and the known range of many species greatly extended; it has been considered desirable, therefore, to give a list of the known species, with their range, before dealing with some new ones. Of species previously referred to the family Anthicus aberrans Macel., has been transferred to Macratria (Pediidae) and mm. Hab.—wNorthern Territory: Darwin (W. D. Dodd). Very distinct by the hind tibiae, which are almost twice as stout as the middle ones, and quite as stout as their supporting femora, the hind tarsi are also decidedly wider than usual. The two colours of the elytra are sharply con- trasted, the hind femora and tibiae, middle tibiae and front knees are darker than the rest of the legs. The antennae are thin, with the maximum width of each joint, after the first, almost equal throughout, no joint being distinctly transverse, although the seventh—tenth are each about as wide as long. The type is probably a male. A specimen from Queensland (Cairns, F: P. Dodd), which is certainly a female (its ovipositor with two terminal setae is protruding) possibly belengs to this species; its hind tibiae are even stouter (they are slightly stouter than their supporting femora), and the antennae are distinctly shorter and wider, the joints after the second slightly but regularly increase in width, with the eighth- tenth distinctly transverse, and beyond the fourth they are distinctly infuseated (entirely pale on the type), the head and prothorax are of a dingy but rather pale red, and the base of the elytra is but obscurely paler than the rest, the transverse impression near its base is rather deeper, and on each side of the 486 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, base there is a distinct subtubereular elevation, which is much more feeble on the type, the legs are also darker than on the type. ANTHICUS ELECTILIS, n.sp. 3. Flavous, elytra (except basal fourth) and abdomen black, head slightly infuseated. Elytra sparsely pubescent and with a few hairs, but with a con- spicuous band of silvery pubescence where the two colours meet. Head subglobular, hind angles and base completely rounded off; densely eranulate-punctate between eyes, punctate only at base. Eyes large and medio- lateral. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, distinctly narrower than head, apical two-thirds with strongly rounded sides, strongly notched near base, with a rather wide depression connecting the notches, median line distinct near apex, and again near base; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded and oblique inwardly, sides moderately inflated to beyond the middle, with a conspicuous transverse depression near base, on each side of base a prominent subtubercular elevation; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Intercoxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs rather long, hind femora subclavate, hind tibiae distinctly longer and somewhat thicker than the middle ones, front tibiae slightly dilated on under surface to apical third, and then more strongly narrowed to apex. Length, 2.75 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). As the femora are stout, but less conspicuously clavate than is usual in Formicomus, the body winged, and the intercoxal process of abdomen somewhat triangular, it seems desirable to refer the species to Anthicus rather than to Formicomus; it appears to connect the former genus (by way of the A. unifas- ciatus group) with the latter (by way of the I’. agilis group). The colours of the type are somewhat as on the type of the preceding species, but the head is larger, more globular, the inter-antennary space very different, eyes much larger, prothorax longer, elytra more dilated, and hind tibiae much longer and thinner (although stouter than on many species of the genus). The subtubercular ele- vations at the base of the elytra are quite distinct from above, and very con- spicuous from the sides. The two basal joints of the antennae are flavous, the others are missing from the type. A female (from Cairns) evidently belonging to this species, differs from the type in having the upper surface black, except that the bases of the prothorax and of elytra are very obscurely diluted with red, but the band of silvery pubescence is quite as distinct; its legs are blackish, with the coxae, tarsi and part of the middle tibiae flavous, and the base of the middle femora almost white; its hind legs are somewhat shorter, and front tibiae not dilated near apex; its antennae are long, with the three apical joints black and wider than the others (so that they appear to have a loose, three-jointed club), the tip of the eighth joint and the base of the first are also infuscated. ANTHICUS BILOBICEPS, n.sp. Reddish-castaneous, legs somewhat paler, elytra blackish, the apex and. a large spot on each shoulder reddish. Elytra with rather dense and short, pale pubescence, rest of upper surface sparsely clothed. Head subovate, sides behind eyes parallel to near base, hind angles moderate- ly rounded, base distinctly bilobed; with rather dense punctures, of moderate size and sharply defined. Eyes of moderate size, not extending half-way to base. Antennae rather long and thin, none of the joints transverse. Prothorax dis- tinctly longer than wide, slightly narrower than head, decidedly convex, sides BY A. M. LBA. 487 strongly rounded in front, becoming oblique towards base, very feebly notched near base; punctures much as on head. Elytra flat, much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex, punctures dense and sharply defined, becoming smaller but still distinet posteriorly. Intercoxal process of »abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 3.5— 3.75 mm. Hab— Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardeastle). The two main colours are those of A. floralis, from which the species differs in having the elytra longer, more parallel-sided, with the tips less rounded, and the punctures and clothing much denser; the prothorax is longer, with the sub- basal imeurvature much less pronounced and the antennae longer and thinner. The punctures at the base of the elytra are slightly larger and considerably denser than on the prothorax; the spots on the shoulders occupy about two- thirds of the width of the base. As the abdomen curves to its tip, and the front tarsi are rather wide, the three specimens under examination are probably males. ANTHICUS MODICUS, n.sp. Pale flavo-castaneous, legs paler but knees infuscated, elytra partly dark. Upper surface with short, pale pubescence, more distinct on elytra than else- where. Head moderately large, parallel-sided behind eyes to near base, hind angles shghtly rounded, base bilobed; with fairly dense and rather sharply defined but not very large punctures, sparser along middle than elsewhere. Eyes rather small, prominent, and much nearer antennae than base. Antennae rather long and partly moniliform. Prothorax longer than wide, greatest width near apex, where the sides are subangularly dilated, shghtly wider than the base of head, and almost twice the width of base; punctures rather dense and small, but sharply defined. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides parallel to near apex; with coarse, crowded, asperate punctures about hase, rapidly becoming smaller and sparser, and very minute on apical fourth. Inter- coxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.75 mm. Hab.—North Western Australia (Macleay Museum). About the size of A. floralis, and with somewhat similar outlines, but at once distinguished by the much coarser elytral punctures, these being almost as coarse as on A. semipunctatus (which has the prothorax much narrower and hind tibiae of male armed). At first glance it looks like some of the paler forms of A. wollastoni, but the elytral punctures are slightly coarser at the base, and more rapidly decrease in size, and the markings are very different; it also resembles A. bilobiceps, but has much coarser elytral punctures, prothorax shorter, ete. The two colours of the elytra are distinct but not sharply limited; the dark part commences as a subtriangular infuseation about the scutellum and is continued along the suture to the middle when it is suddenly dilated (and becomes much darker) so as almost to touch the margins, but about the tips the colour becomes a dingy red; the abdomen is partly infuscated. As the front tarsi are rather wide the type is probably a male. ANTHICUS SORDIDUS, n.sp. ° Of a pale, dingy, reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae paler, bead and abdo- men infuseated. Upper surface with very short pubescence, more conspicuous on elytra than elsewhere. 488 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, Head moderately long, hind angles and base completely rounded off 3 with dense and rather small, but sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, prominent, and much nearer antennae than base. Antennae rather long. Prothorax longer than wide, widest near apex, where the width is slightly more than that of head, and almost twice that of base; with dense punctures, slightly larger than on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; with dense punctures, at base about as large as on prothorax, but rather less crowded, and becoming gradually smaller, till at the apex they are much smaller but still quite distinct. Intereoxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.5 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt). At first glance like some of the smaller specimens of A. wollastoni, but head not notched or bilobed at base, prothorax more dilated in front, more strongly narrowed to base, and with denser punctures. In some lights a very faint in- fuseation or very feeble fascia may be seen across the middle of the elytra. As the front tarsi are rather wide the type is probably a male. ANTHICUS INSIGNICORNIS, n.sp. do. Of a rather dingy flavous, legs paler, elytra with an infuscated median fascia and usually a subapical spot, occasionally the markings conjoined. Rather densely clothed with pale pubescence, and with some rather short, upright hairs. Head rather short, hind angles rather strongly rounded, base feebly incurved to middle but hardly notched; in front with fairly numerous small but sharply defined punctures, less distinct elsewhere. Eyes rather large, hardly more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae with basal joint moderately long, second to sixth small, seventh almost as long as three preceding combined and much wider, ninth slightly shorter than seventh, sightly longer than eighth and distinctly longer than tenth, eleventh at base as wide as the preceding joints, and about as long as'the ninth. Prothorax rather short, sides strongly rounded in front and notched near base; with dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders rather strongly rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle; punctures about ‘base slightly larger than, but scarcely as dense as on prothorax, becoming smaller posteriorly, but everywhere sharply defined. Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and subtriangular. Legs thin but not very long. Length, 2.25—2.5 mm. 2. Differs in having the joints of antennae very feebly and regularly in- creasing in width from near the base. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd, C. J. Wild, and A. M. Lea), Port Douglas (Wild). At first glance apparently a small species of the A. brevicollis group, but the five apical joints of the male are unusually large, and distinctive from all other Australian members of the family; on two of them the two apical joimts are black. The median fascia of the elytra is rather wide, it is sometimes hardly more than a slight infuseation terminated before the margins, but on some spect- mens is much darker, extends right to the margins, and the margins themselves are narrowly dark almost to the apex; the suture in front of and behind the fascia is usually narrowly infuscated, and the infuseation is sometimes enlarged to a subapical spot; on one female the elytra, except for a large spot on each shoulder, are entirely dark. Seven of the specimens, all males, were removed from sticky seeds of Pisonia brunoniana. BY A. M. LEA. 489 ANTHICUS SUBQUADRATICOLLIS, n.sp. Reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae slightly paler, elytra flavous with a large, circular subapical spot, and the margins from about the middle to near the apex black or blackish, the markings sometimes conjoined. Upper surface with short, ‘pale pubescence, indistinct on head and prothorax. Head subtriangular, hind angles rather prominent but rounded off, base rather strongly incurved to middle; with dense and sharply defined punctures, but almost absent from a shining median line on apical half. Eyes fairly large, extending more than half-way to base. Antennae moderately long and sub- moniliform. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, apical angles less rounded than usual, sides regularly and (for the genus) rather feebly diminishing in width posteriorly, notched at extreme base; punctures much as near hase of head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides parallel to near apex; punctures much as on prothorax, becoming smaller, but still sharply defined posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 1.75—2.5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (A. M. Lea). A subopaque species (owing to very fine shagreening), at first glance ap- parently of the A. brevicollis group, but prothorax less strongly narrowed pos- teriorly than is usual in the genus, so that its base is hardly one-third narrower than its apex. Excluding the eyes, the head appears conspicuously triangular, its median line is distinct in front on all the specimens, and on some of them is traceable, but very narrow, to the base. The smaller specimens have the front tarsi wider, and the apical segment of abdomen less evenly convex than on the larger ones, and are probably males; one of them has the abdomen rather deeply infuseated. I know of no closely allied species. ; ANTHICUS EMINENS, n.sp. Black; head and under surface dark red, coxae and tarsi flavous, antennae dull red, the basal and some of the apical joints blackish or deeply infuscated. Moderately clothed with not very short pubescence, and with numerous long, suberect hairs; the elytra with two pubescent fasciae (the derm beneath them somewhat reddish): one near the base, the other beyond the middle. Head rather short, hind angles strongly rounded, base straight in middle; with crowded and somewhat asperate punctures. Eyes rather small and very prominent, distinctly nearer antennae than base. Antennae moderately long. Prothorax longer than wide, more convex than usual, sides strongly rounded near apex and strongly narrowed to base, distinetly notched near base; with crowded punctures, somewhat rougher than on head. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle, with a trans- verse depression (supporting the first fascia) near base; punctures moderately large and sharply defined even at apex, but much less crowded than on prothorax. Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.5 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). With two pubescent fasciae on the elytra much as on A. bryanti, but head and prothorax with much coarser punctures, elytra with sharply defined ones (on bryanti they are much sparser and scarcely visible), head entirely red, ete. The head and prothorax are opaque; from some directions the hind angles of the former appear to be shining, owing to the punctures there being sparser than elsewhere. On a second specimen the prothorax is of the same dull red colour as the head. 490 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, ANTHICUS ACANTHODERES, N.sp. Dark red, antennae, palpi and legs paler, prothorax blackish, elytra with a black median fascia. Elytra moderately densely clothed with suberect, pale pubescence, sparser and depressed elsewhere. Head (excluding eyes) subtriangular, hind angles moderately rounded, base distinetly bilobed; with a narrow, shining, continuous median line, ending in a basal notch; with crowded but rather sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, very prominent, distant from base. Antennae thin but not very long, sub- moniliform. Prothorax longer than wide, each side (at its widest) with an acute tubercle projecting outwards at right angles, a short distance behind it a feeble angulation, and then strongly narrowed to near base; punctures even more crowded than on head; with a vague trace of a median line near base. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides parallel to beyond the middle; with dense (but not crowded) sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, but distinct even at apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen briefly triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.75 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardeastle). Readily distinguished from all other Australian species of the genus except A. scabricollis, A. tridentatus and A. scydmaenoides by the conspicuously armed prothorax. From scabricollis and scydmaenoides it is distinguished by the uni- faseiate elytra, with square shoulders and from the description of tridentatus by the unifasciate elytra and prothorax with less than three tubercles on each side. In some lights the elytral pubescence appears golden. ANTHICUS TRIVITTIPENNIS, 0.Sp. Piceous-brown, head black or blackish, under surface usually paler than pro- thorax; elytra flavous, its base, apex, sides, suture and a dilated postmedian spot (or abbreviated fascia) on the suture more or less deeply infuscated; antennae with basal half or less flavous, the rest infuscated; palpi and legs flavous, the knees slightly infuscated. Elytra rather densely clothed with short, pale pubescence, rest of upper surface almost glabrous. Head rather short, hind angles moderately rounded off, base bilobed; surface very finely shagreened and with rather distinct but irregularly distributed punc- tures. Eyes large, extending more than half-way to base. Antennae rather thin, none of the joints (except the ninth and tenth in the female) transverse. Pro- thorax flat, sides strongly rounded near apex, and oblique (with a moderate sub- basal incurvature) to base, median line faintly impressed; surface shagreened, and with rather dense but not sharply defined punctures. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle; with fairly dense and sharply defined punctures, of moderate size near base, becoming indistinct posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen acutely triangular, apical segment smaller and less evenly convex in male than in female. Legs moderately long. Length, 3.25—4 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen). A flat species with head and prothorax opaque and elytral markings longi- tudinal; it is not close to any other deseribed Australian one, but some specimens strikingly resemble Dromius humeralis (of the Carabidae) in miniature. Of seven specimens taken by Mr. Allen six have the postmedian enlargement of the sutural infuseation rather large, and with faint infuseations connecting it with the dark margins, and three of these have the apical infuscation more extensive than on the other three; the seventh specimen has the elytra dark (almost black), except for a large, round, flavous spot on eaeh side near the apex. BY A. M. LEA. 491 ANTHICUS TRICOLORICORNIS, n.sp. Reddish-eastaneous; elytra flavous, with a rather narrow, blackish, median fascia not quite touching suture or sides; legs pale flavous, femora partly in- fuseated; antennae with basal joints reddish, the median ones blackish, the apical ones whitish. Elytra with fairly dense, subdepressed, pale pubescence, and with numerous erect hairs, rest of upper surface with sparser pubescence and .shorter hairs. Head short and convex, hind angles strongly rounded, base not notched; punctures sparse and scarcely visible. Eyes moderately large almost as near base as antennae. Antennae rather long, fifth and sixth joints moderately trans- verse, seventh to ninth strongly so. Prothorax longer than wide, sides of apical two-thirds strongly rounded and much wider than basal third, near base strongly constricted, the constriction continuous across disc; with distinet punctures in constriction, but sparse and small elsewhere. Elytra convex, elliptic-ovate, shoulders completely rounded off, near middle fully twice the width of pro- thorax; punctures sharply defined but nowhere dense, of moderate size near base, becoming smaller posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen rather narrow and subtriangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.25 mm. * — Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). A beautiful and apparently apterous species, which possibly should have been referred to Tomoderus, but as there is no trace of a median line on the prothorax it was considered better to place it in Anthicus; the elytra are fasciate as in the description of the Tasmanian TZ. vinctus, but the antennae are tri- coloured, and prothorax different. The three colours of the antennae are very distinet, but not sharply limited, thus the two apical joints are almost white, but the ninth is rather pale at its tip, and the fourth has its tip infuscated. A second specimen (from Cooktown, H. J. Carter) differs from the type in being somewhat wider, elytra slightly infuseated at the base, its median fascia wider (but also not touching suture or sides) and punctures larger, denser and much more sharply defined; antennae with three apical joints entirely pale, and femora not infuscated. ANTHICUS HERUS, n.Sp. Black or dark piceous-brown, elytra with two flavous fasciae, metasternum, part of abdomen, legs (femora sometimes deeply infuseated or blackish, except at base) and antennae dark reddish, tarsi and palpi paler. Elytra with rather dense and short, pale pubescence, shorter and less distinct on rest of upper surface. Head rather short, hind angles and base gently rounded, the latter not notched; with crowded, asperate punctures, but leaving a narrow, shining median line. Eyes rather large and prominent, extending more than half-way to base. Antennae rather long, ninth and tenth joints feebly transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than greatest width, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex, where they are fully twice as wide as base, and slightly wider than head across eyes, strongly inecurved near base; punctures much as on head. Hlytra elongate, much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; with crowded but sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen triangular. Legs rather long, the hind ones longer than the others, femora stout, especially the front pair. Length, 3.75—4.5 mm., Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd). 492 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB, A large, flat, opaque species; to the naked eye, on account of the elytral markings, suggestive of a greatly enlarged form of A. myrteus, but not even close to that species. Of the pale elytral fasciae the first, ending at the basal third, appears to be of the nature of two isosceles triangles, fairly wide on the sides and narrowed towards the suture, which they do not reach; the space be- tween them and the base in consequence is widely triangular (on two specimens it is of a dark dingy red); the second fascia is at the apical third, very feebly curved, terminated before the sides and very narrowly interrupted at the suture. The punctures on the under surface of the head and prothorax are even coarser than on the upper surface; the elytral punctures at the base are not quite as large as those on the prothorax, but they are more sharply defined. The male differs from the female in having the head and prothorax smaller, abdomen smaller and less evenly convex, with the apical segment shorter, and its tip in- curved, the front femora.are stouter (although they are very stout in the female) and the front tarsi are a trifle wider. ANTHICUS IMITATOR, n.sp. Deep shining black, two elytral fasciae, coxae and tarsi flavous, or reddish flavous. Elytra moderately clothed with short, ashen pubescence, rest of upper surface more sparsely clothed. Head subovate, quite semicircular beyond eyes, base not notched; with fairly dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, sparser along middle than elsewhere. Eyes moderately large, medio-iateral and very prominent. Antennae rather long and thin. Prothorax shghtly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded in front, where the width is about equal to that of head across eyes, and is almost twice that of base, strongly constricted near base, the constriction traceable across disc; punctures much as on prothorax, but more crowded and less sharply defined in sub-basal depression, median line traceable as a narrowly impressed line to- wards base, as a slightly shining one towards apex. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders moderately rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex, feebly transversely impressed near base; punctures sharply defined, rather dense, but not crowded near base, becoming smaller posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen obtusely pointed. Length, 3—3.5 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt), Port Lincoln (Rev. T. Blackburn), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Western Australia: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay), Swan River (A. M. Lea). A deep black species with elytral markings approaching those of A. myrteus, although the pale fasciae oceupy a smaller proportion of the elytra, but much larger, prothorax longer and with more distinct punctures, and even the antennae black; from A. herus, which has very similar fasciae, it differs in being smaller, shining, less flat, with much smaller and more sharply defined punctures. In general appearance it resembles some of the dark forms of A. hesperi on an en- larged seale, but the shape is more elongate, the head is smaller in proportion, more rounded at the base, with smaller and more prominent eyes, ete. The elytral fasciae vary in size and intensity, the first ends in a straight line at the basal third with its sides almost touching the base and narrowed to the suture (whieh is not reached); as a result the black basal space is widely triangular; the second fascia is post-median, narrowly interrupted at the suture and not touching (sometimes rather distant from) the sides. The sexual differences of the abdomen and legs are slight. BY A. M. LEA. 493 ANTHICUS MACELLUS, n.sp. Of a rather pale red, head somewhat darker, abdomen deeply infuscated, elytra blackish, with four large, flavous spots, placed so as to form two inter- rupted fasciae, legs and palpi flavous. With very short, pale pubescence, more distinet on elytra than on the rest of the upper surface. Head long, hind angles and base moderately rounded, the latter not notched; with a feebly shining and narrow median line. Eyes small, medio-lateral and prominent. Antennae long and thin. Prothorax considerably longer than wide, sides strongly rounded near apex, and strongly ineurved near base, base about two-thirds the width at the dilated sides, with two very feeble elevations; median line faintly impressed and short. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond middle; punctures scarcely visible. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). An unusually narrow, depressed species, with head, prothorax and part of elytra opaque, owing to density of minute punctures, these being scarcely visible under a hand lens. The elytral spots are shaped much as on A. strictus, but the sub-basal ones are posthumeral instead of humeral; the two species, however, have little in common. The sub-basal spots are dilated outwardly and touch the sides but not the suture, and are scarcely triangular, the space between them and the base is of a dingier red than the head, beyond them the derm is of a rather shining black, the postmedian spots are large, of irregular shape, and are nar- rowly separated at the suture; near them on the sides the derm is pale, so that, from directly above, there appear to be four postmedian spots, appearing as a thrice interrupted fascia. ANTHICUS JUCUNDUS, n.sp. Piceous-red or piceous-brown, elytra with two flavous fasciae, parts of femora and of tibiae deeply infuscated or blackish, rest of legs paler. Rather sparsely pubescent, and with dark, straggling hairs. Head subovate, rather convex, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the latter not notched; with small but rather sharply defined punctures, sparse on basal half, more numerous and in parts dense, but not crowded in front. Eyes rather small, very prominent, and distant from base. Antennae long and thin. Prothorax longer than wide, sides dilated and strongly rounded near apex, strongly notched near base; with dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Hlytra elongate-elliptic, base very little wider than head across eyes, shoul- ders strongly rounded, sides moderately dilated to about the middle, a shallow transverse impression near base; with dense and fairly large punctures about base, about as large on black median portion as on prothorax, but much less crowded and becoming smaller but still sharply defined about apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen acutely triangular. Legs moderately long. Length, 3—3.25 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: St. Patrick’s River (Aug. Simson), Bruni Island (A. M. Lea) ; Victoria (Blackburn’s collection). In general appearance approaches some forms of A. pallipes, but the pro- thorax is wider, with coarser punctures, front sides not conspicuously shining, and the elytra with shoulders more rounded off. From A. rarus and all its varieties it is distinguished by the larger prothorax with much denser punctures, and by the sub-basal depression on the elytra, the elytra are also smaller in pro- portion, with less prominent shoulders, and cover but small remnants of wings, 494 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, quite useless for flight. On one specimen the head and dark parts of elytra are almost black. Of the elytral fasciae the first occupies, but is not confined to, the sub-basal depression, being dilated on the sides (the dark basal space in front of it is triangular about the scutellum, and notched on each side before the shoulder) ; the second fascia is at the apical third, is not interrupted by the suture, and on two specimens is connected by a narrow sutural vitta with the apex; as a result on these the elytra appear to have a large dark spot on each side of the apex; these specimens also have the margins of the elytra narrowly pale throughout. The male differs from the female in having the abdomen smaller, its tip with a small triangular notch, the antennae and legs slightly longer, and the front tarsi somewhat dilated. ANTHICUS MACROPS, n.sp. Dark chocolate-brown, head and abdomen almost black, prothorax obscurely reddish at base, elytra with a whitish sub-basal fascia; antennae flavous, the apical joints infuscated; legs slightly infuseated, the coxae and tarsi paler. Elytra with very short, sparse, depressed pubescence; rest of upper surface glabrous or almost so. Head almost circular, hind angles and base evenly rounded, the latter not notched; punctures minute and sparse, scarcely visible on basal half. Eyes large, scarcely more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae moderately long, eighth to tenth joints slightly transverse. Prothorax strongly dilated near apex, strongly constricted near base; with a transverse, sub-basal depression, containing rather dense and sharply defined punctures, elsewhere very minutely punctate; a feeble elevation on each side of base. Elytra with shoulders slightly rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is fully twice that of the widest part of prothorax; punctures sparse and very minute. Intercoxal process of abdomen short and obtuse. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.25 mm. eshte Hab.— Queensland: Emerald (A. M. Lea). A second specimen (from Dalby, Mrs. F. H. Hobler) is paler than the type, its head and abdomen are no darker than the dark parts of the elytra, and its prothorax is of a dingy red, becoming paler at the base. The intercoxal process is not triangular, although it appears so at first glance, as the metasternum in front of it is triangularly notched. The sub-basal fascia is rather narrow, ter- minates just before the basal third, and is slightly longer than the dark space in front of it. The species is structurally close to a bifasciate one identified by King as A. comptus, but has a single elytral fascia as on many other species, which although at first glance apparently all forms of one, are really structurally distinct, and their more salient features may be briefly noted as follows :— A. unifasciatus King. Eyes of moderate size and prominent, base of head evenly rounded. A. constrictus Macl. Eyes smaller than on A. macrops, but still of fairly large size, antennae with fourth to tenth joints of even width, although decreas- ing in length to tenth (this may be a male feature only); on macrops the fourth is the thinnest of all the joints, the others feebly increasing in width to tenth (as on most species of the genus). A. unicinctus Champ. Base of head suddenly dilated so that its widest part projects beyond the outer edges of the eyes (in Champion’s figure this is not shown as prominently as on a cotype received from him); the eyes themselves rather small and prominent. A. adelaidae Champ. I have not seen a specimen of this species; if is BY A. M. LBA. 495 described as having large eyes but “a very fine long erect hair” in each punciure of the upper surface; on both specimens of macrops the clothing is evidently in perfect condition, and is nowhere erect or long. A. politulus Lea. Eyes small, prominent, and distant from base; more of body parts darker (usually black) than in the other forms. A, macrops, n.sp. Eyes large, occupying more than half the distance be- tween antennae and base, and scarcely bulging beyond the even rotundity of the sides, base strongly and evenly rounded, without defined hind angles. ANTHICUS OSCULANS, n.sp. Head and most of under surface black or blackish, prothorax of a more or less dull red, or reddish-brown, becoming paler about base; eltyra flavous, a narrow basal space somewhat dilated about seutellum, a large median spot on each, connected with the side. and the apieal third chocolate-brown; antennae reddish, from one to five apical joints infuseated; legs flavous, parts of femora and sometimes of tibiae infuscated. Head rather short, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the latter not notched; apical half with small and fairly numerous punctures, becoming very faint posteriorly. Eyes of moderate size, medio-lateral and prominent. An- tennae moderately long. Prothorax with sides strongly rounded and dilated in front, strongly notched near base; a transverse depression with dense and dis- tinct punctures near base, elsewhere with sparse and minute ones; two feeble elevations at base. Elytra at base twice the width of prothorax, leaving part of abdomen exposed, shoulders gently rounded, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Intercoxal process of abdomen narrow and obtusely pointed. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.5 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston), Murray River (H. S. Cope). Appears to connect the groups about A. (Micranthicus) pulcher and A. myrteus; from the latter it is distinguished by the slightly flatter form, more parallel-sided elytra with the median fascia represented by a triangular spot on each side, often hardly more than slight infuseations and with the tip of each always distant from the suture; from pulcher it is distinguished by the larger head, with smaller eyes, the elytra with different markings, slightly larger, and covering ample wings, although leaving part of the abdomen exposed. On the darker specimens the pale parts somewhat resemble a rough X and the dark markings on each elytron are narrowly connected along the side; on the paler ones the base is scarcely infuseated, and the medio-lateral spot on each is taint or altogether absent, so that the only distinctively dark part of the elytra is the apical third. Of nine specimens under examination seven have an exserted ovi- positor, and I can find no distinctively masculine features on the other two. ANTHICUS MELANOSTICTUS, n.Sp. Reddish-castaneous, legs and antennae paler, elytra with a fascia (sume- times divided into two large spots) and the apex black. Moderately clothed with suberect pubescence, slightly longer on elytra than on head and prothorax. Head subovate, hind angles moderately rounded, base very feebly incurved at middle; with rather dense and sharply defined punctures, but leaving an almost impunctate median line. Eyes rather small, very prominent, much nearer antennae than base. Antennae moderately long, eighth to tenth joints trans- verse. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex, thence almost evenly decreasing in width to base; punctures dense, 496 CN AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAR, sharply defined and shghtly larger than on head. Elytra much wider than pro- thorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; punc- tures on basal half larger than on prothorax, becoming smaller and sparser posteriorly but distinct to apex. Intercoxal process of abdomen short an@ sub- acute. Legs moderately long. Length, 2.5—3 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd), Cairns, Emerald (A. M. Lea) ; Northern Territory: Darwin (W. K. Hunt); North Western Australia: Derby (Dr. A. M. Morgan), Fortescue River (W. D. Dodd). At first glance resembles some of the multitudinous forms of A. hesperi, but the prothorax is of different shape, the head is smaller and the punctures are decidedly coarser; the markings are almost as on some of the larger forms of A. kreusleri, but all the punctures are decidedly coarser; A. xerophilus is con- siderably narrower with much smaller punctures, and the notch at the base of its head is always distinct; on the present species the basal incurvature is very faint, and could hardly be regarded as a notch; in general appearance it is some- what like A. gawleri, on a greatly reduced scale. The head varies from no darker than the prothorax to almost black, the abdomen is often deeply in- fuseated. The black elytral fascia sometimes occupies the whole of the median third, except for a very narrow interruption at the suture, is connected along the sides with the black apical fourth or fifth, and also by an infuscation alone the suture, so that a spot (conspicuously flavous) is enclosed on each elytron; but on an occasional specimen the pale sutural space is increased, so that the fascia, from above, appears as two large, disconnected spots. The punctures on the metasternum are slightly coarser than those on the prothorax. The male differs from the female in having the hind tibiae slightly more curved, all the tarsi slightly more dilated, and the apical segment of abdomen less evenly convex. ANTHICUS MIMETES, n.sp. Pale reddish-eastaneous, head and prothorax opaque; elytra flavous, base, apex, and a median fascia blackish or deeply infuscated; legs flavous. With very short, depressed, pale pubescence. } Head short, hind angles moderately rounded, base not notched; with minute crowded punctures, but leaving a narrow, shining median line. Eyes rather large, prominent, not much more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae thin, but not very long. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides in front strongly rounded, and much wider than base, strongly notched near base, with a feeble depression connecting the notches, behind it two very feeble elevations: punetures much as on head, but becoming more noticeable about base. Elytra much wider than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides very feebly dilated to. about the middle; with dense but inconspicuous punctures. Intercoxal pro- cess of abdomen narrow and gently rounded. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.25 mm. Hab—South Australia: Barossa, Quorn (A. H. Elston), Lucindale (F. Secker), Mount Lofty; New South Wales: Wagga Wagga (R. Helms), Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). A depressed species readily distinguished from the many similarly coloured ones by the opaque head and prothorax. The elytral markings vary in extent and intensity, and on some specimens might be regarded as consisting of three fasciae; the median fascia is always conspicuous, but on some specimens is nar- rowed towards and interrupted at the suture, it oceupies about one-fifth or one- sixth of the length of the elytra, the apical mark is semicircular, the base on BY A. M. LBA. 497 some specimens is conspicuously dark, on others it is but shghtly infuseated about the seutellum; the sides of the abdomen are sometimes infuscated. The elytral punctures are not sharply defined, even at the base. The sexual differences of the legs and abdomen are but slight. Specimens with the basal marking faint rather strongly resemble A. xerophilus, but on that species the head and pro- thorax are shining. ANTHICUS GLOBICEPS, n.sp. Pale reddish-castaneous, elytra flavous with black or infuscated markings, antennae and legs flavous, apical joints of the former more or less infuseated. Upper surface with depressed, whitish pubescence, more distinct on elytra than elsewhere. Head rather short, hind angles and base continuously rounded, the latter not notched; with dense and small, but in some lights rather sharply defined pune- tures. Eyes comparatively large, medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae rather short, three or four of the subapical joints transverse. Prothorax shehtly longer than wide, front sides strongly dilated and almost twice the width of base, strongly notched near base; with dense and small punctures, becoming larger in a feeble sub-basal depression. Elytra elongate, much wider than pro- thorax, shoulders slightly rounded, sides almost parallel to near apex; punctures fairly dense and small, becoming scarcely visible posteriorly. Intercoxal pro- cess of abdomen short and gently rounded. Legs rather thin. Length, 2—2.25 mm. Hab.— Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd), Cairns District (E. Allen and A. M. Lea), Stewart River (W. D. Dodd). At first glance apparently belonging to A. mimetes but the head and pro- thorax are not opaque, the hind angles of the former are completely rounded off, and the punetures are rather more sharply defined; the shining prothorax also at once distinguishes the species from A. pallipes, some forms of which have very similar elytral markings. Structurally it is close to A. myrtews and the elytral markings are in almost exactly similar positions, but is much brighter, the head slightly smaller and with larger eyes. From A. geminatus it differs in the squarer shoulders, shorter head and considerably larger eyes. A. monilis is a more convex species, with stronger punctures, head larger and eyes much smaller. A. nitidissimus has a decidedly narrower prothorax and longer head, with smaller eyes. The elytra have a black or blackish median fascia and an apical patch much as on mimetes, and usually a dark patch on each side of the base, but occasionally the latter are searcely traceable; those without the basal infuscations rather closely resemble A. xerophilus, but the head is not notched at the base. One specimen has the median fascia and apieal patch larger than usual, and connected along the sides and suture, so that a fairly large, pale, transverse spot is enclosed on each elytron, at about the apical third; on another the median fascia is broken up into two transverse, disconnected spots, and the apical spot appears as two, owing to the suture and tips being narrowly pale. The head is sometimes moderately infuscated; the four apical segments of abdo- men are usually infuseated or black, but occasionally are no darker than the metasternum. On one specimen, from Cairns, the elytral markings are all re- duced to feeble infuseations, although the median fascia is continuous. Six specimens (from Darwin, W. K. Hunt) are smaller and paler than usual (although the four apical segments of abdomen are dark) with the elytra less parallel-sided, the median fascia reduced to two obtusely-pointed, transverse 498 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB, spots, almost touching the sides, but some distance from the suture, and with the infuseation about the scutellum very faint. ANTHICUS FUSCOTIBIALIS, n.sp. Pale reddish-castaneous; elytra black or blackish with a complete sub-basal faseia, and an interrupted postmedian one, or two transverse spots, flavous; legs pale castaneous or flavous, tibiae infuscated; antennae with apical half or more infuscated; abdomen blackish, except for part of the basal segment. Elytra with rather sparse, depressed, pale pubescence, sparser on rest of upper surface; with a few. short, scattered hairs. Head rather short, sides behind eyes parallel for a short distance, base moderately rounded and not notched: with rather sharply defined and numerous but small punctures in front, sparser and more irregular elsewhere. Eyes rather small, medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae moderately long, three or four joints transverse. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides in front strongly dilated and almost twice the width of base, strongly notched near base, a distinct depression connecting the two notches across disc, base with two obtuse elevations; punctures sparse and small, more distinct about sub-basal depression than elsewhere. Elytra with shoulders slightly rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is tully twice that of the widest part of prothorax; with sharply defined but not very large or crowded punctures near base, becoming much smaller pesteriorly. Inter- coxal process of abdomen slightly wider than usual, the tip semicircular. Legs moderately long. Length, 2—2.25 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (H. F. du Boulay), Kalgoorlie (W. du Boulay), Geraldton (A. M. Lea); South Australia: Port Lincoln (Rev. T. Black- burn). A rather flat species. The pale sub-basal fascia is rather wide, much as on A. unifasciatus and allied species, and is connected along the suture with the base; the base itself is usually not as dark as the other dark parts of the elytra and is sometimes but moderately infuscated (such specimens seem to approach some forms of A. xerophilus, from which they differ in the head not notched at base); the postmedian spots are somewhat obliquely placed and narrowed to- wards the suture, which they never appear quite to reach, although on some specimens the part separating them from the suture is rather shghtly infuscated. Of the thirteen specimens under examination two have the head slightly in- fuscated, and of these one has the prothorax infuseated in front; all have the tibiae conspicuously darker than the femora and tarsi. In the male the tip of the abdomen is slightly notched, and the legs are slightly longer than in the female. ANTHICUS ACUTIBASIS, n.sp. Chocolate-brown, some parts almost black; elytra with a sub-basal fascia and two postmedian spots flavous, under surface reddish-castaneous or flavous, abdomen (except basal segment) blackish, antennae and legs flavous, knees and sometimes parts of femora infuscated. With sparse pubescence and a few straggling hairs. Head rather long, hind angles and base strongly rounded, with rather dense and sharply defined punctures; with a shining, impunctate and almost continuous median line that, posteriorly, appears as a pointed ridge. Eyes of moderate size, much nearer antennae than base and very prominent. Antennae moderately BY A. M. LEA. 499 long, ninth and tenth joints conspicuously transverse. Elytra with sparse and minute punctures. Length, 2.5—2.75 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection). At first glance appears to be a large variety of the preceding species, but the consistently larger size, longer head with basal projection and stronger pune- tures, thicker and entirely pale antennae, finer elytral punctures and tibiae (except at the knees) no darker than the adjacent parts, are sufficiently distinctive. The prothorax (except at apex), elytra (except for the punctures), abdomen and legs, are sculptured as described on that species. On three specimens the pro- thorax is of a rather bright castaneous with the head but little darker; on two others they are as dark as the dark parts of the elytra; on three of them the front femora are darker than the others, and have an obscurely pale longitudinal vitta. The pale elytral markings are placed as on the preceding species, but the sub-basal fascia is. interrupted near the suture by a subtriangular extension of the basal infuscation; the transverse postmedian spots are more widely separated from the suture, and on one of them are rather narrow and less sharply defined. Two specimens from the Northern Territory (Melville Island, W. D. Dodd) have the general colours dingier, but with the sub-basal fascia (which is not in- terrupted at the suture) and transverse postmedian spots white; on one of them the head has comparatively dense and coarse punctures, with the median line not traceable, except at the base, where it appears as a rather narrow ridge, causing the head to appear pointed there; on the other specimen the head is smaller, with smaller punctures but the ridge quite as distinct. On all the specimens (although more noticeably on some than on others) the base of the head is seen to be quite acute, owing to the ridge being abruptly terminated, although not overhangig; from directly above, however, the base appears strongly rounded off. They all have a medio-apical ridge on the pro- thorax, although this is indistinct with the head in position. ANTHICUS FOVEIFER, n.sp. S$. Black or blackish-brown, prothorax of a dingy red, base paler, elytra with four flavous spots or two interrupted fasciae, antennae and legs flavous, three or four apical joints of the former, and tibiae and most of femora of the latter, infuseated. Upper surface with depressed pubescence and a few short hairs. Head rather short, hind angles and base strongly rounded, the latter not notched; with sparse and small, but fairly sharply defined punctures, becoming denser in front. Eyes comparatively large, medio-lateral and prominent. An- tennae moderately long. Prothorax longer than wide, front moderately convex, sides in front strongly rounded and almost twice the width of base, strongly notched at basal third; transversely depressed and with distinct punctures near base, smaller and sparser ones elsewhere; two feeble elevations at base. Elytra with shoulders slightly rounded, sides moderately dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is more than twice the widest part of prothorax; punctures feebly defined. Abdomen with intercoxal process wider than usual, and gently rounded, apical segment with a rather deep fovea extending from base almost to apex, and occupying rather less than the median third. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 2.25 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (F. H. du Boulay). In general appearance the type resembles a very large specimen of A. strictus, but the head is much shorter, its base is more strongly poate off and the eyes 500 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAB, are fully twice as large. From 4d. fuscotibialis it differs also in the much larger eyes, and by the sub-basal fascia being composed of two slightly oblique or curved spots, narrowing towards and almost meeting at the suture, instead of a straight and continuous fascia. In some respects it approaches A. myrteus, but the large abdominal fovea of the male is at once distinctive. The sub-basal fascia is interrupted before the suture by a subtriangular extension of the dark pase, the transverse spots or interrupted fascia at the apical third are quite distinct, but not sharply limited; the metasternum and abdomen, except where they meet, are quite as black as the head. ANTHICUS PARVULUS, n.sp. Reddish-castaneous, legs somewhat paler, elytra with a black submedian fascia, their base and apex, head, apical half of antennae and most of abdomen infuseated. Elytra with depressed pale pubescence, rest of upper surface very sparsely clothed. Head (excluding neck) about as long as its greatest width, hind angles and base strongly rounded; the latter slightly notched, with rather sparse and small, but sharply defined punctures, sparser along middle than elsewhere. Eyes small, medio-lateral and very prominent. Antennae moderately long, three or four joints transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded in front, strongly narrowed towards and notched near base; punctures small. Elytra not quite concealing abdomen, shoulders slightly rounded, sides slightly dilated to beyond the middle, where the width is fully twice that of the widest part of prothorax; with rather dense and moderately large, sharply defined punc- tures, becoming minute beyond the fascia. Metasternum with dense and sharply defined punctures. Intercoxal process of abdomen obtusely pointed. Legs rather thin. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in December; Queensland: Goodna, in October (F. E. Wilson). About the size of, and structurally rather close to A. monilis, but with sparser punctures, although on the basal half of the elytra they are quite as large, the head and prothorax are slightly smaller, the antennae are not entirely pale (on some of them the tip of the apical joint is pale) and the elytral mark- ings are reduced to a narrower submedian fascia, with the basal and apical in- fuseations rather faint, although on two specimens these are almost as dark as the fascia; this is slightly beyond the middle, on one specimen it is quite even, but on most of them it is narrowed towards the suture and on two is interrupted there; at its widest it 1s about one-seventh the length of the elytra. One speci- men has the abdomen entirely pale. The notch at the base of the head is small and invisible from most directions, but is fairly distinct when viewed obliquely from behind. The male differs from the female in having the tip of the abdomen slightly notched, the legs shghtly longer, with the front tarsi wider. ANTHICUS ABUNDANS, n.sp. dg. Colours and markings variable. Moderately clothed with subdepressed pubescence, and with scattered erect setae or short hairs. Head short and wide, hind angles shghtly rounded, base almost straight; punctures of moderate size and sharply defined but sparse, more numerous near eyes than elsewhere. Eyes large and prominent, scarcely more distant from base than from antennae. Antennae moderately long, none of the joints distinctly transverse. Prothorax distinctly wider than long, sides widest and strongly BY A. M. LEA. 501 rounded near apex, where the width is equal to that of head across eyes, strongly narrowed to and notched near base; with sharply defined and fairly numerous punctures, but nowhere crowded. Elytra rather elongate, shoulders gently rounded, the width across them not much more than widest part .of prothorax, sides gently dilated to middle; with numerous, but not crowded, sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming smaller posteriorly, but distinct even at apex. Abdomen with intercoxal process narrow and acutely triangular; apical segment with a fairly deep medio-apical incurvature. Hind tibiae rather long, apical two-thirds slightly ineurved on one side. Length, 2.5— 3 mm. 2. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae shorter and thinner, abdomen more evenly convex and larger, the tip not at all incurved, legs shorter, hind tibiae straight and front tarsi narrower. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District (Blackburn’s collection and A. M. Lea), Townsville (F. E. Wilson from G. F. Hill), Bundaberg. : As with most members of the A. brevicollis group the markings are very variable, the elytra are rather long for a member of that group, but the head, with its large eyes, and the short prothorax are normal. From most directions the head appears to be quite straight or gently rounded at the base, but from some a very feeble median incurvature (it could not be regarded as a notch) may be traced. The darker males have the head (muzzle obscurely reddish), pro- thorax (base obscurely reddish), and elytra (four flavous spots excepted) vary- ing from dark reddish-brown to black; the abdomen (partly or entirely), parts of the legs, and from five to seven apical joimts of antennae more or less deeply infuseated; such dark males are more abundant than the other forms, and have two flavous triangular humeral spots distinctly separated from the suture by a triangular extension of the dark basal portion, and two obliquely transverse spots at the apical third, not quite meeting at the suture; on other specimens the pale spots gradually enlarge till the two humeral ones become a wide sub-basal fascia, searcely or not at all interrupted at the suture, and the postmedian spots are dilated (but still separated at the suture) so that there is left a fairly wide black median fascia; on other specimens the pale portions are still more enlarged, till the basal infuseation almost vanishes, the black median fascia is reduced to two suboval spots, rather distant from the suture, and an apical infuscation (some- times very faint). The females also vary greatly in colour but usually have the pale elytral spots enlarged to rather wide fasciae, of which the postmedian one is usually narrowly interrupted at the suture, but the other is continuous. Hight females that I cannot distinguish structurally from others that certainly belong to this species, have most of the under surface blackish, the prothorax reddish- castaneous, with the apex slightly infuscated, and the elytra pale except for an apical spot and a triangular infuscation about the scutellum; but many of the females having no distinctive features of the legs and abdomen, can scarcely be distinguished from females of other species; and by their colour and markings alone, many males cannot be distinguished from other species. The hind tibiae of the male from one direction appear to be moderately wide and straight, but from another they appear to be thinner, with the inner side of the apical two- thirds slightly but distinctly meurved to the middle, and more or less blackish there; on A. brevicollis and A. crassipes the incurvature is much more evident (it commences as a sudden notch) and the whole tibia has an outward curve. The punctures of the head and prothorax are much sparser than on A. discoideus and A. baudinensis; the elytra of the male are not opaque, as in A. crassus; tke 502 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, markings distinguish trom A. inglorius, A. latus, A. luridus and A. immaculatus. Some of the paler forms whose elytra are but feebly infuscated about the base and with three isolated dark spots, approach some of the darker forms of A. laticollis, but they have at least some joints of the antennae dark, even in the female. Specimens may be taken in abundance at lights. ANTHICUS CORDICOLLIS, n.sp. Of a rather dingy flavous, head and prothorax flavo-ferruginous. With pale pubescence, short and depressed on head and prothorax, slightly longer and less depressed on elytra; the latter in addition with numerous suberect hairs. Head large, hind angles and base moderately rounded, the latter not notched; with densely crowded punctures. Eyes small, prominent, distant from base. Antennae moderately long. Prothorax cordate, wider than long, sides strongly rounded in front and strongly diminishing in width to base; punctures as on head. Elytra elongate, elliptic-ovate, shoulders completely rounded off; with rather dense and sharply defined punctures of moderate size, becoming smaller pos- teriorly, the interspaces with extremely minute punctures, but scarcely shagreened. TIntercoxal process of abdomen narrow and subacute. Legs moderately long. Length, 4.25 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Evidently an apterous species, at first glance apparently belonging to Formicomus, but the intercoxal process narrow and femora unarmed. The head and prothorax are opaque, mostly owing to the density of punctures; in some lights the former has a finely granulated appearance, and the latter, owing to the pubescence, appears to be finely strigose, but it is really not so. FORMICOMUS. By various works consulted Formicomus would appear to be distinguished by the body being apterous, with humeral angles completely rounded off, inter- coxal process of abdomen wide and usually trungated, and hind femora strongly clavate. The majority of Australian species agree with these characters, but a few are winged, and these have the shoulders not completely rounded off, a few have the hind femora less strongly clavate than usual, and some have the inter- coxal process narrower than usual, although apparently never triangular. The species are usually of large size, and usually have the hind femora dentate, or the front ones of the male only. FORMICOMUS QUADRIMACULATUS King. This species varies considerably in size and colour, most specimens have the prothorax conspicuously reddish, the head infuscated, and the elytra blackish; with two reddish fasciae interrupted before the suture, and clothed with white pubescence. Sometimes the head is quite as pale as the prothorax; occasionally all parts (except the clothing) of the upper surface are blackish. King did not mention the fact, which, however, is quite apparent on several specimens from his colleetion, that the derm beneath the white elytral markings is usually red- dish; but on small dark specimens the derm of the elytra is sometimes entirely black; he also did not mention that the hind femora are strongly unidentate. On most specimens in good condition there appears, from many directions, an oblique line of whitish pubescence on each side of the prothorax, the two meeting at the ot aOoO:°@=~«M~§Ss—l BY A. M. LBA. 503 middle of the base so as to form a distinct V. Two specimens, from Western Australia and New South Wales, have the reddish sub-basal markings on the elytra dilated to the base and suture, but, leaving a fairly large, round, dark spot isolated on each side near the base; on a somewhat similar specimen from South Australia the spots are but feeble infuscations, and the punctures on the elytra are rather stronger than usual. Two unusually small specimens, with the elytral derm entirely dark, were taken at Murray Bridge from a nest of the ant, Ponera lutea. ForMicomus MASTERSI King. Syn.—F’. Kingi Mael. In general appearance this species is close to large dark specimens of F. quadrimaculatus, but differs in having the hind femora strongiy and unequally bidentate, the teeth being placed side by side, the inner one larger than the outer; the prothorax is usually darker on the anterior sides than elsewhere, and has (on specimens in perfect condition) V-shaped pubescence as on the species named; there are also two similar, transverse, reddish fasciae on the elytra, in- terrupted before the suture, and clothed with white pubescence, but the sub- basal fascia is usually more distinct than the postmedian one; occasionally both are absent or very feeble, but the clothing covering them appears to be always conspicuous on non-abraded specimens. A cotype is in the South Australian Museum, and many specimens from Morgan and other localities on the Murray River. Macleay described the type of F. Kingi as having the hind femora “very strongly toothed on the under-side near the apex.” Six ecotypes before me are bidentate; the teeth vary somewhat in size on the specimens but one is always smaller than the other; they agree perfectly with South Australian specimens of F. mastersi. Formicomus speciosus King. The head and prothorax (especially the latter) of this species are densely and coarsely punctured, the transverse spots or interrupted fascia (near the base of the elytra) of silvery clothing are placed within depressions, and the hind femora are strongly dentate, the teeth being placed side by side as in F’. mastersi, from which it may be readily distinguished by the elytra and punctures. A specimen was taken at the Swan River, by Mr. J. Clark, from a nest of the twig- mound ant, Iridomyrmex conifer. FORMICOMUS DENISONI King. Syn.—F’. nigripennis Champ. A common species in North Queensland. Although King deseribed the elytra as “nigro-cyaneis” they are nearly always deep shining black, the bluish gloss being very seldom in evidence, and the head and prothorax are of a bright red; the legs, especially the front ones, vary somewhat in colour, but (except at the base of the femora) are usually black. The front femora are strongly den- tate in the male, edentate in the female. The length varies from 3.25 to 4.75 mm. Some specimens from North Queensland differ from typical ones in being entirely black, except that parts of the mouth are obscurely diluted with red; one has the head, front tarsi and some of the mouth parts of a dull red, all other parts being black. F'. nigripennis was described from a small male of the species. 504 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, FORMICOMUS INTERRUPTUS, n.sp. Dark reddish-brown, elytra darker, but with two pale interrupted fasciae, palpi and most of legs paler. With rather sparse, pale pubescence, but fairly dense on sides of prothorax posteriorly, dense on elytral fasciae and on sides of under surface; a few straggling hairs scattered about. Head subovate, rather feebly convex, hind angles moderately rounded off; with crowded and small asperate punctures, sparser (but still crowded) in front than behind; with a feeble median line. Eyes small, medio-lateral and rather prominent. Prothorax with sides widest near apex, where they are evenly rounded, then oblique but with a feeble incurvature to base; punctures much as on base of head; median line scarcely traceable. Elytra elongate-elliptic; basal half with rather dense and moderately large, sharply defined punctures, becoming very small posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen rather wide and truncate. Femora stout, the hind ones strongly clavate and with a large, acutely triangular tooth. Length, 3.5—4.5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Townsville (F. P. Dodd). At first glance like some of the forms of F. quadrimaculatus, but elytral punctures sparser and much more distinct on the basal half, and prothorax shorter but with somewhat similar pubescence; the prothoracic punctures are stronger than on I’. Kingi. The head and prothorax are subopaque, due entirely to the punctures; the elytral fasciae are rendered very distinct by their clothing (which, however, appears to be easily abraded), the first is at the basal third and is interrupted close to the suture, the other is at the apical third and its sutural interruption is wider. I can find no external indications of sex in the three specimens under examination. Formicomus LATIBASIS, n.sp. Flavous, head and prothorax somewhat ferruginous, elytra with two pale, interrupted fasciae. Rather sparsely clothed, but on the elytral fasciae “and parts of under surface more densely so. Head briefly ovate, widest almost at base, where the angles are feebly rounded off. Eyes small and medio-lateral. Prothorax slightly wider than long, widest and strongly rounded near apex; with a distinct, open, medio-basal fovea. Elytra elongate-ovate; with dense and minute punctures throughout, with some larger (but still small) ones becoming rather numerous towards base. Length, 4.5 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Kilkerran (Blackburn’s collection). The type may be immature but is structurally sufficiently distinctive to be named. It is closely allied to the preceding species, with abdomen and_ hind femora similar, but differs in having the head decidedly wider, with the hind angles less rounded off; the prothorax is wider with the medio-basal fovea dis- tinct (on that species it is hardly dicated), and the elytral punctures are smaller; the punctures on the head and prothorax are of the same nature, but are smaller and the median line in the former is even less distinct; its clothing is also sparser. It is also allied to IF’. quadrimaculatus, but the head is at least half asi large again, the prothorax is shorter and with a medio-basal fovea; this is one (the most distinct) of three enlargements of the sub-basal impression. FORMICOMUS PUBIFASCIATUS, 1.Sp. Black; head, prothorax, antennae, palpi and legs more or less red. Finely pubescent, but the elytra with two interrupted fasciae of white pubescence: one at the basal third, the other at the apical third. BY A. M. LBA. 505 Head rather large, from clypeus to base scarcely as long as the greatest width; with crowded, small, asperate punctures, a few of larger size; median line faintly defined but continuous. Eyes rather small and moderately pro- minent. Prothorax shghtly longer than wide, sides widest and strongly rounded near apex; thence oblique to base; punctures minute and densely crowded. Elytra elongate-elliptic; with dense and minute punctures. Intereoxal process of abdomen wide and truncate. Hind femora strongly clavate, strongly and acutely dentate. Length, 4 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Differs from F. quadrimaculatus in the head being considerably larger, with eyes slightly nearer base; elytra slightly bronzy and with denser and more sharply defined punctures; although decidedly small, the punctures are so dense that from some directions the surface appears microscopically granulate; it is, however, somewhat shining, but the prothorax and head are opaque. The legs are paler than the prothorax, and this is paler than the head, which is somewhat infuscated in front. The elytral fasciae appear to be easily abraded, and on the type the supporting dern. is no paler than the adjacent parts. ForMICOMUS MELASOMUS, n.sp. Black, parts of appendages reddish. With rather sparse pale pubescence, but forming two interrupted fasciae on elytra: one at the basal third, the other at the apical third. Head briefly ovate, hind angles rather strongly rounded off; with dense and small but, in some lights, sharply defined punctures; median line faint. Eyes small, prominent and distant from base. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, slightly narrower than head, widest and strongly rounded near apex, sides thence oblique to base; punctures much as on head; median line faint but continuous. Elytra elongate-elliptic; with minute punctures, becoming very faint posteriorly. Intercoxal process of abdomen rather wide and truncate. Hind femora strongly clavate, strongly and acutely dentate. Length, 3—3.5 mm. Hab.—Soutk Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt), Narracoorte (A. M. Lea); Western Australia: Yilgarn (Blackburn’s collection from E. Meyrick). Structurally resembling fF. quadrimaculatus on a small seale, but darker, more convex, eyes smaller, etc. The head and prothorax are somewhat shining, despite the density of punctures, these, however, not being asperate. The an- tennae are reddish, but with the apical half more or less deeply infuscated; the coxae, basal half of femora, tarsi and tibiae (wholly or in part) are reddish; in some lights the derm beneath the pubescent fasciae is seen to be obscurely reddish on some specimens, but not on others. Four, of the five, specimens under examination have male genitalia exposed, and have the basal segment of abdomen less convex, and front tarsi slightly wider than on the other specimen, these being the only external indications of sex. FORMICOMUS DENTIVARIUS, n.sp. Colours variable. Rather densely clothed with fine pubescence, varying in colour with the derm; with numerous long, erect, dark hairs scattered about. Head of moderate size, subovate, hind angles rather strongly rounded off; with dense and rather small but (except where partially concealed by clothing) sharply defined punctures. Eyes small, medio-lateral and very prominent. Pro- thorax transverse, distinctly wider than head, all angles widely rounded off, near y on \ 506 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, apex much wider than base; punctures much as on head. Elytra elliptic-ovate; with dense and minute punctures, and with numerous larger ones, especially towards base, but all more or less obscured by clothing. Intercoxal process of abdomen not very wide, gently rounded off or almost truncate. Hind femora very stout, strongly clavate, with one strong and acute tooth, and usually with one or more smaller ones. Length, 2.5—6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Not very close to any other Australian species, except the following one and with a greater range in size than any other member of the family known to me. The teeth on the hind femora vary in number from one to four; there is a long and rather thin one inwardly, near this on the outer side there is a ridge with feeble undulations on some specimens, but on others the undulations are developed into teeth, usually small, but generally acute. On some specimens, from certain oblique directions, all four are distinct, and from an inner direction there appear 1, a long thin tooth, 2, a small one, 3, a longer but still. small one, then, 4, a still smaller one or feeble tubercle; of these the 4th is the first to disappear, then the 2nd, and rarely the 3rd, the 1st being always present but varying in length. The narrowly impressed line at the base of the prothorax is not traceable across the middle from above, although distinct from the sides. The head and prothorax are both subopaque and on each a feeble median line may be traced from certain directions. All the specimens have the legs, antennae and palpi more or less reddish, but the tibiae at base and the hind femora at apex are sometimes darker than the adjacent paris; the head is black or blackish, but in front is obscurely reddish; the prothorax varies from entirely reddish (but usually with the front and front sides infuseated) to entirely blackish; the elytra are black or blackish, with the suture, sides and two interrupted zig-zag fasciae reddish, the sides and fascia clothed with white pubescence. From the side each elytron may be seen to have the pale part rather wide at the base, and narrow at the apex; from the shoulder a wide stripe projects obliquely backwards from the pale side, terminating in an acute point slightly before the middle of the elytron, with its front inner portion produced obliquely forwards, but not to the suture; at the apical third another stripe or fascia projects at a right angle inwards to near the suture, with a deep notch almost in line with the point of the sub-basal fascia. The smallest specimen has the whole of the upper surface dark, except that parts of the elytra are obscurely diluted with red, its elytral fasciae, although not distinct in themselves, are fairly indicated by the white pubescence; its hind femora are rather conspicuously infuseated near apex. FORMICOMUS TRIDENTIPES, 0.Sp. Blackish; prothorax (front infuscated), legs, antennae and palpi reddish; under surface and parts of elytra obscurely reddish. Moderately clothed with short and mostly dark pubescence, but becoming golden on part of prothorax, and silvery on parts of elytra; in addition with numerous dark, erect hairs. Head and prothorax with sculpture as deseribed in preceding species, but with somewhat coarser punctures. Elytra slightly larger in proportion, and with distinctly larger punctures. Intercoxal process of abdomen wide and trun- cated. Hind femora strongly clavate and tridentate. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln (A. M. Lea). In general appearance fairly close to some specimens of the preceding species, and with the head and prothorax almost identical, except that the pune- BY A. M. LEA. ; 507 tures are slightly coarser, but the elytra have the reddish markings very obscure and the white pubescence clothing them differently directed, especially the sub- apical one, which, at its meception, instead of being directed at a right angle to the side, is directed obliquely forwards, so that if continued it would meet its fellow at the suture shghtly before the middle; the sub-basal marking is curved, and on the right side is like an irregular J, the apex of the suture is also clothed with silvery pubescence; the intercoxal process of the abdomen is fully twice as wide and is truncated, it is decidedly wider than the apical segment is long (on the preceding species it is decidedly narrower than that segment is long) and the second joint of the hind tarsi is fully as long as the claw joint, instead of (as on that species) much shorter. The hind femora are tridentate, each having two acute teeth side by side (the inner longer and thinner than the outer), and a small acute one behind the inner one. The type is in perfect condition; when examining its upper surface I thought it was possibly a variety of the preceding species, but the differences in the abdomen and tarsi are conclusive; the margins and suture of its elytra are very narrowly and obscurely reddish, and there are two obscurely reddish spots on each elytron: an angular one on each shoulder, and an irregular postmedian one. FORMICOMUS OBTUSIDENS, n.sp. 3S. Shining black; elytra with a davous fascia not quite touching sides or suture at basal fourth, base of antennae, coxae, base of femora and tarsi more or less obscurely reddish. With sparse, ashen pubescence, and with a few erect hairs. Head rather small, hind angles completely rounded off to the narrow neck; with fairly dense and Sharply defined punctures in front, becoming much sparser and smaller posteriorly. Eyes large. prominent and medio-lateral, slightly longer than basal jomt of antennae. Antennae with eighth to tenth jomts wide and triangularly dilated to apex. Prothorax much longer than wide, subglobular in front, strongly constricted near base; with fairly numerous punctures on dise, and with a feeble median line. Elytra subovate, dilated from shoulders (which are not completely rounded off) to beyond the middle, transversely depressed beneath sub-basal fovea, and with sparse and small, but fairly distinct punctures. Abdomen with intercoxal process moderately wide and feebly rounded, apical segment with a round median fovea, each side of apex deeply notched so as to expose portion of the genitalia. Femora stout and strongly clavate, front pair near base each with a long tooth dilated to and notched at apex, front tibiae thickened and dentate near middle. Length, 3.5—4 mm. 2. Differs in having thinner and shorter antennae, and simple abdomen and front femora and tibiae. Hab.—Northern Territory: Melville Island (W. D. Dodd). The intercoxal process of the abdomen is less conspicuously truneated than is usual in Formicomus, and wings are present, in consequence of which the shoulders are less rounded off than is usual; but as the femora are strongly clavate and the species is certainly congenerie with 7’. agilis, which is also winged, it was referred to Formicomus. From F. agilis, to which at first glance it appears to belong, it differs in the prothorax having a very feeble median line instead of a deep groove, and the tooth of the front femora of the male longer and of different shape. The head, behind the eyes, is almost semicircular in outline; on most of the specimens from the island it is deep black, but on several it is dark reddish-brown; on such specimens the antennae and legs are also somewhat paler. 508 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAR, FORMICOMUS ACUTIDENS, n.sp. g. Black; basal joints of antennae obscurely reddish, coxae and base of femora flavous. Head subglobular; with crowded but fairly sharply defined punctures about base, but less distinct in front, owing to the intermixture of smaller ones. Eyes rather small, medio-lateral and prominent. Antennae slightly thickened towards apex. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, front two-thirds globular, the basal third much narrower; with a few inconspicuous punctures along middle; median line very faint. EHlytra elliptic-ovate, sides somewhat dilated to middle, shoulders fairly prominent; punctures sparse and minute. Abdomen with inter- coxal process rather wide and gently rounded, apical segment irregular on each side of and depressed in middle. Femora strongly clavate, front pair each with a long and acute median tooth; front tibiae notched near apex, hind tibiae long, thin and rather strongly curved. Length, 3 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District (A. M. Lea). The presence of wings, strongly dentate front femora of male, and shoulders not completely rounded off, associate this species with the preceding, and with F. agilis, from which it is at once distinguished by the absence of a flavous fascia in a sub-basal depression on the elytra; the hind tibiae are also decidedly longer and more strongly curved than on those species and the cephalic punctures are different; in its scarcely visible median line it is nearer the preceding species than agilis, but its femoral tooth is an acute spine. FORMICOMUS ALATUS, n.sp, Black, shining; parts of three basal joints of antennae, parts of femora, of tarsi and of palpi more or less reddish. With fairly numerous, dark, erect hairs, mixed on ‘the elytra with sparse, pale pubescence. Head subovate, hind angles and base completely rounded off; with rather sparse and small, but sharply defined punctures, becoming larger and somewhat crowded in and about some frontal impressions. Hyes prominent, medio-lateral and rather large. Antennae long. Prothorax longer than wide, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex, notched near base: upper surface with rather dense and sharply defined but asperate punctures, flanks almost impunctate. Elytra much wider than prothorax, sides of base oblique to shoulders, sides gently dilated to beyond middle; punctures sparse and minute. Intercoxal process of abdomen not very wide and gently rounded (almost truncate). Femora stoui, the hind ones strongly clavate. Length, 3.5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown (H. Hacker), Darnley Island (H. Elgner). A deep black, winged species, evidently allied to I’. obtusidens and I’. acutidens; each of the two specimens under examination is a female; they differ from the females of the former species in having the elytra of uniform colour, and no joint of antennae transverse (even the tenth is slightly longer than its apical width), from the latter species (apart from: differences which are certainly sexual) in having the head larger, with much sparser punctures, the prothorax with much denser and coarser punctures, and the elytra without a postmedian fascia of pubescence. TOMODERUS UNIFORMIS, n.sp. Flavous. Moderately clothed with depressed, pale pubescence, interspersed with some suberect setae. BY A. M. LEA, 509 Head distinctly transverse, hind angles strongly rounded off; with dense and sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller in front, with two small inter-ocular impressions, appearing like large punetures; basal slope with a shallow median Ine. Eyes large and prominent. Antennae moderately long, most of the joints submoniliform; eleventh as long as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax about as long as its greatest width, sides strongly rounded and widest near apex, where the width is equal to that of head, deeply constricted towards base; densely and rather strongly punctate, and with a conspicuous median line. Elytra almost parallel-sided, shoulders moderately rounded; with rather dense and large, seriate punctures about base, rapidly becoming smaller and almost disappearing on apical slope. Hind legs long and thin, the others shorter. Length, 2—2.25 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Mooroopna, in April (F. E. Wilson), Geelong (H. W. Davey). Distmguished from 7. leae by its larger size and dense and sharply defined punctures on head and prothorax; T. denticollis is described as having minute scattered punctures on those parts. As there is a foveate impression on the apical segment of abdomen, on the three specimens under examination, they are presumably all males. TRICHANANCA APTERA, n.sp. Piceous-brown, under surface somewhat paler, legs and palpi flavous, knees, tarsi and antennae shghtly darker. Clothed with rather sparse, pale pubescence, and with numerous suberect, dark hairs. Head moderately large and, excluding mouth parts, distinctly transverse, base strongly rounded, with rather small and sparse, unevenly distributed punctures. Antennae rather long and moderately stout, eleventh jot as long as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, strongly constricted at basal third, with an irregular median line; coarsely and irregularly punctate, or granulate. Elytra rather narrow, shoulders rounded, sides gently dilated to be- yond the middle; with rows of large, suboblong punctures, close together near base, smaller posteriorly, and feeble about apex. Legs rather long and stout. Length, 4—4.5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, two specimens from rotting leaves (A. M. Lea), Brisbane. An apterous species; the only previously described ,apterous one is 7. con- color, from which it differs in being darker, in having the head less transverse, with smaller punctures, and longer and thinner antennae, the prothorax is also decidedly longer, with narrower median line, and different punctures. Struc- turally, except for the want of wings, it seems near 7. pisoniae, but the shoulders are more rounded off, and consequently not so much wider than the base of the prothorax. On one specimen the elytra have a faint coppery-green gloss. TRICHANANCA MICROMELAS, n.sp. °. Black; antennae, coxae, trochanters and knees rather obscurely reddish, palpi and tarsi paler. With rather sparse, pale pubescence, interspersed with darker, suberect hairs. Head (exeluding neck) distinetly transverse, hind angles rounded off; with sparse and small punctures; a shallow depression each side in front. Antennae rather long and thin, eleventh joint as long as ninth and tenth combined. Pro- thorax about as long as its greatest width, front sides strongly inflated and dis- 510 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE, tinetly wider than head, strongly constricted near basal third; with rather dense and sharply defined punctures, becoming smaller in front; flattened along middle. Elytra thin, elongate-elliptic, shoulders rounded off; with seriate punctures large and close together about base, rapidly getting smaller and almost disappearing about apex. Length, 3 mm. j Hab.—Victoria: South Gippsland (H. W. Davey). Unique. A black, apterous species, and the smallest of the genus; from the other apterous species, 7. concolor and T. aptera, it may be distinguished by its small size, dark colour, and by the almost complete absence of a median prothoracic line; from most directions, indeed, it appears to be really absent, and it is only in certain lights, and from oblique directions, that a faint line may be traced. MECYNOTARSUS. Of the described Australian species of this genus apicipennis, kreusleri and mastersi are abundantly distinct. At first glance the processes on the margin of the prothoracic projection would appear to be of considerable use in distinguish- ing species, but on ziczac they certainly vary in number, usually being eleven (five on each side and an apical one), very rarely nine; on some specimens they are thirteen, and even fifteen, owing to minute supplementary ones at the base; on amabilis they are usually nine, but occasionally eleven; on albellus they are nearly always eleven; on my specimens of concolor nine. The clothing on all these latter is variable; on albellus it is usually of a snowy whiteness, but on amabilis, concolor and ziczac the elytral scales are mostly white, with pale brown markings of varying shades of colour, and varying from covering much of the surface to covering so little and the colour so faint that it is difficult to dis- tinguish them from albellus. Consequently I have set aside many specimens which may belong to unnamed species, but which it is not desirable to name as new. Mecynorarsus KINGI Mael. A Gayndah specimen labelled by Olliff as M. kingi, agrees with the type of M. amabilis, although Macleay made no mention of elytral markings. MECYNOTARSUS MACULATUS, n.Sp. Pale castaneous, legs and antennae flavous. Densely clothed with white, subsquamose pubescence,’ sparser on prothoracie projection than elsewhere, its under surface sparsely pubescent, elytra with two or three pale yellowish spots. Length, 2.5—2.75 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea); New South Wales: Sydney (H. W. Cox); Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection) ; South Australia: Port Lin- coln (Lea). Structurally close to M. ziczac, but each elytron with two or three discon- nected spots (on that species the median markings are more extended and are connected along the suture with sub-basal and subapical markings); the spots are not as dark as the derm on which they rest, but as this is normally concealed they are distinct; there is one near the middle of each elytron, nearer the suture than side, usually transversely subtriangular, with the wide end near the suture (which it never appears to touch), but occasionally it is semi-double; on the suture close to apex there is often a similarly coloured spot but seldom sharply defined, and often entirely absent. The prothorax is about the shape of that of ziezac, but the tubercles on the outer edge of its process are usually nine in num- | | BY A, M. LBA. ; 511 ber (occasionally eleven), the apical one is sometimes semidouble, and rarely ap- pears as two. The elytra are evenly convex without a sub-basal depression, and the hind tarsi are slightly longer than the tibiae. The male differs from the female in having the abdomen smalier, less convex, and with the apex notched. MECYNOTARSUS HORTENSIS, n.sp. Derm normally concealed but mostly dark reddish-brown, under surface paler, legs, antennae and palpi more or less flavous. Densely clothed with subsquamose pubescence, silvery white on under surface and legs, variegated on upper surface. Length, 2—2.5 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River, common in gardens (A. M. Lea). With about the same range of size as in M. ziczac, but elytral markings darker, more sharply defined and somewhat different in pattern, and average number of tubercies on prothoracic process less. On the upper surface the pale seales are usually darker than on the under surface; on the prothorax there are usually two ill-defined dark spots at the base; on the elytra there is a conspicuous brown, or purplish-brown median fascia, not touching sides or suture, and with more or less jagged outlines, occasionally the part on each elytron is obscurely connected along, but not on, the suture, with a less distinet basal infuseation, be- yond the middle the suture is narrowly dark, and then the dark part suddenly dilates to a large and almost circular apical spot. There are usually nine tubercles on the outer edge of the prothoracic process. but on several specimens the two basal ones on one side are sometimes conjoined so that there appear to be but three on one side. MECYNOTARSUS PHANOPHILUS, n.Sp. Flavo-castaneous, head and prothorax darker, legs, antennae and palpi paler. Densely clothed with white or whitish pubescence, on the elytra variegated with median and subapical markings. Length, 2.75 mm. : Hab.—Queensland: Cairns District, to light (A. M. Lea). At first glance like some varieties of M. ziczac, but prothorax with only nine tubercles on the outer edge of the progess, the process itself shorter and wider, and the part of the prothorax behind it distimetly transverse, with its greatest width very little less than that of the base of the elytra; lines drawn to connect the apical tubercle with the basal one on each side, and these with each other, would represent an equilateral triangle; on ziczac the triangle would be a narrower one, and the outer lines somewhat rounded. On the only two specimens taken, the clothing being in perfect condition, the surface has not been abraded to be sure as to the colour of the derm, although it is evident that the elytra are paler than the rest of the upper surface, but the tubercles on the prothoracie process are (except for sparse pubescence) glabrous, and dark castaneous. On the pro- thorax the clothing is denser and more uniform than on the elytra, on the latter there are four pale brown spots (disconnected on one specimen, connected two and two on the other) representing a median fascia, and a short line directed obliquely backwards on each side from:the suture at the apical fourth. MECYNOTARSUS LATEROALBUS, 0.Sp. Dark castaneous, parts beneath the pale clothing paler, legs, antennae and palpi paler. Upper surface with dense chocolate-brown clothing, slightly varie- gated on prothorax, and with two conspicuous white patches on the side of each elytron; under surface and legs with white clothing. Length, 2.5—2.75 mm. 512 ON AUSTRALIAN ANTHICIDAE. Hab.—South Australia: Mount Painter (H. G. Stokes), Parachilna (H. M. Hale); Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). A beautiful species, with prothorax (except for the tubercles) and legs sculptured .as on M. ziczac, but the elytra with very different clothing; on one specimen from above they appear to be entirely dark, except that the inner tips of the pale lateral spots are just perceptible, on the others they are continued across about half of the disc, and are narrowly connected on the margin. The three specimens under examination quite evidently belong to but one species, but on one specimen there are nine tubercles on the outer edge of the prothoracice pro- cess, on the second specimen two of the tubercles on each side are conjoined, and on the other, three on each side are conjoined so that it has a medio-apical tubercle, a tubercle on each side near it, and then a ridge to the base on each side. A NOTE ON PROTEIN PRECIPITATION IN GRASSES. By Marcarer H. O’Dwyer, B.Se., Science Research Scholar in the University of Sydney. [Read 27th September, 1922.] Dr. Petrie, writing on the amount of non-protein nitrogen found in the seeds of Acacia pycnantha and of various other legumes, cereals, ete., (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 33 (4), 1908, p. 837) drew attention to the views of several well- known scientists on the precipitation of proteins by Stiitzer’s Reagent. He him- self found, as the result of a series of experiments, that tannin and alcohol were practically equal in precipitating power, and that Stiitzer’s Reagent (copper hydroxide) precipitated 13 per cent. more nitrogen than either of the other two reagents. As copper hydroxide is the only reagent mentioned in this connection in the Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists of America (1921), it would appear that no special work on the precipitation of the proteins in feeding stuffs has, so far, been carried out in the United States. It occurred to me, therefore, that an attempt to precipitate the proteis in some of the grass samples by the various reagents mentioned by Dr. Petrie might give some interesting results. These are shown in the subjoined Table. It will be seen that higher results are given by Stiitzer’s Reagent than by either tannin salt solution, or by alcohol. In Technical Methods of Chemical Analysis (Lunge and Keane, 1911, p. 449) a method based on that of O. Kellner and worked out by Barnstein is mentioned. The grasses given in the Table have also been treated by this method, but still higher results than those given by Stiitzer’s Re- agent have been obtained in each case. Lunge and Keane state that the results obtained by this method and Stiitzer’s have been found to agree in the case of most feeding stuffs, but that vegetable products containing alkaloids and other nitrogenous compounds, such as amides, give a precipitate containing a little more nitrogen when treated by Barnstein’s method than when that of Stiitzer is used, this difference, they say, never exceeding 0.2 per cent. of nitrogen. Experimental. The various precipitants were prepared as follows, an aqueous extract of the material being made in each ease. A NOTE ON PROTEIN PRECIPITATION IN GRASSES. 514 ‘qyis Aeris yysry “(a8aTJoD Ve pop) TZ6I Av Te snipamsajur uohodoupuy 10°? £0°¢ r6°S ory PIE TOD VHsy Ainqseymeyy {(elqerese you wvyEp) “(are 72 PEP) TZ6T “494 91 zoe £0'F 86°Z zoe pig ‘ue ‘dxq ysinyyeg snipausajqur wobodoupuy ‘rood Ayaatyeieduiod pure Ayjaariy ‘(Weg 3% PIP) TZ6Il “G9q 6 629 26°9 08:9 04°9 pie wWiey “dxq sauuy uspg SNUMILLAYOOTT SNLOUOpayIS ‘qs A0rs yysrT “(a8eTJoD 3e pomp) Ozer “Url SI 61°8 CG'6 12°8 02°6 pug TOO ‘ous y Aimqseymeyzy phyonjsojday susosboat ‘Jlosqns AaXkevjo ‘ureoy] ayeposoyg ‘(IBY YB PIP) OSI 99d 6Z 66'S et" ze"e 0¢°9 pug ‘ue “dxq oourx (4) vsopd niuoyjung ‘as Aes yysvT —-*(98a[[0D 3% Pep) OZ6I “AON 8 £6°S Ga'9 to) 88°¢ pug oO ‘ousy Aimaqsoyey wngnjpord WnaUn gy ‘UISIIO oyIUvIS ‘WIeO] ApueS ‘(Wey Fe Pep) OZ6I “AON & 96'8 FETT 60'6 68°01 4ST ‘ue “dxq BIMod SLUDINUUD-WULAS DUWOYQUD CT “ys A083 yysrT — “(adaTJoD ye Pep) O@6I 2°O 61 z0°8 Z1'6 262 29°83 4ST TOO “ousy Aimgsaymey wngnjord wnaung ‘rood Ajaayeieduioo puv ATjaavin, ‘(ULIeg 3e pop) OZ6I “20 & 6°6 80°ZI 90°01 eZ TT 4ST ‘ue “dxq souuy usp SNUDUAYOOTT Snsowopayoag ‘iood Ajaateiedwioo pue ATJ9AvIN) *(AIO}VIOGE] Ul Pap) OZ6T “das 2zZ zag 00°2 els 0¢"9 4ST ‘wey ‘dxq souuy us snuniuayooH, snsowopayoy *TOOoLTy “quesvey “MOTJNTOY “‘yuesvey “TJ ALO.LD) ‘Tlog Jo ornquyy puv Aqrpeoory ‘aqeq pu oureyy 8 Ule}suIv yvg urmuey, = S.tezqnyg 0 a5R4g ‘osvo youve ul peyeyidrosadiursqoad jo esequeoi0ed pur quvyidioerg jo owe yy BY MARGARET H. 0’DWYER. 515 Stiitzer’s Reagent was prepared according to the directions given in Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists of America (1921). Hach e.e. of the Reagent contained 0.01 gram of copper hydroxide. The tannin salt solution used contained 10 per cent. tannic acid, and 10 per cent. sodium chloride. Barnstein’s method consists in adding to the hot aqueous extract 25 ¢.c. of copper sulphate contaiing 60 g. of CuSO4.5H2O per litre. Then 25 ce. of dilute sodium hydroxide solution (12.5 : 1000) are slowly added while the solution is stirred. The precipitate is then allowed to settle and further treated as in Stiitzer’s method. Lunge and Keane consider that the concentration of the copper sulphate and of the sodium hydroxide solutions is chosen so that the whole of the copper is not precipitated by the alkali, while the precipitate contains as much effective cupric hydroxide as is used in Stiitzer’s method. The time taken in the preparation of Stiitzer’s reagent, the making up of which is rather a lengthy process, would also be saved by the use of this reagent. For the actual determinations :— (1) 20 ¢.e. of Stiitzer’s reagent were added to an aqueous solution, formed by boiling 1 grm. of the material in 50 e.c. of water, according to the directions given by the Assn. Offic. Agric. Chemists of America in their methods of analysis (1921), and the N determined in the precipitate by Kjeldahl’s method. (2) 1 grm. of the material was boiled in 50 ¢.c. of water, and the hot solution treated with 15 «ec. of the tannin salt solution, centrifuged, washed with the re- agent,.and Kjeldahled in order to determine the amount of nitrogen present. (3) 1 grm. of the material was treated with 50 ¢.c. of HzO and the estima- tion made according to the details given above (Barnstein’s method). The N in the precipitate was determined as before. ' (4) 50 ee. of the aqueous extract were evaporated down to 10 ec. and poured into 90 e.c. of aleohol 94 per cent., making the solution of the strength of 85 per cent., heated to boiling, allowed to stand 3 hours, and filtered. From the filtrate the alcohol was then distilled off and the N determined as usual in the residue (Petrie, 1908). _ The protein content in each case was found by multiplying the amount of N present by the factor 6.25 (vide These Proceedings, xlvi., 1921, p. 244). The results obtained in the small number of grasses so far examined appear to bear out Dr. Petrie’s contention that Stiitzer’s reagent precipitates some of the non-protein nitrogen. This is a point of considerable importance. My thanks are again due to Professor Watt, Mr. G. Wright, and Dr. Petrie and others for very valuable assistance in the prosecution of this work. [NOTE :—Since the writing of this paper, the author has been engaged in research work under Dr. Schryver in the Bio-chemical laboratory of the Imperial College of Science and Technology, South Kensington, London. In this laboratory important work is being carried out on the proteins of plants (Chibnall and Schryver, Biochem. Journ., 15 1921, p. 60; Buston and Schryver, Biochem. Journ., 15, 1921, p. 636) the results of which should be applicable to grasses, and I hope at some future date to have an opportunity of further examination of Australian grasses by methods other than those outlined in the paper. M.H.O’D.] 516 FURTHER REPORT ON THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES. By Marcaret H. O’Dwyer, B.Sc., Science Research Scholar in the University of Sydney. [Read 27th September, 1922.] Some little time ago (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlvi., 1921) the author communicated to the Society a paper which dealt with the results of certain analyses of the native grasses of Australia, taken with regard to their nutritive value. The results were based mainly on the examination of the first stage of growth of each grass, 1.., the period about half-way between the time when it begins to shoot and the early flowering period. ; At the time certain data relating to the second and third stages were avail- able. These have since been added to, and as the author will have, at any rate, for some time, no chance of extending this information, the publication of these results in their present state may be of some value. The second stage chosen for analysis is that known as the early flowering period, and the third stage that at which the seed is quite set. Some interesting features have been observed in the grasses examined and the results of the analyses are given in the subjoined table. A sample of Pollinia fulva was obtained from Hawkesbury Agricultural College. The experimentalist there stated that this grass was suffering from a fungoid disease, which Mr. W. L. Waterhouse, Lecturer in Plant Pathology in the University of Sydney, considers is probably smut. On analysis the percentage of erude protein in this sample was found to be exceptionally low, the percentage of ether extract and of pentosan less than that generally met with in grasses examined at the same stage, while the percentage of the crude fibre was higher than usual. Andropogon intermedius from Bathurst Experiment Farm, which the experimentalist reported to be ergot-infected, also showed a low percentage of protein. These points should prove of some interest when further diseased samples are being analysed. 517 BY MARGARET H. O DWYER. ‘Yue snumiayoo yy snLouopayog pur “poureyqo SBA JI YPM Wor, UOTNAYSUT oy ye potap sea odues ye yueg vanf nuyjog Caqry wnpsodwosap "gq “Way waynjoid wnoung “pnoyg vhyony -sojda] sysosbnug “agra ({) vsopd wiuoyjung “axgqry snwpawsajzur wolodospuy ote 3[qv} OY} UL SossvId OY} JO souVU OTT,» ‘rood ‘dwiod put ‘Arvin ‘IZ6L “4294 6 TéhG:T SOIL 6986 80h ele 6€L ILOL 69 806 69 3% ‘ur “dxq souuy uel SOEER OSL Ts} ‘ueo, Apueg “Tl “Uel FZ PLES: 08S &9% 4 SSr 6988 08 E01 899 688 6G = ‘suspieg “0g STUDI LHC Ores ‘weoy Apurg ‘TZ6r “uel FZ GGG sit - RG WSS a aS iain — tS POE OTL SG ‘suapieg ‘yo uingrsodmooap “I z ‘urvoy Apuvg) ‘T@6I “uel FZ 0892 :1 8hl FOES I10E 69Fe esr ; CASA Sian: = Za 93993M oop 7 U PAvaNnH “NosUaLvd LY gf PD Neuer - “CHO SY ean ; NMOL SINZUV 12 ue: 3 ae Bs : ; 5 2 chiar * ie Jyoryydos W < 2 s31wW “Dy eo m/ 319s O “ a= JLYWIXOYIIY S39VId NI SYNOLNOD 145 007 WAYAZLNI YNOLNOD yy 75 on , SANS SHL 30 d¥l TWOIHdYYIOdOL ) v ‘ vy), me) uy, YO SWOTHH & aN Ae os oh Ne 722 SS eee eee 534 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 11., were to play the leading role. Such was the case during the early history of the two large rivers, and to-day the same factors exercise important control over the courses of almost all the tributaries. The heavy faulting of pre-Mesozoic time must have had a great influence on the pre-Miocene or pre-Pliocene excavation, but its effects are overshadowed by the influence of the differential hardness and positions of the strata. List of Works referred to. Anprews, HE. C., 1903.—Tertiary History of New England. Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 7, pt. 3, p. 140. , 1922.—Presidential Address to Royal Society N.S.W. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 56, p. 14. Benson, W. N., 1920. —Geology and Petrology of ie Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales. Pt. 1x. These Proceedings, xlv., p. 285. Browne, W. R., 1921.—Note on the Relation of Streams to Geological Structure. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 595. CHAMBERLIN, T. C. and Sauispury, R. D., 1905.—Geology, vol. i., p. 521. Davin, T. W. E., 1904.—Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4. GeIkig, J., 1905.—Structural and Field Geology, pp. 169-74. Hopss, W. H., 1921.—Earth Evolution and its Facial Expression. Jaquet, J. B., 1901—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol. Sear. N.S.W., Geol. No. 2. , OsporneE, G. D., 1921.—A Preliminary Examination of Late Palaeozoic Folding in the Hunter River District. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55. , 1922.—The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District. These Proceedings, xlvu., pp. 161-198. DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW TRILOBITES, AND NOTE ON GRIFFITHIDES CONVEXICAUDATUS MITCHELL. By Joun MircHetu, late Principal of the Newcastle Technical College and School of Mines, Neweastle, N.S. Wales. (Plate liv.) {Read 29th November, 1922.] PHILLIPSIA CONVEXICAUDATA. Griffithides convexicaudatus, Mitchell, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 43, 1918, 475-9, Pl. xlvi., fig. 13, Pl. xlviii., figs. 1-3, Pl. lii., figs. 5, 6. Recently Mrs Pincombe, of Lambton, had the good fortune to find a perfect specimen of a trilobite, belonging to the genus Phillipsia, sat the same locality on the Glen William Road, near Clarencetown, as Griffithides convexicaudatus Mitch., was found some years ago. This fine specimen has been passed on to me for identification and description, for which I am very thankful, as it enables me to revise my former description and conclusions regarding the generic position of that species. In the first place, after much careful study of this new specimen in conjunction with G. convexicaudatus Mitch., I find the differences insufficient to justify their specific separation; and as the new fossil is a Phillip- sia, the species convexicaudatus must be transferred to that genus. Between the two there are small differences;—for instance, in the original type the thorax and pygidium are of equal length, and the cephalon so little shorter than either of these that the three parts may be accepted as almost equal; in the case of the new form the lengths of these parts are: head, 3.9 mm., thorax, 4.7 mm., tail, 3.9 mm., but the latter is, if they are specifically identical, not more than half mature, and this may account for the discrepancies in the relative dimensions. Another difference appears in the eyes: those of the original type seem to be shorter and deeper than those of the other; but the cephalon of the former is very imperfect, and this difference may arise through distortion. The head of the recently-founa form shows all the characteristic features of a Phillipsia near P. darbiensis, and cowd, it appears to me, be placed as a variety of that species. In a general way every feature of the cephalon of our new trilobite agrees with the similar part of the cephalon of P. darbiensis. They are similar in shape, bear similar glabellar furrows, have eyes identical in shape and position and re- lative size; in fact the head-shields of the two forms are practically identical, and if the specific determination were made on this part of our new form alone, it would certainly be placed with Phillipsia darbiensis Martin. The two Austra- 534 GEOLOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF CLARENCETOWN-PATERSON DISTRICT, 1l., were to play the leading role. Such was the case during the early history of the two large rivers, and to-day the same factors exercise important control over the courses of almost all the tributaries. The heavy faulting of pre-Mesozoic time must have had a great influence on the pre-Miocene or pre-Pliocene excavation, but its effects are overshadowed by the influence of the differential hardness and positions of the strata. List of Works referred to. Anprews, E. C., 1903.—Tertiary History of New England. Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., 7, pt. 3, p. 140. , 1922.—Presidential Address to Royal Society N.S.W. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 56, p. 14. Benson, W. N., 1920.—Geology and Petrology of the Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales. Pt. 1x. These Proceedings, xlv., p. 285. Browne, W. R., 1921.—Note on the Relation of Streams to Geological Structure. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55. CHAMBERLIN, T. C. and Sauispury, R. D., 1905.—Geology, vol. i., p. 521. Davin, T. W. E., 1904—Geology of the Hunter River Coal Measures. Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geology No. 4. Geikig, J., 1905.—Structural and Field Geology, pp. 169-74. Hosss, W. H., 1921.—Harth Evolution and its Facial Expression. JAQueEt, J. B., 1901.—The Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Geol. No. 2. ! Ossorne, G. D., 1921.—A Preliminary Examination of Late Palaeozoic Folding in the Hunter River District. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 55. , 1922.—The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District. These Proceedings, xlvu., pp. 161-198. ou ww oO DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW TRILOBITES, AND NOTE ON GRIFFITHIDES CONVEXICAUDATUS MITCHELL. By Joun Mircue tu, late Principal of the Neweastle Technical College and School of Mines, Neweastle, N.S. Wales. (Plate liv.) [Read 29th November, 1922.] PHILLIPSIA CONVEXICAUDATA. Griffithides convexicaudatus, Mitchell, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 43, 1918, 475-9, Pl. xlvi., fig. 13, Pl. xlviii., figs. 1-3, Pl. lil, figs. 5, 6. Recently Mrs Pincombe, of Lambton, had the good fortune to find a perfect specimen of a trilobite, belonging to the genus Phillipsia, ,at the same locality on the Glen William Road, near Clarencetown, as Griffithides convexicaudatus Mitch., was found some years ago. This fine specimen has been passed on to me for identification and description, for which I am very thankful, as it enables me to revise my former description and conclusions regarding the generic position of that species. In the first place, after much careful study of this new specimen in conjunction with G. convexicaudatus Mitch., I find the differences insufficient to justify their specific separation; and as the new fossil is a Phillip- sia, the species convexicaudatus must be transferred to that genus. Between the two there are small differences;—for instance, in the original type the thorax and pygidium are of equal length, and the cephalon so little shorter than either of these that the three parts may be accepted as almost equal; in the case of the new form the lengths of these parts are: head, 3.9 mm., thorax, 4.7 mm., tail, 3.9 mm., but the latter is, if they are specifically identical, not more than half mature, and this may account for the discrepancies in the relative dimensions. Another difference appears in the eyes: those of the original type seem to be shorter and deeper than those of the other; but the cephalon of the former is very imperfect, and this difference may arise through distortion. The head of the recently-found form shows all the characteristic features of a Phillipsia near P. darbiensis, and cowd, it appears to me, be placed as a variety of that species. In a general way every feature of the cephalon of our new trilobite agrees with the similar part of the cephalon of P. darbiensis. They are similar in shape, bear similar glabellar furrows, have eyes identical in shape and position and re- lative size; in fact the head-shields of the two forms are practically identical, and if the specific determination were made on this part of our new form alone, it would certainly be placed with Phillipsia darbiensis Martin. The two Austra- 536 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES, lian forms agree with the British one in more dimensions than they disagree, as will be seen by a study of the followimg measurements (in millimetres) : Length Width Head Thorax Pygidium 1. P. darbiensis .. ° 17.85 10.2 6.2 long 6.2 long 5.45 long 2. G. convexicaudatus 25.0 14.06 7.8 (2) 8.6 8.6 3. New Specimen .. 12.5 7.8 3.9 4.7 3.9 The ratio of length to width is the same in the first and third and nearly so in the second, the measurements of the separate parts showing variation. In the case of the second specimen it is possible that the measurement given for its head is not correct, because of the damaged state of that part. I am disposed to think that in this fossil the head, thorax, and tail have almost) equal lengths; and also that the variation in the length of the thorax of the third arises as a result of its immaturity. It is in the pygidia that the Australian and British examples differ most, as the following dimensions of the pygidia will show:— Segments Length Width in axis in pleurae IEP darbvensist eater aer: 6.25 9.38 13 10 2. G. convexicaudatus .. .. 9.40 13.00 10 8 3. New specimen .. .. .. 3.90 6.25 10 8 It is thus seen that the ratio between length and width of these three fossils varies little and that practically the only differences worthy of consideration from a specific point of view are those which occur in the number of the seg- ments in their pygidial axis and pleurae. No doubt these are fixed and constant differences and are sufficient to separate the two forms. i Family PROETIDAE. CORDANIA GARDNERI, n.sp. (PI. liv., figs. 1-7.) Spec. Chars. Head-shield subsemicireular, densely tubereulated, strongly in- flated. Glabella mildly convex, subeylindrical, relatively short, front gently rounded, sides subparallel, separated from the frontal limb by the continuity of the axial furrows, fairly densely covered with tubercles of different sizes. Basal lobes small, cireumscribed, and each bearing two prominent tubercles and other smaller ones; neck-furrow shallow, its lateral extensions interrupted by the tumidity of the fixed cheeks adjacent to the axial furrows, from thence across the free cheeks wide and shallow; occipital ring moderately strong, convex and gently arched backward; lateral extensions ridged, subprominent and granulated. Frontal limb very wide, convex just in front of the glabella, thence concave to the upturned border, the convex portion thickly covered with several irregular rows of bead-like tubercles, most dense and largest near the antero-lateral angles of the glabella, the tubercles on the concave portion finer; border, along its outer edge, bears a row of moderately distinct pustules. Fixed cheeks tumid, lower than the glabella; on each, between the palpebral lobe and the axial furrow is a row of four tubercles, of which the anterior one is the largest and encroaches upon the furrow, causing it to imdent the glabella. Free cheeks strongly in- flated, steep between the eyes at the top and the borders at the bottom, between which they are conspicuously tuberculated; borders abnormally wide, concave be- tween the cheeks and the thickened margins, which coneave portions are only finely and sparsely tubereulate; both outer and inner edges of the margins are granulate; the genal angles are produced into stout spines. Eyes small, reni- form, apparently faceted, prominent, separated from the cheeks by a distinet furrow, subdistant from the glabella and, for the greater part, in advance of the BY JOHN MITCHELL. dat basal lobes. Anteriorly the facial sutures run from the front of the eyes straight to the inner edge of the thickened margin, thence inwardly, passing out at a very acute angle; posteriorly, they extend from the inner angles of the eyes obliquely and pass out near the fuleral angles. Thorax composed of nine segments, sides subparallel, much wider than Jong (15.6 : 9.4), length equal to that of the pygidium or of the cephalon, which are approximately of equal length. Axis prominent, spread nearly equal through- out, much wider than one side lobe (approximately 5 : 3); each ring bears some seven nodules, three of which are very prominent, especially the central one, which is also subspinate, a feature of the central node on each ring, giving to the axis a subserrated aspect, more pronounced on the axis of the pygidium. Pleural lobes slope mildly from the axial furrows to the fuleral angles and thence steeply to their margins; the medial furrow of each pleura is narrow and deep, the posterior ridges, which are much stronger than the anterior ones, bear eight or more nodules, of which that on the fuleral angle is most prominent and that adjacent to the axial furrow nearly as prominent; the pleurae imbricate and their ends have a shght forward trend. Axial furrows only moderately defined. Pygidium semi-elliptic, strongly convex and tubereulated. Axis. very pro- minent, consisting of fourteen or fifteen rings and terminating prominently and bluntly before reaching the margin; the rings are tuberculated in a similar way to those of the thoracic axis, but the central ones of the pygidium are more spinate and recurved than are the similar ones of the thoracic axis and, in con- sequence, when viewed from the side, the pygidial axis has a more serrated aspect than has the axis of the thorax; these tubercles are arranged so as to form longi- tudinal rows, both on the axis and on the pleurae, which is also a feature of the tuberculation of the thorax. On the space between the end of the axis and the margin are a number of tubercles similar to those which are on identical positions of several species of Brachymetopus. Side lobes are made up of nine pleurae in each, are strongly convex, slope steeply from the fuleral angles to and across the mildly thickened borders, where their ends are slightly depressed and tubereulated; on each pair of pleurae, ex- cept the last, the medial sutures are narrow but distinct; the posterior ridges bear large bead-like tubercles, eight in number on the anterior pleurae, but gradually decreasing to two or three on the ridges of the posterior pair; the anterior ridges also bear rows of smaller tubercles, those on the posterior ridges being so placed as to form longitudinal rows, the most conspicuous of which is that along the fuleral angles; the border is ill-defined, except posteriorly, and when it breaks away along its suture, which is not frequent, the under surface is seen to be striated; axial furrows distinct. Dimensions: Length, 28 mm., width across the genal angles, 18 mm. From a specimen of which a longitudinal half is almost perfectly preserved, it is found that the cephalon, thorax and pygidium have approximately the same length. In both the thorax and the tail, the proportion of the width to the length is 2 : 1. The determination of the generic position of this trilobite has proved to be a diffieult problem. It does not fit either of the Carboniferous genera, and it therefore becomes a question to decide whether it possesses generic features sufficiently characteristic to justify the establishment of a new genus for its reception. It seems impossible to place it in the genus Phillipsia because on no cep- halon of the many of the type examined has a trace of either medial or anterior glabellar furrows been noticed. - It resembles Phillipsia in the shape of its * 538 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES, glabella, but the shortness of this and the great width of the limb distinguish it from that group. Other difficulties in the way of placing it with Phillipsia are its small eyes and their greater distance from the glabella. In its pygidial features generally, but especially in the ornamentation of this part, it resembles most closely some pygidia of Brachymetopus. In the absence of the fine glabellar furrows, it possesses the most important generic feature of Griffithides, but it lacks the pyriform and gibbous-fronted glabella; its wide limb,. short glabella, eyes faceted and sub-distant from the glabella are also difficulties in the way of placing it with this group. With the Brachymetopi, perhaps, it agrees in a ereater number of specific features than it does with the members of either of the two other genera referred to above. The bead-like pustulation of its glabella and pygidium strikingly resembles that found on Br. strzeleckii MeCoy, Br. oura- licus De Verneuil and Br. maccoyi Portlock. Its cephalic border agrees very closely in shape and ornamentation with the borders of the first and last of the three species just referred to. Near the anterior and posterior inner angles of the eyes it bears very pronounced tubercles, similar to two borne in identical positions by Br. strzeleckii and, in part, by Br. ouralicus. Its short cylindrical glabella, wide cephalic limb or border, and small prominent reniform eyes dis- tant from the glabella are features characteristic of the Brachymetopi. The genal spines, too, are like those of Br. maccoyi. Its small, pustulate basal lobes of the glabella and its occipital lobe are very similar to the like parts of several species of Brachymetopus. If the pygidium of the trilobite now under discussion be compared with the pygidia of the two species Br. ouralicus and Br. strzeleckii referred to above, it will be found that it agrees with each of them in most of its details—the ornamentation of its test generally, the equality of the anterior spread of the axis and the side lobes, in having nearly the same number of rings in the axis and pleurae in each of the side lobes, the same kind of pustulation on the space between the end of the axis and the posterior edge of the margin. This latter feature is one which I have noticed on no pygidia except on those now referred to, belonging to the genus Brachymetopus, so that, simple feature as it appears to be, it is one of some significance. When the characteristics of our new trilo- bite, detailed above, are considered in conjunction with the generic characteristics of the three Carboniferous genera of trilobites, also compared and contrasted with it in the text above, the difficulty of referring it to either of those genera will, I think, be admitted, for these characteristics consist of a very remarkable blending of the generic characteristics of all three, those belonging to Brachy- metopus (European type) preponderating. But for the absence of the fine glabellar furrows, it might be placed in the genus Phillipsia, as a very abnormal species. Except that its glabella is not pyriform and its eyes are small, faceted and subdistant from the glabella, and for the relatively great width of the border of the cephalic shield, a place for it might be found in Griffithides. Further, there seems only one feature possessed by this trilobite which stands in the way of placing it with Brachymetopus, and that is the presence of facial sutures, and it may be noted here that there is evidence that the process of fusion of the fixed and free cheeks had begun and the obsolescence of the facial sutures was in process of accomplishment, for the majority of the head-shields found have the free cheeks in place, yet the symphysis was not completed and the sutures remain and must be reckoned with. Some writers on trilobites seem to regard these sutures as having generic importance, but others, not less eminent, have not so regarded them. For example, in the genus Acidaspis, species which have BY JOHN MITCHELL. 539 their cheeks coalesced are placed with other species in which the facial sutures are present. The same practice occurs in the case of the genus Ceratocephala, and to overcome the difficulties surrounding the classification of the species, I might have accepted these cases as precedents and referred it to Brachymetopus tentatively. However, it has been suggested to me by General A. W. Vogdes, of San Diego, Cal., U.S.A., an undoubted authority on trilobites, that a fitting resting place for the one under discussion might be in the genus Cordania J. M. Clarke, and, after a careful study of the genus I am persuaded to place it therein. Cordania was proposed by J. M. Clarke in 1892, for the reception of four species of Phaethonides described by Herrick (Bull. Denison Univ., 4, 1889, pp. 56-59). Since then, five other species have been added. All of the species are from the United States, and all, except Cordania (Phaethonides) occidentalis Herrick, from rocks of Devonian age. The exception is from the Carboniferous of the Waverley Group of Ohio, U.S.A. The pygidium of this species closely resembles the pygidium of the local form: the numbers of the segments in the axis and pleurae of each are nearly the same, and the ornamentation and general contour of the two are similar; but they differ mucn in their head-shields, and in size, the Australian one being much the larger. The pygidium of Cordania (Phae- thonides) spinosus Herr. (l.c.), from the Devonian of the Waverley group of Licking County, Ohio, U.S.A., has a still greater resemblance to that of our specimens. The contour in each is similar—in the axis of the former there are fourteen rings and nine pairs of pleurae in the side lobes, in the latter these parts are fourteen or fifteen and nine or ten respectively; the spinate tubercles are more numerous on these same parts of the latter than they are on those of the former, though they are similar in character. The head-shields of the two are dissimilar in several respects, and the local one is of larger dimensions. In a general way the Australian form resembles C. gasepiow Clarke. The genus Cordania, up to now, was confined to the United States, and the discovery of it in Australian rocks will prove to be of interest. Though in the United States the genus is almost exclusively Devonian, I am, because of the general aspect of the associated fossils, disposed to place the geological age of the Australian specimen as Carboniferous. My sincere thanks are tendered to General A. W. Vogdes, of San Diego, for ample notes and suggestions which were of much assistance to me in deter- mining the generic position of the trilobite here described. To Mr. Legge, of Legge’s Camp, Myall Lakes, I wish to express my indebtedness for help which facilitated the work of collecting from this new locality. The species is de- dieated to Master Frank Gardner who was the first to bring specimens of it under my notice, and who, though only thirteen years of age, is a keen student of geology. Loc. and horizon—Brambles farm,. Myall Lakes, Parish of Eurenderee, County Gloucester, N.S. Wales, associated with Aviculopecten, Spirifera, Conu- laria, and one or two species of Productus, ete.’ Carboniferous (?); but not the equivalent, it seems to me, of any group of rocks of that age that has hitherto come under my observation in this State. PTYCHOPARIA MERROTSKU, n.sp. (Pl. liv., figs. 11, 12.) (For a previous reference to this trilobite see Bull. N. Terr., Dee., 1915.) Description—Complete form oval. Head-shield of medium length, semi- circular, smooth. Glabella short, narrow, subconical, mildly convex, sparsely and faintly tuberculate, anterior pair of furrows faint, median and basal pairs fairly 540 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TWO TRILOBITES. distinct, surrounding axial furrow shallow but distinct. Occipital furrows shallow. Occipital ring strong, smooth, but having an indistinct trace of a median tubercle, arched, lateral extensions strong. Fixed cheeks large, very mildly con- vex and lower than the glabella. Limb wide, approximately half as wide as the length of the glabella, convex between the front of the glabella and marginal furrow; margin fairly strongly upturned and thickened. Free cheeks unknown. Hye ridges faint and gently arching obliquely to the eye. Eye lobes small and erescentic. Facial sutures anteriorly straight and parallel, posteriorly pass out in front of the genal angle. Thorax consists of thirteen segments, widest at the fourth segment; greatest width equal to its own length and that of the pygidium together. Axis narrow, less wide than one side lobe, tapering very gradually posteriorly, ending with half of its anterior width, convexity moderate. Axial furrows shallow. Side lobes slightly lower at the axial furrows than at the tulera and fiat between these points; gently deflected between fulera and margin, margins depressed, ends of segments rounded, free, with little, if any, forward direction; medial furrow of each pleura distinct and reaching just to the marginal end. Pygidium small, subsemielliptic, posterior margin rather straight, mildly tumid. In the axis there are four rings; three pleurae in each side lobe. There is evidence that on each ring of the axis medially there was a tubercle; similarly each pleura of the side lobes was ornamented at its fulerum. Dimensions: Total length, 23.4 mm., greatest width, 14 mm., length of head, 7.8 mm., of thorax, 12.5, of tail, 3.1 mm. Except for the missing free cheeks this fossil is the finest specimen of a lower Palaeozoic trilobite yet discovered in Australia. If the subgenus Liostracus were likely to be retained, the charac- teristics of our specimen should place it here rather than with Ptychoparia. The head-shield of our species resembles that of P. stracheyi Reed. The thorax and pygidium are rather closely similar to those of this species, but the ends of the pleurae of the former are rounded and horizontal while those of the latter are pointed and recurved. The species is dedicated to Mr. A. L. Merrotsky, the discoverer, in whose possession the original still is. The-above description was made from a cast, presented to the Australian Museum, Sydney (No. L. 1344). Locality and horizon—East of Alroy Downs, Barkly Tableland, N.W. Queensland. Probably of Cambrian age. EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV. Cordania gardneri, n.sp. Fig. 1. A nearly complete head-shield. It shows most of its characteristic features belonging to that part of the fossil, except the eyes. (x 2 approx.) Coll. Mitchell. Fig. 2. A pygidium, viewed from above. (x 3.) Fig. 3. Pygidium viewed obliquely from behind to show the tuberculation. Fig. 4. A nearly complete specimen. The glabelia is broken away and exposes the hypostome in situ. (x 2%). Coll. Mitchell. Fig. 5. A side view of the same specimen shown in fig. 4. Fig. 6. Portion of a head which shows the left side very perfectly and the ciose resemblance it bears to the head of a Cyphaspis. Fig. 7. Photo. of pygidium, showing serration of axis. Phillipsia (Griffithides) convexicaudatus Mitchell. Fig. 8. A nearly perfect non-testiferous cast. (x 2%). Figs. 9 and 10. Photos of a squeeze from the cover of the preceding specimen. They exhibit the details rather clearly. (x 2). Coll. T. H. Pincombe. Ptychoparia merrotskii, n.sp. Figs. 11, 12. Photo. of a plaster cast of the original. (x 24). Coll. Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 541 THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL ALLANTOPLACENTA By Professor T. THomson Fiynn, D.Se., University of Tasmania. [Read 29th November, 1922.] In a paper which is now in the press (Quart. Journ. Mier. Se.) I have been able, with the aid of certain early stages in the development of the marsupial Perameles, to extend in a fruitful direction our knowledge of the marsupial al- lantoplacenta. In this communication, following out Assheton’s suggestion (1909) —against that of Hubrecht (1908)—I have used the term “placenta” for any mutual development of the foetal membranes and the uterine wall—whether of intergrowth or of mere apposition—which has for its purposive function the nutrition of the embryo in utero. In ‘this way, in a typical mammal, in the ontogeny of which the placental eyele is fully developed, there are three successive stages of this eyes, (a) metrioplacental, (b) omphaloplacental, (c) allantoplacental. The following scheme will indicate the scope and nature of these stages :— (a). This is the stage in which the nutrient material is ab- | sorbed without the aid of bloodvessels and, in fact, long before | Esme) bloodvessels are developed. During this period cleavage and ae early development of the blastocyst take place. The work on of this period is carried on in later growth by the lower non- | BY vascular portion of the yolk-sac wall (— metrioplacenta). j s ween (b). The bloodvessels of the vascular area of the yolk-sac wall have now appeared and are functional. This area becomes closely applied to or actually fused with the uterine wall (— omphalo- placenta). The chorion prepares a way for the oncoming allantois. Omphaloplacental stage. (c). The allantois becomes attached to the placental area of the uterine wall | and an intimate fusion of embryonic and maternal tissues takes place, with a corresponding close apposition of the two sets of bloodvessels, the whole forming the allantoplacenta. J Allantoplacental stage. It will be evident that in the first stage the metrioplacenta is the only one present. In the next stage the metrioplacenta and the omphaloplaeenta function together, the latter being the more important, while, in the final period, the allantoplacenta which is the dominant one functions with the other two. Suppression of one or other of these stages of the placental cycle may take place. In general, in marsupials it is the third stage which is lacking. In Perameles alone, as far as is known, does it assume an importance comparable with that of the Monodelphia. 542 THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL ALLANTOPLACENTA, Relation of the Allantoplacentation of Perameles to that of the Monodelplia. This can be considered under three heads, (a) maternal preparation, (bd). embryonal preparation, (¢c) allantoic completion. (a) In Perameles, the maternal preparation consists in the formation of a passive syncytium. The nuclei of this syncytium. become very regularly arranged in the deeper portion of the thickened epithelium. The arrangement is that of groups of nuclei, each nuclear aggregation being contained in a lobule-like pro- jection of the deeper surface of the proliferated epithelium. Between these lobules, capillaries ascend into the epithelium and ramify in rich plexuses at and below its surface (Hill, 1897-9). Hill (1900) has also described a similar maternal preparation (syncytial formation) in the pregnant uterus of Dasywrus viverrinus and I can myself bear witness to the occurrence of a like phenomenon in the case of Pseudochirus cook. “ The development of such a syncytium in the latter two genera in which an allanteplacenta does not occur is, to my mind, just as significant, phylogenetically, as the extrusion of surplus yolk, which has been shown to oceur in early cleavage stages of Dasyurus and of Didelphys (Hill, 1910; Hartman, 1916, 1919). Just as the latter phenomenon points to the derivation of the marsupial ovum from an ancestral, yolk-laden, meroblastiec type, so the trophospongial proliferation which occurs in the pregnant uteri of Dasyurus and Pseudochirus is indicative of the presence of a complex system of placentation in the prototypal marsupial. It is unfortunate that our knowledge of possible alterations in the mucosa of the pregnant uteri of other marsupials, particularly Phascolarctus and Macropus, is absolutely nil. The importance of this feature of marsupial intra-uterine development be- comes evident when a comparison is made with certain of the Monodelphia. An essentially similar process occurs, for example, in the rabbit, as Maximow (1900) and Schoenfeld (1903) have shown us; in Castor [Willey (1914, p. 215) says “At the beginning, the proliferating cells retain their cell-boundaries (Pl. 20, fig. 70). Eventually the proliferation will become syncytial”]; and in many others. But there is, in particular, a most striking agreement with the Insec- tivora. Hill (1897) has already pointed this out in the case of Sorex and Hubrecht’s (1909, p. 357) deseription of maternal preparation in Tupaia would serve almost word for word for Perameles. (b) This consists in the attachment, to a portion of the previously prepared maternal syncytium, of a circumscribed area of the trophoblast, the chorion. In Perameles, immediately on attachment, two distinct trophoblastic layers are formed; a plasmodial layer (the plasmodiblast or plasmoditrophoblast) and a more internally situated cellular layer, the cytoblast or eytotrophoblast. Strue- turally and physiologically these agree with the similar layers found in the allantoplacenta of many Monodelphia. And this agreement is the more striking the more the details are examined. Phagocytosis on the part of the trophoblast, giant cell formation (diplokaryocytes and megalokaryocytes), the presence of migrating leucocytes and of pigment-laden cells and partial gland necrosis are features of a chorionic attachment in Perameles which in no essential way differs from that found in Monodelphia. (ec) Allantoic attachment. This has already been described elsewhere. It is quite like that of Monodelphia and results in a similar close apposition of foetal and maternal bloodvessels. BY T. THOMSON FLYNN. 543 Conclusions to be drawn from the above facts. The question now presents itself:—What conclusions can be drawn from the above facts as to the phylogeny of the marsupial group? We can at once rule out of court Hubrecht’s suggestion (1908) that the marsupials are a group derived from the Monodelphia. The death-blow was dealt to this theory by Hill in his brilliant and forceful essay of 1910 and it does not seem possible that it should ever again be seriously advocated. The present conception of the interrelationships of the three mammalian subclasses rests mainly on the work of Huxley. In his paper of 1880, in apply- ing the law of evolution to the problem of mammalian descent, Huxley came to the conclusion that, starting with a hypothetical pro-mammalian group as a basis, the evolutionary trend which resulted in the higher mammals (so-called Placentalia) was a continuous one, but at two periods, groups were formed, Pro- totheria and Metatheria, which were prototypal to the Monotremata and Mar- supialia respectively. Huxley’s group Metatheria was definitely defined as being aplacental. Gregory (1910) has ably and exhaustively reviewed the relationships of these groups and Bensley (1903) has emphasised the complexity of the problem of their definition. : There exist two diametrically opposed views as to the phylogeny of the Marsupialia. On the one hand, there are those who believe that the immediate ancestors of Marsupials were aplacental and that the presence of an allan- toplacenta in Perameles is an example of homoplasy or convergent development. The modern exponent of this theory is Bensley (1903). On the other hand, Wilson and Hill (1897), Hill (1897-9) and Dollo (1899) hold the opposite opinion that the marsupials came from a placental stock. The faets which I have been able to adduce in this and other papers can leave no doubt as to which view is right. The absolute agreement, even to minute details, of allantoplacental preparation and formation in Perameles with the phenomena occurring in Monodelphia show with the utmost certainty that this placenta in Perameles is no independently acquired organ. And the value of this conclusion is strengthened by the evidence afforded by changes in the pregnant uterus of Pseudochirus and Dasyurus. We can take it, then, that the available evidence shows that the marsupials are placental in origin and that the present aplacental condition of nearly al) marsupials represents a condition of degeneration from the ancestral complex placental condition. Huxley’s plan of the relationship of the mammalian subclasses as indicated in his text-figure needs, therefore, certain modification. His metatherian group be- ing definitely defined as aplacental, cannot be regarded as immediately ancestral to the Marsupialia and the term Placentalia as applied to the Monodelphia loses its significance. My own views as to these relationships are expressed in the accompanying diagram. Monotremata Marsupialia Monodelphia Sage iE j Farneniar Bee Protoplacentalia \ jan Sirs 2 erie oe srera™ Promammalia 544 THE PHYLOGENETIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MARSUPIAL ALLANTOPLACENTA. List of References. AssHETON, R., 1909.—Professor Hubrecht’s Paper on the Early Ontogenetice Phenomena in Mammals, ete. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., 54. Benstey, B. A.,; 1903.—On the Evolution of the Australian Marsupialia, ete. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., (2), 1x. Dotto, L., 1899.—Les Ancestres des Marsupiaux, étaient-ils arboricoles? Trav. Stat. Zool. Wimereux, vi. Gregory, W. K., 1910.—The Orders of Mammals.. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 27. Hartman, C. G., 1916-19.—Studies in the Development of the Opossum, Didelphys Virginiana L. Journ. Morph., vols. 27, 32. Hin, J. P., 1897-99.—The Placentation of Perameles. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., vols. 40-43. : , 1900.—On the Foetal Membranes, ete., of the Native Cat, Das- yurus viverrinus. Anat. Anz., xvill. , 1910.—The Early Development of Marsupialia, ete. © Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., 56. Huprecut, A. A. W., 1908—EHarly Ontogenetic Phenomena in Mammals, ete. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei., 53. Huxtey, T. H., 1880.—On the Application of the Laws of Evolution to the Arrangement of the Vertebrata, ete. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. Maxtmow, A., 1900.—Die Ersten Entwickelungsgeschichte der Kaninchen Pla- centa. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., lvii. ScHOENFELD, H., 1903.—Contrib. a Etude de la Fixation de )’Oeuf., ete. Arch. de Biol., xix. Wuuey, A., 1914—The Blastocyst and Placenta of the Beaver. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., 60. 545 THE EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON THE COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR. By H. 8. Hatcro Warputaw, D.Se. (From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.) [Read 29th November, 1922.] In a previous communication the present author has described the change which takes place in the composition of alveolar air when the ventilation of the lungs is stopped by holding the breath, or by rebreathing the same air (Wardlaw, 1916). When the ventilation of the lungs was stopped by holding the breath under normal or atmospheric pressure, the carbon dioxide content of the alveolar air rose as the period of holding the breath increased. The rise showed two distinct phases. During the first 30 seconds the alveolar carbon dioxide rose in a manner which could be expressed by an exponential formula. In. other words, the rate at which the carbon dioxide content was rising at any instant depended on the difference between the carbon dioxide content at that instant and a certain final or constant value which it seemed to be approaching. This final value was 6.7 % or 48.5 mm. Hg. After holding the breath for about 30 seconds the average carbon dioxide content of the alveolar air had reached 6.6% or 48.1 mm. Hg. and had almost ceased to rise. As the holding of the breath continued, however, the second phase appeared, and the alveolar carbon dioxide content began sharply to rise again. The ex- periment could be continued only 5-6 seconds after the appearance of this second phase owing to the difficulty of holding the breath longer than about 35 seconds under the conditions of the experiment. When the ventilation of the lungs was stopped by holding the breath under a negative pressure of about 30 mm. Hg less than atmospheric pressure, or by rebreathing the same air from a bag, the alveolar carbon dioxide content again rose as the period of holding the breath, or of rebreathing, increased; but the rise in this case showed only one phase. During the whole period of the experiment the alveolar carbon dioxide content rose in a manner which could be expressed by an exponential formula. The final or constant value which 546 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, seemed to be approached in this case was 8.35 % or 60.5 mm. Hg. At the end of the experiments, in about 40 seconds, the average alveolar content of carbon dioxide had risen to 7.45 %, or 53.9 mm. Hg ‘and was still rising. The alveolar oxygen content in each of the above two series of experiments fell m a regular manner which showed only one phase, and could be expressed by an exponential formula. In each case the oxygen content was still falling rapidly at the end of an experiment. When the breath was held under atmospheric pressure the final alveolar oxygen content which seemed to be approached was 7.62 % or 55.0 mm. Hg. The value actually reached at the end of the experiment was 11.21 % or 81.0 mm. Hg. When the breath was held under negative pressure or when the same air was rebreathed, the alveolar oxygen content appeared to approach towards a final value of zero. The average value actually reached at the end of the experiments was 9.2 % or 66.5 mm. Hg. There is little doubt that the final values approached under conditions of normal pressure represent the composition of alveolar air in equilibrium with mixed venous blood. The figures obtained lie close to those found for the ten- sions of the gases in venous blood by other workers using different methods, as was stated before. The second rise in the alveolar carbon dioxide content is pro- bably due to the return of a large body of blood to the lungs after leaving them during an experiment in an incompletely arterialized condition. The question raised by these experiments, however, is this: What is the significance of the final values which seemed to be approached under conditions of negative pressure of rebreathing? Does the simple occurrence of negative pressures in the lungs, or of respiratory movements, alter the tensions of the gases in the venous blood? In the work referred to, the final values of the alveolar carbon dioxide con- tent were always approached from below, that is, the carbon dioxide content always rose during an experiment. The periods for which the experiments could be continued were limited to 30-40 seconds, as the breath could not be held longer without interfering with the success of the experiment. ; _ The experiments, therefore, had to be terminated before a definite con- clusion could be reached as to whether the composition of the alveolar air actually would reach the constant values which the form of the variation imdicated. MerHops. In the experiments described in the present paper, confirmation of the pre- vious work has been sought by approaching the final carbon. dioxide tensions from above as well as from below, and by adopting a method which enables the experiment to be continued for much longer periods without inconvenience. The final alveolar carbon dioxide values have been approached from above by breathing air containing a percentage of carbon dioxide greater than the final value expected. The periods of the experiments have been extended by using a method em- ployed by Yandell Henderson and Prince (1917). Instead of holding the breath for periods increasing in length until no further increase is possible, the subject holds his breath for a series of short periods of only 5-10 seconds. He begins an experiment by expiring as deeply as possible into an empty rubber-lined bag, and immediately closing the tube connecting the mouthpiece BY H. §. HALCRO WARDLAW. 547 with the bag. The expiration is made at the end of a normal inspiration. The subject then breathes normally for about 5 minutes to allow any respiratory and cireulatory disturbances caused by the deep expiration to subside. He then ex- pires as deeply as possible into the air, and takes a deep inspiration from the bag containing his expired air. This inspiration he holds in his lungs for 5-10 seconds, then expires into the bag again, as deeply as possible, immediately clos- ing it as before. The subject then breathes normally for about 5 minutes again, empties his lungs, and takes another deep inspiration from the bag. He holds the inspiration for another 5-10 seconds and expels it inte the bag, and closes the bag as before. This procedure may be repeated almost indefinitely without inconvenience. With each succeeding inspiration from the bag the subject takes into his lungs air which he has already held in his lungs for a period increasing with the number of expirations into the bag. A limitation of the method is the fact that it is impossible to empty the lungs to exactly the same extent before each inspiration from the bag. Each inspiration is, therefore, mixed with a variable amount of residual air, and the regularity of the figures obtained is thus somewhat impaired. As will be seen from the accompanying Tables, however, the figures give a clear answer to the question which the experiments were carried out to settle: namely, whether the levels of the carbon dioxide content to which the composition of the alveolar air seemed to be tending according to the experiments of the author’s previous paper, have any real existence or not. RESULTS. Carbon dioxide. In the following Table are shown the variations of the carbon dioxide con- tent of the alveolar air as successive inspirations, made from a bag as described, are held in the lungs under normal pressure. The initial inspiration of each experiment was made from the atmosphere. alleles Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under negative pressure. Initial inspiration from atmosphere. Alveolar carbon dioxide content Number (of Expt. 1 Expt. 2 Expt. 3 SATEEN Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension Percent. Tension 1 5.20 BY (Sia) 5.10 37.0 bye lr 37.1 2 5.83 42.0 6.30 45.7 6.41 46.0 3 6.34 45.7 6.54 47.4 6.84 49.1 4 6.42 46.3 6.95 50.4 7.05 50.3 5 6.54 47.2 6.94 50.3 6.99 50.2 6 6.58 47.4 6.93 50.2 6.90 49.5 The above figures show that during the last three inspirations the alveolar carbon dioxide content had reached approximate constancy in each experiment. The mean figures for the period of constancy are 6.81 % or 49.1 mm. Hg., values which lie within 0.12 % or 0.7 mm. Hg. of those approached in the previous experiments. In the next Table the variations of alveolar carbon dioxide are shown during experiments similar to those in Table 1, except that the initial inspirations were * The percentages in the tables are by volume of the dry alveolar air. The ten- sions are in mm. of Hg and are also calculated for the dry alveolar air. 548 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR, made from a bag containing air mixed with a percentage of carbon dioxide greater than the final values expected, so that the percentages at first fell during the experiment instead of rising as before. Table 2. Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under normal pressure. Initial inspiration from mixture of air with carbon diowide. Alveolar carbon dioxide content Number of Camas mater Expt. 4 Expt. 5 EOS DULAC | Percent. Tension Percent. a Tension 1 6.98 50.3 10.71 77.1 2 6.73 48.5 7.16 51.6 3 6.79 48.9 Doel 51.6 4 6.76 48.7 6.75 48.6 5 6.79 48.9 6.86 49.4 6 6.64 47.6 7 6.72 48.4 The above figures show that after the last four inspirations of each experi- ment approximate constancy had been reached. The mean figures for this period are 6.76 % or 48.7 mm. Hg. These figures are within 0.05 % or 0.2 mm. Hg. of the mean figures for Table 1, and are very close to those of the previous experiments. From the above two series of figures it will be seen that the average final value reached by the alveolar carbon dioxide, when the breath is held under nor- mal pressure, is practically the same, whether the final value is approached from above or below, and that the mean final values for the two sets of experiments, 6.78 % or 48.9 mm. Hg, are very close to the final values of 6.7 % or 48.5 mm. Hg indicated by the author’s previous work. In Table 3 are shown the variations of the alveolar carbon dioxide content when successive inspirations are made from a bag as described, and held in the lungs under negative pressure. The initial inspiration in each case was made from the atmosphere. Table 3. Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under negative pressure. Initial inspiration from atmosphere. Alveolar carbon dioxide content Number of Soloman: MERE Expt. 6 Expt. 7 Expt. 8 inspiration | percent. Tension Percent. Tension Percent. Tension 1 5.35 38.4 5.17 aya 5.28 37.2 2 6.67 47.8 6.76 49.0 6.48 46.5 3 6.87 49.3 7.03 51.0 7.04 50.5 4 6.72 48.2 ole) 51.6 6.93 49.7 5 7.18 OleO e02; 50.9- 7.00 50.3 6 Ceilil ileal 7.05 51.1 6.80 48.8 U 7.03 50.4 7.18 52.0 6.85 49.2 The figures in this Table show that approximate constancy of the alveolar carbon dioxide was attained during the last five inspirations of each experiment. The average final value reached for the three experiments is 7.00 % or 50.4 mm. He. This value is only about 0.2 % or 1.5 mm. Hg higher than the mean final values for the experiments in Tables 1 and 2, and those found when the breath was held under normal pressures in the former experiments. It is very much lower than the highest values reached when the breath was held under BY H. 8. HALCRO WARDLAW. 549 negative pressure or when the same air was rebreathed, in the previous experi- ments. It is still lower than the final values which the figures seemed to be ap- proaching. The highest values reached in those experiments were 7.45 % or 53.9 mm. Hg, and the final value approached was 8.35 % or 60.5 mm. Hg. as already stated. In the following Table are shown the figures for the alveolar carbon dioxide content when a series of inspirations is held under negative pressure as before, but in this ease the initial inspiration was made from a bag containing a mixture of air with a percentage of carbon dioxide higher than that expected in the alveolar air, so that the values rose during the first part of each experiment. Table 4. Alveolar carbon dioxide content after holding expired air in lungs under negative pressure. Initial inspiration from mixture of air with carbon dioxide. | Alveolar carbon dioxide content Number of Windies Expt. 9 \ Expt. 10 ISPITa wen Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension 1 10.25 73.9 10.73 77.2 2 7.42 58/0, 7.49 54.0 3 7.03 50.5 Colds 51.6 4 7.01 50.5 6.77 48.8 5 6.99 50.4 Goll 5174 6 Cad 512 7.00 50.4 7 7-03 50.5 7.03 50.6 8 7.08 51.0 6.89 49.6 The above figures show that during the last six inspirations of these experi- ments approximate constancy had been reached. The mean value of the alveolar carbon dioxide content for this portion of the experiments is 7.02 % or 50.3 mm. Hg. This value is nearly the same as that obtained in the previous: ex- periments. These results show that when the breath is held under negative pressure as described, final constant values are reached for the alveolar carbon dioxide con- tent, and these values are but slightly higher than those reached when the breath is held under normal pressure in a similar manner. Oxygen. In the following Table are shown the values for the alveolar oxygen content when the breath is held in the manner described under normal and under negative pressure respectively; the initial inspirations were made from the atmosphere in each case. Table 5. Alveolar oxygen content after holding expired air in lungs under normat pressure (Expt. 3) and under negative pressure (Expt. 11). Alveolar oxygen content Number of Expt. 3 Expt. 11 inspiration Normal press. Negative press. | Percent. Tension | Percent. Tension 1 16.2 115.3 17.0 121.7 2 13.9 99.4 14.04 100.2 3 11.97 86.1 1WeS5) 81.3 4 10.37 74.7 10.81 77.4 by 10.15 (ei 10.20 73.0 6 10.40 74.9 10.61 76.0 550 EFFECT OF SUSPENDED RESPIRATION ON COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR. These figures show that when the breath is held under normal pressure, the alveolar oxygen content at first fell and, during the period of the last three in- spirations, remained at an approximately constant level, having a mean value of 10.31 % or 74.2 mm. Hg. When the breath was held in a similar way but under negative pressure the alveolar oxygen content fell as before and, during the period of the last three in- spirations, remained at an approximately constant level having a value of 10.51 % or 75.2 mm. Hg. The final values reached are practically the same in these two sets of ex- periments. They are very close to the final value of 11.21 % or 81.0 mm. Hg reached in the author’s previous work when the breath was held under normal pressure. The present value for negative pressure, however, is distinctly higher than the value of 9.2 % or 66.5 mm. Hg. reached under negative pressures or during rebreathing in the previous experiments. Discussion. An essential difference between the present experiments and those carried out before is that, in the present case, the individual periods of holding the breath are so short that disturbances of the circulation are reduced to a minimum. In the former case, negative pressure or rebreathing was employed over periods four to six times as long as the present, the forced respirations or negative intrathoracic pressures, in increasing the filling of the right atrium, correspondingly accelerated the circulation although the pulse-rate was hardly affected. The present experiments show that when the cireulatory disturbances are minimised, an approximately constant composition of alveolar air is reached by holding the breath. This composition is almost the same whether the breath is held under normal atmospheric pressure or under a negative pressure of about 30 mm. He. The existence of the constant tension of alveolar carbon dioxide indicated in the previous work is thus confirmed. It has been shown that the higher values for carbon dioxide, and the lower values for oxygen obtained under conditions of negative pressure in the former paper are not due to the effect of negative pres- sure directly on the composition, but rather to the acceleration of the circulation, leading to a more rapid accumulation of carbon dioxide and a more rapid re- moval of oxygen. In conelusion I wish to express my thanks to Professor H. G. Chapman, in whose laboratory this work was done. References. Henperson and Prince, 1917—Journ. biol. Chem., 32, 325. Warpiaw, 1916.—Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 41, 786. A MONOGRAPH OF THE FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Parr ii. Coprpopa: By Marcurrite Henry, B.Se., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates lv.-lviii.) Introduction. The Copepoda of New South Wales have not been dealt with as extensively as the Cladocera. In 1855, King mentioned a species of Cyclops, C. australis, and four species of Diaptomus, but gave neither descriptions nor diagrams. The name C. australis was retained by Sars for the largest known Australian Cyclops but it has been impossible to identify the species of Diaptomus, as no members of that genus have been found in the vicinity of Sydney, where King obtained his specimens. The next mention of Copepoda in the State was in 1896, when Sars recorded the presence of nine species, two of which were described as new. In 1919, the present writer recorded five more species, of which three were described as new, and also a new genus Gladioferens. The present paper deals with twenty-three species; one is recorded for the first time in Australia, four for the first time in New South Wales and three are described as new. With the exception of Victoria, comparatively little is known of the Cope- pods existing in the other States. Sars described eleven species from Victoria in 1908, six of which were new; in 1912, he added three new species and described a new genus Hemiboeckella. The work has been ably carried on by Searle who has published three papers, in 1911, 1912 and 1914, in which seven additional new species were deseribed. The total number of species recorded from Victoria was thus raised to twenty-three. In 1889, Sars raised two species of Diaptomus from dried mud that had been collected from the Gracemere Lagoon, near Rock- hampton, Queensland, one species, D. lwmholtzi, bemg new. The only other Copepod recorded from Queensland was a new species of Cyclops described by Breinl in 1911. The first mention of Copepoda in South Australia was made in 1917 by Chilton, who saw a species of Boeckella in Central Australia and recorded the fact, although the species was not identified. The six species here recorded were collected in the Botanic Gardens and in the hills near Adelaide. A species of Boeckella occurred in these collections, but as the specimens were all females and were not very numerous an exact determination could not be made. 552 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA, G. W. Smith, in 1909, described seven species from Tasmania, of which six were new and proposed a new genus, Brunella. Dr. Chilton kindly sent. the writer a collection of Copepoda from Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, which con- sisted mainly of specimens of Boeckella longisetosa Smith and a few of Cyclops dulvertonensis Smith. Type specimens of the new species described in this paper and in Part 1. have been deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney. The writer’s thanks are due to Miss J. M. Murray, for specimens of South Australian Copepoda; to Mr. T. Whitelegge for many collections from the neighbourhood of Sydney; to Miss K. English for a collection from Yass and to Mrs. Neil Ross for several fine collections from Moss Vale and Holbrook. The drawings for this paper were all prepared with the aid of a camera lucida; the finished drawings were done by Miss D. Harrison. The following lists give the Copepoda recorded from all the States. New South Wales. CALANOIDA. Fam. Diaprommar.—Diaptomus orientalis Brady, D. graciloides Lilljeborg. Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.—Boeckella triarticulata (Thomson), B. oblonga Sars, B. fluvialis, n.sp., B. coronaria, n.sp., B. minuta Sars, B. robusta Sars, B. pseudo- cheles Searle, Gladioferens spinosus Henry, G. brevicornis Henry, Hemiboeckella searli Sars. CYCLOPOIDA. Fam. Cyciopiparn.—Cyclops australis King, C. varicans Sars, Pachycyclops annulicornis (Koeh), Leptocyclops agilis (Koch), L. viridis Henry, Mesocyclops obsoletus (Koch), Platycyclops phaleratus (IXoch), P. affinis Sars, P. fimbriatus (Fischer). HARPACTICOIDA. Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.— dAttheyella australica Sars, Moraria longiseta, n.sp. Victoria. CALANOIDA. ' Fam. Crntropacipar.—Boeckella symmetrica Sars, B. oblonga Sars, B. asymmetrica Searle, B. tenera Sars, B. minuta Sars, B. pseudocheles Searle, B. triarticulata (Thomson), B. saycei Sars, Brunella viridis Searle, Br. longicornis Searle, Br. tasmanica Smith, Br..australis Searle, Br. ampulla Searle, Br. expansa Sars, Calamoecia australica Sars, Hemiboeckella searli Sars. CYCLOPOIDA. Fam. CycLopipar.—Cyclops australis (King), C. arnaudi Sars, Mesocyclops obsoletus (Koeh) var. australiensis Sars, Pachycyclops annulicornis (Koch), Leptocyclops agilis (Koch). HARPACTICOIDA. Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.—Attheyella australica Sars. Queensland. CALANOIDA. Fam. Diapromimpar.—Diaptomus orientalis Brady, D. lumholtzi Sars. CYCLOPOIDA. Fam. CycLoripar.—Cyclops pallidus Breinl. BY MARGUERITE HENRY, 553 South Australia. CALANOIDA. Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.— Boeckella sp. CYCLOPOIDA, : Fam. CycLopipar—Cyclops australis (King), Pachycylops annulicornis (Koch), Leptocyclops speratus Lilljeborg. HaArPACTICOIDA, : Fam. CANTHOCAMPTIDAE.—Attheyella australica Sars, Moraria longiseta Henry. Tasmania. CALANOIDA. Fam. CENTROPAGIDAE.—Boeckella robusta Sars, B. rubra Smith, B. insignis Smith, B. longisetosa Smith, Brunella tasmanica Smith. CYCLOPOIDA. AP Fam. CycLopipanr—Cyclops albicans Smith, C. dulvertonensis Smith. ~~ Classification. bk SN jk The elassification of the Copepoda is still in an unsatisfactory condition, mainly because many of the parasitic forms have not been thoroughly work ca, out. Giesbrecht’s scheme of dividing the Eucopepoda into two suborders, Gymno> 7 plea and Podoplea, was discarded by Sars in his Crustacea of Norway, as being artificial, and in dealing with the Copepoda as a whole, he divided it into seven great divisions, while for the Cyclopoida he revived Thorell’s old terms of Gna- thostoma, Siphonostoma and Poecilostoma. In dealing exclusively with the free- living forms, Giesbrecht’s classification is quite a natural one, his suborder Gymnoplea corresponding with the division Calanoida of Sars and his Podoplea comprising the Cyclopoida and Harpacticoida. The following key is based on Giesbrecht’s classification. Key to the Hucopepoda. A. Articulation between cephalothorax and abdomen occurring between the 5th andsothysesmentsSiralas- 0 tel acne mawiencmclicia «1 =) SUDOLdernGymno plea = Calanoida Sars.) B. Antennules of male not geniculate. (All marine) Tribe Amphaskandria. BB. One antennule geniculate in male... .. .. Tribe Heterarthrandria. AA. Articulation between faa and abdomen occurring between the 4th and 5th free segments. .. .. . +. +. suborder Podoplea. B. Swimming forms with “Aimvieroeavelles ict geniculate in the male, (Mainly EMEIAO)e oo vo o .... .. Tribe Isokerandria. BB. Swimming forms ain foun euavrerivecelics geniculate in the male. Tribe Ampharthrandria. (= Cyclopoida Sars and Harpacticoida Sars). The free-living freshwater forms are all comprised in the three divisions Calanoida, Cyclopoida and Harpacticoida of Sars, so that the following key is sufficient foreidentification. A. Articulation between the cephalothorax and abdomen occurring between the 5th and 6th free segments. .. .. .. + Calanoida. AA. Articulation between the aanieii anon sal pibdoment Sracientia between the 4th and 5th free segments. B. Cephalothorax and abdomen distinctly separated... .. .. Cyclopoida. BB. No distinct separation .. .. .. .. .. .. -. .. -. .- -- Harpacticvida. 554 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA, Division 1. CALANOIDA. Cephalothorax broader than the abdomen, with which it very movably articu- lates. Antennules elongated, those of the male transformed, either by a re- duction in the number of segments or by-the one being geniculated. Antennae biramous, endopodite biarticulate, exopodite multiarticulate. Five pairs of legs, the last of which are prehensile in the male. Single ovisac, when present, at- tached. ventrally to the genital segment. A well-developed heart present. There are three freshwater families, but the majority of the Calanoida are marine. Key to families of the Calanoida. AwSthy pair of legs (2) matatonyy.). 1.) else) ollie Centnopagidace AA. 5th pair of legs (2) not natatory. B. Endopodites of 5th legs (2) absent... ........ ..... Demoridae. BB. Endopodites of 5th legs (2) present. .. .. ........ Diaptomidae. Family DIAPTOMIDAE. Abdomen short, composed of 2 or 3 segments in the female and 5 in the male; last segment of the cephalothorax with the lateral parts expanded in the female; caudal rami short. Antennules composed of 25 segments, the right one in the male geniculate. Antennae with the exopodite longer than the endopodite and seven-segmented. First pair of legs with endopodites composed of two segments, those of the next three pairs composed of three segments; fifth pair in the female with small simple endopodites and three-segmented exopodites; fifth pair in the male with the right leg larger than the left and provided with a movable claw. Ovisace present in the female. Two genera are included in this family, one of which is represented in Australia. Genus D1raptomus Westwood, 1836. Syn.—Glaucea Koch, Cyclopsina M.-Edw. (part). Lateral expansions of last segment of cephalothorax biangular, armed with two small denticles. Abdomen in the female 3-segmented, of which the genital segment is much the largest, second segment very small. First pair of legs with the last joint of the exopodites armed with only one spine outside. One hundred and sixty-two species of this genus have been described, nearly all of which are only represented in the northern hemisphere, its place being taken in the southern by Boeckella and allied genera. King mentioned four species of Diaptomus in 1855 (D. pollux, D. maria, D. cookti and D. uxorius), but no -deseription or figures exist. It is probable that the specimens he referred to be- longed to the genus Boeckella which is well represented in the vicinity of Sydney, since no species of Diaptomus has as yet been found south of Casino, on the north coast of N.S.W. Playfair recorded finding D. gracilioides in the Richmond River, but some doubt exists as to this being a correct identification. It is there- fore only certain that one species of the genus oceurs in New South Wales. DIAPTOMUS ORIENTALIS Brady. First described by Brady (1885), recorded from Australia by Sars (1889, Plate vil., Figs. 12-16; Plate viii., Figs. 1-4). Female. Cephalothorax strongly built, tapering anteriorly; lappets of the last segment broadly expanded, their outer corners pointed and their inner corners rounded. Abdomen composed of two segments, the first of which 1s ie Sk Soe ee ee OE BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 555 elongated and slightly expanded at the base; caudal rami short and broad, some- what dilated near their tips, their inner edges finely ciliated; the innermost seta of each ramus is very delicate, the other five are large and densely hairy. An- tennules composed of twenty-five segments and reaching beyond the first seg- ment of the abdomen. Fifth pair of legs with the second segment of each exo- podite produced inwardly to form a slightly curved process, 3rd segment very small, bearing two spines of unequal length; the endopodite, composed of one segment, nearly reaches the end of the first segment of the exopodite. Length, 1.8 mm. Male. Similar to the female in shape, except that the caudal rami are shghtly narrower. Right antennule very swollen in the middle portion. In the fifth pair of legs, the right leg has a small one-segmented endopodite and a two- segmented exopodite, the terminal segment of the latter bearimg a short spine and a curved apical one; left leg with its exopodite bearing two digitiform pro- cesses and a rounded ciliated lamella. Length, 1.5 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Casino; Queensland; Ceylon; Natal. Family CENTROPAGIDAE. Caudal rami more or less elongated, bearing the full number of setae. An- tennules in the female composed of 24 or 25 segments; right antennule in the male geniculate. Four first pairs of legs with both rami 3-segmented; fifth pair in the female biramous, natatory; in the male the exopodites transformed and dissimilar, the right leg being the stronger. Five genera of this family are represented in Australia but only three of them are known to oceur in New South Wales. Key to the genera of Centropagidae. A. Natatory legs with the number of segments in the endopodites reduced. B. Endopodites of the first pair of legs one-segmented. .. .. .. Brunella. BB. Endopodites of first pair two-segmented. .. .. .. .... Calamoecia. AA. Natatory legs with the endopodites three-segménted. B. 4th pair of legs in the female with a long spine on the inner edge of the AGEL SAINT G6 boron Go ao ve op on bo Hs Do du oN ono CHO ERS. BE. No such spine. ; C. 5th pair of legs in the male with the exopodite of the left leg prehensile, ending in a long claw. .. .. .. .. ...-. Boeckella. CC. Exopodite of the left leg scarcely prehensile, bearing a simple Spineraththestip ieeewesmttetictn ein vere) eves cei eke Hemiboeckella. Genus BOorECcKELLA De Guerne and Richard, 1889. Syn.—Boeckia Thomson, 1882. Last segment of the cephalothorax greatly produced laterally. Abdomen composed of five segments in the male, three in the female; caudal rami short. Five pairs of legs in the female, all natatory, and with both rami three-segmented ; fifth pair with the second joint of the endopodite produced inside; fifth pair in the male very powerful, each leg terminating in a long movable claw, the endo- podites rudimentary. About twenty-seven species are known and, with the ex- ception of Boeckella orientalis Sars, which occurs in Central Asia, they are all confined to the southern hemisphere; seven species are found in New South Wales. 556 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA, Key to species of Boeckella. A. Basal segment of the left leg of the 5th pair in the male bearing a serrated lamella. B. Endopodite of the oe leg of 5th a in male, without an inward projection. .. . te) ele) ciiterel et) CMLANLUCULALOs BB. Endopodite an an inward Projection C. Endopodite of the left leg twe-segmented. .. fluvialis. CC. Endopodite of the left leg one-segmented. D. Serrated lamella of the basal segment with a pointed projection. .. .. d ox BO 00 6b ae 50 (ANIROMCNRS DD. No such Reofeetone Sey 60 oblonga. AA. Basal segment of the left leg of the 5th pair in the araile ‘without a serrated lamella. B. Terminal segment of the Cees of the 5th pair of legs in the female bearing only two spines... ... 66 60 BHUbO ob 00, ode MOM BB. Terminal segment bearing seven Eanes C. Endopodite of the right leg of the 5th pair, male, does not reach the end of the second segment of the exopodite and bears a curved bristle at the base... . : robusta. CC. Endopodite reaches considerably “beyond. the second segment of the exopodite and has an inward projection at the base. pseudocheles. BOECKELLA TRIARTICULATA (Thomson). Deseribed by Thomson (1882) as Boeckia triarticulata; first recorded from N.S.W. by Sars in 1896 and from Victoria in 1908 (Plate 1, figs. 1-4). Female. Cephalothorax moderately slender, tapering slightly anteriorly; last segment expanded laterally into two bilobed lappets, the outer lobes of which extend beyond the first segment of the abdomen, the inner lobes are twisted and pointed at the tips. Abdomen about half the length of the cephalothorax; genital segment asymmetrically dilated at the base, being more swollen on the right side than on the left; caudal rami slightly longer than the last segment, widening towards the tips. Antennules comparatively short, extending, when veflexed, to the end of the second segment of the urosome. Fifth pair of legs with the endopodites extending beyond the second segments of the exopodites; the terminal segments of the latter bearing seven spines. Length, 2.5 mm. Male. Smaller than the female. Light antennule geniculated. Fifth pair of legs with the second basal segment of the left leg provided on its inner side with a prominent triangular-shaped lamella, with a serrated edge; endopodite small and simple, reaching about half the length of the first segment of the exopodite. Right lee with a longer endopodite that almost reaches the end of the second segment of the exopodite and bears a small denticle at the tip; ter- minal claw equal to the length of the exopodite itself, the two other spines of equal size. Distribution.—N.S.W.: Rarely found in the neighbourhood of Sydney; Vic- toria; New Zealand. BOECKELLA OBLONGA Sars. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., xxix., 1908, Plate 1, figs. 5-8. Female. Cephalothorax narrower than in the preceding species, tapering slightly anteriorly and posteriorly; the lateral expansions of the last segment small, the outer lobes reaching the middle of the first abdominal segment, inner lobes straight and pointed. Genital segment of the abdomen asymmetrical, comparatively longer than in the preceding species and not so much dilated at BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 557 the base. Antennules extending to the base of the caudal rami. Fifth pair of legs very similar to those of the preceding species. Length, 2.0 mm. Male. Fifth pair of legs with the serrate lamella of the left leg smaller than in B. triarticulata and curved at the tip; right leg with the endopodite reaching the end of the second segment of the exopodite and having a well- defined, inwardly-directed projection near the base; the spine of the first seg- ment of the exopodite is only half the length of that of the second segment; the terminal spine greatly exceeds the length of the ramus. Distribution —N.S.W.: This spegies has not hitherto been recorded from this State; it was collected on several occasions at Moss Vale. Sars’ specimens came from Victoria. BOECKELLA FLUVIALIS, n.sp. (Plate lvi., figs. 1-2 and 4-6.) Female. (Pl. lvi., fig. 1). Cephalothorax long and slender, oval in outline, tapering slightly anteriorly; last segment with the lateral expansions (PI. lvi., fig. 2) large, the outer lobe acutely poimted and extending to the end of the first segment of the abdomen, inner lobe small and rounded, with a short pointed projection in the middle. Abdomen with a long genital segment which i& equal to the two sueceeding segments combined; it is very slightly asymmetrical and moderately protuberant ventrally; caudal rami not divergent, exceeding the length of the preceding segment and bearing well-developed setae which are of almost equal length. Antennules long, reaching, when reflexed, almost to the end of the caudal setae. Antennae and oral parts of normal structure. Fifth pair of legs moderately strong, the second segment of the exopodite provided with the usual curved and denticulated claw, last segment of this ramus bearing seven spines, the inner apical one of which is exceptionally long, exceeding the length of the segment itself. Length, 1.8 mm. Male. Similar in appearance to the female, but without the pointed lateral expansions of the last segment of the cephalothorax. Right antennule (PI. lvi., fig. 6) moderately swollen and geniculated. Fifth pair of legs powerfully de- veloped; the left leg (Pl. lvi., fig. 4) has a large rectangular-shaped lamella on the second basal segment; this lamella is irregularly serrated. the first and the last prominences being the largest. The endopodite is composed of two distinct segments; it is unarmed and has a rounded apex; the inner edge of the first segment of the exopodite is slightly curved towards the endopodite and bears numerous hairs. The second basal segment of the right leg (Pl. lvi., fig. 5) is produced inwardly to a pointed, somewhat triangular expansion; the endopodite reaches the end of the seeond segment of the exopodite, tapering irregularly to a point; the base is produced inwards to form a second triangular expansion which is broader than that of the basal segment; the spine of the first segment of the exopodite is equal in length to two-thirds of that of the second segment. Length, 1.7 mm. This species is most nearly allied to B. triarticulata (Thomson) and B. oblonga Sars. It differs specifically from both these species, more especially in the length of the antennules and the formation of the fifth pair of legs in the male. Distribution.—N.S.W.: Holbrook. BOECKELLA CORONARIA, n.sp. (Plate lv., figs. 1-7.) Female (Pl. lv., fig. 1). Cephalothorax long and slender, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, the greatest width occurring about the middle; lateral expansions of the last segment of moderate size, the outer lobe extending beyond the middle 558 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. 11. COPEPODA, of the first abdominal segment, inner lobe also acute. First segment of the abdomen exceeds the combined length of the two succeeding segments; it is very shghtly dilated at the base and quite symmetrical; caudal rami longer than the last abdominal segment; caudal setae strongly developed. Antennules (Pl. lv., fig. 4) extending, when reflexed, to the middle of the caudal rami. Fifth pair of legs of normal structure, the terminal segment of the exopodite (Pl. lv., fig. 3) bearing seven comparatively short spines. Length, 1.5 mm. Male. Right antennule (PI. ly., fig. 7) less swollen than is usual in the genus, distinctly geniculated. Fifth pair of legs most nearly resembles that of B. oblonga; in the left leg (PI. lv., fig. 6) the second basal segment bears a serrated lamella which is armed with several small denticles and terminates in a claw-like projection which also bears denticles; this projection is distinctly separated from the remainder of the lamella; endopodite of irregular shape, ex- tending more than half the length of the first segment of the exopodite; the right leg (PI. lv., fig. 5) has an inward projection on the endopodite as in B. oblonga, though it is of different shape and the endopodite itself does not terminate in a fine point as in that species but has an indentation in its otherwise rounded apex; the endopovlite reaches the end of the second segment of the exopodite; the exopodite bears a terminal curved claw which is longer than the ramus, its other two spines are nearly equal in length. Length, 1.3 mm. Note.——tThis species was reared from a sample of dried mud, and both males and females were plentiful in the aquarium; they were transparent, but the egg saes were usually tinged with salmon pink. Distribution —N.S.W.: Corona (north of Broken Hill). BOECKELLA MINUTA Sars. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 18, 1896, Plate 8, figs. 5-7. Female. Cephalothorax elongated, slender, narrowing anteriorly; last seg- ment expanded laterally into two bilobed lappets, outer lobe narrow and pointed, reaching beyond the middle of the first abdominal segment, inner lobe small and triangular. Abdomen slender, genital segment asymmetrical, longer than the next two segments combined; caudal rami longer than the last segment of the abdomen, but not as long as the last two segments combined. Antennules long, extending, when reflexed, beyond the caudal rami. Fifth pair of legs with a poorly developed terminal segment of the. exopodite, which bears only two un- equal apical spines. Length, 1.2 mm. Male. Smaller than the female. Fifth pair of legs with both endopodites simple, one segmented, that of the right leg being larger than that of the left; the second basal segment of the left leg projects inwardly to a sharp point, bom exopodites slender and provided with slender curved spines. Distribution—This small species is the commonest found in the State and is widely distributed. A few specimens were bred in an aquarium prepared with dried mud from Bringagee. N.S.W.: Kendall, Epping, Parramatta, Botany, Waterloo Swamps, University Pond, Lane Cove, Yarrangobilly, Bringagee, Corowa; Victoria. BOECKELLA ROBUSTA Sars. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 18, 1896, Plate 8, figs. 1-4. Female. Cephalothorax robust, the greatest breadth occurring in front of the middle, slightly tapering posteriorly; lateral expansions of the last segment BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 559 with the outer lobes broad, extending beyond the first abdominal segment and terminating in points which are bent outwards, inner lobes very small and acute. Abdomen comparatively short, not half as long as the cephalothorax; genital segment long, asymmetrical, the right side protruding more than the left; caudal rami equal in length to the two last segments combined. Antennules short, seareely exceeding the length of the cephalothorax. Fifth pair of legs with a well developed exopodite, the terminal segment small but armed with seven spines, endopodite almost reaching the end of the second segment of the exopo- dite. Length, 3.2 mm. Male. Right antennule much swollen. Fifth pair of legs somewhat like those of the preceding species; in the right leg the spines of the exopodite are unequal, that of the second segment being longer than the first; endopodite tapering to a point and bearing a small curved bristle near its base; basal segment of the left leg produced inwardly to a point as in the preceding species, endopodite extremely small. A single male specimen was bred from dried mud collected at Bringagee, which closely resembled this species. In the formation of the fifth pair of legs (Pl. lvui., figs. 7-9) the following differences were noted: the endopodite of the right leg was tipped with a short but distinct denticle, and was also armed witha straight upturned spine at the base, instead of the curved bristle, characteristie of B. robusta; in the left leg, the inward projections of the basal segment and the endopodite were of almost equal size and both rounded. Unfortunately no female specimens were obtained, so that it is impossible to decide whether this form is a variety of B. robusta or a distinet species. Distribution —N.S.W.: Sydney, Bringagee; Tasmania. BOECKELLA PSEUDOCHELES Searle. Searle, Vict. Nat., 28, 1912, p. 198, Plate v., figs. 1-9. Female. Cephalothorax robust, broadly oval, tapering slightly anteriorly, lateral expansions of the last segment large, outer lobes extending almost to the base of the first abdominal segment, tips pointed and directed outwards, inner lobes very small. Abdomen short, genital segment short and broad, asymmetrical, the right side bulging more than the left, not very protuberant ventrally; second segment very small; caudal rami and setae short. Antennules short, extending, when reflexed, to the end of the cephalothorag. Fifth pair of legs with the curved process, on the second segment of the exopodite, comparatively small, terminal segment well developed and armed with seven spines. Length, 2.4 mm. Male. Right antennule strongly hinged, the penuitimate segment produced anteriorly. Fifth pair of legs of unusual form, the left leg with a small rounded lobe on the inner side of the second basal segment, exopodite with the last seg- ment bearing two spines, endopodite small and flattened; right leg with a com- paratively small apical claw, which ends in two unequal points, endopodite long and slender, extending beyond the second segment of the exopodite, its shape peculiarly characteristic, being inwardly produced at the base, somewhat swollen in the middle and blunt at the apex. This species has not before been recorded in New South Wales. Distribution —N.S.W.: Holbrook; Victoria. Genus GLADIOFERENS Henry, 1919. Lateral expansions of the last segment of the cephalothorax reduced. Abdo- men consisting of foir segments in the female, five in the male. Caudal rami 560 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA, long and slender. Natatory legs biramous, each ramus consisting of three seg- ments, fourth pair in the female with a long curved spine on the inner side of the basal segment. Fifth legs in the male with the terminal segment of the exo- podite armed with one spine in the right leg and several short spines in the left leg. Ovisac present. Two species known, both from New South Wales. Key to species of Gladioferens. A. Both rami of the 5th pair of legs in the male composed of three segments. ; spinosus. AA. Endopodites of the 5th pair composed of less than three segments. brevicornis. GLADIOFERENS SPINOsSUS Henry. Proe. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liii., 1919, p. 32, Plate 1, figs. 1-7. Distribution.—N.S.W.: Kendall, Waterfall, National Park. GLADIOFERENS BREVICORNIS Henry. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii., 1919, p. 35, Plate 2, figs. 10-12. Distribution —N.S.W.: Cumbalum. Genus HEMIBOECKELLA Sars, 1912. Lateral parts of the last segment of the cephalothorax not expanded. Abdo- men composed of three segments in the female, five in the male. Caudal setae, of unequal length, are attached to the outer edge. Right antennule of the male hinged and with large conspicuous aesthetascs. Antennae with the endopodite imperfectly defined from the basal part. Natatory legs with both rami three seg- mented, terminal joint of the exopodite with two spines on the outer side. Fifth legs in the male unequal, left leg shorter than the right, endopodites of both legs distinctly segmented.’ Only one species is known. HEMIBOECKELLA S#ARLI Sars. Sars, Arch. Math. og Naturvid., 32, 1912, Plate ix., figs. 1-14. Female. Cephalothorax moderately slender, tapering anteriorly and pos- teriorly. Head projecting into a Well defined rostrum, divided at the end into two lappets. Abdomen short, genital segment symmetrical, narrowing towards the base, greatly protuberant ventrally; caudal rami divergent, inner edges ciliated, caudal setae of unequal length, the middle one exceeding the length of the whole abdomen. Antennules short, barely exceeding the ecephalothorax. Fifth pair of legs with well developed exopodites, curved process of the second segment coarsely denticulated, terminal segment bearing three spines and three setae; endopodite reaching beyond the second segment of the exopodite. Length, 1.6 mm. Male. Right antennule provided with numerous large and conspicuous aesthetases. Fifth pair of legs, basal segment of the left leg produced into a large triangular projection, endopodite two-segmented, provided with a single seta; exopodite also two-segmented, first segment bearing a single spine, second segment with a simple terminal spine, a much smaller spine and a curved denticle. Right leg with a three segmented exopodite, each segment bearing a short spine; endopodite three-seemented, the second segment being produced inwardly into a long slender process. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 561 Distribution.—This species has not hitherto been recorded from New South Wales; both males and females were abundant in a collection from Holbrook. Sars deseribed it from specimens sent from Victoria. Division 2. CYCLOPOIDA. Cephalothorax much broader than the abdomen. Articulation occurring be- tween the 4th and 5th free segments. Both antennules transformed in the male. Antennae usually devoid of exopodites. Fifth pair of legs rudimentary. Heart absent. Ova carried in two ovisacs which are attached laterally or sub-dorsally. There is only one free-swimming freshwater family. Family CYCLOPIDAE. Antennules composed of a varying number of segment3, never exceeding seventeen. Antennae four-segmented, with an elongated seta at the end of the first segment. Natatory legs well developed, last pair of legs small and alike in the two sexes. All the freshwater forms included in this family are classed by most authors in the one genus Cyclops. This genus, however, comprises so many species that several attempts have been made to separate them into groups. Sars in his Crus- tacea of Norway (1913) has gone further than this and has divided the old genus Cyclops into five genera; this classification appears to be a natural oae and has been followed in this work. Key to genera of the Cyclopidae. A. 5th« pair of legs composed of two segments. B. Distal segment armed only with setae. .. .. .2 ++ ++ Mesocyclops. BB. Distal segment armed with setae and spines. Cx Ola Teall aN de) wo. co’ oo hovagves an ees Ge no 2 Oily as: Cc. Two spines. .. . aman fae eae ” Pachycyelops. AA. 5th pair of legs composed of a frilonate heme B. Lamella armed with one seta and one spine. .. .. .. .. Leptocyclops. BB. Lamella armed with two setae and a spine or three spines. Platycyclops. Genus CycLtops Muller, 1776. (As restricted by G. O. Sars.) Lateral parts of the three anterior segments of the cephalothorax well de- fined, last segment produced laterally. Abdomen slender, with the genital seg- ment of the female dilated in front. Antennules of varying length, strongly hinged in the male. Antennae with all four segments well defined. Rudimentary palp of the mandibles with two long, plumose setae and a short bristle. Nata- tory legs with both rami composed of three segments, sometimes only two, endo- podites of the fourth pair with two apical spines. Fifth pair very small, com- posed of two segments, distal segment not expanded and provided with an apical seta and a lateral spine. Seminal receptacle usually oval in shape. Two species are known in New South Wales. Key to species of Cyclops. A. All natatory legs with both rami two segmented. tt .. varicans. AA. Ist pair with both rami two-segmented, aateantrs pairs ith both rami three- SER THIET CCC Nee eee TE ee ee en Etienne ON AatealsaU en QUSETAILS 562 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. li. COPEPODA, CYCLOPS AUSTRALIS (King). Syn.—C. sydneyensis Schmeil. This species was mentioned by King (1854) but no description or illustration was given, merely the name and locality “in all ponds’; since this was the only Cyclops mentioned by Kang, he probably united several species under the one same. Sars (1896, p. 74) briefly described a species of Cyclops from Australia under this name, it being the only unknown member of the genus in a collection sent to him from the neighbourhood of Sydney. The species was not figured until 1908 when Sars published detailed drawings (Plate iii., figs. 5-18). Female. Cephalothorax oval in outline, tapermg more posteriorly than an- teriorly. Abdomen equal in length to two-thirds of the cephalothorax, its genital segment almost attaining the length of the three succeeding segments combined; caudal rami elongated, slender, exceeding the length of the last two segments combined, innermost apical seta very slightly longer than the outermost. An- tennules very little longer than the first segment of the cephalothorax, consisting ot twelve segments of which the 8th and 9th are unusually long. Both rami of the 1st pair of legs two-segmented, those of the three succeeding pairs three- segmented. Fifth pair with the basal segment marked only by a seta, terminal segment small, provided with a seta and a very small denticle. This is the largest Australian Cyclops known, the adult female attaining a length of from 2 to 2.5 mm. Distribution —N.S,W.: Byron Bay, Kendall, Centennial Park, Bourke Street, Waterloo Swamps, University Pond, Holbrook, Corowa; Victoria; South Aus- tralia. CYCLOPS VARICANS Sars. Sars, Christ. Videns. Sels. Forh., 1862, p. 48, Plate xxxi. Female. Cephalothorax moderately robust, oval in outline, the greatest width occurring in the middle; last segment slightly expanded laterally. Abdomen greater than half the length of the cephalothorax; the genital segment narrowing posteriorly; caudal rami very slightly divergent, equal in length to the last two segments combined, the innermost seta very much longer than the outer. An- tennules composed of twelve segments, shorter than the first segment of the cephalothorax. Natatory legs with both rami two-segmented, endopodites of the 4th pair with both apical spines well developed. Fifth pair of legs with the proximal segment much reduced, its presence only marked by a seta, distal seg- ment small, its seta long and slender and with a minute spinule on the inner edge. Length, .85 mm. Distribution—This species has never before been recorded from Australia. N.S.W.: Moss Vale, Berrima; New Zealand; North America; Africa; Turkistan; urope. Genus PACHYCYCLOPS Sars, 1914. Lateral parts of the cephalothoracie segments not produced laterally, last segment very small. Abdomen moderately slender, genital segment only slightly dilated in front; caudal rami comparatively short, apical setae well developed. Antennules long and slender, composed of seventeen segments. Natatory legs with both rami composed of three segments; terminal segment of exopodite in Ist-3rd pairs with three spines outside, in 4th pair with two spines. Fifth pair two-segmented, proximal segment with a slender seta, distal segment short, armed BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 563 with two unequal spines and a long seta. Seminal receptacle more or less bi- partite. This genus corresponds to Schmeil’s “fuseus-albidus” group. One species is present in N.S.W. PACHYCYCLOPS ANNULICORNIS (Koch). Syn.—C. quadricornis albidus Jurine, C. tenuicornis Claus, C. albidus Sehmeil, C. gyrinus Forbes. Described by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Australia by Sars (1896) and figured in 1908 (Plate in., figs. 1-4). Female. Cephalothorax broadly oval in outline, the greatest width exeeed- ing half the length. Abdomen long, genital segment cylindrical, equal to the combined length of the three succeeding segments; caudal rami short. Antennules long and slender, reaching beyond the third segment of the cephalothorax, com- posed of seventeen segments, of which the 2nd and 3rd, 10th and 11th are usually darker in colour than the other segments. Antennae with a very long and slender terminal segment. Natatory lees with the terminal segment of the endopodite of the fourth pair distinguished by the rudimentary distal seta. Fifth pair with the distal segment much smaller than the proximal. Length, 1.8 mm. Distribution—This species has a world-wide distribution and is very com- mon in this State. A solitary specimen was raised from dried mud collected at Corona. N.S.W.: Kendall, Bangalow, Pt. Stephens, Parramatta, Five Dock, Centennial Park, National Park, Waterfall, Berrima, Yass, Bringagee; Victoria; South Australia; Hawaii; Asia; Africa; Europe; North and South America. Genus Mnsocycuops Sars, 1914. Cephalothoracic segments scarcely prominent laterally; last segment very small and not produced laterally. Abdomen slender, genital segment elongated, slightly dilated anteriorly; caudal rami of moderate length or very short. An- tennules long and slender, usually composed of seventeen segments. Antennae with the apical setae long and curved. Natatory legs with both rami three- segmented, terminal segment of the exopodite with only two spines outside, ter- minal segment of the endopodite unusually long. Fifth pair very small, two- segmented, the distal segment carrying two slender setae. Seminal receptacle bilobed anteriorly, the posterior portion somewhat tongue-shaped. This genus corresponds to Schmeil’s “leuckarti” group. One species occurs in New South Wales. MEsocycLops OBSOLETUS (Koch). Syn.—C. leuckarti Claus, C. simplex Poggenpol, C. scourfieldi Brady. First described by Koch in 1835 and recorded from Australia by Sars in 1896. In 1908 Sars described a special variety australiensis for the Australian form. Female. Cephalothorax slender, more so than in the typical European form, first segment unusually large and the last very small. Abdomen long and slender, genital segment produced and equal to the length of the three succeeding seg- ments combined; caudal rami less divergent and longer than in the typical form, sometimes slightly exceeding the length of the last two segments combined. An- tennules composed of seventeen segments, long and slender, attaining the end of the third segment. Natatory legs with the spines of the exopodites very coarse. Fifth pair with a narrow distal segment, setae long and slender. Length, 1.3 mm. 564 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA, Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Hornsby, Centennial Park, Bourke Street, Bringagee, Holbrook; Victoria; Hawaii; Asia; North and South America; Africa; and throughout Europe. Genus LEPTOCYCLOPS Sars, 1914. Segments of the cephalothorax produced laterally, rounded at the ends; last segment short and broad, produced on each side to a rounded hairy lobe. Abdomen slender, genital segment short; caudal rami more or less elongated. Antennules composed of twelve segments, the outer ones very slender. Natatory legs with both rami three-segmented, armed as in the genus Pachycylops. Fitth pair of legs formed by a trilobate lamella armed with a denticulated spine and two setae. Seminal receptacle with the posterior part not produced, forming two transverse bands. This genus comprises the species of Schmeil’s “serrulatus- prasinus” group. Two occur in New South Wales. Key to species of Leptocyelops. A, Antennules reaching the end of the second segment of the cephalothorax. agilis. AA. Antennules reaching past the third segment of the cephalothorax .. viridis. LeprocycLops aqinis (Koch). Syn.—C. serrulatus Fischer, C. varius var. brachyura Lilljeborg. Deseribed by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Australia by Sars (1896). Female. Cephalothorax slender, oval in outline. Abdomen slender, equal to two-thirds of the cephalothorax in length; genital segment dilated at the base, equal to the combined length of the two succeeding segments; caudal rami of moderate length, equalling the two preceding segments, diverging at the erds, outer edges denticulated. Antennules composed of twelve segments, long and slender, reaching the end of the second segment of the cephalothorax. Fifth pair of legs with a large, coarsely dentate, inner spine. Length, 1 mm. Distribution —This is the commonest “Cyclops” found in New South Wales, and is distributed practically throughout the State. Some specimens were raised from dried mud collected at Meryula Station near Cobar, N.S.W., Byron Bay, Dorrigo, Bangalow, Kendall, Moss Vale, Berrima, Bong Bong, Yarrangobilly, Lett River, Leura, Orange, Epping, Lane Cove, Parramatta, Five Dock, Botany; Victoria; New Zealand; New Guinea; Hawaii; Azores; Polar Island; Africa; North and South America and throughout Asia and Europe. LEPTOCYCLOPS VIRIDIS Henry. Proc. Roy. Soe. N.S.W., liii., 1919, p. 40, Plate 2, figs. 8-9. Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Hornsby, Epping. Genus PLATYCYCLOPS Sars, 1914. Cephalothoracic segments expanded laterally; last segment short and broad, with its lateral parts more or less densely hairy. Abdomen robust, genital seg- ment short; caudal rami of different shape in the different species. Antennules short, with the number of segments reduced. Natatory legs with the basal part broad, both rami three-segmented and of almost equal length, middle segment of the endopodite with a single seta inside. Fifth pair sometimes well defined, formed by a small lamella bearing two setae and a spine or this replaced by three spines. Seminal receptacle short and broad. BY MARGUERITE HENRY. 565 This genus comprises a somewhat heterogeneous collection of forms; it cor- responds to Schmeil’s “phaleratus-affinis-fimbriatus” group. Three species occur in New South Wales. : Key to species of Platyeyclops. A. Caudal rami short, not attaining the length of the last two abdominal segments combined. B. 5th pair of legs represented on each side by three spines. .. phaleratus. BB. 5th pair, each consisting of a lamella bearing a spine and two setae. affinis. AA. Caudal rami long, exceeding the length of the last two segments combined. fimbriatus. PLATYCYCLOPS PHALERATUS (Koch): (Plate lviii., fig. 1-2.) Syn. C. canthocarpoides Fischer, C. lascivius Poggenpol. Deseribed by Koch in 1835, first recorded from Austral by Sars (1896). Female. Cephalothorax short and broad, the greatest width occurring about the middle and equal to two-thirds of the length; lateral parts of the last segment produced, hairy. Abdomen strongly built, the posterior edges of all the segments denticulated; genital segment short and broad, scarcely as long as the next two segments combined; caudal rami short, bearmg rows of spines. Antennules much shorter than the first segment of the cephalothorax, composed of ten segments. Natatory legs with a broad basal segment; in the Ist, 2nd and 3rd pairs, the terminal segment of the exopodite bears three coarse spines outside, the 4th pair bears only two. Fifth pair replaced on each side by three ciliated spines at- tached to the lateral corners of the corresponding segment. Length, 1.1 mm. Distribution—N.S.W.: Kendall, Berrima, University, Centennial Park, Botany; New Guinea; Ceylon; Turkistan; Europe; North and South America. PLATYCYCLOPS AFFINIS Sars. (Plate lvii., fig. 3-4.) Syn, C. pygmoeus Rehberg. Described by Sars in 1863 (p. 47) and first recorded by him from Austraha in 1896. Female. Cephalothorax narrower than in the preceding species, first seg- ment very long, last segment with the lateral parts slightly produced, bearing spinules. Abdomen with the genital segment shghtly dilated at the base; caudal rami longer than in the preceding species. Antennules shorter than the first segment of the cephalothorax and composed of eleven segments. Natatory legs with the basal part narrower than in P. phaleratus, the terminal segment of the exopodite in the 1st and 2nd pairs with three spines outside, in 3rd and 4th pairs with only two. Fifth pair well defined, consisting of a small lamella bearing a slender spine, and outside a seta of the same length and in the middle a smaller ‘seta. Length, .75 mm. Distribution—This is a comparatively rare species in New South Wales; it has only been found near Sydney and at Mt. Kosciusko. It occurs in China and Turkistan and throughout Europe. PLATYCYCLOPS FIMBRIATUS (Fischer). (Plate lviii., figs. 5-6.) Syn. C. crassicornis Sars. Deseribed by Fischer in 1853 (p. 94), first recorded from Australia by the present author in 1919. 566 FRESHWATER ENTOMOSTRACA OF N.S.W. ll. COPEPODA, Female. Cephalothorax somewhat more robust than the preceding species; first segment much longer than the four succeeding segments combined; last seg- ment with the lateral parts produced, bearing stiff hairs. Abdomen equal to two- thirds of the cephalothorax in length, genital segment longer than the combined length of the two succeeding segments, slightly dilated at the base; caudal rami much longer than in the two preceding species, narrow, slightly divergent. An- tennules short and thick, composed of eight segments. Natatory legs similar to those of P. phaleratus. Fifth pair composed of a small lamella, bearing a com- paratively short spine and two slender setae. Length, .9 mm. Distribution —N.S.W.: Kendall, Five Dock, Centennial Park; New Guinea; Hawaii; Ceylon; North and South America; Europe. Division 3. HARPACTICOIDA. Body slender, more or less cylindrical, no distinct demarcation between the cephalothorax and abdomen. Last segment of the cephalothorax articulates with the preceding segment and is firmly attached to the first abdominal segment. Antennules small, rarely more than eight segments, both prehensile in the male. First pair of legs either similar to the succeeding pairs or transformed into grasp- ing organs; three succeeding pairs natatory; fifth pair reduced, never natatory. Heart absent. Ova in a single ovisac attached ventrally or, more rarely, in two ovisacs. The great majority of freshwater Harpacticids belong to the Canthocamp- tidae and this is the only family represented in Australia. This is the first re- cord of the presence of members of this division in New South Wales. Family CANTHOCAMPTIDAE. Rostrum very small. Antennuies usually composed of eight segments though the number may be reduced, distinctly hinged in the male. First pair of legs more or less prehensile, endopodites usually longer than exopodites; three suc- ceeding pairs with exopodites always longer than endopodites which are some- times reduced; fifth pair in the female more or less lamellar with the distal seg- ment well defined and the proximal segment expanded inside. A single ovisac present. This family comprises four genera that include true freshwater forms; two of them are represented in New South Wales. Key to genera of Canthocamptidae. A. Antennules composed of 8 segments. -B. Endopodites of the 2nd and 8rd pairs of legs composed of three segments. Canthocamptus. BB. Endopodites of 2nd and 8rd pairs composed of two segments. .. .. .. Attheyella. AA, Antennules composed of less than 8 segments. 13}, UNakieraraunilles, 7eRereeeorrorerel, 55 65 da do odeog Od op oo of oe 90 Moraria. BB yAntennuless6-segimentecl: se 32. Triassopsychops superba. Proc. Apheloscyta mesocampta. [psviciobsts elegans. 37. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT) VI. 34. Alesoctxiodes termioneura. 36. Polycytella triassica, Chiliocycla scolopotdes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. 1-7. Cordania garduevi 11-12. 8-10. Plate Liv. Phillipsia convexicaudatus. Plychoparia merrotskii. PLatEe wy. 1922. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., eee EE el) ee eee Poeckella coronaria. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLAT LVI. 1-2, 4-6. Boeckella fluvialis. 5 8. Moraria longiseta. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1922. PLATE LVI. Moraria longiseta, Proo. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922. PLATE LVIII. 1-2. Platyevclobs phaleratus. 3-4, P. affinis. 5-6. P. fimbriatus. 7-9. Boeckella robusta. PROCHHDINGS med OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF NEHW SOUTH WALHS. Webnespay, 29TH Marcu, 1922. The Forty-seventh Annual General Meeting, together with the Ordinary Monthly Meeting, was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, 29th March, 1922. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Se., B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting (30th March, 1921) were read and confirmed. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. It is customary for the address delivered by the President of this Society at the Annual Meeting to be in two sections. One deals with a scientific subject, and in this age of specialization it is becoming increasingly difficult for the oe- cupant of the Chair to choose a subject which will be of general interest and so appeal to members other than those working in his own particular branch of study. ‘The other is a report on the affairs of the Society for the year and on any matters of general scientific importance in which the Society may be con- cerned. The Australian National Research Council, followimg on the resolutions carried at the meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science in January, 1921, held two meetings during the year, the first in Sydney during May and the second in Melbourne during August. At the first meeting the membership was increased nearly to the full number and at the second meet- ing important questions of policy were discussed and a number of committees appointed to deal with various matters appertaining to Australian Science e.g. ll. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Proposed Soil Survey of Australia, Proposed Federal Geological Survey, Solar Radiation Station, Gravity Survey of Australia, Effects of freezing on Meat, ete. It was also decided that the Council should undertake the publication of a quar- terly abstract of papers by scientific workers in Australia. The concluding Part of Volume xlvi. of the Society’s Proceedings was issued on 23rd December, the whole of the papers thus being issued during the year in which they were read. That this was possible is due in a large measure to the efforts of our printers. The complete volume (536 + xxi. pp., 46 Plates and 188 Text-figures) con- tains thirty-seven papers, seven of which were contributed by members of the Society’s research staff. q During the year the Rules of the Society were revised and a new issue printed, copies of which have been distributed to each member. Some years ago the Postal Department refused to continue to allow the Proceedings of Scientific Societies to be transmitted through the post as books, and the Societies, as a result, had to face a very much heavier postage rate than formerly. Regulations revising the postal definition of a book have recently been gazetted, and in consequence of this the Council has decided upon certain altera- tions in the publication of the Proceedings. In future five Parts will be issued annually instead of four; Part i. will contain the proceedings at the Annual Meeting, Parts ii.-iv. the papers read at the Ordinary Monthly Meetings, and Part v. the abstracts of Proceedings, list of members, donations and exchanges, etc. Mention was made a year ago of the difficulties that were being experienced in carrying on the publication of the International Catalogue of Scientific Litera- ture. Although no official reports of the negotiations have been received, we learn through the Zoological Society of London that efforts to proceed with this important work have been unsuccessful. This will make it a matter of consider- able difficulty for the research worker to keep in -touch with the work of his contemporaries in foreign countries. Zoologists, however, are fortunate in this respect. The Zoological Society undertook to prepare and issue the Zoology volume for the years 1915-1920 inclusive at its sole financial risk, pending the resumption of the Catalogue; and now, with the approval of the Royal Society, it hopes to continue the issue of the Zoological Record from 1921 onwards as a separate undertaking. Exchange-relations with Societies and Institutions are again very flourishing, the receipts for the Session amounting to 1874 additions to the library as against 1603 last year. During the year the publications of the following Societies and Institutions have been added to the list obtaimed in exchange for the Society’s Proceedings :—Société Géologique et Minéralogique de Bretagne, Botanical Sur- vey of South Africa, Bombay Bacteriological Laboratory, Real Academia de Cien- cias y Artes de Barcelona, and Botanic Gardens, Cluj, Roumania. We are also fortunate in having received a large number of the publications of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, which Institution has also expressed its willimgness to send the Society such of its future publications as come within the scope of the Society’s work. We also have to acknowledge our gratitude to Mr. G. I. Playfair, a member of the Society, for a valuable donation to the library consisting mainly of books and reprints dealing with Algae, Diatoms and other lowly forms of plant life. A list of this donation has been published in the Proceedings (1921, pt. 4, p. 531). ; By the loss of the 8.8. Canastota during the year between Sydney and PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. lil. New Zealand the Society lost a large parcel of Proceedings sent as exchanges to Societies and Institutions in the United States of America. The parcels were insured by the Public Library of N.S.W., through which they are trans- mitted to the Smithsonian Institution for distribution in America. The insurance, however, did not cover the actual value of the publications and the loss falls most seriously on the Society’s stock of Proceedings for 1920, part 4, of which over 30 copies were lost. This is only the second occasion on which large parcels of the Society’s publications have been lost in this way (the previous one was by the wreck of the S.S. China in 1898) and we may, therefore, perhaps con- sider ourselves as not unfortunate in this respect. I would ask members to keep in mind the resulting deficiency in the Society’s stock of Proceedings for 1897, part 3 and 1920, part 4, should they ever have an opportunity of aiding in making it good. For some years the Commonwealth Institute of Science and Industry has had in preparation a catalogue of the scientific and technical periodicals in the chief libraries of the Commonwealth. This catalogue, which should be of con- siderable value to everyone interested in scientific research, is now complete in the form of a card catalogue, and steps are being taken to endeavour to publish it so that it will be most readily available to research workers. Pending publica- tion the Institute has expressed its willingness to furnish any information con- tained in the Catalogue, and this will no doubt prove a boon to many research workers. During the year the names of ten Ordinary Members were added to the roll and four members resigned. In addition, four names have been removed from the list, making the number of Ordinary Members now on the roll 161. We are fortunate in being able to record the fact that during the past year our list of members has not been reduced by death. Ordinarily, in a scientific Society the small membership should occasion grave concern, but with us, owing to the benefactions of Sir William Macleay, a large income from members’ subseriptions is not a necessity. Still | am of opinion that our membership is not nearly as large as it should be, and that the number of persons in New South Wales interested in Natural History is at least 250 and I would urge our members to try to increase our membership at least to that number. If you will glance at the accounts to be presented by the Honorary Treasurer to-night you will see that the amount paid in subseriptions for the year 1921 amounts to only £141/15/-, whilst the income from investments amounts to £1,248/19/5. I have often wondered how many of our members examine the Balance Sheets and Statements of Income presented annually by the Honorary Treasurer. A brief examination of these will show the strong position to which the Society has grown during the past few years and indicate the amount of work that must be performed by our Honorary Treasurer, Mr. J. H. Campbell. The outstanding feature of these accounts is that we owe our strong position to the late Sir William Macleay for amounts given during his life and bequeathed by his will. By the death of Dr. Robert Logan Jack in November last, at the age of 76, another of the pioneers of Australian Geology has passed away. Born in Scot- land in 1845, Dr. Jack was appointed Government Geologist for Northern Queensland in 1877, after having served 10 years on the Scottish Geological Sur- vey. He was soon appointed Government Geologist for the whole State, a post- tion which he filled till 1899, when he resigned. It is for the geological work done during this period that Dr. Jack’s name will live in the records of Australian iv. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Science. His most notable production was the “Geology and Palaeontology of Queensland and New Guinea,” published in 1892 in conjunction with Robert Etheridge Junior, a work which was largely responsible for the award to the joint authors of Clarke Memorial Medals by the Royal Society of New South Wales in 1895. Last year an important step was taken by our University in the institution of a lectureship in Entomology—a step in which I am particularly interested. Mr. A. J. Nicholson, M.Se., who has been appointed to this important position, reached Sydney towards the end of last year and we have already had the pleasure of welcoming him to our meetings. He comes to us from the Birmingham Uni- versity where he was very successful as an extramural lecturer. After graduating in 1915, he served for the remainder of the war with the Artillery. He held a Research Scholarship under the Board of Agriculture in 1919 and was demon- strator in Zoology in the University of Birmingham. During 1921, after his ap- pointment to Sydney, he visited the chief Institutions and Universities where Entomology is studied in the United States. He has thrown himself with en- thusiasm into the study of our insects and has already made several important entomological trips since his arrival, on one of which I was of the party and had the opportunity of making his further acquaintance. We offer our heartiest congratulations to Mr. J. J. Fletcher on the award to him by the Royal Society of New South Wales of the Clarke Memorial Medal—a fitting recognition of his distinguished services to Natural History in Australia. To Mr. R. J. Noble, a distinguished graduate in Agriculture of the University of Sydney, we offer congratulations on being the first to receive the Ben Fuller Scholarship, a travelling scholarship in Agricultural Science, one of the con- ditions attached to the award of which is that the Scholar shall return and give New South Wales the benefit of the experience gained abroad. We also offer cordial congratulations to Sir Hugh Dixson, Kt., on the honour conferred ‘on him by His Majesty the King; Professor T. Harvey Johnston, on his appointment as Professor of Zoology in the University of Ade- laide; Mr. E. C. Andrews, who has taken over the permanent Honorary Seere- taryship of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science from Mr. J. H. Maiden, who for many years has carried on the work of that office with marked success; Mr. G. H. Hardy, on his appointment as Walter and Eliza Hall fellow in Economie Biology in the University of Queensland. One of the most notable exhibits that have been made before us was that at the September meeting of two young live platypus collected by Mr. Harry Burrell. We take this opportunity of extending our hearty congratulations to Mr. Burrell on the suecess which has attended his efforts in this field of collecting. The Council has, during the year, discussed matters in connection with the Macleay Collections and the Macleay Museum, and has informed the Senate of he University of Sydney that in its opinion the Collections are not easily ac- assible to members of the Society, as they should be under the conditions at- ched to Sir William Macleay’s gift. The Senate referred the matter to the Committee of Management of the Museum for report and we await their further reply. In December the Royal Society of New South Wales fittingly commemorated the centenary of the foundation of the first scientific society in Australia, the Philosophical Society of Australasia, and members paid a visit to Kurnell where the president. and members of the original Society erected a brass tablet to mark the landing of James Cook and Joseph Banks. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. vy. One of the aims of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales is the issue of a series of handbooks on various branvhes of the Natural History of New South Wales. The first of these, The Fishes of New South Wales, has just been completed and the Society is to be congratulated on having thus far succeeded in its objective. The year’s work of the Society’s research staff may be summarised thus :— Dr. R. Greig-Smith, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society, contributed two papers “The High Temperature Organism of Fermenting Tan-bark, Part i.,” and “Note upon the Extraction of Acids from Cultures,” which appeared in the Proceedings for 1921, Part 1. During his year’s leave of absence he visited England and took advantage of the opportunity of visiting a number of the laboratories in which work similar to his own is being carried on. At the Lister Institute, where he spent some weeks, most of the staff were working on Vita- mines, Professor Martin was investigating the feeding properties of pure pro- teids and Professor Harden was working with the enzymes and co-enzymes of yeast and with hexose phosphates, while there were also workers investigating bacteriological problems connected with leather. He also visited the laboratories of the Imperial Institute, University College, and of the Metropolitan Board of Water Supply. At Rothamsted there were over thirty research workers, mostly engaged in research on soils and vegetable products. In the Biochemical Labora- tories at Cambridge University Dr. Greig-Smith was specially interested in the work of Dr. Peters on the growth of Protozoa in bacteria-free fluids. He also had the opportunity of visiting, at Long Ashton, near Bristol, the Agricultural and Horticultural Research Station of the National Fruit and Cider Institute, one of the few institutions in England where research in industrial bacteriology is beg carried on. We have pleasure in welcoming him back fresh from his tour of these famous research institutions and wishing him a successful year’s research. Since his return he has had under further examination the high-temperature organism that ferments tan-bark, and has also been working to obtain a syn- thetie fluid in which the bacterium will grow freely so that its fermenting capa- bilities can be studied. He also has under observation, some bacteria isolated from Eucalyptus nodules sent by Mr. Musson from Bowral. Dr. J. M. Petrie, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Biochemistry, completed his investigation of the poisonous principle of Erythrophloeum Labou- cherii from the Northern Territory, the results being published in Part iii. of the year’s Proceedings. Further work on Heterodendron has been directed towards the investigation of the cyanogenetic glucoside contained in the unerystallisable residues in the hope of isolating the very active principle. Towards the end of the year some success was achieved in this direction, minute crystals being ob- tained which evolved hydrocyanic acid when tested with emulsin. The work is now being repeated with a greater amount of material. Experimental work on Cyanogenesis in plants has been continued and a number of plants have been examined and tested, among them being several varieties of Sorghum. A number of plants received from Central Australia were tested both chemically and physiologically but the results showed nothing of special interest. Dr. Petrie pro- poses in addition to his current researches, to commence some work on the natural colouring substances of plants, such as the wattle blossom, ete. Miss Vera Irwin-Smith, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology, has devoted much of her time to the examination, in the laboratory, of anatom- ical preparations of Stratiomyiidae in continuation of her studies in the life- Vi. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. histories of Australian Diptera Brachyeera; during the year two papers of this series have appeared in the Proceedings, and another one is in course: of pre- paration. Field collection of dipterous larvae for rearing was continued and re- sulted in the addition of some 70 specimens to those already under observation in the families Leptidae, Asilidae, Therevidae, Bombylidae, Muscidae, Anthomyi- dae and Tachinidae. Unfortunately, the proportion of losses in rearing these specimens was considerable. In continuation of her work on Nematodes Miss Smith is now studying species of the genus Physaloptera, especially those parasitic in Reptiles. Three papers on this subject have been completed, the first of them appearing in Part 4 of the Year’s Proceedings; the other two will appear in the Proceedings for the coming year. Miss Marjorie I. Collins, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany, continued her observations on the mangrove and saltmarsh vegetation in the neighbourhood of Sydney, paying special attention to the Cabbage Tree Creek area, Port Hacking; the results of this work have appeared in Part in. of the year’s Proceedings. Following the same line of work, Miss Collins spent some time in the Broken Hill District for the purpose of investigating the Plant Eeology of an arid region, as a preliminary step in establishing the relationship between rainfall and soil conditions and plant grouping and distribution m the drier parts of the State. She was able to collect and make notes on the flora for over 100 miles North of Broken Hill and also on the sandy plains between the ranges and the South Australian border and between Broken Hill and the Darling River. The field work thus accomplished now involves a considerable amount of work in the laboratory, particularly in the identification and investi- gation of the material collected. Miss Marguerite Henry, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology, has devoted her time largely to the collection of material and the examination and description of the Cladocera. She has obtained numerous collections from many localities in New South Wales, and also from New Zealand and South Australia. Experiments have been carried on in raising Entomostraca from dried mud in aquaria; a mud from New Zealand which had been in a dried state for over seven years yielded large numbers of Ostracods. The examination of the Clado- cera has been completed and the results embodied in a paper whieh will appear in Part i. of the Proceedings for 1922. Miss Henry is proceeding with the examination of the next group—the Copepoda. Dr. Walkom has during the year contributed two short papers on Australian fossil plants to the Proceedings: (i.) On the Oceurrence of Otozamites in Aus- tralia, with Descriptions of Specimens from Western Australia and (u.) On a Specimen of Noeggerathiopsis from the Lower Coal Measures of New South Wales. In addition he prepared an account of some seeds found in association with Glossopteris im Queensland and which may be the megasporangia of that genus, the paper being read at the meeting of the Geological Society of London on 4th May, 1921; he also completed his examination and description of the Glossopteris flora of Queensland, the manuscript of which has now been in the hands of the Queensland Geological Survey for some time. Dr. Walkom has in view a re-examination of the Tenison-Woods’ collection of Australian fossil plants in the Macleay Museum. The original descriptions were published in our Pro- ceedings in 1883, and it is very desirable that such an important collection should be examined in the light of recent advances in palacobotany. To enable drawings to be made of some of the more important specimens, the University of Sydney has generously made available a grant from, the MeCaughey Research Fund. PRESIDEN'’S ADDRESS. vu. Seven applications for Linnean Macleay Fellowships, 1922-23, were received in response to the Council’s invitation of 26th October, 1921. I have now the pleasure of making the first public announcement of the Council’s re-appoint- ment, for another year from Ist April, 1922, of Dr. J. M. Petrie, Miss V. Irwin- Smith, Miss Marjorie I. Collins, and Miss Marguerite Henry to Fellowships in Biochemistry, Zoology, Botany and Zoology respectively. On behalf of the Society I have pleasure in wishing them a successful year’s research. The Necessity for a Zoological Survey of Australia. Our fauna, as well as our flora, is a national asset and as such we should have as complete a knowledge of it as possible. The subject of a co-ordinated investigation of the fauna was discussed by Section D. of the Australasian As- sociation for the Advancement of Science in Melbourne in 1921, and the following resolution carried:—“That in order to carry out immediately a co- ordinated Investigation into the Land and Freshwater Fauna and the Flora of Aus- tralia and Tasmania, the Societies and Institutions in the various States .. . be requested to co-operate in the work and to take such steps as they may deem most advisable for the carrying out of this work, more especially in securing in each State the active assistance of specialists in different branches of Botany and Zoology.” A committee was appointed and the Scientific Societies throughout Australia were circularised, but so far no active steps have been taken to give effect to the resolution, nor have suggestions been made as to how such a survey might be carried out. Professor Sir Baldwin Spencer published a short but important paper on the subject in the Victorian Naturalist for February, 1921. Mr. W. W. Froggatt also has urged the necessity for the establishment of a bureau of biological survey in Australia (Aust. Zoologist, u., Pt. 1, 1921, p. 2). Future generations of Australian scientists may reasonably expect to find the best collections of the Australian fauna in their own Museums but in view of the attention paid to the collection of Australian specimens by foreign in- stitutions within the past few years it is doubtful whether their expectations will be realised unless some active steps are taken to make our own collections as complete and representative as they should be. The British Museum authori- ties have also been considering the possibility of sending a collecting expedition to Australia and in a letter to the High Commissioner for Australia which was forwarded to the Council of this Society for comment they mention the foreign expeditions and add that “in view of the fact that with the advance of settlement many of the unique animals are becoming rare, it is evident that unless steps are taken and are taken soon, the finest collections of the Australian fauna will be found in Museums outside the British Empire.” In the case of Geology and Botany the State has recognised the need for systematic surveys. Each of the Australian States has its Geological Survey and there is no need for me to recall to you the many eminent scientists who have been associated with these Departments nor the excellent work which has been carried out. Each State also has its Botanic Gardens with an associated Herbarium where specimens and information have been accumulated regarding the plants and where a more or less complete survey of the Plants is available. Zoology on the other hand has not been so provided for. There are, in New South Wales, two public institutions which might have been expected to assist in such a Zoological Survey—the Australian Museum and the Taronga Zoological Park—but I fear that as the governing bodies of both these In- stitutions are composed of men who, with a few well known exceptions, are not zoologists, they fail to appreciate the necessity for such work. Vill. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. It is true, however, that the matter has not been entirely neglected, for a large amount of valuable information has been collected and made available by private individuals each working at his own particular group as a hobby. What is capable of accomplishment is demonstrated by the fact that I have been able, during the past twenty five years, to gather together the finest collec- tion of Australian butterflies in the World. Other private individuals have been able to do the same in their own special groups. The Entomological Branches of the Department of Agriculture, whose work must be concerned primarily with the economic side of the subject, have done excellent work in several of the States, but the field is far too extensive for the limited staffs employed. In order to bring some constructive criticism on the question of a Zoological Survey, I would suggest that immediate steps be taken by the Commonwealth Government to institute a Federal Museum, one of the chief objects of which would be the gathermg together of specimens of Australian animals as well as of accurate information concerning their distribution. When Canberra is ready for occupation as the Federal Capital such a Museum will be a necessity and as the accumulation of material is a slow process no time should be lost in making a beginning. Extensive accommodation would not be necessary for some time to come as it is not suggested that the collections would be on view until the Museum is properly established but they should be available for purposes of study. A small beginning has already been made in this direction for I understand that the Australian Museum is housing temporarily the fishes obtained by the illfated Federal Trawler. I also venture to assert that in the event of such a Museum being inaugurated, numerous private individuals would willingly donate portions of their collections to form the nucleus of what ultimately would be a fine display of our native fauna. In the absence of any such scheme as the above we would have to look to our State Museums for a co-ordinated Zoological Survey. Much would be possible in this direction by concerted action on their part. In the early days, the Museum staffs‘were small ‘and of necessity composed of general naturalists rather than specialists; with increasing collections, staffs were imereased and there was opportunity for specialization. Even now, however, a single man has often to cover far too wide a field to do really good work in any one branch. I would suggest to the authorities of the various Australian Museums that in future care should be taken not to duplicate the appointment of a specialist in any one branch.. For example, there are entomologists in four of the Museums and it eould be easily agreed that no two of them should be specialists im the same group. There would then be in Australia specialists in four different insect groups and there should be no difficulty in arranging for each to deter- mine the species of his own special group for all four Museums. By mutual arrangement, a similar scheme might well be made to apply to the whole. of the Zoologists in our Museums. At the present time the members of the Museum Staffs constitute only a small proportion of the naturalists in Australia, there being many private individuals who have taken up the study of special groups as a hobby. I would suggest that the authorities of the Museums might make much more use of these private individuals than has been done in the past. The number of new animals awaiting discovery in Australia is very far from exhausted, though, of course, this is chiefly amongst the lower forms of animal life. One would think that after such entomologists as Meyrick, Helms, Turner and Goldfinch had visited Mt. Kosciusko very few moths would be left undiscovered on that Plateau, but we find that Goldfinch secured over twenty PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1X. undeseribed species during a week’s visit there last December and his collecting was confined entirely to the Digger’s Creek Valley. On this same trip I secured two new records of butterflies for the Plateau, and though I have made many new discoveries during visits to this district during the months of December, January, February, and March and have partially surveyed the Plateau as far as the butterflies are concerned, I have not by any means yet exhausted it even for such a well known group. I would welcome an extended entomological sur- vey of this district carried out on thoroughly systematic lines, for a wealth of new discoveries is indicated, and many of these would be of great help in elucidating the Physiography of Australia in times past. The curious net-veined midges (Blepharoceridae) found there last November by Dr. Tillyard and Mr. Nicholson are of great interest, especially as they are not capable of life at any distance from swiftly running water. Further specimens of a most interesting Dragonfly with affinities to a Chilian species have also been taken there by Mr. Goldfinch and myself. The investigation of the insect fauna at an elevation of 4000 ft. and over is of great importance, for there the remnants of the older species are to be found. In the past, in order to accomplish the greatest amount of work in the shortest possible time, I examined our coastal areas, for butterflies, as species, though not necessarily individuals, were more plentiful there, and as a result I have now a fairly clear idea of the distribution of the butterflies along the coast of Eastern Australia; but the case of the mountain ranges, to which I have turned my attention during the last few years, is far different, though here the species are fewer and individuals more plentiful. Our knowledge is still far from complete, many of the higher levels being difficult of aecess; I propose later on in the year to prepare an account of the butterfly fauna of our alpine regions as we now know it. An Account or Some Breeping EXPERIMENTS WITH THE SATYRINE GrENus TISIPHONE. During the past few years I have been carrying out a series of breeding experiments with the Satyrine genus Tisiphone using the races abeona and morrisi mainly with the idea of proving or disproving whether a third race, 7. abeona joanna, was a natural hybrid. For the scientifie portion of my address I propose to give a short account of the course of these experiments and some of the results to date. Tisiphone joanna Butler was described in 1866 (Enodia joanna, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 286) and from that date until 1913 no specimens of it appear to have been taken in Australia, nor had I been able to find any in Australian collections. In October, 1913, on a trip to Port Macquarie with Mr. C. Hedley, I secured over one hundred specimens of this form and have figured some of them (Aust. Zoologist, i. pt. 1, 1914, Pl. 1; The Butterflies of Australia, Pl. 39). In October, 1914, I captured another long series, and on two other oceasions (January and March, 1918) further specimens were ob- tained. The tremendous variation in these specimens is shown by the series on Plate ii., all from the very limited area within eight miles of Port Macquarie, where, out of some 300 specimens, no two were exactly alike. Some showed a close resemblance to the broad, orange-banded southern form, others a similarity to the narrow, white-banded northern form, and I came to the con- clusion that at Fort Macquarie there existed a natural hybrid that had had neither the time nor the opportunity to become stabilised. There are no barriers Exe PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. on either side of Port Macquarie to prevent an occasional specimen of either the southern or northern form entering the area. The distribution of Tisiphone in Eastern Australia. The Genus Tisiphone Hiibner. I have already shown (Australian Zoologist, i., pt. 1,.1914) that Tisiphone Hiibner is the generic name that must be applied to these butterflies, which have been placed by various authors at different times under Hnodia, Xenica or Epinephile. The genus is confined to the Coast and the Main Dividing Range of Eastern and South-eastern Australia. In my opinion it consists of two species only—TZ. helena from an altitude of 1000 ft. and over in the Cairns Dis- trict, Queensland and T. abeona which extends, with six subspecies, from Southern Queensland into Victoria. No collections have yet been made in the Main Divide between Cairns and Rockhampton and J anticipate that further species or subspecies will yet be discovered to link up the dark abeona with the paler coloured helena. In order that the results of my experiments may be understood it is necessary here to give a brief review of the subspecies of Tisiphone abeona and their distribution. The map (Plate i.) shows the various areas in which the subspecies of J. abeona have been taken. The food plants of the genus are various species of Gahnia, commonly called Sword grass or ecutty grass. T. abeona albifascia Waterhouse. (Plate u., fig. 816.) This is the race that occurs in Victoria and on the coast in the south of New South Wales; it differs only in degree from the typical form found near Sydney, having broader and (especially in the female) paler orange markings on the forewings above and much broader white markings beneath. We might expect that this form of a butterfly that ranges into Queensland would only oceur near sealevel in Victoria, but this is not the case, for, though it has been taken at Lorne and Wilson’s Promontory, it is also found at an elevation of 2300 feet at Mt. Macedon. It has not been recorded from the Victorian Alps, nor from Mt. Kosciusko, and must certainly be absent from the latter locality for I have myself searched for it there in the months of December, January, February and March. This race grades into the typical race and it is not possible to draw the exact line of separation between the two. I consider all my specimens from Eden to belong to albifascia whilst all those from Ulladulla belong to typical abeona. T. abeona abeona Donovan. (Plate u., fig. 815.) The type locality of this butterfly must have been near Sydney for, though only described in 1805, Donovan remarks that it was not very unfrequently received amongst other insects from the vicinity of Port Jackson and that a painting of it existed amongst the drawings of William Jones of Chelsea when Fabricius visited England prior to 1793. It is strange that Fabricius omitted to describe this handsome species when describing others from Jones’ drawings. This form is very common on the coast from Ulladulla to Newcastle and also oceurs in the Blue Mts. as far as Mt. Victoria, but is absent from the coastal plain between Penrith and Sydney. It is not subject to any great variation though I have a few interesting aberrations amongst many hundreds of specimens that have passed through my hands. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Xi. T. abeona aurelia Waterhouse. This is a further and brighter extension of the typical form. It is some- what variable, a few specimens showing a narrow orange band on the hindwing above. It oceurs on the coast from north of the Hunter River to Camden Haven. Though this race approaches closely to typical abeona it can always be distinguished from it by the very much brighter and more prominent ring to the subtornal ocellus on the forewing above, a character common to all the races occurring north of the estuary of the Hunter River. For this character then the extensive river flats near the mouth of the Hunter form a sufficient barrier, for probably at no time did the foodplant grow here. T. abeona joanna Butler. (Plate ii., figs. 794-814, 818.) I have endeavoured to secure information as to the place of capture of the type of this subspecies, but without much suecess. Mr. N. D. Riley of the British Museum writes that the type is apparently one of two specimens received from the Entomological Club in 1844 and bears a small label Linn. Soc. N. Holland. The specimen was obviously collected some time, probably some! years, before 1844. Dr. Jackson, General Secretary of the Linnean Society of London, searched their records and though he found an entry in 1833 of a collection of insects from N. Holland presented by Alexander Macleay, he considers that these particular insects formed a portion of those sold by his Society in 1863. However, considering localities available about 100 years ago, I have very little doubt that the type was caught at Port Macquarie and, if not actually eaught by Alexander Macleay, reached England through his instrumentality. Besides the type, five other specimens are in the British Museum (four of which are from the Hewitson Collection) but they do not show such great variations as I have found. Until 1913, when I obtained over one hundred specimens at Port Macquarie, from which the specimens figured on Plate 11. were taken, this form was unknown in Australia. In the spring of 1914, I traversed the coast line from Coff’s Harbour to Ulladulla, collecting over 500 specimens of Tisiphone and about the same time I received a large number of specimens from between Clarence Heads and Coff’s Harbour from Mr. F. A. Heron, and from south of Ulladulla from Mr. H. W. Simmonds. The limits of this variable race (joanna) I would give as about 10 miles radius from Port Macquarie, for at Camden Haven two specimens only had paler bands, and from Crescent Head the specimens, though not quite typical morrisi, were cream and only in one or two cases showed an orange tint. The variability of the race suggested that joanna was a natural hybrid and caused me to try the experiment of crossing the broad orange-banded form and the narrow cream-banded form. T. abeona morrisi Waterhouse. (Plate i., fig. 817). This form I first met with on my first collecting trip to the Richmond River, and for a long time I considered that the name joanna might be applied to it and distributed it under that name. It has a wide range along the coast from Southport, S. Queensland to the Macleay River and it is only at Crescent Head that the influence of the southern orange subspecies begins to be felt, for here an occasional orange tint is seen in the pale markings. It oceurs on a spur of the Main Divide at Ebor (4000 feet) where Dr. Tillyard captured some particularly large specimens, on the Divide itself near Hangmg Rock, and again at the southern end of the Mt. Royal Range where recently I captured a number xu. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. of specimens at an elevation of about 5000 ft. The last locality is very im- portant, as it is in a latitude nearly 100 miles south of the southernmost locality for the race on the sea-coast. I have searched for it without success in the Range near Murrurundi and Messrs. Goldfinch and Lyell were unable to see it at Mt. Gregson somewhat further west. T. abeona rawnsleyi Miskin. This race, which is generally smaller than morrisi, in most specimens lacks any pale markings above; there is, however, in some specimens an incomplete pale narrow band on the hindwing above, a character of more frequent oc- currence and more pronounced in the female than in the male. My specimens are from the neighbourhood of Landsborough, Nambour and Eumundi in §8. Queensland. At Mooloolah I found larvae very common in July, 1919, and brought a number to Sydney which I successfully reared. The accompanying map (Plate i.) shows at a glance the positions on the East Coast of Australia where the various races are known to occur. As far as the coast 1s concerned this region has been very well surveyed and over the greater part of it I have myself collected. The distribution of rawnsleyi has not yet been fixed with any great exactitude. It probably occurs further north than at present recorded, and the break in the almost continuous distribution of the collective species abeona at the mouth of the Brisbane River needs further in- vestigation. This should not be a difficult task for an entomologist resident in or near Brisbane. From Southport, Q., south to Gabo Island little remains to be done from the point of view of distribution, for I do not think I have gaps in the records greater than 50 miles and such gaps, except perhaps that at the mouth of the Hunter River, are caused by advancing civilization clearmg and using the localities in which the foodplant grew in the past. On the Victorian coast the gaps are greater owing’ to less extensive collecting and the western limit of the range of albifascia has not yet been definitely determined. In the Main Dividing Range the races rawnsleyi, joanna and aurelia have not yet been found, and I doubt if these, with the possible exception of rawnsleyi, exist there. The three localities where morrisi occurs are marked A on the map and further investigation will link up these localities and extend the range of this race much further. The capture of this form on the Mt. Royal Range some two years ago by Mr. J. Hopson is very important and adds still further con- firmation to my suggestion that the Cassilis Gap has formed a barrier for a great length of time and alowed the development in times past of the northern and southern forms. The typical race abeona and also albifascia, as will be seen from the map, have only been taken at localities of fairly easy aecess,—places that are near tourist resorts. The intervening portions of the Mountains require further investigation. The method of conducting the experiment. As far back as 1914 I was able to get fertile eggs from a pairing of abeona and morrisi, but these eggs had to be obtained by dissection from the female, as I did not seem able to get the female to lay them. The larvae that hatched did not live long, for they disappeared, no doubt victims to a spider. I then had to consider the best means of overcoming the various difficulties that pre- sented themselves, the chief being obtaining sufficient growing plants in my garden, successful pairing, laying of eggs by the female on the foodplant, and PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. xiil. protecting the larvae from parasites and enemies. In the main I have suc- ceeded in overcoming these difficulties. The food plant (several species of Gaknia) grows either in swamps near the sea-coast, or inland in the bed of creeks and so must be well supplied with water. When. picked it very quickly shrivels up and dies, crushing any larvae that may be hiding in the tufts. By keeping the tufts in moist sand in a jar, I have kept it alive for over a week, but this is by no means so satisfactory as having growing plants. Aided by Mr. J. W. Allgood, gardener, I have now at least 50 growing plants and we have found that the best time to remove the plants from the bush is in the early spring or early autumn when they are beginning to shoot. I have had little success in moving plants m the winter. Pairing now is not difficult provided the day is bright and sunny and I usually place a large wire cage over a plant growing in a tin and have the cage in as open a spot as possible. I have at times had pairing take place im a large glass jar. The length of time of pairing in cases I have watched has not exceeded 23 minutes which, no doubt, accounts for the few times this species has been seen paired in the bush. After pairing is noticed, the male is removed and killed, and during the following two days from 16-32 eggs are laid by the female, usually on the food plant, but occasionally on the wire of the cage. The tin is then removed to one of the specially built wire gauze cages, which are about 3 feet high and 2 feet 6 inches wide on each side, with a door at one of the sides and are all numbered. My early cages were single, being built round already growing plants of sword grass. Later the Senate of the University of Sydney generously made available a special grant from the MeCaughey Research Fund, for which I take this op- portunity of expressmg my thanks and [I was enabled to erect a series of cages, which for economy were built back to back, the ground being specially prepared, and now, after 12 months, the plants are in splendid condition. By this means the available number of cages has been more than doubled. These cages, being made of the wire gauze used for fly windows, have protected the larvae from both dipterous and hymenopterous parasites and have prevented the larvae from wandering. The growing sword grass is protected from the ravages of the larva of a moth, which feeds on the young shoots of the sword grass, causing it to die. The greatest trouble at present is the presence of spiders, which find the cages suitable places to live in and which, when very young, ean easily pass through the mesh of the wire gauze. When inhabited, the eages must be examined almost daily and the spiders killed. The larvae pass through their transformation and the pupae are transferred inside to compartments bearing numbers corresponding with the cages from which they were taken. A trip in July, 1919, with Mr. G. M. Goldfinch to Southern Queensland was undertaken both to obtain larvae of rawnsleyi, in which we were successful, and to find larvae of morrisi at Southport which, however, we failed to do. I had, however, a number of pupae of abeona from Sydney and also of rawnsleyi, and as a male of rawnsleyi and a female of abeona emerged close together I paired them and secured fertile eggs from which I reared three males and two females. I made two pairings of these in the autumn of 1920 and secured two small families which I have in my collection. These results were not altogether satis- factory, as the parents that produced the second generation were brother and sister. I also secured a pairing of abeona male with rawnsleyi female, this female being reared from a fertile egg laid in the paper envelope by a female caught by Mr. R. Illidge at Mooloolah in Oetober, 1919. These preliminary ex- XIV. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. periments, however, gave me sufficient information to set about the larger experiment carried out since. Tisiphone joanna—A Natural Hybrid. Experimental proof. In October, 1920, I spent three days at Urunga, at the mouth of the Bel- linger River, and there secured a few pupae of morrisi and a large number of larvae. These I brought home and reared a number of them to perfect insects. Before this, I had secured a large number of larvae of abeona from near Sydney, some of which I had in one of my cages and others I had on marked plants in a gully near my home to be used if required. When suitable specimens emerged on the same day and the weather was right for pairing, a pair was introduced into a cage in the sunshine. In this way I secured ten sets of fertile eggs, In five cases the male parent was abeona with a morrisi female and in the other five the male parent was morrisi with an abeona female. In some cases I had to keep the specimens alive for a few days by artificial feeding in order to have the sex I required, and in one case only I had to bring in a wild abeona male caught near my home, as I had no freshly-emerged specimen. From these ten familes I secured in the autumn of 1921 exactly one hundred first generation hybrids. From these first generation specimens, despite very adverse weather conditions, [ was able to secure ten fresh pairings, in no ease mating brother and sister. The weather during the winter of 1921 was not at all conducive to success, and the larvae of the first generation had so eaten down the food plants during the previous summer, that I at one time feared that I should rear only two or three specimens of the second generation. Some families failed entirely to give me any butterflies, but two were very successful; it was abundantly in- dicated that I should have more plants in reserve and not try to rear two broods in the one cage in any one year. I am now in a much stronger position for the plants in the new set of cages are growing well and are in much better con- dition than the older ones which were not grown under such favourable condi- tions. Of second generation specimens I secured in all thirty butterflies from which I was only able to make two successful pairings; these, however, have given me during the last six weeks twelve butterflies of the third generation. A detailed examination of these three generations of hybrids has been so far impossible, as sufficient time has not yet been available, so this must be postponed until a later date; nor can all the families obtained and their parents be figured, for coloured plates would be necessary and the cost would be very great. I have given figures of six specimens of the first generation, six of the second and three of the third, choosing as far as possible specimens that agree as nearly as possible with those figures of joanna in “The Butterflies of Australia,” the coloured plate appearing in that work being repeated here as Plate ii. A comparison of the hybrids figured on Plate iii. with the figures of joanna on Plate i. gives the fol- lowing results :—fig. 1, a first generation male, approaches fig. 808; fig. 2, also a first generation male of the same family as fig. 1, is not represented on Plate il. but is of a somewhat similar type to many caught specimens; fig. 3 is a remark- able first generation female; this type appeared in quite half the first generation families, but was very rarely caught at Port Macquarie; fig. 4, a first generation male, approaches figs. 805, 809 and 811 and specimens somewhat like this are not uncommon at Port Macquarie; fig. 5, another first generation male of the same family as figs. 3 and 4, represents the general type of first generation PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. XV. males occurring in the ten first generation families, though usually the band on the hindwing above is quite absent; it somewhat resembles fig. 801, more especially on the forewing, and is not uncommon at Port Macquarie; fig. 6, is a first genera- tion female of the type of fig. 5. The second generation hybrids are shown in figs. 7-12 and are all from the same family; fig. 7, a male, is close to fig. 805 and fig. 8, also a male, agrees with fig. 795; fig. 9 is a female agreeing fairly well with fig. 803 and also approaches the typical morrisi; fig. 10 is a male agreeing with fig. 809; fig. 11 is a female agreeing with fig. 3 of the first generation and is somewhat lke fig. 812; fig. 12 is a male very like fig. 811; fig. 8 is the male parent of all the third generation hybrids I have reared. The third generation hybrids are shown in figs. 13-15; fig. 13, a male, is almost identical with fig. 800; fig. 14, a female, approaches fig. 798, but has the hindwing band much reduced; fig. 15, a male, approaches fig. 811. In-making a comparison between the hybrids I have reared and specimens of joanna caught at Port Macquarie, it must be remembered that the comparison between males is easier than between females, for I have reared nearly an equal proportion of the sexes whilst, as is usual, 1 have only been able to catch about one female to every five males, even though I searched for the former more thoroughly. I have therefore a much smaller num- ber of females of joanna with which to compare my hybrid females. It is not contended that I have been able to obtain amongst my hybrids a specimen identical or even nearly so with every specimen of the 300 specimens of joanna obtained by myself at Port Macquarie or those caught there by Messrs. Lyell and Wylde. The number of hybrids reared is only about one third of the number of specimens of joanna available for comparison and by far the greater number are of the first generation. It is improbable that at the present time an equivalent of the first generation hybrid ever occurs. When the experiment is continued beyond three generations a greater similarity with existing specimens will no doubt be reached. The above comparison with a careful examination of the coloured plates proves my contention that the race joanna at Port Macquarie is a natural hybrid resulting from the crossing of the broad orange-banded southern form with the narrow white-banded northern form. It has not been possible to give figures of the parents of the families, for, as they have to be kept in the cages sometimes as long as four days, they naturally become worn and ragged. This happens especially with the females, as they are left until I consider all their eggs are laid; the males are killed as soon as I am satisfied that pairing has taken place. I propose as soon as possible to continue these experiments to a much greater number of generations and also to see what will be the results by pairing somewhat similar specimens of joanna from Port Macquarie and also the results from widely different specimens. Tur RELATION or TISIPHONE TO THE PHYSIOGRAPHY or Hastern AUSTRALIA. Those who have studied Australian physiography agree that the events of the ultimate and penultimate chapters of the development of Eastern Australia present the following sequence. At a period roughly dated as Pliocene, pene- planation of this area was in an advanced stage; the shore stood farther east- wards, trespassing upon what are now the Tasman and the Coral Seas, the watershed was lower than at present and lay further westward, whilst the land continued south to Tasmania and beyond and north to New Guinea. To this epoch of terrestrial stagnation there succeeded what Mr. KE. C. Andrews has called appropriately the “Kosciusko cycle.” Then the eoast re- XVl. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. treated westward, the coastal mountain range rose higher, Torres and Bass Straits opened. Synchronous with these events occurred a glacial phase which has written its story in moraines across the face of Kosciusko. Movement of the coast range re-organised the river system and exposed different rocks on the surface. Changes in climate played on each organism and the vegetation, as Mr. R. H. Cambage has described so clearly in the ease of the Eucalypts, re- sponded to the change of environment. Specific differentiation in both fauna and flora then proceeded rapidly. The palaeontological record shows so far no fossil butterflies earlier than the Tertiary, but in the Oligocene of both Europe and North America we find “ossils of even the more developed groups and, included amongst these, several fossil Satyrids. Present day Satyrids are of world-wide distribution and there is every possibility that as early as the Miocene they had a similar distribution and that the ancestral forms of our present Satyrids were then in Australia. It is reasonable to suppose that, before the great uplifting movement at the end of the Pliocene, the ancestor of Tisiphone was present in Eastern Australia. I consider that first of all the genus became restricted to the higher elevations where moisture was more abundant. At the low-lying portion of the main divide known as the Cassilis Gap, the conditions became unsuited for its existence and it disappeared. This barrier then produced a discontinuous distribution and allowed the ancestral Tisiphone to develop independently to the north and to the south, gradually producing what we now know as broad orange banded forms in the south and narrow white banded forms in the north. The southern form now oceurs almost up to the southern end of the Cassilis Gap and, though no form has been taken near the northern end of the Gap, the white banded form oceurs at the southern end of the Mt. Royal Range almost in the same latitude. As time progressed the two forms were able to reach the coast, the southern probably first, and finding suitable conditions moved northward and southward, meeting in the small area of Port Macquarie and thus were able, in fairly recent times, to reunite and form the very complex race joanna there. Tasmania, though possessing the foodplant, does not possess any Tisiphone, which may possibly have died out or was not in a position to pass along the land connection at what is now Bass Straits. This would point to Tisiphone belonging rather to the earlier of the newer Papuan invasions from the north than to the older Satyrid fauna occurring in South-eastern Australia and now represented by such genera as Heteronympha and Xenica. Though these experiments were started with the definite object of proving Tisiphone joanna a natural hybrid, which I claim to have shown, many other in- teresting problems have presented themselves, but sufficient time has not been available for their complete study and so they must be left to some future oc- casion. The great question of heredity stands first, but I have not had suf- ficient time to make the thorough examination necessary, nor do I consider that the number of specimens obtained, particularly in the second and third generations, is enough to enable sound conclusions to be drawn. I propose, there- fore, with the increased facilities at my disposal and the experience I have already obtained, to repeat the experiment of obtaining ten families of hybrids from abeona and morrisi and aim at getting a much larger number of specimens of the second and third generations and even earrying on the experiments to further generations. Though the coastal strip from Twofold Bay to Caloundra has been carefully and thoroughly collected—the only point of investigation being the nature and extent of the barrier separating morrisi and rawnsleyi—the Main Divide has been imperfectly worked as will be seen from the map (PI. 1.); the PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. XVll. various gaps require to be filled, a task that will take many months, for, unlike the seacoast where the sword grass is fairly continuous, in the mountains it oe- curs in small isolated patches more particularly at the higher elevations. In eonelusion, other than those already mentioned, I have to thank Mr. C. Hedley for many suggestions over a number of years and our Secretary Dr. Walkom who has been of great assistance to me all through the last year. In illustration of his remarks Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a ease of butterflies showing all the subspecies of 7'. abeona with a map giving their distribution; a ease containing about 80 specimens of joanna from Port Macquarie showing all the general types of variation so far caught; a case showing the parents and two large families of hybrids of the first generation, one having abeona as the male parent and the other morrisi as the male parent, also all the second and third generation hybrids obtained; a case showing the preliminary experiments with abeona and rawnsleyi and all the hybrids obtained. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-III. . Plate 1. Map of Hastern Australia from near Maryborough, Q. to Lorne, Vic., showing the distribution of the subspecies of Tisiphone abeona on the coast, and the localities on the Main Dividing Range where some of the subspecies have been captured. Plate ii. (Reprinted from “The Butterflies of Australia.’’) Figs. 794-814 and 818 show a number of variations of T. abeona joanna, all except fig. 801 caught within ten days of one another in Oct.—Nov., 1913, and all from within eight miles of the Port Macquarie Post Office. Fig. 801.— Reared from an egg laid by the female shown in fig. 807; emerged from pupa in March, 1914. Fig. 815.—T. abeona abeona, under side. Blue Mts. in October. Fig. 816.—T. abcona albifascia, under side. Macedon, Vic. in January, Fig. 817.—T. abeona morrist, upper side. Richmond R. in October. Plate ili. Hybrids between adeona and morrist. Figs. 1-6.—First generation, Figs. 3, 4 and 5 are from the same family. Figs. 7-12.—Second generation. All from the same parents; fig. 8 shows the male parent of all the third generation hybrids reared in these experiments. Figs. 18-15.—Third generation. Figs. 3, 6, 9, 11 and 14 are females, the remainder males. Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheets for the year 1921, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated Accountant; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously. No nominations of other Candidates having been received, the President de- elared the following elections for the ensuing Session to be duly made :— President: Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. Members of Council (to fill six vaeancies): Messrs. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S., Prof. H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M., J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Se., and A. F. Basset Hull. Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. SaiP Ss On the motion of Sir Edgeworth David a cordial vote of thanks to the re Ae tiring President was carried by acclamatior. whe 138 EE) "He wobeoeo, a0 onl ols} pusilla .. 5 l%} lvi. Acanthiza reguloides ... 138 Space 50) 19.6) Ro zo apelats) uropygialis SiG yikcyceaimerie bake) Acanthocera amr, .. 246 Acanthocercus sordidus . 38 Acanthochaera carunculata ; 22, 140 Acanthocotyle .. . 85, 124-5 Oth wee! aie, en el sucsre raed branchialis .. .. .. 124 Goebey 55 g5 oo be o I elevans, 3. sa ters ny We lobianchi eee eal 2425 mronticelllits-puer arene tec oligoteray cmon Loe TAIAC\ Ions, cet uoee ee LOS: ROGET seca OR Pay ee Os: Vertimai A=) Acanthocotylinae . 85, 124-5 Acanthodiscus .. . 123, 125 mirabilis .. 84, 123, 126 remorae .. .. .. 84, 123 Acanthogenys rufigularis 140 Acanthorhyncha tenuirostris 23 Aecanthorhynehus tenuirostris 139 Acer philippinum .. .. xxv. ANCdaASpISMee wen OS AcLEOTREMA . 84-5, 101, 110 GIRELLAE .. . 84, 110, 126 Acrocephalus australis . 138 . Acronychia imperforata 218 pertoratams ee ese 219 Acroperus 55.5 2.) 36-9 ENAOSIAS oG po oo Lily or) Sinuaiuse ee eC AOD Acrosema amboinae .. . 385 Actinocrinus sp. .. .. . 165 Acuaria hamulosa .. . xxx. pelacicanr er eens! 6 ANGIE ca oa 50 oc oo Sh) Adelium barbatum .. . 78-9 gemina tum aa S VESICULATUM .. .. .. 78 Aegialitis nigrifrons ... 135 ranumleR HOMIE ge 55 bo oo JE Aegintha temporalis 21-2, 140 iMicestisme nee .. 458 Allecula flavicornis .. . 81 Alona . . 38, 40, 47 abbreviata .. .. 27, 40-2 ENEWS G5 Go oo Hae By 4O ALCheri eee Oe. sees cambouil .. 27, 40, 42 INDEX. Alona clathrata .. 27 diaphana .. .. .. .. 48 I AHAB aoe MCL in ouch no. ae se) kendallensis laevissima . . 27-8, 40, 42 longirostris .. .. 27, 40-1 MICROTATA ... .. 27, 40-1 OWIOGIE 56 00 o . 40 pulchella .. .. 27, “40, 42 testudinarius .. .. .. 43 wallaciana .. .. 27, 40, 42 whiteleggu .. . 27, 40 Alonella .. .. .. .. 38-9; 47 elathratula . 27, 47-8 diaphana .. .. 27-8, 47-8 DUOODONTA ... 27, 47, 49 GOR) sorgn o6 0 Clg HAY) var. clathratula .. .. 49 karua .. . 27-8, 47-8 MAasubaiy eps <1 eM eee oO Torco Go Go ao oa) As) Alphitonia excelsa .. XxXvill. Alyxia buxifolia .. .. . 25 Ampharthrandria .. ... 553 Amphaskandria .. .. .. 553 Amphibdella .. 84-5, 92, 96 flavolineata .. .. .. .. 96 MACCALLUMI .. .. .. . 96 Tomaccbhms oo ay oa o0 SO Amphibdellidae .. .. 90, 92 SATINVICIN Aieetutn coi ohepaesnemeee sen ATIVAN, 50 50 56 06 2 INDAVONINE, So Go go bo oo lly) Anas superciliosa .. .. 135 Anaxo fuscoviolaceus .. 80 ANCHYLODISCUS . 84-5, 92-3 SDeeedicte: lebaivels me OA MAG TANDANI .. .. 84, 93, 126 Ancyrocephalus 85, 92, 94-6 EOI Bo 66 60 66 6 OB balistesasewr-r ict too) NORMS G5 Go 56 co po Ue) OOO 55 64 Go 5a 6 OD echeneisiey late) GO. EYOTA “GE 65 o6 oo Yb) longiphallus .. .. .. . 95 paradoxus .. .. .. . 94-5 JOXSGEWAS, 54 Savoo o6 oo OB) pleurovitellum .. .. . 96 SONSMEK Ga oo oo oo gor th) Teuthis ee wa teivece ee wOD iHVOSUE 45 36 90 09 oo OD vanbenedenii .. .. .. 95 Amdracamcue ree oD oD Andraca adoxzima .. .. 360 Andropogon intermedius 514, 516-8 XIU G5 Go co oo Gls punctatus .. .. .. .. 518 Angophora .. .. . 405, 409b Bakeri .. 213-4, 218, 411 cordifolia .. .. 17, 213-4 intermedia 14, 212-4, 218-9, 398, 405-6, 411 lanceolata xxiil., 14, 16, 22, 212-4, 218, 296, 411, 571 a ae Bag fold ANmileNEy og) 5.6 0 EOI Anisocotylinae .. 114, 123-5 Anisotremus virginieus . 96 Anoplodiseus 85, 122-3, 1125 LICH ard es) ee Lele Ee: ‘Anthelas i. vu Si te 4 O ACUtAly, ac, es) Gea ele BARNARDIS sl. eis eI: CALEIDEUGAY 2.) seater pile MACTIICA Lye eS 50) tetraphricay > ssa sOU) URUOWI 56 6G oo oo o ath) xantharcha .. .. .. 4. 350 XANDTHOCERA |.) Gey gemaol Antheleplilus’..... .: 472 Amntherdeal a. 2.4 eee eee astrophela .. 5. 7. 43/303 disquncial 2). ees ENGAWA. (ic cra seer 353- 4 eucalypti .. . 353, 355 helena .. 353, 355 INSIGHIS) 21 ee ee ODS intermedia .. .. .. .» 35d Janette ae) tia ct ees DS Toranthiqemerein neon Paphiahe-. 4 esos purpurascens .. .. .. 353 SUN PIE L tl le) OS AMtNICUS i acy eS INMIMOS 65°60 b4-06 so LID aberransie-\ .-) sale abnormis).. 4 aeeeeale ABUNDANS ..-..... .. 500 ACANTHODERES .. .. . 490 ACENTEDUS: <4) se eee oO AGUDIBA'SIS) 3202.) ee 498) adelaidae .. .. . 471, 494 albifasciatusi; sc) usr albaniyensis) <. 1. erie ial AMBULANS! cle cial vaeenAase, apICAlis) aa eal | | Anthieus australis . 472, 474 CUEINS oo Go oo pa 0 ZAl baudinensis .. .. 471, 501 bellus .. 472, 474 bembidioides 472, 474 BILOBICEPS .. . brevieollis 471, 474-5, 477, 479, 482, 488-9, 501 bryanti... .. 471, 478, 489 eancellatus .. B yAl CASTANEOGLABER .. .. 481 cavitrons ea AL Charon «2 .. 2. 47h Ani, GEIS oo Go 60 oo Cl, aby comptus .. .. .. 471, 494 confertus .. BS ee constrictus .. 471, 494 CORDICOLLIS 502 crassipes 471, A745, 477, 479, 501 erassus 471, 474-5, 477, 479, 501 delicatulusiens eee a 40, demissus .. .. .. 471, 485 denisomigeemnseci all discoideus ». .. . 471, 501 DOLICHODERES .. .. .. 484 dubius .. . 471, 481-3 ELECTILIS .. .. 486 elegans .. .. . 471 EMINENS -- .« 489 excavatus . 472, 477. exiguus 472, 477-8 EXOPHTHALMUS 481 EXPALLIDUS .. .. 482-3 exsangus .. . 471 FLAVIPENNIS .. .. . 480-1 Horalismeeny ise 4s 487) FOVEIFER .. ai 499 FUSCOTIBIALIS 498, 500 gawleri .. .. .. 471, 496 geminatus . 471, 479, 497 glaber .. 471, 481-2, 485 glabriceps .. .. 472, 474-5 glabricollis .. . 472 GLOBICEPS . . 497 hackeri .. . 472 HERUS .. .. «. . 491-2 hesperi 472, 492, 496 HOMALINOTUS .. .. .. 483 IMITATOR .. Monee 492 immaculatus .. . 472, 502 inglorius .. 471-2, 479, 502 inornatus .. 472, 484-5 INSIGNICORNIS .. . 488 INDEX, Anthicus intricatus .. 472 JUCUNDUS 493 Fang¥an 514) Go 472 Kreffti .. See rare LSGIRGD oc od lo Mle oe NIC kreusleri .. .. .. 472, 496 laticollis 472, 477, 502 latus .. ae ott eee latus Avice 502 leae .. 472, 47 7-8 lemodioides .. .. .. . 472 luridus . 472, 475, 479, 502 MACELLUS) 0. 2. .. 493 macleayl .. oo too ie WUNGOIERSS So bo on on Cheesy mastersi 472 melancholicus .. 471 MELANOSTICTUS . 495 MELAS .. . 485 MIMBTES <5 i. 55 '. 496=7) MODICUS . 487 monilis .. myrteus 472, .. 472, 500 monostigma .. .. .. 492, 495, 497, . 472 500 raMeRAKKONNS 55 oc 60 00 AY nitidissimus .. 472, 497 obliquifasciatus . 472, 477 OSCULANS . 495 ovipennis .. .. .. 472 pallidus... .. 2. ..\ . 471 pallidusm nee oles pallipes 472, 478, 493, 497 PARVULUS .. .. 500 paululus .. 472 permutatus 472 PHAENITHON .. 482 pignerator .. Sp) ree politulus .. 472, 495 posticalis .. see Ab POST-TIBIALIS . 485 propinguus .. 472, 474 PUBIPENNIS .. .. .. 484-5 pulcher ... 472, 483, 495 pulchrior . 472, 474-5 varus .. .. 472, 474, 493 rectifasciatus .. .. . 472 rubriceps .. .. 472, 477-8 seabricollis .. .. 472, 490 seutellatus *.. 472, 479 seydmaenoides ... 472, 490 segregatus : 472 semipunctatus .. 472, 487 similis .. ABSA tas ofr simulator . 472, 474 lvii. Anthicus sorpIpuS .. .. 487 stenomorphus .. 472, 477 strictus 472, 474, 493, 499 var. flavohumeralis . 474 SUBQUADRATICOLLIS .. 489 tasmanicus . 471, 475 triangularis .. .. 472, 477 RICOLORICORNIS- oo oo ill tridentatus .. 472, 490 TRIVITTIPENNIS .. ... 490 unicinetus! = -)-1. 472, 494 unifasciatus 472, 486, 494, 498 villosipennis .. . 472, 477 wollastoni .. 472, 487-8 xerophilus 472, 479, 496-8 Anthus .. 616) (oo, 6 dla} australis .. Yor oo. AKO) Antimima 374-5, 386 eryptica of 6) Ble Aphelocephala .. . 133 leucopsis . 139 APHELOSCYTA .. 458 MESOCAMPTA .. . 459 Apocampta nigra .. 247 Apocampta subeana ... 247 Areceuthobium .. .. 573, 577 occidentale . 571, 573, 577 Archepsychops . . . 468-9 Archipanorpa (?) BAIRDAE 284 Arcturus .. 3303 sparshalii . 363 ATGAS A ae) e Se bis Argynnina Mobertin eyrila XXVil. Aristopsyche .. . 286 Arius commersonil .. .. 122 Artamus melanops .. .. 139 NEON Bo oe oo o- Jet! SOONG Go oo co oo o Jlst) Spare. ap ied) oc dh supereiliosus a0 ag dete} Asearis .. 5 bo 5 Gul) Aspidiotus aurantii Sinead: ASTACOCROTON 329, 332, 334 336-7, 339-41 MOLLE .. . 330 Astacopsis serratus .. .. 329 Asteroscopus nodosus .. 389 Astrotricha floceosa 218-9, 411, 413 Atax .. NaS te Atkinsonia .. .. 2, 4, 204-5 ligustrina .. . .. 204 lvii. Atkinsonia ligustrina .. 4, 5 Atherinidae .. .. .. .. 84 Athyris expansa .. .. . 165 SD eee nancies cyanea ulOD) Attacus .. . 352, 356 EWES oo- ooo bolloo oo BD) Glolngiival 5G oo oo oo 3 CH) Attacus dohertyi wardi . 356 PWENCULES) ee er tele eee OOO Attheyella .. . 566, 568 australica .. . 552-3, 567 Awena fatuay i. SX: OLR, aoseo sue loo ool ee! loranthi .. Ceratocephala Cerchneis cenchroides Cercospora Loranthi 409 Cereopsis novae-hollandiae 135 Ceriodaphnia .. 5 etek Be COMME, oo so ao ei ores) Makes wuss, cin ania eos. INDTTORMNE, ob bo on 97, 32-3 Dlanitronsee) ei-yeae nese eo. TACHKOWIEY oip oo olan om Oe TEANEN, 6A: Goo ae ao oe) BS rotunda .. 6 no Diets spinata .. 27, 32-3 Ceroplastes cerciferus .. 24 ceriferus .. 5. SOO TubenSiaeueer BN VBE Cerospora Loranthi . 3 OB} Cerura .. 3 374, "380 australis .. 381 fureula .. bo io Btell) ? melanoglypta oa By -oheh) multipunctata .. .. .. 381 Cestracion zygaena .. .. 122 Chabertia ovina .. .. . XXXI. Chaeraps preissii .. 329 quinquecarinatus .. .. 329 tenuimanus ., .. .. . 329 Chaleophorella .. .. .. 65 Chaleotaenia angulipennis 65 Chaleotaenia angulipennis 66 australasiae .. 65-6 INDEX. Chaleotaenia australis ... 66 beltanae .. : . 65-6 bizimporessayie.) ss) <1) 1 00 CORIEMGE, 50 00500 oo ov i cerata,<: {Macks tds (G5 GuprascenSiey- rf ei) ers) 00 Mower, 56 a0 ab ooo We gratiosissima .. .. .. 65 Naetay sheets vat 25 100 IgM YARH, oo go co oo oo OO lon gicollisirereareiitcrl ie OO) WAETAHDG oo) Do bo ob Op, 19) occidentalis .. .. .. .. 66 quadri-impressa .. .. 65-6 suleiventris-.. 65-6 violacea .. .. soe (Oa Chamaesyee Preslii 51g) NO-0.015 TOROAREUED on oo Ge o 200d Tinie, bo oo oo 6 2oedb Cheilospirura hamulosa xxx. Chenopis atrata . . 135 @henvialawarme awe SLO, heliaspis 5a) tks) rufa . 349 Cheramoeca leucosternum 137 Chiloeyela .. . 458, 460 scolopoides .. .. .. . 460 Chlamydochen jubata .. 135 Chlenias banksiaria ... 389 sagittaria .. . 385 Chorismagrion . 455 Chromomoea rufescens .. 81 VIOLACEA .. .. . 80-1 Ghrysops 1. 4 «-))- 240 subcanus... ..... .. 247 Chydoridae .. .. .. 27-8, 38 Chydorusienmeriermet oo, 40 GUGUSTUSHE Rey eee ee LO VHA og Go on oo ro 248 Clelandimmnmrrce enn 0 denticulatus .. .. 27, 45-6 globosus 27-8, 45-6 JUGOSUS .. .. 27, 45-6 leonardi .. .. . 27, 45, 47 MINOT. en aise ete econ coe AL OVENS a5 wo bo! Pie Gy ey UNISPINUS .. 27-8, 45-6 Cinclorhamphus cruralis 138 rufescens .. .. .. .. 138 Sp aerneers Weed) | late) Citrus Anrantiacum ... 412-3 Limonum .. Fee ne 18} SOs hone Monee ne go UE Cladochonus tenuieollis 165 Clathe arida .. . 389 lix. Cleome spinosa .. .. . XXXi. Climacteris leucophoea . 139 picumna .. oo dlBh) scandens .. oo: wo dist) HO oo oo > oo Jee) Clisiocampa lewinae 40.6), Biss) Cnethocampa . 360, 363, 370 melanospila .. ee 300) ochrogutta .... 5 wl) processiona .. OS Cnicus benedictus .. .. XXX. Coenoprosopon hamlyni 249 Colluricinela harmonica 12, 21-2, 139 Collyta lanceolata .. .. 386 Comersonia Fraseri ... 217 Commersonia Fraseri .. 219 Conilurus conditor .. . XXv. Conosia irrorata .. 584 Conostephium pendulum 203 Conularia : 539 Coptotermes acinaciformis 154, 159 IETS: 66 oo ac oo oo GY) michaelseni 159-60 raffrayi . Ag eee OO) Son HA mbeae os eat ood Coracina mentalis .. .. 21-2 OMY co do oo Ie Miley Corcorax melanorhamphus 139 Cordaniaanaeen meee OOF, GARDNERI .. 56) nie) ENO! an oo ao.6n a beh) occidentalis) va 1 --) ooo spinosus .. .. 56 5 OBt) Coregonus lavaretus Fae D Corizoneura .. 246, 249 alternans .. wes ee 40 anthracina .. eos chrysophila .. .. .. 248 falvayeee ents eee 2 1ee9 suleifrons,.. .. «- a. 246 umbratipennis .. .. . 246 Corvus australis .. .. . 140 coronoides .. pee 40 Coscinocera 352, 356 hereules .. oo Bi omphale ...... 356 Cotanalaeome are . 360-1 dorierana .. 362 NEURINA .. so. tol rubreseens .. 50. 6 Ohal serranotatay cn) coool Cractieus destructor . 140 lx. Cracticus nigrogularis . 140 ih co coon p ome oa ya) ran areca pare serealees 443 Crataegus oxycantha 213-4, 219 Sete e estsbesicn stalb acumen @oll: spathulata .... “ail, 413 Cribroanthicus frenchi . 472 Croton Verreauxii 411, 413 Cryptocarya patentinervis XXV. Cryptotermes .. .. .. . 277 Cryptothripmae .. .. . 267 Cuculus pallidus .. .. . 137 Cupaniopsis anacardoides .. .. 218-9 Soar oo bo og Zobl) Zl} @uscutaye ie tienne eno Ce: Cutilia .. 22359230 BREVITARSIS .. .. .. . 228 FERIARUM .. .. 226, 230-1 ILLINGWORTHI .. .. . 227 MENGE) Ba wg) do lee ude. 2A) mitidellaseeae eels PHIUGPOLLI wen aloe O sedillotie cen seuciaeeleo SNA bo od oo, Bey PEL tepperl .. .. .. 229, 231 HINO 56 no on a5) PIES Cyeas .. . bo uae) revoluta 319- 20, 399. 3, 326- “8 Cyclodus boddaertii .. . 241 Cyclopoida 3) 3.3) 3. 1553 ‘Cyclops .. .. ..°. 551, 561 albicans’). 32) se. DDS GlDIdUSE ee OS arnaudi .. .. 552 australis .. . 561- 3, 561-2 canthocarpoides .. .. 565 crassicornis .....- .. 565 dulvertonensis .. 502-3 GUMUNUS nil este OS LASCLDUSnet ee OOD leuckarti a. fn 2. gOS pallidus. ieee ODS pygmoeus .. .. .. 565 quadricornis albidus . 563 scourfielda..... =. 2. 563 SETMULGLUS) 0-1 ye 4o1-) OF: SWGR 65 as 60 bo eR sydneyensis .. .. .. . 962 tenuicornis .. . 563 "552, 561-2 brachyura 564 varicans .. varius var. INDEX. Cyclopsina .. .. ..°.. 504 Cynodon dactylon .. .. 203 Cynosarga .. .. .. 363, 373 ornata .. .. 2) 303 Cytisus proliferus 212, 409 ” 409¢ Var-albay cnn eter e203 var. palmensis ... 213-4 Dacelo gigas .. .. .. . 137 Dactylodiseus .. 85, 92, 95 borealiswys.) econ eaoD Dactylogyrus .. oO Dactylogyrus .. 85, 91- ® 94 aequans .. .. sett OA alatusieisaee Lederer et92 amphibothrium no bee 24 anchoratus! serie jae sien o auriculatus .. .. .. . 91-2 COIN, fe cc etre eee te OHNODEAS Agog noldo de oA Gitiormis| payee oS dujardinianus .. .. .. 92 echeneisiai cs eer ao) TEENY GG Moo Mode ao Ye OILAR. = hts, Keeuta a Oe HOLCEPSIs-fsn) luis sites Oe: iraternus) feel evel eee Oe EagVGINS 55 do ga 60 00 HA intermedius .. .. .. 92 INVETSUS fe eve ele bee 91-2 macracanthus .. .. . . 92 MENON Ga Bolted od 0192 malleuss. jase OS megastoma .. .. .. .. 92 mM Go “oo -an ba oo oe MOWISH exe) yaeue He monenteron .. .. .. . 94 ISERAMEE] Bo,o0 Gooso ou {4 pedatus, 0 she i fee ere OF SiluPTy. veo wie, eisseen ROS SUIMTIS We scl aelaiakereelevae SOI oo Wo aa oa on GI benwMIShie, «o.stes tee trigonostoma .. .. .. 92 ALOE YN Siar en ee GME ee WUNCIMATUS! Wisse fees cle Ue ROD unguiculatus .. .. 94 Dartreosoma .. 84-5, ‘92, 98 BANOCROFTI .. .. . 99, 126 constrictum 84, 98-9, 126 Danima .. . 374-5, 385 banksiaewnien suite mero). Danthonia pilosa 514, 517-8 Danthonia semi-annularis 514 Dapanoptera ‘riechmondiana .. .. 583 Waphniay . 0 eee carinata .. .. w. . 24-9 var. cephalata Bere ce 1CAU. var. eurycephala .. . 27 var. expansa ..-... 27 var. gravis .. . 27, 29 var. intermedia . 27, 29 var. lamellata .. .. 27 var. magniceps .. 27, 29 elizabethae .. .. .. . 31 var. acutirostrata ols POOR 65 Bo 00 oo OB IpiranobAn 66 Go oo oo ets mucronata .. .. .. .. 30 PADS ao leellon ob oo 24) Daphnidae .. .. .. .. 27-8 Daption capensis .. ... 315 Darala cinctifera .. ... 371 expansa... .. .. «. 302 magnifica .. .. .. .. 300 serranotata .. .. .. . 361 aantharcha .. .. .. . 300 Darwinia taxifolia .. . xxiv. Dasyatidae .. .. .. .. . 126 Dasybatus pastinacus o ally Dasyurus .. .. ©. 542-3 VIVErTINUS =.) ye) eae Datura ferox .. .. .. XXxi. stramonium .. .. .. XXXl. Daucus Carota.. .. .. 203 Delias harpaleyense .. . 24 harpalyce! 2.) «= samme ele Dendrophthoe .. .. 2, 3, 7 celastroides .. .. .. . 216 congener ..... .. .. 4lfl eucalyptioides .. .. . 211 pendulus .. .. .. .. 408 Desmeocraera .. .. .. . 379 Destolmia .. . 374-5, 385 HESYCHIMA .. .. .. . 386 IER, Go Bo a6 co a0 allo Q lituratayee ae eooS nigrolinea! ieee eC Diachlorus melas .. .. 247 notatus .... . . 245 Diaphanosoma excisum .. 27 Diaptomus . . . 551, 554 Cookai. . si! Gis Soo gracilioides .. .. .. 554 graciloides ..'5. .. 31002 lunholtzi pe pole2 MATA! Als, Seuabcts ieee RODD Diaptomus orientalis 652, 554 pollux .. . 554 uxorius .. . 554 Diatomineura ? gagantina 247 inflata .. . 247-8 minima .. we 247 sub- appendiculata .. 247-8 violacea : 248 Dicaeidae 7. vy. yds oe a! MD TEASUMG ve \2) oe ose tys, tel hirundinaceum . 20-2, 139 Dichromia quinqualis 439-40 Diclisa ~. 247 Dicranomyia AUSTRALIENSIS .. 581 debeautontimer ane eos AUN, 50 of ao-ao ov bee Didelphys .. .. . . 542 Dimorphocehilus pascoei 6 eill Diomedea exulans .. .. 316 Dioncuinar 84-5, 119, 122- 3 DioNcHOTREMA .. 85, 122-3 remorae .. . 06 5) 12s} Dionehus .. 85, 120, 122-5 GEES 50 oq ao oo 6 Je} Diplatiaa trweemcc uss ele Diplectaninaa .. .. .. . 92 Diplectaninae .. .. .. . 95 DirLecTANOTREMA 84-5, 92, 96 pleurovitellum .. .. . 96 Diplectanum .. .. .. 94, 96 pleurovitellum .. .. . 84 Diplectanumy 2.) js 2o Diplozoonieemen eee Co Dipodium 296, 301, 305, 307-10 punctatum 293-4, 296, 299, 309, 324 ® Diprotodon .. 5 TEAK Diseobola australis .. . 582 Discophlebia .. . 374-5, 382 blosyrodes .. 36 uo alee catocalina .. . 382 lipauges .. oa ate} lueasii .. . 382 Dodonaea porsiine? alia XXIV. triquetra .. 201 VISCOSEaPay VateNiaie a. 201 Drepanotermes silvestrii .. .. 145, 147 Dromaius novae- hollandiae .. 5 ales) Dromius humeralis .. 490, Dunhevedia . INDEX. 26, 39, 43 | DH) AEs . 27, 43-4 . 465 crassa .. podagra .. Dunstaniopsis triassica Echeneis nauerates .. . 123 Eehidnophaga gallinacea Xxill. Eehinorhynchus sp. ... 427 Eenomodes ... 374-5, 385-6 Sagittaria <: .. (..-.. (380 Kgernia cunninghamil 242 Elaeodendron australe 217, 219 Elytranthe .. .. By, oe EMPLEURODISCUS 84-5 5. 101-2 109, 125 ANGUSIUS .. 84, 109, 126 Empieurosoma 84-5, 92, 100 PYRIFORME .. 84, 100, 126 EMPRUTHOTREMA 84-5, 114, 124 TAlael..theys ere goes «ALLE EPO 96 66 06 00 65 Go 2S joanna... matey Fotis UKs Enome pelospila | ete cs 149 Enterogonia pigrans .. . 89 Entolium Ds on . 165 Hpaecris rigida .. .. . Xxiv. Ephthianura albifrons 133, 138 aurifrons .. 5 lets} WAKO 55 bo 56 5 alleys) Hpibdellass. 3: a6 JZ) Hypicomar.ni lye 2-4). 1b03-4 ANISOZYGA .. .. . 2865-6 aLcentatawere i. i) 308 argentea .. tie sete 1000 asbolina .. .. .. 364, 370 barnardi .. .. 365, 368-9 barytima .. .. . 364, 366 CHRYSOSEMA .. . 365-6 COMHMSOS. Bo od bo) oo Soll DISPAR Sh) es) 44) 2) GOD) 1S09 melanospila .. .. . 364-5 melanosticta .. . 365, 367 PHOENURA .. .. 365, 369 form. alba .. 365, 369 pontificalis ave as TOON protrahens :. .. 365, 368 signata .. 56) 06 CAS) (mans: Ae pic 364-5, 367 zelotes .. . 365-6 Epinephile .. i nel esau EX )x1. Epiophlebia .. .. .. .. 406 Epiphragma HARDY! ... 584 Eragrostis leptostachya 514, 517 Eriogaster simplex .. . 358 Eriostemon obovalis ... 205 Erueastrum incanum . XXill. Erythrina indica . 12, 213-4 Esox lucius .. .. 96 Eucalyptus 12, 13, 18, ‘211, 216, 296, "354, 398, 401, 403, 405, 579 acaciaeformis 409b, 409e, 429, 433 acmenioides 212, 214, 429 aggregata 409a, 429, 433 AMINSTS So ao ue oo 66 GZ) altior .. : * 409a, “409¢ - amplifolia .. . 212, 214 ‘almyealimays/uieseen tne lee angophoroides 429, 433 Banecrofti .. .. 214-5 Baueriana 404, 406, 409a, 409e Bauerleni .. .. <. 214 Behriana .. .. -.. .. 429 bicolor . .. 404, 406, 429 Blakely. eee 404-6 Blaxlandi . .. 400a, 409¢ Boormani .. . 429 Bosistoana .. . 429 botryoides ©. .. .. . 429 Bridgesiana .. 428-9, 433 Caleyi .. . 404, 406 calophylla .. .. 402, 406 ealycogona .. ao 0 CR) eamphora .. . 429 Cannoni... do on Ue) eapitellata .. 212, 2115 cinerea 211, 215, 429, 434 citriodora ... .. 79, 214 clavigera .. 398 O NENE, 16 0 ey Mies "°396- 7 Conica .).) er 409b, 409e corymbosa 12, 314- 5, 409a, 409ce, 411, 499, 571 Crebramcncr 212, 215, 429 Dalrympleana . 409a, 409¢ Dawsoni .. .. 429 dealbata 404, 406, 409b, 409¢e, 429 dichromophloia .. 396-7 dives .. . 409a, 409e, 429 dumosa .. .. .. 404, 406 elaeophora 404, 406, 409a, 409e, 429, 434 1x. Eucalyptus eugenioides 212-5, 404-6, 409, 409a-e eximia .. .. 213, 215, 411 fasciculosa . 403, 406, 429 IPE go aa ao oo Gy) ficifolia .. .. ... 212, 215 Fleteheri .. .. .. .. 429 Sraxinoides .. .. .. . 429 globulus .. .. .. 429, 436 gomphocephala . 402, 406 Gullicki .. .. 429, 434 haemastoma 212- 5, 218, 409a-e, 429 var. micrantha 213, 215, 429, 434 hemilampra ..~.. .. 429 hemiphloia 215, 404-6, 409a, 429, 433 var. albens 211, 405-6, 409b-c var. microcarpa 404, 406 leucoxylon .. 403. 406 ligustrina .. 409a, 409¢ longifolia .. 212, 215, 429 Maearthuri 428-30, 432, 436 maerorrhyneha 404, 406, 409a-c maculataincn seins ooteO var. citriodora ... 405-6 maculosa 398, 404, 409a, 409c, 429, 434. Maideni 5)... 45 2 429 melanophloia 13, 22, 212, 215 melliodora 404-6, 409a, 429 micrantha 405-6, 409a, 409¢ microcorys .. .. .. 396-7 microtheea .. .. 399, 429 Moorei .. .. . 409a, 409¢ Morelleriserace ieee LO. Muelleriana .. 409a, 409¢ Nepeanensis .. .. .. 429 notabilis).... .--.. 212; 21/5 nova-anglica .. . 429, 435 ochrophloia .. .. 212, 215 odorata .. .. 403, 406 var. Woollsiana . 405-6 obtusiflora .. .. 411, 413 Oldfieldii .. ... 403, 406 oreades! ial). an, scan 429 ovalifolia cnet eeuert4e9 OVENIES bo od co o Zll, Ans palucdosawer: a taemern4oo) paniculata 13, 212-3, 215, 217, 405-6, 429 INDEX. Eucalyptus Parramattensis 211, 215 patentinervis .. .. .. 429 Pillagaensis .. .. .. 406 pilularis 213, 215, 405-6, 409¢, 429 piperita 212-5, 218, 406, 409a-e, 429, 436 polyanthemos . 409b-c, 429 populifolia .. .. .. . 429 propinqua .. . A09b-¢ pulverulenta 428-9, 434-5 punctata 13, 212, 214-5, 405, 429 radiata 211, 215, 409a, 409e, 429 redunca .. ..... 402, 406 rasinifera, 12, 212-3, 215, 405-6 rostrata 403, 406, 409, 409b-e rubida 409a, 409¢, 429, 435 saligna 213, 215, 218, 405- 6, 429 siderophloia 212, 215, 405- 6 sideroxylon 212, 214-5, 404, 406 Sieberiana 205, 211-3, 215, 409a, 409e, 429, 434 Smithii .. 429, 432, 434-5 sp. 211-2, 214, 396, 409, 409b Spenceriana .. .. .. 403 squamosa .. .. 213-5, 429 stricta .. . 409a, 409¢ Stuartiana xxiv., 409a-e, 428-9, 435 tereticornis 13, 212, 215, 217, 219, 404-6 terminalis . . . 396-7 Hesselarisyiye ss eae eee eo, tessellaris .. :. .. .. 398 trachyphloia, <..., 1. 398 transcontinentalis 396-7 umbra .. 214-5, 405-6, 411 viminalis 211-2, 215, 404, 409b-c, 428-9, 436° vitrea ... 409a, 409c, 429 Watsoniana .. .. 212, 215 Woollsiana~. .. .. . 429 IDOE, Go oovoo o6 o 1) GhONNMN gg b6, ca loa o teal) Eugaiadendron .. .. .. 204 Eugenia Smithii ©. 217, 219 Eulophothrips... .. .. 267 Eulorantheae .. .. .. . 200 Euloranthus . 391,. 393 EKumenas Salaminia ... 439 Eumetopias albicollis . xxiv. Euomphalus sp. .. ... 165 Euonymus japonicus . 213-4 Euphema elegans .. .. 136 Euphorbia lathyris bo xoatl, Preslieeiay er 56 28Oxi, prostrate... 2.) XX. thy mifovian ey i) ile Xoo Euproctis pelodes .. .. 367 Euproctis wai 349 Kupterote .. .. .. .. 361-2 doddi 2 ae Oe expansa .. .. .. .. 362 Labia, sraete, cil eee Oe Kurydesma cordatum .. 278 Eurygeniomorphus rugosus .. .. .. 472 Eurystomus pacificus a6 UBT Butermes .. .. .. 142, 147 longipennis .. .. .. 155 Manus) 4) ae) eel MAREEBENSIS .. .. .. 151 nigerrimus var. queenslandicus .. 145 PALMERSTONI 145-6, 148, 150-1 pastiniator.-... --nrmemel om pullemei <5 25 Saeed pyriformis... eye oM triodiae .. . 148, 150-1 EYTICIY acc eek OS VERNONI 142, 145, 147-8, 150 yarrabahensis .. .. . 152 Exeaecaria Agallocha , 413 Agallochia 8)... a4 Exocarpus .. .. .. 358, 577 eholinles 56 So oo co 2O0n% cupressiformis 14, . 212-4, 218, 412-3 Tatifiohusiies ju aeexxlye Extatosoma .. .. .. .. 344 butonvum a) eee eos ELONGATUM .. .. .. 345 oper ive vs 1. Wea tiaratum .. . 344-5 Faleo subniger .. .. .. 136 Faleunculus frontatus . 137 Fenestella sp. .. .. .. 165 Micusieeis) ye) ace Bear ee ImMlbher Gon pe eo to. de > alls SP reac Coed . 421, 427 FLABELLODISCUS 84. 5, 101-2 105 SIMPLEX .. .. . 84, 105-6 Formicomus .. 471-2 Formicomus . _ 477, "486, 502 ACUTIDENS .. . . 508 agilis ... 472, 486, 507-8 NMOS Go'05 00 40 0 BE) eyaneus .. 472 denisonl .. .. 472, 503 DENTIVARIUS .. 505 humeralis .. .. .. . 472 INTERRUPTUS .. .. .. 504 kingt 472, 503 kingi .. : nea (O04: GATIBASIS, .. «. .- -- 9U4 mastersi .. .. .. 472, 503 MELASOMUS .. .. .. . 505 niger Q 472 nigripennis .. | 472, 503 OBTUSIDENS .. .. .. 507-8 PUBIFASCIATUS 504 quadrimaculatus 472, 502, 504-5 rufithorax .. . 472 SCNOX Ae he scree. ee Ae speciosus .. .. . 472, 503 TRIDENTIPES .. .. .. 506 Fridericianella 85, 119, 122- 3 ovicola .. . 83, 122 Fureilla .. 208 Gadus callarias .. .. . 125 Galmie oo oe uo oo =o) Salli Gaiadendrees .. .. .. . 203 Gaiadendrinae ... 200, 203 Gaiadendron 2, 4, 7, 203, 205 ligustrina xxv., 3, 4, 204-5 Gaidendron .. 65 oo CAB) Gaiodendron .. oo 4 AAI} Galaxiasiy. cae eee fe OL Galeola cassythoides .. 294 Gallaba .. . 374-5, 388 duplicata .. co ba lets) EUGRAPHES .. .. .. . 388 ochropepla .. .. 388 Gallerucella MeDonaldi "409b Gangarides .. . 348 Gargetta 06 oo 00 3 Bey aes) acarodes .. . 384 costigera .. .... .. . 384 GASTRIDIOTA .. .. ... 358-9 adoxima .. 360 Gazalinaleeneen ecm: 30S Geijera parviflora .. 412 parvifiorus .. 413 INDEX. Geijera salicifolia .. . 412-3 Geobasileus chryssorhoa 138 reguloides .. .. .. .. 138 SDe ee ene rhea OS. Geopelia tranquilla .. .. 135 Geranium sp. .. . 203 Geranomyia BANCROFTI 582 pictithorax .. .. .. . 582 Gigadema suleatum . 148 Girella .. . 110 euspidata .. 5 126 tricuspidata 5 oo) dlily Gladioferens .. 551, 555, 559 brevicornis .. .. 552 560 spimosus .. . 552, 560 GlauceG eee etn or) OL Gleditschia xylocarpa 411, 413 Gliciphila melanops 22-3 Glossopsitta conemna .. 136 porphyrocephala .. 136 Glossopteris .. .. . 280 Glyciphila fulvifrons | 39 -Glyptotermes .. .. ... . 277 nigrolabrum .. pg owe Gnathostoma .. .. . 316 shipleyi .. .... . 315 Gnophomyia fascipennis 583 Gosseletina australis ... 165 Grallina picata .. . 139 Graptoleberis * 39, 43 testudinaria .. .. . 27, 43 Graucalus melanops 133, 138 Grevilleayereaemer nei 300 aquifoha .. 507 eHe) juncifoha .. . 399 nematophylla 394-5 SHEEN Go co an oo bo ats Griffithides .. so Gets) convexicaudatus .. .. 535 convexicaudatus .. .. 536 Sp ee. 165 Gymnastes .. 55 fteb} bistriatipennis .. .. . 583 eyanea . 583 flavitibia .. 5 fae} hyalipennis .. .. ... 583 ornatipennis .. OSS pennipes .. 50 (tet) pictipennis .. 2 O83, shirakit : . 583 teucholaboides .. 583 Gymnodactylus platurne 315, 415, 417, 422, 427 Gymnoplea .. 30 Bi ]xili. Gymnorhina leuconota . 141 SD iesreemee eter ccc) eiet ae, Lael! tibicen .. .. yet LA Gynaikothrips ebneri .. 273 Gynoplistia SUBIMMACULATA 585 Gyrodactylidae 85, 87, 90-1, 123, 126 Gyrodactylinae : 85, 91 GYRODACTYLOIDEA .. .. 84-6 Gyrodactylus:.. .. . 85, 91 GaOkink 56 oo oo so. wes GEG 63 oo. bo 50 00 Ul HEMIGNOIABL Go oo.50 ao UL ORGS oo oe an 06 oo Ml groenlandicus .. .. .. 91 Medius <2. we os onl era Olle iM, He Gc Honthee, Oi: Habromastix HILLI .. 588 hilii SUBLATERALIS .. 588 PERGRANDIS 587 Haemonchus contortus xxxi. Hakea .. 395 Cunninghami .. .. .. 18 dactyloides .. . 441 decurva + 395 IMI Sa co ba co 100 1 leucoptera .. oo a at lorea .. oo JG. Bb) saligna . . 218-9, 441 Haleyon sanctus .. SG Hahastur sphenurus .. 136 Hauiotrema .. 84-5, 92, 96 AUSTRALE . 84, 97, 126 Hamitermes 142, 147-8, 152. DARWINI .. . 155, 158 germanus .. 157-8 KXimberleyensis .. . 157 meridionalis a. alisie/ perplexzus .. .. .. . 145 WILSONI . 145, 159 Haplothrips braccatus . 272 Harpacticoida .. OOS Helix aspera .. .. . 443 aspera var. tenuior .. 443 Hemiboeckella 551, 555, 560 searli .. . 552, 560 Hemiergis deseresiense .427 Hemiphlebia 456 Heterarthrandria .. 553 Heteronympha :. .. . xvi. Hibbertia hypercoides . 203 Hieracidea berigora .. . 136 Hinulia quoyi .. so. Ble) Spa icten Cen een eee oO Ixiv. Hinulia taeniolatum 315, 424, 4 26-7 tenue 315, 427 Hirundo neoxena .. .. 137 Homarus .. 5 eval Homotrysis macleayi .. 81 jobs Ge kes oq Ged al ROMANO. Bo 1150 06 bo 4 bell Hoplitis ,. .. 374, 380 eydista .. .. . 380 milhauserl .. . 380 ENE oo 50 Gh ooo Shell) Hyla coerulea .. 5 2S Hylacola sp... .. . 138 Hylaeora .. 376 eucalypti .. 26, do wl Hyleora .. Aa Ye os AG) CADUCING a Sue) els ee RONG GWAC) ss a5 bo oo 5 BD eucalypti .. .. 876 MAWES 6 a6 40 08 on BU lacerta .. . 376 sphinz . Porok) Hymenia fascialis .. 439-40 Hypena masurialis 439 sp. oo cor MDH oes) subvittalis dieters . 439 Hypercydas calliloma 361 Ianthina .. ae . 218 Tbis molueca .. a6 1 dla Icthyura .. Go Oe SHIT anastomosis .. 377 Idioglochina AUSTRALIENSIS 581 debeauforti Ose Idolothrips spectrum 273 Theium religiosum 411, 413 Ilyoeryptus .. . 35, 37 HI a6 56 Sab on o6 BH longirgmus .. .. .. .. 30 sordidus .. _ oT, 37-8 spinifer 27. 8, 37-8 Tpsvicia ae . 464 IPSVICIOPSIS .. .. . 464 ELEGANS .. 464 MAGNA : .. 465 Iridomyrmex Caer . 503 Ischyropalpus 471 Ischyrothrips .. 267 Isokerandria .. 5 sp} Ixodes .. 337 Jacaranda ovalifolia .. . 12 Jacksonia fureellata 203 INDEX. Juglans cinerea .. 212, 214 Juncea OO! 6:0 fea 2260 Keeneia ? oculus 06 bo ts) platyschismoida .. . 278 Kladothripinae .. .. . 267 Kladothrips rugosus 267 Korthalsella .. STi breviarticulata. .. .. 25 ‘Korthalsellineae .. .. . 200 LAMELLODIScUS 84-5, 101, 112 TYPICUS .. .. 84, 118, 126 Lamprococeyx sp. .. .. 137 Larus novae-hollandiae . 135 Lasiopetalum rufum = xxviil. Latonopsis australis ... 27 Laurus nobilis .. .. . 213-4 Lemodes .. .. sus tate CALS Lemodes atricollis Me wey ENO caeruleiventris . 473 coccinea .. .. 473 corticalis .. . 473 elongata .. .. .. 473 mastersi .. Ne gos Chie) splendens .. .. .. .. 473 Lemodinus fenidimennis 473 Lepidodendron veltheimianum 168, 184 Lepipotrs 84-5, 101, 107, 111 FLUVIATILIS 84, 107, 126 LepipoTremMa 84-5, | 101-2, 105-7 FULIGINOSUM .. 105-6, 126 simplex .. soma lS TENUE .. . 104, 126 THERAPON 84, 102, 104-5, 126 LEPIDOTREMINAE 84-5, 91, 101 Leptaena rhomboidalis var. analoga .. . . 165 Leptoclamys .. .. .. . 63 Leptocotyle 115, 118 Leptocyclops . 561, 564 agilis 552, 564 speratus .. oh 553 viridis 552, 564 Leptodomus duplicostata 165 Leptospermum attenuatum 213-4 epacridioides .. .. . XXIV. flavescens .. 214, 411, 413 stellulatum .. . 213-4 Leptotarsus macquarti . 587 nigrithorax .. .. .. . 587 seutellaris .. .. . 587 Leucosarcia picata .. .. 135 Leydigia australis .. .. 28 quadrangularis .. .. . 28 Lialis burtoni .. 315 burtonii 421-2, “424, 427 Lichmera australasiana . 140 Ingurinus chloris 7 a Limnesia .. .. . 833 Limnesiopsis .. 333 Iimnobia irrorata .. .. 584 Linnea borealis var. americana . 65 2006 Lintonia .. . 124-5 Liolepisma entrecasteauxii 318, 424, 427 Liostracus .. , 540 Listoca lignaria .. .. . 389 Litsea reticulata .. .. . 219 Lobivanellus lobatus 5 1835) Lolium temulentum .. . 295 Lomatosticha nigrostriata 374 Lophioneura .. . 283 ustulata .. 283 Lophocotyle . 85, 122-5 eyclophora .. .. 83, 125 Lophophyllum corniculum 165 Loranthaceae 1, 2, 4-6, 13, 15-16, 20, 23, 199, 206. 210 200, 203, 206 Loranthinae .. 200, 206 Loranthineae .. .. .. . 199 Loranthoideae 200, 203, 206 Loranthus xxv., xxvii, 1, 2, 4,5, 7-11, 16-18, 20-24, Lorantheae .. 201-2, 205-7, 220, 354, 391, 571, 573, 576, 579. INO: DBO ).n 1 aa oe al) INO: 24 Ge) ee) acacioides .. 5, 6, 19 alyxifolius xxviii., 3, 15, 16, 20, 219, 400. amplexans .. . 393 amplexifolius .. . 220 Atkinsonae .. .. .. . 204 Atkimsoniae .. .. .. 4 aurantiacus 402 aurantiacus 3, 401, “404. 5, 407-8 Bentham eyeies cae 393 Loranthus Betchei .. .. 393 Var) dubia sensi cs Soo var. tomentilla .. . 393 biangulatus 6, 9, 15, 16, ; 393 IROCKOUHG 25 06 68 o6 Be Bidwallii 7.22. | O,, 2a bifureatus 9, 392, B95. 7; 399, 406, 409 Britteni .. ., .. .. 393 Cambagei .. 392, 409b-¢ eanus .. ao . 408 (Chicmenannnens 65 Go oo 508 celastroides 210, 215-6 celastroides 2-5, 13, 24, 208, 210, 212, 571. COMGAIOF 06 a5 co oo 6 db congener 2, 3, 9, 10, 12, 16, 17, 24, 218-9, 392, 407-9, 409e, 410, 412. conspicuus .. .. 5, 6, 393 Cunninghami .. . 409 Cunninghami ..... .. 1 Cunninghamit .. .. . 411 Cunninghamii .. . 3, 408 Cyeneus-Sinus 392 dictyophlebus 3, 6, 15, 16, 19 epigaeus .. o. (2. 204 eucalyptifolius 208, 210-1 eucalyptifolius 2-4, 18, 214, 571 eucalyptioides .. 5 2A eucalyptioides .. . 210 eucalyptoides 3, 4, 208, 217 Exocarpi 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 16, 19, 21, 25, 204 Wen (@)) 6 ao co 6 Ce Exocarpus var. coccineus 3 var. flavescens .. .. 3 ferruginiflorus 6, 16, 392, 395-7, 406, 409 var. linearifolia 392, 398 Hizeeraldimeais siete 303 floribundus .. .. 201, a floribundus .. .. Gaudichaudi 3, 9, al), 6) 16, 24, 392 gibberulus 4, 5, 16, 392, 394-5 var. Tater .. 392, 395 grandibracteus 3, 5, 16, 201, 393 Hilliana .. 393 INDEX. Loranthus insularum .. 3, 25, linearifolius .. .. .. 3, 25 linifolius .. .. 5 linophyllus 3, 5, 16, ‘18, ‘a1, 24, 392, 395, 405- 6, 409b-e longiflorus. .. 6, 25, 214 var. amplexifolius . 220 longifolius .. .. .. 407 longifolius 3, 5, 408, 409b lonieéroides oo oF 6 Lueasi .. 3 393 Mackayensis .. . 892 Maideni .. 393 maytenifolius .. .. . 216 maytenifolius . 3, 219, 411 iMelaleucamervereiaes ts Melaleucae .. . 408 miniatus .. 5 Miqueli 3, 7, 0), 10, 16, 7, 225 24, a4, 302, 397, 399, "401-4, 406-9, 409b-e var. micranthus 392, 406 var. MINOR .. 392, 406 miraculosus 3, 5, 10, 11, 16, 25, 392, 408, 411-2 miraculosus var. .. . 8, 9 var. Boormani .. 392 var. Boormanni .. 409b var. Melaleucae 392 409¢ var. pubigera .. .. 392 Murrayi .. 5 ES ty Al myrtifoha .. 5 myrtifolius .. .. .- . 219 namaquanus’.. .- .- . Ll Nestor .. 5, 16, "393, 395 nutans .. 3, 408 obliqua .. > 50g BEB odontocalyx ... 7, 15, 25 pendulus .. .. . 395, 411 pendulus 2, 3, 5, 16-18, 23, + 24 212, 214, 392, 396-8, 401-9, 409b-c., 410, 412, 571 var. amplexifolius . 220 Var parvitlora: cir sulil IBreissinie oy Oy Wy On oe var. didyma .. .. . 392 Quandang 3, 5, 7, 17, 25, 393, 408 amplexifolius . 220 Banerofti 6, 16, 393 5 Be var. var. Queenslandicus .. Ixv. Loranthus sanguineus 392, 397-400, 409 var. pulcher 19, 392, 399 scoparia .. .. 3 signatus ia) 6, "393 var. pulchea .. 56 @ sibtalcatus scm. sae vitellinus .. oe Tae +24. vitellinus 3, 5, 10, 12, 13, 15-19, 22-25, 213-4, 218-9, 409b-ce, 411, 413 Wuireir .. 392, 399, 400 Loxonema rugifera .. . 165 Inyeaenidae .. .. .. .. 24 Lycopodium . 294 elavatum . 294, 301 Lygosoma .. .. .. 310,°427 deseresiense .. .. .. 427 entrecasteauxli 318, 422, 424, 426-7 taeniolatum .. 315, 426-7 tenue .. . 427 Lymantria lutescens 349 mijobergi .. Pac 2°) Lymantria nephrographa 349 Lyneeidae .. . 27, 38 Lynceus affinis .. .. .. 40 excisus .. hee aS quadrangularis mentite sea, 0) reticulatus .. .. .. .. 43 testudinarius .. .. .. 43 Lyneodaphnidae .. .. . 27 Lyncodaphniidae .. .. 35 Lyonsia eucalyptifolia xxiv. largiflorens .. ..-.. . 220 duysianaveeneiny ee Tar See Macalla phoenopasta .. 439 Maealla concisella . 439, 440 phoenopasta .. .. 440 Macaranga Tanarius . xxiv. Machatothrips .. ~. 267) Maeratria .. a @eral Macromastix constricta . 589 GOSINS oo4q 06 on oo fey) humilis .. oo) ote) MMR Go Go do oo o Bet) Macropus .. .. xxvill., 542 Macrothricidae 27-8, 35 Macrothripinae .. He AST Macrothrix .. . 35-6 lburstalistyfu ae eee S laticornis .. .. 36 spinosa .. or 8, 36 var. dentata ... 27, 36 triserialis .. 5 2h BH Ixvi. hulerenorzanaTa 320, 322, 323-4, 326-7 corallipes SM EO SS spiralis 319, 321, 323, 327 Magnolia grandiflora 25, 213- 4, 218-9 MaALLoDETA .. .. .. . 308-9 NYCTOPA .. go ao Boy) Malurus assimilis .. 138 cyaneus oo alsts) cyanotus .. So ool dlste} ROS USI Mee Mici eau aol toa, duals) Mandalotus geminatus 148 Manorhina melanophrys 140 Marane argentata 368 rubricorpus 371 subargentea .. so choles) Marshia as 566 Martynia diandra 56. 6 XOOdl Mastotermes darwiniensis 347 Mecynotarsus 5 oo Bl) albellus .. . 473, 510 amabilis .. . 473, 510 apicipennis . 473, 510 concolor .. .. .. 473, 510 HORTENSIS .. ao 6 Pull [aber 5° oc . 473, 510 kreusleri .. . 473, 510 LATEROALBUS 5 fl MACULATUS 60 ell) mastersi .. . 473, 510 PHANOPHILUS .. ... 511 ziezac .. . 473, 510-2 Megistocera fuscana .. 586 Melaleuca genistifolia 411-3 Hugelii Bo, oo 083 linearifolia .. .. 212, 411 nodosa .. .. 411, 413 parvatloray 2) sen) 222 styphelioides . 212, 411, 413 Vane 45 boo0 ou ¢ AUB} Melanodryas bicolor .. 137 Melia Azedarach 213, 218, 4 412-3 var. australasica .. 214 Melianthus comosus .. . 11 Meliornis novae-hollandiae 23, 140 Melithreptus brevirostris 139 Ebi oo dl Bo Coa ae oo let) Melopsittaeus undulatus 137 Menearchus impresso- SUCH. og go oo Jf Te INDEX. Merizocotyle 85, 114, 124-5 dasybatis .. .. . 114 diaphana .. .. .. .. 114 MUTTOR AR of 114 Murrzocoryninar “g4- 5 91, 114-5, 124 MESOCIXIODES .. . 458, 462 BRACHYCLADA 447, 463 ORTHOCLADA .. ».. 463 TERMIONEURA .. .. . 462 Mesocixius .. . 458, 462 Mesoeyelops .. 561, 563 australiensis .. 563 obsoletus .. ... 552, 563 var. australiensis . 552 Mesodiphthera 458, 461 DUNSTANI .. . 462 grandis .. acu ion 46! PROSBOLOIDES .. .. .. 461 Mesomyia .. .. .. .. 246 Mesophlebia .. . 452, 454 antinodalis .. . 452-4 Mesorthopteron .. 448-9 locustoides ... 447-8, 464 Mesothrips pyctes .. .. 272 Metistete sup-opaca .. . 81 Micranthicus 483-4 brachypterus dion GH pulcher .. .. .. 483, 495 Microbothrium 85, 115, 118 apiculatum .. alls Microcotylidae .. . 126 Microeca fascinans .. . 137 Micropharynx parasitica 118 Mirafra horsfieldi .. . 140 Mitchelloneura .. . 458 Moina 5 he 28, 34 australiensis .. .. 27, 34-5 MP WO). Ge od 0b 26, 28 macleayit .. .. .. .. 34 propinqua .. .. 27-8, 34-5 submucronata .. .. . 34 tenuicornis .. .. 27, 34-5 Moinodaphnia .. .. . 28, 34 macleayili .. .. .« 27, 34 macquerysi .. .. .. . d& Moloch horridus .. 444 Mongoma australasiae . 584 Monocoehum .. 95-6 Monocotyle 5 CE 5, 115 dasybatis .. . 115 dasybatis minimus 115 1jimae 6g all) MINIMA .. 5 . 115-6 WihAbO EIS) oo 65 co 6 JUINs) pastinaeus .. » 15 Monocotyle ropusta 116, 126 selachi ..*.. .. 84, 122 Monocotylidae 85-6, 115, 123-5 Monocotylinae .. 85, 115 Monotropa .. . 293 Moraria woh i oe OOU=S) LONGISETA .. . 552-3, 567 Mordella ruficolis .. .. 347 Mordellistena .. 347 ERYTHRODERES .. .. . 346 Muellerina Bis oe) COU Mugilidae 2. 0. oy eee: Miulllidaey 325-1 eee Murehisonia sp. .. .. 165 Myzantha flavigula .. . 140 garrula .. . 22, 140 Spo peal ae 140 Myzomela " sanguinelentas 23 Nadiasa parvigutta .. 389 Naiadicola ingens . 341 Nansinoe pueritia .. 439 Naprepa hirta .. . 358 pilosa .. .. 308 Naticopsis sp. .. 165 Nautarachna .. .. .. . 341 Nematocera fuscana ... 586 Neobubastes aureocincta . 67 FUAVOVITTATAN .) jet eeelOO) Neocistela, ance ce Neola .. . .. 374, 376 capucina .. <6) soleil semiaurata .. .. .. . 376 Neosilurus hyrtlii .. 94, 126 Neositta sp. .. @ ods) Neotermes .. .. So UU Nephrops .. . 341 Nerumiper secret 217 Oleander 217, "219, 411, 413 Netria no By) Nitzsehia .. . 125 papillosa .. .. oo) Jeb) Notoblattites .. . . 449 Notocistela pDIsPAR .. .. 82 tibialisy (ae «0-1 eo Notodonta cinerea .. .. 386 cycnoptera .. 5) |b Stell migrolinea .. . 386 Notophoyx novae-hollandiae 135 pacifica .. 5 lt) Notothenia .. Sa tone ald Notothixos 4-7, 23, 572, 576- 9 eornifolius .. XXIV. Notothixos mcanus .. .. . 3 var. subaureus 571, 579 subaureus 4, 22, 24, 209, 219 Notoxus australasiae 473 decemnotatus .. . 473 Nuculana sp. .. .. .. 165 2, 4, 7, 25, 200-5 Nuytsia . floribunda 2, 3, 5, 6, 199, 201-2 -2, 216 ligustrina .. . 204 IES AAI, 5605 66 ob Bh 4 Nuytsieae 200 Nyectemera amica .. ... 439 'Nyctozoilus CARLOVILLENSIS 75 yIRACOUIENAS oo on ao-u6 0) Ochrogaster .. .. 363, 371-2 circumfumata .. .. . 371 GContraniaye. ec) ep O03, cal ruptimacula .. 5 Bl Ocneria heliaspis .. . 349 Octobothrinum .. .. .. . 89 Ocyphaps lophotes .. . 135 Oeceticus elongatus . 439-40 Oenosanda .. 5 Blt Bie) boisduvahi .. how a oles Oenosandra boisduvalit 374 duponchelii .. 5 a OE Ogyris .. .. . 524 amaryllis amaryllis .. 24 TEM Go 6a 66 oor oo Ces OlAN CI ye cies feel sich eee Olene mendosa .. .. .. 389 Omichlis .. 375, 387 HADROMERES .. o6 Get TALON ATK, go oo GA ap ters Omolipus eyaneus .. .. 79 OVMNGS co no, oe aoe (hy) Oneothrips .. ee 26g rodwayl sa 100 tepperl .. Ogee sc. 220M Onychothrips .. .. .. . 267 Ophiocamptus .. . 567 O podiphthera varicolor . 353 Oreoica cristata .. .. .. 137 Oreta sobria .. .. .. . 308 Origma rubricata .. .. 138 Orthis australis .. .. 165 resupinata .. ; 164-5 Orthoceras sp. .. . 165 Orthotetes crenistria ... 165 Osica .. 375, 387 fumerea .. <=. . 388 INDEX. OSE, IEE oo G6 oo ob Ghets) turneri .... . 388 Ostertagia cireumeincta xxxi. Otocompsa emeria 5 25.0 Oxyuris sp. .. 422, 427 Pachyecephala rufiventris .. . 21, 137 sp. 6 oa oo IBY Pachycephalus rufiventris 23 Pachyeyelops eno Ol=2 annulicornis .. 552- 3, 563 Pagrus orphus .. .. . 123-4 Palimmecomyia celaenospila 249 Palimmecomyia walkeri 249 Palorus eutermiphilus . 148 iPanacelaierememer 358 lewinae ...... . 358- 9 SYNTROPHA .. .. .. . 308 transiens .. 308 Pandanus .. wey Lot Pangonia .. .. .. 246 anthracina .. or keota aurofasciata .. . 248 dorsalis .. 246 fulviventris .. .. .. . 246 fuseanipennis .. .. .. 246 fuscitarsis .. .. . 248 migrosignata .. .. 248 rufovittata .. . . 248 sub-appendiculata . 247 vtolacea .. : 248 walkert .... 249 Panicum decompositum | 517 prolutum .. . 514, 517 PARABELMONTIA 285-6, 288, 291 PERMIANA .. . 286 PARABELMONTIIDAB 284 Parachaeraps bicarinatus 329 PARAGYMNASTES .. . 583 cyanoceps .. 5) (ate) fascipennis .. . . ‘084 gloria .. 50 Stes NIGRIPES .. . 583 Paramoina .. .. bo oh Pardalotus punctatus 6p diet) Soyo ejaa. «© 139) 146 xanthopygius .. 22-3, 139 Passer domestica .. 21, 23 domesticus .. .. .. .. 141 Pelecanus conspicillatus 135 Pelmatoplanay ei tee) een Oe, Perameles .. . 541-3 Periechoerinus .. PERMITHONE .. BELMONTENSIS .. PERMITHONIDAE .. Permochorista AFFINIS . 2 australica .. mitehelli . SINUATA .. Permofulgor .. belmontensis .. .. . INDISTINCTUS Persica vulgaris .. .. Persoonia .. Salicinayeven ere "989, 2 289, 5 alg Oe) Petrochelidon nigricans . 137 Petroica goodenovii .. . 137 ereqeuth IgG Go 60 00 oo o dled Si on oa od oo os 137 Petrosavia stellans .. .. 296 Phaenocora .. &9 Phaethonides .. 539 occidentalis .. 539 SVINOSUSI OOD, iPhaleray eel oon bucephalaiiu tiie Meeooce cossoides .. 385 grotei . 385 TEND 6 o, BiG a 385 Phaps Ghalcentaral a0. ,60 ales) Pharyngodon sp. 418, 427 Phascolaretus .. .. 542 Pheidole .. 6 5 HM) Pheraspis .. .. 375, 381 mesotypa .. : 382 polioxutha .. 381-2 XK OG obo, 66 oo ab ete SYMMECLa nla OOS Pheressaces .. 375, 381, 385 cycnopteraln eur oot Spiruchay eae ooL Phillipsia .. a 27-8 convexicaudata ..... . 535 darbiensis .. 535-6 dungogensis .. 165 Phor: adendr ontarer aa ONT Photinia serrulata 12, 213-4, 218 Phragmidium sp. .. . xxvii. Phrygilanthus 2, 4, i 13, 201, 206 aphyllus .. .. 207 Bidwillii 15, 16, 206, 208, 990 celastroides .. . . 208 Var. eucalyptifoli us 208 Txviil. Phrygilanthus celastroides 3, 8, 9, 12, 14-18, 21, 23-5, 206, 208-17, 219, 400, 410-1, 413 eucalyptifolius 3, 8, 9, 12- 18, 21-25, 208, 210-1, 216-9, 399, 405-6, 409¢, 411, 413. eucalyptoides 216, 409b, 411 myrtifolia 15, 206, 208, 220 myrtifolius .. .. 16, 219 MEE ob G6 016166, GAUL Phyllanthus .. .. . 571, 579 Physaloptera 53-5, 312, 315- 7, 424 abbreviata 54-5, 59, 60, 237, 424 alba .. . 57-8, 60, 241 aloisii-sabaudiae . 59, 60 antarctica 54, 57-8, 60, 232-3, 237, 241, 418- 9, 422, 424, 427. var. LATA ... 241-4, 427 var. typica .. 241-4, 419 427 BANCROFTI 415, 418-9, 422, 424, 427 lorie 65 oo on oo (ll chamaeleontis .. .. 2 60 ClaUSa sya ieee ee 54 CLELANDI 419, 421, 424, 427 dentataonr-rme O4 200,000 leptosomaye is) 00, 60 pallaryi 55, 60-1, 237, 424 paradoxa .. . 57, 60 quadrovaria .. .. ... 57 PELUSA Meine Sao: NEIL sonsinol .. .. BA, 59, 60 So oy aillil, 421-2, 426-7 spiralis 59, 60 tidswelli .. . ee be PATE varani 57, 60, 418-9, 421, 424 Pilostigma .. y2 398 Pin'aray ue 6 Bo Biol) PINCOMBEA .. . 282-3 MIRABILIS .. LT 282 PINCOMBEIDAE .. .. ... 282 Pinus insignis .. ... 13, 219 Pisonia brunoniana 478, 488 . lemeehganeXs). Gig oa.00 oo bo Platanus orientalis 12, 16, 212-4, Platyeereus adelaidae .. 216-9, 411, 413. 136 INDEX. Platycercus eximius 22-3, 136 pennant. 2) cleo so Platyeyelops .. ... 561, 564 affinis .. .:... ... 502, 560 fimbriatus .. .. . 552, 565 phaleratus . 552, 565 Platydema striatum .. . 73 SULCATO-PUNCTATUM .. 73 Platyphasia REGINA .. Platyschisma ALLANDALENSIS 278 oeulus .. ae 2ns Platyzosteria 223, 228 BABINDAE .. .. .. . 22a-4 balteata .. ye, 226) bicolor Be : coe 2 CINGULATA .. 223, 226 Me 65 ool oo 5 CPA seabra,.|... pia bees seabrella .. .. . 224-5 SPATIOSA .. . . 226 Electroplites ambiguus 107, 109, 126 Pleuroxus .. 39, 44, 47 AUSTRALIS... .. . 37, 44-5 denticulatus .. .. .. . 45 imermis .. .. .. . 27%, 44 reticulatus .. .. . 27, 44-5 Plotosidae .. .. .. 84, 126 Plusia chaleytes .. . 439 Podocarpus .. .. . 295, 326 Podoplea .. 553 Poecilocampa leucopyga 371 Pollinia fulva .. .. .. 516-7 Polychoa . 374, 389 styphlopis... .. .. ...389 PotycyTeLLaA .. .. 458, 460 TRIASSICA .. .. . 460 Polygonum aviculare .. xxx. Polystomum,.. ..: .. +. 189 Pomatorhinus sp. .. ... 138 superciliosus .. .. 138 temporalis .. .. .. .. 138 Ponera lutea .. .. . 503 Pontarachna .. . : 341 Potonous tridactylus. . XXVill. Proaporosa BANCROFTI . 582 JPAROCIVOAS 26 oo od ab o Bet) muricatus .. . 165 OUSWWIOWS: 65 oo oa oo IGS Scabriculuswenwieci eee Oo SDaeaee 6.0).0 8) ain JUL) subquadratus te . 165 Prophanes Brevicostatus 75 [sonal oe) So gs on coy (8 Prosbole .. . 458 Prosqualodon davidis .. xxx. PROTOGYRODACTYLIDAE 83-5, 87 Protogyrodactylinae 84-5, 87 ProtogyropactyLus 84-5, 87, 89, 90 QuapRaTuS .. 84, 87, 126 Protohermes davidi .. .. 290 Protohrion paradoxum 296. ProtomicrocotyLe 84-5, 125- 6 mirabilis) ee eee eG PROTOMICROCOTYLINAE 84-5, 125-6 Protomyrmeleon .. . 455. brunonis .. oo, b6 Cis) Protopsyehopsis .. .. . 468 Prunus domestica .. .. 413 Lauro-cerasus .. .. 213-4 Persica .. . 218-9 Spe cp coached see ONS Psalis securis Aaa 389 Psephotus haematogaster 136 haematonotus .. .. .. 136 multicolor .. eels © Sp... -. L386 Pseudanilara. roberti_ SGT Pseudoblaps dispar .. .. 72 Pseudochirus .. .. .. . 543 Cook) 2:10 7S aaa) Pseudoeotyle .. 2 ae 118 MME Go Go do . 118 squatinae .. 5 Jue} Pseudocotylinae 85, 115, 118 Pseudomoina .. .. . 35, 37 lemn ewe enemas OT, 37 Pseudomonas radicicola 319, 326 Pseudotabanus .. . 249 queenslandi .. .. .. . 249 Rsilotumieec acme aes Psyechotria loniceroides 217, Y1y Pterohelaeus asellus .. . 73 ASSTMINGTS 52). see elie eats cylindricusi) +. nee darlingensis .. .. .. . (4 clongatusi..) sae A CKERIN |) (sia ieisimees Obloneusis., ies cumeieee: OOK Govon nh So co Ua PERSCULPTUS ..... .. . 14 UMM G Go ool as 4 1B wallkeniciss) js. 4) scene aenee Pteropus rubicollis .. ... 22 Pterygosoma squamipunctum 374 Ptilomacra senex .. . 389 Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus ‘ 140 Ptilotis auricomis .. :.. 139 chrysops .. 139 leilavalensis .. 140 leucotis! =) 2.1 a 9 21. 23 ‘penicillata .. 140 plumulatie ee ce ee 140 sonora .. .. 21, 23,-139 Ptychoparia .. . 540 MERROTSKII .. .. .. . 539 stracheyi .. . 546 Pultenaea daphnoides xxvii. Pyrrholaemus brunneus 138 Pyrus .. < a LT communis .. -. 413 malus .. od do og) ZUls} S]Go oe do oo oo oo miler) Python variegata .. .. 444 Quereus alba .. 212, 214, 217 bicolor 212, 214, 411, 413 lusitanica .. 212, 214, 217 pedunculata .. 213-4 robur .. 217, 219 VINENS we. oes Gl ALO Raja batis .. 118 elavata .. 118 erinacea .. 114 laevis .. Soo dlls} Rattus mondraineus 50 Boas Remora brachyptera .. 123 Reticularia crebristriata . 165 Retzia ulotrix .. . 165 Rhacopteris 163, 180- il, 191 Rhinotermes sp. . 347 Rhipidomella australis -- 165 Rhipidura albiseapa ... 137 motacilloides > dleyy Rhynehodemus .. .. .. . 89 IG MIEIBES 66 Go 5 316 cristata .. Sti, 316-7 DISPARILIS 311, 315-7, 422, 427 paLradoxa eee ole shipleyi 315 Rigema tacta .. . 389 Rilia distinguenda .. .. 389 Robinia Pseudo-Acacia 217- 9, 409, 409e. INDEX. Rosa Spe ©. si . 203 Rosama .. .. .. .. +. d/40 argentifera .. .. .... 375 indistineta .. 5 Bs) strigosa 5 By) Rubus sp. 50 od 1g Doak Rumex acetosella 63 400 Pl Salix babylonica 12, 213-4, 219, 413 Samaroblatta .. . 467 Santales .. . 199 Santalum laneceolatum .. 403 obtusifolium .. .. .. XXv. Saponaria calabrica .. XXil. Saturnia .. . 50 eh helena . OOD janetta .. .. . 353 AKU, Go 0600 05 6 Che SIGE 96 60 00 4.06 5 LW GHHenleiass oo oo 45.00 ZU Seaevola hispida .. X¥lil. Seapholeberis .. .. .. 28, 30 king .. OT, 30 Seardamia chrysolina. 439-40 Sechedonorus Hookerianus 514, 51/ Sehinus molle 213, 217-9 Schizophyllum commune xxx. Sciaena antarctica 121, 126 Seiaenidae .. .. 26 Scerone; ese as 247 incompleta .. .. 2. .. 247 singularis .. .. .. .; 247 Seytinoptera .. 458-9 ‘Seirotrana repanda .. . 79 TUMULOSA sf aii) een ei 10 Seisura inquieta .. .. .. 138 Semuta prisca .. . 308 Sericea spectans .. . 439-40 Sericornis frontalis .. 138 SPidvereuiere Meus ewe sa LOO Serranidae ais 84, 126 Seuratia .. 316 Sididae Pal Siganus +0 101 Silene gallica .. .. .. XXxxi. quinquevulnera XXX1 Silvius distinctus .. .. 250 elongatulus : 250 var. persimilis .. 250 EQUINUS .. 249 fulisinosus! Bian 6 246 fulvohirtus .. ao ey Ctl MAKER oo 85 10d 60! a ZEW Silvius imitator .. .. . 246 indistinctus .. .... . 264 Its 65 46 oo 40 6 Al montanus! .:.\.,..,.. 246 MIGEL) ies ee ey, sso clay 246 NOCAtUS) Hey ene ee 4o-0 psarophanes 246 quadrivittatus .. ... 245 SOONG 65 55 co oo 56 Pall subluridus .. 251 sulcifrons .. 246 trypherus .. . 250 WIGS oo oa oo oo no Mol Simocephalus .. .. .. 28, 30 acutirostratus .. . 27, 30-1 australiensis .. 27-8, 30-1 dulvertonensis .. .. . 28 elizabethae . 27-8, 30-1 gibbosus .. .. 27, 30, 32 iene 66 oo Ai Bl; BY Bids co 66. 50 oo oo bo OY Smyriodes aplectaria .. 389 Solanum@sp:le en eee 0S Sorama .. 374, 376-7 bicolor .. 5 UE inclyta .. 376 Sorema contracta .. ... 389 nubila .. .. 389 Sorex .. 579 Sparidae .. ae . 126 Sparus australis .. . 114 MATS Go so go io. NA SHOUMING: 66 36 66 00 5a BD argentifera... .. .. . 375 costalis .. 66 06 6 OLD indistincta,.. +. .... 315 Sphaerococeus leaii ... xxvi. Sphyrna zygaena .. .. 122 Spirifera rye 5 et) lata . .. 165 ovalis .. 60.00 oo Lt) Sper oo Alin Stagonopleura euttata .. 140 Stauropus 374, 378-9 ? euryscia .. 389 fagi F 378 HABROCHLORA .. . 378 Stegomyia fasciata .. 261 Stephania hernandifolia xxiy. STHENADELPHA .. . 363, 370 isabella .. oO) Stibadocerella aUSTRALIENSIS 586 Stibasoma hemiptera .. 246 Stigmaria .. .. 168 Ixx. Stigmodera andersoni ... 71 RUC 44 od no we Ob) AURIFERA .. .. .: 68, 70 AUROLIMBATA .. =. .. 68 Campestrisiey-) rm ed, CHM wo of co ae o OM CUARKT ger ive eae OO CORMMNE, oa 6a do co 0 UW CHAE, 65 bo oo oa CW GHOSE 6a oo 06 oo oo (Oe) donovaniee aE OS GRIME, Go oo ae so a O Cupless oo o5 oa oo (OM ESAN, oo oo 00 00 ov OY) NEKOSVEMTEEN Gg 56 co o 04 INOMOAIIE Gh og oo oo Cw InMIhAKAMHMNS 95°56 od oo (ie) lO Ss oe oo oo (he TOMAS og og on ao o td) OY, oo bo ao. go oo Wwe TSO So co Gon00 oo We OME) o6 om od oo o OF Rugs aeoc) pies ae elie MEME, do co ve oo o UZ MUNIN cg goac) ao, oo Ub MILITARIS ee eerste aiali-2 praetermissa .. .. .. . 68 WEMS ay oo 450 ao oo OY) FOMET aveupetta) ats Bae eee SeculariS#e eee ees. serratipennis ...... . 70 SkMSCles ect sen trees reel) FOIWM, no oh oo 06 cnalds) Rem og go bo doo WU ANU s4 ce 60. ao co WY ENTOMOL cio ole car oa oa Ue unimaculata .. .... .. 67 victoriensis .. asec thu) Stirlingia latifolia Ko loo Ss} Stratiodrilus .. .. .. . 340 Strepera anaphonensis . 14¢ graculinay % 3 722) 140 VELSICOOLE ees ea ao ece SURAT 35 56 06 oo 6 GUS leptosomus ds. 58 Strophomena rhomboidalis var. analoga .. .. . 165 Struthidea meneres 46 66 BY) Sturnus vulgaris .. . 23, 141 Synearpia laurifolia 14, As Synoum glandulosum 129. 411 ShisinAsIeis) Gao oo ao ao wie! chloropastal-ar ear noo OHNO Sia soo) 06 00 bo GY) SCIERA . 379-80 INDEX. Syringothyris exsuperans 165 Tabanus ADELAIDAE .. . 264 ALTERNATUS .. .. . 258-60 var. MAGNETICUS .. 258 aprepes .. . 252, 260 qurihirtus. <....... .. 201 AMG 55 60 ca co oo 2Oy) bifasciatus .. .. .. .. 245 BUGO. 2a 00 08 50 00 Cue) DIEZ oo ob oo 00 00 Zul) BREIND I eee coo) chrysophilus .. .. .. 248 cinerascens .. .. .. . 264 GH so bo oo oo oo. AO elavicallosus ob ou 00 oes) var. BANKSIENSIS .. 262 confusus.......... . 264 CONLUSUSER Emenee cordiger .. .. .... . 245 Gonslexae Bo oo 66 an 6 Ate: darwinensis .. .. .. . 263 davidsoni .. . 255 doddi .. 956, 259- 60 dorsovittatus .. .. .. 246 dubiosusieien cee eee LO TINIE 55 G0 oo bo o Lal) germanicus ...:.. .. 263 GRISEICOLOR .. .. .. . 262 GIGS. 25 00 oO 69 40 CO OAKS 55 a0 soca co Coil GROW a6 60 a0 6c aa 2D TTMOUASUIS, 55,06 oa oo CABIL latieallosus .. doo Oe WHOIROOS Ga od 40) oo CEs latifronss sere eo leucopterus ........ 254 limbatinevris .. .. .. 208. macquarti .. .. .. .. 258 macquarti .. .. 245, 260 meridionalis .. .. .. 264 meridionalis .. .. 245, 265 TOUSOG oo 60 Ga cb. oa LOD MILSONIENSIS .. .. .. 265 WER gobo 60 66 a COB) minusculus .. .. .. 263 minusculus .. .. .. . 245 MORETONENSIS .. .. . 264 nemopunctatus .. . 252 nemopunctatus .. ... 251 nemotuberculatus .. . 254 neogermanicus .. 261, 264 NEOLATIFRONS .. .. 264 neopalpalis .. . 252-4 obseurilineatus .. .. . 261 obscurimaculatus .. . 260 CONES. 50 a0 po bo. PAG PALMENSIS .. .. 256, 258 Tabanus PALMERSTONI .. 263 Paloahs, tl) a0 eon parvicallosus .. .. .. 252 praepositus .. .. .. 260 pseudoardens .. .. .. 257 PSEUDOCALLOSUS .. .. 254 PSEUDOPALPALPIS 252, 254 (PUSILLUS 2) See OD pygmaeus .. .. .. .. 264 pygmaeus .. .. .. .. 245 quadratus .. .. .. 263 queenslandi .. 255- 6 RIVULARIS .. .. .. .. 264 robustus ..... .. .. 204 rufoabdominalis .. .. 252 SAopSNS Golob Go oo oo SO Stranemani! -)) 3) eae OO UMA Go Ho oo co o PB townsvillei.. 2 -ucemere ol: victoriensis .. ..... 202 WENTWORTHI .. .. -. 209 Taeniochorista .. .. .. 279 Taeniopygia castanotis | . 140 Taguaria .. .. 206 Tandanus tandanus) | ‘94, 126 TANYSTOLA .. .. . 363, 370 ochroguttal 5.) eee AEE ao Go oc oo otey SIZ angentosa >.) «cee s0S Darnardy ass ete OS CONTTATIG) 2 os EOL interrupta ...... .. dtl PERIBLEPTA .. .. .- - 30a protrahens’.. .... 94) 308 BUG oo oo ag oo 0 Bi0w) SUDPTESSA «=... -cpunoO 2 terminalis .. .. .. 374 WEIS Ge a6 ao co Ole) Tecoma jasminoides Hea 20) Teimocladia cuculloides 389 Meleclita r .1. Se ee oO CYMSTA «=. ent .. 380 Temnocephala semperi 30 te) Terebratulina .. .. .. . 443 Termes germana .. .. . 157 Tetranarche Gecidentalis . 96 Tetrancistrum .. 85, 92, 101 ieehon Be ee oo ob oo IL Tetranychus .. . . 330 Tetraonchinae . . 85, “91-2 2, 33 Tetraonchus .. . Tetraonchus .. .. 85, 92, a CLUCIatUS) <1. eis monenteron .. .. 95-6 unguiculatus .. . 94-5 Teuthis hepatus .. .. .. 96 Teutonia .. 8 06 ate Oe See Lhaumatopoea lewini .. 308 THAUMATOTHRIPS .. 267, 273 PROGGATTI .. Bega 208% Themerastis .. .. . 375, 383 ACROBELA .. 56 90 Bist) amalopa .. 6 o Geb) celaenairas) «= ss -3 2. ooo Therapon .. .. .. 98, 102 carbo .. 89, 99, 104, 126 fuliginosus 90, 105, 107, 126 hill .. . 89, 100, 126 unicolor 101, 110, 126 WISIN, 66 oo 5a oo ZEB BOW) Thominx collare 4 2OOdl, Thyas .. .. .. 334, 340 petrophilus .. .. > BBt) Thymallus vulgaris .. .. 95 IrINeRAGITEXD: 56. 50 30.00 0 @ Tiliqua occipitalis . 241, 427 seineoides 232, 241-2, 419, 427 Tipula costalis .. .. 589 DION G5 be oo 60 ba Bled) leptoneura .. .. .. 589 nigrithorax .. .. .. .. O8f Tisiphone .. ix.-Xi., XV., XV1. abeona .. 5 IDS S-4ihs 247115 abeona X., Xli.-Xlv., Xvi. albihasciay | sess eXee Xe HOUR, 55 Gen oo Ralgy 20 joanna iX., Xi., Xil., Xiv., XV. MOTLISI sea. UX, KI oKvs rawnsleyi Xil., Xll., XV1., XVIL-., GIGIEN- Nas, Soe ee meron eS Tmesipteris .. .. 294 Tomoderus 4 . 491 brevicorms .. .. .. . 473 denticollis .. . 473, 509 leae .. 473, 509 UNIRORMISuAeeeEm aes 0S vinetus .. 473. 491 Trematoda heterocotylea 86 Trentepohlia australasiae 584 Mrewubellai kates oc -s. 2 TRIASSAGRION .. . 455-6 AUSTRALIEN SE 455-6 TRIASSAGRIONIDAE .. .. 454 TRIASSOCINIUS . 458, 462 TRIASSOCORIDAE .. . 466 INDEX. TRIASSOCORIS .. . 466 MYERSI .. .. . 466 SCUTULUM .. . 467 Triassolestes .. 456 TrIAssoLocusta .. .. .. 451 LEPTOPTERA .. .. .. . 401 TRIASSOMANTIDAE 449 TRIASSOMANTIS .. .. ... 460 PYGMAKUS .. . 450 TRIASSOPHLEBIA .. . 464 STIGMATICA » 2. 454 TRIASSOPSYCHOPS . 467, 469 SUPERBA .. . 468-9 Triassopsylla plecioides . 283 Triassosearta .. .. . 458 Trichananea apTERA . 509-10 concolor .. .. 473, 509-10 MICROMELAS .. .. .. . 509 nigripennis .. .. .. .. 473 pisoniae .. .. .. 473, 509 victoriensis .. . . 473 Trichetra .. > Bio} fUGUCHOCS oo 06 40 ob 6 @htD) isabella .. 5 Ohl) mesomelas .. 363 sparshalu .. .. . 363 Trichoglossus swainsoni ” 136 Trice shostr: ongylus extenuatus XXX1. instabilis 5 220:9b Trichothripmae .. .. . 267 Trichothrips ulmi .. .. . 273 Trichuris ovis .. 4 Reidy Trilocha rufescens . 358 Mrionchus! eee coy lo: Lay, dasybatis . a dlily eristaniagee eee OOS conferta 12, 213-4 Tristomidae 118, 124 TRIVITELLINA ... 84-5, 87, 89 SUBROTUNDA .. 84, 89, 126 Trochobola australis .. . 582 Trombidium 330-2, 334, 337, 339 Tropidorhynchus corniculatus 21-3, 140 Tupaia .. De ais 542 Turdus merula...... . 141 Udonellidae .. ; . 124 Ulmus campestris . 411 xxi. Upenaeus signatus .. 126 Upeneus signatus .. .. . 98 Uroaetus audax .. .. .. 135 Urolophus testaceus 117, 126 Uromyees polygoni .. . XXX. Utethesia pulchella .. . 439 pulchelloides .. . 439 Varanus sp. bo Gilli) varius . 419, 421, 427, 444 Viburnum odoratissimum 213, 215 Vicia Faba .. ~. 203 Visceae O6 . 200 Viscoideae .. .. 200 Viseum 2, 4, 5, 0), 202, 577 album .. 10, 1, 16, 576-7 anelatumeeeme- eee me articulatum 5 ih aureum .. so Al) australe .. 0 fy, O distichum .. 5B incanum .. te 3 Oa Go cc co oo a0 @ WaiS Ge ca do do bo oo Alb Vunga delineata Heo neriete) Waldheimia .. 443 Walesius theresae .. 473 Westringia rosmarinifolia XX1il. Xanthorhoe subidaria .. 439 Xanthorrhoea hastilis .. 209 Xanthosia pilosa .. .. 205 INGO Go oa de X., XVI. AGUS oo so oc oo o AHL Yvania konineku 165 Zaphrentis sp. .. .. .. . 165 Zoniter pectoralis .. 135 Zonioploca, 32 0. 223, 2a DIXONI .. 1 pels QoL Zosterops coerulescens . 21-3 dorsalisieyerer 139 EOC, 56 56 60° 60 co 253 (Issued 21st April, 1922.) WA qi Vol. XLVII. Part I. THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF — New Soute WaAtes y) For tHE YEAR 1 D223 PART I. (pp. i.-rz.) CONTAINING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ANNUAL MEETING WITH THREE PLATES [Plates i.-iii.] SYDNBY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOOIBTY RY THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTP., 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. AND — SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1922. PRICE 2/6 Agent in Europe : Messrs. Dutau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square. London, W. ae 1 The Linnean Society of New South Wales. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1921-22. 3 . President : G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.ES. Vice-Presidents : Professor H.G. Chapman, M.D., B'S. W. W. Froggatt, F.LS- J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. A. G. Hamilton. Hon. Treasurer: J. H. Campbell, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. Secretary »A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. Council ; ; a R. T. Baker, F.L.S. A. G. Hamilton. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. Professor W. A. Haswell, MA. D.Sc, J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. F.R.S. : H. J. Carter, B-A., F-E.S. C. Hedley, F.L.S. / Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. A. F. Basset Hull. Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc. f C.M.G., D.S.O., B-A.. DSc. FRS. J. H. Maiden; 1.S.0., F-R.S. T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. T. Steel. *B. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. A. B. Walkom, DSc. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. | G. A. Waterhouse, BSc., BE. F.E.S W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F-C.P.A. *Blected 2lst September, 1921, wice J. E. Carne, resigned. NOTICE. 1 Wirtu the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the ProckepIncs—of which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publieations of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St.. Cavendish Square, London, W., at the following prices :— EA SNE One FIRST SERIES. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.:; Part 4, 10s. ‘ Proceedings for 1883, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. SECOND SERIES. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 £1 7s. \ Hioceedine: for 1888, Vol. II] —Part J., 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 8, £1; Part , Ss. y idl Ad Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, l6s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part 4, lls. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, tls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s. ne Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, l5s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, ls. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, : 7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. i ‘ Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part'2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4. 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, _ 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Rart 3, 14s.; Part 4, lds. . Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 1ts. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. : . Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s. Fi Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911.—TIart 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4 10s. Proceedings for 1912—Part 1. 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. -Proceedit.gs for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s. ; Part 2, 14s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part :3, 17s. 6d.: Part 4, 18s. This Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 7s. 6d:; Part 4, 9s. 6d. The Macueay MemorraL VouuMe [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 11. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. Descriptive CATALOGUE Or AUSTRALIAN FisHES. By William Macleay, F.L.S. F.L.S. [1881] A few copies only.. Price £1 net. The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL Society or New SourH Wa es, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 1, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS. 1922. PART 1 _ CONTENTS. oe: Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-seventh Annual Meeting “29th March, 1922, by @. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. (Plates af cinrcdsh Si ee noi oes eee tiogaatay een ny ees ote ce rte ee i-xViL. Blections' and: Announcements... <5.) 52 2. ee Hons) Lreasurers: Balances beets) 4 sas ae ee cae a een eee ‘xviii.-xx. ie Corrigenda.—Proceedings, 1921, Part 4. - , PY 511, line 19—for A. piceus Ol., read A. laevigatus F. lines 34-35—for Acacia farnesiana L, read Acacia Farnesiana wild, Plate xxxiv. and Explanation on p. 412—Figs. 2 and 3 should read Fig. 2, male subimago; Fig. 3. female imago. Pik Gash Naa i aa el at he b r (Issued 16th June, 1922.) Part 2. THE ‘PROCEEDINGS’ | OF FHE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF ‘New SoutH WaLeEs For tHe YEAR 1922 PART II. (pp. 1-198.) CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN MARCH-MAY. WITH TWENTY-THREE PLATES s [Plates iv.-xxvi. ] SYDNEY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY RY t THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD., 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1922. PRICE 13/6 Agent in Europe: \\ Messrs. Dunat & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square. (7 London, W. Se Net ee qs Vol. XLVII. 7 N No. 186, AS aN wy Registered by the Postmaster-General for transmission through the post as a book. The Linnean Society of New South Wales. LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1922-23. President: _G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc., B.E., F.E.S. Vice-Presidents : Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. W. W. Froggatt, F.LS. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., BSc. A. G. Hamilton. Hon. Treasurer: J. H. Campbell, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. Secretary: A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. i Council; R. T. Baker, F.L.S. A. G. Hamilton. R. H.-Cambage, F.L.S. . Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A. De, J. H. Campbell, M.B.E. r A IRSa H. J- Carter, B\A., FES. C. Hedley, F-L.S. Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. A. F. Basset Hull. Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, K.B.E., A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc. C.M.G., D.S.O., B.A., DSc., F.RS. J. H. Maiden, I.S.0., F-R.S. T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. T. Steel. E. W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. A. B. Walkom, DSc. 7 J. J. Fletcher, M.A.. B-Sc. G. A. Waterhouse, BSc., B.E., F.E.S Ww. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. i NOTICE. Wirs the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Procespines—of which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulan & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square, London, W., at the following prices :— FIRST SERIES. s Proceedings for 1882, Viol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 5s.; “Part 4, 10s. \ Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s. ; ; Part 4, 8s. ‘ Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 5s.: Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. K.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s/: Part 4, 178. 6d. SECOND SERIES. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 8, 18s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 £1 7s. Pope riaes for 1888, Vol. II1I—Part I., 15s.; Part 2 $1 4ci-. SPartr3) Sl-ePant 4, 18s. E ' . Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part ; 4 lls. ‘ Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part 4, 7s. 6d. \ Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1898, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.; Part 4, 8s. i Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, ls. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. i ‘ N Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4; 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 38s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4.. 17s. 6d. ; \ Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part. 4, 15s. ; / Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. eee for 1911.--Part 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part \ , 10s. : ' : , : Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 1ls. Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s.. Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, 14s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, Ils, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; Part 4, 13s. ; Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d. Proceedings for 1922.—Part 1, 2s. 6d. / The Macieay Memorian Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 11. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN FisHEs. By William Macleay, F.L.S. ¥.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1 net. The TRANSACTIONS OF THE EnrTomoLocicaL Society or New SourH Wa zs, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. u., five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. _PROCBEDINGS, 1922, PART 2 CONTENTS. } y Pages The Loranthaceae of Australia. Parti. By W.F. Blakely .. .. ..... 1-25 A Monograph of the Freshwater Entomostraca of New South Wales. Part i. Cladocera. By Marguerite Henry, B.Sc., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. - (Plates Ayala four Text-figuies.) .. 26-52 Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera, with special reference to these parasitic im Reptiles. Part u. A review of the Physaloptera - of Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc, F.L.8., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (One Text-figure.) .. .... .... 53-62 A New Genus of Australian Cixiidae. By F. Muir... .. .. .. ..... 63-64 Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new species. By H. J. Carter, B.A., INGDS., A (ious: Mera lapiRs)) eh Ga Ge Soy ol wo Se yao be) un on) CHEZ New Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from Australian Fishes, together with a ~ reclassification of the Superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. By IT. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Se., and O. W. ee M.Se. (Plates ix.-xxii.; one Wet deine) be HA spew eS NANA CD as et eneaey MSO =p A Second Bird Census, By J. B. Cleland, M.D... ........ ...- -+ 182-441 Descriptions and Biology of some North Australian Termites. By G. F. Hill. (Plates xxiii.-xxv.; forty-one Text-fisures.) .. ...... .. .. 142-160 The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson District. i. By G. D. Osborne, B.Se.. (Plate xxvi.; six Text-figures.) .. .. 161-198 NZ 1as Vol. XLVIL. Part 3. (Issued 15th September, 1922.) THE PROG EE DINGS INSEAM SOCIETY OF New SouteH “WaLces O22 PART III. PAPERS READ IN JUNE-AUGUSIL. (Pages 199-390, and Plates xxvii.-cxrviii.) SYDNEY: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOGIETY BY THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD., - 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.- 1922. PIRVCE. Alot): ? Agent in Europe: Messrs. Dunau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square, London, W. NOTICE. Wits the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the ProczEpines—of which the Society’s — stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, ; Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish ey Square, London, W., at the following prices :— : FIRST SERIES. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d>; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 58.3 Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, Ts. Part ( 4, 8s. F Proceedings for 1884, Vol. I1X.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part '3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. ‘ Proceedings ee Se, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 17s. ; / SECOND SERIES. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 133.: Part 4, 12s. 6d. re / Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Le 2b 12s.; Part 4 ee clise Proceedings for 1888, Vol. 11] —Part I., 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, $1; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part 4, lls. : Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 1Gs.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part 4, 7s. 6d. ; : Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 18938, .Vol. ~VIII.—Part OSE Part 2, Liss; Part 3, 6s.; Part 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part ab 12s. ; Part 2; 12s.;) Part 3) 13s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedir.gs for 1895, Vol. X. —Part 1, ibs. > Part. 2;98s.) Gd. 7 Partas, 10se- Supplement, Is. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s. : Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. : ~ Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s. ; ‘Part 2; 6s. Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. -Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; . Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2; 10s. 6d. . Part 3,:10s. 6d.; Part 4. 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901:—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.;’Part 4, 17s. 6d. pee for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. '6d.; Supplement, | Part 4, 15s. Saas for 1903. —Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s. : ; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3,.15s.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part op lAsie Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s. : ; Part 3, 14s. Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, 11s.; ’ Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s, 6d. Proceedings for 1911.—Part 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, l4s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.;,Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part\ 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d. Proceedings for 1922—Part 1, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 18s. 6d. The Macuray Memortan Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., 1. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. Descriptive CaTaLocun or AusTRALIAN FisHes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. F.L.S. [1881].° A few copies only. Price £1 net. The TRANSACTIONS OF THE HNTOMOLOGICAL Society or New SoutH Watgs, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS, 1922, PART 3. Corrigendum, Proceedings, 1922, Part 1. Page xi., line 7. For forewing, read hindwing. ST) CONTENTS. es : : Pages. The Loranthaceae of Australia. Part ii. oe W. F. eee oe ~ XXVI.-XXXil.) . ANwaAt ge eels eam Ea ; 199-222 . Description of new Australasian Blattidae, wath a note on the Blattia : Coxa. ig A. Hiland ae pee F.H.S. (Seven Text- figures) . we i 3 ‘ wei @ie olay Steen oe ae aaa ‘Notes on Nematodes of the genus Physaloptera. Part im. The Physalop- * tera of Australian Lizards. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Se., F.L.8. Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Pa in pee ee Text-figures) . Seta Meee aes oe LNG Cae: can ape 232-244 Notes on Australian Tabanidae. Part.1- By Hustace W. - Pengo \ Nag M.B., Ch.M., and G. F. Hill, F.E\S. (Ten Text-figures) . ete. 245-265 A remarkable new Gall-thrips from Australia. By H. H. Karny, Ph.D. (Communicated by W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.). (Six Text-figures) . 266-274 — A new Australian Termite. By G. F. Hill, F.H.S. (Four Text-figures) 275-277 A new Gasteropod (fam. Buomphalidae) from the Lower Marine Series / of New South Wales. By John Mitchell. (Plate xxxv.) 278 - Some new Permian Insects from Belmont, N.S.W., in the Collection of : Mr. John Mitchell. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., DSe, } ELS., RES. : (Plates xxxill.-xxxiy.; six Text- figures) . 279-292 Studies in Symbiosis. .By John Motneke M.A., D.Se. - ae i. ‘Lhe Eee of De eee R.Br. (Twenty-six - Text-figures) . : ROB OE Dh bese es oc ee elD u. The Apogeotropic Roots of Macrozamia ne and their | physiological significance. (Fourteen Text-figures). .. ~ 319-328 \ A new Nematode Parasite of a Lizard. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B-Se., F.L.S.,Linnean Fellow of the ee in eee (Seven- teen Text- fioures) . Saat A Gash Flo aeaeen son llaalts} On Astacocroton, a new type of Acarid. By W. A. Haswell, M.A, D.Se., F.R.S. (Plates xxxvi. “EXXVHL.) : ‘ é 329-343 Description of a new Phasma belonging to the genus Hatatosoma. By W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. (Plate xxxvui.) .. .. .. 344-345 A new Species of Mordellistena (Coleoptera, Mordellidae) parasitic on } Termites. By G. F. Hill, F.H.S. (Two Text-figures) .. .. _ 846-347 Revision of Australian Lepidoptera: Saturniadae, Bombycidae, Huptero- _tidae, Notodontidae. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.H.S. .. .. 348-390 Ni fi vor XLVIL. Part 4. PROCEEDINGS iS LINNEAN SOCIETY New Sout Wates FOR THE YHAR O22 " RY! =o} : p Se s, PART IV. cae ; (BF PAPERS READ IN- ee _ SEPTEMBER-NOV EMBER. (Pages 391-590, and Plates xaxia-lWwiit.) oa : 2 “SypNer: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY = = THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO., LTD., 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. ? AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. weet 1922. Se RCE 13) Agent in Europe : ~ Messrs. Dunat & Co., 34-36. Margaret St., Cavendish Square. @ a “London, W. ; WV BP os ; } S72 So alia NOTICE. “Wir the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Procrepinas—of yiiot the Somety’s: stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 arent St, Cavendish: Square, London, W., at the following prices :— ; FIRST SERIES.~ ~ Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.: Part 2; 10s. ; ; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 10s. a Proceedings for 1888, Vol, VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, bs. ; Part 3, 7a ‘Part 4, 8s. ~ Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 1 5s.; 3 Part 4, £1 5s. : é Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.: Pures 125 4, 17s. 6d. : : : . SECOND SERIES. Proceedings’ for 1886,, Vols I.-Part 10 10ss.6d\; Parng 12s2, Part acids Part 4, 12s. 6d. : ; oS SH ae Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 285i. Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 ~ £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. I11—Part LI. 15s.; Part-2, £1 4s.; Paoe 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. : see. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV. ae 1, 1is.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; 4 Part Wee. 4, lls. rr Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Part 1, lls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 95.5 Part 4, Qs. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; an 3, lis. 5 Part ; _4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s 6d.: Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. a Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VILlI:—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s. é Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 18s.; Part 4, 8s. ar Proceedir.gs for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Supplement, Is. 6d.: Part 4, 12s. 3 $ “ _ Proceedings for 1896. —Part 2 ee ; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; ; Part 3, =e 7s, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. fe : Proceedings for 1897. eGuees ce ; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 8, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s... Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part PASS Part 3. 10s. ; Part 4, 10s. 6d. - Proceedings for 1906. —Part ie 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4.. 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; "Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, Ws. 6d.; Supplement, : 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Re Proceedings for 1903.—Part 1, me Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; ; Part 3, dee Part 4, 15s. Say Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, Ee Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s, 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. ; Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. % Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.: Part 3, 14s.: Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 1s.: Part 2, 1ls.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911.—Tart 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, Qs. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, lds. Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. - Proceedir.gs for 1915.—Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s,; Part 4, lls. Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, ld4s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.—Part 1, 12s, 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1920.—Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, lls. Proceedings for 1921—Part 1, 9s,; Part 2, 8s,; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d. Proceedings for 1922—Part 1, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 13s. 6d.; Part 3, 11s. The Macueay Memortan Vouvate [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to, 11, and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. Descriptive CATALOGUE or AUSTRALIAN FisHES. By William Macleay, F.L.S. F.L.S. [1881] - A few copies only. Price £1 net. The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENToMoLOGIcaL Society or New Sour Wa ss, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. : "PROCEEDINGS, CONTENTS. od, PART. 4 ice -The Loranthaceae of yO Part i. By W. F. Blakely (Plates XXxix.-xlvii.) . si es acer Bees cere oe Notes of Nematodes of the genus Sige Pat: iv. ‘the Pia: : tera of Australian Lizards (eontd.). By Vera Irwin-Smith, B. Be, F.L.S., Linnean Bee Fellow of the ce in sine eight Terra yes Beas Shen ee Seats: The Oceurrence of Oil Glands in oe fear of Certain Buelypts, By M. B. Welch, B.Se., A.L.C. (Plates xviii. -xlix.) . = Sra eH Some Australian Moths from Lord Howe ‘Island. By A. a Turner, Be M.D., E.E.S. © : 2 Chemical Noreen Be 4 “Steel @lkte He oe Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Part ix. By R. J. _ Tillyard, M.A, Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc, (Sydney), CMZS, . BLS, ae (Plates li-liii., and eighteen. Text- figures.) . Ue eee On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera). By A. M. ton FES. AD Note « on Protem Seo D MEO a in Grasses. = Sse! ine O'Dwyer, ae ; : j - 613-515 Further ope on the Nutritive Value of Coe one Grasses. hae By Margaret H. O'Dwyer, B.Se. Saiiele olalseienieive eta te )iaronne etre The Geology and Petrography of the Clarencetown-Paterson ee Part n. By G. D. Osborne, B.Sc. (Four Text-figures.) . Descriptions of two new Trilobites and Note on ES convenicau-_ datus Mitchell. By John Mitchell. (Plate dives : The Phylogenetic Significance of the ae Allantoplaeute By Professor T. T: Flynn, D.Se.- The Hffeet of Suspended hoe on the Coupon of Alveolar Air. By H. 8. Halere Wardlaw, D.Sc. .. ... ies Monograph of the Freshwater Hntomostraca of New South Wales. Part ii. Copepoda. By Marguerite Henry, B.Se, Linnean | es Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plates lv.-lviii.) . A Contribution to the Parasitism of Notothizos incanus (Oliv) var. subaureus. By J. Meluckie, M-A., D.Se. (Eleven ‘Text-fgures. ) 4 New or little-known Species of Australian Tipulidae (Diptera). — By_ C, P. Alexander, Ph.D. Me eager by Dr. E. W. os Corrigenda. Page 429, lines 31-2, for H. Gullickt Baker, read H. Gullicki Bake and Smith. Page 481, line 2, for from, read to. : - 5, for 2 mm., read 0.3 mm. ~ Retox —- 6, for averaged 0.015 mm., read measured 0.06 mm. Page 433, 3rd line from bettom, for section read sections. Pa 510-518 --519- = 535- a0 aL 544 545-550 § 561-570 571-580 581- 590 PART v. Gas eda yi ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS, DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES, LIST. OF MEMBERS. AND INDEX. a Sypnay: PRINTED: Bunn ‘PUBLISHED BOR THE SOQOIETY BY 29 Alberta Street, Sydney. AND. - sau’ ‘BY ‘THE. SOCIETY, - 1923. monic EY 2/- _-* Agent in Europe : | Messrs. Duuav & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Serene (ee EAA London, W. ‘The Linnean Society a New South Wales. : As ‘LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1922-23. , President: : yes A. Waterhouse, BSc, B.E., F.ES. se Vice-Presidents : Professor H.G, Chapman, M.D. BS. W. W. rire ‘E.LS. Heaps Fletcher, Bes, B.Sc. A. G. Hamilton. ~ Hon, ‘Treasurer: -J. H. Campbell, He ow Mint, Sydney. Secretary: A.B. Walkom, D.Sc. ‘ ; Council : a‘ *E: C. Andrews, B.A., F-G.IS. A. G. Hamilton. » .R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.° Professor W. A, Haswell, DLA,, Dive, Js H. Campbell, M.B.E. At Wk F.R.S. . J- Carter, BA. FES. pe C. Hedley, F-L-.S. pie H. G. Chapman, M.D. BS. A. F. Basset Hull, pi "a Sir T. W. Edgeworth David, KARE _ +Professdr A. Anstruther Lawson, Bs Se, C.M.G., D-S-O., B-A., DSc. PRS. F.R.S.E. T. Storie Dixson, M. Be Ching. ‘A. HH. S. Lucas, M.A., BSc. E. W. Ferguson, M.B., ChM. T. Steel. J. J. Fletcher, M.A. B-Sc- — "A. B. Walkom; D'Sc. #y W.-W. Froggatt, IdelDiAsyey Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A. * Elected 21st June, 1922, in place of Mr. J. H. Maiden, resigned. + Elected 20th September, 1922, in place of Mr. R. T. ‘Baker, ceseped NOTICE. 7 Wir the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Procespinas—of which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, G. A. Waterhouse, BSc, 3.E., BES | at Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 yee St., Cavendish — te: Square, London, W., at the following prices :— _ FIRST SERIES. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 5s: i Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceédings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 8, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s, 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part : 4, 17s. 6d. ; ees SECOND SERIES. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.—Part 1, 10s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; ‘ Part 4, 12s. 6d. x w Proceedings for 1887, Vol. I1.—Part 1, 7s.; Fane 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 £1 7s Proc fr for 1888, Vol. Til —Part its 15se: ees Dk £1 4s.; Part 3, £1; Part ES Proceedings for 1889, Vol. 1V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part 4, lls. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, 1ls.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part ‘i 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 48. 6d.; Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lls.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 9s: Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.—Part 1, 1bs.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 8, 10s., Supplement, 1s. 6d.; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.—Part 1, 9s.; Supplement, 2s. 6d.; Part 2, 6s. 6d.; Part 3, Zs, 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.—Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, 6s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. Proceedings for 1899.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4. 17s. 6d. ’ Proceedings for 1901.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903. —Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, ise 6d, 5.Part, 3, 9sa;) Part:4, 10s; Proceedings for 1905.—Part 1, with Supplement, 7s. ; Part 2, 10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. } Proceedings for 1906.—Part 1, 12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1907.—Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.—Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 8, 14s.;' Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.—Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3; 14s. ; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, ‘Ws. ; Parte uss: Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911.—Part. 1, 9s. 6d.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.;: Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4 10s. Proceedings for 1912—Part 1, 8s. 6d.: Part 2, ee Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s. Proreedings for 1913.—Part 1, 14s.: Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914.—Part 1, 18s.; Part 2, ie Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedit.gs for 1915 +7-Part 1, 17s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. - Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1916.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1917—Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d; Part 4, 16s. 6d. _ Proceedings for 1918.—Part 1, 20s.; Part 2 lds. ; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.—Part ih 12s. 6d.; Part 2, lls, 6d.; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1920. —Part 1, 10s, 9d.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 11s. Proceedings for 1921—Part ik 9s.; Part 2, 8st Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d. Proceedings for 1922—Part iL, 2s. 6d: Part’ 2, 138s; 6di;, Part*3) lis.;-Part 413s: The Macuray MeMORIAL Vouume [issued October 13th, 1893}. Royal 4to., Li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. DEscrIPTive CaTaLocur or AUSTRALIAN FisHEes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1 net. The TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENNTOMOLOGICAL Socrety or New SouTH WatLEs, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol. 1, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 1, five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. / Ss Bie BNiey hg Z ; : Teas Ptree Rolie tay alg PROCEEDINGS. 1922. PART 5 | on ay CONTENTS yt Oe |. Abstract of Proceedings... 0. ce se ee cccee te chee cece ce pe ee) RBioxmRh Donations and ERX GHAM SOS) gore tere valued t cate 2 o a a Er th Ce asia List of Members iN bites Bete ne ne eee ee oe - dere Hoss gah - Res eotite Index -- 1 eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Pere et ny pees ee eee As / “ : OI eee ae os